Page Range | 94909-95396 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
81 FR 95203 - Sunshine Act Meeting Notice | |
81 FR 94915 - Revision of the Department of Energy's Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) Regulations | |
81 FR 95191 - GOVERNMENT IN THE SUNSHINE ACT MEETING NOTICE | |
81 FR 95176 - Otay River Estuary Restoration Project, South San Diego Bay Unit of the San Diego Bay National Wildlife Refuge, California; Draft Environmental Impact Statement | |
81 FR 95097 - Renewables Enhancement and Growth Support Rule; Extension of Comment Period | |
81 FR 95175 - Sport Fishing and Boating Partnership Council | |
81 FR 95099 - Notice of Request for Revision of an Approved Information Collection (Procedures for the Notification of New Technology and Requests for Waivers) | |
81 FR 95154 - Information Collection Request to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0119 | |
81 FR 95155 - Information Collection Request to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0074 | |
81 FR 95158 - Information Collection Request to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0008 | |
81 FR 95098 - Notice of Request for Revision of an Approved Information Collection (Sanitation SOPs and Pathogen Reduction/HACCP) | |
81 FR 95156 - Information Collection Request to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0007 | |
81 FR 95312 - Guidance Concerning Stand-Alone Cyber Liability Insurance Policies Under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program | |
81 FR 95266 - Emergency Route Working Group-Notice of Public Meetings | |
81 FR 95310 - Data Collection and Comments in Aid of Analyses of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program | |
81 FR 94958 - Extension of the Prohibition Against Certain Flights Within the Damascus (OSTT) Flight Information Region (FIR) | |
81 FR 95265 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Requests for Comments; Clearance of a New Approval of Information Collection: Alternative Pilot Physical Examination and Education Requirements | |
81 FR 95265 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Requests for Comments; Clearance of Renewed Approval of Information Collection: Medical Standards and Certification | |
81 FR 95196 - National Commission on Forensic Science Solicitation of Applications for Additional Statistician Commission Membership | |
81 FR 95154 - Protecting Our Infants Act Report to Congress | |
81 FR 95108 - Notice of Charter Renewal of Commerce Data Advisory Council (CDAC) | |
81 FR 95180 - Notice of Intent To Amend the Resource Management Plan for the San Luis Valley Field Office, Colorado, and Prepare an Associated Environmental Assessment | |
81 FR 95191 - Gulf of Mexico, Outer Continental Shelf, Central Planning Area Oil and Gas Lease Sale 247 | |
81 FR 95294 - Pipeline Safety: Information Collection Activities | |
81 FR 95293 - Pipeline Safety: Random Drug Testing Rate; Contractor Management Information System Reporting; and Obtaining Drug and Alcohol Management Information System Sign-In Information | |
81 FR 95178 - Notice of Realty Action: Proposed Non Competitive Conveyance (N-94439) of Public Lands for Airport Purposes in Clark County, Nevada | |
81 FR 95185 - Gulf of Mexico Central Planning Area Outer Continental Shelf Oil and Gas Lease Sale 247; MMAA104000 | |
81 FR 95137 - Notification of a Public Teleconference of the Chartered Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CASAC) and the CASAC Oxides of Nitrogen Primary National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Review Panel | |
81 FR 95177 - Call for Nominations for the National Wild Horse and Burro Advisory Board | |
81 FR 95102 - Information Collection: Special Use Administration. | |
81 FR 95309 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 95122 - Intent To Prepare an Environmental Impact Statement for the New Haven Harbor (New Haven, Connecticut) Navigation Improvement Project | |
81 FR 95201 - Privacy Act of 1974: System of Records | |
81 FR 94962 - Burma: Amendment of the Export Administration Regulations Consistent With an Executive Order That Terminated U.S. Government's Sanctions | |
81 FR 95162 - Notice of Certain Operating Cost Adjustment Factors for 2017 | |
81 FR 95307 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Notices 2013-39 and 2013-40 | |
81 FR 95308 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Form 1120-C | |
81 FR 95157 - Collection of Information Under Review by Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0056 | |
81 FR 95159 - Information Collection Request to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0100 | |
81 FR 95263 - Delegation to the Assistant Secretary for Political-Military Affairs of Authority To Concur With Secretary of Defense Institution Capacity Building Programs | |
81 FR 95264 - Executive Order (E.O.) 13224 Designation of Saleck Ould Cheikh Mohamedou aka Saleck Ould Cheikh as a Specially Designated Global Terrorist | |
81 FR 95060 - Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Summer Flounder Fishery; Commercial Quota Harvested for the State of Connecticut | |
81 FR 95068 - Questions and Answers Regarding Food Facility Registration (Seventh Edition); Revised Draft Guidance for Industry; Availability | |
81 FR 95119 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request; Greater Atlantic Region Gear Identification | |
81 FR 95202 - Arts Advisory Panel Meetings | |
81 FR 95110 - Meeting of the Civil Nuclear Trade Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 95142 - Disease, Disability, and Injury Prevention and Control Special Emphasis Panel (SEP): Initial Review | |
81 FR 95150 - Announcement of Updated Requirements and Registration for “The Simple Extensible Sampling Tool Challenge” | |
81 FR 95101 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed collection; Comment Request-Study of Non-Response to the School Meals Application Verification Process | |
81 FR 95151 - National Institute of Dental & Craniofacial Research; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 95139 - Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company | |
81 FR 95150 - Office of the Director, National Institutes of Health; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 95151 - National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 95151 - National Institute On Deafness and Other Communication Disorders; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 95152 - National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 95152 - National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 95153 - National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 95152 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 95153 - Clinical Center; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 95108 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request; Five-Year Records Retention Requirement for Export Transactions and Boycott Actions | |
81 FR 95133 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; NESHAP for Area Sources: Acrylic and Modacrylic Fibers Production, Carbon Black Production, Chemical Manufacturing: Chromium Compounds, Flexible Polyurethane Foam Production and Fabrication, Lead Acid Battery Manufacturing, and Wood Preserving (Renewal) | |
81 FR 95134 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; NESHAP for Stationary Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines (Renewal) | |
81 FR 95135 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; NESHAP for Aerospace Manufacturing and Rework Facilities (Renewal) | |
81 FR 95136 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Air Emission Standards for Tanks, Surface Impoundment and Containers (Renewal) | |
81 FR 95138 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Information Requirements for Boilers and Industrial Furnaces (Renewal) | |
81 FR 95063 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Inseason Adjustment to the 2017 Gulf of Alaska Pollock and Pacific Cod Total Allowable Catch Amounts | |
81 FR 95108 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Entity List Requests | |
81 FR 95109 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request; Technical Data Letter of Explanation | |
81 FR 95132 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; NSPS for Stationary Gas Turbines (Renewal) | |
81 FR 95131 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Notice of Arrival of Pesticides and Devices Under Section 17(c) of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act | |
81 FR 95161 - Extension of Employment Authorization for Nepali F-1 Nonimmigrant Students Experiencing Severe Economic Hardship as a Direct Result of the April 25, 2015 Earthquake in the Federal Democratic Republic of Nepal | |
81 FR 95114 - Multilayered Wood Flooring From the People's Republic of China: Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review, Preliminary Determination of No Shipments, and Preliminary Partial Rescission of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2014-2015 | |
81 FR 95110 - Seamless Refined Copper Pipe and Tube From the People's Republic of China: Preliminary Results of Administrative Review; 2014-2015 | |
81 FR 95063 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Reallocation of Pacific Cod in the Central Regulatory Area of the Gulf of Alaska | |
81 FR 95202 - Notice of Permits Issued Under the Antarctic Conservation Act of 1978 | |
81 FR 95202 - Notice of Permit Applications Received Under the Antarctic Conservation Act of 1978 | |
81 FR 95123 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Application for Grants Under the Credit Enhancement for Charter School Facilities Program (1894-0001) | |
81 FR 95062 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Reallocation of Pacific Cod in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area | |
81 FR 94910 - Procedural Rules for DOE Nuclear Activities | |
81 FR 95302 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Information Collection Renewal; Comment Request; Financial Management Policies-Interest Rate Risk | |
81 FR 95301 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Information Collection Renewal; Comment Request; Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery | |
81 FR 95128 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
81 FR 95143 - Factors to Consider Regarding Benefit-Risk in Medical Device Product Availability, Compliance, and Enforcement Decisions; Guidance for Industry and Food and Drug Administration Staff; Availability | |
81 FR 95147 - Psychopharmacologic Drugs Advisory Committee; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 95145 - Coordinated Registry Network for Devices Used for Acute Ischemic Stroke Intervention; Public Workshop; Request for Comments | |
81 FR 95197 - Notice of Lodging of Proposed Consent Judgment Under the Safe Drinking Water Act | |
81 FR 95200 - NASA Advisory Council; Science Committee Earth Science Subcommittee; Meeting. | |
81 FR 95199 - Proposed Extension of Information Collection; Qualification/Certification Program Request for MSHA Individual Identification Number (MIIN) | |
81 FR 95199 - Petitions for Modification of Application of Existing Mandatory Safety Standards | |
81 FR 95198 - Workforce Information Advisory Council (WIAC) | |
81 FR 95263 - National Small Business Development Centers Advisory Board | |
81 FR 95118 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 95035 - Regulations Implementing the Freedom of Information Act | |
81 FR 95140 - Turn Inc., Analysis of Proposed Consent Order To Aid Public Comment | |
81 FR 95141 - Submission for OMB Review; Payment of Subcontractors | |
81 FR 95148 - Updating the HRSA-Supported Women's Preventive Services Guidelines | |
81 FR 95027 - Collection of Claims | |
81 FR 94963 - Russian Sanctions: Addition of Certain Entities to the Entity List, and Clarification of License Review Policy | |
81 FR 94971 - Commerce Control List: Updates Based on the 2015 and 2016 Nuclear Suppliers Group (NSG) Plenary Meetings; Conforming Changes and Corrections to Certain Nuclear Nonproliferation (NP) Controls | |
81 FR 95264 - Notice of Determinations; Culturally Significant Objects Imported for Exhibition Determinations: “Gold and Steel: The Deering Family Galleries of Medieval and Renaissance Art, Arms, and Armor” Exhibition | |
81 FR 95313 - Agency Information Collection Activity: (State Approving Agency Reports and Notices 38 CFR 21.4154, 21.4250(b), 21.4258, 21.4259) | |
81 FR 95216 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; ISE Gemini, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Exchange Rules in Connection With Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plans Testing Requirements | |
81 FR 95211 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; ISE Mercury, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend ISE Mercury Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02 in Connection With Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plans | |
81 FR 95226 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats BYX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Market Data Section of Its Fee Schedule To Adopt Fees for BYX Summary Depth and Amend Fees for BYX Depth | |
81 FR 95260 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; International Securities Exchange, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend ISE Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02 in Connection With Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plans | |
81 FR 95236 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Extend the Credit Option Margin Pilot Program Through July 18, 2017 | |
81 FR 95247 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Relating to Reporting Transactions in U.S. Treasury Securities to the Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine | |
81 FR 95250 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Related to SQF Ports | |
81 FR 95252 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats BZX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change to BZX Rule 14.11(i), Managed Fund Shares, To List Shares of the Cambria Sovereign High Yield Bond ETF and the Cambria Value and Momentum ETFs | |
81 FR 95213 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Exchange Data Fees at Rule 7052 | |
81 FR 95243 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 4770 (Compliance With Regulation NMS Plan To Implement a Tick Size Pilot) | |
81 FR 95232 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ BX, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 4770 (Compliance With Regulation NMS Plan To Implement a Tick Size Pilot) | |
81 FR 95206 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 3317 (Compliance With Regulation NMS Plan To Implement a Tick Size Pilot) | |
81 FR 95206 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX Options Exchange LLC; Notice of Designation of Longer Period for Commission Action on Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 5050 Series of Options Contracts Open for Trading To Provide for the Listing and Trading on the Exchange of RealDayTM | |
81 FR 95205 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE MKT LLC; Notice of Designation of a Longer Period for Commission Action on Proposed Rule Change Amending Rule 104 To Delete Subsection (g)(i)(A)(III) Prohibiting Designated Market Makers From Establishing a New High (Low) Price on the Exchange in a Security the DMM Has a Long (Short) Position During the Last Ten Minutes Prior to the Close of Trading | |
81 FR 95205 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE MKT LLC; Notice of Designation of a Longer Period for Commission Action on Proposed Rule Change Amending Rule 104-Equities To Delete Subsection (g)(i)(A)(III) Prohibiting Designated Market Makers From Establishing a New High (Low) Price on the Exchange in a Security the DMM Has a Long (Short) Position During the Last Ten Minutes Prior to the Close of Trading | |
81 FR 95219 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Relating to Compression of S&P 500(R) Index Options Positions | |
81 FR 95241 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ BX, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Delay the Implementation of the Limit Order Protection | |
81 FR 95238 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Chicago Stock Exchange, Inc.; Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change To Adopt the CHX Liquidity Taking Access Delay | |
81 FR 95127 - Commission Information Collection Activities (FERC-551); Comment Request | |
81 FR 95124 - Portland Natural Gas Transmission System; Notice of Application | |
81 FR 95131 - Columbia Gas Transmission, LLC; Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review of the B-System Project | |
81 FR 95129 - Town of Alma, Colorado; Notice of Preliminary Determination of a Qualifying Conduit Hydropower Facility and Soliciting Comments and Motions To Intervene | |
81 FR 95130 - City of Louisville, Colorado; Notice of Preliminary Determination of a Qualifying Conduit Hydropower Facility and Soliciting Comments and Motions To Intervene | |
81 FR 95125 - City of Louisville, Colorado; Notice of Preliminary Determination of a Qualifying Conduit Hydropower Facility and Soliciting Comments and Motions To Intervene | |
81 FR 95126 - City of Louisville, Colorado; Notice of Preliminary Determination of a Qualifying Conduit Hydropower Facility and Soliciting Comments and Motions To Intervene | |
81 FR 95194 - Certain Network Devices, Related Software and Components Thereof (II); Notice of Request for Statements on the Public Interest | |
81 FR 95195 - Certain Woven Textile Fabrics and Products Containing Same; Commission Determination Not To Review an Initial Determination Finding a Violation of Section 337; Request for Written Submissions on Remedy, the Public Interest, and Bonding | |
81 FR 94987 - Oral Dosage Form New Animal Drugs; Approval of New Animal Drug Applications | |
81 FR 94991 - New Animal Drugs for Use in Animal Feed; Approval of New Animal Drug Applications; Withdrawal of Approval of New Animal Drug Applications | |
81 FR 95025 - New Animal Drugs; Withdrawal of Approval of New Animal Drug Applications | |
81 FR 95147 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection: Public Comment Request; Forms for Use With Applications to the Maternal and Child Health Bureau and Bureau of Health Workforce Research and Training Grants | |
81 FR 95026 - Food Additives Permitted in Feed and Drinking Water of Animals; Feed Grade Sodium Formate | |
81 FR 95121 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 95060 - Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Atlantic Surfclam and Ocean Quahog Fishery; 2017-2018 Fishing Quotas | |
81 FR 95160 - Florida; Amendment No. 4 to Notice of a Major Disaster Declaration | |
81 FR 95204 - Postal Rate and Related Classification Changes | |
81 FR 95192 - Certain Carbon Spine Board, Cervical Collar, CPR Masks and Various Medical Training Manikin Devices, and Trademarks, Copyrights of Product Catalogues, Product Inserts and Components Thereof; Commission Determination Not To Review an Initial Determination Finding All Respondents in Default; Request for Written Submissions on Remedy, the Public Interest, and Bonding | |
81 FR 95303 - Sanctions Actions Pursuant to Executive Orders 13661, 13662, and 13685 | |
81 FR 95161 - Florida; Amendment No. 8 to Notice of a Major Disaster Declaration | |
81 FR 95161 - South Carolina; Amendment No. 8 to Notice of a Major Disaster Declaration | |
81 FR 95160 - Tennessee; Major Disaster and Related Determinations | |
81 FR 95192 - Index and Description of Major Information Systems and Availability of Records | |
81 FR 95138 - Information Collection Being Reviewed by the Federal Communications Commission | |
81 FR 95056 - Fisheries of the Caribbean, Gulf of Mexico, and South Atlantic; Shrimp Fishery of the Gulf of Mexico; Revision of Bycatch Reduction Device Testing Manual | |
81 FR 95267 - Third Amendment to the Coordinated Remedy Order With Annex A; Coordinated Remedy Program Proceeding | |
81 FR 95106 - Notice of Availability of the Mississippi Trustee Implementation Group Draft 2016-2017 Restoration Plan/Environmental Assessment for Review and Public Comment | |
81 FR 95183 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Solid Minerals and Geothermal Collections-OMB Control Number 1012-0010; Comment Request | |
81 FR 95143 - Announcing the Intent To Award a Single-Source Program Expansion Supplements to Cooperative Agreements Within the Office of Refugee Resettlement's Unaccompanied Children's (UC) Program | |
81 FR 95164 - Candidate Conservation Agreements With Assurances Policy | |
81 FR 95053 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Revisions to the Regulations for Candidate Conservation Agreements With Assurances | |
81 FR 95040 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Chambers Creek, Steilacoom, WA | |
81 FR 95264 - Notice of Public Meeting | |
81 FR 94980 - Toxic Substance Control Act Chemical Substance Import Certification Process Revisions | |
81 FR 95071 - Statutory Review of the System for Regulating Market Dominant Rates and Classifications | |
81 FR 94974 - Importations of Certain Vehicles and Engines Subject to Federal Antipollution Emission Standards | |
81 FR 95121 - Fisheries of the South Atlantic; Southeast Data, Assessment, and Review (SEDAR); Data Workshop for Atlantic blueline tilefish (Caulolatilus microps) | |
81 FR 95080 - Air Plan Approval; Indiana; Emissions Statements Rule | |
81 FR 95081 - Air Plan Approval; Indiana; Redesignation of the Indiana Portion of the Cincinnati, Ohio-Kentucky-Indiana Area to Attainment of the 2008 Ozone Standard | |
81 FR 95135 - Hydraulic Fracturing for Oil and Gas: Impacts From the Hydraulic Fracturing Water Cycle on Drinking Water Resources in the United States | |
81 FR 95074 - Approval and Limited Approval and Limited Disapproval of Air Quality Implementation Plans; California; Mendocino County Air Quality Management District; Stationary Source Permits | |
81 FR 95078 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Maryland; 2016 Nitrogen Oxides Averaging Plan Consent Agreement With Raven Power | |
81 FR 95041 - Air Plan Approval; KY; RACM Determination for the KY Portion of the Louisville Area 1997 Annual PM2.5 | |
81 FR 95047 - Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans; New York Prevention of Significant Deterioration of Air Quality and Nonattainment New Source Review; Infrastructure State Implementation Plan Requirements | |
81 FR 95043 - Air Plan Approval; Wisconsin; Infrastructure SIP Requirements for the 2012 PM2.5 | |
81 FR 95119 - South Atlantic Fishery Management Council (Council)-Public Meetings | |
81 FR 95316 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Endangered Species Act Compensatory Mitigation Policy | |
81 FR 95069 - Changes to Procedures for the Freedom of Information Act | |
81 FR 94909 - Veterans' Preference | |
81 FR 94941 - Small Business Mentor Protégé Programs; Correction | |
81 FR 94922 - Liquidity Coverage Ratio: Public Disclosure Requirements; Extension of Compliance Period for Certain Companies To Meet the Liquidity Coverage Ratio Requirements | |
81 FR 95051 - Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans and Designation of Areas for Air Quality Planning Purposes; Louisiana; Redesignation of Baton Rouge 2008 8-Hour Ozone Nonattainment Area to Attainment | |
81 FR 94937 - Description of Office, Procedures, and Public Information | |
81 FR 95181 - National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related Actions | |
81 FR 94934 - Rules Regarding Availability of Information | |
81 FR 94932 - Rules Regarding Availability of Information | |
81 FR 95352 - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Publicly Owned Treatment Works | |
81 FR 94946 - Airworthiness Directives; AgustaWestland S.p.A. (Agusta) Helicopters | |
81 FR 94956 - Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Airplanes | |
81 FR 94942 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Helicopters | |
81 FR 94944 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Helicopters Deutschland GmbH Helicopters | |
81 FR 95066 - Airworthiness Directives; Sikorsky Aircraft Corporation Helicopters | |
81 FR 94954 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Helicopters | |
81 FR 94949 - Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Airplanes |
Food and Nutrition Service
Food Safety and Inspection Service
Forest Service
Natural Resources Conservation Service
Economics and Statistics Administration
Industry and Security Bureau
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Engineers Corps
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Children and Families Administration
Food and Drug Administration
Health Resources and Services Administration
Inspector General Office, Health and Human Services Department
National Institutes of Health
Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration
Coast Guard
Federal Emergency Management Agency
U.S. Customs and Border Protection
Fish and Wildlife Service
Land Management Bureau
National Park Service
Ocean Energy Management Bureau
Office of Natural Resources Revenue
Employment and Training Administration
Mine Safety and Health Administration
National Endowment for the Arts
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Highway Administration
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration
Comptroller of the Currency
Foreign Assets Control Office
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
U.S. Office of Personnel Management.
Interim rule with request for comments.
This rule implements statutory changes pertaining to veterans' preference. We are making this change in response to the Gold Star Fathers Act of 2015, which broadened the category of individuals eligible for veterans' preference to provide that fathers of certain permanently disabled or deceased veterans shall be included with mothers of such veterans as preference eligibles for treatment in the civil service. This action will align OPM's regulations with the existing statute.
Effective December 27, 2016. Comments must be received on or before February 27, 2017.
You may submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
You may also send, deliver, or fax comments to Kimberly A. Holden, Deputy Associate Director for Recruitment and Hiring, Employee Services, U.S. Office of Personnel Management, Room 6351D, 1900 E Street NW., Washington, DC 20415-9700; email at
Roseanna Ciarlante by telephone on (267) 932-8640, by fax at (202) 606-4430, by TTY at (202) 418-3134, or by email at
On October 7, 2015, the Gold Star Fathers Act of 2015 (the “Act”) was enacted as Public Law 114-62. The Act provides an amendment to the eligibility criteria for veterans' preference purposes by amending subparagraphs (F) and (G) to 5 U.S.C. 2108(3). The amendment provides that fathers of certain permanently disabled or deceased veterans shall be included with mothers of such veterans as preference eligibles for treatment in the civil service. The Act also changes the requirements for parents of such veterans to qualify for this preference.
The Act replaces 5 U.S.C. 2108(3)(F) to state that the parent of an individual who lost his or her life under honorable conditions while serving in the armed forces during a war, in a campaign or expedition for which a campaign badge has been authorized, or during the period beginning April 28, 1952, and ending July 1, 1955, is eligible for preference if the spouse of that parent is totally and permanently disabled; or that parent, when preference is claimed, is unmarried or, if married, legally separated from his or her spouse.
The Act also replaces 5 U.S.C. 2108(3)(G) to state that the parent of a service-connected permanently and totally disabled veteran is eligible for preference if the spouse of that parent is totally and permanently disabled; or that parent, when preference is claimed, is unmarried or, if married, legally separated from his or her spouse.
OPM is amending 5 CFR 211.102(d) to state that a “preference eligible” is “a veteran, disabled veteran, sole survivor veteran, spouse, widow, widower, or parent who meets the definition of `preference eligible' in 5 U.S.C. 2108.” This amendment replaces the word “mother” with the word “parent” to conform to the statutory definition.
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), I find that good cause exists for waiving the general notice of proposed rulemaking. Waiver of advance notice is necessary to ensure that the regulations become effective immediately, and that agencies understand their obligations under 5 U.S.C. 2108(3) and do not unwittingly deny veterans' preference based upon the outdated existing regulations. If OPM's regulations were permitted to remain as written while OPM solicited comments upon its proposed revisions, parents of certain deceased and disabled veterans may be inadvertently denied veterans' preference in Federal hiring based upon the current language in regulations. Accordingly, the notice otherwise required is impracticable because it would impede due and timely execution of agencies' functions. The revised language in this interim rule will ensure parents of certain deceased and disabled veterans receive their statutory entitlement to veterans' preference.
This rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget in accordance with Executive Order 12866.
I certify that this regulation would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities because it affects only Federal employees.
Government employees, Veterans.
Accordingly, OPM is amending part 211 of title 5, Code of Federal Regulations, as follows:
(d)
Office of Enterprise Assessments, Office of Enforcement, Office of Nuclear Safety Enforcement, Department of Energy.
Final rule.
The Department of Energy (DOE) is adopting a final rule to clarify that the Department may assess civil penalties against certain contractors and subcontractors for violations of the prohibition against retaliating against an employee who reports violations of law, mismanagement, waste, abuse, or dangerous/unsafe workplace conditions, among other protected activities, concerning nuclear safety (referred to as “whistleblowers”). Specifically, this rule clarifies the definition of “DOE Nuclear Safety Requirements” and clarifies that the prohibition against whistleblower retaliation is a DOE Nuclear Safety Requirement to the extent that it concerns nuclear safety. This final rule is based on an earlier proposal the Department published on August 12, 2016.
The docket, which includes
Steven Simonson, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Enterprise Assessments/Germantown Building, 1000 Independence Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20585-1290. Phone: (301) 903-2816. Email:
K.C. Michaels, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, 1000 Independence Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Phone: (202) 586-3430. Email:
Pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (AEA) (42 U.S.C. 2011
Separate from part 820, DOE has also issued regulations at 10 CFR part 708 (part 708) that prohibit DOE contractors or subcontractors from retaliating against employees for reporting violations of law, rule or regulation, fraud, gross mismanagement, waste, abuse; danger to employees or the public; participating in Congressional or administrative proceedings; or refusing to participate in an activity that may constitute a violation of federal health and safety law or cause a reasonable fear of serious injury (referred to as “whistleblowers”). Part 708 establishes an affirmative duty on the part of contractors not to retaliate against whistleblowers, and establishes a process for an employee alleging retaliation to file a claim for reinstatement, transfer-preference, back-pay, legal fees, and other relief.
On August 12, 2016, DOE published a Notice of Proposed rulemaking (NOPR) to amend part 820 to clarify the definition of “DOE Nuclear Safety Requirements” and to clarify that DOE may impose civil penalties against a contractor or subcontractor for violating the prohibition against whistleblower retaliation found in part 708, to the extent the violation concerns nuclear safety. 81 FR 53337.
This final rule revises the definition for “DOE Nuclear Safety Requirements” found in 10 CFR part 820 to identify the particular rules and regulations that DOE regards as DOE Nuclear Safety Requirements. Under the final rule, the following are enforceable DOE Nuclear Safety Requirements:
10 CFR part 830 (nuclear safety management);
10 CFR part 835 (occupational radiation protection);
10 CFR 820.11 (information accuracy requirements);
Compliance Orders issued pursuant to 10 CFR part 820, subpart C; and
10 CFR 708.43 (duty of contractors not to retaliate against whistleblowers) to the extent that subject activities concern nuclear safety.
In the NOPR, DOE proposed that Compliance Orders issued pursuant to 10 CFR part 820, subpart C and each of the four listed rules and regulations are DOE Nuclear Safety Requirements “to the extent that subject activities concern nuclear safety.” In the final rule, DOE has moved this phrase so that it applies only to 10 CFR 708.43. Under section 234A of the AEA, DOE may impose civil penalties for violations of “any applicable rule, regulation, or order related to nuclear safety.” DOE believes that all of the activities subject to 10 CFR part 830, 10 CFR part 835, 10 CFR 820.11, and Compliance Orders issued pursuant to 10 CFR part 820, subpart C, have a direct connection to nuclear safety. Each of these rules is directed specifically at DOE activities that affect nuclear safety and therefore these rules “concern nuclear safety” in all their applications. By contrast, 10 CFR 708.43 is directed at all DOE activities, including those that have no connection to nuclear safety. Therefore, DOE is amending the definition of “DOE Nuclear Safety Requirements” to include 10 CFR part 830, 10 CFR part 835, 10 CFR 820.11, and Compliance Orders issued pursuant to 10 CFR part 820, subpart C, in all their applications and 10 CFR 708.43 to the extent that activities subject to 10 CFR 708.43 concern nuclear safety.
DOE is also establishing a new section, 10 CFR 820.14, to provide specific requirements that apply to imposing civil penalties for a violation of the prohibition against whistleblower retaliation found in 10 CFR 708.43. For example, the final rule provides that DOE will not initiate an investigation or take action with respect to an alleged act of retaliation by a DOE contractor until 180 days after an alleged violation occurs. The final rule further provides that DOE will suspend an investigation or other proceeding when an
DOE explained in its proposed rule that “it will not take any action under part 820 with respect to alleged retaliation until after the deadlines have passed for filing a claim under part 708 or 29 CFR part 24—
Finally, DOE is revising its Whistleblower Enforcement Policy, found in appendix A to part 820. This appendix is a general statement of policy and is not binding on DOE or its contractors.
The Department received four comments in response to the proposed rule. After reviewing these comments, DOE has concluded that the rule should be finalized as proposed and without change. DOE's response to the comments is fully explained below.
One commenter stated that the proposed rulemaking would inappropriately narrow DOE's authority to issue civil penalties for retaliation by limiting that authority to retaliation for raising concerns involving only nuclear safety. DOE disagrees that this rule will limit its authority in this manner. This final rule clarifies that DOE may issue civil penalties under part 820 for violations of the prohibition against whistleblower retaliation that concern nuclear safety. DOE's authority to issue civil penalties against contractors that retaliate against employees for reporting non-nuclear safety concerns or refusing to participate in an activity that the employees reasonably believe may cause serious injury to themselves or other employees is covered under a different regulation that is not affected by today's rule. Namely, subpart C to 10 CFR part 851, Worker Safety and Health Program, requires DOE contractors to establish procedures for workers to report job-related hazards, and to permit workers to stop work or decline to perform an assigned task because of a reasonable belief that the task poses an imminent risk of serious physical harm to workers, without fear of reprisal. Subpart E to part 851 establishes the process for taking enforcement actions, including the issuance of civil penalties, against contractors that violate part 851 requirements.
One commenter identified a number of offenses for which DOE contractors should be subject to criminal penalties and questioned the independence of DOE personnel who oversee or may conduct investigations of DOE contractor activities. While these issues are outside the scope of this rulemaking, DOE notes that subpart F of part 820 already establishes provisions for the identification and disposition of potential criminal violations of the Atomic Energy Act or any applicable DOE Nuclear Safety Requirement. With respect to the independence of personnel handling enforcement functions, § 820.4 requires any DOE official with a financial or personal interest in a matter being addressed pursuant to the provisions of part 820 to withdraw from that action. This section also allows any interested person to request that DOE's General Counsel disqualify a DOE Official from a part 820 matter due to a conflict of interest.
Another commenter agreed with DOE's general approach of deferring any enforcement activity under part 820 with respect to an alleged retaliation until after a final decision has been issued concerning any other proceeding addressing the same alleged act of retaliation. The commenter stated that given that multiple avenues are available for whistleblowers to pursue retaliation complaints and obtain relief, the Department should presume that no retaliation has occurred, and thus enforcement action is not warranted, unless an employee has submitted a retaliation complaint using one of these mechanisms. DOE does not agree that there should be a presumption that no retaliation has taken place unless and until an employee has submitted a complaint. The existence of multiple avenues for aggrieved employees to raise complaints does not guarantee that a complaint will be filed after every instance of retaliation. There could be many reasons an individual employee may choose not to file a complaint through one of these mechanisms, and DOE does not believe it is appropriate to draw conclusions from the mere fact that no complaints have been filed. DOE intends to exercise its enforcement discretion consistent with the final decision of an agency or court on matters of retaliation that concern nuclear safety. However, DOE retains the authority to investigate whether a contractor has violated a DOE Nuclear Safety Requirement in retaliating against an employee for raising a nuclear safety concern under appropriate circumstances, even if no complaint of retaliation has been filed.
The commenter also suggested that DOE consider providing additional clarification regarding the escalation or mitigating factors the Department would consider in determining its enforcement penalties, particularly if this rulemaking is expected to result in an increase in enforcement activities. Based on historical trends in the number of cases of substantiated retaliation against DOE contractor and subcontractor employees who raise nuclear safety concerns, DOE does not expect any increase in enforcement activities. Further, DOE does not expect that this final rule will
One commenter stated that DOE's authority to issue civil penalties for cases of nuclear safety-related retaliation is inconsistent with the Energy Reorganization Act and 29 CFR part 24, which provide jurisdiction to the Department of Labor to consider complaints of retaliation by DOE contractors against contractor employees. The commenter stated that imposing a civil penalty under part 820 for a retaliation that the Department of Labor has already considered and awarded a remedy to the employee for would constitute a duplicate penalty for the same violation. DOE disagrees that a civil penalty imposed under part 820 for a retaliation that the Department of Labor has substantiated under 29 CFR part 24 constitutes a duplicate penalty. DOE sees these processes as complementary in that each process has a different type of remedy that serves different purposes. The allowable remedies under 29 CFR part 24 are designed to “make the employee whole” by providing reinstatement, transfer-preference, back-pay, and legal fees sufficient to compensate the employee for the harm. By contrast, part 820 provides for civil penalties in order to hold a contractor accountable for violating a DOE Nuclear Safety Requirement and to deter future retaliation. This distinction is also true with respect to the DOE Contractor Employee Protection Program under part 708 and the Pilot Program for Enhancement of Employee Whistleblower Protection (41 U.S.C. 4712), neither of which provide for imposing a civil penalty on a contractor for violating a requirement that prohibits retaliation.
The commenter also stated that DOE has other sufficient mechanisms available, such as contract fee reductions, to address any “chilled workplace” or other leadership concerns. Under this final rule, DOE retains other mechanisms, including contract fee reductions, to respond to contractor violations of DOE Nuclear Safety Requirements. Although these mechanisms may be sufficient in a particular case to address “chilled workplace” concerns, DOE believes that there may be circumstances where civil penalties under part 820 are appropriate and necessary to ensure that future violations of the prohibition against whistleblower retaliation are deterred.
Finally, the commenter noted that the proposed rule does not address situations in which a DOE federal employee causes, demands or directs a contractor to retaliate against one of its employees for whistleblowing. DOE is not aware of any instance where a DOE employee was found to have caused or contributed to a retaliation by a contractor against a contractor employee. Nonetheless, DOE notes that section IX.8 of appendix A to part 820 already discusses DOE's approach to enforcement for cases wherein DOE may have contributed to a contractor's violation of a DOE Nuclear Safety Requirement. This final rule does not amend or alter this provision.
This final rule has been determined not to be a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993). Accordingly, this notice of proposed rulemaking was not subject to review by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of the Office of Management and Budget.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
DOE has reviewed this rule under the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the procedures and policies published on February 19, 2003. The final rule amends DOE's Procedural Rules for DOE Nuclear Activities to clarify the definition of “DOE Nuclear Safety Requirements” and to clarify that DOE may assess civil penalties against certain contractors and subcontractors for violations of the prohibition against retaliating against whistleblowers. While the amended part 820 would expose small entities that are contractors and subcontractors to potential liability for civil penalties, DOE does not expect that a substantial number of these entities will violate a DOE Nuclear Safety Requirement resulting in the imposition of a civil penalty. On this basis, DOE certifies that this final rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a regulatory flexibility analysis for this rulemaking. DOE's certification and supporting statement of factual basis will be provided to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 605(b).
This rule does not impose new information or record keeping requirements. Accordingly, OMB clearance is not required under the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501
DOE has determined that this rule is covered under the Categorical Exclusion in DOE's National Environmental Policy Act regulations at paragraph A.5 of appendix A to subpart D, 10 CFR part 1021, which applies to rulemaking that interprets or amends an existing rule or regulation without changing the environmental effect of the rule or regulation that is being amended. The final rule amends DOE's regulations on civil penalties with respect to certain DOE contractors and subcontractors in order to clarify that civil penalties are available for violations of the prohibition against whistleblower retaliation found in § 708.43 that concern nuclear safety. These amendments are procedural and do not change the environmental effect of part 820. Accordingly, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required.
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, 2 U.S.C. 1531
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999, 5 U.S.C. 601 note, requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any proposed rule that may affect family wellbeing. While this final rule would apply to individuals who may be members of a family, the rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.
Executive Order 13132, “Federalism,” 64 FR 43255 (Aug. 4, 1999), imposes certain requirements on agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have federalism implications. Agencies are required to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and carefully assess the necessity for such actions. DOE has examined this final rule and has determined that it does not preempt State law and does not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. No further action is required by Executive Order 13132.
With respect to the review of existing regulations and the promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of Executive Order 12988, “Civil Justice Reform,” 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996), imposes on Executive agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity; (2) write regulations to minimize litigation; and (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard and promote simplification and burden reduction. With regard to the review required by section 3(a), section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation: (1) Clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction; (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms; and (6) addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order 12988 requires Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law, this final rule meets the relevant standards of Executive Order 12988.
The Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001, 44 U.S.C. 3516 note, provides for agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). DOE has reviewed this final rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those guidelines.
Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,” 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) a Statement of Energy Effects for any proposed significant energy action. A “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that: (1) Is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any proposed significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use. This regulatory action has been determined to not be a significant regulatory action, and it would not have an adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. Thus, this action is not a significant energy action. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects.
As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the promulgation of this rule prior to its effective date. The report will state that it has been determined that the rule is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
The Secretary of Energy has approved the publication of this final rule.
Administrative practice and procedure, Enforcement, Government contracts, Nuclear safety, Penalties, Whistleblowing.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, DOE hereby amends part 820 of chapter III of title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations as set forth below:
42 U.S.C. 2201; 2282(a); 7191; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; 50 U.S.C. 2410.
(i) 10 CFR part 830;
(ii) 10 CFR part 835;
(iii) 10 CFR 820.11;
(iv) Compliance Orders issued pursuant to 10 CFR part 820, subpart C; and
(v) 10 CFR 708.43, to the extent that subject activities concern nuclear safety.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) A final agency decision pursuant to 10 CFR part 708;
(2) A final decision or order of the Secretary of Labor pursuant to 29 CFR part 24;
(3) A decision by the Secretary upon a report by the Inspector General;
(4) A decision by a federal or state court.
(e)
(f)
(a)
(b)
a. DOE contractors may not retaliate against any employee because the employee has taken any actions listed in 10 CFR 708.5(a) through(c), including disclosing information, participating in proceedings, or refusing to participate in certain activities. DOE contractor employees may seek relief for allegations of retaliation through one of several mechanisms, including filing a complaint with DOE pursuant to 10 CFR part 708 (part 708), the Department of Labor (DOL) under sec. 211 of the Energy Reorganization Act (sec. 211), implemented in 29 CFR part 24, or the DOE Inspector General (IG).
b. An act of retaliation by a DOE contractor, prohibited by 10 CFR 708.43, that results from a DOE contractor employee's involvement in an activity listed in 10 CFR 708.5(a) through (c), may constitute a violation of a DOE Nuclear Safety Requirement under 10 CFR part 820 if it concerns nuclear safety. To avoid the potential for inconsistency with one of the mechanisms available to an aggrieved DOE contractor employee alleging retaliation referenced in section XIII.a, the Director will not take any action under this part with respect to an alleged violation of 10 CFR 708.43 until a request for relief under one of these mechanisms, if any, has been fully adjudicated, including appeals. With respect to an alleged retaliation, the Director will generally only take action that is consistent with the findings of a final decision of an agency or court. If a final decision finds that retaliation occurred, the Department will consider whether that retaliation constitutes a violation of § 708.43, and if so, whether to take action under part 820. If a final decision finds that no retaliation occurred, the Director will generally not take any action under part 820 with respect to the alleged retaliation absent significant new information that was not available in the prior proceeding. If a final decision dismisses a complaint on procedural grounds without explicitly finding that retaliation did not occur, the Director may take further action under part 820 that is not inconsistent with the final decision.
c. DOE encourages its contractors to cooperate in resolving whistleblower complaints raised by contractor employees in a prompt and equitable manner. Accordingly, in considering what remedy is appropriate for an act of retaliation concerning nuclear safety, the Director will take into account the extent to which a contractor cooperated in proceedings for remedial relief.
d. In considering what remedy is appropriate for an act of retaliation concerning nuclear safety, the Director will also consider the egregiousness of the particular case including the level of management involved in the alleged retaliation and the specificity of the acts of retaliation.
e. When the Director undertakes an investigation of an allegation of DOE contractor retaliation against an employee under part 820, the Director will apprise persons interviewed and interested parties that the investigative activity is being taken pursuant to the nuclear safety procedures of part 820 and not pursuant to the procedures of part 708.
FOIA Program, Office of Public Information, Department of Energy.
Final rule.
The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) issues a final rule amending its regulations that prescribe the procedures by which the public may request records pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) from DOE offices, excluding the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC). This final rule makes changes to DOE's regulations to reflect statutory amendments made to the FOIA by the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, and to make minor grammatical and other editorial changes throughout the regulations. The editorial changes clarify various defined terms, update the internal procedures for processing records requested under FOIA, and reflect minor changes to DOE's internal organizational structure.
This rule is effective December 27, 2016.
Mr. Alexander Morris, FOIA Officer, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Public Information, Mail Stop MA-46, Forrestal Building, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121.
Ms. Elizabeth Kohl, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121.
10 CFR part 1004 contains DOE's regulations that implement the FOIA, 5 U.S.C. 552. The regulations provide information concerning the procedures by which the public may request records from DOE offices, and the policies and procedures by which DOE provides such records to members of the public. DOE previously amended its regulations in 1988 (53 FR 15660, May 3, 1988) and 2014 (79 FR 22855, Apr. 25, 2014). DOE is now updating its regulations to implement the requirements of the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, Public Law 114-185 (June 30, 2016) (Act). The Act requires that Federal agencies review and update their FOIA regulations in accordance with its provisions. The Act addresses a range of procedural issues, including a requirement that agencies make available for public inspection in an electronic format records that have become or are likely to become the subject of subsequent requests for substantially the same records, or records that have been requested three or more times. The Act also requires that agencies provide a minimum of 90 days for requesters to file an administrative appeal following an adverse determination, and that they provide dispute resolution services at various times throughout the FOIA process. The Act also codifies the U.S. Department of Justice's “foreseeable harm” standard, specifying that an agency shall withhold information only if the agency reasonably foresees that disclosure would harm an interest protected by an exemption described in 5 U.S.C. 552(b) or if disclosure is prohibited by law. This provision also requires that agencies consider whether partial disclosure is possible if full disclosure is not possible, and that agencies take reasonable steps to segregate and release nonexempt information. The Act also amends Exemption 5 to specify that the deliberative process privilege does not apply to records created 25 years or more before the date of the request; creates a new “FOIA Council” charged with, among other things, developing recommendations for increased agency compliance and efficiency; and adds two new elements to agency Annual FOIA Reports (
DOE also makes additional revisions to update, clarify, and streamline the language in several procedural provisions, as described in Section I.
In the paragraphs that follow, DOE describes the changes to each section of 10 CFR part 1004 that it is promulgating in this final rule.
In § 1004.1, DOE adds a citation to the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, which was enacted on June 30, 2016. The citation is to Public Law 114-185, 130 Stat. 538.
In § 1004.2(b), DOE clarifies the definition of “Authorizing or Denying Official”; clarifies that term in reference to DOE's National Nuclear Security Administration (NNSA); and corrects several typographical errors.
In § 1004.2(h)(1), DOE updates the address of the Bonneville Power Administration.
In § 1004.2(h)(5), DOE updates the address of the Golden Field Office.
In § 1004.2(h)(6), DOE updates its Headquarters address.
In § 1004.2(h)(8), DOE updates the address of the National Nuclear Security Administration.
In § 1004.2(h)(9), DOE updates the address of the National Energy Technology Laboratory.
In § 1004.2(h)(13), DOE updates the address of the Office of Scientific and Technical Information.
In § 1004.2(i), DOE revises the reference to the DOE Organization Act, Public Law 95-91, and clarifies the definition of “General Counsel” in reference to the NNSA General Counsel, as defined by the National Nuclear Security Administration Act, Public Law 106-65.
In § 1004.2(m), DOE updates the definition of “Representative of the news media” to mirror the term as defined in the FOIA, 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(A)(ii)(III).
In § 1004.2(n), DOE corrects a typographical error.
In § 1004.2(p), DOE corrects typographical errors.
In § 1004.3, DOE revises the language to conform to the requirements of the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, which amended 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2) to require that agencies maintain, for public inspection in an electronic format, the materials required by FOIA to be made available for public inspection and copying. The Act also requires that agencies make available for public inspection in an electronic format records that have become or are likely to become the subject of frequent requests for substantially the same records or that have been requested three or more times. DOE will implement this section consistent with FOIA, as amended by the Act.
DOE deletes paragraphs (b) through (d) of § 1004.3 and renumbers § 1004.3(e) as § 1004.3(b). Paragraphs (b) and (c) pertained to reading rooms at DOE field offices, and paragraph (d) was reserved.
In renumbered § 1004.3(b), DOE revises the reference to 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(2) by deleting “(2)” to make this section consistent with the Supreme Court decision in
In renumbered § 1004.3(b)(2), DOE revises references to paragraphs § 1004.3(e)(1) and (e)(4) to refer to renumbered paragraphs § 1004.3(b)(1) and (b)(4), respectively.
In renumbered § 1004.3(b)(4), DOE revises the reference to paragraph § 1004.3(e)(2) to refer to renumbered paragraph § 1004.3(b)(2).
In § 1004.4(a), DOE revises the language to conform to the requirements of the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, which requires that agencies maintain, for public inspection in an electronic format, the materials required by FOIA to be made available for public inspection and copying. 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2). DOE further revises § 1004.4(a) by clarifying that requests can be submitted via facsimile or electronically on an appropriate agency Web site. DOE also corrects a typographical error.
In § 1004.4(c)(2), DOE corrects a typographical error.
In § 1004.5(b), DOE revises the procedure for processing requests for records to conform to the requirements of the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, which requires that a written response to the requester shall notify the requester of the right to seek dispute resolution services from the DOE FOIA Public Liaison or the Office of Government Information Services. 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(A)(i).
In § 1004.5(c), DOE corrects grammatical errors in the procedure for processing requests for records in the custody of one or more Authorizing Officials. No change to current practice is intended.
In § 1004.5(d), DOE clarifies the definition of “days” with respect to the time limit for processing requests, to eliminate any confusion with existing § 1004.12 on computation of time. No change in the time limit is intended. DOE also amends the reference to when a request is “received” for purposes of the time limits prescribed in § 1004.4(a).
In § 1004.5(d)(iii), DOE clarifies the extension of time that can be granted before a decision on a request can be reached, consistent with existing § 1004.12. No change in the length of an extension is intended. DOE also revises this section to conform to the requirements of the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, which provides that in unusual circumstances, the agency shall notify the requester of the right to seek dispute resolution services from the DOE FOIA Public Liaison or the Office of Government Information Services. 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B)(i).
In § 1004.5(d)(4), DOE corrects a typographical error.
In § 1004.5(d)(7), DOE extends the time period during which a requester can appeal a denial of expedited processing to 90 days, as required by the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, which prescribes the time period in which adverse determinations may be appealed. 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(A)(i)(III)(aa). DOE also corrects a typographical error.
In § 1004.7(b), DOE corrects a typographical error.
In § 1004.7(b)(4), DOE extends the period during which requesters may challenge the adequacy of search to 90 days, as required by the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016. 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(A)(i)(III)(aa).
In § 1004.7(b)(5), DOE extends the period during which requesters may appeal a determination to deny records to 90 days, as required by the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016. 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(A)(i)(III)(aa).
In § 1004.8(a), DOE revises the time limit for an appeal of an initial denial of a request for records to 90 days, as required by the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016. 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(A)(i)(III)(aa). DOE also corrects typographical errors in this section.
In § 1004.8(b), DOE revises the methods by which an appeal may be delivered to the Office of Hearings and Appeals and corrects typographical errors.
In § 1004.8(c), DOE corrects typographical errors.
In § 1004.8(d), DOE clarifies the definition of “days” with respect to the Appeal Authority's time limit for acting upon an appeal, consistent with existing § 1004.12. No change in the time limit is intended.
In § 1004.8(d)(2), DOE clarifies the means by which DOE notifies requesters of an extension of the time to make an appeal decision.
In § 1004.9(a), DOE updates the reference to the Government Printing Office to the Government Publishing Office. DOE also corrects a grammatical error.
In § 1004.9(a)(2), DOE revises the language regarding computer searches for records and removes the reference to the central processing unit (CPU), consistent with current practice.
In § 1004.9(a)(6)(i), DOE clarifies the definition of “search time” and clarifies how fees for search time are calculated, consistent with current practices.
DOE adds paragraphs (a)(6)(iii) through (iv)(cc) in § 1004.9 consistent with the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016. 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(A)(vii). The amendments in the Act enumerate exceptions to DOE's ability to assess search fees for certain categories of requesters when DOE has not complied with the time limits described in § 1004.5(d). The Act also specifies that DOE may assess search fees when it has determined that unusual circumstances apply; more than 5,000 pages are necessary to respond to the request; DOE has provided the requester with a timely written notice; and DOE has made no fewer than three good-faith attempts to contact the requester to discuss how the requester could effectively limit the scope of the request in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B)(ii).
In § 1004.9(a)(8)(i), DOE corrects typographical errors.
In § 1004.9(a)(8)(ii), DOE corrects typographical errors.
In § 1004.9(b), DOE corrects a typographical error.
In § 1004.9(b)(1), DOE corrects a typographical error.
In § 1004.9(b)(5), DOE clarifies when it will begin assessing interest charges on the amount billed to requesters who fail to pay fees. This change is consistent with existing § 1004.12, and no change in the administrative time limits is intended.
In § 1004.9(b)(6), DOE clarifies that it is not required to assess charges for search time even if the search fails to identify responsive records or if the records located are exempt from disclosure.
In § 1004.9(b)(8)(ii), DOE clarifies the definition of “days” for purposes of determining when a requester has failed to pay a fee in a timely fashion for purposes of exemption from making an advance payment, by deleting the word “working” as superfluous. This section also clarifies the definition of “days” for purposes of administrative time limits for certain actions when DOE receives advance fee payments. This change is consistent with existing § 1004.12, and no change in the administrative time limits is intended.
In § 1004.10(b)(5), DOE revises the definition of exemption (b)(5) to conform to the requirements of the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, which states that the deliberative process privilege shall not apply to records created 25 years or more before the date on which the records were requested. 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(5).
In § 1004.10(c), DOE revises its obligations to reasonably segregate nonexempt portions of records as required by the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, which states that an agency shall withhold information under 5 U.S.C. 552 only if the agency reasonably foresees that disclosure would harm an
In § 1004.11(g), DOE clarifies the definition of “days” for purposes of the time limit for informing submitters of DOE's intended discretionary release prior to public disclosure of the information to a requester. This change is consistent with the existing § 1004.11(c), (d), and (e), and no change in the administrative time limits is intended.
DOE has determined that notice and comment is not required pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), which requires notice and an opportunity for comment unless an agency finds good cause that notice and public procedures are impracticable, unnecessary or contrary to the public interest. In this rulemaking, DOE is implementing changes required by the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, Public Law 114-185 (June 30, 2016). DOE is exercising no discretion in implementing these statutory changes. DOE is also correcting minor typographical errors and making other minor changes to, for example, reflect the current DOE organizational structure. As a result, seeking public comment on these changes is unnecessary. For these same reasons DOE finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in effective date provided for in 5 U.S.C. 553(d).
This rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993). As a result, the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs within the Office of Management and Budget did not review this rule.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
This rule does not contain a collection-of-information requirement subject to review and approval by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA).
Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB Control Number.
DOE has reviewed this final rule under 10 CFR part 1021, DOE's National Environmental Policy Act Implementing Procedures. DOE has determined that the final rule fits within categorical exclusion A.5 listed in Appendix A to 10 CFR part 1021, subpart D: Rulemaking that interprets or amends an existing rule or regulation and that does not change the environmental effect of the rule or regulation being amended. Accordingly, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required. DOE's CX determination for this rule is available at
Executive Order 13132, “Federalism.” 64 FR 43255 (Aug. 10, 1999) imposes certain requirements on Federal agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have Federalism implications. The Executive Order requires agencies to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and to carefully assess the necessity for such actions. The Executive Order also requires agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have Federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the development of such regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE has examined this rule, which would update DOE's FOIA regulations for consistency with the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, and has determined that it would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, no further action is required by Executive Order 13132.
With respect to the review of existing regulations and the promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of Executive Order 12988, “Civil Justice Reform,” imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity; (2) write regulations to minimize litigation; (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard; and (4) promote simplification and burden reduction. 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996). Regarding the review required by section 3(a), section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation: (1) clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction; (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms; and (6) addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order 12988 requires Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the required review and determined that, to
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the private sector. Public Law 104-4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). For a regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year (adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers of State, local, and Tribal governments on a “significant intergovernmental mandate,” and requires an agency plan for giving notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small governments before establishing any requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE published a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental consultation under UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE's policy statement is also available at
DOE has concluded that this final rule will not result in the expenditure by States, tribal, or local governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million in any one year. As a result, no assessment or analysis is required under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 (Public Law 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any rule that may affect family well-being. This rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.
Pursuant to Executive Order 12630, “Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights” 53 FR 8859 (March 18, 1988), DOE has determined that this rule would not result in any takings that might require compensation under the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.
Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note) provides for Federal agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under information quality guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). DOE has reviewed this final rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those guidelines.
Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,” 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA at OMB, a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy action. A “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that: (1) is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use.
DOE has concluded that this regulatory action, which sets forth amended procedures by which the public may request records from DOE offices under the FOIA, and the policies and procedures by which DOE will provide such records to members of the public, is not a significant energy action because the final rule is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866 and is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, nor has it been designated as such by the Administrator at OIRA. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects on this final rule.
As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the promulgation of this rule prior to its effective date. The report will state that it has been determined that the rule is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
Freedom of Information.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, amend part 1004 of Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations as set forth below:
5 U.S.C. 552.
This part contains the regulations of the Department of Energy (DOE) that implement Freedom of Information (FOIA) 5 U.S.C. 552, Public Law 89-487, as amended by Public Law 93-502, 88 Stat. 1561, by Public Law 94-409, 90 Stat. 1241, by Public Law 99-570, 100 Stat. 3207-49, by Public Law 104-231, 110 Stat. 3048, by Public Law 110-175, 121 Stat. 2524, Public Law 111-83 § 564, 123 Stat. 2142, 2184, and by Public Law 114-185, 130 Stat. 538. The regulations of this part provide information concerning the procedures by which records may be requested from all DOE offices, excluding the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC). Records of DOE made available pursuant to the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 552 shall be furnished to members of the public as prescribed by this part. Persons seeking information or records of DOE may find it helpful to consult with a DOE FOIA Officer before invoking the formal procedures set out below. To the extent permitted by other laws, DOE will make records available which it is authorized to withhold under 5 U.S.C. 552 whenever it determines that such disclosure is in the public interest.
(b)
(h) * * *
(1) Bonneville Power Administration, P.O. Box 3621CHI-7, Portland, OR 97208-3621.
(5) Golden Field Office, 15013 Denver West Parkway, Mail Stop RSF DOE Golden, CO 80401.
(6) Headquarters, Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585.
(8) National Nuclear Security Administration Albuquerque Complex, P.O. Box 5400, Albuquerque, NM 87185.
(9) National Energy Technology Laboratory, 626 Cochrans Mill Road, P.O. Box 10940, Pittsburgh, PA 15236-0940.
(13) Office of Scientific and Technical Information, P.O. Box 62, Oak Ridge, TN 37830.
(i)
(m)
(n)
The revisions read as follows:
(a) DOE will maintain, for public inspection in an electronic format, the materials which are required by 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2) to be made available for public inspection and copying. An electronic public reading room can be accessed via
(b)
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1) of this section, records owned by the Government under contract that contain information or technical data having commercial value as defined in paragraph (b)(4) of this section or information for which the contractor claims a privilege recognized under Federal or State law shall be made available only when they are in the possession of the Government and not otherwise exempt under 5 U.S.C. 552(b).
(4) For purposes of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, “technical data and information having commercial value” means technical data and related commercial or financial information which is generated or acquired by a contractor and possessed by that contractor, and whose disclosure the contractor certifies to DOE would cause competitive harm to the commercial value or use of the information or data.
(a)
(c) * * *
(2)
The revisions read as follows:
(b) The Authorizing Official will promptly identify and review the records encompassed by the request. The Authorizing Official or FOIA Officer will prepare a written response—
(1) Granting the request;
(2) Denying the request;
(3) Granting/denying it in part;
(4) Replying with a response stating that the request has been referred to another agency under § 1004.4(f) or § 1004.6(e); or
(5) Informing the requester that responsive records cannot be located or do not exist. The written response shall also notify the requester of the right to seek dispute resolution services from the DOE FOIA Public Liaison(s) or the Office of Government Information Services.
(c) Where a request involves records that are in the custody of or are the concern of more than one Authorizing Official, the FOIA Officer will identify all concerned Authorizing Officials that can reasonably be expected to have custody of the requested records. Upon identification of the appropriate Authorizing Officials, the FOIA Officer will forward them a copy of the request and a request for action. The Authorizing Officials will prepare a DOE response to the requester consistent with paragraph (b) of this section. The response will identify the Authorizing Official having responsibility for the determination to release or deny records.
(d)
(iii) If unusual circumstances require an extension of time before a decision on a request can be reached and the person requesting records is promptly informed in writing by the Authorizing Official or FOIA Officer of the reasons for such extension and the date on which a determination is expected to be dispatched, then the Authorizing Official or FOIA Officer may take an extension not to exceed ten days. In cases where the Authorizing Official determines that unusual circumstances exist, the requester shall be notified in writing of the right to seek dispute resolution services from the DOE FOIA Public Liaison(s) or the Office of Government Information Services.
(4) If no determination has been made at the end of the 20-day period, or the last extension thereof, the requester may deem his administrative remedies to have been exhausted, giving rise to a right of review in a district court of the United States as specified in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4). When no determination can be made within the applicable time limit, the responsible Authorizing Official or FOIA Officer will nevertheless continue to process the request. If DOE is unable to provide a response within the statutory period, the Authorizing Official or FOIA Officer will inform the requester of the reason for the delay; the date on which a determination may be expected to be made; and the requester's right to seek remedy through the courts, but will ask the requester to forego such action until a determination is made.
(7) A determination to grant or deny a request for expedited processing will be made by the appropriate FOIA Officer within ten days after receipt of the request. The requester will be notified of the determination and informed that any denial may be appealed within 90 calendar days to the Office of Hearings and Appeals.
The revisions read as follows:
(b)
(4)
(5)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(2) The requester must be promptly notified in writing of the extension, setting forth the reasons for the extension, and the date on which a determination is expected to be issued. Notification will be sent by electronic mail, when possible, or by letter.
(a)
(2)
(6)
(ii) When unusual or exceptional circumstances do not apply and time limits specified in FOIA are not met, DOE will not charge any search fees, or duplication fees for educational and non-commercial scientific institution requesters and requesters who are representatives of the news media.
(iii) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(6)(iv) of this section, DOE will not assess any search fees (or in the case of a requester who is an educational or noncommercial scientific institution, whose purpose is scholarly or scientific research; or a representative of the news media, duplication fees) under this paragraph (a)(6)(iii) if DOE has failed to comply with any time limit under § 1004.5(d).
(iv)(A) If DOE has determined that unusual circumstances apply (as the term is defined in § 1004.5(d)(2)) and DOE provided a timely written notice to the requester in accordance with § 1004.5(d)(1)(iii), a failure described in paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this section is excused for an additional 10 days. If DOE fails to comply with the extended time limit, DOE may not assess any search fees (or in the case of a requester described under paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this section, duplication fees).
(B) If DOE has determined that unusual circumstances (as that term is defined in § 1004.5(d)(2)) apply and more than 5,000 pages are necessary to respond to the request, DOE may charge search fees (or in the case of a requester described under paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this section, duplication fees) if DOE has provided a timely written notice to the requester in accordance with § 1004.5(d)(1)(iii) and DOE has discussed with the requester via written mail, electronic mail, or telephone (or made not less than three good-faith attempts to do so) how the requester could effectively limit the scope of the request in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B)(ii).
(C) If a court has determined that unusual circumstances exist (as that term is defined in § 1004.5(d)(2)), a failure described in paragraph (a)(6)(iv) of this of this section shall be excused for the length of time provided by the court order.
(8)
(i) That disclosure of the information “is in the public interest because it is likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of the operations or activities of the government.” Factors to be considered in applying this criteria include but are not limited to:
(ii) If disclosure of the information “is not primarily in the commercial interest of the requester.” Factors to be considered in applying this criteria include but are not limited to:
(b)
(1)
(5)
(6)
(8) * * *
(ii)(A) A requester has previously failed to pay a fee in a timely fashion (
(B) When DOE acts under paragraphs (b)(8) (i) or (ii) of this section, the administrative time limits prescribed in section (a)(6) of FOIA (
(b) * * *
(5) Inter-agency or intra-agency memoranda or letters that would not be available by law to a party other than an agency in litigation with the agency, provided that the deliberative process privilege shall not apply to records created 25 years or more before the date on which the records were requested;
(c) DOE shall withhold information under this section only if—
(1) The agency reasonably foresees that disclosure would harm an interest protected by an exemption described in paragraph (b) of this section; or
(2) Disclosure is prohibited by law. DOE shall consider whether partial disclosure of information is possible whenever the agency determines that a full disclosure of a requested record is not possible and take reasonable steps necessary to segregate and release nonexempt information. Nothing in this paragraph requires disclosure of information that is otherwise prohibited from disclosure by law, or otherwise exempted from disclosure by paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
(a) Whenever a document submitted to DOE contains information which may be exempt from public disclosure, it will be handled in accordance with the procedures in this section. While DOE is responsible for making the final determination with regard to the disclosure or nondisclosure of information contained in requested documents, DOE will consider the submitter's views (as that term is defined in this section) in making its determination. Nothing in this section will preclude the submission of a submitter's views at the time of the submission of the document to which the views relate, or at any other time.
(g) When DOE, in the course of responding to a Freedom of Information Act request, determines that information exempt from the mandatory public disclosure requirements of the Freedom of Information Act is to be released in accordance with § 1004.1, DOE will notify the submitter of the intended discretionary release no less than seven (7) calendar days prior to the intended public disclosure of the information in question.
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Final rule.
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) is adopting a final rule to implement public disclosure requirements for the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) rule. The final rule applies to all depository institution holding companies and
Anna Lee Hewko, Associate Director, (202) 530-6260, Peter Clifford, Manager, (202) 785-6057, or J. Kevin Littler, Senior Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 475-6677, Risk Policy, Division of Supervision and Regulation; Benjamin W. McDonough, Assistant General Counsel, (202) 452-2036, Dafina Stewart, Senior Counsel, (202) 452-3876, Adam Cohen, Counsel, (202) 912-4658, or Joshua Strazanac, Attorney, (202) 452-2457, Legal Division, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th and C Streets, Washington, DC 20551. For the hearing impaired only, Telecommunication Device for the Deaf (TDD), (202) 263-4869.
On December 1, 2015, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) invited comment on a proposed rule (proposed rule) to implement public disclosure requirements for certain companies subject to the Board's liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) rule: (1) All bank holding companies and certain savings and loan holding companies that, in each case, have $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets or $10 billion or more in total consolidated on-balance sheet foreign exposure; and (2) nonbank financial companies designated by the Financial Stability Oversight Council for Board supervision to which the Board has applied the LCR rule by separate rule or order (covered companies).
The purpose of the proposed rule was to promote market discipline by providing the public with comparable liquidity information about covered companies.
To the extent that disclosure can increase investor confidence and bolster transparency between counterparties, it increases liquidity in the market as a whole, thereby limiting the risk that a liquidity event will lead to asset fire sales and contagion effects in the financial sector. A funds provider that is uncertain about the liquidity conditions of its counterparties may be more likely to withhold funding during a liquidity event.
The Board receives and analyzes liquidity information from covered companies through supervisory reporting; market participants bring additional perspectives through their assessments of these firms, which will in turn help inform the Board's supervision of covered companies. In this fashion, market discipline complements the Board's supervisory practices and policies.
The proposed rule would have required a covered company to disclose publicly information about (1) certain components of its LCR calculation in a standardized tabular format (LCR disclosure template), and (2) factors that have a significant effect on its LCR, to facilitate an understanding of the company's calculations and results.
Under the proposed rule, a covered company would have been required to provide timely public disclosures, including a completed LCR disclosure template, each calendar quarter in a direct and prominent manner on its public internet site or in a public financial or other public regulatory report. A covered company would have been required to keep this information available publicly for at least five years from the time of initial disclosure, on a rolling basis. For example, the proposed rule would have required information that was initially disclosed on February 1, 2018, to remain available until at least February 1, 2023.
The Board received five comments from trade organizations, a public interest group, and other interested parties on the proposed rule. Although some commenters generally supported requiring covered companies to disclose
The final rule includes the same general requirements as the proposed rule with some modifications in response to comments as described below.
The proposed rule would have required a covered company to provide timely public disclosures after each calendar quarter. One commenter argued that the frequency of the required disclosure should be increased to daily because market participants need more timely information so they can adequately adjust their risk management and business activities based on the liquidity risk of covered companies. The commenter also argued that quarterly LCR disclosures could increase market instability, relative to more frequent disclosures, because large changes in a covered company's LCR between quarters would be more disruptive to the market compared to more frequent disclosures that revealed smaller incremental changes to a firm's LCR. Another commenter supported a monthly or weekly disclosure requirement, which could be made more frequent in the event of a market or idiosyncratic stress.
The final rule maintains the requirement that disclosures be made quarterly. Liquidity, by its nature, is subject to rapid changes. As a result, it is expected that the LCR of a covered company will exhibit some volatility in the short term, which may not be indicative of liquidity problems at the firm. Indeed, there are many potential causes for short-term fluctuations in a firm's liquidity, such as seasonal deposit flows and periodic tax payments. Public disclosure of these types of short-term swings in a covered company's LCR could potentially negatively affect the firm and may not be indicative of a company's medium-term liquidity position, which in most cases is a better indication of the overall strengths and weaknesses of a company's liquidity position. Disclosure on a quarterly basis should help market participants assess the liquidity risk profiles of covered companies consistent with other quarterly disclosures of financial information. For supervisory purposes, the Board will continue to monitor on a more frequent basis any changes to a covered company's liquidity profile through the information submitted on the FR 2052a Complex Institution Liquidity Monitoring Report (FR 2052a report).
As noted, under the proposed rule, a covered company would have been required to provide timely public disclosures, including a completed LCR disclosure template, each calendar quarter in a direct and prominent manner on its public internet site or in a public financial or other public regulatory report. One commenter asserted that the “direct and prominent” disclosure standard is unnecessary because the requirement for a covered company to make the required disclosures in its financial statements or on its Web site will cause that information to be accessible to the public. The final rule retains the direct and prominent standard to ensure that the required disclosures are easily accessible to interested market participants. Such disclosures must remain available to the public for at least five years from the time of initial disclosure.
As discussed in the Supplementary Information section of the proposed rule, the timing of disclosures under the federal banking laws may not always coincide with the timing of disclosures required under other federal law, including disclosures required under the federal securities laws and their implementing regulations by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). For calendar quarters that do not correspond to a covered company's fiscal year-end, the Board would consider disclosures that are made within 45 days of the end of the calendar quarter (or within 60 days for the limited purpose of the covered company's first calendar quarter in which it is subject to the final rule's disclosure requirements) as timely. In general, where a covered company's fiscal year-end coincides with the end of a calendar quarter, the Board considers disclosures to be timely if they are made no later than the applicable SEC disclosure deadline for the corresponding Form 10-K annual report. In cases where a covered company's fiscal year-end does not coincide with the end of a calendar quarter, the Board would consider the timeliness of disclosures on a case-by-case basis.
This approach to timely disclosures is consistent with the approach to public disclosures that the Board has taken in the context of other regulatory reporting and disclosure requirements. For example, the Board has used the same indicia of timeliness with respect to the public disclosures required under its risk-based capital rules.
The proposed rule would have required a covered company to disclose publicly its LCR and certain components of its LCR calculation in a standardized tabular format. The standardized format was designed to help market participants compare the LCRs of covered companies across the U.S. banking industry and international jurisdictions. In this regard, the proposed format was similar to a common disclosure template developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). However, the proposed rule was tailored to reflect differences between the LCR rule and the BCBS LCR standard.
Under the proposed rule, a covered company, other than a modified LCR holding company, would have been required to calculate all disclosed amounts as simple averages of the components used to calculate its daily LCR over the past quarter. A modified LCR holding company would have been
One commenter asserted that the detailed disclosures required by the proposed rule would create new vulnerabilities that could exacerbate market stresses. The commenter argued that the public disclosure of the granular information required by the proposed LCR disclosure template could precipitate or accelerate a significant liquidity event rather than promote market discipline as intended. The commenter also asserted that detailed disclosure of a covered company's liquid assets could constrain the covered company's ability to execute its risk management and business strategies in a stressed environment. For instance, the commenter argued that a covered company may find it difficult to adjust the composition of its HQLA because of a potential negative reaction from market participants in response to its LCR public disclosures or because other market participants could use the information in public disclosures to “front run” the covered company's planned liquidity management actions.
The commenter suggested the Board's policy objectives would be better achieved by requiring only disclosure of a firms' HQLA amount, aggregate outflows, and aggregate inflows, which the commenter argued would provide the market with sufficient information on a covered company's liquidity profile without resulting in the negative effects of overly detailed disclosures. The commenter also recommended that, in order to mitigate the impact of short-term fluctuations in a covered company's LCR, a covered company should calculate disclosed amounts as simple averages of the components used to calculate its daily or monthly LCR over a rolling six-month rolling period, rather than over a quarter.
The final rule retains the requirement that a covered company make its disclosures using quarterly averages, rather than using six-month rolling average calculations. Extending the averaging period from three to six months would cause the public disclosures to be inconsistent with a covered company's other public regulatory disclosures, such as its quarterly reporting on the FR Y-9C Consolidated Financial Statements for Holding Companies and its quarterly disclosures under federal securities laws.
The final rule requires a covered company to make public disclosures with the same the level of granularity that would have been required under the proposal. In determining the appropriate amount of detail of the disclosure requirements, the Board weighed the benefits that detailed disclosures provide, such as promoting market discipline of firms and overall liquidity in the funding market, against the costs of such requirements, including the risk that the disclosures could potentially contribute to a liquidity event during stress.
The disclosure requirements are designed to provide market participants with information on covered companies' liquidity positions in order to enable them to distinguish among covered companies' liquidity risk profiles. The disclosure of only a firm's HQLA amount, aggregate outflows, and aggregate inflows may be insufficient to enable market participants to assess fully the nature of a covered company's liquidity risk profile. On the other hand, more granular disclosure would provide market participants a more accurate view of the covered company's liquidity risk profile and enhance covered companies' incentives to maintain a robust liquidity risk profile. For example, more detailed disclosure about a covered company that has a high LCR, but also exhibits high dependence on a particular funding class or counterparty type, would allow market participants to better assess potential liquidity vulnerabilities. For a covered company with strong liquidity risk management, more granular disclosures would also reduce the likelihood that market participants would react overly negatively towards the covered company in the event of the public release of negative information about the covered company or the banking sector more generally. Without such granular disclosure, there is a greater likelihood that uncertainty over a covered company's liquidity position would cause counterparties to cease funding the covered company following the release of negative information. The granular disclosure requirements under the proposed and final rules would encourage covered companies to engage in safe and sound banking practices and strengthen financial stability, without causing firms to bear undue costs.
Although the final rule requires disclosure of relatively detailed liquidity data to enhance market participants' understanding of firm's liquidity risk management, several considerations should mitigate the potential for the disclosures to negatively impact a covered company or precipitate or accelerate a significant liquidity event during times of idiosyncratic or market stress. As noted, the disclosures are based on quarterly averages. Importantly, the due dates for the disclosures are several weeks after the end of the quarter. This means that the liquidity disclosures will include a lag that provides market participants with a broad understanding of a firm's medium-term liquidity position without causing the release of current liquidity data that could potentially negatively affect the firm. The final rule also does not require firms to disclose specific asset- or transaction-level details, which will limit the risk that the public disclosures will constrain a covered company's ability to execute its risk management and business strategies.
The proposed rule would have required a covered company to disclose its average HQLA amount, average total net cash outflow amount, and average LCR. A covered company's HQLA amount and total net cash outflow amount are the numerator and the denominator of the LCR, respectively, and thus, are important to help market participants and other parties understand the liquidity risk profile of a covered company and compare risk profiles across companies.
At a more granular level, to describe the quality and composition of a covered company's HQLA amount, the proposed rule would have required a covered company to disclose its average amount of eligible HQLA,
In the
Second, because a modified LCR holding company is not required to calculate a maturity mismatch add-on calculation amount under the modified LCR requirement,
Third, while the proposed rule would have required a modified LCR holding company to disclose its average total net cash outflow amount after applying a factor of 0.7 (which reflects the fact that modified LCR holding companies are required to apply a factor of 0.7 to its average total net cash outflow amount under section 249.63 of the LCR rule), the proposed rule would have required a modified LCR holding company to disclose its average cash outflows and cash inflows without applying the factor of 0.7.
The Board did not receive comments, other than those described above, on these aspects of the proposal, and the final rule adopts these aspects without modification.
Under the proposed rule, a covered company would have been required to provide a “sufficient” qualitative discussion of its LCR. This discussion was intended to complement the quantitative disclosure requirements. In this regard, the proposed rule included a list of potentially relevant items for the covered company to address in its qualitative disclosures: (1) The main drivers of the LCR; (2) changes in the LCR over time; (3) the composition of eligible HQLA; (4) concentration of funding sources; (5) derivative exposures and potential collateral calls; (6) currency mismatch in the LCR; (7) the covered company's centralized liquidity management function and its interaction with other functional areas of the covered company; and (8) other inflows and outflows in the LCR that are not specifically identified by the required quantitative disclosures, but that the covered company considers to be relevant to facilitate an understanding of its liquidity risk profile. The proposed rule also would have required that a covered company provide a brief discussion of any significant changes that have occurred since the end of the quarter (
Two commenters argued that the qualitative disclosure requirement should be better aligned with public disclosures required by other regulations. The commenters requested that a covered company only be required to provide a qualitative discussion of items that are “material” to the firm's LCR, rather than items that are “significant” or “relevant” to a firm's LCR, as would have been required under the proposed rule. The commenters argued that adopting a materiality standard that is consistent with disclosure requirements applicable under other public disclosure regimes, notably federal securities laws, would be less confusing and ensure that covered companies approach the required disclosures in a consistent manner. In addition, one commenter argued that qualitative public disclosures should include an exemption, similar to that in the Board's risk-based capital rules, for disclosure of certain confidential or proprietary financial information.
In response to the commenters' concerns, the final rule clarifies that a covered company is not required to include in its qualitative disclosures any information that is proprietary or confidential. Rather, the covered company would only be required to disclose general information about those subjects and provide a reason why the specific information has not been disclosed.
The final rule continues to use the term “significant” to describe items affecting a covered company's LCR about which a covered company should provide a qualitative discussion. However, in response to concerns raised by commenters, the Board agrees with commenters that a covered company may assess the relevant qualitative disclosures based on their materiality. Information is regarded as material for purposes of the disclosure requirements in the final rule if the omission or misstatement of the information could change or influence the assessment or decision of a user relying on that information for the purpose of making investment decisions. This approach is consistent with the standards in the Board's risk-based capital rules, which also use a concept of materiality to inform the qualitative disclosure requirements required under those rules.
The proposed rule's requirement that a covered company provide a qualitative discussion of the main drivers of its LCR and any changes in its LCR over time, to the extent such changes were significant, was intended to include a discussion of the causes of any such changes. However, in order to avoid any confusion, the final rule has been revised to state explicitly that, in addition to discussing any changes in its LCR over time, a covered company should also include a discussion of the causes of such changes. Changes in risk management strategies or macroeconomic conditions are examples of the type of causes that could potentially cause a change to a covered company's LCR and that, if significant, would have to be discussed in the firm's qualitative disclosures.
In addition, the final rule eliminates the requirement that a covered company provide a brief discussion of any significant changes that have occurred since the end of the quarter that would cause its quarter-end quantitative disclosures to no longer reflect its liquidity profile. Although it was not the intended result, this requirement could have been interpreted to require a covered company to disclose information about specific and recent developments in its liquidity risk profile, which could include short-term
As noted above, the proposed rule would have required a covered company to provide a qualitative discussion of its LCR and would have included an illustrative list of potentially relevant items that a firm could discuss, to the extent relevant to its LCR. Among the illustrative list of potentially relevant items was “other inflows and outflows in the LCR that are not specifically identified by the required quantitative disclosures, but that the covered company considers to be relevant to facilitate an understanding of its liquidity risk profile.” The Board has determined that this item is redundant of the proposed rule's general requirement that a firm must provide a qualitative discussion of its LCR. For this reason, the final rule eliminates this example.
The proposed compliance dates for the public disclosure requirements would have differed based on the size, complexity, and potential systemic impact of the covered companies that currently are subject to the LCR rule. The proposed rule would have required covered companies that have $700 billion or more in total consolidated assets or $10 trillion or more in assets under custody to comply with the proposed public disclosure requirements beginning on July 1, 2016. Other covered companies, not including modified LCR holding companies, would have been required to comply with the proposed public disclosure requirements beginning on July 1, 2017. These proposed compliance dates would have required covered companies that are currently subject to the LCR rule to comply with the proposed public disclosure requirements one year after the date that they were required to calculate their LCR on a daily basis.
One commenter argued that covered companies need additional time to comply with the public disclosure requirements in order to align their existing liquidity data reporting processes under the FR 2052a report with the LCR public disclosure requirements. The commenter also asserted that a longer transition period was necessary so that covered companies would have sufficient time to clarify certain aspects of their LCR calculations with the agencies to ensure that the disclosed LCR data is calculated consistently across covered companies.
In response to the comments, the final rule extends the implementation timeline nine months such that a covered company currently subject to the LCR rule would be required to make LCR public disclosures approximately five calendar quarters after the covered company's liquidity information has been required to be submitted on the FR 2052a report.
A covered company that becomes subject to the LCR rule in the future will be required to make its first public disclosures for the calendar quarter that starts on its LCR rule compliance date (
A company that becomes subject to the modified LCR requirement is currently required to comply with the requirement on the first day of the first quarter after which the company's total consolidated assets equal $50 billion or more. As noted in the Supplemental Information section in the proposed rule, this compliance date may not provide sufficient time for these companies to build the systems required to calculate the LCR. In light of this operational challenge, the proposed rule would have amended the modified LCR requirement to provide these companies with a full year to come into compliance with the LCR requirement after becoming subject to the rule. The Board is clarifying that a covered company subject to the full LCR requirement that subsequently becomes subject to the modified requirement (
The Board received no comments on this aspect of the proposed rule. The final rule includes this amendment to
Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601
Under regulations issued by the Small Business Administration, a “small entity” includes a depository institution, bank holding company, or savings and loan holding company with total assets of $550 million or less (a small banking organization). As of June 30, 2016, there were approximately 594 small state member banks, 3,203 small bank holding companies, and 162 small savings and loan holding companies.
As discussed above, the final rule requires certain companies that are subject to the LCR rule to disclose publicly information about components of their LCR. The final rule does not apply to “small entities” and applies only to the following Board-regulated institutions: (1) All bank holding companies and certain savings and loan holding companies that, in each case, have $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets or $10 billion or more in total consolidated on-balance sheet foreign exposure; and (2) nonbank financial companies designated by the Financial Stability Oversight Council for Board supervision to which the Board has applied the LCR Rule by separate rule or order. Companies that are subject to the final rule therefore substantially exceed the $550 million asset threshold at which a banking entity is considered a “small entity” under SBA regulations.
No small bank holding company, savings and loan holding company, or state member bank would be subject to the rule, so there would be no additional projected compliance requirements imposed on small bank holding companies, small savings and loan holding companies, or small state member banks.
The Board believes that the final rule will not have a significant impact on small banking organizations supervised by the Board and therefore believes that there are no significant alternatives to the rule that would reduce the economic impact on small banking organizations supervised by the Board.
Certain provisions of the final rule contain “collection of information” requirements within the meaning of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521 (PRA). In accordance with the requirements of the PRA, the Board may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. The Board's OMB control number is 7100-0367 and will be extended, with revision. The Board reviewed the final rule under the authority delegated to the Board by OMB. The final rule contains requirements subject to the PRA. The disclosure requirements are found in sections 249.64, 249.90, and 249.91. The Board did not receive any public comments on the PRA analysis.
The Board has a continuing interest in the public's opinions of collections of information. At any time, commenters may submit comments regarding the burden estimate, or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing the burden, to the addresses listed in the
A covered company must disclose publicly the information required under subpart J beginning on April 1, 2017, if the covered company is subject to the transition period under section 249.50(a) or April 1, 2018, if the covered company is subject to the transition period under section 249.50(b). For modified LCR holding companies, the final rule would require them to comply with the public disclosure requirements beginning on October 1, 2018.
Under the final rule, quantitative disclosures will convey information about a covered company's high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) and short-term cash flows, thereby providing insight into a covered company's liquidity risk profile. Consistent with the BCBS common template, the final rule requires a covered company to disclose both average unweighted amounts and average weighted amounts for the covered company's HQLA, cash outflow amounts, and cash inflow amounts. A covered company is also required to calculate all disclosed amounts as simple averages of the components used to calculate its daily LCR over a calendar quarter, except that modified LCR holding companies are required to calculate all disclosed amounts as simple averages of the components used
In addition, the final rule requires a covered company to provide a discussion of certain features of its LCR. A covered company's qualitative discussion may include, but does not have to be limited to, the following items: (1) The main drivers of the LCR; (2) changes in the LCR over time and causes of such changes; (3) the composition of eligible HQLA; (4) concentration of funding sources; (5) derivative exposures and potential collateral calls; (6) currency mismatch in the LCR; and (7) the covered company's centralized liquidity management function and its interaction with other functional areas of the covered company.
Section 302 of the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 (RCDRIA) requires a Federal banking agency, in determining the effective date and administrative compliance requirements for new regulations that impose additional reporting, disclosure, or other requirements on insured depository institutions, to consider any administrative burdens that such regulations would place on depository institutions, and the benefits of such regulations, consistent with the principles of safety and soundness and the public interest. In addition, new regulations that impose additional reporting disclosures or other new requirements on insured depository institutions generally must take effect on the first day of a calendar quarter which begins on or after the date on which the regulations are published in final form.
Administrative practice and procedure, Banks, banking, Federal Reserve System, Holding companies, Liquidity, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Board amends part 249 of chapter II of title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
12 U.S.C. 248(a), 321-338a, 481-486, 1467a(g)(1), 1818, 1828, 1831p-1, 1831o-1, 1844(b), 5365, 5366, 5368.
(c) * * *
(2) A Board-regulated institution that first meets the threshold for applicability of this subpart under paragraph (a) of this section after September 30, 2014, must comply with the requirements of this subpart one year after the date it meets the threshold set forth in paragraph (a); except that a Board-regulated institution that met the applicability criteria in § 249.1(b) immediately prior to meeting this threshold must comply with the requirements of this subpart beginning on the first day of the first quarter after which it meets the threshold set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
(a) Effective October 1, 2018, a covered depository institution holding company subject to this subpart must disclose publicly the information required under subpart J of this part each calendar quarter, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) Effective 18 months after a covered depository institution holding company first becomes subject to this subpart pursuant to § 249.60(c)(2), the covered depository institution holding company must provide the disclosures required under subpart J of this part each calendar quarter.
(a)
(b)
(2) A covered depository institution holding company or covered nonbank company subject to this subpart must provide the disclosures required by this subpart for the calendar quarter beginning on:
(i) April 1, 2017, and thereafter if the covered depository institution holding company is subject to the transition period under § 249.50(a); or
(ii) April 1, 2018, and thereafter if the covered depository institution holding company or covered nonbank holding company is subject to the transition period under § 249.50(b).
(3) A covered depository institution holding company or covered nonbank
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(A) On a consolidated basis and presented in millions of U.S. dollars or as a percentage, as applicable; and
(B) With the exception of amounts disclosed pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(5), (c)(9), (c)(14), (c)(19), (c)(23), and (c)(28) of this section, as simple averages of daily amounts over the calendar quarter;
(ii) A covered depository institution holding company that is required to calculate its liquidity coverage ratio on a monthly basis pursuant to § 249.61 must calculate its disclosed average amounts as provided in paragraph (b)(1)(i), except that those amounts must be calculated as simple averages of monthly amounts over a calendar quarter;
(iii) A covered depository institution holding company or covered nonbank company subject to this subpart must
(2)
(ii) A covered depository institution holding company or covered nonbank company subject to this subpart must calculate the average unweighted amount of cash outflows and cash inflows before applying the outflow and inflow rates specified in §§ 249.32 and 249.33, respectively.
(3)
(ii) A covered depository institution holding company or covered nonbank company subject to this subpart must calculate the average weighted amount of cash outflows and cash inflows after applying the outflow and inflow rates specified in §§ 249.32 and 249.33, respectively.
(c)
(1) The sum of the average unweighted amounts and average weighted amounts calculated under paragraphs (c)(2) through (4) of this section (row 1);
(2) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of level 1 liquid assets that are eligible HQLA under § 249.21(b)(1) (row 2);
(3) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of level 2A liquid assets that are eligible HQLA under § 249.21(b)(2) (row 3);
(4) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of level 2B liquid assets that are eligible HQLA under § 249.21(b)(3) (row 4);
(5) The sum of the average unweighted amounts and average weighted amounts of cash outflows calculated under paragraphs (c)(6) through (8) of this section (row 5);
(6) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash outflows under § 249.32(a)(1) (row 6);
(7) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash outflows under § 249.32(a)(2) through (5) (row 7);
(8) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash outflows under § 249.32(g) (row 8);
(9) The sum of the average unweighted amounts and average weighted amounts of cash outflows calculated under paragraphs (c)(10) through (12) of this section (row 9);
(10) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash outflows under § 249.32(h)(3) and (4) (row 10);
(11) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash outflows under § 249.32(h)(1), (2), and (5), excluding (h)(2)(ii) (row 11);
(12) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash outflows under § 249.32(h)(2)(ii) (row 12);
(13) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash outflows under § 249.32(j) and (k) (row 13);
(14) The sum of the average unweighted amounts and average weighted amounts of cash outflows calculated under paragraphs (c)(15) and (16) of this section (row 14);
(15) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash outflows under § 249.32(c) and (f) (row 15);
(16) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash outflows under § 249.32(b), (d), and (e) (row 16);
(17) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash outflows under § 249.32(l) (row 17);
(18) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash outflows under § 249.32(i) (row 18);
(19) The sum of average unweighted amounts and average weighted amounts of cash outflows calculated under paragraphs (c)(5), (9), (13), (14), (17), and (18) of this section (row 19);
(20) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash inflows under § 249.33(f) (row 20);
(21) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash inflows under § 249.33(c) (row 21);
(22) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash inflows under § 249.33(d) (row 22);
(23) The sum of average unweighted amounts and average weighted amounts of cash inflows calculated under paragraphs (c)(24) through (27) of this section (row 23);
(24) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash inflows under § 249.33(b) (row 24);
(25) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash inflows under § 249.33(e) (row 25);
(26) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash inflows under § 249.33(g) (row 26);
(27) The average unweighted amount and average weighted amount of cash inflows under § 249.33(h) (row 27);
(28) The sum of average unweighted amounts and average weighted amounts of cash inflows reported under paragraphs (c)(20) through (23) of this section (row 28);
(29) The average amount of the HQLA amounts as calculated under § 249.21(a) (row 29);
(30) The average amount of the total net cash outflow amounts excluding the maturity mismatch add-on as calculated under § 249.30(a)(1) and (2) (row 30);
(31) The average amount of the maturity mismatch add-ons as calculated under § 249.30(b) (row 31);
(32) The average amount of the total net cash outflow amounts as calculated under § 249.30 or § 249.63, as applicable (row 32);
(33) The average of the liquidity coverage ratios as calculated under § 249.10(b) (row 33).
(d)
(i) The main drivers of the liquidity coverage ratio;
(ii) Changes in the liquidity coverage ratio over time and causes of such changes;
(iii) The composition of eligible HQLA;
(iv) Concentration of funding sources;
(v) Derivative exposures and potential collateral calls;
(vi) Currency mismatch in the liquidity coverage ratio; or
(vii) The centralized liquidity management function of the covered depository institution holding company or covered nonbank company and its interaction with other functional areas of the covered depository institution holding company or covered nonbank company.
(2) If a covered depository institution holding company or covered nonbank company subject to this subpart believes that the qualitative discussion required in paragraph (d)(1) of this section would prejudice seriously its position by resulting in public disclosure of specific
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Board”).
Interim final rule.
The Board is adopting, and inviting comment on, an interim final rule to amend its regulations for processing requests under the Freedom of Information Act (“FOIA”) pursuant to the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016 (the “Act”). The amendments clarify and update procedures for requesting information from the Board, extend the deadline for administrative appeals, and add information on dispute resolution services.
This interim final rule is effective December 27, 2016. Comments should be received on or before February 27, 2017.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. R-1556 and RIN No. 7100 AE-65, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
•
All public comments will be made available on the Board's Web site at
This interim rule reflects changes to the Board's Rules Regarding Availability of Information (“Board's Rules”) required by the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016 (the “Improvement Act”).
This interim final rule makes conforming amendments throughout part 261 of the Board's Rules to adopt the statutory exemptions and exceptions required by the Improvement Act. It also explains general policies and procedures for requesters seeking access to records and for processing requests by the Board's Freedom of Information Office.
The Board notes that the Improvement Act provides federal agencies with no discretion in the implementation of the rule, and requires that conforming amendments to agency-specific rules become effective within 180 days of the Act's enactment. Accordingly, this interim rule is final and effective on December 27, 2016. The Board is providing an opportunity for comment and will address any comments received in a subsequent rulemaking.
This rule is not subject to the provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act (“APA”), 5 U.S.C. 553, requiring notice, public participation, and deferred effective date. The FOIA Improvement Act of 2016 provides federal agencies with no discretion in the implementation of the substantive amendments made in this rule, and it also requires that conforming amendments to agency-specific rules become effective as of December 27, 2016. For these reasons, the Board finds good cause to determine that public notice and comment for these amendments is unnecessary, impracticable, or contrary to the public interest, pursuant to the APA, 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), and that good cause exists to dispense with a deferred effective date pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). The Board is providing, however, an opportunity for comment and will address any comments received in the final rule that adopts the interim rule as final.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601
There is no collection of information required by this interim final rule that would be subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501
Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires each federal banking agency to use plain language in all rules published after January 1, 2000. In light of this requirement, the Board believes this interim rule is presented in a simple and straightforward manner and is consistent with this “plain language” directive.
Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business information, Freedom of information, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set forth in the
5 U.S.C. 552; 12 U.S.C. 248(i) and (k), 321
(e)
(f)
(a)
(4) Copies of all records, regardless of form or format—
(i) That have been released to any person under § 261.12; and
(ii)(A) That because of the nature of their subject matter, the Board determines have become or are likely to become the subject of subsequent requests for substantially the same records; or
(B) That have been requested three or more times;
(b)(1) Information available under this section is available for inspection and copying, from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. weekdays, at the Freedom of Information Office of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20551.
(c)
(b) * * *
(2) The request shall be submitted in writing to the Freedom of Information Office, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th & C Street NW., Washington, DC 20551; or sent by facsimile to the Freedom of Information Office, (202) 872-7565; or submitted electronically to
(e) * * *
(3) In unusual circumstances, as defined in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B), the Board may:
(i) Extend the 20-day time limit for a period of time not to exceed 10 working days, where the Board has provided written notice to the requester setting forth the reasons for the extension and the date on which a determination is expected to be dispatched; and
(ii) Extend the 20-day time limit for a period of more than 10 working days where the Board has provided the requester with an opportunity to modify the scope of the FOIA request so that it can be processed within that time frame or with an opportunity to arrange an alternative time frame for processing the original request or a modified request, and has notified the requester that the Board's FOIA Public Liaison is available to assist the requester for this purpose and in the resolution of any disputes between the requester and the Board and of the requester's right to seek dispute resolution services from the Office of Government Information Services.
(f) * * *
(4) The right of the requester to seek assistance from the Board's FOIA Public Liaison; and
(5) When an adverse determination is made (including determinations that the requested record is exempt, in whole or in part; the request does not reasonably describe the records sought; the information requested is not a record subject to the FOIA; the requested record does not exist, cannot be located, or has been destroyed; the requested record is not readily reproducible in the form or format sought by the requester; deny fee waiver requests or other fee categorization matters; and deny requests for expedited processing), the Secretary will advise the requester in writing of that determination and will further advise the requester of:
(i) The right of the requester to appeal to the Board any adverse determination within 90 days after the date of the determination as specified in paragraph (i) of this section;
(ii) The right of the requester to seek dispute resolution services from the Board's FOIA Public Liaison or the Office of Government Information Services; and
(iii) The name and title or position of the person responsible for the adverse determination.
(i)
(1) The appeal shall prominently display the phrase FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT APPEAL on the first page, and shall be addressed to the Freedom of Information Office, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th & C Streets NW., Washington, DC 20551; or sent by facsimile to the Freedom of Information Office, (202) 872-7562 or 7565; or sent by email to
(3) The appeal shall be filed within 90 days of the date on which the adverse determination was issued, or the date on which documents in partial response to the request were transmitted to the requester, whichever is later. The Board may consider an untimely appeal if:
(a)
(i)
(2) If the Board determines that unusual circumstances exist, as described in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B), and has provided timely written notice to the requester and subsequently responds within the additional 10 working days as provided in § 261.13(e)(3), the Board may charge search fees, or, in the case of requests from requesters described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, may charge duplication fees.
(3) If the Board determines that unusual circumstances exist, as described in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B), and more than 5,000 pages are necessary to respond to the request, then the Board may charge search fees, or, in the case of requesters described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, may charge duplication fees, if the Board has:
(i) Provided timely written notice to the requester in accordance with the FOIA; and
(ii) Discussed with the requester via written mail, email, or telephone (or made not less than three good-faith attempts to do so) how the requester could effectively limit the scope of the request in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B)(ii).
(4) If a court has determined that exceptional circumstances exist, as defined by the FOIA, a failure to comply with the time limits shall be excused for the length of time provided by the court order.
Federal Open Market Committee, Federal Reserve System.
Interim final rule.
The Federal Open Market Committee (Committee) invites comments on this interim final rule amending its Rules Regarding Availability of Information (Rules). These revisions conform to recent statutory amendments to the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) made by the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016 (FOIA Improvement Act), as well as other technical changes intended to clarify existing procedures for requesting information and updating contact information.
This interim final rule is effective on December 27, 2016. Comments shall be received on or before February 27, 2017.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this interim final rule, identified by “Federal Reserve System: Federal Open Market Committee 12 CR Part 271,” by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Matthew M. Luecke, Deputy Secretary, (202) 452-2576, Federal Open Market Committee, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20551; or Amory Goldberg, Counsel, (202) 452-3124, Legal Division, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20551. Users of Telecommunications Device for Deaf (TDD)
On June 30, 2016, the Freedom of Information Act
This interim final rule amends the Committee's Rules, as described below.
The Committee has made a technical change to section 271.3(c) of its Rules to delete certain outdated information about publishing Committee information in the
As required by the FOIA Improvement Act, the Committee is revising this section to clarify that the Committee's records, which are available for public inspection pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2), specifically include records requested three or more times, and that such records will be made available in electronic format. Thus, the Committee is revising section 271.4(a) and (b) of its Rules to specifically reference the availability of records described in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2) for public inspection in electronic format. The Committee also is adding language to paragraph (b)(1) of section 271.4 to direct members of the public to the Web site of the Committee's electronic reading room. Additionally, in paragraph (b)(1) of section 271.4, the Committee updated information on how to obtain access to the Committee's reading room at the Board's Freedom of Information Office to reflect updated security procedures and because the Board's Freedom of Information Office has moved from the location at 20th Street and Constitution Avenue NW. Lastly, because all the records described in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2) are now required to be made available in electronic format, which necessarily would also include records created on or after 1996, the Committee removed and reserved paragraph (c) of section 271.4.
The Committee is adding language to section 271.5 of its Rules to inform members of the public that they have the option to electronically submit FOIA requests using the Committee's online FOIA request form.
The Committee is making a technical correction to paragraph (c)(2) of section 271.6 of its Rules, to remove the reference to paragraph (i) and replace it with paragraph (h).
The FOIA, as revised by the FOIA Improvement Act, requires that, whenever an agency extends the 20-day time limit to respond to a FOIA request by more than ten working days due to “unusual circumstances,” then the agency must provide the requester with an opportunity to limit the request's scope and must notify the requester of the availability of dispute resolution services from the FOIA Public Liaison and the Office of Government Information Services (OGIS). Accordingly, the revisions to paragraph (d) of section 271.6 reflect these statutory requirements.
The Committee's amendments to paragraph (e) of section 271.6 conform to the amendments of the FOIA Improvement Act, which require that all determination letters advise requesters of the right to seek assistance from the Committee's FOIA Public Liaison and, in the case of an adverse determination, that requesters be informed of the right to seek dispute resolution services from the Committee's FOIA Public Liaison or OGIS.
In order to mirror the more expansive language of the FOIA and to reflect the Committee's current practice, the Committee also has made technical edits to paragraphs (e) and (h) of section 271.6 to clarify that a requester has the right to administratively appeal any “adverse determination” by the Secretary of the Committee (not just to
Lastly, in paragraph (g) of section 271.6, the Committee has added language providing that a requester also may be sent copies of requested records in electronic format to the requester's email address. This technical change clarifies that requesters are not limited to receiving records by U.S. postal mail.
The FOIA Improvement Act restricts an agency's ability to charge search or duplication fees in certain circumstances. The Committee has added paragraph (i) to section 271.9 to reflect the statutory restrictions on charging fees.
The Committee invites comment on all aspects of the interim final rule.
Pursuant to the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B), notice and comment are not required prior to the issuance of a final rule if an agency, for good cause, finds that “notice and public procedure thereon are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” As discussed above, this interim final rule implements the substantive amendments made by the FOIA Improvement Act. Congress provided federal agencies with no discretion in amending their disclosure rules to comply with the statutory amendments made to the FOIA, and required that such conforming amendments become effective by December 27, 2016. Given that the substantive amendments to the Committee's Rules are mandated by the FOIA Improvement Act, and that the other amendments made to the Committee's Rules are technical in nature, the Committee for good cause finds that prior notice and comment on this rulemaking is impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B). For these same reasons, the Committee finds good cause to dispense with the delayed effective date otherwise required by 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). While the interim final rule is effective immediately upon publication, the Committee is inviting public comment on the interim final rule during a 60-day period and will consider all comments in developing a final rule.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601
Federal Open Market Committee, Freedom of Information.
For the reasons set forth in the
5 U.S.C. 552; 12 U.S.C. 263.
(c)
(a)
(b)
(2) The Committee may determine that certain classes of publicly available filings shall be made available for inspection in electronic format only by the Federal Reserve Bank where those records are maintained.
(c) [Reserved]
(b) * * *
(2) The request shall be submitted in writing to the Secretary of the Committee, Federal Open Market Committee, 20th & C Streets NW., Washington, DC 20551; or sent by facsimile to the Secretary of the Committee, (202) 452-2921; or sent electronically using the online request form located at
(c) * * *
(2) In response to a request for expedited processing, the Secretary of the Committee shall notify a requester of the determination within ten working days of receipt of the request. In exceptional situations, the Secretary of the Committee has the discretion to waive the formality of certification. If the Secretary of the Committee denies a request for expedited processing, the requester may file an appeal pursuant to the procedures set forth in paragraph (h) of this section, and the Committee shall respond to the appeal within ten working days after the appeal was received by the Committee.
(d) * * *
(3) In unusual circumstances, as defined in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B), the Committee may:
(i) Extend the 20-day time limit for a period of time not to exceed 10 working
(ii) Extend the 20-day time limit for a period of more than 10 working days where the Committee has provided the requester with an opportunity to limit the scope of the request so that it may be processed within that time frame or with an opportunity to arrange an alternative time frame for processing the original request or a modified request, and has notified the requester that the Committee's FOIA Public Liaison is available to assist the requester for this purpose and in the resolution of any disputes between the requester and the Committee and of the requester's right to seek dispute resolution services from the Office of Government Information Services.
(e) * * *
(4) The right of the requester to seek assistance from the Committee's FOIA Public Liaison; and
(5) When an adverse determination is made (including determinations that the requested record is exempt, in whole or in part; the request does not reasonably describe the records sought; the information requested is not a record subject to the FOIA; the requested record does not exist, cannot be located, or has been destroyed; the requested record is not readily reproducible in the form or format sought by the requester; to deny a fee waiver request or other fee categorization matter; and to deny a request for expedited processing), the Secretary will advise the requester in writing of that determination and will further advise the requester of:
(i) The right to appeal to the Committee any adverse determination, as specified in paragraph (h) of this section;
(ii) The right to seek dispute resolution services from the Committee's FOIA Public Liaison or from the Office of Government Information Services; and
(iii) The name and title or position of the person responsible for the adverse determination.
(g)
(h)
(1) The appeal shall prominently display the phrase
(a)
(i)
(2) If the Committee has determined that unusual circumstances exist, as described in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B), and has provided timely written notice to the requester and subsequently responds within the additional 10 days provided in § 271.6(d)(3), the Board may charge search fees, or in the case of requesters described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, may charge duplication fees.
(3) If the Committee has determined that unusual circumstances exist, as described in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B), and more than 5,000 pages are necessary to respond to the request, the Committee may charge search fees, or, in the case of requesters described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, may charge duplication fees, if the Committee has:
(i) Provided timely written notice of unusual circumstances to the requester in accordance with the FOIA; and
(ii) Discussed with the requester via written mail, email, or telephone (or made not less than three good-faith attempts to do so) how the requester could effectively limit the scope of the request in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B)(ii).
(4) If a court has determined that exceptional circumstances exist, as defined by the FOIA, a failure to comply with the time limits shall be excused for the length of time provided by the court order.
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC).
Interim final rule.
The Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC or Council), on behalf of its members, is amending its regulations to incorporate changes to the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA). This interim final rule reflects the required changes necessitated by the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016 (Act) consisting of extending the deadline for administrative appeals, including information on dispute resolution services, and amends parts of the fee determination. This interim final rule also corrects a duplicate entry that occurred in the 2010 update of the regulations. The Council has reviewed the proposed regulations and adopt them in this interim final rule.
Effective December 27, 2016.
Judith Dupre, Executive Secretary, Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, via telephone: (703) 516-5590, or via email:
The members of the FFIEC are the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB), the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the National Credit Union Administration (NCUA), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), and the State Liaison Committee (SLC) (Agencies).
The Council is publishing an interim final rule revising its regulations implementing the FOIA as necessitated by the passage of the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016 Public Law 114-185, 130 Stat. 538. This interim file rule serves to achieve the mandated changes required by December 31, 2016. The Council expects to conduct a review and further updating of its regulations in the next year based on recent guidance issued by the United States Department of Justice's Office of Information Policy on agency FOIA regulations.
The Council modifies its existing regulations to reflect a number of substantive and procedural amendments to the FOIA contained in the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, Public Law 114-185, 130 Stat. 538.
In 12 CFR 1101.4(a), the Council revises the paragraph by providing public inspection in electronic format along with an index of records referred to in this section.
In 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(1), the Council adds language to the paragraph on exempt from disclosure to reference 5 U.S.C. 552(b) and where disclosure is prohibited by law except as provided in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph (b).
In 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(1)(v), the Council adds language to explain that the Council will not withhold records based on the deliberative process privilege if the records were created 25 years or more before the date of the records request.
In 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(2), the Council adds language that the Council will only withhold records requested under this paragraph (b) if disclosure has a foreseeable harm to the interests protected by an exemption listed in 5 U.S.C. 552(b), and that the Council will consider partial disclosures were possible by segregating and releasing the nonexempt portion of the record.
In 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(3)(v)(A) the Council adds language for defining when the Council can extend the time for response by 10 days in unusual circumstances as defined in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B) and provide notice in writing to the requestor including the reasons for the delay and the expected date for determination. In addition the Council adds language explaining when the requestor would be provided the opportunity to modify the scope of their request and offering both the FFIEC FOIA Public Liaison and the Office of Government Information Services contact information for dispute resolution.
The Council adds a new 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(3)(v)(B)(3) with language that the requestor has the right to seek assistance from the FFIEC FOIA Public Liaison.
The Council reassigns the text from the previous 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(3)(v)(B)(3) to the new 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(3)(v)(B)(4) and details the procedures in the event that an adverse determination is made.
In 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(3)(v)(B)(4)(iv) the Council replaces the words “the denial” with the words “any adverse determination” and replaces the reference of “10 working days” with the new requirement of “90 days.”
The Council adds 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(3)(v)(B)(4) (v) to offer the requester the right to seek dispute resolution services from both the FFIEC FOIA Public Liaison and the Office of Government Information Services.
In 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(3)(vi) the Council replaces the phrase “If a request is denied in whole or in part, the requester may appeal” with the phrase “A requestor may appeal any adverse determination.” The Council also and replaces the reference of “10 working days” with the new requirement of “90 days” and replaces the word “denial” with the word “adverse.” The Council adds the option to file an appeal by email.
In 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(4)(i) the Council adds the words “in an electronic format” for defining how the Council will provide access to the requester for inspection when records requests are granted in whole or in part.
In 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(5)(ii) the Council revises the language to include that charging of fees for search and/or duplication is subject to the restrictions of paragraph (b)(5)(ii)(G) of this section.
In 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(5)(ii)(E) the Council replaces the words “Council personnel” with “the Council's FOIA Public Liaison.”
In 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(5)(ii)(G) the Council adds sections (1), (2)(i), (2)(ii), (2)(iii), and (2)(iv) to update and define the procedures for restrictions on assessing fees if the Council fails to comply with time limits specified, if the Council determines that unusual circumstances apply, and where a court determines that exceptional circumstances exist.
The Council deletes the duplicate entry for section 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(5)(iii) “Categories of requestors.”
In 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(5)(iii)(A) the Council replaces the words “which recover the” with the words “sufficient to recover the” and makes a typographical correction to replace “the” with “and.”
The Council deletes the duplicate entry for section 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(5)(iv) which was inadvertently left in the 2010 regulation update along with its replacement section. Therefore the second appearance of 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(5)(iv) is fully deleted.
The Council adds 12 CFR 1101.4(b)(5)(v) which was inadvertently removed from the 2010 regulation update in error. Therefore the full text from the previous regulation is reinstated as follows: “
Pursuant to section 605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601,
The Council has determined that the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501
The Council has determined that the interim final rule will not affect family well-being within the meaning of section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, enacted as part of the Omnibus Consolidated and Emergency Supplemental Appropriations Act of 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681).
OMB has determined that the rule is not a “major rule” within the meaning of the relevant sections of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Act of 1996 (SBREFA) (5 U.S.C. 801
Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Public Law 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338, 1471 (Nov. 12, 1999), requires the federal banking agencies to use plain language in all proposed and final rules published after January 1, 2000. The Council has sought to present the interim final rule in a simple, comprehensible, and straightforward manner.
Freedom of information, FOIA exemptions, Schedule of fees, Waivers or reductions of fees.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Council amends 12 CFR part 1101 as follows:
5 U.S.C. 552; 12 U.S.C. 3307.
The revisions and additions read as follows:
(a)
(2) Under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2), policies and interpretations adopted by the Council, including instructions to Council staff affecting members of the public are available for public inspection in an electronic format at the office of the Executive Secretary of the Council, 3501 Fairfax Drive, Room B-7081a, Arlington, VA, 22226-3550, during regular business hours. Policies and interpretations of the Council may be withheld from disclosure under the principles stated in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(3) Copies of all records, regardless of form or format, are available for public inspection in an electronic format if they—
(i) Have been released to any person under paragraph (b) of this section; and
(ii)(A) Because of the nature of their subject matter, the Council determines that they have become or are likely to become the subject of subsequent requests for substantially the same records; or
(B) They have been requested three or more times.
(4) An index of the records referred to in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section is available for public inspection in an electronic format..
(b) * * *
(1)
(v) An intra-agency or interagency memorandum or letter that would not be routinely available by law to a private party in litigation, including, but not limited to, memoranda, reports, and other documents prepared by the personnel of the Council or its constituent agencies, and records of deliberations of the Council and discussions of meetings of the Council, any Council Committee, or Council staff, that are not subject to 5 U.S.C. 552b (the Government in the Sunshine Act). In applying this exemption, the Council will not withhold records based on the deliberative process privilege if the records were created 25 years or more before the date on which the records were requested.
(2)
(3) * * *
(v) * * *
(A) Except where the Executive Secretary has determined to expedite the processing of a request, the Executive Secretary will respond by mail or electronic mail to all properly submitted initial requests within 20 working days of receipt. The time for response may be extended up to 10 additional working days in unusual circumstances, as defined in 5 U.S.C.
(B) * * *
(
(
(
(
(vi)(A)
(
(
(
(B) Appeals should refer to the date and tracking number of the original request and the date of the Council's initial ruling. Appeals should include an explanation of the basis for the appeal.
(4)
(5) * * *
(ii)
(E)
(G)
(
(
(
(
(iii)
(v)
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Correcting amendments.
The U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) published a final rule in the
Effective December 27, 2016.
Michael McLaughlin, Office of Policy, Planning & Liaison, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 Third Street SW., Washington, DC 20416; 202-205-5353;
The final rule published on July 25, 2016, at 81 FR 48557, contained errors that must be corrected in order ensure consistency within the regulations and to avoid public uncertainty or confusion.
On October 19, 2016, SBA issued a correction pertaining to 8(a) joint venture profits. 81 FR 71981. As SBA explained, due to the change made to § 121.103(h), which eliminated the ability of a joint venture to be populated with individuals intended to perform contracts awarded to the joint venture, a conforming correction was needed to § 124.513(c), which references populated joint ventures. Specifically, § 124.513(c)(4) provided that in the case of a populated separate legal entity joint venture, 8(a) Participant(s) must receive profits from the joint venture commensurate with their ownership interests in the joint venture. Because SBA eliminated populated joint ventures, that provision was superfluous and was deleted. SBA's 8(a) joint venture rule now states that the 8(a) Participant(s) in a joint venture must receive profits from the joint venture commensurate with the work performed by the 8(a) Participant(s). 13 CFR 124.513(c)(4). This change was necessary because under the mentor protégé program, a protégé may perform as little as 40% of the total work performed by the joint venture in aggregate. It would not make sense to require a firm to receive 51% of the profits for doing only 40% of the work.
The same language that SBA corrected in the 8(a) regulations is currently in place for joint ventures under all small mentor protégé, Service-Disabled Veteran-Owned, Women-Owned and HUBZone small business programs. SBA's intent was for profits to be commensurate with the work performed by each member of the joint venture. These rules currently state that in the case of a separate legal entity, the firm must receive profits commensurate with their ownership interests in the joint venture, which is contrary to SBA's intent. Consequently, SBA is correcting §§ 125.8(b)(2)(iv), 125.18(b)(2)(iv), 126.616(c)(4) and 127.506(c)(4) to the make the rules consistent with 124.513(c)(4) and across all programs.
Government contracts, Government procurement, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Small businesses, Technical assistance, Veterans.
Administrative practice and procedure, Government procurement, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Small businesses.
Government contracts, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Small businesses.
Accordingly, 13 CFR parts 125, 126, and 127 are corrected by making the following correcting amendments:
15 U.S.C. 632(p), (q), 634(b)(6), 637, 644, 657f, and 657q.
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv) Stating that each participant must receive profits from the joint venture commensurate with the work performed by the concern;
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv) Stating that the SDVO SBC(s) must receive profits from the joint venture commensurate with the work performed by the SDVO SBC;
15 U.S.C. 632(a), 632(j), 632(p), 644; and 657a; Pub. L. 111-240, 24 Stat. 2504.
(c) * * *
(4) Stating that the HUBZone SBC(s) must receive profits from the joint venture commensurate with the work performed by the HUBZone SBC;
15 U.S.C. 632, 634(b)(6), 637(m), and 644.
(c) * * *
(4) Stating that the WOSB(s) must receive profits from the joint venture commensurate with the work performed by the WOSB;
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for Airbus Helicopters Model AS355NP helicopters. This AD requires removing and installing the fire extinguishing system pipes. This AD is prompted by the discovery that the left-hand and right-hand fire extinguishing discharge systems were incorrectly connected. The actions of this AD are intended to correct the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective January 31, 2017.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain document listed in this AD as of January 31, 2017.
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Airbus Helicopters, 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
You may review the referenced service information at the FAA, Office of the Regional Counsel, Southwest Region, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy., Room 6N-321, Fort Worth, TX 76177. It is also available on the Internet at
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
George Schwab, Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
On April 12, 2016, at 81 FR 21493, the
The NPRM was prompted by AD No. 2011-0192-E, dated October 4, 2011, issued by EASA, which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, to correct an unsafe condition for Eurocopter (now Airbus Helicopters) Model AS355NP helicopters with an Arrius 1A1 fire extinguishing system installed through production modification (mod) OP-3931.
EASA advises that during an inspection of the engine fire extinguishing system on an AS355NP helicopter, the left-hand (LH) fire extinguisher discharge system was found connected to the right-hand (RH) engine compartment and the RH discharge system was connected to the LH engine compartment. An investigation showed that this erroneous installation was inherent in Eurocopter production modification (mod) OP-3931. According to EASA, this condition, if not detected and corrected, could lead to the discharge of the fire extinguisher in the wrong engine compartment in the event of a fire. Pending the development of a modified extinguishing system, EASA Emergency AD No. 2011-0192-E required installing a placard warning the flight crew of the erroneous installation until the squibs on each fire extinguisher are exchanged.
After EASA issued Emergency AD No. 2011-0192-E, Airbus Helicopters developed a permanent modification of the discharge system to reconfigure the position of the squibs on each fire extinguisher to line up with the control buttons. EASA subsequently issued superseding EASA AD No. 2015-0181, dated August 31, 2015, to retain the requirements of its previous Emergency AD and require the modification of the engine fire extinguishing discharge system within 12 months.
After our NPRM (81 FR 21493, April 12, 2016) was published, we received two comments from Airbus Helicopters.
Airbus Helicopters requested that the proposed AD have mod 073990 as a terminating action and exempt Model AS355NP aircraft that are “post mod 073990” from the AD's requirements.
We agree with the comment but disagree that a change to the AD is necessary. The AD requires compliance with the service information that Airbus Helicopters has identified as mod 073990. A Model AS355NP helicopter in a “post mod 073990” configuration has complied with the service information, and therefore has also previously complied with the required
Airbus Helicopters also requested that we clarify that the AD requires removing and installing certain pipes and not removing and installing the entire fire extinguishing system.
We agree and revised the Required Actions paragraph to clarify that compliance means removing and installing the pipes.
These helicopters have been approved by the aviation authority of France and are approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with France, EASA, its technical representative, has notified us of the unsafe condition described in the EASA AD. We are issuing this AD because we evaluated all information provided by EASA, reviewed the relevant information, considered the comments received, and determined the unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other helicopters of these same type designs and that air safety and the public interest require adopting the AD requirements as proposed with the changes described previously. These changes are consistent with the intent of the proposals in the NPRM (81 FR 21493, April 12, 2016) and will not increase the economic burden on any operator nor increase the scope of this AD.
The EASA AD requires installing a placard on the instrument panel to warn the flight crew of the erroneous installation until the squibs on each fire extinguisher are exchanged, and then, within 12 months, removing and re-installing certain pipes in the fire extinguishing system to position the squibs in line with the control buttons. This AD does not require installation of the placards or the temporary exchange of the squibs. Also, this AD requires removing and re-installing the fire extinguisher system pipes within 600 hours time-in-service or at the next annual inspection, whichever occurs first.
We reviewed Airbus Helicopters Alert Service Bulletin No. AS355-26.00.10, Revision 0, dated July 2, 2015 (ASB AS355-26.00.10). ASB AS355-26.00.10 provides procedures for removing the fire extinguishing system's pipes and re-installing them in a configuration where the squibs match the positioning of the fire extinguisher discharge heads. ASB AS355-26.00.10 also specifies removing any previously-affixed placard on the instrument panel and installing new discharge system pipes. Helicopters with mod 073990 installed have already complied with ASB AS355-26.00.10.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We also reviewed Eurocopter Emergency Alert Service Bulletin No. 26.00.09, Revision 0, dated September 15, 2011 (EASB 26.00.09), issued prior to the permanent modification developed by Airbus Helicopters. EASB 26.00.09 provided procedures for interchanging the squibs on each fire extinguisher. Until this was accomplished, EASB 26.00.09 specified affixing a label on the instrument panel to make the flight crew aware of the crossed connection.
We estimate that this AD affects 2 helicopters of U.S. Registry and that labor costs average $85 per work hour. We expect that removing and installing the fire extinguishing system requires 24 work hours and required parts cost $6,367. Based on these estimates, we expect a total cost of $8,407 per helicopter and $16,814 for the U.S. fleet.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on helicopters identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska to the extent that it justifies making a regulatory distinction; and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
We prepared an economic evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this AD and placed it in the AD docket.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD applies to Airbus Helicopters Model AS355NP helicopters, certificated in any category, with an Arrius 1A1 fire extinguishing system installed.
This AD defines the unsafe condition as an incorrectly connected fire extinguishing discharge system. This condition could result in the fire extinguishing system discharging to the wrong engine compartment, failure of the fire extinguishing system to contain a fire, and loss of control of the helicopter.
This AD becomes effective January 31, 2017.
You are responsible for performing each action required by this AD within the specified compliance time unless it has already been accomplished prior to that time.
Within 600 hours time-in-service or at the next annual inspection, whichever occurs first, remove and install the fire extinguishing system pipes, and remove any placards on the instrument panel if installed, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions, paragraph 3.B. and 3.B.1 through 3.B.2, of Airbus Helicopters Alert Service Bulletin No. AS355-26.00.10, Revision 0, dated July 2, 2015.
Airbus Helicopters identifies Alert Service Bulletin No. AS355-26.00.10, Revision 0, dated July 2, 2015, as mod 073990.
(1) The Manager, Safety Management Group, FAA, may approve AMOCs for this AD. Send your proposal to: George Schwab, Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
(2) For operations conducted under a 14 CFR part 119 operating certificate or under 14 CFR part 91, subpart K, we suggest that you notify your principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office or certificate holding district office, before operating any aircraft complying with this AD through an AMOC.
(1) Eurocopter Emergency Alert Service Bulletin No. AS-355-26.00.09, Revision 0, dated September 15, 2011, which is not incorporated by reference, contains additional information about the subject of this final rule. For service information identified in this final rule, contact Airbus Helicopters, 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
(2) The subject of this AD is addressed in European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD No. 2015-0181, dated August 31, 2015. You may view the EASA AD on the Internet at
Joint Aircraft Service Component (JASC) Code: 2620, Extinguishing System.
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Airbus Helicopters Alert Service Bulletin No. AS355-26.00.10, Revision 0, dated July 2, 2015.
(ii) Reserved.
(3) For Airbus Helicopters service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus Helicopters, 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
(4) You may view this service information at FAA, Office of the Regional Counsel, Southwest Region, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Room 6N-321, Fort Worth, TX 76177. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (817) 222-5110.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for Airbus Helicopters Deutschland GmbH (Airbus Helicopters) Model BO-105LS A-3 helicopters. This AD requires establishing a life limit for the tension-torsion (TT) straps. This AD is prompted by an error in the Airworthiness Limitations section of the maintenance manual. These actions are intended to prevent the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective January 31, 2017.
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Airbus Helicopters, 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
You may review the referenced service information at the FAA, Office of the Regional Counsel, Southwest Region, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Room 6N-321, Fort Worth, TX 76177.
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Matt Fuller, Senior Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Fort Worth, Texas 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
On March 25, 2016, at 81 FR 16100, the
The NPRM was prompted by AD No. 2015-0042, dated March 9, 2015, issued by EASA, which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, to correct an unsafe condition for the Airbus Helicopters Model BO105 LS A-3 helicopters. EASA advises that life limits have been introduced for TT
After our NPRM (81 FR 16100, March 25, 2016) was published, we received comments from one commenter.
The commenter supported the NPRM but asked why the FAA proposed a drastically shorter compliance time of 20 hours time-in-service (TIS) instead of the two-month compliance time that EASA requires. We disagree that the compliance time in this AD is drastically shorter. We determined that, because of the average utilization of this model helicopter, 20 hours TIS is roughly equivalent to EASA's two-month compliance time.
These helicopters have been approved by the aviation authority of Germany and are approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with Germany, EASA, its technical representative, has notified us of the unsafe condition described in the EASA AD. We are issuing this AD because we evaluated all information provided by EASA, reviewed the relevant information, considered the comment received, and determined the unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other helicopters of these same type designs and that air safety and the public interest require adopting the AD requirements as proposed.
This AD requires compliance within 20 hours TIS. The EASA AD allows two months to calculate the flight cycles or calendar time of each TT strap.
Airbus Helicopters issued Alert Service Bulletin ASB BO105LS-10A-013, Revision 0, dated March 9, 2015 (ASB). The ASB specifies adding a life limit for the TT strap P/N 2604067 or 117-14110 of 25,000 flights or 10 years, whichever occurs first, in the list of life-limited parts and corresponding log cards. The ASB also states TT straps that have exceeded the retirement time must be replaced and that only TT straps that have not exceeded the retirement time may be installed.
We estimate that this AD affects 8 helicopters of U.S. Registry. Labor costs are estimated at $85 per work hour. We estimate that it takes 2 work hours to inspect and revise the Airworthiness Limitations section and to calculate and record a life limit for the TT strap for a total cost of $170 per helicopter and $1,360 for the fleet. If a TT strap is replaced, we estimate it takes 8 work hours and $16,617 for required parts for a total cost of $17,297 per helicopter per TT strap.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on helicopters identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska to the extent that it justifies making a regulatory distinction; and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
We prepared an economic evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this AD and placed it in the AD docket.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD applies to Model BO-105LS A-3 helicopters with a tension torsion (TT) strap part number (P/N) 2604067 or P/N 117-14110 installed, certificated in any category.
This AD defines the unsafe condition as a TT strap remaining in service beyond its fatigue life. This condition could result in failure of a TT strap and loss of control of a helicopter.
This AD becomes effective January 31, 2017.
You are responsible for performing each action required by this AD within the specified compliance time unless it has already been accomplished prior to that time.
Within 20 hours time-in-service:
(1) Inspect the Airworthiness Limitations section of the applicable maintenance manual or Instructions for Continued Airworthiness (ICA) and the component history card or equivalent record for TT strap P/N 2604067 and P/N 117-14110. Determine whether those records specify a life limit of 25,000 flights or 10 years since the date of manufacture, whichever occurs first.
(2) If the Airworthiness Limitations section of the applicable maintenance manual or ICA
(i) Revise the Airworthiness Limitations section of the applicable maintenance manual or ICA by establishing a life limit of 25,000 flights or 10 years since date of manufacture, whichever occurs first, for each TT strap P/N 2604067 and P/N 117-14110 by making pen-and-ink changes or by inserting a copy of this AD into the Airworthiness Limitations section of the maintenance manual or the ICA. For purposes of this AD, a flight would be counted anytime the helicopter lifts off into the air and then lands again regardless of the duration of the landing and regardless of whether the engine is shut down.
(ii) Create a component history card or equivalent record for each TT strap P/N 2604067 and P/N 117-14110, if one does not exist, and record a life limit of 25,000 flights or 10 years since date of manufacture, whichever occurs first.
(3) Remove from service each TT strap that has reached or exceeded its life limit.
Special flight permits are prohibited.
(1) The Manager, Safety Management Group, FAA, may approve AMOCs for this AD. Send your proposal to: Matt Fuller, Senior Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Fort Worth, Texas 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
(2) For operations conducted under a 14 CFR part 119 operating certificate or under 14 CFR part 91, subpart K, we suggest that you notify your principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office or certificate holding district office, before operating any aircraft complying with this AD through an AMOC.
(1) Airbus Helicopters Alert Service Bulletin ASB BO105LS-10A-013, Revision 0, dated March 9, 2015, which is not incorporated by reference, contains additional information about the subject of this AD. For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus Helicopters, 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
(2) The subject of this AD is addressed in European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD No. 2015-0042, dated March 9, 2015. You may view the EASA AD on the Internet at
Joint Aircraft Service Component (JASC) Code: 6200 Main Rotor System.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Agusta Model AB139 and AW139 helicopters. This AD requires performing operational checks of both hydraulic systems. This AD was prompted by an assessment of the hydraulic systems of the helicopter following an accident. These actions are intended to prevent the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective January 31, 2017.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain document listed in this AD as of January 31, 2017.
For service information identified in this final rule, contact AgustaWestland, Product Support Engineering, Via del Gregge, 100, 21015 Lonate Pozzolo (VA) Italy, ATTN: Maurizio D'Angelo; telephone 39-0331-664757; fax 39 0331-664680; or at
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Matt Wilbanks, Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Parkway, Fort Worth, Texas 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
On March 11, 2016, at 81 FR 12838, the
The NPRM was prompted by AD No. 2011-0207, dated October 20, 2011 (AD No. 2011-0207), issued by EASA, which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, to correct an unsafe condition for certain serial-numbered Agusta Model AB139 and AW139 helicopters. EASA advises that an accident involving a Model AW139 helicopter caused the tail rotor (T/R), the T/R gearbox, and part of the fin to detach from the aircraft, rupturing the hydraulic lines and draining all of the hydraulic fluid. According to EASA, an
After our NPRM (81 FR 12838, March 11, 2016) was published, we received comments from one commenter.
The commenter requested we not adopt the proposed AD, as it is unnecessary. The commenter stated that following the release of EASA AD No. 2011-0207 and Agusta Bollettino Tecnico No. 139-269, dated September 30, 2011 (BT 139-269), they already have a 600 hour/12 month inspection and operational check of the hydraulic systems as part of their maintenance program that covers all of the proposed actions in the NPRM. Finally, the commenter stated that the proposed AD would not change any of their maintenance procedures, but it would add an additional burden of required paper work for the same results.
We disagree. EASA AD No. 2011-0207 is not mandatory for U.S. operators. Additionally, while an operator may incorporate the procedures described in BT 139-269 into its maintenance program, not all operators are required to do so. In order for the corrective actions in BT 139-269 to become mandatory, and to correct the unsafe condition identified in the NPRM, the FAA must issue an AD.
These helicopters have been approved by the aviation authority of Italy and are approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with Italy, EASA, its technical representative, has notified us of the unsafe condition described in the EASA AD. We are issuing this AD because we evaluated all information provided by EASA, reviewed the relevant information, considered the comment received, and determined the unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other helicopters of these same type designs and that air safety and the public interest require adopting the AD requirements as proposed.
The EASA AD requires reporting the results of the operational checks to Agusta, while this AD does not. The EASA AD also requires compliance within 50 flight-hours or 2 months, while this AD requires compliance within 50 hours TIS.
We reviewed BT 139-269 for Model AB139 and AW139 helicopters. BT 139-269 contains procedures for conducting operational checks of both hydraulic systems to confirm correct functionality.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate this AD will affect 102 helicopters of U.S. Registry.
Based on an average labor rate of $85 per hour, we estimate that operators may incur the following costs in order to comply with this AD. Performing the operational checks of the hydraulic systems requires about 2 work-hours for a total cost per helicopter of $170 and a total cost to U.S. operators of $17,340.
If required, replacing a PCM will require about 3 work-hours and required parts will cost about $87,136, for a cost per helicopter of $87,391.
If required, replacing a tail or flight control shut-off valve will require about 2 work-hours, and required parts will cost about $7,512, for a cost per helicopter of $7,682. If required, replacing the number 2 hydraulic control panel will require about 2 work-hours, and required parts will cost about $8,165, for a cost per helicopter of $8,335.
If required, replacing the number 1 hydraulic module will require about 4 work-hours, and required parts will cost about $87,137, for a cost per helicopter of $87,477.
If required, replacing a PCM pressure switch will require about 2 work-hours, and required parts will cost about $6,974, for a cost per helicopter of $7,144.
If required, repairing the electrical wiring will require about 2 work-hours, and required parts will cost about $45, for a cost per helicopter of $215.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on helicopters identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska to the extent that it justifies making a regulatory distinction; and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
We prepared an economic evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this AD and placed it in the AD docket.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD applies to Agusta Model AB139 and AW139 helicopters, all serial numbers except serial number 31007, 31094, 31293, 31301, 31303, 31313, and 31329, certificated in any category.
This AD defines the unsafe condition as an inoperative hydraulic shut-off valve, which could result in loss of hydraulic power and subsequent loss of control of the helicopter.
This AD becomes effective January 31, 2017.
You are responsible for performing each action required by this AD within the specified compliance time unless it has already been accomplished prior to that time.
Within 50 hours time-in service:
(1) Perform an operational test of each Number 1 and Number 2 power control module (PCM). If the fluid level in the reservoir changes more than 5mm (0.196 in) in an hour, replace the affected PCM.
(2) Perform an operational test of each tail shut-off valve. If the 2 SERVO caution message is not illuminated and the UTIL SOV2 and TR SOV indications are in the open position:
(i) Disconnect the Tail Shutoff valve connector, HP4P1.
(ii) Disconnect the PCM2 connectors, A44P3 and A44P12.
(iii) Disconnect the TB38 terminal board connector, TB38P1.
(iv) Perform a continuity test from HP4P1-1 to A44P12-16, from HP4P1-2 to TB38P1-D, and from HP4P1-4 to A44P3-6.
(v) If there is no continuity, repair or replace the defective wiring.
(vi) If there is continuity, release the test lever of the PCM2 to the DOWN NORM position.
(vii) If the TRSVO indication stays in the closed position, replace the tail shutoff valve.
(3) Perform an operational test of the PCM 2 flight control shut-off valve as described in the Compliance Instructions, paragraphs 5.1. through 5.5., of Agusta Bollettino Tecnico No. 139-269, dated September 30, 2011 (BT 139-269).
(i) If the 2 SERVO caution message is illuminated:
(A) On the hydraulic control panel, lift the guard of the SOV1/SOV2 switch and set it to SOV2 (closed position). Make sure that the 2 HYD PRESS caution message and the HYD 2 PRESS warning light on the hydraulic control panel are illuminated.
(B) Reset the SOV1/SOV2 switch to the open position.
(C) If the 2 HYD PRESS and 2 SERVO caution messages remain illuminated:
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(ii) If the 2 HYD PRESS caution message is illuminated, the HYD 2 pressure indication is more than 190 bar (2,755 lbf/sq in), and the SOV2 shutoff valve is in the open position, replace the pressure switch on the Number 2 PCM.
(iii) If the closure of SOV 2 is indicated on the MFD hydraulic synoptic page, before further flight, replace the Number 2 PCM.
(4) Perform an operational test of the PCM 1 flight control shut-off valve as described in the Compliance Instructions, paragraphs 6.1. through 6.4., of BT 139-269.
(i) If the 1 SERVO caution message is illuminated:
(A) On the hydraulic control panel, lift the guard of the SOV1/SOV2 switch and set it to SOV1 (closed position). Make sure that the 1 HYD PRESS caution message and the HYD 1 PRESS warning light on the hydraulic control panel are illuminated.
(B) Reset the SOV1/SOV2 switch to the open position. If the 1 HYD PRESS and 1 SERVO caution messages remain illuminated:
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(ii) If the 1 HYD PRESS caution message is illuminated, the HYD 1 pressure indication is more than 190 bar (2,755 lbf/sq in), and the SOV1 shutoff valve is in the open position, replace the pressure switch on the Number 1 PCM.
(iii) If the closure of SOV 1 is indicated on the MFD hydraulic synoptic page, before further flight, replace the Number 1 PCM.
(4) Perform an operational test of the emergency landing gear shutoff valve as described in the Compliance Instructions, paragraphs 7.1. through 7.4., of BT 139-269.
(i) If the EMERG L/G PRESS caution message is illuminated, the HYD 1 pressure indication is more than 190 bar (2,755 lbf/sq in), and the UTIL SOV1 (LDG GEAR EMER) shutoff valve is in the open position, replace the pressure switch on the Number 1 PCM.
(ii) If the 1 HYD MIN caution message is illuminated, inspect the fluid level on the Number 1 PCM and inspect the Number 1 main hydraulic system for leaks.
(A) If the fluid level is between the FULL and ADD marks, or if there are no hydraulic fluid leaks, perform an operational test of the level switches. If the 1 HYD MIN caution message is illuminated, replace the Number 1 PCM.
(B) If there is a hydraulic fluid leak:
(
(2) If the 1 HYD MIN caution message remains illuminated, perform an operational test of the level switches.
(3) If the 1 HYD MIN caution message remains illuminated, replace the Number 1 PCM.
(1) The Manager, Safety Management Group, FAA, may approve AMOCs for this AD. Send your proposal to: Matt Wilbanks, Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Parkway, Fort Worth, Texas 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
(2) For operations conducted under a 14 CFR part 119 operating certificate or under 14 CFR part 91, subpart K, we suggest that you notify your principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office or certificate holding district office, before operating any aircraft complying with this AD through an AMOC.
The subject of this AD is addressed in European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD No. 2011-0207, dated October 20, 2011. You may view the EASA AD on the Internet at
Joint Aircraft Service Component (JASC) Code: 2900: Hydraulic Power.
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Agusta Bollettino Tecnico No. 139-269, dated September 30, 2011.
(ii) Reserved.
(3) For Agusta service information identified in this final rule, contact AgustaWestland, Product Support Engineering, Via del Gregge, 100, 21015 Lonate Pozzolo (VA) Italy, ATTN: Maurizio
(4) You may view this service information at FAA, Office of the Regional Counsel, Southwest Region, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Room 6N-321, Fort Worth, TX 76177. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (817) 222-5110.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain The Boeing Company Model 747-400, 747-400D, and 747-400F series airplanes; Model 757 airplanes; and Model 767-200, -300, -300F, and -400ER series airplanes. This AD was prompted by reports of uncommanded autopilot engagement events resulting in incorrect stabilizer trim adjustment during takeoff. This AD requires, depending on the model/configuration, installing an on-ground stabilizer autotrim inhibit system, relays and related wiring to open and close the flight control computer (FCC) analog output, and new operational program software (OPS) into the FCCs. We are issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective January 31, 2017.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this AD as of January 31, 2017.
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data & Services Management, P. O. Box 3707, MC 2H-65, Seattle, WA 98124-2207; telephone: 206-544-5000, extension 1; fax: 206-766-5680; Internet
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Fnu Winarto, Aerospace Engineer, Systems and Equipment Branch, ANM-130S, FAA, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; phone: 425-917-6659; fax: 425-917-6590; email:
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to certain The Boeing Company Model 747-400, 747-400D, and 747-400F series airplanes; Model 757 airplanes; and Model 767-200, -300, -300F, and -400ER series airplanes. The NPRM published in the
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. The following presents the comments received on the NPRM and the FAA's response to each comment.
The Airline Pilots Association, International stated that it fully supports the intent of the NPRM.
United Parcel Service (UPS) requested that the NPRM be withdrawn until the actual root cause of the unsafe condition can be determined and a validated and confirmed solution is developed.
FedEx Express (FedEx) requested that we withdraw the NPRM. FedEx stated that the burden of the actions proposed in the NPRM is not justified based on data presented in Boeing Fleet Team Digest 757-FTD-22-12001 or its operational experience. FedEx believes this is an extremely isolated and unlikely anomaly on the Model 757 fleet. FedEx stated that it operates over 100 Model 757 aircraft and has completed over 210,000 flight cycles with no reports of uncommanded autopilot engagement.
We disagree with the commenters' request to withdraw the NPRM. The quantitative and qualitative risks analyzed for this identified unsafe condition present an unacceptable risk that must be addressed on both passenger and freighter models. The manufacturer also considers the condition a safety issue and has developed an on-ground stabilizer autotrim inhibit system that addresses the unsafe condition. We have determined that it is necessary to proceed with issuance of this AD.
Boeing requested that we revise the Discussion section of the NPRM. Boeing
We partially agree with the commenter's request. We agree that the revised statement would be less speculative. However, since the pertinent part of the Discussion section is not repeated in this final rule, no change is necessary to this final rule.
One commenter, Geoffrey Barrance, requested that we take immediate action to require examination for contamination of all MCPs on all affected airplanes. Mr. Barrance stated that the exposure to the problem will persist until all (or some critical part) of the actions specified by the NPRM are completed.
We do not agree with the commenter's request. As stated above, the manufacturer and the FAA agree that pointing to MCP contamination as the root cause is speculative. We concur with the manufacturer's conclusion that the on-ground stabilizer autotrim inhibit system of this AD mitigates possible failures in the autopilot flight director system. The compliance times specified in this AD are established to ensure an acceptable level of risk. We have not changed this final rule in this regard.
Boeing requested that we revise the SUMMARY of the NPRM to describe the specific Model 767 airplanes identified in the applicability of this AD, rather than using the term “Model 767 airplanes.” Boeing stated that this will clarify that the applicability will not apply to future Model 767 series airplanes, such as the Model 767-2C, which will be designed to inhibit autopilot engagement on the ground with the flaps down, preventing the unsafe condition addressed by the NPRM.
We agree with the commenter's request. In the SUMMARY of this final rule we refer to “certain” airplanes, and we identify the subgroup of Model 767 airplanes by referring to the effectivity of the service information in paragraph (c) of this AD. We are not including future production airplanes in the applicability of this AD.
United Airlines (UAL) requested that we revise the NPRM to specify using Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 747-22-2256, Revision 1, dated January 6, 2016 (“SASB 747-22-2256 R1”), and that we give credit for Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 747-22-2256, dated March 6, 2015.
We agree with UAL's request. We have revised paragraphs (c)(1) and (g) of this AD to specify using SASB 747-22-2256 R1, as an appropriate source of service information for accomplishing the required actions in these paragraphs. SASB 747-22-2256 R1 specifies doing functional testing of the automatic stabilizer trim inhibit system. Since paragraph (g) of the proposed AD specified doing the functional testing of the automatic stabilizer trim inhibit, there is no increase in the economic burden on any operator or increase of the scope of this AD. We added credit for using Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 747-22-2256, dated March 6, 2015, to paragraph (k) of this AD.
EVA Airways (EVA) requested that we consider the complexity of Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 747-22-2256, dated March 6, 2015, and noted that Boeing Information Notice 747-22-2256 IN 02, dated June 10, 2015, has been issued to revise Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 747-22-2256, dated March 6, 2015.
We agree with the commenter's request. As previously stated, we have revised this AD to specify SASB 747-22-2256 R1 as an appropriate source of service information. This service information has incorporated the information in Boeing Information Notice 747-22-2256 IN 02, dated June 10, 2015. No further change is necessary in this regard in this final rule.
Boeing requested that we delete the “Differences Between this Proposed AD and the Service Information” section in the NPRM, which stated that, for Model 747 airplanes, the proposed AD would require doing post-modification routine functional testing of the on-ground stabilizer auto trim inhibit system, and corrective actions if necessary, at intervals not to exceed 1,500 flight hours. Boeing stated that SASB 747-22-2256 R1 now includes the functional testing of the on-ground stabilizer auto trim inhibit system.
We agree with Boeing that SASB 747-22-2256 R1 specifies doing the functional testing of the on-ground auto stabilizer trim inhibit system specified in “Differences Between this Proposed AD and the Service Information” in the NPRM, and in paragraph (i) of this AD. However, the “Differences Between this Proposed AD and the Service Information” section is not repeated in this final rule. We have not changed this final rule in this regard.
Aviation Partners Boeing (APB) stated that the installation of winglets per Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) ST01518SE does not affect the accomplishment of the manufacturer's service instructions.
We agree with APB that STC ST01518SE does not affect the accomplishment of the manufacturer's service instructions for Model 757 airplanes. Therefore, the installation of STC ST01518SE does not affect the ability to accomplish the actions required by this AD for Model 757 airplanes. Therefore, we have not changed this AD in this regard.
All Nippon Airways (ANA), American Airlines (AA), APB, Boeing, Thompson Airways, UAL, and UPS requested that we revise the NPRM to address the Model 767 airplanes equipped with winglets installed under APB STC ST01920SE. The commenters explained that the Model 767 equipped with APB winglets have a different compliance time and modification specified in APB Service Bulletin AP767-22-005, Revision 1, dated June 16, 2015 (“SB AP767-22-005 R1”), than those that have not been modified by the APB STC.
We agree with the commenters' requests to revise this AD to address Model 767 airplanes equipped with APB winglets. The Model 767-300 and -300F series airplanes identified in Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-22-0143, Revision 1, dated July 6, 2015 (“SASB 767-22-0143 R1”), that have been modified with the installation of APB winglets are identified in SB AP767-22-005 R1.
We have revised applicability paragraph (c)(3) of this AD to exclude Model 767-300 and -300F series airplanes that are identified in SB AP767-22-005 R1. We have added a new paragraph (c)(5) to this AD to include Model 767-300 and -300F series airplanes with winglets installed per STC ST01920SE having part number (P/N) 2276-COL-AF2-03 installed, as identified in APB Service Bulletin AP767-22-005, dated May 8, 2015; or SB AP767-22-005 R1.
We have redesignated paragraph (j) of the proposed AD as paragraph (j)(1) of this AD and added paragraph (j)(2) to this AD to require the actions specified in SB AP767-22-005 R1, for Model 767 airplanes that are identified in paragraph (c)(5) of this AD. These actions were previously proposed in the NPRM; therefore, there is no increase in scope of the requirements of this AD and no supplemental comment period is necessary. We have also added paragraph (j)(3) to this AD which states that, for airplanes identified in paragraph (c)(5) of this AD, no additional action is required by this AD.
AIRDO Company, ANA, Boeing, British Airways, Thomson Airways, and UAL requested that we revise the NPRM to specify using Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 757-22-0096, Revision 1, dated February 8, 2016 (“SASB 757-22-0096 R1”); Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-22-0143, Revision 2, dated May 25, 2016 (“SASB 767-22-0143 R2”); certain Boeing Information Notices that provide revisions to the service information; and to provide credit for actions using the previous issues of service information.
We agree with the commenters' requests to reference the revised service information, which incorporates the revisions in the Boeing Information Notices, and to provide credit. This service information incorporates small editorial changes and requires no additional work on airplanes that have had prior revisions of this service information accomplished on them. We have revised paragraphs (c)(2) and (h) of this AD to reference SASB 757-22-0096 R1. We have revised paragraphs (c)(3) and (i) of this AD to reference SASB 767-22-0143 R2. In paragraph (k) of this AD, we have added credit for previous actions using Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 757-22-0096, dated March 23, 2015; and Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-22-0143, Revision 1, dated July 6, 2015.
AAL requested that we approve SB AP767-22-005 R1, or later FAA-approved revisions, as an AMOC to the NPRM requirements. AAL also requested that we approve later FAA-approved revisions to the service information in the NPRM.
We do not agree with the commenter's requests. As stated previously, we have included SB AP767-22-005 R1 as a source of service information in this AD. AMOCs provide an alternative method of compliance to the methods required to be used in the associated AD. An AMOC is issued only after an AD has been issued and only after data are provided to show that the proposed alternative adequately addresses the unsafe condition.
Referring to specific service information in an AD and using the phrase “or later FAA-approved revisions” violates Office of the Federal Register regulations for approving materials that are incorporated by reference. However, operators may request approval to use a later revision of the referenced service information as an AMOC, under the provisions of paragraph (l) of this AD. We have not changed this AD in this regard.
AAL, AIRDO Company, FedEx, British Airways, EVA Airways, Thomson Airways, and UAL requested that we revise the NPRM compliance times. The revision requests for the Model 747 airplanes 24-month compliance time range from 48 months to 60 months to the next scheduled heavy airplane check. The revision requests for the Model 757 airplanes 24-month compliance time range from 36 months to 48 months. The revision requests for the Model 767 airplanes 24-month compliance time is 36 months. UAL requested that operators installing the APB winglets in the near future, have 24 months instead of 16 months after the effective date of the AD to comply with the AD requirements. The commenters requested the compliance time changes to accommodate maintenance schedules, parts availability, and airplane down times.
We do not agree with the commenters' compliance time requests. In developing appropriate compliance times, we considered the safety implications, normal maintenance schedules for timely accomplishment of the modification, and parts availability. In light of these items, we have determined that the compliance times, as proposed, represent the maximum interval of time allowable for the affected airplanes to continue to safely operate before the modification is done. In addition, since maintenance schedules vary among operators, there would be no assurance that the airplane would be modified during that maximum interval. The manufacturer has concurred with the compliance times as proposed. We have not changed this final rule in this regard. However, under the provisions of paragraph (l) of this AD, we will consider requests for approval of an extension of the compliance time if sufficient data are submitted to substantiate that the new compliance time would provide an acceptable level of safety. We have not changed this final rule in this regard.
Mr. Geoffrey Barrance requested that we do a risk assessment and probability safety analysis in setting the compliance time. Mr. Barrance stated that steps must be immediately taken to assess whether the specified compliance time is adequate to keep the fleet risk within proper limits.
We agree with the commenter. We have done an assessment of the risk posed by the identified unsafe condition. The compliance times following the effective date of this AD were determined to be appropriate. The manufacturer has concurred with the compliance times as proposed. No change to this final rule is needed in this regard.
Mr. Geoffrey Barrance requested that, until the modification of any specific airframe has been accomplished, we include an additional step in the pre-flight checklist to check that the stabilizer is in the correct position.
We agree that this step is necessary. However, the existing pre-flight checklist already requires checking the stabilizer position prior to departure. Therefore, no change is needed to this AD in this regard.
UAL requested that we revise the cost estimate to reflect the additional financial burden imposed on the operator in order to comply with the NPRM. UAL stated that the compliance times do not coincide with UAL's maintenance intervals for heavy aircraft checks. UAL explained that, as a result, it will need to take a number of airplanes out of service for several days.
We do not agree with the commenter's request. In establishing the requirements of all ADs, we consider the cost impact to operators for parts and labor costs. We attempt to set compliance times that generally coincide with operators' maintenance schedules where possible in consideration of the safety risk. However, because operators' schedules vary substantially, we cannot accommodate every operator's optimal scheduling in each AD. Each AD has an allowable provision for individual operators to obtain approval for extensions of compliance times, based on a showing that the extension provides an acceptable level of safety.
We reviewed the relevant data, considered the comments received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD with the changes described previously and minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
We also determined that these changes will not increase the economic burden on any operator or increase the scope of this AD.
We reviewed the following service information. These documents are distinct since they apply to different airplane models in different configurations.
• SB AP767-22-005 R1. This service information describes procedures for modifying relays and wiring to open and close the FCC analog output that controls the stabilizer trim adjustment, and doing functional testing.
• SASB 747-22-2256 R1. This service information describes procedures for installing an on-ground stabilizer autotrim inhibit system, and doing functional testing.
• SASB 757-22-0096 R1. This service information describes procedures for modifying relays and wiring to open and close the FCC analog output that controls the stabilizer trim adjustment, and doing functional testing.
• SASB 767-22-0143 R2. This service information describes procedures for modifying relays and wiring to open and close the FCC analog output that controls the stabilizer trim adjustment, and doing functional testing.
• Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-22-0146, Revision 1, dated June 25, 2015. This service information describes procedures for installing new OPS into the FCCs.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD affects 1,220 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
According to the manufacturer, some of the costs of this AD may be covered under warranty, thereby reducing the cost impact on affected individuals. We do not control warranty coverage for affected individuals. As a result, we have included all available costs in our cost estimate.
We have received no definitive data that will enable us to provide cost estimates for the on-condition actions specified in this AD.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective January 31, 2017.
None.
This AD applies to The Boeing Company airplanes, certificated in any category, identified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(5) of this AD.
(1) Model 747-400, 747-400D, and 747-400F series airplanes, as identified in Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 747-22-2256, Revision 1, dated January 6, 2016 (“SASB 747-22-2256 R1”).
(2) Model 757-200, -200PF, -200CB, and -300 series airplanes, as identified in Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 757-22-0096, Revision 1, dated February 8, 2016 (“SASB 757-22-0096 R1”).
(3) Model 767-200, -300, -300F, and -400ER series airplanes, as identified in Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-22-0143, Revision 2, dated May 25, 2016 (“SASB 767-22-0143 R2”), except those Model 767-300 and -300F series airplanes with winglets installed in accordance with Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) ST01920SE (
(4) Model 767-300 and -300F series airplanes, as identified in Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-22-0146, Revision 1, dated June 25, 2015 (“SASB 767-22-0146 R1”).
(5) Model 767-300 and -300F series airplanes with winglets installed per STC ST01920SE (
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 22, Auto flight.
This AD was prompted by reports of uncommanded autopilot engagement events resulting in incorrect stabilizer trim adjustment during takeoff. We are issuing this AD to prevent stabilizer mistrim, which could result in a high-speed rejected takeoff and runway overrun, or reduced controllability of the airplane after takeoff due to insufficient pitch control.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
For airplanes identified in paragraph (c)(1) of this AD: Within 24 months after the effective date of this AD, install new wiring and relays to reroute the four autotrim arm signals through new or existing air/ground determination source select switches, and do functional testing, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of SASB 747-22-2256 R1. If the functional test fails, before further flight, do corrective actions, repeat the test, and do all applicable corrective actions until the functional test is passed, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of SASB 747-22-2256 R1. Repeat the functional test of the automatic stabilizer trim system specified in step 250. of paragraph 3.B. of the Accomplishment Instructions of SASB 747-22-2256 R1, thereafter at intervals not to exceed 1,500 flight hours. If the functional test fails, before further flight, do corrective actions, repeat the test, and do all applicable corrective actions until the functional test is passed, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of SASB 747-22-2256 R1.
For airplanes identified in paragraph (c)(2) of this AD: Within 24 months after the effective date of this AD, install wiring to inhibit the automatic stabilizer trim arm discrete when the airplane is on ground, install a two-position momentary contact test switch in the main equipment center, and do the functional test and all applicable corrective actions until the functional test is passed, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of SASB 757-22-0096 R1. Repeat the functional test of the on-ground automatic stabilizer auto trim inhibit system and all applicable corrective actions specified in step 11. of paragraph 3.B. of the Accomplishment Instructions of SASB 757-22-0096 R1, thereafter at intervals not to exceed 1,500 flight hours. If the functional test fails, before further flight, do corrective actions, repeat the test, and do all applicable corrective actions until the functional test is passed, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of SASB 757-22-0096 R1.
For airplanes identified in paragraph (c)(3) of this AD: Within 24 months after the effective date of this AD, install relays and wiring to open and close the flight control computer (FCC) analog output that controls the stabilizer trim adjustment, install a momentary action ground test switch, and do the functional testing and all applicable corrective actions, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of SASB 767-22-0143 R2. Repeat the functional test of the on-ground automatic stabilizer auto trim inhibit system and all applicable corrective actions specified in steps 5.a. through 5.g. of Paragraph 3.B. of the Accomplishment Instructions of SASB 767-22-0143 R2, thereafter at intervals not to exceed 1,500 flight hours. If the functional test fails, before further flight, do corrective actions, repeat the test, and do all applicable corrective actions until the functional test is passed, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of SASB 767-22-0143 R2.
(1) For airplanes identified in paragraph (c)(4) of this AD: Within 16 months after the effective date of this AD, install new operational program software into the FCCs, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of SASB 767-22-0146 R1.
(2) For airplanes identified in paragraph (c)(5) of this AD: Within 16 months after the effective date of this AD, install new operational program software into the FCCs, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of SB AP767-22-005 R1.
(1) This paragraph provides credit for actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 747-22-2256, dated March 6, 2015.
(2) This paragraph provides credit for actions required by paragraph (h) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 757-22-0096, dated March 23, 2015.
(3) This paragraph provides credit for actions required by paragraph (i) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-22-0143, dated March 6, 2015; or Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-22-0143, Revision 1, dated July 6, 2015.
(4) This paragraph provides credit for actions required by paragraph (j) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-22-0146, dated March 24, 2015.
(1) The Manager, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly
(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
(3) An AMOC that provides an acceptable level of safety may be used for any repair, modification, or alteration required by this AD if it is approved by the Boeing Commercial Airplanes Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) that has been authorized by the Manager, Seattle ACO, to make those findings. To be approved, the repair method, modification deviation, or alteration deviation must meet the certification basis of the airplane, and the approval must specifically refer to this AD.
(4) For service information that contains steps that are labeled as Required for Compliance (RC), the provisions of paragraphs (l)(4)(i) and (l)(4)(ii) apply.
(i) The steps labeled as RC, including substeps under an RC step and any figures identified in an RC step, must be done to comply with the AD. If a step or sub-step is labeled “RC Exempt,” then the RC requirement is removed from that step or sub-step. An AMOC is required for any deviations to RC steps, including substeps and identified figures.
(ii) Steps not labeled as RC may be deviated from using accepted methods in accordance with the operator's maintenance or inspection program without obtaining approval of an AMOC, provided the RC steps, including substeps and identified figures, can still be done as specified, and the airplane can be put back in an airworthy condition.
(1) For more information about this AD, contact Fnu Winarto, Aerospace Engineer, Systems and Equipment Branch, ANM-130S, FAA, Seattle ACO, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; phone: 425-917-6659; fax: 425-917-6590; email:
(2) Service information identified in this AD that is not incorporated by reference is available at the addresses specified in paragraphs (n)(3) and (n)(4) of this AD.
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Aviation Partners Boeing Service Bulletin AP767-22-005, Revision 1, dated June 16, 2015.
(ii) Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 747-22-2256, Revision 1, dated January 6, 2016.
(iii) Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 757-22-0096, Revision 1, dated February 8, 2016.
(iv) Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-22-0143, Revision 2, dated May 25, 2016.
(v) Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-22-0146, Revision 1, dated June 25, 2015.
(3) For Boeing service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data & Services Management, P. O. Box 3707, MC 2H-65, Seattle, WA 98124-2207; telephone: 206-544-5000, extension 1; fax: 206-766-5680; Internet
(4) You may view this service information at FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for Airbus Helicopters Model EC130B4, EC130T2, AS350B, AS350B1, AS350B2, AS350B3, AS350BA, AS350C, AS350D, AS350D1, AS355E, AS355F, AS355F1, AS355F2, AS355N, and AS355NP helicopters. This AD requires inspecting each bi-directional suspension cross-bar (cross-bar). This AD was prompted by two reports of cracks in a cross-bar. These actions are intended to prevent the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective January 31, 2017.
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Airbus Helicopters, 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
You may review the referenced service information at the FAA, Office of the Regional Counsel, Southwest Region, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Room 6N-321, Fort Worth, TX 76177. You may review the referenced service information at the FAA, Office of the Regional Counsel, Southwest Region, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Room 6N-321, Fort Worth, TX 76177.
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Robert Grant, Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
On April 11, 2016, at 81 FR 21284, the
The NPRM was prompted by AD No. 2015-0094, dated May 29, 2015, issued by EASA, which is the Technical Agent
One commenter submitted comments supporting the NPRM (81 FR 21284, April 11, 2016).
These helicopters have been approved by the aviation authority of France and are approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with France, EASA, its technical representative, has notified us of the unsafe condition described in the EASA AD. We are issuing this AD because we evaluated all information provided by EASA and determined the unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other helicopters of these same type designs and that air safety and the public interest require adopting the AD requirements as proposed.
The EASA AD applies to Airbus Helicopters Model AS350BB helicopters. This AD does not apply to the Model AS350BB because it does not have an FAA type certificate. However, this AD applies to Model AS350C and AS350D1 helicopters, while the EASA AD does not. The EASA AD requires a florescent dye-penetrant inspection if the visual inspection of the bi-directional suspension cross-bar causes doubts. This AD does not require a florescent dye-penetrant inspection. The EASA AD requires returning the damaged bi-directional suspension cross-bar to Airbus Helicopters, and this AD does not.
Airbus Helicopters has issued Alert Service Bulletin (ASB) No. EC130-05A021 for Model EC130B4 helicopters; ASB No. EC130-05A022 for Model EC130T2 helicopters; ASB No. AS350-05.00.84 for Model AS350B, AS350B1, AS350B2, AS350B3, AS350BA, AS350BB, AS350D, and military Model AS350L1 helicopters; and ASB No. 355-05.00.73 for Model AS355E, AS355F, AS355F1, AS355F2, AS355N, and AS355 NP helicopters (ASBs). All of the ASBs are Revision 0 and dated May 21, 2015. The ASBs specify visually inspecting the cross-bar. If there is any doubt after the visual inspection, the ASBs call for a dye-penetrant inspection to make sure there are no cracks. If a crack is detected, the ASBs call for replacing the cross-bar before further flight and sending the damaged cross-bar to Airbus Helicopters.
We estimate that this AD affects 1,132 helicopters of U.S. Registry and that labor costs average $85 a work-hour. Based on these estimates, we expect the following costs:
• Visually inspecting the cross-bar requires 16.5 work-hours for a labor cost of about $1,403. No parts are needed so that the cost for the U.S. fleet totals $1,588,196 per inspection cycle.
• Replacing the cross-bar costs $1,630 for parts. No additional labor costs are needed.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on helicopters identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska to the extent that it justifies making a regulatory distinction; and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
We prepared an economic evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this AD and placed it in the AD docket.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD applies to Airbus Helicopters Model EC130B4, EC130T2, AS350B, AS350B1, AS350B2, AS350B3, AS350BA, AS350C, AS350D, AS350D1, AS355E, AS355F, AS355F1, AS355F2, AS355N, and AS355NP helicopters with a bi-directional suspension cross-bar (cross-bar) part number (P/N) 350A38-1040-20 or P/N 350A38-1040-00 installed, certificated in any category.
This AD defines the unsafe condition as a crack in a bi-directional cross-bar, which could result in failure of a cross-bar and loss of control of the helicopter.
This AD becomes effective January 31, 2017.
You are responsible for performing each action required by this AD within the specified compliance time unless it has already been accomplished prior to that time.
(1) Within the initial inspection times shown in Table 1 to paragraph (e) of this AD or the next time maintenance of the helicopter involves removing the main gearbox, whichever comes first; and thereafter at intervals not to exceed the compliance times shown in Table 1 to paragraph (e) of this AD, inspect each cross-bar for a crack. For purposes of this AD, a torque cycle is defined as one landing with or without stopping the rotor or one external load-carrying operation; an external load-carrying operation occurs each time a helicopter picks up an external load and drops it off.
(2) If there is a crack, before further flight, replace the cross-bar.
Special flight permits are prohibited.
(1) The Manager, Safety Management Group, FAA, may approve AMOCs for this AD. Send your proposal to: Robert Grant, Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
(2) For operations conducted under a 14 CFR part 119 operating certificate or under 14 CFR part 91, subpart K, we suggest that you notify your principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office or certificate holding district office, before operating any aircraft complying with this AD through an AMOC.
(1) Airbus Helicopters Alert Service Bulletin No. EC130-05A021, No. EC130-05A022, No. AS350-05.00.84, and No. AS355-05.00.73, all Revision 0 and all dated May 21, 2015, which are not incorporated by reference, contain additional information about the subject of this final rule. For service information identified in this final rule, contact Airbus Helicopters, 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
(2) The subject of this AD is addressed in European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD No. 2015-0094, dated May 29, 2015. You may view the EASA AD on the Internet at
Joint Aircraft Service Component (JASC) Code: 6300, Main Rotor Drive System.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain The Boeing Company Model 767-200 and -300 series airplanes. This AD was prompted by a report of a fire in the bilge area of the cargo compartment that burned through the insulation blankets that were intended to prevent smoke from migrating behind the cargo compartment sidewall liners and upward into the main cabin. This AD requires replacing the cargo compartment insulation blankets on the left and right sides with new insulation blankets that incorporate fire stops. We are issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective January 31, 2017.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of January 31, 2017.
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual & Data Services (C&DS), 2600 Westminster Blvd., MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; Internet
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Francis Smith, Aerospace Engineer,
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to certain The Boeing Company Model 767-200 and -300 series airplanes. The NPRM published in the
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. The following presents the comments received on the NPRM and the FAA's response to each comment.
Boeing and United Airlines expressed support for the NPRM.
Aviation Partners Boeing stated that the installation of winglets per Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) ST01920SE does not affect the accomplishment of the manufacturer's service instructions.
We agree with the commenter that STC ST01920SE does not affect the accomplishment of the manufacturer's service instructions. Therefore, the installation of STC ST01920SE does not affect the ability to accomplish the actions required by this AD. We have not changed this AD in this regard.
We reviewed the relevant data, considered the comments received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD as proposed, except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
We also determined that these changes will not increase the economic burden on any operator or increase the scope of this AD.
We reviewed Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-25-0550, dated January 30, 2015. The service information describes procedures for replacing the cargo compartment insulation blankets on the left and right sides between stringers 29 and 33 with new insulation blankets that incorporate fire stops. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD affects 26 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
According to the manufacturer, some of the costs of this AD may be covered under warranty, thereby reducing the cost impact on affected individuals. We do not control warranty coverage for affected individuals. As a result, we have included all available costs in our cost estimate.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective January 31, 2017.
None.
This AD applies to The Boeing Company Model 767-200 and -300 series airplanes, certificated in any category, as identified in Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-25-0550, dated January 30, 2015.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 25; Equipment/furnishings.
This AD was prompted by a report of a fire in the bilge area of the cargo compartment that burned through the insulation blankets that were intended to prevent smoke from migrating behind the cargo compartment sidewall liners and upward into the main cabin. We are issuing this AD to prevent a fire in the bilge area of the cargo compartment burning through the insulation blankets and consequently allowing smoke to migrate behind the cargo compartment sidewall liners and upward into the main cabin.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
Within 36 months after the effective date of this AD: Replace the cargo compartment insulation blankets on the left and right sides between stringers 29 and 33 with new insulation blankets that incorporate fire stops, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-25-0550, dated January 30, 2015. For Groups 1 through 4, Configurations 1 and 2, airplanes identified in Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-25-0550, dated January 30, 2015, no action is required by this AD.
(1) The Manager, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the ACO, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (i) of this AD. Information may be emailed to:
(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
(3) An AMOC that provides an acceptable level of safety may be used for any repair, modification, or alteration required by this AD if it is approved by the Boeing Commercial Airplanes Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) that has been authorized by the Manager, Seattle ACO, to make those findings. To be approved, the repair method, modification deviation, or alteration deviation must meet the certification basis of the airplane, and the approval must specifically refer to this AD.
(4) For service information that contains steps that are labeled as Required for Compliance (RC), the provisions of paragraphs (h)(4)(i) and (h)(4)(ii) of this AD apply.
(i) The steps labeled as RC, including substeps under an RC step and any figures identified in an RC step, must be done to comply with the AD. An AMOC is required for any deviations to RC steps, including substeps and identified figures.
(ii) Steps not labeled as RC may be deviated from using accepted methods in accordance with the operator's maintenance or inspection program without obtaining approval of an AMOC, provided the RC steps, including substeps and identified figures, can still be done as specified, and the airplane can be put back in an airworthy condition.
For more information about this AD, contact Francis Smith, Aerospace Engineer, Cabin Safety & Environmental Control Systems, ANM-150S, FAA, Seattle ACO, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; phone: 425-917-6596; fax: 425-917-6590; email:
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 767-25-0550, dated January 30, 2015.
(ii) Reserved.
(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual & Data Services (C&DS), 2600 Westminster Blvd., MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; Internet
(4) You may view this service information at FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
This action extends the prohibition of certain flight operations in the Damascus (OSTT) Flight Information Region (FIR) by all U.S. air carriers; U.S. commercial operators; persons exercising the privileges of a U.S. airman certificate, except when such persons are operating a U.S.-registered aircraft for a foreign air carrier; and operators of U.S.-registered civil aircraft, except when such operators are foreign air carriers. The FAA finds that this action continues to be necessary to address a potential hazard to persons and aircraft engaged in such flight operations.
This final rule is effective on December 30, 2016.
Michael Filippell, Air Transportation Division, AFS-220, Flight Standards Service, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591; telephone: 202-267-8166; email:
This action continues the prohibition against certain flight operations in the
The FAA is responsible for the safety of flight in the United States and for the safety of U.S. civil operators, U.S.-registered civil aircraft, and U.S.-certificated airmen throughout the world. The FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety is found in title 49 of the U.S. Code. Subtitle I, section 106(f), describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII of title 49, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. Section 40101(d)(1) provides that the Administrator shall consider in the public interest, among other matters, assigning, maintaining, and enhancing safety and security as the highest priorities in air commerce. Section 40105(b)(1)(A) requires the Administrator to exercise his authority consistently with the obligations of the U.S. Government under international agreements.
This SFAR is promulgated under the authority described in Title 49, Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, section 44701, General requirements. Under that section, the FAA is charged broadly with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing, among other things, regulations and minimum standards for practices, methods, and procedures that the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce and national security. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it continues the prohibition against certain flight operations in the OSTT FIR due to the hazard to persons and aircraft engaged in such flight operations that is described in the Background section of this final rule.
Section 553(b)(3)(B) of title 5, U.S. Code, authorizes agencies to dispense with notice and comment procedures for rules when the agency for “good cause” finds that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” In this instance, the FAA finds that notice and public comment to this final rule, as well as any delay in the effective date of this rule, are contrary to the public interest due to the immediate need to address the continuing hazard to civil aviation that exists in the Damascus (OSTT) FIR, as described in the Background section of this final rule.
The significant threat identified when the FAA first published SFAR 114 to civil aviation operating in the Damascus (OSTT) FIR continues due to the presence of anti-aircraft weapons controlled by non-state actors, threats made by the extremist groups, de-confliction concerns, and ongoing military fighting. Flight safety risks associated with a lack of de-confliction between various military forces conducting operations in Syria and civil aviation, as identified in the original prohibition, also continue unabated.
Due to the presence of foreign national military forces and non-state actors operating in Syria, the FAA has determined that safety of flight continues to be a serious safety concern for U.S. civil aviation flight operations in the Damascus (OSTT) FIR. There are multiple extremist groups, known to be equipped with a variety of anti-aircraft weapons including radar-guided surface-to-air missiles (SAMs) and man-portable air defense systems (MANPADs), which have the capability to threaten civil aircraft. Syrian and Russian military aircraft have been shot down during the course of the current conflict and these groups have previously warned civilian air carriers against operating within (or providing service to) Syria.
In 2015 and in support of the Asad regime, Russia began conducting military operations using fighter and bomber aircraft and employed advanced cruise missiles. These operations further increase the risk to civilian flight operations within the Damascus (OSTT) FIR.
The FAA continues to assess the situation in the Damascus (OSTT) FIR and believes there is a significant threat to civil aviation operating in the Damascus (OSTT) FIR at all altitudes due to the presence of anti-aircraft weapons controlled by non-state actors, threats made by the extremist groups, de-confliction concerns, and ongoing military fighting.
Due to the continuation of the previously described hazards to U.S. civil aviation operations, the FAA is extending the expiration date of SFAR No. 114, § 91.1609, from December 30, 2016 to December 30, 2018, to maintain the prohibition on flight operations in the Damascus (OSTT) FIR by all U.S. air carriers; U.S. commercial operators; persons exercising the privileges of a U.S. airman certificate, except when such persons are operating a U.S.-registered aircraft for a foreign air carrier; and operators of U.S.-registered civil aircraft, except when such operators are foreign air carriers.
The FAA will continue to actively monitor the situation and, based on evaluations, determine the extent U.S. civil operators may be able to safely operate in the Damascus (OSTT) FIR in the future. Amendments to this SFAR No. 114, § 91.1609, may be appropriate if the risk to aviation safety and security changes. Thus, the FAA may amend or rescind this SFAR No. 114, § 91.1609, as necessary prior to its expiration date.
Because the circumstances described herein warrant a continuation of the flight restrictions imposed by SFAR 114, I find that notice and public comment under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B) are impracticable and contrary to the public interest. I also find that this action is fully consistent with the obligations under 49 U.S.C. 40105 to ensure that I exercise my duties consistently with the obligations of the United States under international agreements.
Changes to Federal regulations must undergo several economic analyses. First, Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct that each Federal agency shall propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs. Second, the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354), as codified in 5 U.S.C. 603
In conducting these analyses, FAA has determined this final rule has benefits that justify its costs. This rule is a significant regulatory action as defined in section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, as it raises novel policy issues contemplated under that Executive Order; further, this rule is “significant” as defined in DOT's Regulatory Policies and Procedures. This rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This rule will not create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. This rule will not impose an unfunded mandate on State, local, or tribal governments, or on the private sector by exceeding the threshold identified above.
Department of Transportation (DOT) Order 2100.5 prescribes policies and procedures for simplification, analysis, and review of regulations. If the expected cost impact is so minimal that a proposed or final rule does not warrant a full evaluation, this order permits a statement to that effect and the basis for it to be included in the preamble if a full regulatory evaluation of the costs and benefits is not prepared. Such a determination has been made for this final rule. The reasoning for this determination follows.
For SFAR No. 114, § 91.1609, the FAA determined that incremental costs were minimal for U.S. operators of large transport category airplanes (four part 121 operators and two part 125M operators) because they had voluntarily ended their overflights in March, 2011, before the FAA's August 18, 2014 issuance of FDC NOTAM 4/4936. The FAA also determined that the incremental costs of SFAR No. 114 were minimal for about 15 “on-demand” large carriers (part 121 and part 121/135) and about 75 small “on-demand” operators (parts 135, 125, 125M, and 91K). These operators had previously flown into and out of Syria or conducted overflights in the OSTT FIR. But because of sanctions imposed by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) and the ongoing conflict, the FAA believed that few, if any, of these “on-demand” operators were still operating in the OSTT FIR immediately before the FAA issued FDC NOTAM 4/4936.
Due to significant and increased hostilities, and because the OFAC sanctions remain in place, the reasons for the FAA's previous finding of minimal cost for SFAR No. 114 remain unchanged. Therefore, the FAA finds that the incremental cost of the SFAR No. 114 extension will be minimal.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354, “RFA”), 5 U.S.C. 601
Agencies must perform a review to determine whether a rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. If the agency determines that it will, the agency must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis as described in the RFA. However, if an agency determines that a rule is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, 5 U.S.C. 605(b) provides that the head of the agency may so certify and a regulatory flexibility analysis will not be required. The certification must include a statement providing the factual basis for this determination, and the reasoning should be clear.
Prior to the hostilities leading to the earlier published SFAR No. 114, § 91.1609, there were many small entities conducting operations through the now restricted airspace. After the FAA published SFAR No. 114, § 91.1609, the FAA received no request to use this airspace. Given no requests have occurred, the FAA believes the earlier determination of minimal cost is accurate. Thus, extending the airspace restriction will not impose a significant economic impact. Therefore, as provided in § 605(b), the head of the FAA certifies that this rulemaking will not result in a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
The Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (Pub. L. 96-39), as amended, prohibits Federal agencies from establishing standards or engaging in related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. Pursuant to this Act, the establishment of standards is not considered an unnecessary obstacle to the foreign commerce of the United States, so long as the standard has a legitimate domestic objective, such as the protection of safety, and does not operate in a manner that excludes imports that meet this objective. The statute also requires consideration of international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis for U.S. standards.
The FAA has assessed the effect of this final rule and determined that its purpose is to protect the safety of U.S. civil aviation from a hazard outside the U.S. Therefore, the rule is in compliance with the Trade Agreements Act.
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires each Federal agency to prepare a written statement assessing the effects of any Federal mandate in a proposed or final agency rule that may result in an expenditure of $100 million or more (in 1995 dollars) in any one year by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector; such a mandate is deemed to be a “significant regulatory action.” The FAA currently uses an inflation-adjusted value of $155.0 million in lieu of $100 million.
This final rule does not contain such a mandate. Therefore, the requirements of Title II of the Act do not apply.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501(d)) requires that the FAA consider the impact of paperwork and other information collection burdens imposed on the public. The FAA has determined that there is no new requirement for information collection associated with this final rule.
In keeping with U.S. obligations under the Convention on International Civil Aviation, it is FAA policy to conform to International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Standards and Recommended Practices to the maximum extent practicable. The FAA has determined that there are no ICAO
While the FAA's flight prohibition does not apply to foreign air carriers, DOT codeshare authorizations prohibit foreign air carriers from carrying a U.S. codeshare partner's code on a flight segment that operates in airspace for which the FAA has issued a flight prohibition. Further, following the downing of Malaysian Airlines Flight 17, there is increased attention in the international community and ICAO to conflict-related threats to civil aircraft. Foreign air carriers and other foreign operators may choose to avoid, or be advised/directed by their civil aviation authorities to avoid, airspace for which the FAA has issued a flight prohibition.
FAA Order 1050.1F identifies FAA actions that are categorically excluded from preparation of an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) in the absence of extraordinary circumstances. The FAA has determined this rulemaking action qualifies for the categorical exclusion identified in paragraph 5-6.6f of this order and involves no extraordinary circumstances.
The FAA has reviewed the implementation of this SFAR and determined it is categorically excluded from further environmental review according to FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures,” paragraph 5-6.6f. The FAA has examined possible extraordinary circumstances and determined that no such circumstances exist. After careful and thorough consideration of the action, the FAA finds that this Federal action does not require preparation of an Environmental Assessment or Environmental Impact Statement in accordance with the requirements of NEPA, Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations, and FAA Order 1050.1F.
The FAA has analyzed this immediately adopted final rule under the principles and criteria of Executive Order 13132, “Federalism.” The agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, or the relationship between the Federal Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, and, therefore, does not have Federalism implications.
The FAA analyzed this final rule under Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations that Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (May 18, 2001). The agency has determined that it is not a “significant energy action” under the executive order, and it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy.
Executive Order 13609, Promoting International Regulatory Cooperation, (77 FR 26413, May 4, 2012) promotes international regulatory cooperation to meet shared challenges involving health, safety, labor, security, environmental, and other issues and to reduce, eliminate, or prevent unnecessary differences in regulatory requirements. The FAA has analyzed this action under the policies and agency responsibilities of Executive Order 13609, and has determined that this action would have no effect on international regulatory cooperation.
An electronic copy of a rulemaking document may be obtained by using the Internet—
• Searching the Federal eRulemaking Portal (
• Visiting the FAA's Regulations and Policies Web page at
• Accessing the Government Publishing Office's Web page at
Copies may also be obtained by sending a request (identified by docket or amendment number of the rule) to the Federal Aviation Administration, Office of Rulemaking, ARM-1, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591, or by calling (202) 267-9677.
Except for classified material, all documents the FAA considered in developing this rule, including economic analyses and technical reports, may be accessed from the Internet through the Federal eRulemaking Portal referenced above.
The Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA) requires FAA to comply with small entity requests for information or advice about compliance with statutes and regulations within its jurisdiction. A small entity with questions regarding this document may contact its local FAA official, or the person listed under the
Air traffic control, Aircraft, Airmen, Airports, Aviation safety, Freight, Syria.
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends chapter I of Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 1155, 40101, 40103, 40105, 40113, 40120, 44101, 44111, 44701, 44704, 44709, 44711, 44712, 44715, 44716, 44717, 44722, 46306, 46315, 46316, 46504, 46506-46507, 47122, 47508, 47528-47531, 47534, articles 12 and 29 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation (61 Stat. 1180), (126 Stat. 11).
(e)
Bureau of Industry and Security, Commerce.
Final rule.
In this rule, the Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) amends the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) consistent with Executive Order 13742 of October 7, 2016. That Executive Order terminated the national emergency with respect to the actions and policies of the Government of Burma (Burma) and revoked several Burma-related Executive Orders in recognition of Burma's substantial advances to promote democracy, including historic elections held in November 2015 that resulted in the formation of a democratically elected, civilian-led government. Specifically, in this rule, BIS removes license requirements and other restrictions on exports, reexports or transfers (in country) of items subject to the EAR made to persons whose property and interests in property were blocked pursuant to three Burma-related Executive Orders that were revoked on October 7, 2016. Consistent with the revised U.S. policy toward Burma, this rule also moves Burma from Country Group D:1 to Country Group B, a less restrictive country group placement under the EAR.
This rule is effective December 27, 2016.
Tracy Patts, Foreign Policy Division, Office of Nonproliferation and Treaty Compliance at telephone (202) 482-4252 or email
In Executive Order 13047 of May 20, 1997, President Bill Clinton declared a national emergency to deal with the unusual and extraordinary threat to the national security and foreign policy of the United States posed by the actions and policies of the Government of Burma in response to a deepening pattern of severe repression by the State Law and Order Restoration Council, the then-governing regime in Burma, and prohibited new investment in Burma by U.S. persons.
To take additional steps with respect to the national emergency and to implement the Burmese Freedom and Democracy Act of 2003 (Pub. L. 108-61, 50 U.S.C. 1701 note) signed into law on July 28, 2003, President George W. Bush issued on the same day Executive Order 13310 (E.O. 13310), which banned all imports into the United States of products of Burma and the export of financial services from the United States or by U.S. persons, wherever located, to Burma. E.O. 13310 also blocked the property and property interests of persons listed in its Annex or designated pursuant to criteria set forth in E.O. 13310. To address the Government of Burma's continued repression of the country's democratic opposition, President Bush issued two additional Executive Orders, Executive Order 13448 of October 18, 2007 and Executive Order 13464 of April 30, 2008, that further expanded the scope of the national emergency and took additional steps with respect to it. Each of these two Executive Orders blocked the property and interests in property of persons listed in its Annex or designated pursuant to criteria set forth in the Executive Orders. President Barack Obama subsequently issued two Burma-related Executive Orders, Executive Order 13619 of July 11, 2012 (E.O. 13619) and Executive Order 13651 of August 6, 2013 (E.O. 13651), that further modified the scope of the national emergency and took additional steps with respect to it. E.O. 13619 blocked the property and interests in property of persons listed in its Annex or designated pursuant to criteria set forth in the Executive Order. E.O. 13651 revoked the ban imposed in E.O. 13310 on the importation of products of Burma and imposed a ban on importing into the United States jadeite or rubies, and articles of jewelry containing jadeite or rubies, mined or extracted from Burma.
Consistent with Executive Orders 13310, 13448, and 13464, and the Trade Sanctions Reform and Export Enhancement Act of 2000 (22 U.S.C. 7201
As set forth in § 744.22 of the EAR, exports, reexports or transfers of items subject to the EAR, except agricultural commodities, medicine, or medical devices designated as EAR99, to any person whose property and interests in property were blocked pursuant to Executive Orders 13310, 13448 or 13464, required a license under the EAR and were reviewed under a general policy of denial. The requirement applied to such “blocked” persons either listed in the Annexes to one of these three Executive Orders or to persons designated pursuant to one of the Executive Orders. Persons included in an Annex or designated pursuant to one of these Executive Orders were identified with the reference [BURMA] on Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC's) list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons on OFAC's Web site at
In Executive Order 13742 of October 7, 2016, President Obama terminated the national emergency declared in Executive Order 13047 and revoked that Executive Order and the five additional Burma-related Executive Orders, including Executive Orders 13310, 13448 and 13464. Consistent with the President's action, in this final rule, BIS removes and reserves § 744.22 of the EAR.
In recognition of Burma's substantial advances to promote democracy identified by President Obama in Executive Order 13742, BIS is also removing Burma from Country Group D:1 and placing it in Country Group B, a change that typically broadens the scope of license exceptions which may be available for exports and reexports of items under the EAR. Note, however, that Burma will remain in Country
1. Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
2. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person is required to respond to, nor is subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information, subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
3. This rule does not contain policies with Federalism implications as that term is defined under E.O. 13132.
4. The provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553) requiring notice of proposed rulemaking, the opportunity for public participation, and a delay in effective date, are inapplicable because this regulation involves a military or foreign affairs function of the United States under 5 U.S.C. 553(a)(1). This final rule implements the President's Executive Order 13742 of October 7, 2016, terminating the national emergency with respect to Burma that had been in effect since May 20, 1997, revoking certain Burma-related Executive Orders that expanded or otherwise modified the national emergency, and waiving other statutory blocking and financial sanctions on Burma. This rule serves the foreign policy interests of the United States by removing Burma sanctions under the EAR that were directly related to three of the revoked Executive Orders and conforming the treatment of Burma under the EAR with the change in U.S. foreign policy toward the country already in effect pursuant to Executive Order 13742. No other law requires that a notice of proposed rulemaking and an opportunity for public comment be given for this rule. Because a notice of proposed rulemaking and an opportunity for public comment are not required to be given for this rule by 5 U.S.C. 553, or by any other law, the analytical requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601
Administrative practice and procedure, Burma, Exports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Burma, Exports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Terrorism.
Accordingly, parts 740 and 744 of the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR parts 730-774) are amended as follows:
50 U.S.C. 4601
50 U.S.C. 4601
Bureau of Industry and Security, Commerce.
Final rule.
The Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) amends the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) by adding twenty-three entities to the Entity List. The twenty-three entities who are added to the Entity List have been determined by the U.S. Government to be acting contrary to the national security or foreign policy
In addition to the Entity List changes described above, this final rule revises the licensing policy in three sections of the Commerce Control List (CCL)-based controls in the EAR to clarify that BIS's review of license applications for exports, reexports and transfers (in-country) to Russia will take into account and protect U.S. national security interests.
This rule is effective December 27, 2016.
Chair, End-User Review Committee, Office of the Assistant Secretary, Export Administration, Bureau of Industry and Security, Department of Commerce, Phone: (202) 482-5991, Email:
The Entity List (Supplement No. 4 to part 744 of the EAR) identifies entities and other persons reasonably believed to be involved in, or that pose a significant risk of being or becoming involved in, activities that are contrary to the national security or foreign policy of the United States. The EAR imposes additional licensing requirements on, and limits the availability of most license exceptions for, exports, reexports, and transfers (in-country) to those persons or entities listed on the Entity List. The license review policy for each listed entity is identified in the License Review Policy column on the Entity List and the impact on the availability of license exceptions is described in the
The End-user Review Committee (ERC) is composed of representatives of the Departments of Commerce (Chair), State, Defense, Energy, and where appropriate, the Treasury. The ERC makes decisions to add an entry to the Entity List by majority vote and to remove or modify an entry by unanimous vote. The Departments represented on the ERC have approved these changes to the Entity List.
This rule implements the decision of the ERC to add twenty-three entities to the Entity List. These twenty-three entities are being added on the basis of § 744.11 (License requirements that apply to entities acting contrary to the national security or foreign policy interests of the United States) of the EAR. The twenty-three entries being added to the Entity List consist of two entries in the Crimea region of Ukraine, and twenty-one entries in Russia.
Under § 744.11(b) (Criteria for revising the Entity List) of the EAR, persons for whom there is reasonable cause to believe, based on specific and articulable facts, have been involved, are involved, or pose a significant risk of being or becoming involved in, activities that are contrary to the national security or foreign policy interests of the United States and those acting on behalf of such persons may be added to the Entity List. The entities being added to the Entity List have been determined to be involved in activities that are contrary to the national security or foreign policy interests of the United States. Specifically, in this rule, BIS adds entities to the Entity List for violating international law and fueling the conflict in eastern Ukraine. These additions ensure the efficacy of existing sanctions on Russia. The specific additions to the Entity List and related authorities are as follows:
Fifteen entities are added based on activities that are described in Executive Order 13661 (79 FR 15533),
Executive Order 13661 includes a directive that all property and interests in property that are in the United States, that hereafter come within the United States, or that are or thereafter come within the possession or control of any United States person (including any foreign branch) of the following persons are blocked and may not be transferred, paid, exported, withdrawn, or otherwise dealt in: Persons determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State to have either materially assisted, sponsored or provided financial, material or technological support for, or goods and services to or in support of a senior official of the government of the Russian Federation or to operate in the defense or related materiel sector in Russia. Under Section 8 of the Order, all agencies of the United States Government are directed to take all appropriate measures within their authority to carry out the provisions of the Order.
BIS, pursuant to Executive Order 13661, and in consultation with the Departments of State, Defense, Energy, and the Treasury, has designated the fifteen entities specified in the next two paragraphs.
Seven subsidiaries of Almaz-Antey Air Defense Concern Main System Design Bureau, JSC, an entity listed on the Entity List on September 17, 2014 (79 FR 55608), as follows: DJSC Factory Krasnoe Znamya; FSUE FNPC Nizhegorodsky Scientific Research Institute of Radiotechnics (NNIIRT); OAO All-Russia Research Institute of Radio Equipment (JSC VNIIRA); JSC GOZ Obukhov Plant; JSC Institute of Instrumentation—Novosibirsk Plant Comintern (NPO NIIP-NZIK); OJSC Ural Production Company Vector (UPP Vector); and Scientific and Production Association “Lianozovo Electromechanical Plant” (NPO LEMZ).
Eight subsidiaries of Joint-Stock Company Concern Radio-Electronic Technologies, an entity listed on the Entity List on July 22, 2014 (79 FR 42455), as follows: ElTom Research and Production Company; Ekran Scientific Research Institute, FSUE; JSC Scientific Research Institute of Aircraft Equipment (NIIAO); Kaluga Scientific Research Radio Technology Institute (KRRTI); Research and Production Association KVANT; Research and Production Association M.V. Frunze; Ryazan State Instrument Enterprise (RSIE); and Svyaz Design Bureau, OJSC.
The fifteen entities added to the Entity List under Executive Order 13661 meet the criteria of Section 1, subparagraph B of the Order, as did the two parent entities identified above and added to the Entity List in 2014, because they operate in Russia's arms or related materiel sector. BIS adds the thirteen entities to the Entity List under this
Eight entities are added based on activities that are described in Executive Order 13685 (79 FR 77357),
The Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), pursuant to Executive Order 13685 on behalf of the Secretary of the Treasury and in consultation with the Secretary of State, has designated the following eight entities operating in the Crimea region of Ukraine: Crimean Ports; Crimean Railway; Institut Stroiproekt, AO; Karst, OOO; LLC Ruschemtrade; OLID Ltd.; Trans-Flot JSC; and Transpetrochart Co. Ltd. Four of these entities (LLC Ruschemtrade; OLID Ltd.; Trans-Flot JSC; and Transpetrochart Co. Ltd.) are also linked to OJSC Sofracht. OJSC Sovfracht was added to the Entity List on September 7, 2016 (81 FR 61601) and is an OFAC-designated Specially Designated National (SDN).
In conjunction with OFAC's designation of the eight entities, BIS adds all eight of the entities to the Entity List under this rule and imposes a license requirement for exports, reexports, or transfers (in-country) of all items subject to the EAR and a license review policy of presumption of denial. The license requirement applies to any transaction in which items are to be exported, reexported, or transferred (in-country) to any of the entities or in which such entities act as purchaser, intermediate consignee, ultimate consignee, or end-user. In addition, no license exceptions are available for exports, reexports, or transfers (in-country) to the persons being added to the Entity List in this rule. This license requirement implements an appropriate measure within the authority of the EAR to carry out the provisions of Executive Order 13685.
The acronyms “a.k.a.” (also known as) and “f.k.a.” (formerly known as) are used in entries on the Entity List to help exporters, reexporters and transferors to better identify listed persons on the Entity List.
This final rule adds the following twenty-three entities to the Entity List:
(1)
28 Kirov Street, Kerch, Crimea Region of Ukraine 98312;
(2)
34 Pavlenko Street, Simferopol, Crimea Region of Ukraine 95006.
(1)
Shabulina Travel 2a, Ryazan, 390043, Russia;
(2)
Kirov Avenue 24, Samara 443022, Russia;
(3)
Garshin Street 11, Tomilino, Lyuberetsky, Moscow, 140070, Russia;
(4)
Shaposhnikov Street 5, Nizhny Novgorod, 603950, Russia;
(5)
D. 13 Korp. 2 LiteraA Prospekt Dunaiski, St. Petersburg 196158, Russia;
(6)
Prospekt Obukhovskoi Oboroni 120, Saint Petersburg, 192012, Russia;
(7)
Planetnaya Street 32, Novosibirsk, 630015, Russia;
(8)
Tupoleva 18, Zhukovsky, Moscow, 140182, Russia;
(9)
Lenin Street 2, Zhukov, Kaluga Oblast, 249192, Russia;
(10)
D. 4 Litera A Pomeshchenie 69 ul. Kapitanskaya, St. Petersburg 199397, Russia;
(11)
St. Mashinostroitelnyj, 3, Rostov-on-Don 344090, Russia;
(12)
Shkipersky Protok 19, V.I. St. Petersburg, 199106, Russia;
(13)
Gagarin Street 28, Ekaterinburg, 620078, Russia;
(14)
ul Mira 4, Novorossiysk, Krasnodarskiy kray 630024, Russia;
(15)
Bolshaya Saint Petersburg 73, Velikii-Novgorod 173003, Russia;
(16)
Gagarin Prospect 174, Nizhny Novgorod, 606950, Russia;
(17)
Seminarskaya Street 32, Ryazan, 390000, Russia;
(18)
Dmitrovskoye Shosse 110, Moscow, 127411, Russia;
(19)
Prospect Sokolova 96, Rostov-on-Don 344010, Russia;
(20)
ul Ventseka 1/97, Samara 443099, Russia;
(21)
Prospekt Engelsa 30, St. Petersburg 194156, Russia.
In addition to the Entity List changes described above, this final rule revises the licensing policy in three sections of part 742 of the EAR to clarify that BIS's review of license applications for exports, reexports and transfers (in-country) to Russia will take into account and protect U.S. national security interests.
Part 742 of the EAR specifies the licensing policy for CCL based controls. The licensing policies in the respective sections of part 742 provide applicants with advance notice of the likelihood of any particular license application's approval or denial. In addition to considering the licensing policies described in these CCL based controls, BIS reviews each application on its own merits, taking into account the
In this final rule, BIS revises the CCL based controls sections of the EAR to clarify that it will review license applications to export or reexport to Russia items subject to the EAR and controlled for chemical and biological weapons proliferation (CB), nuclear nonproliferation (NP) or national security (NS) reasons under a presumption of denial, if the items proposed for export or reexport would make a direct and significant contribution to Russia's military capabilities. This final rules revises §§ 742.2 and 742.3 of the EAR to clarify that license applications for items controlled for CB and NP reasons will be reviewed in accordance with the revised licensing policies in paragraph (b)(4) of both §§ 742.2 and 742.3 and with the revised licensing policy in paragraph (b)(7) of § 742.4 of the EAR. This rule revises § 742.4(b)(7) of the EAR to clarify that license applications for items controlled for NS reasons will be reviewed under a presumption of denial if the items would make a direct and significant contribution to Russia's military capabilities, including but not limited to, the major weapons systems described in Supplement No. 7 to part 742 of the EAR.
BIS is imposing this review policy in order to protect U.S. national security interests and to ensure the efficacy of existing sanctions on Russia for violating international law and fueling the conflict in eastern Ukraine. These changes will also assist applicants because they provide advance warning that BIS's review of license applications will specifically take into account these considerations that are needed in order to protect U.S. national security interests.
As noted above, the U.S. Government has already been taking into account these national security concerns when reviewing license applications for items subject to the EAR proposed for shipment to Russia. Therefore, BIS does not anticipate that the changes in this final rule will result in an increase in the number of license applications for items destined to Russia that are denied. However, BIS anticipates that license applicants will benefit by this clarification of existing policy in part 742 of the EAR.
Although the Export Administration Act expired on August 20, 2001, the President, through Executive Order 13222 of August 17, 2001, 3 CFR, 2001 Comp., p. 783 (2002), as amended by Executive Order 13637 of March 8, 2013, 78 FR 16129 (March 13, 2013) and as extended by the Notice of August 4, 2016, 81 FR 52587 (August 8, 2016), has continued the Export Administration Regulations in effect under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act. BIS continues to carry out the provisions of the Export Administration Act, as appropriate and to the extent permitted by law, pursuant to Executive Order 13222, as amended by Executive Order 13637.
1. Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
2. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person is required to respond to nor be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with a collection of information, subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
3. This rule does not contain policies with Federalism implications as that term is defined in Executive Order 13132.
4. The provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553) requiring notice of proposed rulemaking, the opportunity for public comment and a delay in effective date are inapplicable because this regulation involves a military or foreign affairs function of the United States. (
In addition to the Entity List changes described above, the changes this regulation makes to the licensing policy in three sections of the CCL based controls part of the EAR (§§ 742.2, 742.3, and 742.4) involve a military or foreign affairs function of the United States. (
Further, no other law requires that a notice of proposed rulemaking and an opportunity for public comment be given for this rule. Because a notice of proposed rulemaking and an opportunity for public comment are not required to be given for this rule by 5 U.S.C. 553, or by any other law, the analytical requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601
Exports, Terrorism.
Exports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Terrorism.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Bureau of Industry and Security amends parts 742 and 744 of the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR parts 730-774) as follows:
50 U.S.C. 4601
(b) * * *
(4) License applications for items described in paragraph (a) of this section, when destined for the People's Republic of China or Russia, will be reviewed in accordance with the licensing policies in both paragraph (b) of this section and § 742.4(b)(7).
(b) * * *
(4) License applications for items described in paragraph (a) of this section, when destined to the People's Republic of China or Russia, will be reviewed in accordance with the licensing policies in both paragraph (b) of this section and § 742.4(b)(7).
(b) * * *
(7) For the People's Republic of China (PRC), there is a general policy of approval for license applications to export, reexport, or transfer items to civil end-uses. There is a presumption of denial for license applications to export, reexport or transfer items that would make a direct and significant contribution to the PRC's or Russia's military capabilities such as, but not limited to, the major weapons systems described in Supplement No. 7 to part 742 of the EAR.
50 U.S.C. 4601
The additions read as follows:
Bureau of Industry and Security, Commerce.
Final rule.
The Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) publishes this final rule to amend the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) to reflect the understandings reached at the June 2015 Nuclear Suppliers Group (NSG) Plenary meeting held in Bariloche, Argentina, and certain understandings reached at the 2016 NSG Plenary meeting held in Seoul, Republic of Korea. The amendments to the EAR based on the 2015 meeting address the nuclear nonproliferation (NP) controls that apply to certain centrifugal multiplane balancing machines described on the Commerce Control List (CCL). The amendments to the EAR based on the 2016 meeting address the NP controls that apply to certain linear displacement measuring systems identified on the CCL. This rule also makes additional changes to the description of these systems on the CCL to fully conform to their description on the NSG Annex. In addition, this rule corrects an error in the technical parameters of the CCL entry that describes certain radiation-hardened TV cameras (including lenses therefor) that are subject to NP controls.
This rule is effective December 27, 2016.
Steven Clagett, Director, Nuclear and Missile Technology Controls Division, Office of Nonproliferation and Treaty Compliance, Bureau of Industry and Security, Telephone: (202) 482-1641.
The Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) is amending the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) to revise the nuclear nonproliferation (NP) controls that apply to certain items identified on the Commerce Control List (CCL), consistent with U.S. commitments as a participating country in the Nuclear Suppliers Group (NSG). The NSG is a multilateral export control forum that consists of 48 participating countries. The NSG maintains a list of dual-use items that could be used for nuclear proliferation activities. The list is maintained in the NSG Annex to the “Guidelines for the Transfer of Nuclear Related Dual Use Equipment, Materials, Software and Related Technology” (the NSG Annex). NSG participating countries share a commitment to prevent nuclear proliferation and the development of nuclear related weapons of mass destruction. In furtherance of that commitment, they have undertaken to impose export controls on listed items. The NSG Guidelines and the Annex thereto are designed to ensure that nuclear trade for peaceful purposes does not contribute to the proliferation of nuclear weapons or related proliferation activities.
This rule amends ECCN 2B206 to more accurately and completely reflect the description of certain dimensional inspection machines listed in the NSG Annex. These changes are related to BIS's September 20, 2016, final rule (81 FR 64656) that included certain amendments to ECCN 2B006 to reflect the December 2015 updates to the List of Dual-Use Goods and Technologies maintained by participating governments in the Wassenaar Arrangement (WA). The amendments to ECCN 2B006 also affected the scope of the NP controls in that ECCN. Specifically, the September 20, 2016, final rule revised the controls that applied to certain measuring systems by changing the technical parameters in a manner that removed certain linear displacement measuring systems identified on the NSG Annex from control under ECCN 2B006.
As a result of the aforementioned change in the scope of the NP controls in ECCN 2B006, this rule amends ECCN 2B206 by adding a new paragraph .c, consistent with the description of the measuring systems in NSG Annex 1.B.3.b.3. New 2B206.c controls linear displacement measuring systems that contain a “laser” and that maintain, for at least 12 hours over a temperature range of ± 1 K around a standard temperature and a standard pressure, both: (1) A “resolution” over their full scale of 0.1µm or better; and (2) a “measurement uncertainty” equal to or better (less) than (0.2 + L/2000) µm (L is the measured length in millimeters). This rule also adds a Control Note and a Technical Note for new 2B206.c. The Control Note to new paragraph .c indicates that 2B206.c does not control measuring interferometer systems, without closed or open loop feedback, that contain a “laser” to measure slide movement errors of machine tools, dimensional inspection machines, or similar equipment. The Technical Note to new paragraph .c states that “linear displacement,” for purposes of 2B206.c, means the change of distance between the measuring probe and the measured object.
The text of new paragraph .c to ECCN 2B206 also reflects the updates to the NSG Annex based on the understandings reached at the 2016 NSG Plenary meeting held in Seoul, Republic of Korea. Specifically, paragraph .c.1 reads “Containing a laser,” which replaces the phrase “Contain a laser” that was previously used in 1.B.3.b.3.a on the NSG Annex. In addition, paragraph .c.2 contains the phrase “Capable of maintaining,” which replaces the word “Maintain” that was previously used in 1.B.3.b.3.b on the NSG Annex. Amendments to other ECCNs on the CCL, based on the 2016 NSG Plenary understandings, will be published by BIS in a separate rule.
This rule also moves the “Control Notes to ECCN 2B206” and the “Technical Note to ECCN 2B206,” which were previously located at the end of this ECCN, to the beginning of the “Items” paragraph for ECCN 2B206 (
In addition, this rule corrects two typographical errors in the “Items” paragraph of ECCN 2B206. First, the phrase “1.7 + 1/800 µm threshold” in the Technical Note to 2B206.a.2 is revised to read “1.7 + L/800 µm threshold” to conform with the threshold indicated in 2B206.a.2. Second, the word “simultaneously” in the introductory text of 2B206.b is replaced with the word “simultaneous”.
This final rule amends ECCN 2B229 (Centrifugal multiplane balancing machines) by revising paragraph .b.3 to update certain scientific terminology and clarify the technical parameters, therein, to read as follows: “A minimum achievable residual specific unbalance equal to or less than 10 g-mm/kg per plane.” This change reflects the 2015 NSG Plenary changes to the description of centrifugal balancing machines in NSG Annex 3.B.3.b and does not affect the scope of the NP controls on these machines. Instead, this rule revises the previous text in ECCN 2B229.b.3 (
This rule amends ECCN 6A203 to correct an error in the technical parameters for radiation-hardened TV cameras described in 6A203.d. Specifically, this rule revises the phrase “total radiation dose greater than 50 × 10
All of the items affected by the amendments to ECCN 2B229, 2B206 or 6A203, as described above, require a license for NP reasons and AT reasons to the destinations indicated under NP Column 1 or AT Column 1, respectively, on the Commerce Country Chart (see Supplement No. 1 to part 738 of the EAR). In addition, these items may require a license for reasons described elsewhere in the EAR (
The changes made by this rule only marginally affect the scope of the EAR controls on the affected items in ECCN 2B206, 2B229, or 6A203. Specifically, the amendments in this rule, which add a new paragraph .c to ECCN 2B206 and revise ECCN 2B229.b.3 and ECCN 6A203.d, are not the result of any change in the scope of the controls for these items on the NSG Annex. Therefore, the purpose of this final rule is not to increase the scope of the NP controls in these ECCNs beyond what should have been the case, previously, but merely to accurately reflect the controls on the affected items, consistent with the descriptions in NSG Annex 1.B.3.b.3, 3.B.b.3, and 1.A.2, respectively.
The addition of a new paragraph .c to ECCN 2B206 to control linear displacement measuring systems, consistent with the description of these systems in NSG Annex 1.B.3.b.3, effectively reinstates the NP controls and anti-terrorism (AT) controls, but not the national security (NS) controls, that applied to such systems under ECCN 2B006, prior to the publication of BIS's September 20, 2016, final rule (81 FR 64656) that amended ECCN 2B006 to reflect the December 2015 updates to the Wassenaar Arrangement (WA) List of Dual-Use Goods and Technologies. The September 20, 2016, amendments to ECCN 2B006 removed certain linear displacement measuring systems identified on the NSG Annex from control under ECCN 2B006. This final rule amends ECCN 2B206 to reinstate the NP and AT controls that applied to the affected linear displacement measuring systems prior to the September 20, 2016, final rule. The 2016 NSG Plenary updates reflected in new paragraph 2B206.c.1, and the corrections in the Technical Note to 2B206.a.2 and the introductory text of 2B206.b, do not affect the scope of the controls in ECCN 2B206. Therefore, BIS does not anticipate a significant change in the number of license applications that will have to be submitted, as a result of the amendments made to ECCN 2B206 by this rule.
The amendments to ECCN 2B229 do not affect the scope of the NP controls that apply to centrifugal multiplane balancing machines. These amendments revise 2B229.b.3, consistent with NSG Annex 3.B.3.b, to update certain scientific terminology and clarify the technical parameters, therein, and are not intended to affect the scope of the controls in this ECCN. Therefore, BIS does not anticipate a significant change in the number of license applications that will have to be submitted, as a result of the amendments made to ECCN 2B229 by this rule.
The amendments to ECCN 6A203 correct an error in the technical parameters for radiation-hardened TV cameras described in 6A203.d, which previously misstated the technical parameters for these cameras by indicating a multiple of “50,” instead of “5” (as indicated in NSG Annex 1.A.2), for the “total radiation dose.” Because only a small number of license applications are submitted to BIS for these cameras, BIS does not anticipate a significant change in the number of license applications that will have to be submitted, as a result of the amendments made to ECCN 6A203 by this rule.
Although the Export Administration Act expired on August 20, 2001, the President, through Executive Order 13222 of August 17, 2001, 3 CFR, 2001 Comp., p. 783 (2002), as amended by Executive Order 13637 of March 8, 2013, 78 FR 16129 (March 13, 2013), and as extended by the Notice of August 4, 2016 (81 FR 52587 (Aug. 8, 2016)),
1. Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has been designated a “significant regulatory action,” although not economically significant, consistent with Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.
2. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
3. This rule does not contain policies with Federalism implications as that term is defined in Executive Order 13132.
4. The provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553) requiring notice of proposed rulemaking, the opportunity for public participation, and a delay in effective date, are inapplicable because this regulation involves a military and foreign affairs function of the United States (See 5 U.S.C. 553(a)(1)). Immediate implementation of these amendments is non-discretionary and fulfills the United States' international commitment to administer controls on specified items consistent with the Guidelines, and the Annex thereto, maintained by the Nuclear Suppliers Group (NSG). The NSG contributes to international security and regional stability through the harmonization of export controls and seeks to ensure that exports do not contribute to the development of nuclear weapons. The NSG consists of 48 member countries that act on a consensus basis and the amendments set forth in this rule revise the scope of nuclear nonproliferation controls in the EAR to more fully reflect the controls implemented by other NSG participating countries, consistent with the NSG Guidelines and the Annex thereto. Because the United States is a significant exporter of the items addressed in this rule, immediate implementation of these regulatory provisions is necessary in order for the NSG to continue to meet its objectives. Any delay in implementation will create a disruption in the movement of affected items globally because of disharmony between the export controls maintained by the United States and the export control measures implemented by other NSG members, resulting in tension between member countries. Export controls work best when all countries implement the same export controls in a timely and coordinated manner.
Further, no other law requires that a notice of proposed rulemaking and an opportunity for public comment be given for this final rule. Because a notice of proposed rulemaking and an opportunity for public comment are not required to be given for this rule under the Administrative Procedure Act or by any other law, the analytical requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
Exports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, part 774 of the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR parts 730-774) is amended as follows:
50 U.S.C. 4601
a. Computer controlled or numerically controlled coordinate measuring machines (CMM) with either of the following characteristics:
a.1. Having only two axes with a maximum permissible error of length measurement along any axis (one dimension), identified as any combination of E
a.2. Having three or more axes with a three dimensional (volumetric) maximum permissible error of length measurement, identified as E
b. Systems for simultaneous linear-angular inspection of hemishells, having both of the following characteristics:
b.1. “Measurement uncertainty” along any linear axis equal to or less (better) than 3.5 µm per 5 mm;
b.2. “Angular position deviation” equal to or less than 0.02°.
c. Linear displacement measuring systems having both of the following characteristics:
c.1. Containing a “laser;”
c.2. Capable of maintaining, for at least 12 hours over a temperature range of ± 1 K around a standard temperature and a standard pressure, both:
c.2.a. A “resolution” over their full scale of 0.1µm or better;
c.2.b. A “measurement uncertainty” equal to or better (less) than (0.2 + L/2000) µm (L is the measured length in millimeters).
b. * * *
b.3. A minimum achievable residual specific unbalance equal to or less than 10 g-mm/kg per plane;
d. Radiation-hardened TV cameras, or lenses therefor, “specially designed” or rated as radiation hardened to withstand a total radiation dose greater than 5 × 10
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security; Department of the Treasury.
Final rule.
This document amends the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) regulations relating to the importation into the United States of certain vehicles and engines under the Clean Air Act (CAA) in order to harmonize the documentation requirements applicable to different classes of vehicles and engines that are subject to the CAA's emission standards. This document further amends the regulations to permit importers to file the required U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Declaration Forms with CBP electronically, and amends non-substantive provisions to update regulatory citations and delete obsolete provisions.
Effective January 26, 2017.
For questions related to the filing of EPA forms with CBP, please contact William Scopa, Partner Government Agencies Interagency Collaboration Division, Office of Trade, Customs and Border Protection, at
On August 17, 2016, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) in the
Sections 203(a) and (b)(2) of the CAA, 42 U.S.C 7522, deal with the importation of new motor vehicles and new motor engines and the requirement of a Certificate of Conformity (COC) as prescribed by regulation authorized by the CAA. Without a valid COC, the admission of new motor vehicles and new motor engines into the United States will be denied. Section 208 of the CAA, 42 U.S.C. 7542, provides that the Administrator of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) may require a manufacturer to produce, among other items, all records, files, and papers necessary to demonstrate compliance with applicable CAA provisions. Section 213(d) of the CAA, 42 U.S.C. 7547, requires that nonroad vehicles and engine standards be enforced in the same manner as those applicable to onroad vehicles and engines.
These statutory provisions are implemented in the CBP regulations at §§ 12.73 and 12.74 of title 19 of the Code of Federal Regulations (19 CFR 12.73 and 12.74). Section 12.73 provides for “Motor vehicle and engine compliance with Federal antipollution emission requirements,” and section 12.74 provides for “Nonroad and stationary engine compliance with Federal antipollution emission requirements.” EPA makes available Declaration Forms 3520-1 (for the importation of passenger vehicles, highway motorcycles and their corresponding engines) and 3520-21 (for the importation of heavy-duty engines and nonroad engines, including engines already installed in vehicles or equipment) for purposes of compliance with the CAA.
The final rule conforms the entry filing requirements applicable to EPA Declaration Form 3520-21 to those that are currently applicable to EPA Declaration Form 3520-1. Sections 12.73(i) and 12.74(b) and (d) are
Further, the final rule permits importers to file the required EPA Declaration Forms with CBP electronically. The electronic transmission of EPA Declaration Forms 3520-1 and 3520-21 to CBP will automate and enhance the interaction between the EPA and CBP by facilitating electronic collection, processing, sharing, and review of requisite trade data and documents during the cargo import and export process. Lastly, this rule updates regulatory citations and deletes obsolete provisions.
The NPRM solicited for public comments on the proposed rulemaking. The public comment period closed on September 16, 2016.
Four commenters responded to the solicitation of comments to the proposed rule. A description of the comments received, together with CBP's analysis, is set forth below.
The commenter potentially confuses the different contexts of import bond requirements. The confusion stems from the use of the term “bond” in EPA regulations and CBP regulations. Under 19 CFR 127.74(c)(3) and 19 CFR 113.62, CBP requires a single entry or a continuous bond, to be applied for the conditional release of imported engines as required in all cases (“Basic Import Entry” bond). In contrast, the “bond” referenced in 40 CFR 1068.325, which “may be required,” is addressing situations where EPA “may” want to secure compliance with relevant EPA regulations and have CBP require additional bonding.
Lastly, the substance of 19 CFR 12.74(c) is unchanged by the proposed rule, and has been in place since published in 1998. The only change is to provide for the use of Basic Import Entry bonds submitted through ACE.
After review of the comments, CBP has decided to adopt as final the proposed rule published in the
Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if a regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule is not a “significant regulatory action,” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the Office of Management and Budget has not reviewed this regulation.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
The collection of information contained in this final rule was previously reviewed and approved by OMB in accordance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507) under control numbers OMB 2060-0104 (EPA Declaration Form 3520-1, “Importation of Motor Vehicles and Motor Vehicle Engines Subject to Federal Air Pollution Standards”), OMB 2060-0320 (EPA Declaration Form 3520-21, “Importation of Engines, Vehicles and Equipment Subject to Federal Air Pollution Standards”), and OMB 1405-0105 (Department of State form DS-11504, “Request for Customs Clearance of Merchandise”). As importers are already required under existing regulations to complete the EPA Declaration Forms and either submit them to CBP or retain them in their records, and the burden estimates in the above-identified OMB approved information collection requests presume the forms are submitted to CBP, there are no new collections of information stated in this document. In this regard, it is noted that although existing 19 CFR 12.73 does not expressly require the submission of EPA Declaration Form 3520-1 by name, it does require that the same information captured by that form be submitted to CBP. Similarly, shipments sent from abroad to foreign diplomatic or consular missions in the U.S., or their personnel, currently must be cleared by respondents submitting to CBP a Department of State-approved form DS-1504; therefore, this document does not impose any new collections of information by requiring the DS-1504 to be presented to CBP for purposes of claiming an exemption from emission documentation requirements.
This document is being issued in accordance with 19 CFR 0.1(a)(1) pertaining to the Secretary of the Treasury's authority (or that of his delegate) to approve regulations related to certain customs revenue functions.
Customs duties and inspection, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set forth above, part 12 of title 19 of the Code of Federal Regulations (19 CFR part 12) is amended as set forth below.
5 U.S.C. 301, 19 U.S.C. 66, 1202 (General Note 3(i), Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States), 1624.
Sections 12.73 and 12.74 also issued under 19 U.S.C. 1484, 42 U.S.C. 7522, 7601;
Entry of Motor Vehicles, Engines, and Equipment Containing Engines Under the Clean Air Act, as Amended
The revisions read as follows:
(a)
(d)
(e)
(4) Highway motorcycles manufactured before January 1, 1978;
(f)
(h)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(i)
(2)
(3)
(i) For heavy-duty motor vehicle engines, whether they are installed in a vehicle or separately imported as loose engines, submit EPA Declaration Form 3520-21, “Importation of Engines, Vehicles, and Equipment Subject to Federal Air Pollution Regulations;”
(ii) For all other motor vehicles, submit EPA Declaration Form 3520-1, “Importation of Motor Vehicles and Motor Vehicle Engines Subject to Federal Air Pollution Regulations.”
(4)
(5)
(6)
(j)
(k)
(m)
The revisions read as follows:
(a)
(b)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(c)
(2)
(3)
(i) Repairs or alterations (
(ii) Testing (
(iii) Display (
(iv) Export (
(v) Diplomatic or military (
(vi) Delegated assembly (
(vii) Partially complete engines, vehicles, or equipment (
(d)
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security; Department of the Treasury.
Final rule.
This document amends the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) regulations regarding the requirement to file a Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) certification when importing into the customs territory of the United States chemicals in bulk form or as part of mixtures and articles containing a chemical or mixture. This document amends the regulations to establish an electronic option for importers to file the required U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) TSCA certifications, consistent with the Security and Accountability for Every Port Act of 2006. This document further amends the regulations to clarify and add certain definitions, and to eliminate the paper-based blanket certification process.
The document was prepared in consultation with EPA, the agency with primary responsibility for implementing TSCA.
Effective January 26, 2017.
For questions related to the filing of EPA forms with CBP, contact William Scopa, Partner Government Agencies Interagency Collaboration Division, Office of Trade, Customs and Border Protection, at
Section 13 of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) (15 U.S.C. 2612) governs the entry of those chemical substances and mixtures, and articles containing such chemical substances or mixtures into the customs territory of the United States and authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury, authority subsequently delegated to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), to refuse entry of any chemical substance, mixture, or article that: (1) fails to comply with any rule in effect under TSCA; or (2) is offered for entry in violation of TSCA section 5 or 6 (15 U.S.C. 2604 or 2605) or Subchapter IV (15 U.S.C. 2681
Section 13 of TSCA is implemented in the CBP regulations at §§ 12.118-12.127 and 127.28 of title 19 of the Code of Federal Regulations (19 CFR 12.118-12.127, and 127.28). On August 29, 2016, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) in the
The proposed amendments were intended to clarify the description, scope, and definitions of the requirements for the importation of chemical substances, mixtures and articles containing a chemical substance or mixture, as well as the requirements associated with TSCA-excluded chemicals.
This document revises the proposed change in § 12.119 regarding the scope of the regulation. To clarify the regulation based on the public comments, the term “Chemicals not subject to TSCA” in proposed § 12.119(b) is changed in the final rule to “TSCA-excluded chemicals”. In addition, because the proposed revision of the scope in § 12.119(c) was confusing with respect to the application of the regulations to articles in §§ 12.120 through 12.127, we are adding the phrase, “if so required by the Administrator by specific rule under TSCA” to § 12.119(c), which mirrors the current language of the regulation prior to the proposed amendment.
The final rule replaces the existing definition of the term “chemical substance in bulk form” in § 12.120(b) with a definition of “TSCA chemical substance in bulk form”, and adds new definitions for the terms “TSCA chemical substance as part of a mixture” in § 12.120(c) and “TSCA-excluded chemicals” in § 12.120(d). These definitions are revised and added to clarify that the certification obligations apply to both chemical substances and mixtures that are subject to TSCA, which require a positive certification, as well as those chemicals and mixtures that are not subject to TSCA, which require a negative certification (unless clearly identified as a TSCA-excluded chemical), and to ensure that terms used in the regulatory text are defined when necessary. “Mixture” is a statutory term in TSCA that does not apply to TSCA-excluded chemicals. TSCA-excluded chemicals require a negative certification whether imported as a single TSCA-excluded chemical mixed with other TSCA-excluded chemicals. This document also adds a definition of the term “Administrator” to mean the Administrator of the EPA, and “covered commodity” to include any merchandise that is an article, a TSCA chemical substance in bulk form, TSCA-excluded chemicals (as those terms are defined in § 12.120(a), (b), or (d)), or that is a mixture as defined in TSCA and describe a commodity that is subject to actions under § 12.122,
In addition, in §§ 12.122(a) and (b), 12.123(b), 12.124(a), 12.125(b), and 127.28, this document revises references to “chemical substances, mixtures, or articles” to clarify that these regulations apply to TSCA chemical substances, mixtures, or articles as well as TSCA-excluded chemicals. In § 12.124, this final rule changes the name of the agency from “Customs Service” to “CBP”.
The final rule provides an electronic option for filing TSCA certifications, consistent with Executive Order (EO) 13659,
In order to submit an electronic TSCA certification, importers or their agents are required by the final rule to submit their entry filings to ACE or any other CBP electronic data interchange (EDI) system authorized to accept entries. This document also requires in § 12.121(a)(3) the submission of additional information relating to the certifying individual, including name, phone number, and email address for TSCA certifications submitted either in writing or electronically. The collection of contact information for the certifying individual will facilitate the resolution of issues related to particular shipments. This document also changes the reference to paragraph (a)(1) found in § 12.121(c) to be a reference to paragraph (a).
The final rule eliminates the blanket certification process. The discontinued paper-based blanket certification process had limited utility because each blanket certification was only valid at one port of entry for one year. In addition, the previous blanket certification process was more burdensome than the entry-specific certification process because it required filers to include a statement referring to the blanket certification and incorporate it by reference for each entry, as well as four data elements on the blanket certification itself, including product name, Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) subheading number, and the name and address of the foreign supplier. Because the electronic TSCA certification process requires only a certification code, along with the name and contact information of the TSCA certifier, and because the paper-based blanket certification had limited application, we believe the elimination of the blanket certification process reduces the reporting burden for importers.
In addition, the final rule amends §§ 12.125 and 12.126 to allow importers to provide electronic notice of exportation and abandonment as an alternative to the paper-based written notice process allowed under the existing regulations.
The automation of these processes modernizes the way that CBP and EPA interact with importers of chemicals, and ensures effective application of regulatory controls. CBP estimates approximately 2.5 million TSCA positive certifications and 230,000 TSCA negative certifications are received annually. The electronic collection of TSCA certifications for processing in ACE improves information access, data integration with CBP entry information, and the data quality of TSCA certifications. As a result, CBP expects improved communication among EPA, CBP, and importers.
The final rule makes minor changes to §§ 12.118-12.127 by removing the word “shall” and revising the sentence grammar to simplify the language. The use of “shall” is imprecise and outdated. Plain language guidance recommends replacing “shall” with the word “must,” “will,” or another word that more appropriately conveys the intended meaning. This is part of the U.S. Government efforts to update regulatory text per plain language guidance.
On February 10, 2016, CBP published a notice in the
Fourteen commenters responded to the solicitation of comments to the proposed rule. A description of the comments received, together with CBP's analysis, is set forth below.
Multiple commenters argued that the scope of the negative certification in the proposed rule is too broad. One commenter noted that the EPA's own regulations on TSCA, found at 40 CFR 707.20(b)(2)(ii), only require the submission of a negative certification where the imported chemical products are not otherwise clearly identified as a product not subject to TSCA. A different commenter stated that CBP should not require certification regarding chemicals that are excluded by the text of TSCA unless there was evidence of problems regarding the labels or other methods of regulating the TSCA-excluded chemicals.
Commenters further indicated that because the proposed rule would affect products already regulated by other agencies, it would create duplicative processes and be incompatible with Executive Order (E.O.) 13659,
CBP is aware that the transition from the paper-based system with blanket certifications to an electronic system without blanket certifications may present short-term challenges for filers and importers. However, efforts to preserve the blanket certification process in combination with electronic filing though ACE would actually restrict the system as a whole from achieving maximum efficiency as it would require all filers to undergo extra steps in the PGA message set to input information regarding whether the importer had a blanket certification on file, and for which ports.
The trade also commented that the phrase “articles containing a chemical substance” is ambiguous, because it can be interpreted to mean an object or vessel that is used to hold a chemical substance as well as an object that is made up of a chemical substance. Finally, the trade commented that a typo appears in the definition of a “covered commodity” at § 12.120(e) of the proposed rule because it claims “the definitions specified in paragraphs (a), (b), and (d). . .” should instead be “(a), (b), and (c). . .”
The phrase “articles containing a chemical substance” is consistent with the scope as provided under section 13 of TSCA. The term “article” is defined in EPA regulations, as well as in this rule, and has been applied in a variety of TSCA programs and activities for many years. The phrase “chemical substances or mixtures as parts of articles” is used in the appropriate provisions of the § 12.121 reporting requirements of this rule, and this phrase has been used in a variety of TSCA programs and activities, including the TSCA section 13 import program.
Section 12.120(e) of the proposed rule does not contain a typographical error. Paragraph (c) is not needed, because a “covered commodity” includes “mixtures,” including a chemical substance that is part of the mixture. The term “covered commodity” is used to cover all things covered by the rule, including chemicals not subject to TSCA, which would require either a negative certification or proper identification. It is important that the term “covered commodity” cover things not subject to TSCA, given that, for example, CBP can detain shipments that do not have a required negative certification.
Multiple commenters indicated that if such a requirement becomes part of the final rule, it should only be required at the header level rather than at each line entry. Commenters argued that this would be important for two reasons: to avoid imposing a repetitive manual task of re-inputting the same information for hundreds of lines; and to help importers meet their requirements to keep submissions under the 8 MB file size limitation.
One commenter stated that the provision of contact information for the certifier should be optional, expressing doubt as to the usefulness of such requirement given that the customs broker has historically served as the point of contact for any CBP or PGA inquiry. A separate commenter questioned the underlying intent for this requirement, requesting clarification as to whether it was intended to provide contact information in the event of a spill or emergency (in which case the commenter argued that the Material Safety Data Sheet already provides this information), or whether there would be legal ramifications imposed on the person providing the certification.
Current regulations provide for filing of the Notice of Arrival (NOA) with entry documentation. The proposed electronic implementation maintains that possibility. CBP is working to build functionality for the submission of PGA message set elements as merchandise is admitted to the FTZ through the e-214 process. At that time, there may be a consideration of whether the NOA is more appropriately filed at time of admission into a Foreign Trade Zone.
Accordingly, after review of the comments and further consideration, CBP has decided to adopt as final the proposed rule published in the
The costs for the regulated community to implement TSCA certification via this final rule would be minimal. CBP and EPA estimate that providing the name, phone number, and email address of the import certifier would result in a net increase in information collection burden of three minutes for each of the estimated 2.5 million TSCA positive certifications and 230,000 TSCA negative certifications (at a cost of about $3 per certification and assuming no filer takes advantage of the possibility of filing this address information at the header level, as noted above), yielding an annual maximum increased cost to filers of $8.41 million.
Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This final rule is not a “significant regulatory action,” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, OMB has not reviewed this regulation. An Economic Analysis for this action, which is contained in a document entitled “Economic Analysis for Custom and Border Protection (CBP) Final Rule on TSCA Import Certifications in ACE/ITDS,” is available in the docket for this rulemaking and is summarized in the previous section of this document.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) of 1980 (5 U.S.C. 601
A small entity analysis (SEA) was conducted and summarized herein. The SEA consists of: two quantitative analyses of impacts of the final rule on small entities for TSCA positive certifications, a qualitative discussion of impacts for TSCA negative certifications, and an integrative analysis of the combined universe of TSCA positive and TSCA negative certifications (all entities affected by the rule). These analyses provide information on the magnitude and extent of cost impacts for the purpose of supporting a CBP certification that the final rule would not result in significant (economic) impact on a substantial number of small entities. For additional details, see the Economic Analysis for this action, which is contained in a document entitled “Economic Analysis for Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Final Rule on TSCA Import Certifications in ACE/ITDS,” and is available in the docket for this rulemaking.
For TSCA positive certifications, the first quantitative analysis is a screening analysis of cost impacts to the smallest entities associated with TSCA positive certifications; and the second, a more detailed distributional analysis of impacts associated with TSCA positive certifications. These analyses use cost impact percentages to measure potential impacts on small parent entities affected by the final rule. The cost impact percentage is defined as annualized compliance costs resulting from the TSCA positive certification portion of the final rule as a percentage of annual revenues or sales, a commonly available and objective measure of a company's business volume. As is the expected case for this rule, when increases in regulatory costs are minimal, they represent a small fraction of a typical entity's revenue, and therefore the impacts of the regulation are minimal.
The first quantitative analysis for TSCA positive certifications is a screening analysis that provides a concise estimate of small entity impacts under the final rule by examining whether an “average small parent entity” incurs significant economic impact. The results of this analysis are presented in Table 1. The second quantitative analysis is a detailed distributional analysis that provides an estimate of small entity impacts under the assumption that affected entities have the same size characteristics as the overall industry sector. The results of this analysis are presented in Table 2.
The small entity screening analysis for TSCA positive certifications demonstrates that no small entities are expected to incur impacts of one percent or greater. The detailed distributional analysis for TSCA positive certifications shows that while a large number of small entities in certain sectors may be affected by the final rule, all of these small entities are expected to incur impacts of considerably less than one percent.
For TSCA negative certifications, because the unit incremental steady state burden associated with positive and negative certification are virtually the same (2.93 versus 2.98 minutes, respectively), the small entity impacts associated with negative certifications are similar to the small entity impacts associated with positive certifications, and are considerably less than one percent.
Integrating the above information for all firms submitting TSCA positive certifications and/or TSCA negative certifications requires consideration of the degree to which the firms submitting each type of certification overlap. Since this detailed information is not readily available, an assessment is made via review of lower-bound and upper-bound impact scenarios. At the lower bound with an assumption of no overlap, firms submitting TSCA positive and TSCA negative certifications are completely isolated and separate. Each firm incurs about three minutes additional burden per certification with associated impacts of less than one percent, yielding overall impacts of less than one percent for all firms. In the upper-bound scenario, with an assumption that all firms overlap, firms submit both TSCA positive and negative certifications at the same transaction rates per firm for each type of certification. All firms incur twice the burden due to managing twice as many certifications (
Per conventional practices including EPA guidance, even if a substantial number of entities are affected by a final rule, as long as the impact to these entities is very low, the rule can be determined to not result in a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. Based on the evidence of the analyses summarized above, CBP certifies that this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
As this rule does not establish a new collection of information, as defined in the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507), the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act are inapplicable.
This rule will not result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year, and it will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions are necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.
This proposed regulation is being issued in accordance with 19 CFR 0.1(a)(1) pertaining to the authority of the Secretary of the Treasury (or that of his or her delegate) to approve regulations pertaining to certain customs revenue functions.
Customs duties and inspection, Entry of merchandise, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Customs duties and inspection, Exports, Freight, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set forth above, parts 12 and 127 of the Code of Federal Regulations (19 CFR parts 12 and 127) are amended as follows:
5 U.S.C. 301; 19 U.S.C. 66, 1202 (General Note 3(i), Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS)), 1624.
Sections 12.118 through 12.127 also issued under 15 U.S.C. 2601
The Toxic Substances Control Act (“TSCA”) (15 U.S.C. 2601
Sections 12.120 through 12.127 apply to the importation into the customs territory of the United States of:
(a) Chemical substances in bulk form and as part of a mixture under TSCA;
(b) TSCA-excluded chemicals; and
(c) Articles containing a chemical substance or mixture if so required by the Administrator by specific rule under TSCA.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)
I certify that all chemical substances in this shipment comply with all applicable rules or orders under TSCA and that I am not offering a chemical substance for entry in violation of TSCA or any applicable rule or order thereunder.
(2) The importer or the authorized agent of such an importer of any TSCA-excluded chemical not clearly identified as such must certify in writing or electronically that the chemical shipment is not subject to TSCA by filing with CBP the following statement:
I certify that all chemicals in this shipment are not subject to TSCA.
(3)
(ii) Written certifications must appear as a typed or stamped statement:
(A) On an appropriate entry document or commercial invoice or on an attachment to that entry document or invoice; or
(B) In the event of release under a special permit for an immediate delivery as provided for in § 142.21 of this chapter or in the case of an entry as provided for in § 142.3 of this chapter, on the commercial invoice or on an attachment to that invoice.
(b)
(c)
The revision reads as follows:
Whenever the Administrator directs the port director to refuse entry under § 12.123 and the importer exports the non-complying shipment within the 30 day period of notice of refusal of entry or within 90 days of demand for redelivery, the importer must submit notice of the exportation either in writing to the port director or electronically to ACE or any other CBP-authorized EDI system. The importer must include the following information in the notice of exportation:
If the importer intends to abandon the shipment after receiving notice of refusal of entry, the importer must present a notice of intent to abandon in writing to the port director or electronically to ACE or any other CBP-authorized EDI system. Notification under this section is a waiver of any right to export the merchandise. The importer will remain liable for any expense incurred in the storage and/or disposal of abandoned merchandise.
A shipment detained under § 12.122 will be considered to be unclaimed or abandoned and will be turned over to the Administrator for storage or disposition as provided for in § 127.28(i) of this chapter if the importer has not brought the shipment into compliance with TSCA and has not exported the shipment within the time limitations or extensions specified according to § 12.124. The importer will remain liable for any expense in the storage and/or disposal of abandoned merchandise.
19 U.S.C. 66, 1311, 1312, 1484, 1485, 1490, 1491, 1492, 1493, 1506, 1559, 1563, 1623, 1624, 1646a; 26 U.S.C. 5753.
Section 127.28 also issued under 15 U.S.C. 2612, 26 U.S.C. 5688;
(i)
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Final rule; technical amendment.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is amending the animal drug regulations to reflect approval of 43 supplemental new animal drug applications (NADAs) and 52 supplemental abbreviated new animal drug applications (ANADAs) for revised labeling reflecting a change in marketing status from over-the-counter (OTC) to prescription (Rx) for antimicrobial drugs of importance to human medicine administered to food-producing animals in medicated drinking water. These applications were submitted in voluntary compliance with the goals of the FDA Center for Veterinary Medicine's (CVM's) Judicious Use Initiative.
This rule is effective December 31, 2016.
George K. Haibel, Center for Veterinary Medicine (HFV-6), Food and Drug Administration, 7519 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 240-402-5689,
FDA is amending the animal drug regulations to reflect approval of 43 supplemental NADAs and 52 supplemental ANADAs for revised labeling reflecting a change in marketing status from OTC to Rx for antimicrobial drugs of importance to human medicine administered to food-producing animals in medicated drinking water. These applications were identified as being affected by guidance for industry (GFI) #213, “New Animal Drugs and New Animal Drug Combination Products Administered in or on Medicated Feed or Drinking Water of Food-Producing Animals: Recommendations for Drug Sponsors for Voluntarily Aligning Product Use Conditions with GFI #209,” December 2013 (
The animal drug regulations are also being amended to reflect several non-substantive changes in format. These technical amendments are being made to improve the consistency and readability of the regulations.
Elsewhere in this issue of the
This rule does not meet the definition of “rule” in 5 U.S.C. 804(3)(A) because it is a rule of “particular applicability.” Therefore, it is not subject to the congressional review requirements in 5 U.S.C. 801-808.
Animal drugs.
Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and under authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs and redelegated to the Center for Veterinary Medicine, 21 CFR parts 520 and 529 are amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 360b.
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(i)
(iii)
(2) * * *
(i)
(iii)
(3) * * *
(i)
(iii)
(d) * * *
(3)
(d) * * *
(3)
(d) * * *
(3)
(e) * * **
(1) * * *
(iii)
(2) * * *
(iii)
(e) * * *
(1)
(3)
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) * * *
(
(
(B) * * *
(
(
(ii) * * *
(A) * * *
(
(
(B) * * *
(
(
(C) * * *
(
(
(iii) * * *
(A)
(C) Withdraw zero days prior to slaughter those products sponsored by Nos. 054771, 057561, 061623, and 069254 in § 510.600(c) of this chapter. Withdraw 4 days prior to slaughter those products sponsored by No. 054628. Federal law restricts this drug to use by or on the order of a licensed veterinarian.
(iv) * * *
(A)
(C) Withdraw 5 days prior to slaughter. A milk discard period has not been established for this product in lactating dairy cattle. Do not use in female dairy cattle 20 months of age or older. Federal law restricts this drug to use by or on the order of a licensed veterinarian.
(v) * * *
(A)
(C) Withdraw 5 days prior to slaughter. Federal law restricts this drug to use by or on the order of a licensed veterinarian.
(2) * * *
(i)
(iii) The drug should be fed early in the spring or fall and consumed by the bees before main honey flow begins to avoid contamination of production honey. Remove at least 6 weeks prior to main honey flow. Federal law restricts this drug to use by or on the order of a licensed veterinarian.
(c)
(d) * * *
(3)
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(iii)
(2) * * *
(iii)
(3) * * *
(iii)
21 U.S.C. 360b.
(d) * * *
(3)
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Final rule; technical amendment.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is amending the animal drug regulations to reflect approval of 71 supplemental new animal drug applications (NADAs) and 35 supplemental abbreviated new animal drug applications (ANADAs) for revised labeling reflecting a change in marketing status from over-the-counter (OTC) use to use by veterinary feed directive (VFD) for antimicrobial drugs of importance to human medicine administered to food-producing animals in medicated feed. Where applicable, FDA is also withdrawing approval of those parts of the NADAs that pertain to use of these antimicrobial drugs for growth promotion indications. These actions are being taken at the sponsors' requests because these particular medicated feeds will no longer be manufactured or marketed. These applications were submitted in voluntary compliance with the goals of FDA Center for Veterinary Medicine's (CVM's) Judicious Use Initiative. In addition, the animal drug regulations are being amended to reflect the voluntary withdrawal of approval of certain entire NADAs and ANADAs that were affected by this initiative. The animal drug regulations are also being amended to reflect several non-substantive changes in format. These technical amendments are being made to improve the consistency and readability of the regulations.
This rule is effective December 30, 2016.
George K. Haibel, Center for Veterinary Medicine (HFV-6), Food and Drug Administration, 7519 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 240-402-5689,
FDA is amending the animal drug regulations to reflect approval of 71 supplemental NADAs and 35 supplemental ANADAs for revised labeling reflecting a change in marketing status from OTC use to use by VFD for antimicrobial drugs of importance to human medicine administered to food-producing animals in medicated feed. Where applicable, FDA is also withdrawing approval of those parts of the NADAs that pertain to use of these antimicrobial drugs for growth promotion indications. These actions are being taken at the sponsors' requests because these particular medicated feeds will no longer be manufactured or marketed.
These applications were identified as being affected by guidance for industry (GFI) #213, “New Animal Drugs and New Animal Drug Combination Products Administered in or on Medicated Feed or Drinking Water of Food-Producing Animals: Recommendations for Drug Sponsors for Voluntarily Aligning Product Use Conditions with GFI #209”, December 2013 (
The animal drug regulations for medicated feeds are also being amended to reflect several non-substantive changes in format. These technical amendments are being made to improve the consistency and readability of the regulations.
The affected applications for Type A medicated articles for which supplemental applications with revised labeling were approved follow:
The affected applications for manufacturing combination drug medicated feeds follow:
The animal drug regulations are also being amended to reflect several non-substantive changes in format. These technical amendments are being made to improve the consistency and readability of the regulations.
Elsewhere in this issue of the
Elanco US Inc., 2500 Innovation Way, Greenfield, IN 46140 has informed FDA that it has transferred ownership of, and all rights and interest in, NADA 141-110, providing for the manufacture of combination drug medicated turkey feeds containing STAFAC (virginiamycin) and COBAN (monensin) to Phibro Animal Health Corp., GlenPointe Centre East, 3d Floor, 300 Frank W. Burr Blvd., Suite 21, Teaneck, NJ 07666. As provided in the regulatory text of this document, the animal drug regulations are amended to reflect this change of sponsorship.
In addition, approval of the following applications for medicated feeds containing antimicrobial drugs of importance to human medicine administered to food-producing animals is being withdrawn at the sponsors' requests because the products are no longer manufactured or marketed:
Elsewhere in this issue of the
This rule does not meet the definition of “rule” in 5 U.S.C. 804(3)(A) because it is a rule of “particular applicability.” Therefore, it is not subject to the congressional review requirements in 5 U.S.C. 801-808.
Animal drugs, Foods.
Animal drugs, Animal feeds.
Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and under authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs and redelegated to the Center for Veterinary Medicine, 21 CFR parts 556 and 558 are amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 342, 360b, 371.
21 U.S.C. 354, 360b, 360ccc, 360ccc-1, 371.
(d) * * *
(f) Amprolium and ethopabate may also be used in combination with:
(1) [Reserved]
(2) [Reserved]
(3) Chlortetracycline as in § 558.128.
(4) Lincomycin as in § 558.325.
(5) Virginiamycin as in § 558.635.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e) * * *
(2) * * *
(iii) Chlortetracycline as in § 558.128.
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(c)
(d)
(2) The expiration date of VFDs for chlortetracycline medicated feeds must not exceed 6 months from the date of issuance. VFDs for chlortetracycline shall not be refilled.
(3) In milk replacers or starter feed; include on labeling the warning: “A withdrawal period has not been established for this product in preruminating calves. Do not use in calves to be processed for veal.”
(4) Manufacture for use in free-choice feeds as in paragraph (e)(4)(iii) of this section must conform to § 510.455 of this chapter.
(5) When manufactured for use as in paragraph (e)(5)(iii) of this section, include on labeling the warning: “Psittacosis, avian chlamydiosis, or ornithosis is a reportable communicable disease, transmissible between wild and domestic birds, other animals, and man. Contact appropriate public health and regulatory officials.”
(e) Conditions of use—(1) Chickens. It is used as follows:
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6) It is used as a free-choice, loose mineral Type C feed as follows:
(i)
(ii)
(iii) Indications for use. Beef and nonlactating dairy cattle: As an aid in the control of active infection of anaplasmosis caused by
(iv)
(v)
(d)
(2) The expiration date of VFDs for chlortetracycline and sulfamethazine medicated feeds must not exceed 6 months from the date of issuance. VFDs for chlortetracycline and sulfamethazine shall not be refilled.
(c)
(e) Clopidol may also be used in combination with:
(1) [Reserved]
(2) [Reserved]
(3) Chlortetracycline as in § 558.128.
(4) Lincomycin as in § 558.325.
(e) * * *
(4) Decoquinate may also be used in combination with:
(i) [Reserved]
(ii) [Reserved]
(iii) Chlortetracycline as in § 558.128.
(iv) Lincomycin as in § 558.325.
(d) * * *
(3) Diclazuril may also be used in combination with virginiamycin as in § 558.635.
(a)
(d)
(2) The expiration date of VFDs for erythromycin medicated feeds must not exceed 6 months from the date of issuance. VFDs for erythromycin shall not be refilled.
(e)
(2)
(e) * * *
(6) Fenbendazole may also be used in combination with:
(i) [Reserved]
(ii) Lincomycin as in § 558.325.
(d) * * *
(4) Halofuginone
(i) [Reserved]
(ii) Lincomycin as in § 558.325.
(iii) Virginiamycin as in § 558.635.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(2) The expiration date of VFDs for hygromycin B medicated feeds must not exceed 6 months from the date of issuance. VFDs for hygromycin B shall not be refilled.
(e)
(1)
(2) Swine—
(f) Ivermectin may also be used in combination with:
(1) [Reserved]
(2) Lincomycin as in § 558.325.
(f) Laidlomycin may also be used in combination with chlortetracycline as in § 558.128.
(e) * * *
(5) * * *
(i) Chlortetracycline as in § 558.128.
(iii) Virginiamycin as in § 558.635.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(2) The expiration date of VFDs for chlortetracycline and sulfamethazine medicated feeds must not exceed 6 months from the date of issuance. VFDs for chlortetracycline and sulfamethazine shall not be refilled.
(3) Labeling of Type A medicated articles and Type B and Type C medicated feeds containing lincomycin shall bear the following:
(i) “CAUTION: Do not allow rabbits, hamsters, guinea pigs, horses, or ruminants access to feeds containing lincomycin. Ingestion by these species may result in severe gastrointestinal effects.”
(4) Labeling of medicated feeds containing lincomycin intended for use in swine shall bear the following:
(i) “CAUTION: Occasionally, swine fed lincomycin may within the first 2 days after the onset of treatment develop diarrhea and/or swelling of the anus. On rare occasions, some pigs may show reddening of the skin and irritable behavior. These conditions have been self-correcting within 5 to 8 days without discontinuing the lincomycin treatment.”
(ii) “CAUTION: The effects of lincomycin on swine reproductive performance, pregnancy, and lactation have not been determined.”
(e) Conditions of use—(1) Chickens—
(2)
(e) * * *
(2) Melengestrol may also be used in combination with:
(i) Ractopamine as in § 558.500.
(ii) Tylosin as in § 558.625.
(iii) Zilpaterol as in § 558.665.
(a)
(b)
(1) No. 058198 for use as in paragraph (f) of this section.
(2) No. 054771 for use as in paragraphs (f)(1)(xxiv) and (xxv) of this section.
(3) No. 058198 for use as in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section.
(f) * * *
(8) Monensin may also be used in combination with:
(i) Chlortetracycline as in § 558.128.
(ii) Decoquinate as in § 558.195.
(iii) Lincomycin as in § 558.325.
(iv) Melengestrol acetate as in § 558.342.
(v) Oxytetracycline as in § 558.128.
(vi) Ractopamine alone or in combination as in § 558.500.
(vii) Tilmicosin as in § 558.618.
(viii) Tylosin as in § 558.625.
(ix) Virginiamycin as in § 558.635.
(x) Zilpaterol alone or in combination as in § 558.665.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(2) The expiration date of VFDs for neomycin medicated feeds must not exceed 6 months from the date of issuance. VFDs for neomycin shall not be refilled.
(e) * * *
(6) Nicarbazin may also be used in combination with:
(i) [Reserved]
(ii) Lincomycin as in § 558.325.
(a)
(1) Oxytetracycline (from oxytetracycline quaternary salt) equivalent to 50 or 100 grams oxytetracycline hydrochloride; or oxytetracycline (from oxytetracycline dihydrate base) equivalent to 10, 30, 50, 100, or 200 grams oxytetracycline hydrochloride.
(2) Oxytetracycline (from oxytetracycline dihydrate base) equivalent to 50, 100, or 200 grams oxytetracycline hydrochloride; or 100 grams oxytetracycline hydrochloride.
(b)
(1) No. 066104: Type A medicated articles as in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(2) No. 069254: Type A medicated articles as in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
(c)
(d)
(2) The expiration date of VFDs for oxytetracycline medicated feeds must not exceed 6 months from the date of issuance. VFDs for oxytetracycline shall not be refilled.
(3) In accordance with § 558.5, labeling shall bear the statement: “For use in dry animal feed only. Not for use in liquid feed supplements.”
(e)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(d)
(2) The expiration date of VFDs for oxytetracycline and neomycin
(3) Cattle feeds shall bear the following warning statement: “Use of more than one product containing neomycin or failure to follow withdrawal times may result in illegal drug residues.”
(e) * * *
(3) Pyrantel may also be used in combination with:
(i) Lincomycin as in § 558.325.
(ii) Tylosin as in § 558.325.
(e) * * *
(4) Ractopamine may also be used in combination with tylosin in as in § 558.625.
(e) Robenidine may also be used in combination with:
(1) Chlortetracycline as in § 558.128.
(2) Lincomycin as in § 558.325.
(3) Oxytetracycline as in § 558.450.
(d) * * *
(5) Salinomycin may also be used in combination with:
(i) [Reserved]
(ii) [Reserved]
(iii) Chlortetracycline as in § 558.128.
(iv) Lincomycin as in § 558.325.
(v) Oxytetracycline as in § 558.450.
(vi) Virginiamycin as in § 558.635.
(f) Semduramycin may also be used in combination with virginiamycin as in § 558.635.
(a)
(1) 25 percent sulfadimethoxine and 15 percent ormetoprim; or
(2) 25 percent sulfadimethoxine and 5 percent ormetoprim.
(b)
(1) No. 054771 for use of the product described in paragraph (a)(1) as in paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(2), (e)(3), (e)(4), and (e)(7) of this section.
(2) No. 015331 for use of the product described in paragraph (a)(2) as in paragraphs (e)(5) and (e)(6) of this section.
(d)
(2) The expiration date of VFDs for sulfadimethoxine and ormetoprim medicated feeds must not exceed 6 months from the date of issuance. VFDs for sulfadimethoxine and ormetoprim shall not be refilled.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(2) The expiration date of VFDs for sulfamerazine medicated feeds must not exceed 6 months from the date of issuance. VFDs for sulfamerazine shall not be refilled.
(e)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(2) The expiration date of VFDs for sulfaquinoxaline medicated feeds must not exceed 6 months from the date of issuance. VFDs for sulfaquinoxaline shall not be refilled.
(e)
(2)
(3)
(e) * * *
(2) Tiamulin may also be used in combination with chlortetracycline as in § 558.128.
The revisions read as follows:
(b)
(1) No. 016592: Type medicated article containing 100 grams per pound.
(2) No. 054771: Type medicated article containing 40 grams per pound.
(3) No. 058198: Type medicated article containing 10, 40, or 100 grams per pound.
(4) No. 066104: Type medicated article containing 20 or 40 grams per pound.
(c)
(d)
(2) The expiration date of VFDs for oxytetracycline medicated feeds must not exceed 6 months from the date of issuance. VFDs for oxytetracycline shall not be refilled.
(3) Type C medicated feeds for cattle may be manufactured from tylosin liquid Type B medicated feeds which have a pH between 4.5 and 6.0 and which bear appropriate mixing directions as follows:
(i) For liquid feeds stored in recirculating tank systems: Recirculate immediately prior to use for not less than 10 minutes, moving not less than 1 percent of the tank contents per minute from the bottom of the tank to the top. Recirculate daily as described even when not used.
(ii) For liquid feeds stored in mechanical, air, or other agitation-type tank systems: Agitate immediately prior to use for not less than 10 minutes, creating a turbulence at the bottom of
(e)
(2) Cattle—
(a)
(b)
(1) No. 058198 for use as in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
(2) No. 054771: 10 or 40 grams per pound each for use as in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
(c)
(d)
(2) The expiration date of VFDs for tylosin and sulfamethazine medicated feeds must not exceed 6 months from the date of issuance. VFDs for tylosin and sulfamethazine shall not be refilled.
(3) Labeling shall bear the statement: “Do not use in medicated feeds containing in excess of 2% bentonite.”
(e)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(2) [Reserved]
(3) Not for use in breeding swine over 120 pounds.
(4) Dilute Type A article with at least 10 pounds of a feed ingredient prior to final mixing in 1 ton of Type C feed.
(e)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(f) Zilpaterol may also be used in combination with tylosin as in § 558.625.
(e) * * *
(3) Zoalene may also be used in combination with lincomycin as in § 558.325.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notification of withdrawal.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is withdrawing approval of 11 new animal drug applications (NADAs) and 4 abbreviated new animal drug applications (ANADAs). These withdrawals of approval of NADAs and ANADAs for antimicrobial drugs of importance to human medicine that are administered to food-producing animals in medicated feed are being made because the products are no longer being manufactured or marketed. These actions are consistent with the FDA Center for Veterinary Medicine's initiative for the Judicious Use of Antimicrobials.
Withdrawal of approval is effective December 30, 2016.
Sujaya Dessai, Center for Veterinary Medicine (HFV-212), Food and Drug Administration, 7519 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 240-402-5761,
FDA is withdrawing approval of 11 NADAs and 4 ANADAs. These applications were identified as being affected by guidance for industry (GFI) #213, “New Animal Drugs and New Animal Drug Combination Products Administered in or on Medicated Feed or Drinking Water of Food-Producing Animals: Recommendations for Drug Sponsors for Voluntarily Aligning Product Use Conditions With GFI #209,” December 2013 (
Approval of the following applications for new animal drugs administered in medicated feed is being voluntarily withdrawn at the sponsors' requests because these products are no longer manufactured or marketed:
Therefore, under authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs and redelegated to the Center for Veterinary Medicine, and in accordance with § 514.116
Elsewhere in this issue of the
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Final rule.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA, we, the Agency) is amending the regulations for food additives permitted in feed and drinking water of animals to provide for the safe use of feed grade sodium formate as a feed acidifying agent in complete poultry feeds. This action is in response to a food additive petition filed by BASF Corp.
This rule is effective December 27, 2016. Submit either written or electronic objections and requests for a hearing by January 26, 2017. See section V of this document for information on the filing of objections.
You may submit objections and requests for a hearing as follows:
Submit electronic objections in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit an objection with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the objection as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper objections submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your objection, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit an objection with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your objections only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of objections. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Chelsea Trull, Center for Veterinary Medicine, Food and Drug Administration, 7519 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 240-402-6729,
In a notice published in the
FDA concludes that the data establish the safety and utility of feed grade sodium formate for use as a feed acidifying agent in complete poultry feeds and that the food additive regulations should be amended as set forth in this document.
In accordance with § 571.1(h) (21 CFR 571.1(h)), the petition and the documents that we considered and relied upon in reaching our decision to approve the petition will be made available for public disclosure (see
The Agency has determined under 21 CFR 25.32(r) that this action is of a type that does not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. Therefore, neither an environmental assessment, nor an environmental impact statement is required.
Any person who will be adversely affected by this regulation may file with the Division of Dockets Management (see
Any objections received in response to the regulation may be seen in the Division of Dockets Management between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, and will be posted to the docket at
Animal feeds, Food additives.
Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and under authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs and redelegated to the Center for Veterinary Medicine, 21 CFR part 573 is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 348.
The food additive, feed grade sodium formate, may be safely used in the manufacture of complete swine and poultry feeds in accordance with the following prescribed conditions:
(b) The additive is used or intended for use as a feed acidifying agent, to lower the pH, in complete swine and poultry feeds at levels not to exceed 1.2 percent of the complete feed.
U.S. African Development Foundation.
Final rule.
The U.S. African Development Foundation (USADF) is revising its regulations on collection of claims in accordance with the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 (DCIA), as implemented by the Department of Justice (Justice) and the Department of the Treasury (Treasury) in the revised Federal Claims Collection Standards (FCCS). The FCCS prescribes the standards that Federal agencies must use in the administrative collection, offset, compromise, and suspension or termination of collection activity for civil claims of money, funds, or property as defined by law.
This final rule is effective February 27, 2017.
June B. Brown, 202-233-8882.
In accordance with the requirements of the DCIA and the implementing regulations promulgated by Justice and Treasury at 31 CFR parts 900-904, USADF is revising its regulations to establish procedures for the administrative collection, offset, compromise, suspension and termination of collection activity for civil claims for money, funds, or property, as defined by 31 U.S.C. 3701(b), and the process by which USADF can refer civil claims to Treasury, Treasury-designated debt collection centers, or Justice for collection by further administrative action or litigation, as applicable. The regulations do not apply to claims between federal agencies. The rules affect USADF's debtors. The regulations clarify and prescribe the steps USADF must take before initiating debt collection to ensure that individuals' rights are protected. These steps include notifying the debtor of the debt and the consequences of failing to resolve the debt.
Subpart A announces the purpose and scope of the regulations, defines terms used in Part 1506, and addresses whether USADF can impose sanctions or remedies other than those prescribed in Part 1506, whether USADF will subdivide a claim exceeding $100,000, and how claims involving fraud are processed.
Subpart B describes the steps involved in a collection action, including the information USADF includes in a written demand for payment, a debtor's request for review of a claim, the determination of interest, penalty and administrative costs, and the reporting and consequences of delinquent debts.
Subpart C provides for salary offset collection procedures, notice and hearing requirements prior to offset, and USADF's use of offset for claims of another Federal agency.
Subpart D addresses the compromise of debts through reduction or negotiation of the claim amount, joint and several liability on a claim, and releasing the debtor after full payment of a compromised amount.
Subpart E prescribes the circumstances and criteria for USADF to suspend or terminate a collection action.
Subpart F describes the circumstances for USADF to discharge a delinquent debt and reporting a discharge of debt to the Internal Revenue Service.
Subpart G addresses when USADF refers claims to the Department of Justice for litigation.
Subpart H addresses when USADF is required to transfer debts to the Financial Management Service of the Department of the Treasury.
The proposed regulations have been determined to be non-significant within the meaning of Executive Order 12866.
The USADF President, in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5
These regulations will not result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100,000,000 or more in any one year, and they will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions were deemed necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.
Claims collection.
Title V of the International Security and Development Cooperation Act of 1980, 22 U.S.C. 290h; 31 U.S.C. 3701-3719; 5 U.S.C. 5514; 31 CFR part 285; 31 CFR 900-904; 5 CFR 550, subpart K; 31 U.S.C. 3720A.
This part prescribes the standards and procedures to be used by the United States African Development Foundation (USADF) in the collection and disposal of non-tax debts owed to USADF and the United States. It covers USADF's collection, compromise, suspension, termination, and referral of claims to the Department of Justice.
These standards and procedures are applicable to all claims and debts for which a statute, regulation or contract does not prescribe different standards or procedures.
This part adopts and incorporates all provisions of the FCCS. Except as otherwise provided by law, USADF will conduct administrative actions to collect claims (including offset, compromise, suspension termination, disclosure, and referral) in accordance with the FCCS.
(a) The remedies and sanctions available to USADF under this part for collecting debts are not intended to be exhaustive. USADF may impose, where authorized, other appropriate formal and informal sanctions upon a debtor for inexcusable, prolonged or repeated failure to pay a debt.
(b) Nothing in this part is intended to deter USADF from demanding the return of specific property or the payment of its value.
(c) This part does not supersede or require omission or duplication of administrative proceedings required by contract, statute, regulation or other USADF procedures,
USADF will not subdivide a claim to avoid the $100,000 limit on the Agency's authority to compromise, suspend, or terminate a debt. A debtor's liability arising from a particular transaction or contract is a single claim.
(a) The CFO will refer claims involving fraud, the presentation of a false claim, or misrepresentation on the part of the debtor or any party having an interest in the claim to the United States Agency for International Development (USAID) Office of Inspector General (OIG), which has statutory jurisdiction over USADF. The OIG has the responsibility for investigating or referring the matter, where appropriate, to the Department of Justice (DOJ), and/or returning it to USADF for further action.
(b) The CFO will not administratively compromise, terminate, suspend or otherwise dispose of debts involving fraud, the presentation of a false claim or misrepresentation on the part of the debtor or any party having an interest in the claim without the approval of DOJ.
Failure by USADF to comply with any provision of this Part is not available to a debtor as a defense against payment of a debt.
(a) The Agency will undertake prompt action to collect all debts owed to the United States arising out of USADF activities and to reduce debt delinquencies. A collection action may include sending a written notice in the form of a Bill for Collection or demand letter to the debtor's last known address. When necessary to protect the Government's interest (for example, to prevent the running of a statute of limitations), a written demand may be preceded by other appropriate actions under the Federal Claims Collection Standards, including the immediate referral to DOJ for litigation or collection by salary offset. The CFO may contact the debtor by telephone, in person and/or in writing to demand prompt payment, to discuss the debtor's position regarding the existence, amount or repayment of the debt, to inform the debtor of its rights (
(b) The CFO will maintain an administrative file for each claim. The administrative file will document the basis for the debt, all administrative collection actions regarding the debt (including communications to and from the debtor) and the final disposition of the debt. Information on an individual debtor may be disclosed only for purposes consistent with this Part, the Privacy Act of 1974, and other applicable law.
(a) The Bill for Collection or demand letter shall inform the debtor of:
(1) The amount, nature and basis of the debt;
(2) The right of the debtor to inspect and copy records related to the debt;
(3) The right of the debtor to discuss and propose a repayment agreement;
(4) Any rights available to the debtor to dispute the validity of the debt or to have recovery of the debt waived (citing the available review or waiver authority, the conditions for review or waiver, and the effects of the review or waiver request on the collection of the debt);
(5) The applicable standards for imposition of interest charges and penalty charges and administrative costs that may be assessed against a delinquent debt;
(6) The date by which payment should be made to avoid late charges (
(7) The name, address, and telephone number of a person or office within USADF available to discuss the debt;
(8) The intention of USADF to enforce collection if the debtor fails to pay or otherwise resolve the debt, by taking one or more of the following actions:
(i) Offset from Federal payments otherwise due to the debtor, including income tax refunds, salary, certain benefit payments, retirement, vendor payments, travel reimbursement and advances, and other Federal payments;
(ii) Referral to a private collection agency;
(iii) Report to credit bureaus;
(iv) Administrative wage garnishment;
(v) Referral to the Department of Justice for litigation action if the debt cannot be collected administratively;
(vi) Transfer of any debt delinquent for more than 180 days to the Department of Treasury for collection; and
(vii) Other actions authorized by the FCCS and applicable law.
(9) Any rights available to the debtor to dispute the validity of the debt or to have recovery of the debt waived (citing the available review or waiver authority, the conditions for review or waiver, and the effects of the review or waiver request on the collection of the debt);
(10) The instructions for making electronic payment; and
(11) Requirement that the debtor advise USADF of any bankruptcy proceeding.
(b) USADF may omit from the written demand for payment one or more of the provisions contained in paragraphs (a)(8) through (11) of this section if USADF determines that any provision is not legally required given the collection remedies to be applied to a particular debt, or which have already been provided by prior notice, applicable agreement, or contract.
(c) USADF will respond promptly to communications from the debtor. Responses will generally be made within 30 days of the receipt of the communication from the debtor.
(a) USADF shall provide the debtor with a reasonable opportunity for an internal review of the existence or amount of the debt. For offset of current Federal salary under 5 U.S.C. 5514, a debtor may also request a hearing. (See subpart C of this part).
(b) A request for a review must be submitted in writing to the appropriate contact office by the payment due date indicated in the Bill for Collection or demand letter. The request must state the basis for the debtor's dispute of the claim and include any relevant documentation in support.
(1) USADF will provide for an internal review of the debt by an appropriate official. The review may include examination of documents, internal discussions with relevant officials and discussions with the debtor, at USADF's discretion.
(2) An oral hearing is not required when USADF determines that the matter can be decided on the documentary record. When an oral hearing is not required, USADF shall accord the debtor a “paper hearing,” that is, a determination of the request for reconsideration based upon a review of the written record.
(3) Unless otherwise required by law, an oral hearing under this section is not required to be a formal evidentiary hearing, although USADF will carefully document all significant matters discussed at the hearing.
USADF will transfer to the Department of Treasury's Bureau of Fiscal Services (BFS) any past due, legally enforceable non-tax debt that has been delinquent for 120 days or more for administrative offset, and delinquent for 180 days or more for other collections. BFS may take appropriate action to collect the debt in accordance with applicable law and regulation. USADF may transfer any past due, legally enforceable debt that has been delinquent for fewer than 120 days to BFS for collection in accordance with applicable law and regulation.
(a)
(1) Interest begins to accrue on all debts from the payment due date established in the initial notice to the debtor, or as otherwise provided by law. USADF shall charge an annual rate of interest that is equal to the rate established annually by the Secretary of the Treasury in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717 unless a different rate is necessary to protect the rights of the United States. USADF will notify the debtor of the basis for its finding that a different rate is necessary to protect the interest of the Government.
(2) The rate of interest, as initially assessed, shall remain fixed for the duration of the indebtedness. If a debtor defaults on a repayment agreement, interest may be set at the Treasury rate in effect on the date a new agreement is executed.
(3) Interest will not be assessed on interest charges, administrative costs or late payment penalties. However, where a debtor defaults on a previous repayment agreement and interest, administrative costs and penalty charges that had been waived under the defaulted agreement may be reinstated and added to the debt principal under any new agreement and interest may be charged on the entire amount of the debt.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(2) USADF may (without regard to the amount of the debt) waive collection of all or part of accrued interest, penalty or administrative costs, where it determines that:
(i) Waiver is justified under the criteria of subpart D; or
(ii) Collection of these charges would be against equity and good conscience or not in the best interest of the United States.
(3) A decision to waive interest, penalty charges or administrative costs may be made at any time.
During the period pending waiver or review, USADF may suspend accrual of interest, penalty charges, and administrative costs on any disputed portion of the debt if it is determined that suspension is in the Agency's best interest or would serve equity and good conscience. Interest, penalty, and administrative costs will not be assessed where a statute or regulation specifically prohibits collection of the debt during the period of the administrative appeal or the Agency review.
(a) USADF has entered into a cross-servicing agreement with the Bureau of Fiscal Services (BFS) of the Department of Treasury. BFS will take appropriate action to collect and/or compromise transferred debts in accordance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. BFS may take any of the following collection actions on behalf of USADF:
(1) Send demand letters on U.S. Treasury letterhead and telephone debtors;
(2) Refer accounts to credit bureaus;
(3) Purchase credit reports to assist in the collection effort;
(4) Refer accounts for offset, including tax refund, Federal employee salary, administrative wage garnishment, and general administrative offset under the Treasury Offset Program;
(5) Refer accounts to private collection agencies;
(6) Refer accounts to the Department of Justice for litigation;
(7) Report written off or discharged debt to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) on the appropriate Form 1099;
(8) Take any additional steps necessary to enforce recovery; and
(9) Terminate collection action, as appropriate.
(b) BFS will maintain records on debt transferred to it, assure that accounts are updated as necessary, and modify its delinquent debt and debtor records with information obtained from its skip tracking and asset-location services as appropriate. In the event that a referred debtor disputes the validity of a debt or any terms and conditions related to any debt not reduced by judgment, BFS may return the disputed debt to USADF for its determination of debt validity.
USADF may report delinquent debts to appropriate credit reporting bureaus and other automated databases through the cross-servicing agreement with BFS. Any such disclosure will be done in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3711(e) and the Federal Claims Collection Standards, 31 CFR 901.4, and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code and Privacy Act 5 U.S.C. 552a.
When attempting to locate a debtor in order to collect or compromise a debt, USADF may obtain the debtor's mailing address from the Internal Revenue Service. Addresses obtained from the Internal Revenue Service will be used by USADF, its officers, employees, agents or contractors and other Federal agencies only to collect or dispose of debts, and may be disclosed to other agencies and to collection agencies only for collection purposes.
Unless waived by the Head of the Agency, USADF will not extend financial assistance in the form of a grant, loan, or loan guarantee to any person delinquent on a non-tax debt owed to a Federal agency. The authority to waive the application of this section may be delegated to the Chief Financial Officer and re-delegated. USADF may also suspend or revoke other privileges for any inexcusable, prolonged or repeated failure of a debtor to pay a claim. Additionally, the Agency may suspend or disqualify any contractor, lender, broker, borrower, grantee or other debtor from doing business with USADF or engaging in programs USADF sponsors or funds if a debtor fails to pay its debts to the Government within a reasonable time. Debtors will be notified before such action is taken and applicable debarment procedures will be used.
(a) Whenever feasible, USADF shall collect the total amount of a debt (including interest, penalty, and administrative cost) in one lump sum. If the debtor is financially unable to pay the debt in one lump sum, USADF may accept payment in regular installments. USADF will obtain financial statements from debtors who represent that they are unable to pay on one lump sum and independently verify such representations whenever possible. In addition, USADF will obtain a legally enforceable written agreement from the debtor that specifies all of the terms of the arrangement and contains a provision accelerating the debt in the event of a default.
(b) The size and frequency of the installment payments will bear a reasonable relation to the size of the debt and the debtor's ability to pay. To the extent possible, the installment payments will be sufficient in size and frequency to liquidate the debt in three years or less.
(c) In appropriate cases, the Agency will obtain security for deferred payments. However, USADF may accept installment payments notwithstanding the refusal of the debtor to execute a written agreement or to give security.
(a) Payments otherwise due the debtor from the United States shall be offset from the debt in accordance with 31 CFR 901.3. These may be funds under the control of USADF or other Federal agencies. Collection may be through centralized offset by the Bureau of Fiscal Service (BFS) of the Department of the Treasury.
(b) Such payments include but are not limited to vendor payments, salary, retirement, lump sum payments due upon Federal employment separation, travel reimbursements, tax refunds, loans or other assistance. Offset of Federal salary payments will be in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 5514.
(c) Before administrative offset is instituted by another Federal agency or the BFS, USADF shall certify in writing to that entity that the debt is past due and legally enforceable and that USADF has complied with all applicable due process and other requirements as described in this part and other Federal law and regulations.
Any amount advanced to an employee for allowable travel expenses but not used for such purposes is recoverable from the employee, in accordance with
(a)
(2) Except as provided otherwise, each employee from whom the Agency proposes to collect a debt by salary offset will receive a written notice 30 days prior to any deductions from pay. The notification will include the Agency's determination that a debt is owed, the amount of the debt, the Agency's intention to collect the debt by means of deductions from the employee's pay account, and the employee's right to request a hearing on the claim.
(3) An employee facing collection of debt by salary offset is entitled to request a hearing on the claim. The request must be filed in writing and signed by the employee. It must be received by the Agency within 15 days of the employee's receipt of the notification of proposed deduction. Late request for a hearing may be accepted if the employee can show that the delay in filing the request was due to circumstances beyond the employee's control.
(4) The Agency will make hearing arrangements that are consistent with law and regulations. Where a hearing is held, the employee is entitled to a written decision on the following:
(i) A determination of the Agency concerning the existence and amount of the debt; and
(ii) A repayment schedule.
(b)
(1) Adjustments of pay arising out of an employee's election of coverage or a change in coverage under a Federal benefits program requiring periodic deduction from payment, if the amount to be recovered accumulated over four pay periods or less;
(2) Routine intra-agency adjustments in pay or allowances that are made to correct overpayments of pay attributable to clerical or administrative errors or delays in processing pay documents, if the overpayments accrued over four pay periods or less; and
(3) Any adjustment to collect a debt amounting to $50 or less.
(c)
(2) Written decisions rendered pursuant to a hearing will include the hearing official's analysis, findings and conclusions. The decision will be final and binding on the parties.
(d)
(e)
A debt will be collected in a lump sum or by installment deductions at established pay intervals from an employee's current pay account. If the employee is financially unable to pay a debt in a lump sum or the amount of debt exceeds 15 percent of disposable pay, collection will be made in installments, unless the employee and the Agency agree to alternative arrangements for payment. Alternative payment schedules must be in writing, signed by both the employee and the CFO and will be documented in the Agency's files.
Installment deduction will be made over the period of active duty or employment. The size and frequency of the installment deductions generally will bear a reasonable relation to the size of the debt and the employee's ability to pay. However, an amount deducted for any period may not exceed 15 percent of the disposable pay from which the deduction is made, unless the employee has agreed in writing to the deduction of a greater amount. If possible, the installment payments should be in amounts sufficient to liquidate the debt within a period of three years or less. Installment payments of less than $50 will be accepted only in the most unusual circumstances.
(a) Deductions to liquidate an employee's debt will begin on the date stated in the Agency's Bill for Collection or demand letter notice of intention to collect from the employee's current pay, unless the debt has been repaid in full or the employee has filed a timely request for hearing.
(b) If an employee files a timely request for hearing, deductions will begin after the hearing official has provided the employee with a final written decision indicating the amount owed to the Government. Following the decision by the hearing official, the employee will be given 30 days to repay the amount owed prior to collection through salary offset, unless otherwise provided by the hearing official.
If the employee retires, resigns, or the period of employment ends before collection of the debt is completed, the remainder of the debt will be offset from subsequent payments of any nature due the employee (
USADF will assess interest, penalties and administrative costs on debts collected under the procedures in this section. Interest, penalty and administrative costs will continue to accrue during the period that the debtor is seeking formal or informal review of the debt or requesting a waiver. The following guidelines apply to the
(a) Interest will be assessed on all debts not collected by the payment due date specified in the Bill for Collection or demand letter. USADF will waive the interest and administrative charges on the portion of the debt that is paid within 30 days after the date on which interest begins to accrue.
(b) Administrative costs will be assessed if the debt is referred to Treasury for cross-servicing.
(c) Deductions by administrative offset normally begin prior to the time for assessment of a penalty. Therefore, a penalty charge will not be assessed unless deductions occur more than 90 days from the due date in the Bill for Collection or demand letter.
USADF will promptly refund to the employee any amounts paid or deducted pursuant to this section that are subsequently waived or found not owing to the United States Government. Refunds do not bear interest unless specifically authorized by law.
USADF will not initiate salary offset to collect a debt more than 1 year after the Government's right to collect the debt first accrued, unless facts material to the right to collect the debt were not known and could not have been known through the exercise of reasonable care by the Government official responsible for discovering and collecting such debt.
(a) USADF will use salary offset means of collecting debt against one of its employees that is indebted to another agency if requested to do so by that agency. The requesting agency must certify that the USADF employee owes a debt and that the procedural requirements of 5 U.S.C. 5514 and 5 CFR part 550, subpart K, have been met. The creditor agency must also advise USADF of the amount of debt, and the number and amount of the installments to be collected.
(b) Request for salary offset must be submitted to the CFO of USADF.
(c) Processing of the claim by USADF—
(1)
(2)
(d) Employees separating from USADF before a debt to another agency is collected—
(1)
(i) To the extent possible, the balance owed the creditor agency will be liquidated from subsequent payments of any nature due the employee from USADF;
(ii) If the total amount of the debt cannot be recovered, USADF will certify to the creditor agency and the employee the total amount of USADF's collection; and
(iii) If USADF is aware that the employee is entitled to payments from the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund, or other similar payments, it will provide such information to the creditor agency so that it can file a certified claim against the payments.
(2)
USADF may compromise claims for money or property where the principal balance of a claim, excluding interest, penalty and administrative costs, does not exceed $100,000. Where the claim exceeds $100,000, the authority to accept the compromise rests solely with DOJ. The CFO may reject an offer of compromise in any amount. Where the claim exceeds $100,000, USADF may refer the claim to DOJ for approval with a recommendation to accept an offer of compromise. The referral will be in the form of a Claims Collection Litigation Report (CCLR) and will outline the basis for USADF's recommendation.
When two or more debtors are jointly and severally liable, collection action will not be withheld against one debtor until the other or others pay their proportionate share. The amount of a compromise with one debtor is not precedent in determining compromises from other debtors who have been determined to be jointly and severally liable on the claim.
(a) USADF may compromise a claim pursuant to this section if the debtor does not have the financial ability to pay the full amount of the debt within a reasonable time, or the debtor refuses to pay the claim in full and the Government does not have the ability to enforce collection in full within a reasonable time by collection proceedings. In evaluating the acceptability of a compromise offer, the CFO may consider, among other factors, the following:
(1) Age and health of the debtor;
(2) Present and potential income;
(3) Inheritance prospects;
(4) The possibility that assets have been concealed or improperly transferred by the debtor;
(5) The availability of assets or income which may be realized by enforced collection proceedings; or
(6) The applicable exemptions available to the debtor under State and Federal law in determining the Government's ability to enforce collection.
(b) USADF may compromise a claim, or recommend acceptance of a compromise offer to DOJ, if:
(1) There is significant doubt concerning the Government's ability to prove its case in court for the full amount of the claim, either because of the legal issues involved or a bona fide dispute as to the facts; or
(2) The cost of collection does not justify the enforced collection of the full amount of the debt.
The amount accepted in compromise in such cases will reflect the costs of collection, the probability of prevailing on the legal issues involved, and the likely amount of court costs and attorney's fees in litigation.
(c) To assess the merits of a compromise offer, USADF generally will require a current financial statement from the debtor, executed
(d) Statutory penalties, forfeitures or debt established as an aid to enforcement and compel compliance may be compromised where the CFO determines that the Agency's enforcement policy, in terms of deterrence and securing compliance (both present and future), will be adequately served by accepting the offer.
The debtor may not pay a compromised claim in installments unless the CFO determines that payment in installments is necessary to effect collection.
Upon receipt of a payment in full or a compromised amount of a claim, USADF will prepare and execute a release.
USADF may suspend or terminate the Agency's collection actions on a debt where the outstanding debt principal does not exceed $100,000. Unless otherwise provided by DOJ regulations, USADF must refer all requests for suspension of debt exceeding $100,000 to the Commercial Litigation Branch, Civil Division, Department of Justice, for approval. If prior to referral to DOJ, USADF determines that a debt is plainly erroneous or clearly without legal merit, the Agency may terminate collection activity regardless of the amount involved without obtaining DOJ concurrence. USADF may waive the assessment of interest, penalty charges and administrative costs during the period of the suspension. Suspension will be for an estimated time period and generally will be reviewed at least every six months to ensure the continued propriety of the suspension.
(a) USADF may suspend collection action on a debt when:
(1) The debtor cannot be located;
(2) The debtor's financial condition is expected to improve; or
(3) The debtor has requested a waiver or review of the debt.
(b) Based on the current financial condition of the debtor, USADF may suspend collection activity on a debt when the debtor's future prospects justify retention of the claim for periodic review, and:
(1) The applicable statute of limitations has not expired; or
(2) Future collection can be effected by offset; or
(3) The debtor agrees to pay interest on the debt and suspension is likely to enhance the debtor's ability to fully pay the principal amount of the debt with interest at a later date.
(c) USADF will suspend collection activity during the time required for waiver consideration or administrative review prior to agency collection of a debt if the statute under which the request is sought prohibits the Agency from collecting the debt during that time. USADF will ordinarily suspend collection action during the pendency of its consideration of a waiver request or administrative review where statute and regulation preclude refund of amounts collected by the Agency should the debtor prevail.
(d) USADF may suspend collection activities on debts of $100,000 or less during the pendency of a permissive waiver or administrative review when there is no statutory requirement and where it determines that:
(1) There is a reasonable possibility that waiver will be granted and the debtor may be found not owing the debt (in whole or in part);
(2) The Government's interest is protected, if suspension is granted, by the reasonable assurance that the debt can be recovered if the debtor does not prevail; or
(3) Collection of the debt will cause undue hardship to the debtor.
(e) USADF will decline to suspend collection where it determines that the request for waiver or administrative review is frivolous or was made primarily to delay collection.
USADF may terminate collection actions including accrued interest, penalty and administrative costs, where the debt principal does not exceed $100,000. If the debt exceeds $100,000, USADF must obtain the approval from DOJ to terminate further collection actions. Unless otherwise provided for by DOJ regulations, requests to terminate collection on debts in excess of $100,000 are referred to the Commercial Litigation Branch, Civil Division, Department of Justice, for approval.
A debt may be terminated where USADF determines that:
(a) The Government cannot collect or enforce collection of any significant sum from the debtor, having due regard for available judicial remedies, the debtor's ability to pay, and the exemptions available to the debtor under State and Federal law;
(b) The debtor cannot be located, there is no security remaining to be liquidated, and the prospects of collecting by offset are too remote to justify retention of the claim;
(c) The cost of further collection action is likely to exceed the amount recoverable;
(d) The claim is determined to be legally without merit or enforcement of the debt is barred by any applicable statute of limitations;
(e) The evidence necessary to prove the claim cannot be produced or the necessary witnesses are unavailable and efforts to induce voluntary payment have failed; or
(f) The debt against the debtor has been discharged in bankruptcy.
Termination ceases active collection of a debt. However, termination does not preclude the Agency from retaining a record of the account for purposes of:
(a) Selling the debt if the CFO determines that such sale is in the best interests of USADF;
(b) Pursuing collection at a subsequent date in the event there is a change in the debtor's status or a new collection tool becomes available;
(c) Offsetting against future income or assets not available at the time of termination of collection activity; or
(d) Screening future applicants for prior indebtedness.
USADF will generally terminate collection activity on a debt that has been discharged in bankruptcy regardless of the amount. However, USADF may continue collection activity subject to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code for any payments provided under a plan of reorganization. The CFO will seek legal advice from the General Counsel's office if s/he believes that any claims or offsets may have survived the discharge of a debtor.
Before discharging a delinquent debt, USADF will make a determination that collection action is no longer warranted and request that litigation counsel release any liens of record securing the debt. Discharge of indebtedness is distinct from termination or suspension of collection activity and is governed by the Internal Revenue Code. When collection action on a debt is suspended or terminated, the debt remains delinquent and further collection action may be pursued at a later date in accordance with the standards set forth in this part. When a debt is discharged in full or in part, further collection action is prohibited and USADF must terminate all debt collection activities.
Upon discharge of a debt, USADF will report the discharge to the IRS in accordance with the requirements of 26 U.S.C. 6050P and 26 CFR 1.6050P-1. USADF may request the Bureau of Fiscal Services of the Department of Treasury to file such a discharge report to the IRS on the agency's behalf.
Unless otherwise provided by DOJ regulations or procedures, USADF will refer for litigation debts of more than $2,500 but less than $1,000,000 to the Department of Justice's Nationwide Central Intake Facility as required by the Claims Collection Litigation Report (CCLR) instructions. Debts of over $1,000,000 shall be referred to the Civil Division at the Department of Justice. Any debt involving fraud, false claim, and misrepresentation will be referred to the Department of Justice.
(a) USADF will transfer legally enforceable debt to BFS 90 days after the Bill for Collection or demand letter is issued. A debt is legally enforceable if there has been a final agency determination that the debt is due and there are no legal bars to collection action. A debt is not legally enforceable for purposes of mandatory transfer to BFS if it is the subject of a pending administrative review process required by statute or regulation and collection action during the review process is prohibited.
(b) Except as set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, USADF will transfer any debt covered by this part that is more than 180 days delinquent to BFS for debt collection services. A debt is 180 days delinquent for purposes of this section if it is 180 days past due and is legally enforceable.
USADF is not required to transfer a debt to BFS pursuant to § 1506.37(b) during the period of time that the debt:
(a) Is in litigation or foreclosure;
(b) Is scheduled for sale;
(c) Is at a private collection contractor;
(d) Is at a debt collection center if the debt has been referred to a Treasury-designated debt collection center;
(e) Is being collected by internal offset; or
(f) Is covered by an exemption granted by Treasury.
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission.
Final rule.
The Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (“OSHRC”) revises its regulations implementing the Freedom of Information Act (“FOIA”). These revisions account for statutory amendments included in the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016 (“FOIA Improvement Act”), as well as the addition of procedures pertaining to confidential commercial information and preservation of records, clarifications of existing procedures, and updates to contact information.
Effective December 27, 2016.
Noelle Chadwick, OSHRC's FOIA Public Liaison, by telephone at (202) 606-5410 or email at
OSHRC is publishing a final rule revising its regulations implementing the FOIA. On November 30, 2016, OSHRC published for comment a notice of proposed rulemaking (“NPRM”), at 81 FR 86297, that proposed revisions to OSHRC's regulations at 29 CFR part 2201, implementing the FOIA, 5 U.S.C. 552. Interested persons were afforded an opportunity to participate in the rulemaking process through the submission of written comments on the NPRM. OSHRC received comments from the National Archives and Records Administration (“NARA”) suggesting two minor changes: (1) Changing the word “mediation” to “dispute resolution” in two places to reflect an anticipated new regulation from NARA's Office of Government Information Services (“OGIS”) that clarifies for requesters the difference between formal mediation and the broader services OGIS provides; and (2) changing the reference to a General Records Schedule pertaining to the preservation of records, as General Records Schedule 4.2 recently replaced (in part) General Records Schedule 14. OSHRC received no other public comments suggesting changes to the proposed regulations. OSHRC updated the Web site address containing information for the FOIA Requester Service Center, modified the proposed regulations in light of NARA's comments, reviewed the proposed regulations and adopts them in this final rule.
OSHRC makes several substantive and procedural revisions to its regulations implementing the FOIA that fall within four general categories. First, OSHRC modifies its existing FOIA regulations to reflect the amendments to the FOIA contained in the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, Public Law 114-185. The FOIA Improvement Act amended various practices under the FOIA, such as requiring notification to requesters of the right to seek dispute resolution at various times throughout the FOIA process from OGIS, a ninety-day minimum time period to file administrative appeals, and limitations on assessing certain fees and exceptions to those limitations.
Second, OSHRC revises its regulations to further clarify and update its procedures relating to the submission and processing of FOIA requests.
Third, OSHRC adds a new section to its regulations establishing procedures to notify submitters of records containing confidential commercial information when those records are requested under the FOIA, in compliance with Executive Order 12,600.
Fourth, OSHRC adds a new section to its regulations explaining the procedure
Accordingly, OSHRC revises its regulations implementing the FOIA. The specific amendments to each section of 29 CFR part 2201 are discussed hereafter in regulatory sequence.
In 29 CFR 2201.3, OSHRC revises paragraph (a) to direct requestors to OSHRC's FOIA Reference Guide for further information. OSHRC revises paragraph (c) explaining the role of the FOIA Public Liaison. OSHRC also revises paragraph (d) to update the contact information for the FOIA Requester Service Center, including the web address previously identified in the proposed rule.
In 29 CFR 2201.4, OSHRC revises a reference to another section of the regulations included in paragraph (a). OSHRC removes paragraph (b) regarding examination of records in cases appealed to courts as the provision is no longer necessary. OSHRC revises new paragraph (b), previously paragraph (c), to update the list of records available at the OSHRC e-FOIA Reading Room. In response to the codification of the “Rule of 3” in the FOIA Improvement Act, OSHRC also adds to new paragraph (b) that it will make publicly available copies of records that have been released to a person under the FOIA and have been requested three or more times. OSHRC revises new paragraph (c), previously paragraph (d), to clarify the location of records available onsite at the OSHRC National Office. OSHRC changes paragraph (e) to paragraph (d) due to the removal of paragraph (b) in this section.
In 29 CFR 2201.5, OSHRC revises paragraph (a) to clarify the procedure for how to make a FOIA request regarding the ability to submit a request in multiple ways, including by email and OSHRC's online FOIA request form. OSHRC changes paragraph (b) to describe the procedures for a requester making a request for records about himself or herself. OSHRC adds paragraph (c) to describe the procedure enabling a requester to receive greater access when a request for records pertains to another individual. OSHRC also adds paragraph (d) to explain what elements should be included in the description of records in a FOIA request. OSHRC adds paragraph (e), previously included in part in another paragraph in this section, to explain the procedure for requests regarding the preferred form or format of a response. OSHRC adds paragraph (f) to describe the necessary contact information to be provided by a requestor. OSHRC further adds paragraph (g), previously included in another paragraph of this section, to describe how OSHRC determines the date of receipt of a FOIA request and revises the reference in this paragraph to reflect the changes to paragraph designations in a subsequent section.
In 29 CFR 2201.6, OSHRC revises paragraphs (c) and (f) to include notification to the requestor of the availability of assistance from the FOIA Public Liaison and the right to seek dispute resolution services from OGIS. OSHRC also revises the references in paragraph (f) to reflect the changes to paragraph designations in subsequent sections. OSHRC revises paragraph (h) to reflect changes to the procedure notifying a requester of the tracking number assigned to the FOIA request.
OSHRC redesignates 29 CFR 2201.7 to 29 CFR 2201.10 as 29 CFR 2201.8 to 29 CFR 2201.11, respectively, and then adds a new 29 CFR 2201.7. This new section pertains to “confidential commercial information,” and describes this type of information and how it is designated as such by a submitter, the circumstances under which OSHRC must notify the submitter of such information when it is contained in records requested under the FOIA, exceptions to this notice requirement, and the process for the submitter to object to the disclosure of such information.
In redesignated 29 CFR 2201.8, OSHRC revises paragraph (a) to explain that OSHRC shall charge fees in accordance with the Uniform Freedom of Information Fee Schedule and Guidelines published by the Office of Management and Budget. OSHRC also revises paragraph (b) to explain the limitations on assessing certain fees and exceptions to those limitations, as well as revises a reference to the Commission. OSHRC revises paragraphs (h) and (i) to reflect the change in name for the Commission's Office of the Executive Director. OSHRC revises the references in this entire section to reflect the changes to paragraph designations in previous and subsequent sections.
In redesignated 29 CFR 2201.9, OSHRC revises the reference in this section to reflect the changes to paragraph designations in a previous section.
In redesignated 29 CFR 2201.10, OSHRC adds paragraph (a) to revise the time period to file an appeal, as well as identify information to be included with the appeal. OSHRC adds paragraph (b) to clarify the procedure for adjudication of appeals. OSHRC also adds paragraph (c) to explain the content of and procedure for decisions on appeals. OSHRC adds paragraph (d) to explain the process of dispute resolution provided by OGIS. In response to comments from NARA, OSHRC changes the word “mediation” to “dispute resolution” in paragraphs (c) and (d) of the proposed rule. OSHRC also adds paragraph (e) to describe the requirements for seeking review by a court of an adverse determination by OSHRC.
In redesignated 29 CFR 2201.11, OSHRC revises a reference to OSHRC's Web site.
OSHRC adds a new section at 29 CFR 2201.12 on the procedures for preserving records pertaining to FOIA requests. In response to comments from NARA, OSHRC revises a reference in this section of the proposed rule from “the General Records Schedule 14” to “the applicable General Records Schedule.”
Freedom of information.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, OSHRC amends 29 CFR part 2201 as follows:
29 U.S.C. 661(g); 5 U.S.C. 552.
(d) OSHRC establishes a FOIA Requester Service Center that shall be staffed by the FOIA Disclosure Officer(s) and FOIA Public Liaison(s). The address of the FOIA Requester Service Center is 1120 20th Street NW., 9th Floor, Washington, DC 20036-3457. The telephone number, fax number and additional contact information for the FOIA Requester Service Center is located on the agency's Web site at:
(1) The date on which the agency originally received the request; and
(2) An estimated date on which the agency will complete action on the request.
(b)
(1) Final decisions, including concurring and dissenting opinions, remand orders, as well as Administrative Law Judge decisions pending OSHRC review, briefing notices, and other significant orders;
(5) Copies of records that have been released to a person under the FOIA that, because of the subject matter, the Commission determines have become or are likely to become the subject of subsequent requests for substantially the same records, or that have been requested three or more times, as well as records the Commission determines absent a FOIA request could be of significant public interest; and
(6) A general index of records referred to under paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
(c)
(a)
(b) A requester who is making a request for records about himself or herself must comply with verification of identity requirements as required by 29 CFR 2400.6 in OSHRC's Privacy Act regulations.
(c) Where a request for records pertains to another individual, a requester may receive greater access by submitting either a notarized authorization signed by that individual or a declaration made in compliance with the requirements set forth in 28 U.S.C. 1746 by that individual authorizing disclosure of the records to the requester, or by submitting proof that the individual is deceased (
(d)
(e) Requests may specify the preferred form or format (including electronic formats) of the response. The FOIA Disclosure Officer shall honor a requester's specified preference of form or format of disclosure if the record is readily reproducible with reasonable efforts in the requested form or format. When a requester does not specify the preferred form or format of the response, the FOIA Disclosure Officer shall respond in the form or format in which the record is most accessible to the Commission.
(f) The requester must provide contact information, such as a phone number, email address, and/or mailing address, to facilitate the agency's communication with the requester.
(g)
(c)
(f)
(h)
(a)
(2)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) OSHRC determines that the information is exempt under the FOIA, and therefore will not be disclosed;
(2) The information has been lawfully published or has been officially made available to the public;
(3) Disclosure of the information is required by a statute other than the FOIA or by a regulation issued in accordance with the requirements of Executive Order 12600 of June 23, 1987; or
(4) The designation made by the submitter under paragraph (b) of this section appears obviously frivolous. In such case, OSHRC shall give the submitter written notice of any final decision to disclose the information within a reasonable number of days prior to a specified disclosure date.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2) * * *
(v)
(3)
(ii) If the Commission has determined that unusual circumstances, as defined in § 2201.6(b), apply and more than 5,000 pages are necessary to respond to the request, the Commission may charge search fees, or, in the case of requesters described in § 2201.8(b)(2)(ii), may charge duplication fees, if the Commission provided timely written notice of unusual circumstances to the requester in accordance with § 2201.6(b) and the Commission discussed with the requester via written mail, email, or telephone (or made not less than three good-faith attempts to do so) how the requester could effectively limit the scope of the request in accordance with the FOIA. If this exception is satisfied, the Commission may charge all applicable fees incurred in the processing of the request even if such processing extends beyond an additional 10 days.
(4) If a court has determined that exceptional circumstances exist, as defined in § 2201.4(d), a failure to comply with the time limits shall be excused for the length of time provided by the court order.
(5)
(h)
(i)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
OSHRC shall preserve all correspondence pertaining to FOIA requests, as well as copies of all requested records, until disposition or destruction is authorized pursuant to title 44 of the United States Code or the applicable General Records Schedule of the National Archives and Records Administration. OSHRC shall not dispose of or destroy records while they are the subject of a pending request, appeal or lawsuit under the FOIA.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of temporary deviation from regulations; request for comments.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the Chambers Creek Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad vertical lift railroad bridge across Chambers Creek, mile 0.01, near Steilacoom in Pierce County, WA. This deviation will test a change to the drawbridge operation schedule to determine whether a permanent change to the schedule is appropriate. This test deviation will change the requirement for a bridge operator, and modify the existing regulation to add an advance notification requirement for obtaining bridge openings during designated evening hours.
This deviation is effective from Midnight (12:01) on December 28, 2016 to Midnight (11:59) on June 23, 2017.
Comments and related material must reach the Coast Guard on or before June 15, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by docket number USCG-2016-0280 using Federal eRulemaking Portal at
See the “Public Participation and Request for Comments” portion of the
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Mr. Steven Fischer, Bridge Administrator, Thirteenth Coast Guard District; telephone 206-220-7282, email
The Chambers Creek Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad vertical lift railroad bridge across Chambers Creek, mile 0.01, near Steilacoom in Pierce County, WA, has a vertical clearance of 10ft in the closed-to-navigation position, and 50ft of vertical clearance in the open-to-navigation position (reference plane is MHW elevation of 12.2 feet). The bridge currently operates under 33 CFR 117.5.
The bridge owner, Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad, has observed minimal to no usage of the drawbridge between 10 p.m. and 6 a.m., and has requested to test this schedule to see if it better balances the needs of marine and rail traffic. The USCG conducted a test deviation from July 1, 2016 to December 27, 2016. However, only one bridge opening request was received during that time, and a quantitative ruling could not be made from the lack of data. The following facts support BNSF's proposal: (1) over the last 6 years only 2% of the subject bridge lifts have occurred between the hours of 10 p.m. and 6 a.m., which equates to approximately 5 openings a year, (2) from February 2009 to June 2015 there were 1932 total openings of which only 40 occurred between the hours of 10 p.m. and 6 a.m., and (3) the navigation traffic consists primarily of the tenants of Chambers Bay marina (recreational users) that are members of the Chambers Bay Boating Association.
The Coast Guard is publishing this temporary deviation to test the proposed schedule change to determine whether a permanent change to the schedule is appropriate to better balance the needs of marine and rail traffic. Under this temporary deviation, in effect from Midnight (12:01) on December 28, 2016 to Midnight (11:59) on June 23, 2017, the subject bridge shall open on signal, except from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least 4 hours notice is given. The bridge will be required to open as soon a possible, no later than 1 hour after notification, for vessels engaged in emergency response.
The Coast Guard will inform the users of the waterways of this temporary deviation through our Local and Broadcast Notices to Mariners and through direct outreach with the Chambers Creek Boating Association so that vessel operators can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation. Vessels able to pass underneath the bridge in the closed-to-navigation position may do so at any time. In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
We view public participation as essential to effective rulemaking, and will consider all comments and material received during the comment period. Your comment can help shape the outcome of this rulemaking. If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this rulemaking, indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Documents mentioned in this notice, and all public comments, are in our online docket at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by the Commonwealth of Kentucky, through the Kentucky Division for Air Quality (KDAQ) on August 9, 2016, that addresses reasonably available control measures (RACM) for the Kentucky portion of the Louisville, KY-IN, nonattainment area for the 1997 Annual fine particulate matter (PM
This rule will be effective January 26, 2017.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket Identification No. EPA-R04-OAR-2016-0526. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Madolyn Sanchez, Air Regulatory Management Section, Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, Region 4, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. Ms. Sanchez can be reached via telephone at (404) 562-9644 and via electronic mail at
In 1997, EPA promulgated the first air quality standards for PM
Originally, EPA designated all 1997 PM
In 2011, EPA determined that the bi-state Louisville Area had attained the 1997 Annual PM
On March 5, 2012, Kentucky submitted a request to redesignate the Kentucky portion of the bi-state Louisville Area to attainment for the 1997 Annual PM
In a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) published on October 21, 2016 (81 FR 72755), EPA proposed to conclude that Kentucky's Subpart 1 RACM determination meets the requirements of CAA section 172(c)(1) and to incorporate this RACM determination into the SIP. The details of Kentucky's SIP revision and the rationale for EPA's action are explained in the NPRM. Comments on the proposed rulemaking were due on or before November 21, 2016. EPA did not receive any adverse comments on the proposed action.
EPA is approving Kentucky's August 9, 2016, SIP revision addressing RACM requirements for the 1997 Annual PM
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable federal regulations.
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the Clean Air Act; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), nor will it impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by February 27, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides, Volatile organic compounds.
42. U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is finalizing approval of some elements of a July 13, 2015 state implementation plan (SIP) submittal from the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR) regarding the infrastructure requirements of section 110 of the Clean Air Act (CAA) for the 2012 fine particulate matter (PM
This final rule is effective on January 26, 2017.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-R05-OAR-2015-0529. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Jenny Liljegren, Physical Scientist, Attainment Planning and Maintenance Section, Air Programs Branch (AR18J), Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 886-6832,
Throughout this document whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA. This supplementary information section is arranged as follows:
This rulemaking addresses a July 13, 2015 infrastructure SIP submittal from WDNR for the 2012 PM
Under section 110(a)(1) and (2) of the CAA, states are required to submit infrastructure SIPs to ensure that their SIPs provide for implementation, maintenance, and enforcement of the NAAQS, including the 2012 PM
EPA highlighted this statutory requirement in an October 2, 2007 guidance document entitled “Guidance on SIP Elements Required Under Sections 110(a)(1) and (2) for the 1997 8-hour Ozone and PM
EPA is acting upon the SIP submittal from WDNR that addresses the infrastructure requirements of CAA section 110(a)(1) and (2) for the 2012 PM
EPA has historically referred to these SIP submittals made for the purpose of satisfying the requirements of CAA section 110(a)(1) and (2) as “infrastructure SIP” submittals. Although the term “infrastructure SIP” does not appear in the CAA, EPA uses the term to distinguish this particular type of SIP submittal from submittals that are intended to satisfy other SIP requirements under the CAA, such as SIP submittals that address the nonattainment planning requirements of part D of Title I of the CAA, the Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) requirements of part C of title I of the CAA, and “regional haze SIP” submittals required to address the visibility protection requirements of section 169A of the CAA.
This rulemaking will not cover three substantive areas that are not integral to acting on a state's infrastructure SIP submittals: (i) Existing provisions related to excess emissions during periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction (“SSM”) at sources that may be contrary to the CAA and EPA's policies addressing such excess emissions; (ii) existing provisions related to “director's variance” or “director's discretion,” which purport to permit revisions to SIP-approved emissions limits with limited public notice or without requiring further approval by EPA and may be contrary to the CAA; and, (iii) existing provisions for PSD programs that may be inconsistent with current requirements of EPA's “Final NSR Improvement Rule,” 67 FR 80186 (December 31, 2002), as amended by 72 FR 32526 (June 13, 2007). Instead, EPA has the authority to address each one of these substantive areas in separate rulemakings. A detailed history, interpretation, and rationale, as they relate to infrastructure SIP requirements, can be found in EPA's May 13, 2014, proposed rule entitled, “Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Illinois, Michigan, Minnesota, WDNR; Infrastructure SIP Requirements for the 2008 Lead NAAQS” in the section, “What is the scope of this rulemaking?” (
The public comment period for our proposed rulemaking with respect to WDNR's satisfaction of the infrastructure SIP requirements for the 2012 PM
Section 110(a)(2)(C) requires each state to provide a program for enforcement of all SIP measures. Under
Both MEA and Clean Wisconsin submitted comments regarding WDNR's “Guidance for Including PM
EPA is finalizing approval of most elements and deferring action on one element of a submittal from WDNR certifying that its current SIP is sufficient to meet the required infrastructure elements under section 110(a)(1) and (2) for the 2012 PM
EPA's actions for the state's satisfaction of infrastructure SIP requirements, by element of section 110(a)(2) and NAAQS, are contained in the table below.
In the above table, the key is as follows:
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the Clean Air Act; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by February 27, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (See section 307(b)(2).)
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(k) Approval—In a July 13, 2015, submission, WDNR certified that the state has satisfied the infrastructure SIP requirements of section 110(a)(2)(A) through (H), and (J) through (M) for the 2012 PM
Environmental Protection Agency.
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is taking final action to approve revisions to the New York State Implementation Plan (SIP) amending existing nonattainment New Source Review (NNSR) and attainment New Source Review (Prevention of Significant Deterioration of Air Quality, PSD) program requirements that the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) submitted to EPA on October 12, 2011. Specifically, the SIP revision includes new requirements pertaining to the regulation of particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter less than or equal to 2.5 micrometer (PM
This rule is effective on January 26, 2017.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID number EPA-R02-OAR-2016-0478. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Frank Jon, Air Programs Branch, Environmental Protection Agency, 290 Broadway, 25th Floor, New York, New York 10007-1866, (212) 637-4085; email address:
Throughout this document, references to “EPA,” “we,” “us,” or “our,” are intended to mean the Environmental Protection Agency. The supplementary information is arranged as follows:
On October 12, 2011, the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) submitted to EPA Region 2 a new set of revisions to the New York State Implementation Plan (SIP). This submittal consists of revisions to Title 6 of the New York Code of Rules and Regulations (6 NYCRR) Part 231, New Source Review for New and Modified Facilities; 6 NYCRR Part 200, General Provisions; and 6 NYCRR Part 201, Permits and Certificates. New York undertook this rulemaking to comply with EPA's May 16, 2008 NSR final rule for the regulation of particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter less than or equal to 2.5 micrometers (PM
The EPA is also taking action to approve certain elements of New York SIP revisions as meeting CAA section 110(a) requirements for the 2008 Pb, 2008 ozone, and 2010 SO
Under CAA sections 110(a)(1) and (2), states are required to submit SIPs that provide for the implementation, maintenance and enforcement of the NAAQS. The EPA refers to these types of SIP submissions as the “infrastructure” SIPs. States must make infrastructure SIP submissions within 3 years after the promulgation of a new or revised NAAQS. On November 12, 2008 (73 FR 66964), EPA promulgated a revised NAAQS for Pb, which is 0.15 micrograms per cubic meter of air (μg/m
This final action pertains only to the portions of the infrastructure SIPs submitted for the 2008 Pb, 2008 ozone, and 2010 SO
With respect to 6 NYCRR Part 200, the EPA is taking final action to approve into the New York SIP revisions to Section 200.1, specifically, subparts 200.1(bj), 200.1(bl), 200.1(cj), 200.1(cu) through 200.1(cv), together with revisions to Section 200.9, Table 1, as delineated in the New York October 12, 2011 submittal to EPA.
With respect to 6 NYCRR Part 201, the EPA is taking final action to approve into the New York SIP revisions to subpart 201-2.1(b)(21) with the exception of changes to the definitions in subparts 201-2.1(b)(21)(i) and 201-2.1(b)(21)(v) which were withdrawn by the NYSDEC.
With respect to 6 NYCRR part 231, the EPA is taking final action to approve all of part 231 into the New York SIP except certain revisions to part 231 which were withdrawn by the NYSDEC. The withdrawn revisions which are not being approved into the New York SIP are, as identified in EPA's September 15, 2016 proposal, certain portions of subpart 231-5.5(b)(3) and 231-6.6(b)(3), 231-10.1(d), 231-12.7 containing the Significant Impact Levels (SILs) for PM
In response to EPA's September 15, 2016 (81 FR 63448) proposed approval, the EPA received no comments during the public comment period.
The EPA is taking a final action to approve revisions of 6 NYCRR parts 200, 201, and 231 to the New York State Implementation Plan (SIP) as specified in Section II of this notice and submitted by the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) on October 12, 2011, with the exception of the NYSDEC withdrawn items listed in Section II of this notice.
EPA is also taking final action to approve New York's infrastructure SIP submittals for 2008 Pb, 2008 ozone, and 2010 SO
In this rule, EPA is finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of revised versions of 6 NYCRR Part 200, 6 NYCRR Part 201 and 6 NYCRR Part 231 described in the proposed amendments to 40 CFR part 52 set forth below. Therefore, these materials have been approved by EPA for inclusion in the State Implementation Plan, have been incorporated by reference by EPA into that plan, are fully federally enforceable under sections 110 and 113 of the CAA as of the effective date of the final rulemaking of EPA's approval, and will be incorporated by reference by the Director of the Federal Register in the next update to the SIP compilation.
Under the Clean Air Act, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the Clean Air Act. Accordingly, this action merely approves State law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by State law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the Clean Air Act; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, this rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175, because the SIP is not approved to apply in Indian country located in the State, and EPA
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by February 27, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (See section 307(b)(2).)
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Lead, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides, Volatile organic compounds.
Part 52, chapter I, title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
The additions read as follows:
(c) * * *
(e) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
Pursuant to the Federal Clean Air Act (CAA or the Act) the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving the State of Louisiana's request to redesignate the five-parish Baton Rouge Nonattainment Area (BRNA or Area) for the 2008 8-hour ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS or standard) to attainment. EPA is also approving a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision containing a maintenance plan for the area, including motor vehicle emission budgets (MVEBs) for nitrogen oxides (NO
This rule is effective on January 26, 2017.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-R06-OAR-2016-0293. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Wendy Jacques, (214) 665-7395,
Throughout this document “we,” “us,” and “our” means the EPA.
The background for this action is discussed in detail in our November 4, 2016 proposal (81 FR 76891). In that document we proposed to determine that the BRNA continues to attain the 2008 ozone NAAQS; to approve into the SIP Louisiana's plan for maintaining the 2008 ozone NAAQS (maintenance plan), including the associated MVEBs; and to redesignate the BRNA to attainment for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. We did not receive any comments regarding our proposal.
Approval of Louisiana's redesignation request changes the legal designation of the BRNA as found at 40 CFR part 81, from nonattainment to attainment for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. Approval of Louisiana's associated SIP revision also incorporates a plan for maintaining the 2008 ozone NAAQS in the BRNA through 2027 into the SIP. This maintenance plan includes contingency measures to remedy any future violations of the 2008 ozone NAAQS and procedures for evaluation of potential violations. The maintenance plan also establishes NO
We are approving the State of Louisiana's request to redesignate the BRNA for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS to attainment; and the associated maintenance plan SIP revision for the area, including NO
Under the Clean Air Act, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, the EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the Clean Air Act. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the Clean Air Act; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by February 27, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (See section 307(b)(2).)
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
42 U.S.C. 7401
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), Interior.
Final rule.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), revise the regulations concerning enhancement-of-survival permits issued under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA), associated with Candidate Conservation Agreements with Assurances. We added the term “net conservation benefit” to the Candidate Conservation Agreements with Assurances regulations, and eliminated references to “other necessary properties” to clarify the level of conservation effort we require each agreement to include in order for us to approve a Candidate Conservation Agreement with Assurances. We also made these changes to the Candidate Conservation Agreement with Assurances policy in a separate document published in today's
This rule is effective on January 26, 2017.
This final rule is available on the Internet at
Jeff Newman, Chief, Division of Recovery and Restoration, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Headquarters, MS: ES, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803; telephone 703-358-2171.
Through its Candidate Conservation Program, one of the FWS's goals is to encourage the public to voluntarily develop and implement conservation plans for declining species prior to them being listed under the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1531
To participate in a CCAA, non-Federal property owners agree to implement specific conservation actions on their land that reduce or eliminate threats to the species that are covered under the agreement. An ESA section 10(a)(1)(A) Enhancement-of-survival permit is issued to the agreement participant providing a specific level of incidental take coverage should the property owner's agreed-upon conservation actions and routine property management actions (
Based on our experience reviewing and approving CCAAs over the past 16 years, on May 4, 2016 (81 FR 26769), we proposed to change the regulations that clarify the level of conservation effort each agreement needs to include in order for FWS to approve an agreement and issue a permit. In addition to the clarification of the CCAA regulations, we also sought to better align the CCAA regulations with the Safe Harbor Agreement (SHA) regulations. Safe Harbor Agreements are a conservation tool for non-federal property owners that aid in recovery of listed species that are similar to CCAAs in that they also require a net conservation benefit. On May 4, 2016, we also published in the
Based on comments we received on the proposed rule and to further clarify the level of conservation effort a CCAA needs to meet, we include the following changes in this final rule:
(1) We revised the issuance criteria at 50 CFR 17.22(d)(2)(ii) and 17.32(d)(2)(ii) to include language indicating that a CCAA must provide a net conservation benefit consistent with the CCAA policy. The previous version of the regulations simply referred to compliance with the CCAA policy and did not specify that a CCAA must provide a net conservation benefit. Our intent is to be more clear and transparent about the level of conservation effort required for each CCAA to be approved; this change also better aligns the regulations with the CCAA policy. In addition, these changes help to accomplish our goal of aligning the CCAA regulations with the SHA regulations.
(2) In the draft regulations, we proposed revisions to the language on duration at 50 CFR 17.22(d)(8) and 17.32(d)(8) to include the full definition of “net conservation benefit” that we also included in the draft revised policy that was published in the
(3) We have made nonsubstantive editorial changes to the rule language at 50 CFR 17.22(d) and 17.32(d) to ensure consistent terminology and ease public understanding.
On May 4, 2016, we published a document in the
We revised the CCAA regulations at 50 CFR 17.22(d) and 17.32(d) consistent with the revisions to the CCAA policy published separately in today's
Under the original policy and regulations from 1999, to approve a CCAA we had to “determine that the benefits of the conservation measures implemented by a property owner under a CCAA, when combined with those benefits that would be achieved if it is assumed that conservation measures were also to be implemented on other necessary properties, would preclude or remove any need to list the covered species.” This language had led some property owners to believe that the FWS expected each individual CCAA to provide enough conservation benefits to the species to remove any need to list the species. This confusion created by the hypothetical concept of conservation measures needing to be implemented on “other necessary properties” is why we are clarifying and revising the CCAA standard to require a net conservation benefit to the covered species specifically on the property to be enrolled and eliminating references to “other necessary properties.” In addition to clarifying the CCAA standard, through these changes we are also better aligning the CCAA regulations with the SHA regulations, as discussed above.
In concert with the revisions to our CCAA policy, published elsewhere in today's
Executive Order 12866 provides that the Office of Management and Budget's Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs will review all significant rules. The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has determined that this rule is not significant.
Executive Order 13563 reaffirms the principles of E.O. 12866 while calling for improvements in the nation's regulatory system to promote predictability, to reduce uncertainty, and to use the best, most innovative, and least burdensome tools for achieving regulatory ends. The executive order directs agencies to consider regulatory approaches that reduce burdens and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public where these approaches are relevant, feasible, and consistent with regulatory objectives. E.O. 13563 emphasizes further that regulations must be based on the best available science and that the rulemaking process must allow for public participation and an open exchange of ideas. We have developed this rule in a manner consistent with these requirements. This rule is consistent with E.O. 13563, and in particular with the requirement of retrospective analysis of existing rules, designed “to make the agency's regulatory program more effective or less burdensome in achieving the regulatory objectives.”
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) of 1996; 5 U.S.C. 601
The rule revises the regulations governing issuance of an enhancement-of-survival permit in conjunction with a CCAA to clarify—but not change—current practice and does not place any new requirements on any non-Federal property owner that may seek to apply for approval of a CCAA.
This rule does not contain any new collections of information that require approval by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501
In accordance with the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501
(a) On the basis of information contained in the
(b) This rule would not produce a Federal mandate on State, local, or tribal governments or the private sector of $100 million or greater in any year; that is, this rule is not a “significant regulatory action” under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act. This rule imposes no obligations on State, local, or tribal governments.
In accordance with Executive Order 12630, this rule would not have significant takings implications. This
In accordance with Executive Order 13132, we have considered whether this rule would have significant Federalism effects and have determined that a federalism summary impact statement is not required. This rule pertains only to approving enhancement-of-survival permits in conjunction with a CCAA under the ESA, and would not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the Federal Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This rule does not unduly burden the judicial system and meets the applicable standards provided in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of E.O. 12988. This rule would clarify the issuance criteria for an enhancement-of-survival permit associated with a CCAA under the ESA.
In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994, “Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments” (59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175, and the Department of the Interior's manual at 512 DM 2, we readily acknowledge our responsibility to communicate meaningfully with recognized Federal Tribes on a government-to-government basis. We have considered possible effects on federally recognized Indian tribes and have determined that there are no potential adverse effects of issuing this rule. Our intent is to provide clarity in regard to the net conservation benefit requirements for a CCAA to be approved, including any agreements in which Tribes may choose to participate. We will continue to keep our tribal obligations in mind as we implement this rule.
We analyzed the regulations in accordance with the criteria of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4332(c)), the Council on Environmental Quality's Regulations for Implementing the Procedural Provisions of NEPA (40 CFR 1500-1508), and the Department of the Interior's NEPA procedures (516 DM 2 and 8; 43 CFR part 46) and determined that the regulations are categorically excluded from NEPA documentation requirements consistent with 40 CFR 1508.4 and 43 CFR 46.210(i). This categorical exclusion applies to policies, directives, regulations, and guidelines that are “of an administrative, financial, legal, technical, or procedural nature.” This action does not trigger an extraordinary circumstance, as outlined in 43 CFR 46.215, applicable to the categorical exclusion. Therefore, the regulations do not constitute a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment.
Executive Order 13211 requires agencies to prepare Statements of Energy Effects when undertaking certain actions. This rule is not expected to affect energy supplies, distribution, or use. Therefore, this action is not a significant energy action, and no Statement of Energy Effects is required.
Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.
Accordingly, we hereby amend part 17, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:
16 U.S.C. 1361-1407; 1531-1544; and 4201-4245, unless otherwise noted.
(d) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) The implementation of the terms of the CCAA is reasonably expected to provide a net conservation benefit to the affected covered species by contributing to the conservation of the species included in the permit, and the CCAA otherwise complies with the Candidate Conservation Agreement with Assurances policy available from the Service;
(8)
(d) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) The implementation of the terms of the CCAA is reasonably expected to provide a net conservation benefit to the affected covered species by contributing to the conservation of the species included in the permit, and the CCAA otherwise complies with the Candidate Conservation Agreement with Assurances policy available from the Service;
(8)
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Final rule.
In accordance with the framework procedures for adjusting management measures of the Fishery Management Plan for the Shrimp Fishery of the Gulf of Mexico (Gulf FMP), NMFS makes administrative revisions to the Bycatch Reduction Device Testing Manual (BRD Manual). The BRD Manual contains procedures for the testing and certification of BRDs for use in shrimp trawls in the exclusive economic zone (EEZ) in the Gulf of Mexico (Gulf) and South Atlantic. The changes to the BRD Manual remove outdated or obsolete data collection forms previously appended to the BRD Manual, and revise the text to make several procedural steps outlined in the BRD Manual clearer and easier to understand. The purpose of these revisions is to increase understanding of the BRD certification protocols.
This final rule is effective January 26, 2017.
For the complete BRD Manual, contact the Southeast Regional Office, Sustainable Fisheries Division at 727-824-5305, or download the BRD Manual from the Southeast Regional Office Web site at
Susan Gerhart, NMFS Southeast Regional Office, telephone: 727-824-5305, email:
The shrimp fishery in the Gulf EEZ is managed under the Gulf FMP. The Gulf FMP was prepared by the Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council (Gulf Council) and is implemented by NMFS under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act) by regulations at 50 CFR part 622.
The shrimp fishery in the South Atlantic EEZ is managed under the FMP for the Shrimp Fishery of the South Atlantic Region (South Atlantic FMP). The South Atlantic FMP was prepared by the South Atlantic Fishery Management Council (South Atlantic Council) and is implemented by NMFS under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Act by regulations at 50 CFR part 622.
On September 29, 2016, NMFS published a proposed rule for the revisions to the BRD Manual and requested public comment (81 FR 66912). The proposed rule outlines the rationale for the action contained in this final rule. A summary of the BRD Manual revisions implemented by this final rule is provided below.
The BRD Manual contains procedures for the testing and certification process of BRDs required for use in shrimp trawls in the Gulf and South Atlantic EEZs. NMFS has revised some text and instructions in the BRD Manual to make the manual clearer and easier to understand. Over time, the various data collection forms used by NMFS have been revised or discarded, making many of the forms included in the appendices to BRD Manual obsolete. NMFS has removed the applicable forms and revised the text within the BRD Manual to remove references to those forms. In addition, this final rule revises the instructions to state the required information that an applicant must submit for the testing and certification process. This information was previously on the now obsolete forms. Last, NMFS has revised the BRD Manual to use consistent terms.
The changes to the BRD Manual were presented to the Gulf and South Atlantic Councils for their consideration and no substantive comments were received from either Council regarding these administrative changes.
These changes to management measures do not add to or change any existing Federal regulations. Therefore, no codified text is associated with these changes to management measures.
No comments were received on either the BRD Manual or the proposed rule.
The Regional Administrator for the NMFS Southeast Region has determined that this final rule is consistent with the Gulf and South Atlantic FMPs, the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable laws.
This final rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
The Magnuson-Stevens Act provides the statutory basis for this rule. No duplicative, overlapping, or conflicting Federal rules have been identified. In addition, no new reporting, record-keeping, or other compliance requirements are introduced by this final rule.
The Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration during the proposed rule stage that this rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The factual basis for this determination was published in the proposed rule and is not repeated here. No comments were received regarding the certification and NMFS has not received any new information that would affect its determination. As a result, a final regulatory flexibility analysis is not required and none was prepared.
The following appendix will publish in the
This Bycatch Reduction Device Testing Manual (BRD Manual) establishes a standardized process for evaluating whether bycatch reduction device (BRD) candidates meet the established bycatch reduction criterion. BRDs that meet the criterion can be certified for use in the EEZ by the southeastern shrimp fishery. Requirements for BRDs used in shrimp trawls in the Gulf of Mexico and South Atlantic can be found in 50 CFR part 622.
The requirement to use BRDs in state waters varies by state. Persons wishing to conduct BRD candidate tests exclusively in state waters do not need to apply to the National Marine Fisheries Service (NOAA Fisheries) for authorization to conduct these tests but should contact the appropriate state officials for authorizations. However, for NOAA Fisheries to certify a BRD candidate for use in Federal waters, tests conducted in state waters must meet the criteria for the operations plan and data collection procedures established in this manual.
Persons interested in evaluating the effectiveness of a BRD candidate to reduce finfish from a shrimp trawl must apply for, receive, and have on board the approved vessel(s) during the test, a Gear Test Authorization (GTA) from the NOAA Fisheries Southeast Regional Office Regional Administrator (RA). To receive a GTA, the applicant must submit the following documentation to the RA: (1) Name, address, and contact information of the applicant; (2) a list of vessels to be used during the sampling program, including the vessels' U.S. Coast Guard documentation numbers or state registration numbers; (3) name, address, and contact information of the vessel owners and/or vessel operators; (4) a brief statement of the purpose and goal of the activity for which the GTA is requested; (5) an operations plan (see Section C below) describing the scope, duration, dates, and location of the test, and methods that will be used to conduct the test; (6) an 8.5 inch × 11 inch (21.6 cm × 27.9 cm) diagram drawn to scale of the BRD candidate design; (7) an 8.5 inch × 11 inch (21.6 cm × 27.9 cm) diagram drawn to scale of the BRD in the shrimp trawl; and (8) a description of the mechanism by which the BRD candidate is expected to exclude finfish.
An applicant requesting an GTA to test an unapproved turtle excluder device (TED) as a BRD (including modifications to a certified TED where the modifications would make the configuration of the TED illegal) must first apply for and obtain from the RA an experimental TED authorization pursuant to 50 CFR 223.207(e)(2). Applicants should contact the Protected Resources Division of NOAA Fisheries Southeast Regional Office for further information. The GTA applicant must include a copy of that authorization with the application.
Incomplete applications will be returned to the applicant along with a letter from the RA indicating what actions the applicant may take to make the application complete.
There is no cost to the applicant for the RA's administrative expenses such as reviewing applications, issuing GTA, evaluating test results, or certifying BRDs. However, all other costs associated with the actual testing activities are the responsibility of the applicant, or any associated sponsor.
If an application for a GTA is denied, the RA will provide a letter of explanation to the applicant, together with relevant recommendations to address the deficiencies that resulted in the denial.
Issuance of a GTA to test a BRD candidate in the South Atlantic or Gulf of Mexico allows the applicant to remove or disable the existing certified BRD in one outboard net (to create a control net), and to place the BRD candidate in another outboard net in lieu of a certified BRD (to create an experimental net). All other trawls under tow during the
An operations plan should be submitted with the application describing a method to compare the catches of shrimp and fish in a control net (net without a BRD candidate installed) to the catches of the same species in an experimental net (a net configured identically to the control net but also equipped with the BRD candidate).
The applicant may choose to conduct a pre-certification test of a prototype BRD candidate. A pre-certification test would be conducted when the intent is to assess the preliminary effectiveness of a prototype BRD candidate under field conditions, and to make modifications to the prototype BRD candidate during the field test. For pre-certification testing, the operations plan must include only a description of the scope, duration, dates, and location of the test, along with a description of methods that will be used to conduct the test. No observer is required for a pre-certification test, but the applicant may choose to use an observer to maintain a written record of the test. The applicant will maintain a written record for both the control and experimental net during each tow. Mandatory data collection is limited to the weight of the shrimp catch and the weight of the total finfish catch in each test net during each tow. Although not required, the applicant may wish to incorporate some or all the certification test requirements listed below.
For a BRD candidate to be considered for certification, the operations plan must be more detailed and address the following topics:
• The primary assumption in assessing the bycatch reduction effectiveness of a BRD candidate during paired net tests is that the inclusion of the BRD candidate in the experimental net is the only factor causing a difference in catch from the control net. Therefore, the nets to be used in the tests must be calibrated (tuned) to minimize, to the extent practicable, any net/side bias in catch efficiency prior to beginning a test series, and tuned again after any gear modification or change. Additional information on tuning shrimp trawls to minimize bias is available from NOAA Fisheries, Harvesting Technology Branch, Mississippi Laboratories, Pascagoula Facility, 3209 Frederic Street, Pascagoula, MS 39567; phone 601-762-4591.
• A standard tow time for a proposed evaluation should be defined. Tow times must be representative of the tow times used by commercial shrimp trawlers. The applicant should indicate what alternatives will be considered should the proposed tow time need adjustment once the test begins.
• A minimum sample size of 30 successful tows using a specific BRD candidate design is required for the statistical analysis described in Section F. No alterations of the BRD candidate design are allowed during a specific test series. If the BRD candidate design is altered, a new test series must be started. If a gear change (
• For tests conducted on twin-rig vessels (one net on the port side and one net on the starboard side), biases that might result from the use of a try net should be minimized. Total fishing times for a try net must be a consistent percentage of the total tow time during each tow made in the test.
• To incorporate any potential net/side bias that remains after the tuning tows (
• Mandatory data to be collected during a test includes: (1) Detailed vessel and gear specifications and (2) pertinent information concerning the location, duration, and catch from individual tows as set forth in forms available from the Science and Research Director (SRD) of the Southeast Fisheries Science Center. Applicants should contact the NOAA Fisheries, Galveston Laboratory, 4700 Avenue U, Galveston, TX 77551; phone 409-766-3500.
• Following each paired tow, the catches from the control and experimental nets must be examined separately. This requires that the catch from each net be kept separate from each other, as well as from the catch taken in other nets fished during that tow. Mandatory data collections include recording the weight of the total catch of each test net (control and experimental nets), and the weight of the total shrimp catch (
• To determine the total finfish catch in each test net, two procedures may be used under different conditions. If the total catch in a net does not fill one standard 1-bushel (ca. 10 gal or 30 L) polyethylene shrimp basket (ca. 70 lb [31.8 kg] of catch), but the tow is otherwise considered successful, data must be collected on the entire catch of the net, and recorded as a “select” sample, indicating that the values represent the total catch of the particular net. If the catch in a net exceeds 70 lb (31.8 kg), a well-mixed sample consisting of one standard 1-bushel [ca. 10 gal] (30 L) polyethylene shrimp basket must be taken from the total catch of the net. The total weight of the sample must be recorded, as well as the weight (and number as applicable) of finfish in aggregate.
• The forms available from the SRD include record keeping opportunities for additional species; collection of this information is optional for certification evaluation purposes. However, applicants testing BRD candidates are encouraged to collect additional information that may be pertinent to addressing bycatch issues in their respective regions. For example, in the western Gulf of Mexico applicants are especially encouraged to collect information on the bycatch of juvenile red snapper. Such data collection would follow the same procedure as sampling the total finfish catch.
The operations plan should address what the applicant will do should it become necessary to deviate from the primary procedures outlined in the operations plan. The plan should describe in detail what will be done to continue the test in a reasonable manner that is consistent with the primary procedures. For example, it may become necessary to alter the pre-selected tow time to adapt to local fishing conditions to successfully complete the test. Prior to issuing a GTA, the RA may consult with evaluation personnel to review the acceptability of these proposed alterations.
It is the responsibility of the applicant to ensure that a qualified observer is on board the vessel during the certification tests. Observers may include employees or individuals acting on behalf of NOAA Fisheries, state fishery management agencies, universities, or private industry. Any change in information or testing circumstances, such as replacement of the observer, must be reported to the RA within 30 days. Under 50 CFR 600.746, when any fishing vessel is required to carry an observer as part of a mandatory observer program under the Magnuson Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1801,
A report on the BRD candidate test results must be submitted by the applicant or associated sponsor before the RA will consider the BRD for certification. The report must contain a comprehensive description of the test, copies of all completed data forms used during the test, and photographs, drawings, and similar material describing the BRD. The report must include a description and explanation of any unanticipated deviations from the operations plan that
The RA will determine whether the required reports and supporting materials are sufficient to evaluate the BRD candidate's effectiveness. The determination of sufficiency would be based on whether the applicant adhered to the prescribed testing procedure or provided adequate justification for any deviations from the procedure during the test. If the RA determines that the data are sufficient for evaluation, the BRD candidate will be evaluated to determine if it meets the bycatch reduction criterion. In making a decision, the RA may consult with evaluation and oversight personnel. Based on the data submitted for review, the RA will determine the effectiveness of the BRD candidate, using appropriate statistical procedures such as Bayesian analyses, to determine if the BRD candidate meets the following conditions:
(1) There is at least a 50-percent probability that the true reduction rate of the BRD candidate meets the bycatch reduction criterion (
(2) There is no more than a 10-percent probability that the true reduction rate of the BRD candidate is more than 5 percentage points less than the bycatch reduction criterion.
To be certified for use in the fishery, the BRD candidate will have to satisfy both conditions. The first condition ensures that the observed reduction rate of the BRD candidate has an acceptable level of certainty that it meets the bycatch reduction criterion. The second condition ensures the BRD candidate demonstrates a reasonable degree of certainty the observed reduction rate represents the true reduction rate of the BRD candidate. This determination ensures the operational use of the BRD candidate in the shrimp fishery will, on average, provide a level of bycatch reduction that meets the established bycatch reduction criterion. Interested parties may obtain details regarding the hypothesis testing procedure to be used by contacting NOAA Fisheries, Harvesting Technology Branch, Mississippi Laboratories, Pascagoula Facility, 3209 Frederic Street, Pascagoula, MS 39567; phone 228-762-4591. Following a favorable determination of the certification analysis, the RA will certify the BRD (with any appropriate conditions as indicated by test results) and publish the notice of certification in the
In addition, based on the data provided, if the BRD candidate does not meet the bycatch reduction certification criterion in accordance with the conditions outlined above, the RA may provisionally certify a BRD candidate based on the following condition:
There is at least a 50-percent probability that the true reduction rate of the BRD candidate is no more than 5 percentage points less than the bycatch reduction criterion (
A provisional certification will be effective for 2 years from the date of publication of a notice in the
The RA will advise the applicant, in writing, if a BRD is not certified. This notification will explain why the BRD was not certified and what the applicant may do to either modify the BRD or the testing procedures to improve the chances of having the BRD certified in the future. If certification was denied because of insufficient information, the RA will explain what information is lacking. The applicant must provide the additional information within 60 days from receipt of such notification. If the RA subsequently certifies the BRD, the RA will announce the certification in the
The RA will decertify a BRD whenever NOAA Fisheries determines a BRD no longer satisfies the bycatch reduction criterion. Before determining whether to decertify a BRD, the RA will notify the appropriate Fishery Management Council(s) in writing, and the public will be provided an opportunity to comment on any proposed decertification through a publication of a proposed rule in the
The following section is provided for informational purposes. Sea turtles are listed under the Endangered Species Act as either endangered or threatened. The following procedures apply to incidental take of sea turtles under 50 CFR 223.206(d)(1):
Any sea turtles taken incidentally during the course of fishing or scientific research activities must be handled with due care to prevent injury to live specimens, observed for activity, and returned to the water according to the following procedures:
(A) Sea turtles that are actively moving or determined to be dead (as described in paragraph (B)(4) below) must be released over the stern of the boat. In addition, they must be released only when fishing or scientific collection gear is not in use, when the engine gears are in neutral position, and in areas where they are unlikely to be recaptured or injured by vessels.
(B) Resuscitation must be attempted on sea turtles that are comatose or inactive by:
(1) Placing the turtle on its bottom shell (plastron) so that the turtle is right side up and elevating its hindquarters at least 6 inches (15.2 cm) for a period of 4 to 24 hours. The amount of elevation depends on the size of the turtle; greater elevations are needed for larger turtles. Periodically, rock the turtle gently left to right and right to left by holding the outer edge of the shell (carapace) and lifting one side about 3 inches (7.6 cm) then alternate to the other side. Gently touch the eye and pinch the tail (reflex test) periodically to see if there is a response.
(2) Sea turtles being resuscitated must be shaded and kept damp or moist but under no circumstance be placed into a container holding water. A water-soaked towel placed over the head, carapace, and flippers is the most effective method in keeping a turtle moist.
(3) Sea turtles that revive and become active must be released over the stern of the boat only when fishing or scientific collection gear is not in use, when the engine gears are in neutral position, and in areas where they are unlikely to be recaptured or injured by vessels. Sea turtles that fail to respond to the reflex test or fail to move within 4 hours (up to 24, if possible) must be returned to the water in the same manner as that for actively moving turtles.
(4) A turtle is determined to be dead if the muscles are stiff (rigor mortis) and/or the flesh has begun to rot; otherwise, the turtle is determined to be comatose or inactive and resuscitation attempts are necessary.
Any sea turtle so taken must not be consumed, sold, landed, offloaded, transshipped, or kept below deck.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; closure.
NMFS announces that the 2016 summer flounder commercial quota allocated to the State of Connecticut has been harvested. Vessels issued a commercial Federal fisheries permit for the summer flounder fishery may not land summer flounder in Connecticut for the remainder of calendar year 2016. Regulations governing the summer flounder fishery require publication of this notification to advise Connecticut that the quota has been harvested and to advise vessel permit holders and dealer permit holders that no Federal commercial quota is available for landing summer flounder in Connecticut.
Effective 0001 hours, December 22, 2016, through December 31, 2016.
Cynthia Hanson, (978) 281-9180, or
Regulations governing the summer flounder fishery are found at 50 CFR part 648. The regulations require annual specification of a commercial quota that is apportioned on a percentage basis among the coastal states from Maine through North Carolina. The process to set the annual commercial quota and the percent allocated to each state is described in § 648.102.
The initial commercial quota for summer flounder for the 2016 calendar year was set equal to 8,124,035 lb (3,684,997 kg) (80 FR 80689, December 28, 2015). The percent allocated to vessels landing summer flounder in Connecticut is 2.25708 percent, resulting in a commercial quota of 183,366 lb (83,173 kg). This allocation was adjusted to 187,166 lb (84,897 kg) to account for quota transfers from other states.
The NMFS Administrator for the Greater Atlantic Region (Regional Administrator), monitors the state commercial landings and determines when a state's commercial quota has been harvested. NMFS is required to publish notification in the
Section 648.4(b) provides that Federal permit holders agree, as a condition of the permit, not to land summer flounder in any state that the Regional Administrator has determined no longer has commercial quota available. Therefore, effective 0001 hours, December 22, 2016, landings of summer flounder in Connecticut by vessels holding summer flounder commercial Federal fisheries permits are prohibited for the remainder of the 2016 calendar year. Effective 0001 hours, December 22, 2016, federally permitted dealers are also notified that they may not purchase summer flounder from federally permitted vessels that land in Connecticut for the remainder of the calendar year.
This action is required by 50 CFR part 648 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA, finds good cause pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) to waive prior notice and the opportunity for public comment because it would be contrary to the public interest. This action closes the summer flounder fishery for Connecticut until January 1, 2017, under current regulations. The regulations at § 648.103(b) require such action to ensure that summer flounder vessels do not exceed quotas allocated to the states. If implementation of this closure was delayed to solicit prior public comment, the quota for this fishing year will be exceeded, thereby undermining the conservation objectives of the Summer Flounder Fishery Management Plan. The Assistant Administrator further finds, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), good cause to waive the 30-day delayed effectiveness period for the reason stated above.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Final rule.
This final rule implements status quo commercial quotas for the Atlantic surfclam and ocean quahog fisheries for 2017, suspends the minimum shell size for Atlantic surfclams for 2017, and provides projected status quo quotas for 2018. This action is necessary to establish allowable harvest levels of Atlantic surfclams and ocean quahogs that will prevent overfishing and allow harvesting of optimum yield.
This rule is effective January 1, 2017, through December 31, 2017.
Copies of the Environmental Assessment (EA), Supplemental Information Report (SIR), and other supporting documents for these specifications are available from the Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council, 800 North State Street, Suite 201, Dover, DE 19901. The EA and SIR are also accessible via the internet at:
Douglas Potts, Fishery Policy Analyst, 978-281-9341.
The Atlantic Surfclam and Ocean Quahog Fishery Management Plan (FMP) requires that NMFS, in consultation with the Mid-Atlantic Council, specify quotas for surfclam and ocean quahog for up to a 3-year period, with annual reviews if multiple year quotas are established. It is the policy of the Council that the catch limits selected allow sustainable fishing to continue at that level for at least 10 years for surfclams, and 30 years for ocean
In June 2016, the Council voted to recommend maintaining the status quo quota levels of 5.33 million bu (284 million L) for the ocean quahog fishery, 3.40 million bu (181 million L) for the Atlantic surfclam fishery, and 100,000 Maine bu (3.52 million L) for the Maine ocean quahog fishery for 2017 and projected status quo quotas would be maintained in 2018. On November 23, 2016, we published a proposed rule (81 FR 84544), with a public comment period through December 8, 2016. Eight comments were received and are discussed below.
Tables 1 and 2 show quotas for the 2017 Atlantic surfclam and ocean quahog fishery along with projected quotas for 2018. By providing projected quotas for 2018, NMFS hopes to assist fishery participants in planning ahead. NMFS and the Council will reassess the status of the Atlantic surfclam and ocean quahog fishery in 2017, including the results of new stock assessments for both species. Final 2018 quotas will be published in the
The Atlantic surfclam and ocean quahog quotas are specified in “industry” bushels of 1.88 ft
Results of a new stock assessment for the Atlantic surfclam stock were released in November 2016, and a new assessment of the ocean quahog stock will be completed in early 2017. It is expected that the Council will use these assessment results to update the 2018 specifications as needed and recommend specifications for both fisheries through 2020. We anticipate rulemaking for 2018 specifications, with projections for 2019-2020, in the fall of 2017.
Commercial surfclam data for 2016 were analyzed to determine the percentage of surfclams that were smaller than the minimum size requirement. The analysis indicated that 14.4 percent of the overall commercial landings were composed of surfclams that were less than the 4.75-in (120-mm) default minimum size. This percentage of small clams is higher than in most previous years; however, it is still below the 30-percent trigger specified in regulation. Based on the information available, the Regional Administrator suspends the minimum size limit for Atlantic surfclams for the 2017 fishing year (January 1 through December 31, 2017). A determination on the 2018 minimum size suspension will be made in the fall of 2017 and announced in the
We received eight comments on the proposed rule; six from representatives of Atlantic surfclam and ocean quahog commercial fishing and processing companies and two from the general public. One comment from the general public was critical of NMFS management of the fishery, suggesting quotas be reduced to zero, but offered no supporting information. All other comments strongly supported the status quo quotas and continuing to suspend the surfclam minimum size limit. This final rule maintains status quo quotas and the minimum surfclam size is suspended for 2017, as outlined in the preamble.
There are no changes from the proposed to final rule.
Pursuant to section 304(b)(1)(A) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA, has determined that this final rule is consistent with the Atlantic Surfclam and Ocean Quahog FMP, other provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law.
The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in effectiveness period for this action under the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3)).
First, if this action is not effective on January 1, 2017, the current suspension of the surfclam minimum size limit would expire. Timely publication of the 2017 minimum size suspension for the January 1 start of the fishing year relieves this restriction, thus exempting the minimum size suspension under this rule from the requirement for a 30-day delay in effectiveness (5 U.S.C. 553(d)(1)). There is also good cause to waive the 30-day delay because, until the new suspension is effective, fishing vessels would be subject to the size limit and would incur additional expense and lost fishing time to have crew members sort the catch to comply with the default minimum surfclam length of 4.75 inches (12.065 cm). The minimum surfclam size has routinely been suspended each year for over a decade. If the minimum size were again in effect without prior warning, it would cause significant confusion for industry members and disruption to normal fishing operations. Vessels operating unaware of the reinstatement of the minimum size may also violate the applicable regulation.
Second, a delay in the effective date of this final rule may also cause substantial confusion. The regulations at 50 CFR 648.72(c) state that “annual quotas for surfclams and ocean quahogs will remain effective unless revised pursuant to this section,” and requires NMFS to publish “notification in the
Delaying the effectiveness of this rule past January 1, 2017, would provide no benefit to the public or the fishing industry. On the contrary, there could potentially be significant disruption and cost to the fishery if the minimum size suspension is not in place on January 1. Therefore, there is good cause to waive the 30-day delay in effectiveness, as not doing so would be contrary to the public's interest.
This action does not introduce any new reporting, recordkeeping, or other compliance requirements. This final rule does not duplicate, overlap, or conflict with other Federal rules.
This final rule is exempt from the requirements of E.O. 12866.
The Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration during the proposed rule stage that this action would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The factual basis for the certification was published in the proposed rule and is not repeated here. No comments were received regarding this certification. As a result, a regulatory flexibility analysis was not required and none was prepared.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; reallocation.
NMFS is reallocating the projected unused amount of Pacific cod from catcher vessels greater than or equal to 60 feet (18.3 meters (m)) length overall (LOA) using pot gear to catcher/processors (C/Ps) using hook-and-line gear in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands (BSAI) management area. This action is necessary to allow the 2016 total allowable catch of Pacific cod to be harvested.
Effective December 21, 2016 through 2400 hours, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), December 31, 2016.
Josh Keaton, 907-586-7228.
NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands (BSAI) according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679.
The 2016 Pacific cod TAC specified for catcher vessels greater than or equal to 60 feet (18.3 m) LOA using pot gear in the BSAI is 14,598 mt as established by the final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for groundfish of the BSAI (81 FR 14773, March 18, 2016) and reallocations (81 FR 69445, October 6, 2016; and 81 FR 80006, November 15, 2016). The Regional Administrator has determined that catcher vessels greater than or equal to 60 feet (18.3 m) LOA using pot gear will not be able to harvest 2,500 mt of the remaining 2016 Pacific cod TAC allocated to those vessels under § 679.20(a)(7)(ii)(A)(
Therefore, in accordance with § 679.20(a)(7)(iii), taking into account the capabilities of the sectors to harvest reallocated amounts of Pacific cod, and following the hierarchies set forth in § 679.20(a)(7)(iii)(A) and (B), NMFS reallocates 2,500 mt of Pacific cod to C/Ps using hook-and-line gear in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands management area.
The harvest specifications for Pacific cod included in the final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for groundfish of the BSAI (81 FR 14773, March 18, 2016; 81 FR 57491, August 23, 2016; 81 FR 61143, September 6, 2016; 81 FR 69445, October 6, 2016; 81 FR 76530, November 3, 2016; 81 FR 80006, November 15, 2016) are revised as follows: 12,098 for catcher vessels greater than or equal to 60 feet (18.3 m) LOA using pot gear, and 114,283 for C/Ps using hook-and-line gear.
This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay the reallocation of Pacific cod specified from catcher vessels greater than or equal to 60 feet (18.3 m) LOA using pot gear to C/Ps using hook-and-line gear in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands management area. Since these fisheries are currently open, it is important to immediately inform the industry as to the revised allocations.
The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.
This action is required by § 679.20 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; reallocation.
NMFS is reallocating the projected unused amount of Pacific cod from catcher vessels using trawl gear to vessels using pot gear in the Central Regulatory Area of the Gulf of Alaska (GOA). This action is necessary to allow the 2016 total allowable catch of Pacific cod in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA to be harvested.
Effective December 21, 2016 through 2400 hours, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), December 31, 2016.
Obren Davis, 907-586-7228.
NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the GOA exclusive economic zone according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679.
The 2016 Pacific cod total allowable catch (TAC) specified for catcher vessels using trawl gear in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA is 15,226 metric tons (mt), as established by the final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for groundfish in the GOA (81 FR 14740, March 18, 2016). The Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS, (Regional Administrator) has determined that catcher vessels using trawl gear in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA will not be able to harvest 1,000 mt of the 2016 Pacific cod TAC allocated to those vessels under § 679.20(a)(12)(i)(B).
In accordance with § 679.20(a)(12)(ii)(B), the Regional Administrator has also determined that vessels using pot gear in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA currently have the capacity to harvest this excess allocation and reallocates 1,000 mt to vessels using pot gear.
The harvest specifications for Pacific cod included in the final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for groundfish of the GOA (81 FR 14740, March 18, 2016) and one reallocation (81 FR 15650, March 24, 2016) are revised as follows: 14,226 mt to the annual amount for catcher vessels using trawl gear and 12,680 mt for vessels using pot gear.
This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay the reallocation of Pacific cod specified from catcher vessels using trawl gear to vessels using pot gear. Since the fishery is currently open, it is important to immediately inform the industry as to the revised allocations. Immediate notification is necessary to allow for the orderly conduct and efficient operation of this fishery, to allow the industry to plan for the fishing season, and to avoid potential disruption to the fishing fleet as well as processors. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as of December 21, 2016.
The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.
This action is required by § 679.20 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; inseason adjustment; request for comments.
NMFS is adjusting the 2017 total allowable catch (TAC) amounts for the Gulf of Alaska (GOA) pollock and Pacific cod fisheries. This action is necessary because NMFS has determined these TACs are incorrectly specified, and will ensure the GOA pollock and Pacific cod TACs are the appropriate amounts based on the best available scientific information for pollock and Pacific cod in the GOA. This action is consistent with the goals and objectives of the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska.
Effective 1200 hours, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), December 27, 2016, until the effective date of the final 2017
Comments must be received at the following address no later than 4:30 p.m., A.l.t., January 11, 2017.
You may submit comments on this document, identified by FDMS Docket Number NOAA-NMFS-2015-0110 by any of the following methods:
•
•
Obren Davis, 907-586-7228.
NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the GOA exclusive economic zone according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679.
The final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for groundfish in the GOA (81 FR 14740, March 18, 2016) set the 2017 pollock TAC at 254,200 metric tons (mt) and the 2017 Pacific cod TAC at 62,150 mt in the GOA. In December 2016, the North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) recommended a 2017 pollock TAC of 208,595 mt for the GOA, which is less than the 254,200 mt established by the final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for groundfish in the GOA. The Council also recommended a 2017 Pacific cod TAC of 64,442 mt for the GOA, which is more than the 62,150 mt established by the final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for groundfish in the GOA. The Council's recommended 2017 TACs, and the area and seasonal apportionments, are based on the Stock Assessment and Fishery Evaluation report (SAFE), dated November 2016, which NMFS has determined is the best available scientific information for these fisheries.
Steller sea lions occur in the same location as the pollock and Pacific cod fisheries and are listed as endangered under the Endangered Species Act (ESA). Pollock and Pacific cod are a principal prey species for Steller sea lions in the GOA. The seasonal apportionment of pollock and Pacific cod harvest is necessary to ensure the groundfish fisheries are not likely to cause jeopardy of extinction or adverse modification of critical habitat for Steller sea lions. The regulations at § 679.20(a)(5)(iv) specify how the pollock TAC will be apportioned. The regulations at § 679.20(a)(6)(ii) and § 679.20(a)(12)(i) specify how the Pacific cod TAC will be apportioned.
In accordance with § 679.25(a)(1)(iii), (a)(2)(i)(B), and (a)(2)(iv) the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS (Regional Administrator), has determined that, based on the November 2016 SAFE report for this fishery, the current GOA pollock and Pacific cod TACs are incorrectly specified. Consequently, pursuant to § 679.25(a)(1)(iii), the Regional Administrator is adjusting the 2017 GOA pollock TAC to 208,595 mt and the 2017 GOA Pacific cod TAC to 64,442 mt. Therefore, Table 2 of the final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for groundfish in the GOA (81 FR 14740, March 18, 2016) is revised consistent with this adjustment.
Pursuant to § 679.20(a)(5)(iv), Table 4 of the final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for groundfish in the GOA (81 FR 14740, March 18, 2016) is revised for the 2017 TACs of pollock in the Central and Western Regulatory Area of the GOA.
Pursuant to § 679.20(a)(6)(ii) and § 679.20(a)(12)(i), Table 6 of the final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for groundfish in the GOA (81 FR 14740, March 18, 2016) is revised for the 2017 seasonal apportionments and allocation of Pacific cod TAC in the GOA consistent with this adjustment.
This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would allow for harvests that exceed the appropriate allocations for Pacific cod based on the best scientific information available. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as of December 20, 2016, and additional time for prior public comment would result in conservation concerns for the ESA-listed Steller sea lions.
The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.
Under § 679.25(c)(2), interested persons are invited to submit written comments on this action to the above address until January 11, 2017.
This action is required by § 679.20 and § 679.25 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for Sikorsky Aircraft Corporation (Sikorsky) Model S-92A helicopters. This proposed AD would require installing an engine flame detector bracket assembly and harness assembly. This proposed AD is prompted by reports of false fire warnings. The proposed actions are intended to prevent the unsafe condition on these products.
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by February 27, 2017.
You may send comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
For service information identified in this proposed rule, contact Sikorsky Aircraft Corporation, Customer Service Engineering, 124 Quarry Road, Trumbull, CT 06611; telephone 1-800-Winged-S or 203-416-4299; email
Kristopher Greer, Aerospace Engineer, Boston Aircraft Certification Office, Engine & Propeller Directorate, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803; telephone (781) 238-7799; email
We invite you to participate in this rulemaking by submitting written comments, data, or views. We also invite comments relating to the economic, environmental, energy, or federalism impacts that might result from adopting the proposals in this document. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. To ensure the docket does not contain duplicate comments, commenters should send only one copy of written comments, or if comments are filed electronically, commenters should submit only one time.
We will file in the docket all comments that we receive, as well as a report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerning this proposed rulemaking. Before acting on this proposal, we will consider all comments we receive on or before the closing date for comments. We will consider comments filed after the comment period has closed if it is possible to do so without incurring expense or delay. We may change this proposal in light of the comments we receive.
We propose to adopt a new AD for Sikorsky Model S-92A helicopters with serial numbers 920006 through 920298. This proposed AD would require installing a No. 2 engine outboard flame detector bracket assembly (bracket) and a No. 2 engine flame detector harness assembly (harness), if not already installed or if the bracket was not installed before the harness. This proposed AD is prompted by reports received by Sikorsky of false fire indications from the No. 2 engine outboard flame detectors. Sikorsky attributed the root cause of the false fire warnings to micro pin fretting at the bayonet connection between the sensor and wire harness. Sikorsky consequently developed a new harness to increase stability and reduce the component wear. The proposed actions are intended to prevent a false fire indication, which could lead to an unnecessary emergency landing or ditching.
We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all known relevant information and determined that an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of these same type designs.
We reviewed Sikorsky S-92 Customer Service Notice 92-094, Revision B, dated June 14, 2016, which provides procedures for installing harness part number (P/N) 92310-04201-041.
We also reviewed Sikorsky Special Service Instructions No. 92-107, Revision G, dated February 25, 2016, (SSI No. 92-107) which specifies installing new brackets, P/N 92070-30033-011, 92070-30033-014, and 92070-30033-015, to increase the stability of the No. 2 engine outboard flame detector.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We reviewed Sikorsky S-92 Alert Service Bulletin (ASB) 92-26-006, Basic Issue, dated February 25, 2016. This service information provides instructions for installing a new bracket by complying with SSI No. 92-107.
We also reviewed S-92 ASB 92-26-007, Basic Issue, dated June 14, 2016. This service information specifies installing harness P/N 92310-04201-041 after or concurrently with the new bracket.
This proposed AD would require installing a bracket and a harness, if not already installed or if the bracket was not installed before the harness, in accordance with Sikorsky service information.
We estimate that this proposed AD would affect 50 helicopters of U.S. Registry and that labor costs average $85 per work-hour. Based on these estimates, we expect that installing a new bracket and harness would require 15.25 work hours for a labor cost of about $1,296. Parts would cost $100 for a total cost of about $1,396 per helicopter and $69,800 for the U.S. fleet.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed, I certify this proposed regulation:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska to the extent that it justifies making a regulatory distinction; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
We prepared an economic evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD and placed it in the AD docket.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD applies to Sikorsky Aircraft Corporation (Sikorsky) Model S-92A helicopters, serial numbers 920006 through 920298, certificated in any category.
This AD defines the unsafe condition as a false fire warning. This condition could result in an unnecessary emergency landing or ditching.
We must receive comments by February 27, 2017.
You are responsible for performing each action required by this AD within the specified compliance time unless it has already been accomplished prior to that time.
Within 180 hours time-in-service:
(1) For helicopters with a No. 2 engine outboard flame detector bracket assembly (bracket) (either part number (P/N) 92070-30033-014, or both P/N 92070-30033-011 and 92070-30033-015) installed, and with a No. 2 engine flame detector harness assembly (harness) P/N 92310-04201-041 installed: If the harness was installed before the bracket, replace the harness.
(2) For helicopters with a bracket (either P/N 92070-30033-014, or both P/N 92070-30033-011 and 92070-30033-015) installed, and without a harness P/N 92310-04201-041 installed: remove the harness and install harness P/N 92310-04201-041 by following the Accomplishment Instructions, section 3.C.1, of Sikorsky S-92 Customer Service Notice 92-094, Revision B, dated June 14, 2016 (CSN 92-094).
(3) For helicopters without a bracket (either P/N 92070-30033-014, or both P/N 92070-30033-011 and 92070-30033-015) installed, and with a harness P/N 92310-04201-041 installed:
(i) Install a bracket P/N 92070-30033-014 by following the Instructions, paragraph D, of Sikorsky Special Service Instructions No. 92-107, Revision G, dated February 25, 2016 (SSI 92-107).
(ii) Replace the harness.
(4) For helicopters without a bracket (either P/N 92070-30033-014, or both P/N 92070-30033-011 and 92070-30033-015) installed, and without a harness P/N 92310-04201-041 installed:
(i) Install a bracket P/N 92070-30033-014 by following the Instructions, paragraph D, of SSI 92-107.
(ii) Remove the harness and install harness P/N 92310-04201-041 by following the Accomplishment Instructions, section 3.C.1, of CSN 92-094.
(1) The Manager, Boston Aircraft Certification Office, FAA, may approve AMOCs for this AD. Send your proposal to: Kristopher Greer, Aerospace Engineer, Boston Aircraft Certification Office, Engine & Propeller Directorate, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803; telephone (781) 238-7799; email
(2) For operations conducted under a 14 CFR part 119 operating certificate or under 14 CFR part 91, subpart K, we suggest that you notify your principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office or certificate holding district office before operating any aircraft complying with this AD through an AMOC.
Sikorsky S-92 Alert Service Bulletin 92-26-006, Basic Issue, dated February 25, 2016, and Sikorsky S-92 Alert Service Bulletin 92-26-007, Basic Issue, dated June 14, 2016, which are not incorporated by reference, contain additional information about the subject of this proposed rule. For service information identified in this proposed rule, contact Sikorsky Aircraft Corporation, Customer Service Engineering, 124 Quarry Road, Trumbull, CT 06611; telephone 1-800-
Joint Aircraft Service Component (JASC) Code: 2612, Fire Detection.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notification of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or we) is announcing the availability of a revised draft guidance for industry entitled “Questions and Answers Regarding Food Facility Registration (Seventh Edition): Guidance for Industry.” The revised draft guidance supersedes the version of the food facility registration draft guidance that we announced on November 8, 2016. When finalized, this guidance is intended to provide updated information relating to the food facility registration requirements in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&C Act).
Although you can comment on any guidance at any time (see 21 CFR 10.115(g)(5)), to ensure that we consider your comment on the revised draft guidance before we begin work on the final version of the guidance, submit either electronic or written comments on the revised draft guidance by March 27, 2017.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Submit written requests for single copies of the draft guidance to the Office of Compliance, Division of Field Programs and Guidance, Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition, Food and Drug Administration, 5001 Campus Dr., College Park, MD 20740. Send two self-addressed adhesive labels to assist that office in processing your request. See the
Courtney Buchanan, Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition, Food and Drug Administration, 5001 Campus Dr., College Park, MD 20740, 240-402-2487.
We are announcing the availability of a revised draft guidance for industry entitled “Questions and Answers Regarding Food Facility Registration (Seventh Edition): Guidance for Industry.” The revised draft guidance supersedes the version of the food facility registration draft guidance that we announced on November 8, 2016 (81 FR 78526). We are issuing the revised draft guidance consistent with our good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR
On October 10, 2003, FDA issued an interim final rule (68 FR 58893) to implement amendments to the FD&C Act made by the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-188). Section 415 of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 350d) requires domestic and foreign facilities that manufacture, process, pack, or hold food for human or animal consumption in the United States to register with FDA by December 12, 2003. Section 102 of the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act (FSMA) (Pub. L. 111-353), enacted on January 4, 2011, amended section 415 of the FD&C Act to, among other things, require facilities engaged in manufacturing, processing, packing, or holding food for consumption in the United States to submit additional registration information to FDA. Section 102 of FSMA also directed FDA to amend the definition of “retail food establishment” in 21 CFR 1.227. On July 14, 2016, FDA issued a final rule (Registration Final Rule) to amend and update FDA's registration regulation and implement the FSMA revisions (81 FR 45912; July 14, 2016).
This revised draft guidance was developed to answer frequently asked questions relating to the registration requirements of section 415 of the FD&C Act. The first edition of the guidance was issued as Level 2 guidance consistent with our good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115) and was made available on FDA's Web site on December 4, 2003. The second, third, fourth, and fifth editions of the guidance were issued as Level 1 guidance documents under 21 CFR 10.115 and were made available on FDA's Web site on January 12, 2004; February 17, 2004; August 6, 2004; and December 17, 2012, respectively. The sixth edition of the guidance was issued as Level 1 guidance and included one additional question and answer relating to a proposed amendment to the “farm” definition in 21 CFR 1.227 (see 79 FR 58523; September 29, 2014). Since publication of the sixth edition of the guidance, we have issued the Registration Final Rule. In addition, we have issued the Current Good Manufacturing Practice, Hazard Analysis, and Risk-Based Preventive Controls for Human Food final rule (80 FR 55908; September 17, 2015) that, among other things, revised the definition of “farm” in 21 CFR 1.227. We have also issued the Current Good Manufacturing Practice, Hazard Analysis, and Risk-Based Preventive Controls for Food for Animals final rule (80 FR 56169; September 17, 2015). We are issuing a seventh edition of the guidance to add information relating to the Registration Final Rule and the revised “farm” definition, as well as to address questions received from stakeholders since publication of the sixth edition.
This edition of the guidance also revises information in existing questions and answers, removes some questions and answers, and makes editorial changes (
On November 8, 2016, we announced the availability of a draft guidance entitled “Questions and Answers Regarding Food Facility Registration (Seventh Edition): Guidance for Industry.” The draft guidance contained 15 sections of a multi-section guidance intended to provide updated information relating to the food facility registration requirements of section 415 of the FD&C Act. We reserved two sections in the draft guidance and stated that we would issue a revised draft guidance at a later date that would include those reserved sections.
This revised draft guidance supersedes the food facility registration draft guidance that we issued in November 2016. In the revised draft guidance, we are including the 15 sections that were announced in the
We are inviting comments on the revised draft guidance as a whole. As FDA considers the development of the final guidance, we will review comments received on the revised draft guidance, as well as the comments received on the food facility registration draft guidance we announced on November 8, 2016.
Persons with access to the Internet may obtain the draft guidance at either
This draft guidance refers to previously approved collections of information found in FDA regulations. These collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information in 21 CFR 1.230 through 1.235 and 21 CFR 1.245 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0502.
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
The Commission is initiating a proceeding to revise its rules governing requests for agency records made under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), in accordance in with the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, Public Law 114-185, 130 Stat. 538. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Comments are due on or before January 26, 2017.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
The Postal Regulatory Commission (the Commission) proposes to revise its rules governing requests for agency records made under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552, in accordance with the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016 (the Act), Public Law 114-185, 130 Stat. 538. Pursuant to section 3(a) of the Act, the head of each agency “shall review the regulations of such agency and shall issue regulations on procedures for the disclosure of records under [FOIA]” to implement the Act within 180 days of its enactment date. The Commission hereby provides this notice, in conformance with the Act's deadline, describing its proposed changes and eliciting public comment.
The Act was signed into law on June 30, 2016, and mandates that federal agencies review and revise their regulations by December 27, 2016. Among other things, the Act expands the dispute resolution process available to requesters, limits the use of FOIA exemptions, and codifies the so-called “Rule of 3” for frequently requested records. In order to implement the Act, the Commission must modify its FOIA regulations, which are set out in 39 CFR part 3004. The proposed modifications are set forth below, along with a brief description of the included changes.
The rules requiring changes in this notice of proposed rulemaking, pursuant to the Act, are §§ 3004.2, 3004.9, 3004.11, 3004.13, 3004.43, and 3004.52.
Proposed § 3004.2 adds the duty to identify and post frequently requested records. Additionally, the modified rule limits the Commission's use of FOIA exemptions. Under the revised section, the Commission will only withhold information if it “reasonably foresees” that disclosure will harm an interest protected by an exemption or disclosure is otherwise prohibited by law.
Proposed § 3004.9 describes how to file a FOIA request. This section is a summary of basic information, added for clarity purposes.
Proposed § 3004.11 applies a 25-year sunset provision to the deliberative process privilege, which exempts certain inter-agency and intra-agency memoranda and letters from FOIA. Under the new rule, the deliberative process privilege does not apply to records created 25 years or more before a records request.
Proposed § 3004.13 specifies that frequently requested records will be posted on the Commission's Web site.
Proposed § 3004.43 states that the Commission will offer the services of its FOIA Public Liaison to assist the requester and to provide dispute resolution services if necessary.
Proposed § 3004.52 revises the Commission's rules for collecting fees when the Commission cannot issue its response during the initial 20-day response period.
Interested persons are invited to provide written comments concerning the proposed rule. Comments are due no later than 30 days after the date of publication of this notice in the
Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505, Laura Zuber is appointed to serve as an officer of the Commission (Public Representative) to represent the interests of the general public in the above-captioned docket.
1. Docket No. RM2017-2 is established for the purpose of amending the Commission's rules governing the Freedom of Information Act.
2. Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505, Laura Zuber is appointed to serve as an officer of the Commission (Public Representative) to represent the interests of the general public in this proceeding.
3. Interested persons may submit initial comments no later than 30 days from the date of publication of this notice in the
4. The Secretary shall arrange for publication of this order in the
By the Commission.
Administrative practice and procedure, Freedom of information, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Commission proposes to amend chapter III of title 39 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
5 U.S.C. 552; 39 U.S.C. 503.
(a) The Commission shall be proactive and timely in identifying and posting public records and other frequently requested records to its Web site.
(b) It is the stated policy of the Commission that FOIA requests shall be administered with a clear presumption of openness. The Commission will only withhold information only if it reasonably foresees that disclosure would harm an interest protected by a FOIA exemption, as enumerated in § 3004.11, or disclosure is otherwise prohibited by law.
(a) To request Commission records, please contact the Secretary of the Commission via letter, telephone, or use the online request form provided on the Commission's Web site at
(b) Requests must describe the records sought in sufficient detail to enable the Commission to locate them with a reasonable amount of effort. To the extent possible, please provide any specific information that might assist the Commission in responding to the request.
(c) Requesters must provide contact information to assist the Commission in communicating with them and providing Commission records.
(f) Inter-agency or intra-agency memoranda or letters that would not be available by law to a party other than an agency in litigation with the agency, provided that the deliberative process privilege shall not apply to records
(a) Decisions, advisory opinions, orders, public reports, and frequently requested agency records will be made available to the public by posting on the Commission's Web site at
(a) Within 20 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays) after receipt of a request for a Commission record, the Secretary or Assistant Secretary will notify the requester of its determination to grant or deny the request and the right to seek assistance from the Commission's FOIA Public Liaison.
(d) * * *
(4) The right to seek dispute resolution services from the Commission's FOIA Public Liaison or the Office of Government Information Services.
(a) The Commission may extend the time limit for a response to a request or appeal for up to 10 business days due to unusual circumstances, as specified in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B)(iii). In such a case, the Commission will notify the requester in writing of the unusual circumstance causing the extension and the date by which the Commission estimates that the request can be processed.
(b) If an extension will exceed 10 business days, the Commission will:
(1) Provide the requester with an opportunity to limit the scope of the request or to arrange an alternative timeframe for processing the request or a modified request. The applicable time limits are not tolled while the Commission waits for a response from the requester under this subsection; and
(2) Make its FOIA Public Liaison available to the requester and apprise the requester of their right to seek dispute resolution services from the Office of Government Information Services.
(e) No requester will be charged a fee after any search or response which occurs after the applicable time limits as described in §§ 3004.43 and 3004.44, unless:
(1) The Commission extends the time limit for its response due to unusual circumstances, pursuant to § 3004.45(a), and the Commission completes its response within the extension of time provided under that section; or
(2) The Commission extends the time limit for its response due to unusual circumstances, pursuant to § 3004.45(a), and more than 5,000 pages are necessary to respond to the request and the Commission has discussed with the requester how they could effectively limit the scope of the request or made at least three good faith attempts to do so; or
(3) A court has determined that exceptional circumstances exist and excused the Commission from responding by court order.
(f) The Commission may, however, charge fees for a partial grant of a request while it reviews records that may be exempt and may be responsive to the request, if it is made within the applicable time limits.
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Advance notice of proposed rulemaking.
The Commission is initiating a review to determine whether the current system of regulating rates and classes for market dominant products is achieving the objectives, taking into account the factors, established by Congress under the Postal Accountability and Enhancement Act of 2006. This advance notice informs the public of the docket's initiation, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
On December 20, 2006, the Postal Accountability and Enhancement Act (PAEA) was signed into law.
In accordance with 39 U.S.C. 3622, this Notice and Order establishes the beginning of the Commission's statutory review of the ratemaking system. Based on the Commission's analysis and relevant information obtained through this proceeding, the Commission will determine if the objectives, taking into account the factors, are being achieved by the current system. If the Commission finds that the objectives, taking into account the factors, are not being achieved, the Commission may propose modifications to the system or propose to adopt an alternative system as necessary to achieve the objectives.
The Commission intends to examine all aspects of the ratemaking system
To assist commenters, the Commission presents preliminary definitions for the objectives as well as potential methods that may be used to evaluate whether the objectives, taking into account the factors, are being achieved. Proposed definitions and potential evaluation methods for each objective are discussed in section IV. After the Commission receives comments and conducts its analysis, the Commission will determine if the current system is achieving the objectives while taking into account the factors listed in 39 U.S.C. 3622(c). If the Commission finds the system is not achieving these objectives, taking into account the factors, it may propose rules that modify the system or adopt an alternative system to achieve the objectives.
Based on research of legislative history, Commission precedent, stakeholder comments in various past dockets, and other sources, the Commission presents preliminary definitions for each objective. In addition, the Commission suggests measurable key concepts within each objective. These key concepts could be measured quantitatively and/or qualitatively to determine if each objective as a whole has been achieved. Because the statute does not require that factors be independently achieved, the Commission is not proposing definitions or measurement methods for the factors. However, over the course of the review, the factors will be taken into account for each objective, as required by the statute.
A.
First, “maximize incentives” could be measured by determining if the maximum benefit was provided by each incentive mechanism (
Second, measuring “reduce costs” could include an evaluation of the costs, including unit operating costs and controllable costs, before and after the PAEA was implemented.
Third, “increase efficiency” could include a review of operational and pricing efficiency. Measuring operational efficiency could involve reviewing trend analyses of total factor productivity, real unit operating costs, productivity data, and workhours. To measure pricing efficiency,
B.
Potential approaches for measuring predictability include measuring the time between notices of market dominant price adjustments, or the amount of time between a notice of market dominant price adjustment and the effective date of those prices. The outcomes of these measurements could be compared to price adjustments prior to the passage of the PAEA, or other relevant benchmarks to measure the predictability of the current system.
One potential method for measuring stability is to measure average price increases over time and compare them to objective measures, such as the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U). Another method may be to evaluate the number of price categories that deviate significantly from percentage changes in objective measures, such as the CPI-U or the average price adjustment for the class or product.
C.
Potential approaches for the measurement of “high quality service standards” include measuring the Postal Service's performance, both for discrete time periods and since the passage of the PAEA. Some of these measurements are already conducted in the Commission's Annual Compliance Determination (ACD) Reports.
D.
Potential measurement methods for this term include comparisons to other systems, such as the pricing flexibility afforded to and/or exercised by foreign posts, utilities, the Postal Service pre-PAEA, and private carriers. Measurement of “pricing flexibility” could also include a review of price adjustment proceedings and Annual Compliance Report (ACR) dockets, which highlight the pricing flexibility exercised by the Postal Service. Analysis of the time it takes for the approval of a price adjustment, the number of price categories approved without material alteration, and reviewing discussions of pricing flexibility in other Commission proceedings could also be conducted to determine if this objective is being achieved.
E.
“Financial stability” could be measured by reviewing short-term, medium-term, and long-term financial stability of the Postal Service. Short-term financial stability could be measured by the Postal Service's operating profit (
The Commission has analyzed these concepts in its recent financial reports and could potentially use those analyses to determine if this objective is being achieved.
F.
“Reducing the administrative burden” of the ratemaking process could be measured by evaluating the complexity of rate adjustment filings and proceedings and/or quantifying the length, number of information requests and/or staff hours required to review the price adjustment proposal, ACRs, complaints, or dockets related to price setting.
“Increasing transparency” could be measured in several ways. An analysis of the necessary interaction between stakeholders and the Postal Service and/or Commission could be conducted. Another option could be to analyze the amount and type of information filed under seal compared to publicly available information. These features could also be compared to levels of transparency and administrative burden present prior to the passage of the PAEA.
G.
H.
To determine whether the schedule of rates and classifications is “just,” a review of instances of excessive price increases could be conducted, including a review of classification changes. A review of price and cost relationships could also be conducted to ensure that customers are protected from misuse of the Postal Service's monopoly power. Additionally, a review of the cost or market characteristics that define a price category, product, or service could be conducted.
To determine whether the schedule of rates and classifications is “reasonable,” an examination of the relationship between price and cost could be conducted to ensure prices and classifications do not threaten the Postal Service's financial integrity. Another option to measure the concept “reasonable” could be an examination of the total compensation provided by products/services, classes, and all market dominant classes.
I.
Using this framework of potential definitions and measurement methods, the Commission establishes Docket No. RM2017-3 to begin its review of the market dominant ratemaking system. The Commission invites comments from interested persons regarding the process and structure of the review, as well as whether the current system is achieving the objectives, taking into account the factors. In particular, the Commission invites comments in response to the following questions:
1. Is the framework proposed by the Commission appropriate for the review?
a. For each objective, is the preliminary definition reasonable? If not, please suggest alternative definitions.
b. For each objective, are the potential metrics for measuring the achievement of the objective reasonable? If not, please suggest alternative metrics for measuring whether the objective is being achieved.
2. If the proposed framework is not appropriate for the review, please identify the framework that should be used for the review and describe how to measure the achievement of the objectives in that alternative framework.
3. Based on the Commission's proposed framework or an alternative framework provided in response to question 2, is the current system achieving each objective, while taking into account the factors? Please note that review of the system shall be limited to section 3622 as discussed in section II above.
4. If the system is not achieving the objectives, while taking into account the factors, what modifications to the system should be made, or what alternative system should be adopted, to achieve the objectives?
Comments are due no later than March 20, 2017. No reply comments will be accepted. Commission regulations require that comments be filed online according to the process outlined at 39 CFR 3001.9(a). Additional information regarding how to submit comments online can be found at:
Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505, the Commission appoints Richard A. Oliver to represent the interests of the general public (Public Representative) in this proceeding.
It is ordered:
1. The Commission establishes Docket No. RM2017-3 to initiate the review of the market dominant ratemaking system as required by 39 U.S.C. 3622.
2. Comments regarding the process and structure of the review, as well as whether the current system is achieving the objectives, while taking into account the factors, and if not, whether and what modifications to the system or an alternative system should be adopted as necessary to achieve the objectives, are due no later than March 20, 2017.
3. Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505, Richard A. Oliver is appointed to serve as an officer of the Commission (Public Representative) to represent the interests of the general public in this proceeding.
4. The Secretary shall arrange for publication of this order in the
By the Commission.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing action on four permitting rules submitted as a revision to the Mendocino County Air Quality Management District (“MCAQMD” or “the District”) portion of the applicable state implementation plan (SIP) for the State of California pursuant to requirements under the Clean Air Act (CAA or Act). We are proposing a limited approval and limited disapproval of one rule and we are proposing to approve the remaining three permitting rules. The submitted revisions include amended rules governing the issuance of permits for stationary sources, including review and permitting of minor sources, and major sources and major modifications under part C of title I of the Act. The intended effect of these proposed actions is to update the applicable SIP with current MCAQMD permitting rules and to set the stage for remedying certain deficiencies in these rules. If finalized as proposed, the limited disapproval actions would trigger an obligation for EPA to promulgate a Federal Implementation Plan (FIP) for the specific New Source Review (NSR) program deficiencies unless California submits and we approve SIP revisions that correct the deficiencies within two years of the final action.
Any comments must arrive by January 26, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID Number EPA-R09-OAR-2016-0726 at
Laura Yannayon, by phone: (415) 972-3534 or by email at
Throughout this document, the terms “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to EPA.
On November 15, 2016, California submitted amended regulations to EPA for approval as revisions to the MCAQMD portion of the California SIP under the Clean Air Act. Collectively, the submitted regulations comprise the District's current program for preconstruction review and permitting of new or modified stationary sources. This SIP revision submittal, referred to herein as the “SIP submittal” or “submitted rules,” represents a significant update to the District's preconstruction review and permitting program and is intended to satisfy the requirements under part C (prevention of significant deterioration) (PSD) of title I of the Act as well as the general preconstruction review requirements for minor sources under section 110(a)(2)(C) of the Act (minor NSR).
Table 1 lists the rules addressed by this proposal with the dates that they were adopted by the District and submitted to the EPA by the California Air Resources Board, which is the governor's designee for California SIP submittals.
The rule submittals were determined to meet the completeness criteria 40 CFR part 51, appendix V on December 5, 2016. A completeness finding must be made before formal EPA review. Each of these submittals includes evidence of public notice and adoption of the regulation. Our technical support document (TSD) provides additional background information on each of the submitted rules.
Table 2 lists the rules that make up the existing SIP-approved rules for new or modified stationary sources in MCAQMD. All of these rules would be replaced or deleted from the SIP if EPA takes final action on the proposed approval of the submitted set of rules listed in Table 1.
The purpose of this proposed rule is to present our evaluation under the CAA and the EPA's regulations of the submitted rules adopted by the District as identified in Table 1. We provide our reasoning in general terms below but provide more detailed analysis in our TSD, which is available in the docket for this proposed rulemaking.
EPA has reviewed the rules submitted by MCAQMD governing PSD and minor NSR for stationary sources for compliance with the CAA's general requirements for SIPs in CAA section 110(a)(2), EPA's regulations for stationary source permitting programs in 40 CFR part 51, sections 51.160 through 51.164 and 51.166, and the CAA requirements for SIP revisions in CAA section 110(l).
With respect to procedures, CAA sections 110(a) and 110(l) require that revisions to a SIP be adopted by the State after reasonable notice and public hearing. Based on our review of the public process documentation included in the various submittals, we find that MCAQMD has provided sufficient evidence of public notice and opportunity for comment and public
With respect to substantive requirements, we have evaluated each submitted rule in accordance with the CAA and regulatory requirements that apply to: (1) General preconstruction review programs for minor sources under section 110(a)(2)(C) of the Act and 40 CFR 51.160-164, and (2) PSD permit programs under part C of title I of the Act and 40 CFR 51.166. For the most part, the submitted rules satisfy the applicable requirements for these permit programs and would strengthen the applicable SIP by updating the regulations and adding requirements to address new or revised PSD permitting requirements promulgated by EPA in the last several years; however, the submitted rules also contain specific deficiencies which prevent full approval of Rule 220. Below, we discuss generally our evaluation of MCAQMD's submitted rules and the deficiencies that are the basis for our proposed action on these rules. Our TSD contains a more detailed evaluation and recommendations for program improvements.
Section 110(a)(2)(C) of the Act requires that each SIP include a program to provide for “regulation of the modification and construction of any stationary source within the areas covered by the plan as necessary to assure that national ambient air quality standards are achieved, including a permit program as required in parts C and D” of title I of the Act. Thus, in addition to the permit programs required in parts C and D of title I of the Act, which apply to new or modified “major” stationary sources of pollutants, each SIP must include a program to provide for the regulation of the construction and modification of any stationary source within the areas covered by the plan as necessary to assure that the national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) are achieved. These general pre-construction requirements are commonly referred to as “minor” or “general” NSR and are subject to EPA's implementing regulations in 40 CFR 51.160-51.164.
Rules 130—
Part C of title I of the Act contains the provisions for the prevention of significant deterioration of air quality in areas designated “attainment” or “unclassifiable” for the NAAQS, including preconstruction permit requirements for new major sources or major modifications proposing to construct in such areas. EPA's regulations for PSD permit programs are found in 40 CFR 51.166. MCAQMD is currently designated as “attainment” or “unclassifiable/attainment” for all NAAQS pollutants.
The submitted rules contain the requirements for review and permitting of minor and PSD sources in MCAQMD. The rules satisfy most of the statutory and regulatory requirements for PSD permit programs, but Rule 220 also contains some minor deficiencies that form the basis for our proposed limited disapproval, as discussed below.
First, Rule 220 does not contain any provisions specifying that required air quality modeling shall be based on the applicable models, databases, and other requirements specified in Part 51 Appendix W, as required by 40 CFR 51.160(f) and 51.166(f). Provisions pertaining to modeling requirements must also specify the requirements for using any alternative models. To correct the deficiency, the District should add the required modeling provisions to Rule 220.
Second, Rule 220 does not contain any provisions to satisfy the requirements of 40 CFR 51.166(r)(2) that require permit programs to include specific language providing that if “. . . a particular source or modification becomes a major stationary source or major modification solely by virtue of a relaxation in any enforceable limitation which was established after August 7, 1980, on the capacity of the source or modification otherwise to emit a pollutant, such as a restriction on hours of operation, then the requirements . . . ” of the PSD program shall apply to the source or modification as though construction had not yet commenced on the source or modification. This deficiency can be corrected by adding the language found in 40 CFR 51.166(r)(2).
Compared to the existing SIP approved PSD program in Rule 220 (approved July 31, 1985), however, submitted Rule 220 represents an overall strengthening of the District's PSD program, in large part because the rule includes updated PSD provisions to regulate new or modified major stationary sources of PM
The CAA defines “nonattainment areas” as air quality planning areas that exceed the primary or secondary NAAQS for the given criteria pollutant. The MCAQMD is not designated nonattainment for any NAAQS. Because the MCAQMD is not currently classified nonattainment for any NAAQS, we are not evaluating the submitted rules for approval under 40 CFR 51.165, which contains the requirements for nonattainment NSR programs.
Section 110(l) prohibits EPA from approving a revision of a plan if the revision would “interfere with any applicable requirement concerning attainment and reasonable further progress . . . or any other applicable requirement of [the Act].”
MCAQMD is currently designated attainment or unclassifiable/attainment for all NAAQS pollutants. We are unaware of any reliance by the District on the continuation of any aspect of the permit-related rules in the MCAQMD portion of the California SIP for the purpose of continued attainment or maintenance of the NAAQS. Our approval of the MCAQMD SIP submittal would strengthen the applicable SIP. Therefore, we find that this SIP revision represents a strengthening of MCAQMD's minor NSR and PSD programs compared to the existing SIP rules that we previously approved, and that our approval of the SIP submittal would not interfere with any applicable requirement concerning attainment or any other applicable requirement of the Act.
Given all these considerations and in light of the air quality improvements in MCAQMD, we propose that our approval of these updated NSR regulations into the California SIP would not interfere with any applicable requirement concerning attainment or any other applicable requirement of the Act.
For the reasons stated above and explained further in our TSD, we find that the submitted rules satisfy most of the applicable CAA and regulatory
Our TSD, which is available in the docket for today's action, contains additional information on this rulemaking.
Pursuant to section 110(k) of the CAA and for the reasons provided above, EPA is proposing a limited approval and limited disapproval of Rule 220, and approval of the remaining revisions to the MCAQMD portion of the California SIP that governs the issuance of permits for stationary sources under the jurisdiction of MCAQMD, including review and permitting of major sources and major modifications under part C of title I of the CAA. Specifically, EPA is proposing an action on MCAQMD rules listed in Table 1, above, as a revision to the MCAQMD portion of the California SIP.
EPA is proposing this action because, although we find that the new and amended rules meet most of the applicable requirements for such permit programs and that the SIP revisions improve the existing SIP, we have found certain deficiencies that prevent full approval of Rule 220, as explained further in this preamble and in the TSD for this rulemaking. The intended effect of the proposed approval and limited approval and limited disapproval portions of this action is to update the applicable SIP with current MCAQMD permitting regulations
In addition, on April 1, 2016 (81 FR 18766), EPA partially disapproved California's 110(a)(2) “Infrastructure” SIP Submittal for multiple NAAQS, including the 2008 ozone, 1997 and 2006 PM
If finalized as proposed, the limited disapproval of Rule 220 would trigger an obligation for EPA to promulgate a Federal Implementation Plan unless the State of California corrects the deficiencies, and EPA approves the related plan revisions, within two years of the final action.
We will accept comments from the public on both the proposed full approval and the proposed limited approval and limited disapproval for the next 30 days.
In this rulemaking, the EPA is proposing to include in a final EPA rule regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, the EPA is proposing to incorporate by reference the MCAQMD rules as described in Table 1 of this notice. The EPA has made, and will continue to make, this document available electronically through
Additional information about these statutes and Executive Orders can be found at
This action is not a significant regulatory action and was therefore not submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review.
This action does not impose an information collection burden under the PRA because this action does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law.
I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. This action will not impose any requirements on small entities beyond those imposed by state law.
This action does not contain any unfunded mandate as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. This action does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. Accordingly, no additional costs to State, local, or tribal governments, or to the private sector, will result from this action.
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This action does not have tribal implications, as specified in Executive Order 13175, because the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where the EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction, and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.
The EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern environmental health or safety risks that the EPA has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, per the definition of “covered regulatory action” in section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law.
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.
Section 12(d) of the NTTAA directs the EPA to use voluntary consensus standards in its regulatory activities unless to do so would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. The EPA believes that this action is not subject to the requirements of section 12(d) of the NTTAA because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA.
The EPA lacks the discretionary authority to address environmental justice in this rulemaking.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
42 U.S.C. 7401
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve a revision to the Maryland state implementation plan (SIP). Maryland has submitted for inclusion in the SIP a Consent Agreement between Maryland and Raven Power concerning an inter-facility averaging plan for emissions of nitrogen oxides (NO
Written comments must be received on or before January 26, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R03-OAR-2016-0562 at
Irene Shandruk, (215) 814-2166, or by email at
Maryland's COMAR 26.11.09.08—Control of NO
On July 28, 2016, the State of Maryland through the Maryland Department of the Environment (MDE) submitted to EPA a SIP revision submittal consisting of a Consent Agreement between MDE and Raven Power establishing an inter-facility averaging plan for NO
The Consent Agreement between MDE and Raven Power allows Raven Power to use system-wide emissions averaging to comply with the applicable NO
Additionally, according to the Consent Agreement, Raven Power must submit a written report and certify annually that the annual NO
EPA has evaluated Maryland's SIP revision submittal and believes Raven Power's NO
In addition, EPA finds that this SIP revision submittal meets the requirements of CAA section 110(l) as it will not interfere with attainment and maintenance of any NAAQS, reasonable further progress, or any other applicable CAA requirement, because the NO
In this proposed rule, EPA is proposing to include in a final EPA rule regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, EPA is proposing to incorporate by reference Maryland's Consent Agreement with Raven Power concerning a NO
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this proposed action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, this proposed rule concerning Maryland's NO
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
42 U.S.C. 7401
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve revisions to the emissions statements rule in the Indiana State Implementation Plan (SIP). These revisions, if approved, would extend Indiana's emissions statements regulations to Lawrenceburg Township, Dearborn County in order to be consistent with Clean Air Act (CAA) requirements for the 2008 ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). These revisions also include minor formatting changes. The Indiana Department of Environmental Management (IDEM) submitted these revisions to EPA on November 18, 2016.
Comments must be received on or before January 26, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R05-OAR-2016-0328 at
Eric Svingen, Environmental Engineer, Attainment Planning and Maintenance Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 353-4489,
Throughout this document whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA. This
Section 182(a)(3)(B) of the CAA mandates that each state to submit a revision to its SIP to require that the owner or operator of each applicable stationary source of nitrogen oxides (NO
As EPA has promulgated more stringent NAAQS for ozone, additional areas in Indiana have been designated as nonattainment. Subsequently, some of these areas later demonstrated attainment and EPA redesignated them accordingly. Indiana has historically satisfied Section 182(a)(3)(B) requirements by submitting SIP revision requests that apply the emissions statements rule to contemporaneous ozone nonattainment areas.
On June 10, 1994 (59 FR 29953), EPA determined that Indiana regulation 326 IAC 2-6 (“Emission Reporting”) satisfied the requirements of CAA Section 182(a)(3)(B) for nonattainment areas under the 1979 ozone NAAQS, and approved it into Indiana's SIP. On October 29, 2004 (69 FR 63069), EPA approved into Indiana's SIP a revised version of the applicability section at 326 IAC 2-6-1, which limited the emissions statements rule to only Lake and Porter counties. On March 29, 2007 (72 FR 14681), EPA approved into Indiana's SIP a revised version of 326 IAC 2-6 that extended the emissions statements rule to LaPorte County, which had been designated nonattainment under the 1997 ozone NAAQS.
On May 21, 2012, EPA published designations under the 2008 ozone NAAQS for most areas in the United States (77 FR 30088). In Indiana, only the portion of Dearborn County that is within Lawrenceburg Township was designated nonattainment. On June 11, 2012, EPA published designations under the 2008 ozone NAAQS for the remaining areas in the United States (77 FR 34221). In Indiana, Lake and Porter counties were added to the list of Indiana designated nonattainment areas. Lake and Porter counties have been subject to federally-enforceable emissions statements requirements since EPA approved the original version of 326 IAC 2-6 into Indiana's SIP in 1994; therefore, Indiana's only remaining obligation under Section 182(a)(3)(B) with regard to the 2008 ozone NAAQS is to submit a SIP revision applying emissions statements requirements to Lawrenceburg Township in Dearborn County.
On November 18, 2016, IDEM submitted to EPA revisions to 326 IAC 2-6-1, and requested that EPA approve these revisions into Indiana's SIP. IDEM opened a public comment period lasting from April 27, 2016, to May 27, 2016, and held a public hearing on August 10, 2016; no comments were received. Also on August 10, 2016, the revisions were approved by Indiana's Air Pollution Control Board. The revisions were filed with the Indiana Register on October 21, 2016, and published in the Indiana Register on November 16, 2016.
In its submittal, Indiana is revising and submitting only three changes to 326 IAC 2-6-1. First, Indiana is making a minor formatting change that more clearly references part 70 (title V of the CAA) permitting rules under 326 IAC 2-7. Second, Indiana is adding Lawrenceburg Township, Dearborn County to the applicability section. Third, Indiana is making another minor formatting change that more clearly references additional information requests under 326 IAC 2-6-5. The remaining portions of 326 IAC 2-6, versions of which were last approved into Indiana's SIP in 2004 or 2006, are unchanged in this revision.
Indiana's revised version of 326 IAC 2-6-1 appropriately extends the emissions statements rule to Lawrenceburg Township, Dearborn County. This change is consistent with EPA's Section 182(a)(3)(B) requirements. The revised rule also contains minor formatting changes that clarify references to related rules.
EPA is proposing to approve the revisions to 326 IAC 2-6-1 into Indiana's SIP.
In this rulemaking, EPA is proposing to include in a final EPA rule regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, EPA is proposing to incorporate by reference the revised IDEM rule at 326 IAC 2-6-1 filed with the Indiana Register on October 21, 2016, regarding the emissions statements rule and discussed in section II of this rulemaking. EPA has made, and will continue to make, these documents generally available through
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to find that the Cincinnati, Ohio-Kentucky-Indiana area is attaining the 2008 ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS or standard) and to approve a request from the Indiana Department of Environmental Management (IDEM) to redesignate the Indiana portion of the Cincinnati area to attainment for the 2008 ozone NAAQS because the request meets the statutory requirements for redesignation under the Clean Air Act (CAA or Act). The Cincinnati area includes Lawrenceburg Township in Dearborn County, Indiana; Butler, Clermont, Clinton, Hamilton, and Warren Counties in Ohio; and, Boone, Campbell, and Kenton Counties in Kentucky. IDEM submitted this request on February 23, 2016, and supplemented that submittal with a revised emissions inventory on May 4, 2016. EPA is also proposing to approve, as a revision to the Indiana State Implementation Plan (SIP), the state's plan for maintaining the 2008 ozone standard through 2030 in the Cincinnati area. Additionally, EPA finds adequate and is proposing to approve the state's 2020 and 2030 volatile organic compound (VOC) and oxides of nitrogen (NO
Comments must be received on or before January 26, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R05-OAR-2016-0135 at
Eric Svingen, Environmental Engineer, Attainment Planning and Maintenance Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 353-4489,
Throughout this document whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA. This
EPA is proposing to take several related actions. EPA is proposing to determine that the Cincinnati nonattainment area is attaining the 2008 ozone standard, based on quality-assured and certified monitoring data for 2013-2015 and that the Indiana portion of this area has met the requirements for redesignation under section 107(d)(3)(E) of the CAA. EPA is thus proposing to approve IDEM's request to change the legal designation of the Indiana portion of the Cincinnati area from nonattainment to attainment for the 2008 ozone standard. EPA is also proposing to approve, as a revision to the Indiana SIP, the state's maintenance plan (such approval being one of the CAA criteria for redesignation to attainment status) for the area. The maintenance plan is designed to keep the Cincinnati area in attainment of the 2008 ozone NAAQS through 2030. Finally, EPA finds adequate and is proposing to approve the newly-established 2020 and 2030 MVEBs for the Indiana and Ohio portion of the Cincinnati area. The adequacy comment period for the MVEBs began on July 22, 2016, with EPA's posting of the availability of the submittal on EPA's Adequacy Web site (at
On June 1, 2016, Indiana submitted a separate SIP revision to address emissions statements requirements, as discussed in section IV.B.1. of this preamble. EPA is taking action on the emissions statements SIP revision in a separate rulemaking. EPA will not finalize this redesignation rulemaking without an earlier or simultaneous final approval of the separate emissions statements rulemaking.
EPA has determined that ground-level ozone is detrimental to human health. On March 12, 2008, EPA promulgated a revised ozone NAAQS of 0.075 parts per million (ppm). See 73 FR 16436 (March 27, 2008). Under EPA's regulations at 40 CFR part 50, the 2008 ozone NAAQS is attained in an area when the three-year average of the annual fourth highest daily maximum 8-hour average concentration is equal to or less than 0.075 ppm, when truncated after the thousandth decimal place, at all of the ozone monitoring sites in the area.
Upon promulgation of a new or revised NAAQS, section 107(d)(1)(B) of the CAA requires EPA to designate as nonattainment any areas that are violating the NAAQS, based on the most recent three years of quality-assured ozone monitoring data. The Cincinnati area was designated as a marginal nonattainment area for the 2008 ozone NAAQS on May 21, 2012 (77 FR 30088) (effective July 20, 2012).
In a final implementation rule for the 2008 ozone NAAQS (SIP Requirements Rule),
Section 107(d)(3)(E) of the CAA allows redesignation of an area to attainment of the NAAQS provided that: (1) The Administrator (EPA) determines that the area has attained the NAAQS; (2) the Administrator has fully approved the applicable implementation plan for the area under section 110(k) of the CAA; (3) the Administrator determines that the improvement in air quality is due to permanent and enforceable reductions in emissions resulting from implementation of the applicable SIP, applicable Federal air pollutant control regulations, and other permanent and enforceable emission reductions; (4) the Administrator has fully approved a maintenance plan for the area as meeting the requirements of section 175A of the CAA; and (5) the state containing the area has met all requirements applicable to the area for the purposes of redesignation under section 110 and part D of the CAA.
On April 16, 1992, EPA provided guidance on redesignations in the General Preamble for the Implementation of Title I of the CAA Amendments of 1990 (57 FR 13498) and supplemented this guidance on April 28, 1992 (57 FR 18070). EPA has provided further guidance on processing redesignation requests in the following documents:
1. “Ozone and Carbon Monoxide Design Value Calculations,” Memorandum from Bill Laxton. Director, Technical Support Division, June 18, 1990;
2. “Maintenance Plans for Redesignation of Ozone and Carbon Monoxide Nonattainment Areas,” Memorandum from G.T. Helms, Chief, Ozone/Carbon Monoxide Programs Branch, April 30, 1992;
3. “Contingency Measures for Ozone and Carbon Monoxide (CO) Redesignations,” Memorandum from G.T. Helms, Chief, Ozone/Carbon Monoxide Programs Branch, June 1, 1992;
4. “Procedures for Processing Requests to Redesignate Areas to Attainment,” Memorandum from John Calcagni, Director, Air Quality Management Division, September 4, 1992 (the “Calcagni Memorandum”);
5. “State Implementation Plan (SIP) Actions Submitted in Response to Clean Air Act (CAA) Deadlines,” Memorandum from John Calcagni, Director, Air Quality Management Division, October 28, 1992;
6. “Technical Support Documents (TSDs) for Redesignation of Ozone and Carbon Monoxide (CO) Nonattainment Areas,” Memorandum from G.T. Helms, Chief, Ozone/Carbon Monoxide Programs Branch, August 17, 1993;
7. “State Implementation Plan (SIP) Requirements for Areas Submitting Requests for Redesignation to Attainment of the Ozone and Carbon Monoxide (CO) National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) On or After November 15, 1992,” Memorandum from Michael H. Shapiro, Acting Assistant Administrator for Air and Radiation, September 17, 1993;
8. “Use of Actual Emissions in Maintenance Demonstrations for Ozone and CO Nonattainment Areas,” Memorandum from D. Kent Berry, Acting Director, Air Quality Management Division, November 30, 1993;
9. “Part D New Source Review (Part D NSR) Requirements for Areas Requesting Redesignation to Attainment,” Memorandum from Mary D. Nichols, Assistant Administrator for Air and Radiation, October 14, 1994; and
10. “Reasonable Further Progress, Attainment Demonstration, and Related Requirements for Ozone Nonattainment Areas Meeting the Ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standard,” Memorandum from John S. Seitz, Director, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, May 10, 1995.
For redesignation of a nonattainment area to attainment, the CAA requires EPA to determine that the area has attained the applicable NAAQS (CAA section 107(d)(3)(E)(i)). An area is attaining the 2008 ozone NAAQS if it meets the 2008 ozone NAAQS, as determined in accordance with 40 CFR 50.15 and appendix P of part 50, based on three complete, consecutive calendar years of quality-assured air quality data for all monitoring sites in the area. To attain the NAAQS, the three-year average of the annual fourth-highest daily maximum 8-hour average ozone concentrations (ozone design values) at each monitor must not exceed 0.075 ppm. The air quality data must be collected and quality-assured in accordance with 40 CFR part 58 and recorded in EPA's Air Quality System (AQS). Ambient air quality monitoring data for the three-year period must also meet data completeness requirements. An ozone design value is valid if daily maximum 8-hour average concentrations are available for at least 90% of the days within the ozone monitoring seasons,
On May 4, 2016, in accordance with section 181(b)(2)(A) of the CAA and the provisions of the SIP Requirements Rule (40 CFR 51.1103), EPA made a determination that the Cincinnati area attained the standard by its July 20, 2015, attainment date for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. This determination was based upon three years of complete, quality-assured and certified data for the 2012-2014 period. In addition, EPA has reviewed the available ozone monitoring data from monitoring sites in the Cincinnati area for the 2013-2015 period. These data have been quality-assured, are recorded in the AQS, and have been certified. These data demonstrate that the Cincinnati area is attaining the 2008 ozone NAAQS. The annual fourth-highest 8-hour ozone concentrations and the three-year average of these concentrations (monitoring site ozone design values) for each monitoring site are summarized in Table 1.
The three-year ozone design value for 2013-2015 is 0.071 ppm,
EPA will not take final action to determine that the Cincinnati area is attaining the NAAQS nor to approve the redesignation of this area if the design value of a monitoring site in the area exceeds the NAAQS after proposal but prior to final approval of the redesignation. Preliminary 2016 data indicate that this area continues to attain the 2008 ozone NAAQS. As discussed in section IV.D.3. of this preamble, IDEM has committed to continue monitoring ozone in this area to verify maintenance of the ozone standard.
As criteria for redesignation of an area from nonattainment to attainment of a NAAQS, the CAA requires EPA to determine that the state has met all applicable requirements under section 110 and part D of title I of the CAA (
Recognizing that the comprehensive emissions inventory and emissions statements rules must be approved on or before the date we complete final rulemaking approving the redesignation requests, we determine here that, assuming that this occurs, Indiana will have met all applicable section 110 and part D SIP requirements of the CAA for purposes of approval of Indiana's ozone redesignation request for the Cincinnati area and will have a fully approved SIP under section 110(k) of the CAA. In making these proposed determinations, EPA ascertained which CAA requirements are applicable to the Cincinnati area and the Indiana SIP and, if applicable, whether the required Indiana SIP elements are fully approved under section 110(k) and part D of the CAA. As discussed more fully below, SIPs must be fully approved only with respect to currently applicable requirements of the CAA.
The September 4, 1992, Calcagni memorandum (see “Procedures for Processing Requests to Redesignate Areas to Attainment,” Memorandum from John Calcagni, Director, Air Quality Management Division, September 4, 1992) describes EPA's interpretation of section 107(d)(3)(E) of the CAA. Under this interpretation, a state and the area it wishes to redesignate must meet the relevant CAA requirements that are due prior to the state's submittal of a complete redesignation request for the area.
Section 110(a)(2) of the CAA delineates the general requirements for a SIP. Section 110(a)(2) provides that the SIP must have been adopted by the state after reasonable public notice and hearing, and that, among other things, it must: (1) Include enforceable emission limitations and other control measures, means or techniques necessary to meet the requirements of the CAA; (2) provide for establishment and operation of appropriate devices, methods, systems and procedures necessary to monitor ambient air quality; (3) provide for implementation of a source permit program to regulate the modification and construction of stationary sources within the areas covered by the plan; (4) include provisions for the implementation of part C prevention of significant deterioration (PSD) and part D new source review (NSR) permit programs; (5) include provisions for stationary source emission control measures, monitoring, and reporting; (6) include provisions for air quality
Section 110(a)(2)(D) of the CAA requires SIPs to contain measures to prevent sources in a state from significantly contributing to air quality problems in another state. To implement this provision, EPA has required certain states to establish programs to address transport of certain air pollutants,
In addition, EPA believes that other section 110 elements that are neither connected with nonattainment plan submissions nor linked with an area's ozone attainment status are not applicable requirements for purposes of redesignation. The area will still be subject to these requirements after the area is redesignated to attainment of the 2008 ozone NAAQS. The section 110 and part D requirements which are linked with a particular area's designation and classification are the relevant measures to evaluate in reviewing a redesignation request. This approach is consistent with EPA's existing policy on applicability (
We have reviewed Indiana's SIP and have concluded that it meets the general SIP requirements under section 110 of the CAA, to the extent those requirements are applicable for purposes of redesignation. On April 29, 2015 (80 FR 23713), EPA approved elements of the SIP submitted by Indiana to meet the requirements of section 110 for the 2008 ozone standard. The requirements of section 110(a)(2), however, are statewide requirements that are not linked to the ozone nonattainment status of the Cincinnati area. Therefore, EPA concludes that these infrastructure requirements are not applicable requirements for purposes of review of the state's ozone redesignation request.
Section 172(c) of the CAA sets forth the basic requirements of air quality plans for states with nonattainment areas that are required to submit them pursuant to section 172(b). Subpart 2 of part D, which includes section 182 of the CAA, establishes specific requirements for ozone nonattainment areas depending on the areas' nonattainment classifications.
The Cincinnati area was classified as marginal under subpart 2 for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. As such, the area is subject to the subpart 1 requirements contained in section 172(c) and section 176. Similarly, the area is subject to the subpart 2 requirements contained in section 182(a) (marginal nonattainment area requirements). A thorough discussion of the requirements contained in section 172(c) and 182 can be found in the General Preamble for Implementation of Title I (57 FR 13498).
As provided in subpart 2, for marginal ozone nonattainment areas such as the Cincinnati area, the specific requirements of section 182(a) apply in lieu of the attainment planning requirements that would otherwise apply under section 172(c), including the attainment demonstration and reasonably available control measures (RACM) under section 172(c)(1), reasonable further progress (RFP) under section 172(c)(2), and contingency measures under section 172(c)(9). 42 U.S.C. 7511a(a).
Section 172(c)(3) requires submission and approval of a comprehensive, accurate and current inventory of actual emissions. This requirement is superseded by the inventory requirement in section 182(a)(1) discussed below.
Section 172(c)(4) requires the identification and quantification of allowable emissions for major new and modified stationary sources in an area, and section 172(c)(5) requires source permits for the construction and operation of new and modified major stationary sources anywhere in the nonattainment area. EPA approved Indiana's NSR program on October 7, 1994 (59 FR 51108), and approved revisions to Indiana's NSR program on June 18, 2007 (72 FR 33395), July 8, 2011 (76 FR 40242), and July 2, 2014 (79 FR 37646). Nonetheless, EPA has determined that, since PSD requirements will apply after redesignation, areas being redesignated need not comply with the requirement that a NSR program be approved prior to redesignation, provided that the area demonstrates maintenance of the NAAQS without part D NSR. A more detailed rationale for this view is described in a memorandum from Mary Nichols, Assistant Administrator for Air and Radiation, dated October 14, 1994, entitled, “Part D New Source Review Requirements for Areas Requesting Redesignation to Attainment.” Indiana has demonstrated that the Cincinnati area will be able to maintain the standard without part D NSR in effect; therefore, EPA concludes that the state need not have a fully approved part D NSR program prior to approval of the redesignation request.
Section 172(c)(6) requires the SIP to contain control measures necessary to provide for attainment of the NAAQS. Because attainment has been reached,
Section 172(c)(7) requires the SIP to meet the applicable provisions of section 110(a)(2). As noted above, we believe the Indiana SIP meets the requirements of section 110(a)(2) for purposes of redesignation.
Section 176(c) of the CAA requires states to establish criteria and procedures to ensure that Federally supported or funded projects conform to the air quality planning goals in the applicable SIP. The requirement to determine conformity applies to transportation plans, programs and projects that are developed, funded or approved under title 23 of the United States Code (U.S.C.) and the Federal Transit Act (transportation conformity) as well as to all other Federally supported or funded projects (general conformity). State transportation conformity SIP revisions must be consistent with Federal conformity regulations relating to consultation, enforcement and enforceability that EPA promulgated pursuant to its authority under the CAA.
EPA interprets the conformity SIP requirements
Section 182(a)(1) requires states to submit a comprehensive, accurate, and current inventory of actual emissions from sources of VOC and NO
Under section 182(a)(2)(A), states with ozone nonattainment areas that were designated prior to the enactment of the 1990 CAA amendments were required to submit, within six months of classification, all rules and corrections to existing VOC reasonably available control technology (RACT) rules that were required under section 172(b)(3) prior to the 1990 CAA amendments. The Indiana portion of the Cincinnati area is not subject to the section 182(a)(2) RACT “fix up” requirement for the 2008 ozone NAAQS because it was not subject to RACT prior to the enactment of the 1990 CAA amendments.
Section 182(a)(2)(B) requires each state with a marginal ozone nonattainment area that implemented or was required to implement a vehicle inspection and maintenance (I/M) program prior to the 1990 CAA amendments to submit a SIP revision for an I/M program no less stringent than that required prior to the 1990 CAA amendments or already in the SIP at the time of the CAA amendments, whichever is more stringent. For the purposes of the 2008 ozone standard and the consideration of Indiana's redesignation request for this standard, the Indiana portion of the Cincinnati area is not subject to the section 182(a)(2)(B) requirement because it was not designated as nonattainment for any ozone standard prior to the enactment of the 1990 CAA amendments and did not have an I/M program before 1990.
Regarding the source permitting and offset requirements of section 182(a)(2)(C) and section 182(a)(4), Indiana currently has a fully-approved part D NSR program in place. EPA conditionally approved Indiana's PSD program on March 3, 2003 (68 FR 9892), fully approved Indiana's PSD program on May 20, 2004 (69 FR 29071), and approved revisions to Indiana's PSD program on July 8, 2011 (76 FR 40242), September 28, 2011 (76 FR 59899), and July 2, 2014 (79 FR 37646). As discussed above, Indiana has demonstrated that the Cincinnati area will be able to maintain the standard without part D NSR in effect; therefore, EPA concludes that the state need not have a fully approved part D NSR program prior to approval of the redesignation request. The state's PSD program will become effective in the Cincinnati area upon redesignation to attainment.
Section 182(a)(3)(A) requires states to submit periodic emission inventories and section 182(a)(3)(B) requires states to submit a revision to the SIP to require the owners or operators of stationary sources to annually submit emissions statements documenting actual VOC and NO
Upon approval of Indiana's emissions inventory and emissions statements rules, the Indiana portion of the Cincinnati area will have satisfied all applicable requirements for purposes of redesignation under section 110 and part D of title I of the CAA.
Indiana has adopted and submitted and EPA has approved at various times, provisions addressing the various SIP elements applicable for the ozone NAAQS. In this action, EPA is proposing to approve Indiana's 2011 comprehensive emissions inventory for the Cincinnati area as meeting the requirement of section 182(a)(1) of the CAA. In a separate rule, EPA will take action on the Indiana emissions statements rules submittal. As discussed above, if EPA issues a final approval of the comprehensive emissions inventory and Indiana's emissions statements rules submittals, EPA will have fully approved the Indiana SIP for the Cincinnati area under section 110(k) of the CAA for all requirements applicable for purposes of redesignation. EPA may rely on prior SIP approvals in approving a redesignation request (
To support the redesignation of an area from nonattainment to attainment, section 107(d)(3)(E)(iii) of the CAA requires EPA to determine that the air quality improvement in the area is due to permanent and enforceable
In making this demonstration, the state has calculated the change in emissions between 2011 and 2014. The reduction in emissions and the corresponding improvement in air quality over this period can be attributed to a number of regulatory control measures that the Cincinnati area and upwind areas have implemented in recent years. In addition, IDEM provided an analysis to demonstrate the improvement in air quality was not due to unusually favorable meteorology. Based on the information summarized below, Indiana has adequately demonstrated that the improvement in air quality is due to permanent and enforceable emissions reductions.
The D.C. Circuit's initial vacatur of CSAPR
Reductions in VOC and NO
Changes at several EGUs have resulted in reductions in NO
Indiana is using a 2011 inventory as the nonattainment base year. Area, nonroad mobile, airport related emissions (AIR), and point source emissions (EGUs and non-EGUs) were collected from the Ozone NAAQS Implementation Modeling platform (2011v6.1). For 2011, this represents actual data reported to EPA by the states for the 2011 National Emissions inventory (NEI). Because emissions from state inventory databases, the NEI, and the Ozone NAAQS Emissions Modeling platform are annual totals, tons per summer day were derived according to EPA's guidance document “Temporal Allocation of Annual Emissions Using EMCH Temporal Profiles” dated April 29 2002, using the temporal allocation references accompanying the 2011v6.1 modeling inventory files. Onroad mobile source emissions were developed in conjunction with the Ohio-Kentucky-Indiana Regional Council of Governments (OKI) and were calculated from emission factors produced by EPA's 2014 Motor Vehicle Emission Simulator (MOVES) model and data extracted from the region's travel-demand model.
For the attainment inventory, Indiana is using 2014, one of the years the Cincinnati area monitored attainment of the 2008 ozone standard. Because the 2014 NEI inventory was not available at the time IDEM was compiling the redesignation request, the state was unable to use the 2014 NEI inventory directly. For area, nonroad mobile, and AIR, 2014 emissions were derived by interpolating between 2011 and 2018 Ozone NAAQS Emissions Modeling platform inventories. The point source sector for the 2014 inventory was developed using actual 2014 point source emissions reported to the state databases, which serve as the basis for the point source emissions reported to EPA for the NEI. Summer day inventories were derived for these sectors using the methodology described above. Finally, onroad mobile source emissions were developed in conjunction with OKI using the same methodology described above for the 2011 inventory.
Using the inventories described above, Indiana's submittal documents changes in VOC and NO
Table 7 shows that the Cincinnati area reduced NO
To further support IDEM's demonstration that the improvement in air quality between the year violations occurred and the year attainment was achieved, is due to permanent and enforceable emission reductions and not on favorable meteorology, an analysis was performed by the Lake Michigan Air Directors Consortium (LADCO). A classification and regression tree (CART) analysis was conducted with 2000 through 2014 data from three Cincinnati area ozone sites. The goal of the analysis was to determine the meteorological and air quality conditions associated with ozone episodes, and construct trends for the days identified as sharing similar meteorological conditions.
Regression trees were developed for the three monitors to classify each summer day by its ozone concentration and associated meteorological conditions. By grouping days with similar meteorology, the influence of meteorological variability on the underlying trend in ozone concentrations is partially removed and the remaining trend is presumed to be due to trends in precursor emissions or other non-meteorological influences. The CART analysis showed that, reducing the impact of meteorology, the resulting trends in ozone concentrations declined over the period examined, supporting the conclusion that the improvement in air quality was not due to unusually favorable meteorology.
As one of the criteria for redesignation to attainment section 107(d)(3)(E)(iv) of the CAA requires EPA to determine that the area has a fully approved maintenance plan pursuant to section 175A of the CAA. Section 175A of the CAA sets forth the elements of a maintenance plan for areas seeking redesignation from nonattainment to attainment. Under section 175A, the maintenance plan must demonstrate continued attainment of the NAAQS for at least 10 years after the Administrator
The Calcagni Memorandum provides further guidance on the content of a maintenance plan, explaining that a maintenance plan should address five elements: (1) An attainment emission inventory; (2) a maintenance demonstration; (3) a commitment for continued air quality monitoring; (4) a process for verification of continued attainment; and (5) a contingency plan. In conjunction with its request to redesignate the Indiana portion of the Cincinnati area to attainment for the 2008 ozone standard, IDEM submitted a SIP revision to provide for maintenance of the 2008 ozone standard through 2030, more than 10 years after the expected effective date of the redesignation to attainment. As is discussed more fully below, EPA proposes to find that Indiana's ozone maintenance plan includes the necessary components and is proposing to approve the maintenance plan as a revision of the Indiana SIP.
EPA is proposing to determine that the Cincinnati area has attained the 2008 ozone NAAQS based on monitoring data for the period of 2013-2015. IDEM selected 2014 as the attainment emissions inventory year to establish attainment emission levels for VOC and NO
Indiana has demonstrated maintenance of the 2008 ozone standard through 2030 by assuring that current and future emissions of VOC and NO
Indiana is using emissions inventories for the years 2020 and 2030 to demonstrate maintenance. 2030 is more than 10 years after the expected effective date of the redesignation to attainment and 2020 was selected to demonstrate that emissions are not expected to spike in the interim between the attainment year and the final maintenance year. The emissions inventories were developed as described below.
To develop the 2020 and 2030 inventories, the state collected data from the Ozone NAAQS Emissions Modeling platform (2011v6.1) inventories for years 2011, 2018 and 2025. 2020 emissions for area, nonroad mobile, AIR, and point source sectors were derived by interpolating between 2018 and 2025. 2030 emissions for area, nonroad mobile, AIR, and point source sectors were derived using the TREND function in Excel. If the trend function resulted in a negative value the emissions were assumed not to change. Summer day inventories were derived for these sectors using the methodology described in section IV.C.2. above. Finally, onroad mobile source emissions were developed in conjunction with OKI using the same methodology described in section IV.C.2. above for the 2011 inventory. Emissions data are shown in Tables 8 through 13 below.
In summary, the maintenance demonstration for the Cincinnati area shows maintenance of the 2008 ozone standard by providing emissions information to support the demonstration that future emissions of NO
IDEM has committed to continue to operate the ozone monitors listed in Table 1 above. IDEM has committed to consult with EPA prior to making changes to the existing monitoring network should changes become necessary in the future. Indiana remains obligated to meet monitoring requirements and continue to quality assure monitoring data in accordance with 40 CFR part 58, and to enter all data into the Air Quality System (AQS) in accordance with Federal guidelines.
The State of Indiana has the legal authority to enforce and implement the requirements of the maintenance plan for the Indiana portion of the Cincinnati area. This includes the authority to adopt, implement, and enforce any subsequent emission control measures determined to be necessary to correct future ozone attainment problems.
Verification of continued attainment is accomplished through operation of the ambient ozone monitoring network and the periodic update of the area's emissions inventory. IDEM will continue to operate the current ozone monitors located in the Indiana portion of the Cincinnati area. There are no plans to discontinue operation, relocate, or otherwise change the existing ozone monitoring network other than through revisions in the network approved by the EPA.
In addition, to track future levels of emissions, IDEM will continue to develop and submit to EPA updated emission inventories for all source categories at least once every three years, consistent with the requirements of 40 CFR part 51, subpart A, and in 40 CFR 51.122. The Consolidated Emissions Reporting Rule (CERR) was promulgated by EPA on June 10, 2002 (67 FR 39602). The CERR was replaced by the Annual Emissions Reporting Requirements (AERR) on December 17, 2008 (73 FR 76539). The most recent triennial inventory for Indiana was compiled for 2014. Point source facilities covered by Indiana's emissions statements rule, which was submitted separately by IDEM for inclusion in Indiana's SIP and is being considered by EPA in a separate rule, will submit VOC and NO
Section 175A of the CAA requires that the state must adopt a maintenance plan, as a SIP revision, that includes such contingency measures as EPA deems necessary to assure that the state will promptly correct a violation of the NAAQS that occurs after redesignation of the area to attainment of the NAAQS. The maintenance plan must identify: The contingency measures to be considered and, if needed for maintenance, adopted and implemented; a schedule and procedure for adoption and implementation; and, a time limit for action by the state. The state should also identify specific indicators to be used to determine when the contingency measures need to be considered, adopted, and implemented. The maintenance plan must include a commitment that the state will implement all measures with respect to the control of the relevant pollutants that were in the SIP before redesignation of the area to attainment in accordance with section 175A(d) of the CAA.
As required by section 175A of the CAA, Indiana has adopted a contingency plan for the Cincinnati area to address possible future ozone air quality problems. The contingency plan adopted by Indiana has two levels of response, a warning level response and an action level response.
In Indiana's plan, a warning level response will be triggered when an annual fourth high monitored value of 0.079 ppm or higher is monitored within the maintenance area. A warning level response will consist of IDEM conducting a study to determine whether the ozone value indicates a trend toward higher ozone values and/or whether emissions appear to be increasing. The studies will evaluate whether the trend, if any, is likely to continue and, if so, the control measures necessary to reverse the trend. The studies will consider ease and timing of implementation as well as economic and social impacts. Implementation of necessary controls in response to a warning level response trigger will take place within 12 months from the conclusion of the most recent ozone season.
In Indiana's plan, an action level response is triggered when a two-year average fourth high value of 0.076 ppm or greater is monitored within the maintenance area. A violation of the standard within the maintenance area also triggers an action level response. When an action level response is triggered, IDEM will determine what additional control measures are needed to assure future attainment of the ozone standard, and will adopt these measures through the necessary administrative and legal process, including the opportunity for a public hearing. Control measures selected will be
IDEM included the following list of potential contingency measures in its maintenance plan:
EPA has concluded that the maintenance plan adequately addresses the five basic components of a maintenance plan: attainment inventory, maintenance demonstration, monitoring network, verification of continued attainment, and a contingency plan. In addition, as required by section 175A(b) of the CAA, IDEM has committed to submit to EPA an updated ozone maintenance plan eight years after redesignation of the Indiana portion of the Cincinnati area to cover an additional ten years beyond the initial 10-year maintenance period. Thus, EPA proposes to find that the maintenance plan SIP revision submitted by IDEM for the Indiana portion of the Cincinnati area meets the requirements of section 175A of the CAA.
Under section 176(c) of the CAA, new transportation plans, programs, or projects that receive Federal funding or support, such as the construction of new highways, must “conform” to (
Under the CAA, states are required to submit, at various times, control strategy SIPs for nonattainment areas and maintenance plans for areas seeking redesignations to attainment of the ozone standard and maintenance areas.
Under 40 CFR part 93, a MVEB for an area seeking a redesignation to attainment must be established, at minimum, for the last year of the maintenance plan. A state may adopt MVEBs for other years as well. The MVEB serves as a ceiling on emissions from an area's planned transportation system. The MVEB concept is further explained in the preamble to the November 24, 1993, Transportation Conformity Rule (58 FR 62188). The preamble also describes how to establish the MVEB in the SIP and how to revise the MVEB, if needed, subsequent to initially establishing a MVEB in the SIP.
When reviewing submitted control strategy SIPs or maintenance plans containing MVEBs, EPA must affirmatively find that the MVEBs contained therein are adequate for use in determining transportation conformity. Once EPA affirmatively finds that the submitted MVEBs are adequate for transportation purposes, the MVEBs must be used by state and Federal agencies in determining whether proposed transportation projects conform to the SIP as required by section 176(c) of the CAA.
EPA's substantive criteria for determining adequacy of a MVEB are set out in 40 CFR 93.118(e)(4). The process for determining adequacy consists of three basic steps: Public notification of a SIP submission; provision for a public comment period; and EPA's adequacy determination. This process for determining the adequacy of submitted MVEBs for transportation conformity purposes was initially outlined in EPA's May 14, 1999 guidance, “Conformity Guidance on Implementation of March 2, 1999, Conformity Court Decision.” EPA adopted regulations to codify the adequacy process in the Transportation Conformity Rule Amendments for the “New 8-Hour Ozone and PM
As discussed earlier, Indiana's maintenance plan includes NO
As shown in Table 14, the 2020 and 2030 MVEBs are greater than the estimated 2020 and 2030 onroad sector emissions. In an effort to accommodate future variations in travel demand models and vehicle miles traveled forecast, IDEM allocated a portion of the safety margin (described further below) to the mobile sector. Indiana has demonstrated that the Cincinnati area can maintain the 2008 ozone NAAQS with mobile source emissions in the Indiana and Ohio portion of the area of 30.02 TPSD and 18.22 TPSD of VOC in 2020 and 2030, respectively, and 30.79 TPSD and 16.22 TPSD of NO
A “safety margin” is the difference between the attainment level of emissions (from all sources) and the projected level of emissions (from all sources) in the maintenance plan. As shown in Table 15 below, the emissions in the Indiana and Ohio portion of the Cincinnati area, excluding the Kentucky portion of the area, are projected to have safety margins of 70.48 TPSD for NO
Even if emissions reached the full level of the safety margin, the counties would still demonstrate maintenance since emission levels would equal those in the attainment year.
As shown in Table 14 above, a portion of the safety margin for the Indiana and Ohio portion of the Cincinnati area is allocated to the mobile source sector. Specifically, in 2020, 3.71 TPSD and 3.68 TPSD of the VOC and NO
CAA sections 172(c)(3) and 182(a)(1), 42 U.S.C. 7502(c)(3) and 7511a(a)(1), require states to develop and submit, as SIP revisions, emission inventories for all areas designated as nonattainment for any NAAQS, including the 2008 ozone NAAQS. An emission inventory for ozone is an estimation of actual emissions of air pollutants that contribute to the formation of ozone in an area. Therefore, an emission inventory for ozone focuses on the emissions of VOC and NO
Emission inventories provide emissions data for a variety of air quality planning tasks, including establishing baseline emission levels (anthropogenic [manmade] emissions associated with ozone standard violations), calculating emission reduction targets needed to attain the NAAQS and to achieve reasonable further progress toward attainment of the ozone standard (not required in the area considered here), determining emission inputs for ozone air quality modeling analyses, and tracking emissions over time to determine progress toward achieving air quality and emission reduction goals. As stated above, the CAA requires the states to submit emission inventories for areas designated as nonattainment for ozone.
Indiana's February 23, 2016 submission includes a SIP revision addressing the VOC and NO
IDEM estimated VOC and NO
The primary source of emissions data for non-EGU point sources was source-reported 2011 Emission Inventory System (EIS) data. IDEM requires certain regulated stationary sources in the ozone nonattainment areas to submit EISs annually. An EIS contains detailed source type-specific or source unit-specific annual and seasonal actual emissions for all source units in a facility. The EIS data for all applicable facilities were used to calculate annual and summer day county-specific point source emissions. Because they are determinative, only the summer day emissions are summarized here.
EGU point source emissions data were obtained from EPA's Clean Air Markets Division (CAMD). CAMD collects and processes EGU emissions nationally.
For all point sources, IDEM has provided a detailed list of major point source facilities and their associated summer day VOC and NO
Nonroad mobile source emissions were estimated using EPA's National Mobile Inventory Model (NMIM). The emission estimates were processed through the Consolidated Community Emissions Processing Tool (CONCEPT) to spatially allocate the emissions to the county levels.
As described earlier, area, nonroad mobile, and point source emissions (EGUs and non-EGUs) were collected from the Ozone NAAQS Implementation Modeling platform (2011v6.1). For 2011, this represents actual data reported to EPA by the states for the 2011 NEI. Because emissions data from state inventory databases, the NEI, and the Ozone NAAQS Emissions Modeling platform are annual totals, tons per summer day were derived according to EPA's guidance document “Temporal Allocation of Annual Emissions Using EMCH Temporal Profiles” dated April 29 2002, using the temporal allocation references accompanying the 2011v6.1 modeling inventory files.
Onroad mobile source emissions were developed in conjunction with the Ohio-Kentucky-Indiana Regional Council of Governments (OKI) and were calculated from emission factors produced by EPA's 2014 Motor Vehicle Emission Simulator (MOVES) model and data extracted from the region's travel-demand model.
IDEM applied standardized, EPA-recommended procedures and data completeness checks to quality assure (QA) (to assure data accuracy) and quality check (QC) (to assure data completeness) the emission calculations.
EPA has reviewed Indiana's February 23, 2016, submittal for consistency with CAA and EPA emission inventory requirements. In particular, EPA has reviewed the techniques used by IDEM to derive and quality assure the emission estimates. EPA has also determined that Indiana has provided the public with the opportunity to review and comment on the development of the emission estimates and that the state has addressed all public comments.
IDEM documented the procedures used to estimate the emissions for each of the major source types. The documentation of the emission estimation procedures is thorough and is adequate for us to determine that IDEM followed acceptable procedures to estimate the emissions.
IDEM developed a quality assurance plan and followed this plan during the various phases of the emissions estimation and documentation process to QA and QC the emissions for completeness and accuracy. These quality assurance procedures were summarized in the documentation describing how the emissions totals were developed. EPA has determined that the quality assurance procedures are adequate and acceptable. We conclude that Indiana has developed inventories of VOC and NO
IDEM notified the public of the opportunity for comment, and opened a comment period to solicit comments relevant to the emission inventory and the entire submittal. IDEM has reported that no comments were received.
EPA is proposing to determine that the Cincinnati nonattainment area is attaining the 2008 ozone standard, based on quality-assured and certified monitoring data for 2013-2015 and that the Indiana portion of this area has met the requirements for redesignation under section 107(d)(3)(E) of the CAA. EPA is thus proposing to approve IDEM's request to change the legal designation of the Indiana portion of the Cincinnati area from nonattainment to attainment for the 2008 ozone standard. EPA is also proposing to approve, as a revision to the Indiana SIP, the state's maintenance plan for the area. The maintenance plan is designed to keep the Cincinnati area in attainment of the 2008 ozone NAAQS through 2030. Additionally, EPA finds adequate and is proposing to approve the newly-established 2020 and 2030 MVEBs for the Indiana and Ohio portion of the Cincinnati area. Finally, EPA is proposing to approve the 2011 base year emissions inventory submitted by IDEM as meeting the base year emissions inventory requirement of the CAA for the Indiana portion of the Cincinnati area.
Under the CAA, redesignation of an area to attainment and the accompanying approval of a
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, this rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), because redesignation is an action that affects the status of a geographical area and does not impose any new regulatory requirements on tribes, impact any existing sources of air pollution on tribal lands, nor impair the maintenance of ozone national ambient air quality standards in tribal lands.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Oxides of nitrogen, Ozone, Volatile organic compounds.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule; extension of public comment period.
On November 16, 2016, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) proposed the Renewables Enhancement and Growth Support (REGS) rule. The proposal specified that the public comment period would end on January 17, 2017, 60 days after publication in the
Comments must be received on or before February 16, 2017.
Submit your comments on the proposed REGS rule, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0041, at
Julia MacAllister, Assessment and Standards Division, Office of Transportation and Air Quality, Environmental Protection Agency, 2000 Traverwood Drive, Ann Arbor, MI 48105; telephone number: (734) 214-4131; email address:
The EPA proposed rule was published on November 16, 2016, at 81 FR 80828. For the reasons stated, the public comment period will now end on February 16, 2017.
Food Safety and Inspection Service, USDA.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 and Office of Management and Budget (OMB) regulations, the Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) is announcing its intention to request a revision of the approved information collection regarding Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures (Sanitation SOPs), pathogen testing and Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) Systems requirements because the OMB approval will expire on April 30, 2017. FSIS has increased its total annual burden estimate by 781,956 hours as a result of new available data.
Comments on this notice must be received on or before February 27, 2017.
FSIS invites interested persons to submit comments on this notice. Comments may be submitted by either of the following methods:
•
•
•
Gina Kouba, Office of Policy and Program Development, Food Safety and Inspection Service, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Room 6065, South Building, Washington, DC 20250; (202) 720-5627.
FSIS is requesting a revision of the approved information collection regarding Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures (Sanitation SOPs), pathogen testing and Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) Systems requirements because the OMB approval will expire on April 30, 2017. FSIS has increased its total annual burden estimate by 781,956 hours as a result of new available data.
FSIS has established requirements applicable to meat and poultry establishments designed to reduce the occurrence and numbers of pathogenic microorganisms on meat and poultry products, reduce the incidence of foodborne illness associated with the consumption of those products, and provide a framework for modernization of the meat and poultry inspection system. The regulations (1) require that each establishment develop, implement, and revise, as needed, written Sanitation SOPs (9 CFR part 416); (2) require regular microbial testing for generic
Establishments may have programs that are prerequisite to HACCP that are designed to provide the basic environmental and operating conditions necessary for the production of safe, wholesome food. Because of its prerequisite programs an establishment may decide that a food safety hazard is not reasonably likely to occur in its operations. The establishment would need to document this determination in its Hazard Analysis and include the procedures it employs to ensure that the program is working and that the hazard is not likely to occur (9 CFR 417.5 (a)(1)).
FSIS has made the estimates below based upon an information collection assessment.
Copies of this information collection assessment can be obtained from Gina Kouba, Office of Policy and Program Development, Food Safety and Inspection Service, USDA, 1400 Independence SW., Room 6077, South Building, Washington, DC 20250, (202) 690-6510.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of FSIS's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of FSIS's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques, or other forms of information technology. Comments may be sent to both FSIS, at the addresses provided above, and the Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC 20253.
Responses to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for OMB approval. All comments will also become a matter of public record.
Public awareness of all segments of rulemaking and policy development is important. Consequently, FSIS will announce this
FSIS also will make copies of this publication available through the FSIS Constituent Update, which is used to provide information regarding FSIS policies, procedures, regulations,
No agency, officer, or employee of the USDA shall, on the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, age, marital status, family/parental status, income derived from a public assistance program, or political beliefs, exclude from participation in, deny the benefits of, or subject to discrimination any person in the United States under any program or activity conducted by the USDA.
To file a complaint of discrimination, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form, which may be accessed online at
Send your completed complaint form or letter to USDA by mail, fax, or email:
Persons with disabilities who require alternative means for communication (Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.), should contact USDA's TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD).
Food Safety and Inspection Service, USDA.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 and Office of Management and Budget (OMB) regulations, the Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) is announcing its intention to request a revision of the approved information collection regarding the procedures for notifying the Agency about new technology and requests for waivers because the OMB approval will expire on April 30, 2017. Based on the latest available data, FSIS has increased its total annual burden estimate by 9,184 hours to account for in-plant trials, and monthly data collection and recordkeeping for establishments operating under a waiver.
Submit comments on or before February 27, 2017.
FSIS invites interested persons to submit comments on this information collection. Comments may be submitted by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Gina Kouba, Office of Policy and Program Development, Food Safety and Inspection Service, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Room 6065, South Building, Washington, DC 20250; (202) 720-5627.
FSIS is requesting a revision of the approved information collection regarding the procedures for notifying the Agency about new technology and requests for waivers because the OMB approval will expire on April 30, 2017. Based on the latest available data, FSIS has increased its total annual burden estimate by 9,184 hours to account for in-plant trials, and monthly data collection and recordkeeping for establishments operating under a waiver.
FSIS has established procedures for notifying the Agency of any new technology intended for use in official meat and poultry establishments and egg products plants (68 FR 6873). To follow the procedures, establishments, plants, and firms that manufacture and sell technology to official establishments and plants notify the Agency by submitting documents describing the operation and purpose of the new technology. The documents should explain why the new technology will not (1) adversely affect the safety of the product, (2) jeopardize the safety of Federal inspection personnel, (3) interfere with inspection procedures, or (4) require a waiver of any Agency regulation. If use of the new technology will require a waiver of any Agency regulation, the notice should identify the regulation and explain why a waiver would be appropriate (9 CFR 303.2). If the new technology could affect FSIS regulations, product safety, inspection procedures, or the safety of inspection program personnel, the establishment or plant would need to submit a written protocol for an in-plant trial as part of a pre-use review. The submitter of a written protocol should provide data to the Agency throughout the duration of the in-plant trial.
FSIS has made the following estimates based upon an information collection assessment:
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of FSIS's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of FSIS's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques, or other forms of information technology. Comments may be sent to both FSIS, at the addresses provided above, and the Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC 20253.
Responses to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for OMB approval. All comments will also become a matter of public record.
Public awareness of all segments of rulemaking and policy development is important. Consequently, FSIS will announce this
FSIS also will make copies of this publication available through the FSIS Constituent Update, which is used to provide information regarding FSIS policies, procedures, regulations,
No agency, officer, or employee of the USDA shall, on the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, age, marital status, family/parental status, income derived from a public assistance program, or political beliefs, exclude from participation in, deny the benefits of, or subject to discrimination any person in the United States under any program or activity conducted by the USDA.
To file a complaint of discrimination, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form, which may be accessed online at
Send your completed complaint form or letter to USDA by mail, fax, or email:
Mail: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Director, Office of Adjudication, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20250-9410,
Persons with disabilities who require alternative means for communication (Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.), should contact USDA's TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD).
Food and Nutrition Service (FNS), USDA.
Notice and request for comment.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice invites the general public and other public agencies to comment on this proposed information collection. This is a new collection for the Study of Non-Response to the School Meals Application Verification Process.
Written comments must be received on or before February 27, 2017.
Comments may be sent to: Courtney Paolicelli, Food and Nutrition Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Office of Policy Support, Special Nutrition Evaluation Branch, 3101 Park Center Drive, 10th Floor, Room 1014, Alexandria, VA 22302. Comments may also be submitted via fax to the attention of Courtney Paolicelli at 703-305-2576 or via email to
All written comments will be open for public inspection at the office of the Food and Nutrition Service during regular business hours (8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday) at 3101 Park Center Drive, 10th Floor, Room 1014, Alexandria, Virginia 22302. All responses to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval. All comments will be a matter of public record.
Requests for additional information or copies of this information collection should be directed to Courtney Paolicelli at 703-605-4370 or
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information has practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
This study will examine the accuracy of district verification procedures using a case study approach similar to a previous study conducted for FNS, the Case Study of National School Lunch Program Verification Outcomes in Large Metropolitan School Districts (published by FNS in 2004) (Office of Management and Budget number 0584-0516 Evaluation of the NSLP Application and Verification and Pilot Program, expiration date 10/31/2003). Consistent with the previous study, the study team will purposively select 20 participating school districts for a case study, describe the districts' verification outcomes, and independently verify eligibility for two samples of households approved by application on the basis of income and selected for verification by the district. These two household samples include: (1) Households that did not respond to the school meals application verification requests, and (2) households that responded to verification requests and experienced no change in school meals benefits. The 2004 study will be expanded by: (1) Including at least one rural district in the case study, (2) interviewing school district officials about processes for selecting applications for cause, (3) analyzing verification outcomes for applications selected for cause, (4) analyzing households' reasons for not responding to district verification requests, and (5) redesigning the 2004 analyses to reflect policy changes enacted since 2004.
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice; request for comment.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Forest Service is seeking comments from all interested individuals and organizations on the extension with revision of a currently approved information collection, Special Use Administration.
Comments must be received in writing on or before February 27, 2017 to be assured of consideration. Comments received after that date will be considered to the extent practicable.
Comments concerning this notice should be addressed to Volunteers & Service Program Manager, USDA Forest Service, Attn: Lands, 1400 Independence Ave. SW., Mailstop Code: 1124, Washington, DC 20250-1124. Comments also may be submitted via facsimile to 202-644-4700 or by email to:
The public may inspect comments received at the Office of the Director, Lands, 1st Floor South East, Sidney R. Yates Federal Building, 201 14th Street SW., Washington, DC, during normal business hours. Visitors are encouraged to call ahead to 202-205-3563 to facilitate entry to the building.
Mark Chandler, Lands, at 202-205-1117. Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Relay Service (FRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8 a.m. and 8 p.m. Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
In addition, the Department of the Interior (DOI) statutes for the Bureau of Land Management (BLM), Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), National Park Service (NPS), and Bureau of Reclamation (BOR) along with the statute for the U.S. Army Corp of Engineers (USACE) authorize its collection of information and will utilize form SF-299 “Application for Transportation and Utility Systems and Facilities on Federal Lands.”
Several statutes authorize the Forest Service to issue and administer authorizations for use and occupancy of NFS lands and collect information from the public for those purposes. The laws authorizing the collection of this information include the Organic Administration Act of 1897 (16 U.S.C. 551); Title V of the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (FLPMA, 43 U.S.C. 1761-1771); Act of March 4, 1915 (16 U.S.C. 497); Alaska Term Permit Act of March 30, 1948 (48 U.S.C. 341); Act of September 3, 1954 (68 Stat. 1146; 43 U.S.C. 931c, 931d); National Forest Ski Area Permit Act (16 U.S.C. 497b); section 28 of the Mineral Leasing Act (30 U.S.C. 185); National Forest Roads and Trails Act (FRTA, 16 U.S.C. 532-538); section 7 of the Granger-Thye Act (16 U.S.C. 480d); Act of May 26, 2000 (16 U.S.C. 460l-6d); Federal Lands Recreation Enhancement Act (16 U.S.C. 6801-6814); Archeological Resource Protection Act of October 31, 1979 (16 U.S.C. 1996); and the Rural Electrification Act of 1936, as amended.
Forest Service regulations implementing these authorities, found at 36 CFR part 251, subpart B, contain information collection requirements, including submission of applications, execution of forms, and imposition of terms and conditions that entail information collection requirements, such as the requirement to submit annual financial information, to prepare and update an operating plan; to
The information helps the Forest Service identify the environmental and social impacts of special uses for purposes of compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act and program administration. In addition, the Forest Service uses the information to ascertain whether the land use fee(s) charged for special use authorizations are based on market value.
Information collection occurs via application forms, as well as terms and conditions in special use authorizations and operating plans. There are six categories of information collected:
(1) Information required from proponents and applicants to evaluate proposals and applications to use or occupy NFS lands,
(2) Information required from applicants to complete special use authorizations,
(3) Annual financial information required from holders to determine land use fees,
(4) Information required from holders to prepare and update operating plans,
(5) Information required from holders to prepare and update maintenance plans, and
(6) Information required from holders to complete compliance reports and informational updates.
The six categories cover all information collection requirements involved in administration of the Special Uses program, including application and reporting forms; authorization forms; supplemental special use authorization clauses in Forest Service Handbook 2709.11, chapter 50; and information collection requirements not associated with an approved standard form.
These six categories demonstrate the complexity of the special uses program and the importance of standard forms in administration of the program. Special use authorizations encompass a variety of activities ranging from individual private uses to large-scale commercial facilities and public services. Examples of authorized special uses include public and private road rights-of-way, apiaries, domestic water supply conveyance systems, telephone and electric service rights-of-way, oil and gas pipeline rights-of-way, communications facilities, hydroelectric power-generating facilities, ski areas, resorts, marinas, municipal sewage treatment plants, and public parks and playgrounds.
1. SF-299,
2. IRS form W-9,
3. FS-2300-43,
4. FS-2700-3a,
5. FS-2700-3b,
6. FS-2700-3c,
7. FS-2700-3f,
8. FS-2700-10,
9. FS-2700-11,
10. FS-2700-12,
11. FS-2700-30,
12. FS-2700-33,
13. FS-2700-34,
14. FS-2800-22A,
15. FS-2800-22B,
16. FS-2800-22C,
17. FS-2800-22D,
18. FS-6500-24,
19. 16. FS-6500-25,
20.
21. Stanislaus FS-2300-1A Tuolumne Wild and Scenic River Permit (NEW) is the form used by the Forest Service to collect information and to issue temporary permits to use NFS lands for river permit.
22. Stanislaus FS-2300-1B Cherry Creek Self-Registration Permit (NEW) is the form used by the Forest Service to collect information and to issue temporary permits to use NFS lands for river permit.
1. FS-2700-4,
2. FS-2700-4b,
3. FS-2700-4c,
4. FS-2700-4d,
5. FS-2700-4h,
6. FS-2700-4h—
7. FS-2700-4h—
8. FS-2700-4h—
9. FS-2700-4i,
10. FS-2700-4j,
11. FS-2700-4-
12. FS-2700-5,
13. FS-2700-5a,
14. Grand Island-FS-2700-5a,
15. FS-2700-5b,
16. FS-2700-5c,
17. FS-2700-5d,
18. FS-2700-9a,
19. FS-2700-9b,
20. FS-2700-9c,
21. FS-2700-9d,
22. FS-2700-9e,
23. FS-2700-9f,
24. FS-2700-9g,
25. FS-2700-9h,
26. FS-2700-10b,
27. FS-2700-10c
28. FS-2700-23,
29. FS-2700-25,
30. FS-2700-26,
31. FS-2700-26b,
32. FS-2700-27,
33. FS-2700-31,
34. FS-2700-32,
1. FS-2700-6b,
2. FS-2700-7,
3. FS-2700-8,
4. FS-2700-10a,
5. FS-2700-19,
6. FS-2700-19a,
7. FS-2700-38,
8.
Special use authorizations may contain a clause requiring the holder to
A permit or easement issued under FLPMA or FRTA may require the holder or grantee to submit and update a road maintenance plan or information necessary for the preparation of a road maintenance plan. A road maintenance plan governs the responsibility of the holder or grantee to perform or pay for maintenance of an NFS road.
1. FS-2700-1,
2.
Comment is invited on: (1) Whether this collection of information is necessary for the stated purposes and the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical or scientific utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including the use of automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
All comments received in response to this notice, including names and addresses when provided, will be a matter of public record. Comments will be summarized and included in the submission request toward Office of Management and Budget approval.
Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS).
Notice of availability; request for comments.
In accordance with the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA) and the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), the
•
•
Mississippi—Tabatha Baum,
On April 20, 2010, the mobile offshore drilling unit
The
The DWH Trustees are:
• U.S. Department of the Interior (DOI), as represented by the National Park Service (NPS), U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), and Bureau of Land Management (BLM);
• National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), on behalf of the U.S. Department of Commerce (DOC);
• U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA);
• U.S. Department of Defense (DOD);
• U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA);
• State of Louisiana Coastal Protection and Restoration Authority, Oil Spill Coordinator's Office, Department of Environmental Quality, Department of Wildlife and Fisheries, and Department of Natural Resources;
• State of Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality;
• State of Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources and Geological Survey of Alabama;
• State of Florida Department of Environmental Protection and Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission; and
• For the State of Texas, Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Texas General Land Office, and Texas Commission on Environmental Quality.
Upon completion of the NRDA, the DWH Trustees reached and finalized a settlement of their natural resource damage claims with BP in a Consent Decree
MS TIG is composed of the following Trustees:
• Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality;
• DOI, as represented by NPS, USFWS, and BLM;
• NOAA, on behalf of the U.S. DOC;
• USDA;
• EPA;
This restoration planning activity is proceeding in accordance with the
On May 27, 2016, MS TIG published a notice to invite public input regarding natural resource restoration opportunities in the Mississippi Restoration Area for the 2016-2017 planning years. The notice indicated a focus on the following range of potential restoration types that may have benefits to living coastal and marine resources: Restoration of Wetlands, Coastal and Nearshore Habitats, restoration of water quality through Nutrient Reduction (Nonpoint source), restoration of Birds, and restoration of Oysters. Because there are several ongoing or completed projects benefitting oysters and secondary productivity in the Mississippi Restoration Area, MS TIG chose not to prioritize the oyster restoration type in this Draft RP/EA.
On October 31, 2016, MS TIG published a Notice of Initiation for Restoration Plan Drafting in Mississippi indicating its intent to focus on the following restoration types:
The Draft RP/EA is being released in accordance with the OPA, NRDA regulations in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) at 15 CFR part 990, and the NEPA (42 U.S.C. 4321
For the Draft RP/EA, MS TIG proposes moving forward with the following two preferred alternatives and proposed projects within the Wetlands, Coastal and Nearshore Habitat and Birds Restoration Types: (1) Graveline Bay Land Acquisition and Management and (2) Grand Bay Land Acquisition and Habitat Management. MS TIG also proposes the following preferred alternative and proposed project within the Nutrient Reduction (Nonpoint Source) Restoration Type: Upper Pascagoula River Water Quality Enhancement. RP/EA also evaluates a no action alternative. One or more
MS TIG has examined and assessed the extent of injury and the restoration alternatives. In the Draft RP/EA, MS TIG presents to the public its draft plan for providing partial compensation to the public for natural resources and ecological services in the Mississippi Restoration Area. The proposed projects are intended to continue the process of restoring natural resources and ecological services injured or lost as a result of the
The public is encouraged to review and comment on the Draft RP/EA. After the close of the public comment period, MS TIG will consider and address the comments received before issuing a final RP/EA. A summary of comments received and MS TIG's responses will be included in the final document.
MS TIG seeks public review and comment on the Draft RP/EA. Before including your address, telephone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be publicly available at any time.
The documents included in the Administrative Record can be viewed electronically at the following location:
The authority of this action is the OPA of 1990 (33 U.S.C. 2701
The Department of Commerce will submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35).
This information collection request may be viewed at
Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to
Economics and Statistics Administration (ESA), Department of Commerce.
Notice of charter renewal of the Commerce Data Advisory Council (CDAC).
The Economics and Statistics Administration (ESA) announces the charter renewal of the Commerce Data Advisory Council (CDAC) by the Secretary, Department of Commerce. The renewed charter can be found on the CDAC's Web site at the following link:
The CDAC is a Federal Advisory Committee established by the Secretary of Commerce to provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary, DOC, on ways to make Commerce data easier to find, access, use, combine, and disseminate, and on other such matters as the Secretary determines. With the exception of the limitations set out in 41 CFR part 102-3, the Under Secretary for Economic Affairs, on behalf of the Secretary, Department of Commerce, will execute the functions and implement the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act and its implementing regulation.
The Charter will be effective for two years from the date it is filed.
Burton Reist, Designated Federal Officer of the CDAC, Director of External Affairs, Economics and Statistics Administration, Department of Commerce, at (202) 482-3331 or email
This notice is provided in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 5 U.S.C. App. 2). As noted above, the CDAC is a Federal Advisory Committee established to provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary, DOC, on ways to make Commerce data easier to find, access, use, combine, and disseminate, and on other such matters as the Secretary determines.
Bureau of Industry and Security.
Notice.
The Department of Commerce, as part of its continuing
Written comments must be submitted on or before February 27, 2017.
Direct all written comments to Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230 (or via the Internet at
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to Mark Crace, BIS ICB Liaison, (202) 482-8093 or at
All parties involved in export transactions and the U.S. party involved in a boycott action are required to maintain records of these activities for a period of five years. These records can include memoranda, correspondence, contracts, invitations to bid, books of account, financial records, restrictive trade practice or boycott documents and reports. The five-year record retention period corresponds with the five-year statute of limitations for criminal actions brought under the Export Administration Act of 1979 and predecessor acts, and the five-year statute for administrative compliance proceedings. Without this authority, potential violators could discard records demonstrating violations of the Export Administration Regulations prior to the expiration of the five-year statute of limitations.
Recordkeeping requirement. No information is provided to BIS.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection; they also will become a matter of public record.
Bureau of Industry and Security.
Notice.
The Department of Commerce, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Written comments must be submitted on or before February 27, 2017.
Direct all written comments to Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230 (or via the Internet at
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to Mark Crace, BIS ICB Liaison, (202) 482-8093 or at
These technical data letters of explanation will assure the Bureau of Industry and Security that U.S.-origin technical data will be exported only for authorized end-uses, users and destinations. The information contained in the letters describes the transaction and fixes the scope of technology to be exported, the parties to the transaction, their roles, the purpose for the export, and the methods authorized to be used in exporting the technology. The letters also place the foreign consignee on notice that the technical data is subject to U.S. export controls and may only be re-exported in accordance with U.S. law.
Submitted electronically or in paper form.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden (including hours and cost) of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection;
International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice of Federal Advisory Committee Meeting.
This notice sets forth the schedule and proposed agenda for a meeting of the Civil Nuclear Trade Advisory Committee (CINTAC).
The meeting is scheduled for Thursday, January 26, 2017, from 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time (EST). The deadline for members of the public to register, including requests to make comments during the meeting and for auxiliary aids, or to submit written comments for dissemination prior to the meeting, is 5:00 p.m. EST on Friday January 20, 2017.
The meeting will be held in Room 1412, U.S. Department of Commerce, Herbert Clark Hoover Building, 1401 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20230. Requests to register (including to speak or for auxiliary aids) and any written comments should be submitted to: Mr. Jonathan Chesebro, Office of Energy & Environmental Industries, International Trade Administration, Room 20010, 1401 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20230. (Fax: 202-482-5665; email:
Mr. Jonathan Chesebro, Office of Energy & Environmental Industries, International Trade Administration, Room 20010, 1401 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20230. (Phone: 202-482-1297; Fax: 202-482-5665; email:
The meeting will be open to the public and will be accessible to people with disabilities. All guests are required to register in advance by the deadline identified under the
Copies of CINTAC meeting minutes will be available within 90 days of the meeting.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the “Department”) is conducting the fifth administrative review of the antidumping duty order on seamless refined copper pipe and tube from the People's Republic of China (“PRC”), covering the period November 1, 2014 through October 31, 2015. The Department preliminarily finds that, during the period of review (“POR”), the Hailiang Single Entity sold subject merchandise in the United States at less than normal value. Additionally, the Department preliminarily finds that the GD Single Entity did not sell subject merchandise in the United States at less than normal value. Interested parties are invited to comment on these preliminary results.
Effective December 27, 2016.
Drew Jackson or Stephen Bailey, AD/CVD Operations, Office IV, Enforcement & Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: 482-4406, and 482-0193, respectively.
On November 22, 2010, the Department published in the
The merchandise subject to the order is seamless refined copper pipe and tube. The product is currently classified under Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (“HTSUS”) item numbers 7411.10.1030 and 7411.10.1090. Products subject to this order may also enter under HTSUS item numbers 7407.10.1500, 7419.99.5050, 8415.90.8065, and 8415.90.8085. Although the HTSUS numbers are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the scope of this order remains dispositive.
On July 12, 2016, the Department extended the time period for issuing the preliminary results of this review until December 5, 2016.
Based on record evidence in this review, as well as the Department's affiliation determination in the 2013-2014 administrative review,
Moreover, based on the information presented in this review, we preliminarily find that Golden Dragon and its group of affiliated companies should be treated as a single entity and Hailiang and its group of affiliated companies should be treated as a single entity for purposes of this review pursuant to 19 CFR 351.401(f). Specifically, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.401(f)(1), the Department preliminarily found that the Golden Dragon companies are affiliated, have production facilities for producing similar or identical products that would not require substantial retooling of their respective facilities in order to restructure manufacturing priorities, and there is a significant potential for manipulation of price or production. The Department reached a similar preliminarily decision with respect to Hailiang and its affiliated companies. Additionally, the Department preliminarily finds that among the Golden Dragon companies and among the Hailiang companies, a significant potential for manipulation exists pursuant to 19 CFR 351.401(f)(2). For additional information,
In the Initiation Notice, we informed parties of the opportunity to request a separate rate.
In this review, nine companies for which a review was requested and which remain under review did not submit separate-rate information to rebut the presumption that they are subject to government control. These companies are: Zhejiang Jiahe Pipes Inc., Sinochem Ningbo Ltd., Sinochem Ningbo Import & Export Co., Ltd., Ningbo Jintian Copper Tube Co., Ltd., Zhejiang Naile Copper Co., Ltd., Guilin Lijia Metals Co., Ltd., Foshan Hua Hong Copper Tube Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Hailiang Metal, and Taicang City Jinxin Copper Tube Co., Ltd. As further discussed in the Preliminary Decision Memorandum,
The Department preliminarily finds that information placed on the record by the GD Single Entity
The Department's change in policy regarding conditional review of the PRC-wide entity applies to this administrative review.
The Department is conducting this review in accordance with section 751(a)(1)(B) of the Act. The Department calculated export prices and constructed export prices in accordance with section 772 of the Act. Because the PRC is a non-market economy country, within the meaning of section 771(18) of the Act, the Department calculated normal value in accordance with section 773(c) of the Act. For a full description of the methodology underlying the preliminary results of this review,
The Preliminary Decision Memorandum is a public document and is made available to the public
The Department preliminarily finds that the following weighted-average dumping margins exist for the POR:
The Department intends to disclose to parties the calculations performed for these preliminary results of review within five days of the date of publication of this notice in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b). Interested parties may submit case briefs no later than 30 days after the date of publication of these preliminary results of review.
Interested parties who wish to request a hearing must submit a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, within 30 days after the date of publication of this notice.
All submissions, with limited exceptions, must be filed electronically using ACCESS.
Unless otherwise extended, the Department intends to issue the final results of this administrative review, which will include the results of its analysis of issues raised in any briefs, within 120 days of publication of these preliminary results, pursuant to section 751(a)(3)(A) of the Act.
Upon issuance of the final results of this review, the Department will determine, and Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries covered by this review.
In accordance with section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act, the final results of this review shall be the basis for the assessment of antidumping duties on entries of merchandise covered by the final results of this review and for future deposits of estimated duties, where applicable.
The Department will instruct CBP to require a cash deposit equal to the weighted-average amount by which the normal value exceeds U.S. price. The following cash deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of the final results of this administrative review for shipments of the subject merchandise from the PRC entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication
This notice also serves as a preliminary reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this POR. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Department's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
We are issuing and publishing these results in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.221(b)(4).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (“the Department”) is conducting an administrative review of the antidumping duty order on multilayered wood flooring (“MLWF”) from the People's Republic of China (“PRC”). The period of review (“POR”) is December 1, 2014, through November 30, 2015. The review covers two mandatory respondents, Dalian Penghong Floor Products Co., Ltd. (“Penghong”) and Jiangsu Senmao Bamboo and Wood Industry Co., Ltd. (“Senmao”). We preliminarily find that both respondents made sales of subject merchandise at less than normal value (“NV”).
Effective December 27, 2016.
William Horn or Aleksandras Nakutis, AD/CVD Operations, Office IV, Enforcement & Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-2615, and (202) 482-3147, respectively.
On December 8, 2011, the Department published in the
The merchandise covered by the order includes MLWF, subject to certain exceptions.
While HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the subject merchandise is dispositive.
As explained in the memorandum from the Acting Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, the Department exercised its discretion to toll all administrative deadlines due to the closure of the Federal Government between January 22 and January 26, 2016. All deadlines in this segment of the proceeding were extended by four business days.
The Department has conducted this review in accordance with section 751(a)(1)(B) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (“the Act”). Export prices and constructed export prices have been calculated in accordance with section 772 of the Act. Because the PRC is a non-market economy (“NME”) within the meaning of section 771(18) of the Act, normal value (“NV”) has been calculated in accordance with section 773(c) of the Act.
For a full description of the methodology underlying our conclusions, please see the Preliminary Decision Memorandum, hereby adopted by this notice.
Based on evidence presented in Penghong's questionnaire responses and a collapsing/single entity memorandum from a prior segment of this proceeding which is on the record of this review,
As provided in section 782(i) of the Act, the Department verified information provided by the Penghong and Senmao.
The Department preliminarily finds that twenty-four companies subject to this review did not establish eligibility for a separate rate. As such, we preliminarily determine they are part of the PRC-wide entity.
For companies subject to this review that have established their entitlement to a separate rate, the Department preliminarily determines that the following dumping margins exist for the POR from December 1, 2014, through November 30, 2015:
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.213(d)(1), the Department will rescind an administrative review, in whole or in part, if a party that requested the review withdraws its request within 90 days of the date of publication of the notice of initiation of the requested review. Jiangsu Keri Wood Co., Ltd. withdrew its respective request for an administrative review within 90 days of the date of publication of
With respect to Dongtai Zhangshi Wood Industry Co., Ltd. and Huzhou Muyun Wood Co., Ltd., the Department preliminarily found each of these company's one sale during the POR to be a non-
The Department intends to disclose calculations performed for these preliminary results to the parties within five days of the date of publication of this notice.
All submissions, with limited exceptions, must be filed electronically using ACCESS. An electronically filed document must be received successfully in its entirety by 5 p.m. Eastern Time (“ET”) on the due date. Documents excepted from the electronic submission requirements must be filed manually (
Unless extended, the Department intends to issue the final results of this administrative review, which will include the results of its analysis of issues raised in any briefs, within 120 days of publication of these preliminary results, pursuant to section 751(a)(3)(A) of the Act.
Upon issuance of the final results, the Department will determine, and CBP shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries covered by this review.
Additionally, for the companies for which this review is rescinded, antidumping duties shall be assessed at rates equal to the cash deposit of estimated antidumping duties required at the time of entry, or withdrawal from warehouse, for consumption, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.212(c)(l)(i). The Department intends to issue appropriate assessment instructions directly to CBP 15 days after publication of this notice.
In accordance with section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act, the final results of this review shall be the basis for the assessment of antidumping duties on entries of merchandise covered by the final results of this review and for future deposits of estimated duties, where applicable.
The following cash deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of the final results of this administrative review for shipments of the subject merchandise from the PRC entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date, as provided by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) For the companies listed above the cash deposit rate will be their respective rate established in the final results of this review, except if the rate is zero or
This notice also serves as a preliminary reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this review period. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Department's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
We are issuing and publishing these results in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.213.
The Department of Commerce will submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35).
The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) manages the shrimp fishery in federal waters of the Gulf of Mexico (Gulf) under the Shrimp Fishery Management Plan (FMP). Regulations implementing the FMP require owners and operators (permit holders) of federally permitted shrimp vessels, if selected by NMFS, to carry an electronic logbook (ELB) on their vessel and participate in the NMFS-sponsored electronic logbook reporting program. ELBs provide a more precise means of estimating fishing effort than paper logbooks. Using ELBs to estimate fishing effort serves an important role to help estimate bycatch across the Gulf shrimp fleet.
This information collection request may be viewed at
Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice.
The Department of Commerce, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Written comments must be submitted on or before February 27, 2017.
Direct all written comments to Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; or
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to Cynthia Hanson, Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries Office, 55 Great Republic Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930; (978) 281-9180, or
This request is for extension of a currently approved information collection. Regulations at 50 CFR 648.84(a),(b), and (d), 648.123(b)(3), 648.144(b)(1), 648.264(a)(5), and 697.21(a) and (b) require that Federal Fisheries permit holders using certain types of fishing gear, mark the gear with specified information for the purposes of vessel and gear identification (
The quantity of gear in this collection is distinguished by the number of attached end lines associated with each string of hooks, pots, or traps. As such, a single Federal permit holder may be responsible for marking several strings of a given gear type, or may use multiple different gear types that require marking. These gear marking requirements aid in fishery law enforcement, make the gear more visible to other vessels to aid in navigation, and provide other fisherman with information regarding the gear type being used to help prevent gear conflicts.
No information is submitted to the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) as a result of this collection. The vessel's hull identification number or other means of identification specified in the regulations must be affixed to the buoy or other part of the gear as specified in the regulations.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden (including hours and cost) of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection; they also will become a matter of public record.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of public hearings/scoping meetings and question & answer session via Webinar.
The South Atlantic Fishery Management Council (Council) will
Amendment 43 addressing management options for
Vision Blueprint Regulatory Amendment 26 addressing recreational management options based on the Council's Vision Blueprint for the
Vision Blueprint Regulatory Amendment 27 addressing commercial management options based on the Council's Vision Blueprint for the
Amendment 44 addressing management measures for
Scoping comments will be accepted for
The series of public hearings/scoping meetings/Webinars will begin at 6 p.m. on January 12, 2017 and end at close of business on February 8, 2017. Registration is required for Webinars. Registration information will be posted on the SAFMC Web site at
1. January 12, 2017—Public scoping via Webinar for Vision Blueprint Regulatory Amendment 26 (Recreational) and Vision Blueprint Regulatory Amendment 27 (Commercial).
2. January 17, 2017—Question & Answer Session via webinar for
3. January 18, 2017—Listening Station with emphasis on the Public Hearing for
4. January 19, 2017—Listening Station with emphasis on the Public Hearing for
5. January 23, 2017—Lexington Hotel & Conference Center, 1515 Prudential Drive, Jacksonville, FL 32207: Phone 904/396-5100.
6. January 24, 2017—Hilton Cocoa Beach Oceanfront, 1550 N. Atlantic Avenue, Cocoa Beach, FL 32931; Phone: 321/799-0003.
7. January 25, 2017—Flagler Place, 201 SW. Flagler Avenue, Stuart, FL 34994; Phone: 772/985-3863.
8. January 26, 2017—Hilton Key Largo, 97000 Overseas Highway, Key Largo, FL 33037; Phone: 305/852-5553.
9. January 30, 2017—Murrells Inlet Community Center, 4450 Murrells Inlet Road, Murrells Inlet, SC 29576; Phone: 843/651-4152.
10. January 31, 2017—Crowne Plaza Hotel, 4831 Tanger Outlet Blvd., N. Charleston, SC 29418; Phone: 843/744-4422.
11. February 1, 2017—Richmond Hill City Center, 520 Cedar Street, Richmond Hill, GA 31324; Phone: 912/445-0043.
12. February 6, 2017—Hilton Wilmington Riverside, 301 N. Water Street, Wilmington, NC 28401; Phone: 910/763-5900.
13. February 7, 2017—Hatteras Community Center, 57689 NC Highway 12, Hatteras, NC 27943; Phone: 252-986-2161 or 252/986-2109.
14. February 8, 2017—Doubletree by Hilton, 2717 W. Fort Macon Road, Atlantic Beach, NC 28512; Phone: 252/240-1155.
Kim Iverson, Public Information Officer, SAFMC; phone 843/571-4366 or toll free 866/SAFMC-10; FAX 843/769-4520; email:
The Council is soliciting public hearing comments on management measures proposed for
Public scoping meetings are being held for the following amendments:
(1)
The Council is soliciting public input on ways to reduce the number of
(2)
(3)
Copies of the public hearing document, scoping documents, and other relevant information will be posted on the Council's Web site at as they become available.
The Council requests that written comments be submitted using the online public comment form for each amendment available from the Council's Web site at
Written comments may also be submitted by mail or by FAX. Comments may be submitted by mail to: Gregg Waugh, Executive Director, SAFMC, 4055 Faber Place Drive, Suite 201, North Charleston, SC 29405. Fax comments to 843-769-4520.
Public hearing and scoping comments for the amendments will be accepted until 5:00 p.m. on February 10, 2017.
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for auxiliary aids should be directed to the council office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of SEDAR 50 Data Workshop for Atlantic
The SEDAR 50 assessment(s) of the Atlantic stock(s) of
The SEDAR 50 Data Workshop will begin at 1 p.m. on Monday, January 23, 2017, and end at 1 p.m. on Friday, January 27, 2017, to view the agenda see
The established times may be adjusted as necessary to accommodate the timely completion of discussion relevant to the assessment process. Such adjustments may result in the meeting being extended from, or completed prior to the time established by this notice. Additional SEDAR 50 workshops and Webinar dates and times will publish in a subsequent issue in the
Julia Byrd, SEDAR Coordinator, 4055 Faber Place Drive, Suite 201, North Charleston, SC 29405; phone (843) 571-4366; email:
The Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils, in conjunction with NOAA Fisheries and the Atlantic and Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commissions, have implemented the Southeast Data, Assessment and Review (SEDAR) process, a multi-step method for determining the status of fish stocks in the Southeast Region. SEDAR is a three-step process including: (1) Data Workshop; (2) Assessment Process utilizing Webinars; and (3) Review Workshop. The product of the Data Workshop is a data report which compiles and evaluates potential datasets and recommends which datasets are appropriate for assessment analyses. The product of the Assessment Process is a stock assessment report which describes the fisheries, evaluates the status of the stock, estimates biological benchmarks, projects future population conditions, and recommends research and monitoring needs. The assessment is independently peer reviewed at the Review Workshop. The product of the Review Workshop is a Summary documenting panel opinions regarding the strengths and weaknesses of the stock assessment and input data. Participants for SEDAR Workshops are appointed by the Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils and NOAA Fisheries Southeast Regional Office, Highly Migratory Species Management Division, and Southeast Fisheries Science Center. Participants include: Data collectors and database managers; stock assessment scientists, biologists, and researchers; constituency representatives including fishermen, environmentalists, and non-governmental organizations (NGOs); international experts; and staff of Councils, Commissions, and state and federal agencies.
The items of discussion at the Data Workshop are as follows:
1. Participants will evaluate all available data and select appropriate sources for providing information on life history characteristics, catch statistics, discard estimates, length and age composition, and fishery independent and fishery dependent measures of stock abundance, as specified in the Terms of Reference for the workshop, to develop an assessment data set and associated documentation.
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the intent to take final action to address the emergency.
This meeting is accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for auxiliary aids should be directed to the SAFMC office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Health Affairs, DoD.
Notice.
In compliance with the
Consideration will be given to all comments received by February 27, 2017.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
•
•
Any associated form(s) for this collection may be located within this same electronic docket and downloaded for review/testing. Follow the instructions at
To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to ATTN: Ms. Shane Pham, 7700 Arlington Boulevard, Suite 5101, Falls Church, VA 22042-5101, or call at (703) 681-8666.
The Department of Defense established TRICARE Plus as an enrollment option for persons who are eligible for care in Military Treatment Facilities (MTF) and not enrolled in TRICARE Prime. TRICARE Plus provides an opportunity to enroll with a primary care provider at a specific MTF, to the extent capacity exists. This is a way to facilitate primary care appointments at an MTF when needed. TRICARE Plus enrollment will help MTFs maintain an adequate clinical case mix for Graduate Medical Education programs and support readiness-related medical skills sustainment activities. In order to carry out this program, it is necessary that certain beneficiaries electing to enroll/disenroll in TRICARE Plus complete an enrollment application/disenrollment request. Completion of the enrollment forms is an essential element of the TRICARE program. There is no lock-in and no enrollment fee for TRICARE Plus.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, DoD.
Notice of intent.
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), New England District is conducting a feasibility study and Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) to examine navigation-improvements to the existing New Haven Harbor Federal Navigation project. The non-Federal sponsor for the study is the New Haven Port Authority in partnership with the Connecticut State Port Authority. Inadequate channel depths result in navigation inefficiencies in transporting goods into and out of the harbor. To reach the terminals, larger ships must lighter outside the breakwaters and/or experience delays while waiting for favorable tide conditions, or both. Deeper and wider navigation features (main channel, maneuvering area, and turning basin) are needed to increase the navigation efficiency and safety of New Haven Harbor.
Questions about the proposed action and EIS can be answered by: Mr. Todd Randall, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, New England District, 696 Virginia Road, Concord, MA 01742-2751, (978) 318-8518, email:
A public scoping meeting will be held on January 24, 2017 from 6:30 p.m. to 8:30 p.m. (registration starts at 6:00 p.m.) at the Hall of Records, Hearing Room, 200 Orange Street, New Haven, Connecticut.
The Corps participation in this study is authorized by a resolution of the Senate Committee on the Environment and Public Works dated July 31, 2007. This study was initiated at the request of the New Haven Port Authority and the Connecticut State Port Authority. The study is being cost-shared 50-percent Federal and 50-percent non-Federal with the New Haven Port Authority.
Office of Innovation and Improvement (OII), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 3501
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before January 26, 2017.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Clifton Jones, 202-205-2204.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Take notice that on December 12, 2016, Portland Natural Gas Transmission System (PNGTS), 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 700, Houston, TX 77002-2700, filed an application pursuant to section 7(c) of the Natural Gas Act (NGA) and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (Commission) regulations seeking authorization to increase the certificated capacity on PNGTS's wholly-owned north system from Pittsburg, New Hampshire, to Westbrook, Maine, by 42,000 Mcf/d, all as more fully described in the application which is on file with the Commission and open to public inspection. The filing may also be viewed on the web at
Additionally, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 3 of the NGA, 15 U.S.C. Section 717b, Part 153 of the Commission's regulations, 18 CFR part 153, Executive Order 10485, as amended by Executive Order 12038, and Secretary of Energy Delegation Order No. 0204-112, PNGTS requested authorization to increase its authorized import and export capacity from 178,000 Mcf/d to 210,000 Mcf/d and to amend the Presidential Permit issued to PNGTS on September 24, 1997, as amended on November 18, 2003, in Docket No. CP96-248, et, al. to reflect such an increase.
PNGTS states that the authorizations requested will satisfy the requirements of the Continent to Coast Expansion Project, which will expand gas service delivery options for the New England market. PNGTS proposes no construction or modifications to its existing system or border crossing facilities in connection with this request and as such, there are no costs associated with the project.
Any questions regarding this application should be directed to Robert Jackson, Manager, Certificates and Regulatory Administration, Portland Natural Gas Transmission System, 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 700, Houston, Texas, or call (832) 320-5487, or by email
Pursuant to section 157.9 of the Commission's rules, 18 CFR 157.9, within 90 days of this Notice the Commission staff will either: Complete its environmental assessment (EA) and place it into the Commission's public record (eLibrary) for this proceeding; or issue a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review. If a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review is issued, it will indicate, among other milestones, the anticipated date for the Commission staff's issuance of the final environmental impact statement (FEIS) or EA for this proposal. The filing of the EA in the Commission's public record for this proceeding or the issuance of a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review will serve to notify federal and state agencies of the timing for the completion of all necessary reviews, and the subsequent need to complete all federal authorizations within 90 days of the date of issuance of the Commission staff's FEIS or EA.
There are two ways to become involved in the Commission's review of this project. First, any person wishing to obtain legal status by becoming a party to the proceedings for this project should, on or before the comment date stated below file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.214 or 385.211) and the Regulations under the NGA (18 CFR 157.10). A person obtaining party status will be placed on the service list maintained by the Secretary of the Commission and will receive copies of all documents filed by the applicant and by all other parties. A party must submit 7 copies of filings made in the proceeding with the Commission and must mail a copy to the applicant and to every other party. Only parties to the proceeding can ask for court review of Commission orders in the proceeding.
However, a person does not have to intervene in order to have comments considered. The second way to participate is by filing with the Secretary of the Commission, as soon as possible, an original and two copies of comments in support of or in opposition to this project. The Commission will consider these comments in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but the filing of a comment alone will not serve to make the filer a party to the proceeding. The Commission's rules require that persons filing comments in opposition to the project provide copies of their protests only to the party or parties directly involved in the protest.
Persons who wish to comment only on the environmental review of this project should submit an original and two copies of their comments to the Secretary of the Commission. Environmental commentors will be placed on the Commission's environmental mailing list, will receive copies of the environmental documents, and will be notified of meetings associated with the Commission's environmental review process. Environmental commentors will not be required to serve copies of filed documents on all other parties. However, the non-party commentors will not receive copies of all documents filed by other parties or issued by the Commission (except for the mailing of environmental documents issued by the Commission) and will not have the right to seek court review of the Commission's final order.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings of comments, protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
On December 15, 2016, the City of Louisville, Colorado filed a notice of intent to construct a qualifying conduit hydropower facility, pursuant to section 30 of the Federal Power Act (FPA), as amended by section 4 of the Hydropower Regulatory Efficiency Act of 2013 (HREA). The proposed Louisville Recreation Center Pressure Reducing Valve Hydropower Project would have an installed capacity of 13 kilowatts (kW) and would be located on the City of Louisville's existing potable water transmission pipeline. The project would be located near the City of Louisville in Boulder County, Colorado.
A qualifying conduit hydropower facility is one that is determined or deemed to meet all of the criteria shown in the table below.
The deadline for filing motions to intervene is 30 days from the issuance date of this notice.
Anyone may submit comments or a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210 and 385.214. Any motions to intervene must be received on or before the specified deadline date for the particular proceeding.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file motions to intervene and comments using the Commission's eFiling system at
On December 15, 2016, the City of Louisville, Colorado filed a notice of intent to construct a qualifying conduit hydropower facility, pursuant to section 30 of the Federal Power Act (FPA), as amended by section 4 of the Hydropower Regulatory Efficiency Act of 2013 (HREA). The proposed Louisville HBWTP Hydro Project would have an installed capacity of 33 kilowatts (kW) and would be located at the end of the City of Louisville's existing raw water supply pipeline. The project would be located near the City of Louisville in Boulder County, Colorado.
A qualifying conduit hydropower facility is one that is determined or deemed to meet all of the criteria shown in the table below.
The deadline for filing motions to intervene is 30 days from the issuance date of this notice.
Anyone may submit comments or a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210 and 385.214. Any motions to intervene must be received on or before the specified deadline date for the particular proceeding.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file motions to intervene and comments using the Commission's eFiling system at
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
Comment request.
In compliance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D), the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or FERC) is submitting its information collection FERC-551 (Reporting of Flow Volume and Capacity by Interstate Natural Gas Pipelines) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review of the information collection requirements. Any interested person may file comments directly with OMB and should address a copy of those comments to the Commission as explained below. The Commission previously issued a Notice in the
Comments on the collection of information are due by January 26, 2017.
Comments filed with OMB, identified by the OMB Control No. 1902-0243, should be sent via email to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs:
A copy of the comments should also be sent to the Commission, in Docket No. IC16-17-000, by either of the following methods:
•
•
Ellen Brown may be reached by email at
FERC is obligated to prescribe rules for the collection and dissemination of information regarding the wholesale, interstate markets for natural gas and electricity. The Commission is authorized to adopt rules to assure the timely dissemination of information about the availability and prices of natural gas and natural gas transportation and electric energy and transmission service in such markets.
The posting requirements are based on the Commission's authority under section 23 of the NGA (as added by the Energy Policy Act of 2005, EPAct 2005), which directs the Commission, in relevant part, to obtain and disseminate “information about the availability and prices of natural gas at wholesale and in interstate commerce.”
The posting for FERC-551 occurs on a daily basis. The data must be available for download for 90 days and must be retained by the pipeline for 3 years.
The Commission uses the daily posting of information by interstate pipelines to provide information regarding the price and availability of natural gas to market participants, state commissions, FERC, and the public. The postings contribute to market transparency by aiding the understanding of the volumetric/availability drivers behind price movements and it provides a better picture of disruptions in interstate natural gas flows.
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric corporate filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
Description: § 205(d) Rate Filing: 3283 NextEra Energy and Sunflower Electric Meter Agent Agreement to be effective 12/1/2016.
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
On December 15, 2016, the Town of Alma, Colorado filed a notice of intent to construct a qualifying conduit hydropower facility, pursuant to section 30 of the Federal Power Act (FPA), as amended by section 4 of the Hydropower Regulatory Efficiency Act of 2013 (HREA). The proposed Alma WTP Hydro Project would have an installed capacity of 25 kilowatts (kW) and would be located at the end of the Town of Alma's existing raw water pipeline. The project would be located near the Town of Alma in Park County, Colorado.
A qualifying conduit hydropower facility is one that is determined or deemed to meet all of the criteria shown in the table below.
The deadline for filing motions to intervene is 30 days from the issuance date of this notice.
Anyone may submit comments or a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210 and 385.214. Any motions to intervene must be received on or before the specified deadline date for the particular proceeding.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file motions to intervene and comments using the Commission's eFiling system at
On December 15, 2016, the City of Louisville, Colorado filed a notice of intent to construct a qualifying conduit hydropower facility, pursuant to section 30 of the Federal Power Act (FPA), as amended by section 4 of the Hydropower Regulatory Efficiency Act of 2013 (HREA). The proposed SCWTP Hydro Project would have an installed capacity of 34 kilowatts (kW) and would be located at the end of the City of Louisville's existing raw water pipeline. The project would be located near the City of Louisville in Boulder County, Colorado.
A qualifying conduit hydropower facility is one that is determined or deemed to meet all of the criteria shown in the table below.
The deadline for filing motions to intervene is 30 days from the issuance date of this notice.
Anyone may submit comments or a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210 and 385.214. Any motions to intervene must be received on or before the specified deadline date for the particular proceeding.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file motions to intervene and comments using the Commission's eFiling system at
On September 9, 2016, Columbia Gas Transmission, LLC (Columbia) filed an application in Docket No. CP16-498-000 requesting a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity pursuant to Sections 7(b) and 7(c) of the Natural Gas Act to abandon, construct, and operate certain natural gas pipeline facilities. The proposed project is known as the B-System Project (Project), and would modernize and upgrade Columbia's B-System pipelines by replacing and abandoning old pipeline as well as constructing new pipeline and appurtenant facilities in Fairfield and Franklin Counties, Ohio.
On September 21, 2016, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or FERC) issued its Notice of Application for the Project. Among other things, that notice alerted agencies issuing federal authorizations of the requirement to complete all necessary reviews and to reach a final decision on a request for a federal authorization within 90 days of the date of issuance of the Commission staff's Environmental Assessment (EA) for the Project. This instant notice identifies the FERC staff's planned schedule for the completion of the EA for the Project.
If a schedule change becomes necessary, additional notice will be provided so that the relevant agencies are kept informed of the Project's progress.
Columbia would abandon in place approximately 17.5 miles of its Line B-105; replace 14.0 miles of its Line B-111; replace 0.1 mile of its Line B-121; replace 0.5 mile of its Line B-130; construct 7.6 miles of new pipeline Line K-270 and appurtenant facilities; and modify various point of delivery and point of receipt customer interconnects in Fairfield and Franklin Counties, Ohio.
On May 6, 2016, the Commission issued a
The Ohio Department of Natural Resources is a cooperating agency in the preparation of the EA.
In order to receive notification of the issuance of the EA and to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription. This can reduce the amount of time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. Go to
Additional information about the Project is available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs at (866) 208-FERC or on the FERC Web site (
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “Notice of Arrival of Pesticides and Devices under section 17(c) of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act” (EPA ICR No. 0152.12, OMB Control No. 2070-0020) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before January 26, 2017.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0122, to (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Ryne Yarger, Field and External Affairs Division (7506P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: 703-605-1193; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “NSPS for Stationary Gas Turbines (40 CFR part 60, subpart GG) (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1071.12, OMB Control No. 2060-0028), to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. This is a proposed extension of the ICR, which is currently approved through December 31, 2016. Public comments were previously requested via the
Additional comments may be submitted on or before January 26, 2017.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2013-0313, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “NESHAP for Area Sources: Acrylic and Modacrylic Fibers Production, Carbon Black Production, Chemical Manufacturing: Chromium Compounds, Flexible Polyurethane Foam Production and Fabrication, Lead Acid Battery Manufacturing, and Wood Preserving (40 CFR part 63, subparts LLLLLL, MMMMMM, NNNNNN, OOOOOO, PPPPPP, and QQQQQQ) (Renewal)” EPA ICR Number 2256.05, OMB Control Number 2060-0598, to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before January 26, 2017.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2013-0346, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “NESHAP for Stationary Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines (40 CFR part 63, subpart ZZZZ) (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1975.10, OMB Control No. 2060-0548), to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before January 26, 2017.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2013-0318, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “NESHAP for Aerospace Manufacturing and Rework Facilities (40 CFR part 63, subpart GG) (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1687.11, OMB Control No. 2060-0314), to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before January 26, 2017.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2013-0335, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of availability.
EPA is announcing the availability of a final report titled, “Hydraulic Fracturing for Oil and Gas: Impacts from the Hydraulic Fracturing Water Cycle on Drinking Water Resources in the United States” (EPA/600/R/16/236F), which was prepared by EPA's Office of Research and Development (ORD). This final report provides a review and synthesis of available scientific information concerning the relationship between hydraulic fracturing activities and drinking water resources in the United States.
This document was available on December 13, 2016.
The final report, “Hydraulic Fracturing for Oil and Gas: Impacts from the Hydraulic Fracturing Water Cycle on Drinking Water Resources in the United States” is available primarily via the internet on EPA-ORD's hydraulic fracturing Web site at
Dayna Gibbons, Office of Research and Development; phone: 202-564-7983; or email:
EPA found scientific evidence that hydraulic fracturing activities can impact drinking water resources under some circumstances. The report
• Water withdrawals for hydraulic fracturing in times or areas of low water availability, particularly in areas with limited or declining groundwater resources;
• Spills during the handling of hydraulic fracturing fluids and chemicals or produced water that resulted in large volumes or high concentrations of chemicals reaching groundwater resources;
• Injection of hydraulic fracturing fluids into wells with inadequate mechanical integrity, allowing gases or liquids to move to groundwater resources;
• Injection of hydraulic fracturing fluids directly into groundwater resources;
• Discharge of inadequately treated hydraulic fracturing wastewater to surface water; and
• Disposal or storage of hydraulic fracturing wastewater in unlined pits resulting in contamination of groundwater resources.
Data gaps and uncertainties limited EPA's ability to fully assess the potential impacts on drinking water resources locally and nationally. Because of these data gaps and uncertainties, it was not possible to fully characterize the severity of impacts, nor was it possible to calculate or estimate the national frequency of impacts on drinking water resources from activities in the hydraulic fracturing water cycle.
EPA's report advances the scientific understanding of hydraulic fracturing's impact on drinking water resources and can inform decisions by federal, state, tribal, local officials, industry, and communities to protect drinking water resources now and in the future.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “Air Emission Standards for Tanks, Surface Impoundment and Containers (40 CFR part 264, subpart CC, and 40 CFR part 265, subpart CC) (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1593.10, OMB Control No. 2060-0318), to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before January 26, 2017.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2013-0333, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Science Advisory Board (SAB) Staff Office announces a public teleconference of the Chartered Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CASAC) and the CASAC Oxides of Nitrogen Primary National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Review Panel to discuss the CASAC draft review of EPA's
The teleconference will be held on Tuesday, January 24, 2017, from 1:30 p.m. to 4:30 p.m. (Eastern Time).
Any member of the public wishing to obtain information concerning the public teleconference may contact Mr. Aaron Yeow, Designated Federal Officer (DFO), EPA Science Advisory Board Staff Office (1400R), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460; by telephone/voice mail at (202) 564-2050 or at
The CASAC was established pursuant to the Clean Air Act (CAA) Amendments of 1977, codified at 42 U.S.C. 7409(d)(2), to review air quality criteria and NAAQS and recommend any new NAAQS and revisions of existing criteria and NAAQS as may be appropriate. The CASAC shall also provide advice, information, and recommendations to the Administrator on the scientific and technical aspects of issues related to the criteria for air quality standards, research related to air quality, sources of air pollution, and any adverse effects which may result from various strategies to attain and maintain air quality standards. The CASAC is a Federal Advisory Committee chartered under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C., App. 2. Section 109(d)(1) of the CAA requires that the Agency periodically review and revise, as appropriate, the air quality criteria and the NAAQS for the six “criteria” air pollutants, including oxides of nitrogen. EPA is currently reviewing the primary (health-based) NAAQS for nitrogen dioxide (NO
Pursuant to FACA and EPA policy, notice is hereby given that the Chartered CASAC and the CASAC Oxides of Nitrogen Primary NAAQS Review Panel will hold a public teleconference to discuss the CASAC draft review of the EPA's
Federal advisory committees and panels, including scientific advisory committees, provide independent advice to EPA. Members of the public can submit comments for a federal advisory committee to consider as it develops advice for EPA. Interested members of the public may submit relevant written or oral information on the topic of this advisory activity, and/or the group conducting the activity, for the CASAC to consider during the advisory process. Input from the public to the CASAC will have the most impact if it provides specific scientific or technical information or analysis for CASAC to consider or if it relates to the clarity or accuracy of the technical information. Members of the public wishing to provide comment should follow the instructions below to submit comments.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “Information Requirements for Boilers and Industrial Furnaces (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1361.17, OMB Control No. 2050-0073) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before January 26, 2017.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OLEM-2016-0465, to (1) EPA, either online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Peggy Vyas, Office of Resource Conservation and Recovery (mail code 5303P), Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: 703-308-5477; fax number: 703-308-8433; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or the Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collection. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees. The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number.
Written PRA comments should be submitted on or before February 27, 2017. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contact listed below as soon as possible.
Direct all PRA comments to Nicole Ongele, FCC, via email
For additional information about the information collection, contact Nicole Ongele at (202) 418-2991.
In March 2016, the Commission adopted the
We propose to revise this information collection, specifically FCC Form 481 and its instructions to provide clarification for some reporting items and to reflect certain updates. This revision is a narrow expansion of similar information related to the existing approval. There are no changes to FCC Form 505, FCC Form 507, FCC Form 508, FCC Form 509 and FCC Form 525. The Commission also, subject to OMB approval, proposes to move certain reporting requirements from this control number into a new information collection for which OMB approval will be sought—3060-XXXX—Connect America Fund High Cost Portal Filing.
44 U.S.C. 3501-3520.
The notificants listed below have applied under the Change in Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)) and § 225.41 of the Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.41) to acquire shares of a bank or bank holding company. The factors that are considered in acting on the notices are set forth in paragraph 7 of the Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(7)).
The notices are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The notices also will be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing to the Reserve Bank indicated for that notice or to the offices of the Board of Governors. Comments must be received no later than January 10, 2017.
A. Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis (Jacquelyn K. Brunmeier, Assistant Vice President) 90 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55480-0291:
1.
B. Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (Colette A. Fried, Assistant Vice President) 230 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60690-1414:
1.
Federal Trade Commission.
Proposed consent agreement.
The consent agreement in this matter settles alleged violations of federal law prohibiting unfair or deceptive acts or practices. The attached Analysis to Aid Public Comment describes both the allegations in the draft complaint and the terms of the consent order—embodied in the consent agreement—that would settle these allegations.
Comments must be received on or before January 19, 2017.
Interested parties may file a comment at
Jamie E. Hine, (202) 326-2188, Attorney, and Justin Brookman, (202) 326-2214, Attorney, Bureau of Consumer Protection, Federal Trade Commission, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20580.
Pursuant to Section 6(f) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. 46(f), and FTC Rule 2.34, 16 CFR 2.34, notice is hereby given that the above-captioned consent agreement containing consent order to cease and desist, having been filed with and accepted, subject to final approval, by the Commission, has been placed on the public record for a period of thirty (30) days. The following Analysis to Aid Public Comment describes the terms of the consent agreement, and the allegations in the complaint. An electronic copy of the full text of the consent agreement package can be obtained from the FTC Home Page (for December 20, 2016), on the World Wide Web at:
You can file a comment online or on paper. For the Commission to consider your comment, we must receive it on or before January 19, 2017. Write “In the Matter of Turn Inc., File No. 152 3099—Consent Agreement” on your comment. Your comment—including your name and your state—will be placed on the public record of this proceeding, including, to the extent practicable, on the public Commission Web site, at
Because your comment will be made public, you are solely responsible for making sure that your comment does not include any sensitive personal information, like anyone's Social Security number, date of birth, driver's license number or other state identification number or foreign country equivalent, passport number, financial account number, or credit or debit card number. You are also solely responsible for making sure that your comment does not include any sensitive health information, like medical records or other individually identifiable health information. In addition, do not include any “[t]rade secret or any commercial or financial information which . . . is privileged or confidential,” as discussed in Section 6(f) of the FTC Act, 15 U.S.C. 46(f), and FTC Rule 4.10(a)(2), 16 CFR 4.10(a)(2). In particular, do not include competitively sensitive information such as costs, sales statistics, inventories, formulas, patterns, devices, manufacturing processes, or customer names.
If you want the Commission to give your comment confidential treatment, you must file it in paper form, with a request for confidential treatment, and you have to follow the procedure explained in FTC Rule 4.9(c), 16 CFR 4.9(c).
Postal mail addressed to the Commission is subject to delay due to heightened security screening. As a result, we encourage you to submit your comments online. To make sure that the Commission considers your online comment, you must file it at
If you file your comment on paper, write “In the Matter of Turn Inc., File No. 152 3099—Consent Agreement” on your comment and on the envelope, and mail your comment to the following address: Federal Trade Commission, Office of the Secretary, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Suite CC-5610 (Annex D), Washington, DC 20580, or deliver your comment to the following address: Federal Trade Commission, Office of the Secretary, Constitution Center, 400 7th Street SW., 5th Floor, Suite 5610 (Annex D), Washington, DC 20024. If possible, submit your paper comment to the Commission by courier or overnight service.
Visit the Commission Web site at
The Federal Trade Commission has accepted, subject to final approval, an agreement containing a consent order from Turn Inc. (“Turn”).
The proposed consent order has been placed on the public record for thirty (30) days for receipt of comments by interested persons. Comments received during this period will become part of the public record. After thirty (30) days, the Commission again will review the agreement and the comments received and will decide whether it should withdraw from the agreement or make final the agreement's proposed order.
This matter involves Turn, a digital advertising company that enables commercial brands and ad agencies to engage in targeted advertising, which is the practice of tracking a consumer's activities or characteristics to deliver ads tailored to the consumer's interests. The FTC complaint alleges that Turn violated Section 5(a) of the FTC Act by falsely representing to consumers the extent to which consumers could restrict the company's tracking of their online activities and the extent to which Turn's opt-out applied to mobile app advertising.
Specifically, the complaint alleges that until at least April 2015, Turn's privacy policy misrepresented that consumers could prevent Turn's tracking by blocking or otherwise limiting cookies. Contrary to representations that consumers could opt out of tracking by instructing their browser to “stop accepting cookies,” Turn tracked consumers by using and synchronizing the Verizon X-UIDH header, a unique identifier appended to the internet traffic of more than 100 million consumers on the Verizon Wireless data network. Even if a consumer deleted cookies or reset their device advertising identifier (
In addition, the complaint alleges that Turn's privacy policy misrepresented that its opt-out mechanism would be effective in blocking targeted advertising on both mobile Web sites and in mobile apps. Contrary to Turn's representations, Turn's opt-out applied only to mobile browsers, and was not effective in blocking ads in mobile applications.
The proposed consent order contains provisions designed to prevent Turn from engaging in similar acts and practices in the future. Part I of the proposed order prohibits Turn from misrepresenting (1) the extent to which it collects, uses, discloses, retains, or shares Covered Information; and (2) the extent to which users may limit, control, or prevent Turn's collection, use, disclosure, retention, or sharing of covered information. Part II of the proposed order requires Turn, within thirty days following service of the order, to place a clear and conspicuous hyperlink on the Turn Web site homepage that states “Consumer Opt Out of Targeted Advertising.” The hyperlink must take consumers to a clear and conspicuous disclosure that explains what information Turn collects and uses for targeted advertising, and provides an effective opt-out mechanism that allows consumers to prevent Turn from collecting or using consumers' information. In addition, Turn's Web site must describe to consumers the technologies and methods it uses for targeted advertising. Part III of the proposed order requires Turn to honor mobile operating system control signal (
Parts IV through VIII of the proposed order are reporting and compliance provisions. Part IV requires acknowledgment of the order and dissemination of the order now and in the future to persons with managerial responsibilities relating to the subject matter of the order. Part V ensures notification to the FTC of changes in corporate status and mandates that Turn submit an initial compliance report to the FTC. Part VI requires Turn to retain documents relating to its compliance with the order for a five-year period. Part VII mandates that Turn make available to the FTC information or subsequent compliance reports, as requested. Part VIII is a provision “sunsetting” the order after twenty (20) years, with certain exceptions.
The purpose of this analysis is to facilitate public comment on the proposed order. It is not intended to constitute an official interpretation of the proposed complaint order or to modify in any way the proposed orders terms.
By direction of the Commission.
Department of Defense (DOD), General Services Administration (GSA), and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).
Notice of request for public comments regarding an extension to an existing OMB clearance.
Under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, the Regulatory Secretariat will be submitting to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) a request to review and approve an extension of a currently approved information collection requirement concerning Payment of Subcontractors.
Submit comments on or before January 26, 2017.
Submit comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden to: Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB, Attention: Desk Officer for GSA, Room 10236, NEOB, Washington, DC 20503. Additionally submit a copy to GSA by any of the following methods:
•
•
Mr. Curtis E. Glover, Sr., Procurement Analyst, at 202-501-1448, or email
Section 1334 of the Small Business Jobs and Credit Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-240) and the Small Business Administration's Final Rule at 78 FR 42391, Small Business Subcontracting, published on July 16, 2013, and effective August 15, 2013, requires the prime contractor to self-report to the contracting officer when the prime contractor makes late or reduced payments to small business subcontractors. In addition, the contracting officer is required to record the identity of contractors with a history of late or reduced payments to small business subcontractors in the Federal Awardee Performance and Integrity Information System (FAPIIS). FAR Part 42 is revised to include in the past performance evaluation reduced or untimely payments reported to the contracting officer by the prime contractor in accordance with the clause at 52.242-XX, Payments to Small Business Subcontractors, that are determined by the contracting officer to be unjustified.
A notice was published in the
Public comments are particularly invited on: Whether this collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of functions of the FAR, and whether it will have practical utility; whether our estimate of the public burden of this collection of information is accurate, and based on valid assumptions and methodology; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and ways in which we can minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, through the use of appropriate technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
In accordance with Section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) announces a meeting for the initial review of applications in response to Funding Opportunity Announcement (FOA) GH17-001, Evaluations to Improve Prevention Interventions Under the President's Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR).
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign
Office of Refugee Resettlement, ACF, HHS.
This notice announces the intent to award a single-source expansion supplement grant to existing grantees', BCFS Health and Human Services (90ZU0075) and the U.S. Committee for Refugees and Immigrants (90ZU0081), Cooperative Agreement within the Office of Refugee Resettlement's Unaccompanied Children's (UC) Program.
The Administration for Children and Families (ACF), Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR), announces its intent to award a cooperative agreement of up to $3,311,087 as a single-source expansion supplements to the Post Release Services Programs within the Unaccompanied Children's (UC) Program.
The expansion supplement grants will support the immediate need for additional post-release services to accommodate the increasing number of UCs being referred by DHS, and as a result, the increase of UCs referred for post-release services. The increase in the UC population necessitates the need for expansion of services to expedite the release of UC. The
Supplemental award funds will support activities from September 30, 2015 through September 29, 2016.
Jallyn Sualog, Director, Division of Children's Services, Office of Refugee Resettlement, 330 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20201. Email:
ORR is continuously monitoring its capacity to provide post-release services to the unaccompanied children in HHS custody.
ORR has specific requirements for the provision of services. Award recipients must have the infrastructure, licensing, experience, and appropriate level of trained staff to meet those requirements. The expansion of the existing post-release services program through this supplemental award is a key strategy for ORR to be prepared to meet its responsibility of safe and timely release of Unaccompanied Children referred to its care by DHS and so that the US Border Patrol can continue its vital national security mission to prevent illegal migration, trafficking, and protect the borders of the United States.
This program is authorized by—
(A) Section 462 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which in March 2003, transferred responsibility for the care and custody of Unaccompanied Alien Children from the Commissioner of the former Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) to the Director of ORR of the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
(B) The Flores Settlement Agreement, Case No. CV85-4544RJK (C.D. Cal. 1996), as well as the William Wilberforce Trafficking Victims Protection Reauthorization Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-457), which authorizes post release services under certain conditions to eligible children. All programs must comply with the Flores Settlement Agreement, Case No. CV85-4544-RJK (C.D. Cal. 1996), pertinent regulations and ORR policies and procedures.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing the availability of the guidance entitled “Factors to Consider Regarding Benefit-Risk in Medical Device Product Availability, Compliance, and Enforcement Decisions.” This guidance is intended to provide clarity for FDA staff and industry regarding the benefit and risk factors FDA may consider in prioritizing resources for compliance and enforcement efforts to maximize medical device quality and patient safety. Although product availability and other medical device compliance and enforcement decisions are generally fact-specific, FDA believes that explaining how we consider the factors listed in the guidance will improve the consistency and transparency of these kinds of decisions. A common understanding of how FDA considers benefit and risk may better align industry's and FDA's focus on actions that maximize benefit to patients, improve medical device quality, and reduce risk to patients. This guidance is in effect at this time.
Submit either electronic or written comments on this guidance at any time. General comments on Agency guidance documents are welcome at any time.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
An electronic copy of the guidance document is available for download from the Internet. See the
Ann M. Ferriter, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, Rm. 3680, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-5530.
The guidance is intended to provide a framework for FDA and stakeholders that sets forth overarching benefit-risk principles. FDA may consider the types of benefit-risk factors described in the guidance—including reliable patient input from a representative sample—on a case-by-case basis when determining the appropriate regulatory actions to take and to help ensure that informed and science-based decisions are made to the greatest extent practicable. Factors may be weighted differently for different decisions and as the timeframe allows. FDA intends to use pilots and other evaluation techniques to help determine how to apply the benefit-risk framework described in this guidance. Because of the variability in the facts of, and data available for, each decision, specific factors that will inform FDA's thinking may vary.
In addition, the guidance is intended to harmonize FDA's approach to weighing benefits and risks for medical device product availability, compliance, and enforcement decisions with FDA's benefit-risk framework for evaluating medical device marketing and investigational device exemption applications. The benefit-risk factors in the guidance also support assessment of medical devices with real world evidence.
The framework described in the guidance may be applicable to industry and FDA decisions. The benefit-risk factors may be considered when device manufacturers evaluate appropriate responses to nonconforming product or regulatory compliance issues, such as determining whether to limit the availability of a medical device (
The guidance applies to both diagnostic and therapeutic medical devices subject to, and exempt from, premarket review. The scope of the guidance excludes medical devices regulated by FDA's Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research combination products, as defined in 21 CFR 3.2(e), for which the Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) is not the lead Center; and electronic products that are not devices as defined in section 201(h) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&C Act) (21 U.S.C. 321(h)) as regulated by CDRH under the Electronic Product Radiation Control provisions in the FD&C Act and implementing regulations (21 CFR Subchapter J—Radiological Health). This guidance does not apply to products (
In the
This guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance
Persons interested in obtaining a copy of the guidance may do so by using the Internet. A search capability for all CDRH guidance documents is available at
This guidance refers to previously approved collections of information found in FDA regulations. These collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information in 21 CFR part 7, subpart C, have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0249. The collections of information in 21 CFR parts 801 and 809, regarding labeling, have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0485. The collections of information in 21 CFR part 803, regarding medical device reporting, have been approved under OMB control numbers 0910-0291, 0910-0437, and 0910-0471. The collections of information in 21 CFR part 806 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0359. The collections of information in 21 CFR part 807, subpart E, have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0120. The collections of information in 21 CFR part 810, regarding medical device recall authority, have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0432. The collections of information in 21 CFR part 812 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0078. The collections of information in 21 CFR part 814, subparts B and E, have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0231. The collections of information in 21 CFR part 820, regarding the Quality System regulation, have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0073. The collections of information in 21 CFR part 822, regarding postmarket surveillance of medical devices, have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0449.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of public workshop; request for comments.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing the following public workshop entitled “Coordinated Registry Network (CRN) for Devices Used for Acute Ischemic Stroke Intervention (DAISI).” The purpose of the public workshop is to obtain stakeholders' input on the coordination of registries for DAISI.
The public workshop will be held on February 2, 2017, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. EST. The deadline for submitting comments regarding this public workshop is March 2, 2017. See the
The public workshop will be held at the Ruth L. Kirschstein Auditorium, Natcher Conference Center, Bldg. 45, National Institutes of Health Campus, 9000 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, MD 20892. Entrance for the public workshop participants (non-NIH employees) is through the NIH Gateway Center located adjacent to the Medical Center Metro, where routine security check procedures will be performed. Please visit the following Web site for NIH campus location, parking, security, and travel information:
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
In order to permit the widest possible opportunity for public comment, FDA is soliciting either electronic or written comments on all aspects of the workshop topics.
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” FDA will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Jamie Waterhouse, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, Rm. 2611, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-3063, email:
Stroke is the fifth leading cause of death in the United States and the number one preventable cause of disability (Ref. 1). Recent publication of five prospective randomized trials and revised practice guidelines in the treatment of stroke has suggested the potential therapeutic role of endovascular therapy in combination with pharmacotherapy (typically intravenous tissue plasminogen activator (IV t-PA)) for patients with proximal large vessel occlusion stroke in the anterior circulation (M1 Middle Cerebral Artery segment with or without concomitant Internal Carotid Artery occlusion) (Refs. 2-6). FDA believes that research and development in this field, including the collection of data through the use of registries, provides a potential data source for expanding indications for already cleared/approved devices. Development and leveraging support for data collected within appropriate registries; with the participation of professional medical societies, industry, patient groups, healthcare facilities, and payers; can further drive innovation in this area and aid in the improvement of clinical care and patient outcomes. A coordinated registry network may also collect data reflective of clinical practice that is of sufficient quality and breadth to support scientific, clinical, and regulatory decision-making and aid in the design of future studies and performance testing requirements for new or existing devices.
This workshop is aimed at addressing scientific, clinical, and regulatory considerations associated with medical devices used in the treatment of acute ischemic stroke medical devices and the development of coordinated registry networks to serve the following topic areas:
• Clinical Common Data Elements;
• Standardized Definitions and Case Report Forms;
• Informatics, Sustainability, and Data Quality; and
• Additional scientific, methodological, and clinical considerations for evaluating information obtained from registries.
To register for the public workshop, please visit FDA's Medical Devices News & Events—Workshops & Conferences (Medical Devices) calendar at
Registration is free and based on space availability, with priority given to early registrants. Persons interested in attending this public workshop must register by January 26, 2017, at 4 p.m. EST. Early registration is recommended because seating is limited; therefore, FDA may limit the number of participants from each organization. Registrants will receive confirmation when they have been accepted. You will be notified if you are on a waiting list.
If you need special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Peggy Roney, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Office of Communication and Education, 301-796-5671, email:
The following references are on display in the Division of Dockets Management (see
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) announces a forthcoming public advisory committee meeting of the Psychopharmacologic Drugs Advisory Committee. The general function of the committee is to provide advice and recommendations to the Agency on FDA's regulatory issues. The meeting will be open to the public.
The meeting will be held on February 16, 2017, from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.
College Park Marriott Hotel and Conference Center, 3501 University Blvd. East, Hyattsville, MD 20783. The conference center's telephone number is 301-985-7300. Answers to commonly asked questions including information regarding special accommodations due to a disability, visitor parking, and transportation may be accessed at:
Kalyani Bhatt, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 31, Rm. 2417, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-9001, Fax: 301-847-8533, email:
FDA intends to make background material available to the public no later than 2 business days before the meeting. If FDA is unable to post the background material on its Web site prior to the meeting, the background material will be made publicly available at the location of the advisory committee meeting, and the background material will be posted on FDA's Web site after the meeting. Background material is available at
Persons attending FDA's advisory committee meetings are advised that the Agency is not responsible for providing access to electrical outlets.
FDA welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with disabilities. If you require accommodations due to a disability, please contact Kalyani Bhatt at least 7 days in advance of the meeting.
FDA is committed to the orderly conduct of its advisory committee meetings. Please visit our Web site at
Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2).
Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), Department of Health and Human Services.
Notice.
In compliance with the requirement for opportunity for public comment on proposed data collection projects (Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995), HRSA announces plans to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR), described below, to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). Prior to submitting the ICR to OMB, HRSA seeks comments from the public regarding the burden estimate, below, or any other aspect of the ICR.
Comments on this ICR must be received no later than February 27, 2017.
Submit your comments to
To request more information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the data collection plans and draft instruments, email
When submitting comments or requesting information, please include the information request collection title for reference.
The current Statement of Appointment (form PHS-2271) is also tailored to NIH programs. HRSA plans to remove references to NIH and where appropriate replace them with references to HRSA for use in the SF424 R&R application package.
In MCHB's research grant programs, the modified Biographical Sketch form will be used by applicants to summarize the qualifications of key personnel on their proposed research team; the grant reviewers will use this information to assess the capabilities of the research team to carry out the research project. MCHB's modified PHS Inclusion Enrollment form will be used by applicants to summarize their expected population of research study participants at the time of submission of their proposal; it will also be used for Enrollment Reporting during the annual Noncompeting Continuation Award. Monitoring Inclusion Enrollment is one important component of ensuring statistically meaningful demographics (race, ethnicity, and gender) among research study participants in MCHB's research grant portfolio. MCHB does not use the Statement of Appointment form, as it does not pertain to the MCHB research program.
Similarly, in BHW the modified Biographical Sketch form will be used by applicants to summarize the qualifications of key personnel proposed as project staff; the grant reviewers will use this information to assess the capabilities of the applicant organization to carry out the proposed project. The modified Statement of Appointment form is used to document the appointment of individuals supported by the award to applicable institutional research and training programs. BHW does not use the PHS Inclusion Enrollment form, as it does not pertain to the BHW training and research programs.
HRSA specifically requests comments on (1) the necessity and utility of the proposed information collection for the proper performance of the agency's functions; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology to minimize the information collection burden.
Health Resources and Services Administration, HHS.
Notice.
Effective December 20, 2016, the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) updated the HRSA-supported Women's Preventive Services Guidelines for purposes of health insurance coverage for preventive services that address health needs specific to women based on clinical recommendations from the Women's Preventive Services Initiative. This notice serves as an announcement of the decision to update the guidelines as listed below. Please see
HRSA, Maternal and Child Health Bureau at email:
The Women's Preventive Services Initiative recommends that average-risk women initiate mammography screening no earlier than age 40 and no later than age 50. Screening mammography should occur at least biennially and as frequently as annually. Screening should continue through at least age 74 and age alone should not be the basis to discontinue screening.
These screening recommendations are for women at average risk of breast cancer. Women at increased risk should also undergo periodic mammography screening, however, recommendations for additional services are beyond the scope of this recommendation.
The Women's Preventive Services Initiative recommends comprehensive lactation support services (including counseling, education, and breastfeeding equipment and supplies) during the antenatal, perinatal, and postpartum periods to ensure the successful initiation and maintenance of breastfeeding.
The Women's Preventive Services Initiative recommends cervical cancer screening for average-risk women aged 21 to 65 years. For women aged 21 to 29 years, the Women's Preventive Services Initiative recommends cervical cancer screening using cervical cytology (Pap test) every 3 years. Cotesting with cytology and human papillomavirus testing is not recommended for women younger than 30 years. Women aged 30 to 65 years should be screened with cytology and human papillomavirus testing every 5 years or cytology alone every 3 years. Women who are at average risk should not be screened more than once every 3 years.
The Women's Preventive Services Initiative recommends that adolescent and adult women have access to the full range of female-controlled contraceptives to prevent unintended pregnancy and improve birth outcomes. Contraceptive care should include contraceptive counseling, initiation of contraceptive use, and follow-up care (
The full range of contraceptive methods for women currently identified by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration include: (1) Sterilization surgery for women, (2) surgical sterilization via implant for women, (3) implantable rods, (4) copper intrauterine devices, (5) intrauterine devices with progestin (all durations and doses), (6) the shot or injection, (7) oral contraceptives (combined pill), 8) oral contraceptives (progestin only, and), (9) oral contraceptives (extended or continuous use), (10) the contraceptive patch, (11) vaginal contraceptive rings, (12) diaphragms, (13) contraceptive sponges, (14) cervical caps, (15) female condoms, (16) spermicides, and (17) emergency contraception (levonorgestrel), and (18) emergency contraception (ulipristal acetate), and additional methods as identified by the FDA. Additionally, instruction in fertility awareness-based methods, including the lactation amenorrhea method, although less effective, should be provided for women desiring an alternative method.
The Women's Preventive Services Initiative recommends screening pregnant women for gestational diabetes mellitus after 24 weeks of gestation (preferably between 24 and 28 weeks of gestation) in order to prevent adverse birth outcomes. Screening with a 50-g oral glucose challenge test (followed by a 3-hour 100-g oral glucose tolerance test if results on the initial oral glucose challenge test are abnormal) is preferred because of its high sensitivity and specificity.
The Women's Preventive Services Initiative suggests that women with risk factors for diabetes mellitus be screened for preexisting diabetes before 24 weeks of gestation—ideally at the first prenatal visit, based on current clinical best practices.
The Women's Preventive Services Initiative recommends prevention education and risk assessment for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection in adolescents and women at least annually throughout the lifespan. All women should be tested for HIV at least once during their lifetime. Additional screening should be based on risk, and screening annually or more often may be appropriate for adolescents and women with an increased risk of HIV infection.
Screening for HIV is recommended for all pregnant women upon initiation of prenatal care with retesting during pregnancy based on risk factors. Rapid HIV testing is recommended for pregnant women who present in active labor with an undocumented HIV status. Screening during pregnancy enables prevention of vertical transmission.
The Women's Preventive Services Initiative recommends screening adolescents and women for interpersonal and domestic violence, at least annually, and, when needed, providing or referring for initial intervention services. Interpersonal and domestic violence includes physical violence, sexual violence, stalking and psychological aggression (including coercion), reproductive coercion, neglect, and the threat of violence, abuse, or both. Intervention services include, but are not limited to, counseling, education, harm reduction strategies, and referral to appropriate supportive services.
The Women's Preventive Services Initiative recommends directed behavioral counseling by a health care provider or other appropriately trained individual for sexually active adolescent and adult women at an increased risk for sexually transmitted infections (STIs).
The Women's Preventive Services Initiative recommends that health care providers use a woman's sexual history and risk factors to help identify those at an increased risk of STIs. Risk factors may include age younger than 25, a recent history of an STI, a new sex partner, multiple partners, a partner with concurrent partners, a partner with an STI, and a lack of or inconsistent condom use. For adolescents and women not identified as high risk, counseling to reduce the risk of STIs should be considered, as determined by clinical judgement.
The Women's Preventive Services Initiative recommends that women receive at least one preventive care visit per year beginning in adolescence and continuing across the lifespan to ensure that the recommended preventive services including preconception, and many services necessary for prenatal and interconception care are obtained. The primary purpose of these visits
The HRSA-supported Women's Preventive Services Guidelines were originally established in 2011 based on recommendations from a Department of Health and Human Services' commissioned study by the Institute of Medicine (IOM), now known as the National Academy of Medicine (NAM). Since then, there have been advancements in science and gaps identified in the existing guidelines, including a greater emphasis on practice-based clinical considerations. To address these, HRSA awarded a 5-year cooperative agreement in March 2016 to convene a coalition of clinician, academic, and consumer-focused health professional organizations and conduct a scientifically rigorous review to develop recommendations for updated Women's Preventive Services Guidelines in accordance with the model created by the NAM
Under section 2713 of the Public Health Service Act, non-grandfathered group health plans and issuers of non-grandfathered group and individual health insurance coverage are required to cover specified preventive services without a copayment, coinsurance, deductible, or other cost sharing, including preventive care and screenings for women as provided for in comprehensive guidelines supported by HRSA for this purpose. Non-grandfathered plans and coverage (generally, plans or policies created or sold after March 23, 2010, or older plans or policies that have been changed in certain ways since that date) are required to provide coverage without cost sharing consistent with these guidelines beginning with the first plan year (in the individual market, policy year) that begins on or after December 20, 2017.
The guidelines concerning contraceptive methods and counseling do not apply to women who are participants or beneficiaries in group health plans sponsored by religious employers. Effective August 1, 2013, a religious employer is defined as an employer that is organized and operates as a non-profit entity and is referred to in section 6033(a)(3)(A)(i) or (iii) of the Internal Revenue Code. HRSA notes that, as of August 1, 2013, group health plans established or maintained by religious employers (and group health insurance coverage provided in connection with such plans) are exempt from the requirement to cover contraceptive services under section 2713 of the Public Health Service Act, as incorporated into the Employee Retirement Income Security Act and the Internal Revenue Code. HRSA also notes that, as of January 1, 2014, accommodations are available to group health plans established or maintained by certain eligible organizations (and group health insurance coverage provided in connection with such plans), as well as student health insurance coverage arranged by eligible organizations, with respect to the contraceptive coverage requirement. See Coverage of Certain Preventive Services Under the Affordable Care Act (78 FR 39870, July 2, 2013).
Office of Inspector General (OIG), HHS.
Notice.
On September 29, 2016, OIG announced “The Simple Extensible Sampling Tool Challenge”. This notice serves as an update to the original notice which stated that upon receipt of an updated submission the previous submission would be excluded in its entirety from the competition. This updated notice removes this restriction for entries from teams that have been previously identified as finalists. Any finalist may update their entry without losing their finalist designation. Updates from the finalists will be accepted until 5:00 p.m. EST on the fourteenth day after the fifth finalist has been identified or May 15, 2017, 5:00 p.m. EST, whichever comes first. The newest entry from each team will be used for all judging purposes unless otherwise requested by the team. Other than the above change, all rules and requirements outlined in the September 29, 2016,
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice is hereby given of the meeting of the Council of Councils.
The meeting will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting. The open session will be videocast and can be accessed from the NIH Videocasting and Podcasting Web site (
A portion of the meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4), and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Closed: January 27, 2017.
Any interested person may file written comments with the committee by forwarding the statement to the Contact Person listed on this notice. The statement should include the name, address, telephone number and when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person.
In the interest of security, NIH has instituted stringent procedures for entrance onto the NIH campus. All visitor vehicles, including taxicabs, hotel, and airport shuttles will be inspected before being allowed on campus. Visitors will be asked to show one form of identification (for example, a government-issued photo ID, driver's license, or passport) and to state the purpose of their visit.
Information is also available on the Council of Council's home page at
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of a meeting of the National Advisory Dental and Craniofacial Research Council.
The meeting will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Open: 8:30 a.m. to 12:10 p.m.
Closed: 1:30 p.m. to Adjournment.
In the interest of security, NIH has instituted stringent procedures for entrance onto the NIH campus. All visitor vehicles, including taxicabs, hotel, and airport shuttles will be inspected before being allowed on campus. Visitors will be asked to show one form of identification (for example, a government-issued photo ID, driver's license, or passport) and to state the purpose of their visit.
Information is also available on the Institute's/Center's home page:
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The contract proposals and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the contract proposals, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The contract proposals and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the contract proposals, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of a meeting of the Board of Scientific Counselors of the NIH Clinical Center.
The meeting will be closed to the public as indicated below in accordance with the provisions set forth in section 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended for the review, discussion, and evaluation of individual intramural programs and projects conducted by the CLINICAL CENTER, including consideration of personnel qualifications and performance, and the competence of individual investigators, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Any interested person may file written comments with the committee by forwarding the statement to the Contact Person listed on this notice. The statement should include the name, address, telephone number and when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person.
In the interest of security, NIH has instituted stringent procedures for entrance onto the NIH campus. All visitor vehicles, including taxicabs, hotel, and airport shuttles will be inspected before being allowed on campus. Visitors will be asked to show one form of identification (for example, a government-issued photo ID, driver's license, or passport) and to state the purpose of their visit.
Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Request for information.
Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), Center for Substance Abuse Treatment, in the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) announces the opening of a docket to obtain public comment on a report to Congress in response to the Projecting Our Infants Act of 2015 (POIA) (Pub. L. 114-91). The POIA mandated HHS to: Conduct a review of planning and coordination activities related to prenatal opioid exposure and neonatal abstinence syndrome; develop recommendations for the identification, prevention, and treatment of prenatal opioid exposure and neonatal abstinence syndrome; and develop a strategy to address gaps, overlap, and duplication among Federal programs and Federal coordination efforts to address neonatal abstinence syndrome.
You may submit comments identified by Docket No. [SAMHSA-2016-0004] by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
•
Melinda Campopiano, MD, Chief Medical Officer, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, Center for Substance Abuse Treatment, 5600 Fishers Lane, 13E49, Rockville, MD, 20852. Email:
In response to this Act, this report provides background information on prenatal opioid exposure and neonatal abstinence syndrome (Part 1), summarizes HHS activities related to prenatal opioid exposure and neonatal abstinence syndrome (Part 2), presents clinical and programmatic evidence and recommendations for preventing and treating neonatal abstinence syndrome (Part 3), and presents a strategy to address the identified gaps, challenges, and recommendations (Part 4).
Public comment is sought for “Part 4: Strategy To Protect Our Infants” (Section 2(b) of the Act) and comments will be incorporated into the strategy as appropriate. The final strategy will be posted on an HHS Web site by May 25, 2017.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Sixty-day notice requesting comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension, without change, of its approval for the following collection of information: 1625-0119, Coast Guard Exchange System Scholarship Application. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.
Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before February 27, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2016-0598] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking
A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the Internet at
Mr. Anthony Smith, Office of Information Management, telephone 202-475-3532, or fax 202-372-8405, for questions on these documents.
This Notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) The practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. In response to your comments, we may revise the ICR or decide not to seek an extension of approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.
We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, [USCG-2016-0598], and must be received by February 27, 2017.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Sixty-day notice requesting comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information without change: 1625-0074, Direct User Fees for Inspection or Examination of U.S. and Foreign Commercial Vessels. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.
Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before February 27, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2016-0938] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the Internet at
Contact Mr. Anthony Smith, Office of Information Management, telephone 202-475-3532, or fax 202-372-8405, for questions on these documents.
This Notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's
The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) The practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. In response to your comments, we may revise this ICR or decide not to seek an extension of approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.
We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, [USCG-2016-0938], and must be received by February 27, 2017.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Sixty-day notice requesting comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information without change: 1625-0007, Characteristics of Liquid Chemicals Proposed for Bulk Water Movement. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.
Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before February 27, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2016-0934] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the Internet at
Contact Mr. Anthony Smith, Office of Information Management, telephone 202-475-3532, or fax 202-372-8405, for questions on these documents.
This Notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) The practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. In response to your comments, we may revise this ICR or decide not to seek an extension of approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.
We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, [USCG-2016-0934], and must be received by February 27, 2017.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Thirty-day notice requesting comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 the U.S. Coast Guard is forwarding an Information Collection Request (ICR), abstracted below, to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information: 1625-0056, Labeling required in 33 Code of Federal Regulation (CFR) Parts 181 and 183 and 46 CFR 25.10-3. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Review and comments by OIRA ensure we only impose paperwork burdens commensurate with our performance of duties.
Comments must reach the Coast Guard and OIRA on or before January 26, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2016-0249] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
(1)
(2)
(3)
A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the Internet at
Mr. Anthony Smith, Office of Information Management, telephone 202-475-3532, or fax 202-372-8405, for questions on these documents.
This Notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection. The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) The practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. These comments will help OIRA determine whether to approve the ICR referred to in this Notice.
We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments to Coast Guard or OIRA must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR. They must also contain the docket number of this request, [USCG-2016-0249], and must be received by January 26, 2017.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
OIRA posts its decisions on ICRs online at
This request provides a 30-day comment period required by OIRA. The Coast Guard has published the 60-day notice (81 FR 62164, September 8, 2016) required by 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2). That Notice elicited no comments. Accordingly, no changes have been made to the Collections.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Sixty-day notice requesting comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information without change: 1625-0008, Regattas and Marine Parades.
Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.
Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before February 27, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2016-0926] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the Internet at
Contact Mr. Anthony Smith, Office of Information Management, telephone 202-475-3532, or fax 202-372-8405, for questions on these documents.
This Notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) The practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. In response to your comments, we may revise this ICR or decide not to seek an extension of approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.
We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, [USCG-2016-0926], and must be received by February 27, 2017.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Sixty-day notice requesting comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information: 1625-0100, Advance Notice of Vessel Arrival without change. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.
Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before February 27, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2016-1001] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the Internet at
Contact Mr. Anthony Smith, Office of Information Management, telephone 202-475-3532, or fax 202-372-8405, for questions on these documents.
This Notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) The practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. In response to your comments, we may revise this ICR or decide not to seek an extension of approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.
We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, [USCG-2016-1001], and must be received by February 27, 2017.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice amends the notice of a major disaster declaration for State of Florida (FEMA-4280-DR), dated September 28, 2016, and related determinations.
Effective December 12, 2016.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, Manny J. Toro, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this disaster.
This action terminates the appointment of Terry L. Quarles as Federal Coordinating Officer for this disaster.
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance (Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This is a notice of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for the State of Tennessee (FEMA-4293-DR), dated December 15, 2016, and related determinations.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
Notice is hereby given that, in a letter dated December 15, 2016, the President issued a major disaster declaration under the authority of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121
I have determined that the damage in certain areas of the State of Tennessee resulting from wildfires during the period of November 28 to December 9, 2016, is of sufficient severity and magnitude to warrant a major disaster declaration under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121
In order to provide Federal assistance, you are hereby authorized to allocate from funds available for these purposes such amounts as you find necessary for Federal disaster assistance and administrative expenses.
You are authorized to provide Individual Assistance and assistance for debris removal and emergency protective measures (Categories A and B) under the Public Assistance program in the designated areas, Hazard Mitigation throughout the State, and any other forms of assistance under the Stafford Act that you deem appropriate subject to completion of Preliminary Damage Assessments (PDAs).
Consistent with the requirement that Federal assistance is supplemental, any Federal funds provided under the Stafford Act for Public Assistance, Hazard Mitigation, and Other Needs Assistance will be limited to 75 percent of the total eligible costs. Federal funds provided under the Stafford Act for Public Assistance also will be limited to 75 percent of the total eligible costs, with the exception of projects that meet the eligibility criteria for a higher Federal cost-sharing percentage under the Public Assistance Alternative Procedures Pilot Program for Debris Removal implemented pursuant to section 428 of the Stafford Act.
Further, you are authorized to make changes to this declaration for the approved assistance to the extent allowable under the Stafford Act.
The time period prescribed for the implementation of section 310(a), Priority to Certain Applications for Public Facility and Public Housing Assistance, 42 U.S.C. 5153, shall be for a period not to exceed six months after the date of this declaration.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, W. Michael Moore, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this major disaster.
The following areas of the State of Tennessee have been designated as adversely affected by this major disaster:
Sevier County for Individual Assistance.
Sevier County for debris removal and emergency protective measures (Categories A and B), including direct federal assistance, under the Public Assistance program.
All areas within the State of Tennessee are eligible for assistance under the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program.
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance (Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice amends the notice of a major disaster declaration for State of Florida (FEMA-4283-DR), dated October 8, 2016, and related determinations.
Effective December 12, 2016.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, Manny J. Toro, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this disaster.
This action terminates the appointment of Terry L. Quarles as Federal Coordinating Officer for this disaster.
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance (Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice amends the notice of a major disaster declaration for State of South Carolina (FEMA-4286-DR), dated October 11, 2016, and related determinations.
Effective December 16, 2016.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, Seamus K. Leary, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this disaster.
This action terminates the appointment of W. Michael Moore as Federal Coordinating Officer for this disaster.
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance (Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.
U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), DHS.
Notice.
This notice informs the public of the extension of an earlier notice, which suspended certain requirements for F-1 nonimmigrant students whose country of citizenship is the Federal Democratic Republic of Nepal (Nepal) and who are experiencing severe economic hardship as a direct result of the earthquake in Nepal on April 25, 2015. This notice extends the effective date of that earlier notice. These students will continue to be allowed to apply for employment authorization, work an increased number of hours while school is in session provided that they satisfy the minimum course load requirement, while continuing to maintain their F-1 student status until June 24, 2018.
This notice is effective December 27, 2016 and will remain in effect through June 24, 2018.
Louis Farrell, Director, Student and Exchange Visitor Program; MS 5600, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement; 500 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20536-5600; (703) 603-3400. This is not a toll-free number. Program information can be found at
The Secretary of Homeland Security is exercising his authority under 8 CFR 214.2(f)(9) to extend the temporary suspension of certain requirements governing on-campus and off-campus employment for F-1 nonimmigrant students whose country of citizenship is Nepal and who are experiencing severe economic hardship as a direct result of the earthquake in Nepal on April 25, 2015.
F-1 nonimmigrant students granted employment authorization through the notice will continue to be deemed to be engaged in a “full course of study” for the duration of their employment authorization provided they satisfy the minimum course load requirement described in 80 FR 69237.
This notice applies exclusively to F-1 nonimmigrant students who meet all of the following conditions: (1) Are lawful citizens of Nepal; (2) Were lawfully present in the United States in F-1 nonimmigrant status on April 25, 2015, under section 101(a)(15)(F)(i) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA), 8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(15)(F)(i); (3) Are enrolled in a school that is Student and Exchange Visitor Program (SEVP)-certified for enrollment of F-1 students; (4) Are currently maintaining F-1 status; and (5) Are experiencing severe economic hardship as a direct result of the damage caused by the earthquake in Nepal of April 25, 2015.
This notice applies to both undergraduate and graduate students, as well as elementary school, middle school, and high school students. The notice, however, applies differently to elementary school, middle school, and high school students (see the discussion published at 80 FR 69239 in the question, “Does this notice apply to elementary school, middle school, and high school students in F-1 status?”).
F-1 students covered by this notice who transfer to other academic institutions that are SEVP-certified for enrollment of F-1 students remain eligible for the relief provided by means of this notice.
The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) took action to provide temporary relief to F-1 nonimmigrant students whose country of citizenship is Nepal and experienced severe economic hardship as a direct result of the earthquake in Nepal in April 2015.
Nepal continues to recover from the magnitude 7.8 earthquake that struck the country on April 25, 2015. The earthquake affected more than 8 million people in Nepal, approximately 25 percent to 33 percent of Nepal's population, and damaged critical infrastructure in the country. While conditions have improved in the past 18 months, blockades along the border with India and civil unrest have delayed Nepal's reconstruction efforts.
As of August 11, 2016, 12,189 F-1 students from Nepal were enrolled in courses in U.S. schools. Given the current conditions in Nepal, affected students whose primary means of financial support come from Nepal may need to be exempt from the normal student employment requirements to be able to continue their studies in the United States. The widespread disaster and delayed recovery in Nepal have made it unfeasible for many students to safely return to the country. Without employment authorization, these students may lack the means to meet basic living expenses.
The United States is committed to continuing to assist the people of Nepal. DHS is therefore extending this employment authorization for F-1 nonimmigrant students whose country of citizenship is Nepal and who are continuing to experience severe economic hardship as a result of the earthquake in April 2015.
F-1 nonimmigrant students whose country of citizenship is Nepal who were lawfully present in the United States on April 25, 2015, and are experiencing severe economic hardship as a direct result of the earthquake may apply for employment authorization under the guidelines described in 80 FR 69237. This notice extends the time period during which such F-1 students may seek employment authorization due to the earthquake. It does not impose any new or additional policies or procedures beyond those listed in the original notice. All interested F-1 students should follow the instructions listed in the original notice.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing—Federal Housing Commissioner, HUD.
Notice.
On October 5, 2016 at 81 FR 69073, HUD published a notice that established the operating cost adjustment factors (OCAFs) for project- based rental assistance contracts issued under Section 8 of the United States Housing Act of 1937 and renewed under the Multifamily Assisted Housing Reform and Affordability Act of 1997 (MAHRA) with an anniversary date on or after February 11, 2017. OCAFs are annual factors used primarily to adjust the rents for contracts renewed under section 515 or section 524 of MAHRA. The October 5, 2016, notice inadvertently stated, however, that the floor for the OCAF was one percent. The statutory floor is zero percent. As a result, today's notice corrects the October 5, 2016, notice. For the convenience of the public, HUD is republishing the corrected notice in its entirety. The factors in the table have not changed.
Stan Houle, Program Analyst, Office of Asset Management and Portfolio Oversight, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; telephone number 202-402-2572 (this is not a toll-free number). Hearing- or speech-impaired individuals may access this number through TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.
Section 514(e)(2) and section 524(c)(1) of MAHRA (42 U.S.C. 1437f note) require HUD to establish guidelines for the development of OCAFs for rent adjustments. Sections 524(a)(4)(C)(i), 524(b)(1)(A), and 524(b)(3)(A) of MAHRA, all of which prescribe the use of the OCAF in the calculation of renewal rents, contain similar language. HUD has therefore used a single methodology for establishing OCAFs, which vary from State to State.
MAHRA gives HUD broad discretion in setting OCAFs, referring, for example, in sections 524(a)(4)(C)(i), 524(b)(1)(A), 524(b)(3)(A) and 524(c)(1) simply to “an operating cost adjustment factor established by the Secretary.” The sole limitation to this grant of authority is a specific requirement in each of the foregoing provisions that application of an OCAF “shall not result in a negative adjustment.” Contract rents are adjusted by applying the OCAF to that portion of
The OCAFs provided in this notice are applicable to eligible projects having a contract anniversary date of February 11, 2016 or after and were calculated using the same method as those published in HUD's 2016 OCAF notice published on October 13, 2015 (79 FR 59502). Specifically, OCAFs are calculated as the sum of weighted average cost changes for wages, employee benefits, property taxes, insurance, supplies and equipment, fuel oil, electricity, natural gas, and water/sewer/trash using publicly available indices. The weights used in the OCAF calculations for each of the nine cost component groupings are set using current percentages attributable to each of the nine expense categories. These weights are calculated in the same manner as in the October 13, 2015, notice. Average expense proportions were calculated using three years of audited Annual Financial Statements from projects covered by OCAFs. The expenditure percentages for these nine categories have been found to be very stable over time, but using three years of data increases their stability. The nine cost component weights were calculated at the state level, which is the lowest level of geographical aggregation with enough projects to permit statistical analysis. These data were not available for the Western Pacific Islands, so data for Hawaii were used as the best available indicator of OCAFs for these areas.
The best current price data sources for the nine cost categories were used in calculating annual change factors. State-level data for fuel oil, electricity, and natural gas from Department of Energy surveys are relatively current and continue to be used. Data on changes in employee benefits, insurance, property taxes, and water/sewer/trash costs are only available at the national level. The data sources for the nine cost indicators selected used were as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The sum of the nine cost component percentage weights equals 100 percent of operating costs for purposes of OCAF calculations. To calculate the OCAFs, state-level cost component weights developed from AFS data are multiplied by the selected inflation factors. For instance, if wages in Virginia comprised 50 percent of total operating cost expenses and increased by 4 percent from 2015 to 2016, the wage increase component of the Virginia OCAF for 2017 would be 2.0 percent (50% * 4%). This 2.0 percent would then be added to the increases for the other eight expense categories to calculate the 2016 OCAF for Virginia. For states where the OCAF is less than 0 percent, the OCAF is floored at 0 percent. The OCAFs for 2017 are included as an Appendix to this Notice.
Sections 514 and 515 of MAHRA, as amended, created the Mark-to-Market program to reduce the cost of federal housing assistance, to enhance HUD's administration of such assistance, and to ensure the continued affordability of units in certain multifamily housing projects. Section 524 of MAHRA authorizes renewal of Section 8 project-based assistance contracts for projects without restructuring plans under the Mark-to-Market program, including projects that are not eligible for a restructuring plan and those for which the owner does not request such a plan. Renewals must be at rents not exceeding comparable market rents except for certain projects. As an example, for Section 8 Moderate Rehabilitation projects, other than single room occupancy projects (SROs) under the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11301
This issuance sets forth rate determinations and related external administrative requirements and procedures that do not constitute a development decision affecting the physical condition of specific project areas or building sites. Accordingly, under 24 CFR 50.19(c)(6), this notice is categorically excluded from environmental review under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321).
The Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Number for this program is 14.195.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), Interior; National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Announcement of revised policy.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the National Marine Fisheries Service (Services when referring to both, and Service when referring to when the action is taken by one agency), announce revisions to the Candidate Conservation Agreements with Assurances policy under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended. We added a definition of “net conservation benefit” to this policy and eliminated references to the confusing requirement of “other necessary properties” to clarify the level of conservation effort each agreement needs to include in order for the Services to approve an agreement. In a separate document published in today's
This policy is effective on January 26, 2017.
This final policy is available on the Internet at
Jeff Newman, Chief, Division of Recovery and Restoration, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, MS: ES, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803 (telephone 703-358-2171); or Angela Somma, Chief, Endangered Species Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 (telephone 301-427-8403, facsimile 301-713-0376). Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf may call the Federal Information Relay Service at 800-877-8339.
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) are charged with implementing the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
To participate in a CCAA, non-Federal property owners agree to implement on their land the CCAA's specific conservation measures that reduce or eliminate threats to the species that are covered under the agreement. An ESA section 10(a)(1)(A) enhancement-of-survival permit is issued to the agreement participant providing a specific level of incidental take coverage should the property owner's agreed-upon conservation measures and routine property-management actions (
Under the 1999 policy, to approve a CCAA we had to “determine that the benefits of the conservation measures implemented by a property owner under a CCAA, when combined with those benefits that would be achieved if it is assumed that conservation measures were also to be implemented on other necessary properties, would preclude or remove any need to list the covered species.” This language had led some property owners to believe that the Services expected each individual CCAA to provide enough conservation benefits to the species to remove any need to list the species. The confusion created by the hypothetical concept of conservation measures that need to be implemented on “other necessary properties” is the reason we are clarifying and revising the CCAA standard to require a net conservation benefit to the covered species specifically on the property to be enrolled and eliminating references to “other necessary properties.”
Based on comments we received on the draft policy, we include the following changes in this final policy:
(1) In Part 1 of the policy, we inserted language that states that the overall goal of the Services' candidate conservation program is to encourage the public to voluntarily develop and implement conservation plans for declining species prior to them being listed under the ESA. The benefits of such conservation actions may contribute to not needing to list a species, to list a species as threatened instead of endangered, or to accelerate the species' recovery if it is listed. CCAAs are one tool that can help to achieve this goal, and provides an important incentive for property owners to participate in a CCAA. However, we recognize that it is unrealistic to expect, in most situations, an individual CCAA for one property to be successful in reaching this goal (with the exception of an enrolled property that contains the majority of the populations and habitat of a species).
(2) In Parts 1 and 2 of the policy, we inserted the word “key” before “threats” in certain places to indicate that the conservation measures included in a single or individual CCAA must be designed to address those threats that are of the highest priority or those threats where we expect to achieve the most benefit to the covered species by addressing them on the enrolled property. While a property owner will not be required to address every threat on the enrolled property, the property owner will be required to address the key threat(s) to the covered species that are under the landowner's control in order to participate in a CCAA and achieve a net conservation benefit for that species.
(3) In Part 2 of the policy, we revised the first part of the definition of “net conservation benefit (for CCAA)” by changing “and” to “or” to indicate that benefits from the conservation measures can be designed to improve the status of the species directly, or indirectly through improvements to its habitat, and we slightly revised this phrase to clarify that removing or minimizing threats leads to stabilized or improved populations or habitat improvement: Net conservation benefit (for CCAA) is defined as the cumulative benefits of the CCAA's specific conservation measures designed to improve the status of a covered species by removing or minimizing threats so that populations are stabilized, the number of individuals is increased, or habitat is improved.
(4) In Parts 1 and 2, in several places, we changed “likely to become candidates” to “may become candidates,” so we do not imply that we are likely to find that a particular species should be a candidate for listing under the ESA.
(5) In Part 12 of the policy, we removed “when appropriate” in the second sentence. The Services are committed to coordinating with State fish and wildlife agencies, and the phrase “when appropriate” implied that the Services would not regularly coordinate with the States, which is not our intent.
(6) Throughout the policy, as appropriate, we added language regarding improving the status of the covered species after mention of “net conservation benefit” to provide more clarity on the requirements of a CCAA because FWS or NMFS staff biologists, CCAA applicants, or consultants may not utilize the definitions section of the policy. We also inserted “the CCAA's” before “specific conservation measures” in several places in the policy to prevent the potential misunderstanding of “cumulative benefits” to mean those other than ones associated with the CCAA.
On May 4, 2016, we published a draft revised Candidate Conservation Agreements with Assurances policy in the
This policy is intended to facilitate the conservation of species proposed for listing under the Endangered Species Act (ESA) and candidate species, and species that may become candidates or proposed for listing in the near future, by giving non-Federal property owners, such as individuals, States, local governments, Tribes, businesses, and organizations, incentives to implement conservation measures for declining species by providing regulatory assurances with regard to land, water, or resource use restrictions that might otherwise apply should the species later become listed as endangered or threatened under the ESA. Under the policy, property owners who commit in a Candidate Conservation Agreement with Assurances (CCAA or Agreement) to implement mutually agreed-upon conservation measures for a species proposed for listing or a candidate species, or a species that may become a candidate or proposed for listing in the near future, will receive assurances from the Service that additional conservation measures above and beyond those contained in the Agreement will not be required, and that additional land, water, or resource use restrictions will not be imposed upon them should the species become listed in the future. In determining whether to enter into a CCAA, the Service will consider the extent to which the Agreement reduces key threats to the covered species so as to contribute to the conservation and stabilization of populations or habitat of the species and provides a substantial net conservation benefit.
The overall goal of the Service's candidate conservation program is to encourage the public to voluntarily develop and implement conservation plans for declining species prior to them being listed under the ESA. The benefits of such conservation actions may contribute to not needing to list a species, to list a species as threatened instead of endangered, or to accelerate the species' recovery if it is listed. Candidate Conservation Agreements with Assurances are one conservation tool that can contribute toward this goal. While the Services recognize that the actions of a single property owner usually will not sufficiently contribute to the conservation of the species to remove the need to list it, we also recognize that the collective result of the conservation measures of many property owners may result in not needing to list the species or other benefits mentioned above. Accordingly, the Service will enter into an Agreement when we determine that the conservation measures to be implemented address the key current and anticipated likely future threats that are under the property owner's control and will result in a net conservation benefit to and improve the status of the covered species. While some property owners are willing to manage their lands to benefit species proposed for listing, candidate species,
The Service will provide regulatory assurances to a non-Federal property owner who enters into a CCAA by authorizing, through issuance of an enhancement-of-survival permit under section 10(a)(1)(A) of the ESA, a specified level of incidental take of the covered species. Incidental take authorization and the associated agreement benefit property owners in two ways. First, in the event the species is listed, incidental take authorization enables property owners to continue existing and agreed-upon land uses that have the potential to cause take, provided the property owner is properly implementing the CCAA. Second, the property owner is provided the assurance that, if the species is listed, no additional conservation measures will be required and no additional land-use restrictions will be imposed.
These Agreements will be developed in coordination and cooperation with appropriate State fish and wildlife agencies and other affected State agencies and Tribes. Coordination with State fish and wildlife agencies is particularly important given their primary responsibilities and authorities for the management of unlisted resident species. These Agreements must be consistent with applicable State laws and regulations governing the management of these species.
The Service must determine that the benefits of the conservation measures to be implemented by a property owner under a CCAA are reasonably expected to improve the status of and result in a net conservation benefit to the covered species. Pursuant to section 7 of the ESA, the Service must also ensure that the conservation measures and ongoing property-management activities included in a CCAA, and the incidental take allowed under the enhancement of survival section 10(a)(1)(A) permit for these measures and activities, are not likely to jeopardize listed species or species proposed for listing and are not likely to destroy or adversely modify proposed or designated critical habitat.
Because some property owners may not have the necessary resources or expertise to develop a CCAA, the Services are committed to providing, to the maximum extent practicable given available resources, the necessary technical assistance to develop Agreements and prepare enhancement-of-survival permit applications. Also, based on available resources, the Services may assist or train property owners to implement conservation measures. Development of a biologically sound Agreement and enhancement-of-survival permit application is intricately linked. The Services will process the permit application following the procedures described in 50 CFR 17.22(d)(1) and 17.32(d)(1), and part 222, as appropriate. All terms and conditions of the permit must be consistent with the specific conservation measures included in the associated CCAA.
The following definitions apply for the purposes of this policy.
Candidate Conservation Agreement (CCA) means an agreement signed by either Service, or both Services jointly, and other Federal or State agencies, local governments, Tribes, businesses, organizations, or a citizen that identifies specific conservation measures that the participants will voluntarily undertake to conserve the covered species. There are no specific requirements for entering into a CCA and no standard has to be met; no incidental take permit or assurances are provided under these Agreements.
Candidate Conservation Agreement with Assurances means a Candidate Conservation Agreement with a non-Federal property owner that meets the standards described in this policy and provides the property owner with the assurances described in this policy.
Candidate Conservation Assurances mean the associated assurances that are authorized by an enhancement-of-survival permit. Such assurances may apply to a whole parcel of land, or a portion, as identified in the Agreement. The assurances provided to a non-Federal property owner in a CCAA are that no additional conservation measures and no land, water, or resource use restrictions, in addition to the measures and restrictions described in the Agreement, will be imposed should the covered species become listed in the future. In addition, the enhancement-of-survival permit provides a prescribed level of incidental take that may occur from agreed-upon, ongoing property-management actions and the conservation measures.
Candidate species are defined differently by the Services. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) defines “candidate species” as species for which FWS has sufficient information on file relative to status and threats to support issuance of proposed listing rules. The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) defines “candidate species” as (1) species that are the subject of a petition to list and for which NMFS has determined that listing may be warranted, pursuant to section 4(b)(3)(A) of the ESA, and (2) species that are not the subject of a petition but for which NMFS has announced the initiation of a status review in the
Conservation measures as it applies to CCAAs are actions that a property owner voluntarily agrees to undertake when entering into a CCAA that, by addressing the threats that are occurring or have the potential to occur on their property, will result in an improvement in the species' populations or an improvement or expansion of the species' habitat with the potential for an improvement in the species' population. The appropriate conservation measures designed to address the threats that are causing the species to decline will be based on the best available scientific information relative to the conservation needs of the species such as those contained in an up-to-date conservation strategy.
Covered species means those species that are the subject of a CCAA and associated enhancement-of-survival permit. Covered species are limited to species that are candidates or proposed for listing and species that may become candidates or proposed for listing in the near future.
Enhancement-of-survival permit means a permit issued under section 10(a)(1)(A) of the ESA that, as related to this policy, authorizes the permittee to incidentally take species covered in a CCAA should the species be listed in the future.
Net conservation benefit (for CCAA) is defined as the cumulative benefits of the CCAA's specific conservation measures designed to improve the status of a covered species by removing or minimizing threats so that populations are stabilized, the number of individuals is increased, or habitat is improved. The benefit is measured by the projected increase in the species' population or improvement of the species' habitat, taking into account the duration of the Agreement and any off-setting adverse effects attributable to the incidental taking allowed by the enhancement-of-survival permit. The conservation measures and property-management activities covered by the agreement must be designed to reduce or eliminate those key current and likely future threats on the property that are under
Property owner means a person with a fee simple, leasehold, or other property interest (including owners of water rights or other natural resources), or any other entity that may have a property interest, sufficient to carry out the proposed management activities, subject to applicable State law, on non-Federal land.
A CCAA will identify or include:
A. The population levels (if available or determinable) of the covered species existing at the time the parties sign the Agreement; the existing habitat characteristics that sustain any current, permanent, or seasonal use, or potential use by the covered species on lands or waters in which the participating property owner has an interest; and consideration of the existing and anticipated condition of the landscape of the contiguous lands or waters not on the participating owner's property so that the property enrolled in a CCAA may serve as a habitat corridor or connector or as a potential source of the covered species to populate the enrolled property if they do not already exist on that property.
B. The conservation measures the participating property owner agrees to undertake to address specific threats identified in order to conserve the species included in the Agreement.
C. The benefits expected to result from the conservation measures described in Part 3-B, above (
D. Assurances related to take of the covered species will be authorized by the Service through a section 10(a)(1)(A) enhancement-of-survival permit (see Part 5). Assurances include that no additional conservation measures will be required and no additional land, water, or resource use restrictions will be imposed beyond those described in Part 3-B, above, should the covered species be listed in the future. If conservation measures not provided for in the CCAA are necessary to respond to changed circumstances, the Service will not require any conservation measures in addition to those provided for in the CCAA without the consent of the property owner, provided the CCAA is being properly implemented. If additional conservation measures are necessary to respond to unforeseen circumstances, the Service may require additional measures of the property owner where the CCAA is being properly implemented, only if those measures maintain the original terms of the CCAA to the maximum extent possible. Additional conservation measures will not involve the commitment of additional land, water, or financial compensation, or additional restrictions on the use of land, water, or other natural resources available for development or use under the original terms of the CCAA without the consent of the property owner. The permit also allows a prescribed amount of incidental take that may result from the conservation measures or from the agreed-to ongoing property-management actions.
E. A monitoring provision that requires measuring and reporting on: (1) Progress in implementing the conservation measures described in Part 3-B, above, and (2) changes in habitat conditions and the species' status resulting from these measures.
F. As appropriate, a notification requirement to provide the Service or appropriate State agencies with a reasonable opportunity to rescue individuals of the covered species before any authorized incidental take occurs.
Before entering into a CCAA, the Service must make a written finding that the benefits of the conservation measures to be implemented by a property owner under an Agreement would reasonably be expected to result in a net conservation benefit to the covered species and improve its status. If the Service and the participating property owner cannot agree on conservation measures that satisfy this requirement, the Service will not enter into the Agreement. Expected benefits of the CCAA's specific conservation measures could include, but are not limited to: Removal or reduction of current and anticipated future key threats for a specified period of time; restoration, enhancement, or preservation of habitat; maintenance or increase of population numbers; and reduction or elimination of impacts to the species from agreed-upon, ongoing property-management actions.
Through a CCAA, the Service will provide the assurance that, if any species covered by the Agreement is listed, and the Agreement has been implemented in good faith by the participating property owner, the Service will not require additional conservation measures nor impose additional land, water, or resource use restrictions beyond those the property owner voluntarily committed to under the terms of the original Agreement. Assurances involving incidental take will be authorized through issuance of a section 10(a)(1)(A) enhancement-of-survival permit, which will allow the property owner to take a specific number of individuals of the covered species or quantity of habitat, should the species be listed, as long as the level of take is consistent with those levels agreed upon and identified in the Agreement. The Service will issue an enhancement-of-survival permit at the time of entering into the CCAA. This permit will have a delayed effective date tied to the date of any future listing of the covered species. The Service is prepared as a last resort to revoke a permit implementing a CCAA where continuation of the permitted activity would be likely to result in jeopardy to a species covered by the permit or adversely modify the species' designated critical habitat. Prior to taking such a step, however, the Service will first exercise all possible means to remedy such a situation.
The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321
Public participation in the development of a proposed CCAA will be provided only when agreed to by the participating property owner. However, the Service will make every proposed Agreement available for public review and comment as part of the public evaluation process that is statutorily required for issuance of the associated enhancement-of-survival permit. This comment period will generally be 30 days. The public will also be given other opportunities to review CCAAs in certain cases. For example, when the Service receives an Agreement covering a species proposed for listing, and when the Service determines, based upon a preliminary evaluation, that the Agreement could potentially justify withdrawal of the proposed rule to list the species under the ESA, the comment period for the proposed rule will be extended or reopened to allow for public comments on the CCAA's adequacy in removing or reducing threats to the species. However, the statutory deadlines in the ESA may prevent the Service from considering in their final listing determination those CCAAs that are not received within a reasonable period of time after issuance of the proposed rule.
Nothing in this policy prevents a participating property owner from implementing conservation measures not described in the Agreement, provided such measures are consistent with the conservation measures and conservation goal described in the CCAA. The Service will provide technical advice, to the maximum extent practicable, to the property owner when requested. Additionally, a participating property owner can terminate the Agreement prior to its expiration date, even if the terms and conditions of the Agreement have not been realized. However, the property owner is required to notify the Service prior to termination. The enhancement-of-survival permit is terminated at the same time, and the property owner would no longer have the assurances.
Nothing in this policy compels any party to enter into a CCAA at any time. Entering into an Agreement is voluntary for property owners and the Service. Unless specifically noted, a CCAA does not otherwise create or waive any legal rights of any party to the Agreement.
If a property owner who is a party to a CCAA transfers ownership of the enrolled property, the Service will regard the new property owner as having the same rights and obligations as the original property owner if the new property owner agrees to become a party to the original Agreement and meets the applicable permit issuance criteria. Actions taken by the new participating property owner that result in the incidental take of species covered by the Agreement would be authorized if the new property owner maintains and properly implements the terms and conditions of the original Agreement. If the new property owner does not become a party to the Agreement, the new owner would neither incur responsibilities nor receive any assurances relative to the ESA take prohibitions resulting from listing of the covered species. An Agreement must commit the participating property owner to notify the Service of any transfer of ownership at the time of the transfer of any property subject to the CCAA. This provision allows the Service the opportunity to contact the new property owner to explain the prior CCAA and to determine whether the new property owner would like to continue the Agreement or enter a new Agreement. When a new property owner continues an existing Agreement, the Service will honor the terms and conditions of that Agreement and associated permit.
The Service will ensure that necessary monitoring provisions are included in the CCAA and associated enhancement-of-survival permit. Monitoring is necessary to ensure that the conservation measures specified in an Agreement and permit are being implemented and to learn about the effectiveness of the agreed-upon conservation measures. In particular, when adaptive-management principles are included in an Agreement, monitoring is especially helpful for obtaining the information needed to measure the effectiveness of the conservation program and detect changes in conditions. However, the level of effort and expense required for monitoring can vary substantially among CCAAs depending on the circumstances. For many, monitoring can be conducted by the Service or a State agency and may involve only a brief site inspection and appropriate documentation. Monitoring programs must be agreed upon prior to public review and comment. The Services are committed to providing as much technical assistance as possible in the development of acceptable monitoring programs. These monitoring programs will provide valuable information that the Services can use to evaluate program implementation and success.
Coordination between the Service, the appropriate State fish and wildlife agencies, affected Tribal governments, and property owners is important to the successful development and implementation of CCAAs. The Service will coordinate and consult with the affected State fish and wildlife agency and any affected Tribal government that has a treaty right to any fish or wildlife resources covered by a CCAA.
As discussed above, we intend to apply this policy in considering whether to approve a CCAA. Below we discuss compliance with several Executive Orders and statutes as they pertain to this policy.
Executive Order 12866 provides that the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) in the Office of Management and Budget will review all significant rules. OIRA has determined that this policy is not a significant rule.
Executive Order 13563 reaffirms the principles of E.O. 12866 while calling for improvements in the nation's regulatory system to promote predictability, to reduce uncertainty, and to use the best, most innovative, and least burdensome tools for achieving regulatory ends. The executive order directs agencies to consider regulatory approaches that reduce burdens and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public where these approaches are relevant, feasible, and consistent with regulatory objectives. E.O. 13563 emphasizes further that our regulatory system must be based on the best available science and that the rulemaking process must allow for public participation and an open exchange of ideas. We have developed this policy in a manner consistent with these requirements.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA), 5 U.S.C. 601
In accordance with the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501
(a) On the basis of information contained in the “Regulatory Flexibility Act” section above, this policy would not “significantly or uniquely” affect small governments. As explained above, small governments could potentially be affected if they chose to enter into a CCAA. However, we have determined and certify pursuant to the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act, 2 U.S.C. 1502, that this policy would not impose a cost of $100 million or more in any given year on local or State governments or private entities.
(b) This policy would not produce a Federal mandate on State, local, or Tribal governments or the private sector of $100 million or greater in any year; that is, it is not a “significant regulatory action”' under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act. This policy does not impose any additional obligations on State, local, or tribal governments who participate in a CCAA by requiring them to take additional or different conservation measures above what they would be required to take under the 1999 CCAA policy. As such, a Small Government Agency Plan is not required.
In accordance with Executive Order 12630, this policy would not have significant takings implications. This policy would not pertain to “taking” of private property interests, nor would it directly affect private property. A takings implication assessment is not required because this policy (1) would not effectively compel a property owner to suffer a physical invasion of property and (2) would not deny all economically beneficial or productive use of the land or aquatic resources. This policy would substantially advance a legitimate government interest (clarify existing policy through which non-Federal entities may voluntarily help to conserve unlisted and listed species) and would not present a barrier to all reasonable and expected beneficial use of private property.
In accordance with Executive Order 13132 (Federalism), this policy does not have significant Federalism effects and a federalism summary impact statement is not required. This policy revision pertains only to the Service's requirement of a net conservation benefit to the covered species for approval of a CCAA and would not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the Federal Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
In accordance with Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice Reform), this policy would not unduly burden the judicial system and meets the requirements of sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of the Order. We are revising the existing policy for CCAAs specifically for the purpose of eliminating ambiguity and presenting the policy provisions in clear language.
This policy revision does not contain any new collections of information that require approval by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501
We have analyzed the policy in accordance with the criteria of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4332(c)), the Council on Environmental Quality's Regulations for Implementing the Procedural Provisions of NEPA (40 CFR 1500-1508), and the Department of the Interior's NEPA procedures (516 DM 2 and 8; 43 CFR part 46) and NOAA's Administrative Order regarding NEPA compliance (NAO 216-6A (April 22,2016)).
We have determined that the policy is categorically excluded from NEPA documentation requirements consistent with 40 CFR 1508.4 and 43 CFR 46.210(i). This categorical exclusion applies to policies, directives, regulations, and guidelines that are “of an administrative, financial, legal, technical, or procedural nature.” This action does not trigger an extraordinary
We have also determined that this action satisfies the standards for reliance upon a categorical exclusion under NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-A. NAO 216-6A superseded NAO 216-6 (May 20, 1999), but temporarily left in effect the categorical exclusions in NAO 216-6 until they are superseded by a Companion Manual authorized under NAO 216-6A, which has not yet been finalized. Therefore, this policy was evaluated under the categorical exclusions in NAO 216-6. Specifically, the policy fits within two categorical exclusion provisions in § 6.03c.3(i)—for “preparation of regulations, Orders, manuals, or other guidance that implement, but do not substantially change these documents, or other guidance” and for “policy directives, regulations and guidelines of an administrative, financial, legal, technical or procedural nature.” NAO 216-6, § 6.03c.3(i). The policy would not trigger an exception precluding reliance on the categorical exclusions because it does not involve a geographic area with unique characteristics, is not the subject of public controversy based on potential environmental consequences, will not result in uncertain environmental impacts or unique or unknown risks, does not establish a precedent or decision in principle about future proposals, will not have significant cumulative impacts, and will not have any adverse effects upon endangered or threatened species or their habitats.
In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994, “Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments” (59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175 “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments,” and the Department of the Interior Manual at 512 DM 2, we have considered possible effects on federally recognized Indian tribes and have preliminarily determined that there are no potential adverse effects of issuing this policy. Our intent with the policy revision is to provide clarity in regard to the net conservation benefit requirements for a CCAA to be approved, including any agreements in which Tribes may choose to participate. We will continue to work with Tribes as we implement this policy.
Executive Order 13211 (Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use) requires agencies to prepare Statements of Energy Effects when undertaking certain actions. The policy is not expected to significantly affect energy supplies, distribution, or use. Therefore, this action is not a significant energy action and no Statement of Energy Effects is required.
The primary authors of the policy are staff members of the Ecological Services Program, Branch of Communications and Candidate Conservation, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 5275 Leesburg Pike, MS: ES, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803.
The authority for this action is the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of teleconference.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), announce a public teleconference meeting of the Sport Fishing and Boating Partnership Council (Council). A Federal advisory committee, the Council was created in part to foster partnerships to enhance public awareness of the importance of aquatic resources and the social and economic benefits of recreational fishing and boating in the United States. This teleconference meeting is open to the public, and interested persons may make oral statements to the Council or may file written statements for consideration.
Brian Bohnsack, Council Coordinator, via U.S. mail at U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Mailstop FAC, Falls Church, VA 22041; via telephone at (703) 358-2435; via fax at (703) 358-2487; or via email at
In accordance with the requirements of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App., we announce that the Sport Fishing and Boating Partnership Council will hold a teleconference.
The Council was formed in January 1993 to advise the Secretary of the Interior, through the Director of the Service, on nationally significant recreational fishing, boating, and aquatic resource conservation issues. The Council represents the interests of the public and private sectors of the sport fishing, boating, and conservation communities and is organized to enhance partnerships among industry, constituency groups, and government. The 18-member Council, appointed by the Secretary of the Interior, includes the Service Director and the president of the Association of Fish and Wildlife Agencies, who both serve in ex officio capacities. Other Council members are directors from State agencies responsible for managing recreational fish and wildlife resources and individuals who represent the interests of saltwater and freshwater recreational fishing, recreational boating, the recreational fishing and boating industries, recreational fisheries resource conservation, Native American tribes, aquatic resource outreach and education, and tourism. Background information on the Council is available at
The Council will hold a teleconference to:
• Consider and approve the Council's Boating Infrastructure Grant Program
• Review Sub-Committee's funding recommendations for fiscal year 2017 proposals;
• Consider and approve the Council's recommendations on priority focus areas for the new administration;
• Schedule an upcoming spring meeting; and
• Consider other Council business.
The final agenda will be posted on the Council's Web site at
Interested members of the public may submit relevant information or questions for the Council to consider during the teleconference. Written statements must be received by the date listed, so that the information may be made available to the Council for their consideration prior to this teleconference. Written statements must be supplied to the Council Coordinator in one of the following formats: One hard copy with original signature, and one electronic copy via email (acceptable file formats are Adobe Acrobat PDF, MS Word, MS PowerPoint, or rich text file).
Individuals or groups requesting to make an oral presentation during the teleconference will be limited to 2 minutes per speaker, with no more than a total of 15 minutes for all speakers. Interested parties should contact the Council Coordinator, in writing (preferably via email; see
Summary minutes of the teleconference will be maintained by the Council Coordinator (see
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Reopening of the public comment period.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), in coordination with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, a cooperating agency, announce the reopening of the public review and comment period for the Draft Environmental Impact Statement for the proposed Otay River Estuary Restoration Project at the South San Diego Bay Unit of the San Diego Bay National Wildlife Refuge in San Diego County, California.
To ensure consideration, we must receive your written comments by December 30, 2016.
•
•
○ San Diego Bay National Wildlife Refuge Complex Headquarters, 1080 Gunpowder Point Drive, Chula Vista, CA 91910; telephone: 619-476-9150, extension 103.
○ Chula Vista Public Library, Civic Center Branch, 365 F Street, Chula Vista, CA 91910; telephone: 619-691-5069.
○ San Diego County Library, Imperial Beach Branch Library, 847 Encina Avenue (temporary location), Imperial Beach, CA 91932; telephone: 619-424-6981.
○ Chula Vista Public Library, South Chula Vista Branch, 389 Orange Avenue, Chula Vista, CA 91911; telephone: 619-585-5755.
For how to view comments on the draft EIS from the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), or for information on EPA's role in the EIS process, see EPA's Role in the EIS Process under
•
•
•
•
Brian Collins, Refuge Manager, San Diego Bay National Wildlife Refuge, by telephone at 619-575-2704, extension 302, or via email at
On October 21, 2016, we published a
The EPA is charged under section 309 of the CAA (42 U.S.C. 7401
EPA also serves as the repository (EIS database) for EISs prepared by Federal agencies and provides notice of their availability in the
We are conducting environmental review in accordance with the requirements of NEPA, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321
You may submit written comments anytime during the comment period (see
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice.
The purpose of this notice is to solicit public nominations for three positions on the Wild Horse and Burro Advisory Board (Board) that will become vacant on April 3, 2017. The Board provides advice concerning the management, protection, and control of wild free-roaming horses and burros on public lands administered by the Department of the Interior, through the Bureau of Land Management (BLM), and the Department of Agriculture, through the U.S. Forest Service.
Nominations must be post marked or submitted to the address listed below no later than February 10, 2017.
All mail sent via the U.S. Postal Service should be sent as follows: Division of Wild Horses and Burros, U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management, 1849 C Street NW., Room 2134 LM, Attn: Dorothea Boothe, WO-260, Washington, DC 20240. All mail and packages that are sent via FedEx or UPS should be addressed as follows: Wild Horse and Burro Division, U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management, 20 M Street SE., Room 2134 LM, Attn: Dorothea Boothe, Washington, DC 20003. You may also email PDF documents to Ms. Boothe at
Dorothea Boothe, Acting Wild Horse and Burro Program Specialist, 202-912-7654. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The Service is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.
Members of the Board serve without compensation. However, while away from their homes or regular places of business, Board and subcommittee members engaged in Board or subcommittee business, approved by the Designated Federal Official (DFO), may be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in the same manner as persons employed intermittently in government service under Section 5703 of Title 5 of the United States Code. Nominations for a term of three years are needed to represent the following categories of interest:
The Board will meet one to four times annually. The DFO may call additional meetings in connection with special needs for advice. Individuals may nominate themselves or others. An individual serving on another resource advisory council is not eligible to serve concurrently on the Board. Any individual or organization may nominate one or more persons to serve on the Board. Nominations will not be accepted without a complete resume. The following information must accompany all nominations for the individual to be considered for a position:
1. The position(s) for which the individual wishes to be considered;
2. The individual's first, middle, and last name;
3. Business address and phone number;
4. Home address and phone number;
5. Email address;
6. Present occupation/title and employer;
7. Education (colleges, degrees, major field of study);
8. Career Highlights: Significant related experience, civic and professional activities, elected offices (include prior advisory committee experience or career achievements related to the interest to be represented). Attach additional pages, if necessary;
9. Qualifications: Education, training, and experience that qualify you to serve on the Board;
10. Experience or knowledge of wild horse and burro management;
11. Experience or knowledge of horses or burros (Equine health, training, and management);
12. Experience in working with disparate groups to achieve collaborative solutions (
13. Identification of any BLM permits, leases, or licenses held by the individual or his or her employer;
14. Indication of whether the individual is a federally registered lobbyist; and
15. Explanation of interest in serving on the Board.
All nominations must be accompanied by at least one letter of
As appropriate, certain Board members may be appointed as special government employees. Special government employees serve on the Board without compensation, and are subject to financial disclosure requirements in the Ethics in Government Act and 5 CFR 2634. Nominations are to be sent to the address listed under the
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of Realty Action.
The Bureau of Land Management (BLM), Las Vegas Field Office has examined and found suitable a 20 acre parcel of public land for conveyance for airport purposes under the authority of Section 516 of the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, as requested by the Clark County Department of Aviation.
The parcel is located in the City of Henderson, Clark County, Nevada.
Interested parties may submit written comments regarding the proposed conveyance until February 10, 2017.
Send written comments concerning the proposed conveyance to the BLM Las Vegas Field Office, Attn: Field Manager, 4701 North Torrey Pines Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89130.
Philip Rhinehart, Realty Specialist, by email at
The BLM proposes to convey the following described lands:
The area described contains 20 acres, more or less and is further described as being bounded on the west side of the Henderson Executive Airport, approximately 6,125 feet south of the intersection of St. Rose Parkway and Executive Airport Drive. The parcel is further described as being located approximately 1,407 feet east of Executive Airport Drive. A map delineating the proposed conveyance parcel is available for public review at the BLM, Las Vegas Field Office at the address above.
This conveyance is in conformance with the BLM Las Vegas Resource Management Plan (RMP) and decision LD-1, approved by Record of Decision on October 5, 1998. It further complies with the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1928, as amended (49 U.S.C., Appendix 211-213), and Section 23 of the Airway Development Act of 1970.
The Clark County Department of Aviation (CCDOA), in accordance with Section 23 of the Airway Development Act of 1970, through the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration has requested the conveyance of the property to the CCDOA for the expansion of the general aviation airport known as the Henderson Executive Airport, located in Henderson, Nevada. The property is surrounded on three sides by land owned by the CCDOA, for the operation of the Henderson Executive Airport, and on the fourth side by private property.
These public lands are not currently encumbered by any rights-of way grants, or leases. They have been examined and found suitable for conveyance purposes under the provisions of the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1928, as amended (49 U.S.C., Appendix 211-213.
The lands identified for conveyance are segregated from mineral entry under the Southern Nevada Public Lands Management Act of 1998 (Pub. L. 105-263). Conveyance of these lands is consistent with the BLM, Las Vegas Resource Management Plan, dated October 5, 1998, and would be in the public interest.
Conveyance of the land is consistent with applicable Federal and county land use plans and will help meet the needs of the community. The land is not required for any other Federal purposes.
Additional detailed information about this request for conveyance, plan of development, and site plan is contained in case file N-94439, which is located in the BLM Las Vegas Field Office at the above address.
The proposed conveyance is based on the consideration that the parcel is
Conveyance of the public land shall be subject to limitations prescribed by law and regulation. Prior to patent issuance, a holder of any right-of-way within the conveyance area may be given the opportunity to amend the right-of-way for conversion to a new term, including perpetuity, if applicable.
The patent, when issued, will be subject to the provisions of the Airport and Airways Improvement Act of 1982 and applicable regulations of the Secretary of the Interior, and will contain the following reservations to the United States:
1. A right-of-way thereon for ditches or canals constructed by the authority of the United States, Act of August 30, 1890 (43 U.S.C. 945).
2. All minerals shall be reserved to the United States, together with the right to prospect for, mine and remove such deposits from the same under applicable law and such regulations as the Secretary of the Interior may prescribe.
Conveyance of the public land will be subject to:
1. Valid existing rights.
None known
Conveyance of the public land will contain the following Covenants:
1. That the grantee will use the property interest for airport purposes, and will develop that interest for airport purposes within one to five years after the date of this conveyance. Except that if the property interest is necessary to meet future development of an airport in accordance with National Plan of Integrated Airports System (NPIAS), the grantee will develop that interest for airport purposes on or before the period provided in the plan or within a period satisfactory to the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration, and any interim use of that interest for other than airport purposes will be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may prescribe.
2. That the airport runway system and its appurtenant safety areas, and all buildings and facilities, will be operated for public airport purposes on fair and reasonable terms without unjust economic discrimination; or discrimination on the basis of race, color, or national origin, as to airport employment practices, and as to accommodations, services, facilities, or other public uses of the airport.
3. That the grantee will not grant or permit any exclusive right forbidden by Section 308(a) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C. 1349 9(a), as amended), at the airport or at any other airport now owned or controlled by it.
4. That the grantee agrees that no person shall be excluded from any participation, be denied any benefits, or be otherwise subjected to any discrimination on the grounds of race, color, national origin, or disability.
5. That the grantee agrees to comply with all requirements imposed by or pursuant to Part 21 of the Regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation (49 CFR 21)—nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation—effectuation of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
6. That in furtherance of the policy of the Federal Aviation Administration under covenant, the grantee:
(a) Agrees that, unless authorized by the Administrator, it will not, either directly or indirectly, grant or permit any person, firm or corporation the exclusive right at the airport, or at any other airport now owned or controlled by it, to conduct any aeronautical activities, including, but not limited to, charter flights, pilot training, aircraft rental and sightseeing, aerial photography, crop dusting, aerial advertising and surveying, air carrier operations, aircraft sales and services, sale of aviation petroleum products whether or not conducted in conjunction with other activities which because of their direct relationship to the operation of aircraft can be regarded as an aeronautical activity.
(b) Agrees that it will terminate any existing exclusive right to engage in the sale of gasoline or oil, or both, granted before July 17, 1962, at such an airport, at the earliest renewal, cancellation, or expiration date applicable to the agreement that established the exclusive right.
(c) Agrees that it will terminate forthwith any other exclusive right to conduct any aeronautical activity now existing at such an airport.
7. That any later transfer of the property interest conveyed will be subject to the covenants and conditions in the instrument of conveyance.
8. That, if the covenant to develop the property interest (or any part thereof) for airport purposes within one year after the date of this conveyance is breached, or if the property interest (or any part thereof) is not used in a manner consistent with terms of the conveyance, then the Administrator may give notice to the patentee requiring Clark County, Nevada to take specified action towards development within a fixed period. These notices may be issued repeatedly, and outstanding notices may be amended or supplemented. Upon expiration of a period so fixed without completion by the grantee of the required action, the Administrator may, on behalf of the United States, enter, and take title to, the property interest conveyed or the particular part of the interest to which the breach relates.
9. That, if any covenant or condition in the instrument of conveyance, other than the covenant contained in paragraph 7 of this section, is breached, the Administrator may, on behalf of the United States, immediately enter, and take title to, the property interest conveyed or, in his discretion, that part of that interest to which the breach relates.
10. That a determination by the Administrator that one of the foregoing covenants has been breached is conclusive of the facts, and that, if the right entry and possession of title stipulated in the forgoing covenants is exercised, the grantee will, upon demand of the Administrator, take any action (including prosecution of suit or executing of instruments) that may be necessary to evidence transfer to the United States of title to the property interest conveyed, or in the Administrator's discretion, to that part interest to which the breach relates.
Upon publication of this notice in the
Interested parties may submit written comments regarding the specific use proposed in the application and plan of development, whether BLM followed proper administrative procedures in reaching the decision to convey under the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, or any other factor not directly related to the suitability of the land for airport use.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we
Any adverse comments will be reviewed by the BLM Nevada State Director, who may sustain, vacate, or modify the realty action. In the absence of any adverse comments, this realty action will become the final determination of the Department of the Interior. In the absence of any adverse comments, the decision will become effective on February 27, 2017. The lands will not be available for conveyance until after the decision becomes effective.
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice.
In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (NEPA), and the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (FLPMA), as amended, the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) San Luis Valley Field Office, Monte Vista, Colorado, intends to prepare a Resource Management Plan (RMP) amendment with an associated Environmental Assessment (EA) for the San Luis Valley Field Office to analyze de-allocating the Fourmile East Solar Energy Zone (SEZ) and nearby variance land from all solar development. This notice announces the beginning of the scoping process to solicit public comments and identify issues to analyze as a part of the RMP amendment.
This notice initiates the public scoping process for the RMP amendment with an associated EA. Comments on issues may be submitted in writing until January 26, 2017. The date(s) and location(s) of any scoping meetings will be announced at least 15 days in advance through local news media, newspapers and the BLM Web site at:
You may submit comments on issues and planning criteria related to Fourmile East Solar Energy Zone De-allocation Amendment EA by any of the following methods:
Nancy Keohane, Project Manager—Renewable Energy Team; telephone 719-269-8531; mail BLM Front Range District, 3028 East Main Street, Cañon City, Colorado 81212; or email [email protected]. Contact Ms. Keohane to have your name added to our mailing list. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The Service is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.
This document provides notice that the BLM San Luis Valley Field Office, Monte Vista, Colorado, intends to prepare an RMP amendment with an associated EA for the San Luis Valley Field Office to consider de-allocating the Fourmile East SEZ. This notice announces the beginning of the scoping process, and seeks public input on issues and planning criteria. The planning area is located in Alamosa County, Colorado, and encompasses approximately 4,829 acres of public land. The purpose of the public scoping process is to determine relevant issues that will influence the scope of the environmental analysis, including alternatives, and guide the planning process. Preliminary issues for the plan amendment area have been identified by BLM personnel; Federal, State, and local agencies; and other stakeholders. These issues include cultural resources, specifically tribal resources and values; big game winter range; National Park and National Scenic Byway view sheds; National Heritage Areas; air quality; and migratory birds. Preliminary planning criteria include: (1) The BLM will continue to manage the San Luis Valley Field Office in accordance with FLPMA and other applicable laws and regulations and all existing public land laws; (2) The BLM will complete the RMP amendment using an interdisciplinary approach to identify alternatives and analyze resource impacts, including cumulative impacts to natural and cultural resources and social and economic environment; (3) The amendment process will follow the FLPMA planning process and the BLM intends to develop an EA consistent with NEPA to inform the planning decision. You may submit comments on issues and planning criteria in writing to the BLM at any public scoping meeting, or you may submit them to the BLM using one of the methods listed in the
The BLM will consult with Indian tribes and pueblos on a government-to-government basis in accordance with Executive Order 13175 and other policies. Tribal concerns, including impacts on Indian trust assets and potential impacts to cultural resources, will be given due consideration. Federal, State, and local agencies, along with tribes, pueblos and other stakeholders that may be interested in or affected by the proposed action that the BLM is evaluating are invited to participate in the scoping process and, if eligible, may request or be requested by the BLM to participate in the development of the environmental analysis as a cooperating agency.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. The minutes and list of attendees
1. Issues to be resolved in the plan amendment;
2. Issues to be resolved through policy or administrative action; or
3. Issues beyond the scope of this plan amendment.
The BLM will provide an explanation in the Draft RMP/Draft EA as to why an issue was placed in category two or three. The public is also encouraged to help identify any management questions and concerns that should be addressed in the plan. The BLM will work collaboratively with interested parties to identify the management decisions that are best suited to local, regional, and national needs and concerns.
The BLM will use an interdisciplinary approach to develop the plan amendment in order to consider the variety of resource issues and concerns identified. Specialists with expertise in the following disciplines will be involved in the planning process: archeology and cultural resources, wildlife, physical resources, special area designations, and tribal issues.
40 CFR 1501.7 and 43 CFR 1610.2.
National Park Service, Interior.
Notice.
The National Park Service is soliciting comments on the significance of properties nominated before December 3, 2016, for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places.
Comments should be submitted by January 11, 2017.
Comments may be sent via U.S. Postal Service to the National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1849 C St. NW., MS 2280, Washington, DC 20240; by all other carriers, National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1201 Eye St. NW., 8th floor, Washington, DC 20005; or by fax, 202-371-6447.
The properties listed in this notice are being considered for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places. Nominations for their consideration were received by the National Park Service before December 3, 2016. Pursuant to section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60, written comments are being accepted concerning the significance of the nominated properties under the National Register criteria for evaluation.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
A request for removal has been made for the following resource(s):
A request to move has been received for the following resource(s):
Please note the numbering system has changed in our new database.
60.13 of 36 CFR part 60.
Office of Natural Resources Revenue (ONRR), Interior.
Notice of renewal of an existing information collection.
To comply with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), ONRR is notifying the public that we have submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) an Information Collection Request (ICR) to renew approval of the paperwork requirements in the regulations under title 30,
OMB has up to 60 days to approve or disapprove the information collection request but may respond after 30 days; therefore, you should submit your public comments to OMB by January 26, 2017 for the assurance of consideration.
Submit comments to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for the Department of Interior (1012-0010), by telefax at (202) 395-5806 or via email to
For questions on technical issues contact Mr. Michael Anspach, Solid Minerals, ONRR, telephone at (303) 231-3618, or email to
The Secretary of the United States Department of the Interior is responsible for mineral resource development on Federal and Indian lands and the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS). The Secretary's responsibility, according to various laws, is to (1) manage mineral resource production from Federal and Indian lands and the OCS; (2) collect the royalties and other mineral revenues due; and (3) distribute the funds collected under those laws. We have posted those laws pertaining to mineral leases on Federal and Indian lands and the OCS at
The Secretary also has a trust responsibility to manage Indian lands and seek advice and information from Indian beneficiaries. ONRR performs the minerals revenue management functions for the Secretary and assists the Secretary in carrying out the Department's trust responsibility for Indian lands.
You can find the information collections covered in this ICR at 30 CFR parts:
• 1202, subpart H, which pertains to geothermal resources royalties.
• 1206, subparts F, H, and J, which pertain to product valuation of Federal coal, geothermal resources, and Indian coal.
• 1210, subparts E and H, which pertain to production and royalty reports on solid minerals and geothermal resources leases.
• 1212, subparts E and H, which pertain to recordkeeping of reports and files for solid minerals and geothermal resources leases.
• 1217, subparts E, F, and G, which pertain to audits and inspections of coal, other solid minerals, and geothermal resources leases.
• 1218, subparts E and F, which pertain to royalties, rentals, bonuses, and other monies payment for solid minerals and geothermal resources.
All data reported is subject to subsequent audit and adjustment.
When a company or an individual enters into a lease to explore, develop, produce, and dispose of minerals from Federal or Indian lands, that company or individual agrees to pay the lessor a share in a value of production from the leased lands. The lessee or designee must report various kinds of information to the lessor relative to the disposition of the leased minerals. Such information is generally available within the records of the lessee or others involved in developing, transporting, processing, purchasing, or selling such minerals.
ONRR, acting for the Secretary, uses the information that we collect to ensure that lessees accurately value and appropriately pay all royalties based on the correct product valuation. ONRR and other Federal Government entities,
Producers of coal and other solid minerals from any Federal or Indian lease must submit current form ONRR-4430 and other associated data formats such as form ONRR-4440. These companies also report certain data on form ONRR-2014 (OMB Control Number 1012-0004). Producers of coal from any Indian lease must also submit forms ONRR-4292 and ONRR-4293, if they wish to claim allowances on form ONRR-4430; the information that ONRR requests is the minimum necessary to carry out our mission and places the least possible burden on respondents.
This ICR also covers some of the information collections for geothermal resources, which ONRR groups by usage (electrical generation, direct use, and byproduct recovery), and by disposition of the resources (arm's-length (unaffiliated) contract sales, non-arm's-length contract sales, and no contract sales) within each use group. ONRR relies primarily on data that payors report on form ONRR-2014 for the majority of our business processes, including geothermal information. In addition to using the data to account for royalties that payors report, ONRR uses the data for monthly distribution of mineral revenues and for audit and compliance reviews.
We will request OMB approval to continue to collect this information. Not collecting this information would limit the Secretary's ability to discharge fiduciary duties and may also result in the loss of royalty payments. We protect the proprietary information that ONRR receives and do not collect items of a sensitive nature. Reporters must submit forms ONRR-4430 and ONRR-4440. Also, ONRR requires that reporters submit forms ONRR-4292 and ONRR-4293 to claim allowances on form ONRR-4430.
We have not included in our estimates certain requirements that companies perform in the normal course of business and that ONRR considers usual and customary. This 30-day
Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA requires each agency to “* * * provide 60-day notice in the
To comply with the public consultation process, we published a notice in the
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Interior.
Final notice of sale.
On Wednesday, March 22, 2017, the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM) will open and publicly announce bids received for blocks offered in the Gulf of Mexico Central Planning Area (CPA) Lease Sale 247 (CPA Sale 247.. The CPA Sale 247 Final Notice of Sale (NOS) package contains information essential to potential bidders.
Public Bid reading for CPA Sale 247 will begin at 9:00 a.m. on Wednesday, March 22, 2017, at 1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard, New Orleans, Louisiana. The venue will not be open to the general public, media, or industry. Instead, the bid opening will be available for public viewing on BOEM's Web site at
Interested parties, upon request, may obtain a compact disc (CD-ROM) containing the Final Notice of Sale (NOS) package by contacting the BOEM Gulf of Mexico (GOM) Region at: Gulf of Mexico Region Public Information Office, Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, 1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard, New Orleans, Louisiana 70123-2394, (504) 736-2519 or (800) 200-GULF, or can download the Final NOS package by visiting the BOEM Web site at
This Final NOS includes the following sections:
Whole and partial blocks deferred by the Gulf of Mexico Energy Security Act of 2006, Public Law 109-432:
Blocks that are adjacent to or beyond the United States Exclusive Economic Zone in the area known as the northern portion of the Eastern Gap:
In accordance with the provisions of the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act,
BOEM will use Form BOEM-2005 (October 2011) to convey leases resulting from this sale. This lease form may be viewed on the BOEM Web site at
Initial periods are summarized in the following table:
(1) The standard initial period for a lease in water depths less than 400 meters issued as a result of this sale is 5 years. If the lessee spuds a well targeting hydrocarbons below 25,000 feet TVD SS within the first 5 years of the lease, then the lessee may earn an additional 3 years, resulting in an 8 year extended initial period. The lessee will earn the 8-year extended initial period when the well is drilled to a target below 25,000 feet TVD SS, or the lessee may earn the 8-year extended initial period in cases where the well targets, but does not reach, a depth below 25,000 feet TVD SS due to mechanical or safety reasons, where sufficient evidence is provided that it did not reach that target for reasons beyond the lessee's control.
In order to earn the 8-year extended initial period, the lessee is required to submit to the BOEM Gulf of Mexico Regional Supervisor for Leasing and Plans, as soon as practicable, but in any instance not more than 30 days after completion of the drilling operation, a letter providing the well number, spud date, information demonstrating a target below 25,000 TVD SS and whether that target was reached, and if applicable, any safety, mechanical, or other problems encountered that prevented the well from reaching a depth below 25,000 feet TVD SS. This letter must request confirmation that the lessee earned the 8-year extended initial period. The extended initial period is not effective unless and until the lessee receives confirmation from BOEM. The Regional Supervisor for Leasing and Plans will confirm in writing, within 30 days of receiving the lessee's letter whether the lessee has earned the extended initial period and update BOEM records accordingly.
A lessee that has earned the 8-year extended initial period by spudding a well with a hydrocarbon target below 25,000 feet TVD SS during the standard 5-year initial period of the lease, will not be granted a suspension for that same period under the regulations at 30 CFR 250.175, because the lease is not at risk of expiring.
(2) The standard initial period for a lease in water depths ranging from 400 to less than 800 meters issued as a result of this sale is 5 years. If the lessee spuds a well within the standard 5-year initial period of the lease, the lessee will earn an additional 3 years, resulting in an 8-year extended initial period.
In order to earn the 8-year extended initial period, the lessee is required to submit to the BOEM Gulf of Mexico Regional Supervisor for Leasing and Plans, as soon as practicable, but in no case more than 30 days after spudding a well, a letter providing the well number and spud date, and requesting confirmation that the lessee earned the 8-year extended initial period. Within 30 days of receipt of the request, the Regional Supervisor for Leasing and Plans will provide written confirmation of whether the lessee has earned the earned the extended initial period and update BOEM records accordingly.
(3) The standard initial period for a lease in water depths ranging from 800 to less than 1,600 meters issued as a result of this sale is 7 years. If the lessee spuds a well within the standard 7-year initial period of the lease, the lessee will earn an additional 3 years, resulting in a 10-year extended initial period.
In order to earn the 10-year extended initial period, the lessee is required to submit to the BOEM Gulf of Mexico Regional Supervisor for Leasing and Plans, as soon as practicable, but in no case more than 30 days after spudding a well, a letter providing the well number and spud date, and requesting confirmation that the lessee earned the 10-year extended initial period. Within 30 days of receipt of the request, the Regional Supervisor for Leasing and Plans will provide written confirmation of whether the lessee has earned the extended initial period and update BOEM records accordingly.
(4) The standard initial period for a lease in water depths 1,600 meters or greater issued as a result of this sale will be 10 years.
• $25.00 per acre or fraction thereof for blocks in water depths less than 400 meters; and
• $100.00 per acre or fraction thereof for blocks in water depths 400 meters or deeper.
BOEM will not accept a bonus bid unless it provides for a cash bonus in an amount equal to, or exceeding, the specified minimum bid of $25.00 per acre or fraction thereof for blocks in water depths less than 400 meters, and $100.00 per acre or fraction thereof for blocks in water depths 400 meters or deeper.
Annual rental rates are summarized in the following table:
Any lessee with a lease in less than 400 meters water depth who earns an 8-year extended initial period will pay an escalating rental rate as shown above. The rental rates after the fifth year for blocks in less than 400 meters water depth will become fixed and no longer escalate, if another well is spudded targeting hydrocarbons below 25,000 feet TVD SS after the fifth year of the lease, and BOEM concurs that such a well has been spudded. In this case, the rental rate will become fixed at the rental rate in effect during the lease year in which the additional well was spudded.
• $7.00 per acre or fraction thereof per year for blocks in water depths less than 200 meters; and
• $11.00 per acre or fraction thereof per year for blocks in water depths 200 meters or deeper.
The issuance of leases with Royalty Suspension Volumes (RSVs) or other forms of royalty relief is authorized under existing BOEM regulations at 30 CFR part 560. The specific details relating to eligibility and implementation of the various royalty relief programs, including those involving the use of RSVs, are codified in Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement (BSEE) regulations at 30 CFR part 203. In this sale, the only royalty relief program being offered that involves the provision of RSVs relates to the drilling of ultra-deep wells in water depths of less than 400 meters, as described in the following sections.
Leases issued as a result of this sale may be eligible for RSVs incentives on gas produced from ultra-deep wells pursuant to 30 CFR part 203. These regulations implement the requirements of the Energy Policy Act of 2005. Under this program, wells on leases in less than 400 meters water depth and completed to a drilling depth of 20,000 feet TVD SS or deeper receive a RSV of 35 billion cubic feet on the production of natural gas. This RSVs incentive is subject to applicable price thresholds set forth in the regulation at 30 CFR part 203.
One or more of the following stipulations may be applied to leases issued as a result of this sale. The detailed text of these stipulations is contained in the “Lease Stipulations” section of the Final NOS package.
The Information to Lessees (ITL) clauses below provide detailed information on certain issues pertaining to this oil and gas lease sale. The detailed text of these ITL clauses is contained in the “Information to Lessees” section of the Final NOS package and includes:
The maps pertaining to this lease sale may be found on the BOEM Web site at
The following maps also are included in the Final NOS package:
The lease terms, economic conditions, and the blocks to which these terms and conditions apply are shown on the map entitled, “Final, Central Planning Area, Lease Sale 247, March 22, 2017, Lease Terms and Economic Conditions,” which is included in the Final NOS package.
The blocks to which one or more lease stipulations may apply are shown on the map entitled, “Final, Central Planning Area, Lease Sale 247, March 22, 2017,
Bids may be submitted in person or by mail at the address below in the “Mailed Bids” section. Bidders submitting their bid(s) in person are advised to contact Ms. Cindy Thibodeaux at (504) 736-2809, or Mr. Greg Purvis at (504) 736-1729, to schedule a time and provide the names of the company representative(s) to submit the bid(s). Instructions on how
For each block bid upon, a separate sealed bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope (as described below) and include the following:
• Total amount of the bid in whole dollars only;
• Sale number;
• Sale date;
• Each bidder's exact name;
• Each bidder's proportionate interest, stated as a percentage, using a maximum of five decimal places (
• Typed name and title, and signature of each bidder's authorized officer;
• Each bidder's qualification number;
• Map name and number or Official Protraction Diagram (OPD) name and number;
• Block number; and
• Statement acknowledging that the bidder(s) understand that this bid legally binds the bidder(s) to comply with all applicable regulations, including payment of one-fifth of the bonus bid amount on all apparent high bids.
The information required on the bid(s) will be specified in the document “Bid Form” contained in the Final NOS package. A blank bid form is provided in the Final NOS package for convenience and may be copied and completed with the necessary information described above.
Each bid must be submitted in a separate sealed envelope labeled as follows:
• “Sealed Bid for Central Planning Area Oil and Gas Lease Sale 247, not to be opened until 9 a.m. Wednesday, March 22, 2017”;
• Map name and number or OPD name and number;
• Block number for block bid upon; and
• The exact name and qualification number of the submitting bidder only.
The Final NOS package includes a sample bid envelope for reference.
If bids are mailed, please address the envelope containing the sealed bid envelope(s) as follows: Attention: Leasing and Financial Responsibility Section, BOEM Gulf of Mexico Region, 1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard WS-266A, New Orleans, Louisiana 70123-2394.
Contains Sealed Bids for CPA Oil and Gas Lease Sale 247, Please Deliver to Ms. Cindy Thibodeaux or Mr. Greg Purvis 2nd Floor, Immediately.
Bidders mailing bid(s) are advised to call Ms. Cindy Thibodeaux at (504) 736-2809, or Mr. Greg Purvis at (504) 736-1729, immediately after putting their bid(s) in the mail to ensure receipt of bids prior to the Bid Submission Deadline. If BOEM receives bids later than the Bid Submission Deadline, the BOEM Gulf of Mexico Regional Director (RD) will return those bids unopened to bidders. Please see “Section XI. Delay of Sale” regarding BOEM's discretion to extend the Bid Submission Deadline in the case of an unexpected event (
Bidders that are not currently an OCS oil and gas lease record title holder or designated operator, or those that ever have defaulted on a one-fifth bonus bid deposit, by Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) or otherwise, must guarantee (secure) the payment of the one-fifth bonus bid deposit prior to bid submission using one of the following four methods:
• Provide a third-party guarantee;
• Amend an area-wide development bond via bond rider;
• Provide a letter of credit; or
• Provide a lump sum payment in advance via EFT.
For more information on EFT procedures, see Section X of this document entitled, “The Lease Sale.”
Prior to bidding, each bidder should file Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Representation Form BOEM-2032 (October 2011,
The GDIS is composed of three parts:
(1) The “Statement” page includes the company representatives' information and lists of blocks bid on that used proprietary data and those blocks bid on that did not use proprietary data;
(2) The “Table” listing the required data about each proprietary survey used (see below); and
(3) The “Maps” being the live trace maps for each survey that are identified in the GDIS statement and table.
Every bidder submitting a bid on a block in CPA Lease Sale 247, or participating as a joint bidder in such a bid, must submit at the time of bid submission all three parts of the GDIS. A bidder must submit the GDIS
The GDIS must be submitted in a separate and sealed envelope, and must identify all proprietary data; reprocessed speculative data, and/or any Controlled Source Electromagnetic surveys, Amplitude Versus Offset (AVO), Gravity, or Magnetic data; or other information used as part of the decision to bid or participate in a bid on the block. The bidder and joint bidder must also include a live trace map (
The GDIS statement must include the name, phone number, and full address of a contact person and an alternate who are both
The GDIS table should have columns that clearly state:
• The sale number; the bidder company's name;
The block area and block number bid on;
The owner of the original data set (
The industry's original name of the survey (
Whether the data set is a fast track version;
Whether the data is speculative or proprietary;
The data type (
The migration algorithm (
Also, provide the computer storage size, to the nearest gigabyte, of each seismic data and velocity volume used to evaluate the lease block in question. This information will be used in estimating the reproduction costs for each data set, if applicable. The availability of reimbursement of production costs will be determined consistent with 30 CFR 551.13.
Also indicate who reprocessed the data (
The GDIS maps are live trace maps (in .pdf and ArcGIS shape files) that should be submitted for each
BOEM recommends that bidders mark the submission's external envelope as “Deliver Immediately to DASPU.” BOEM also recommends that the data be submitted in an internal envelope, or otherwise marked, with the following designation: “Proprietary Geophysical Data Submitted Pursuant to CPA Lease Sale 247 and used during <Bidder Name's> evaluation of Block <Block Number>.”
In the event a person supplies any type of data to BOEM, that person must meet the following requirements to qualify for reimbursement:
(1) The person must be registered with the System for Award Management (SAM), formerly known as the Central Contractor Registration (CCR). CCR usernames will not work in SAM. A new SAM User Account is needed to register or update an entity's records. The Web site for registering is
(2) The persons must be enrolled in the Department of Treasury's Invoice Processing Platform (IPP) for electronic invoicing. The person must enroll in the IPP at
(3) The persons must have a current On-line Representations and Certifications Application at
The GDIS Information Table
BOEM requests that bidders provide this information in the suggested format prior to or at the time of bid submission. The suggested format will be included in the Final NOS package. The form must not be enclosed inside the sealed bid envelope.
BOEM may require bidders to submit other documents in accordance with 30 CFR 556.107, 30 CFR 556.401, 30 CFR 556.501, and 30 CFR 556.513.
On November 4, 2016, BOEM published the most recent List of Restricted Joint Bidders in the
All signatories executing documents on behalf of bidder(s) must execute the same in conformance with the BOEM qualification records. Bidders are advised that BOEM considers the signed bid to be a legally binding obligation on the part of the bidder(s) to comply with all applicable regulations, including payment of one-fifth of the bonus bid on all high bids. A statement to this effect is included on each bid form (see the document “Bid Form” to be contained in the Final NOS package).
BOEM warns bidders against violation of 18 U.S.C. 1860, prohibiting unlawful combination or intimidation of bidders.
Bids may be withdrawn only by written request delivered to BOEM prior to the Bid Submission Deadline. The withdrawal request must be on company letterhead and must contain the bidder's name, its BOEM
Minimum bonus bid calculations, including rounding, for all blocks will be shown in the document “List of Blocks Available for Leasing” included in this Final NOS package. The bonus bid amount must be stated in whole dollars. If the acreage of a block contains a decimal figure, then prior to calculating the minimum bonus bid, BOEM will round up to the next whole acre. The appropriate minimum rate per acre will then be applied to the whole (rounded up) acreage. If this calculation results in a fractional dollar amount, the minimum bonus bid will be rounded up to the next whole dollar amount. The bonus bid amount must be greater than or equal to the minimum bonus bid in whole dollars.
The Final NOS package includes instructions, samples, and/or the preferred format for the following items. BOEM strongly encourages bidders to use these formats. Should bidders use another format, they are responsible for including all the information specified for each item in the Final NOS package.
Sealed bids received in response to the Final NOS will be opened at the place, date, and hour specified in the Final NOS. The venue will not be open to the public. Instead, the bid opening will be available for the public to view on BOEM's Web site at
Each bidder submitting an apparent high bid must submit a bonus bid deposit to the Office of Natural Resources Revenue (ONRR) equal to one-fifth of the bonus bid amount for each such bid. A copy of the notification of the high bidder's one-fifth bonus bid amount may be obtained on the BOEM Web site at
BOEM requires bidders to use EFT procedures for payment of one-fifth bonus bid deposits for CPA Lease Sale 247 following the detailed instructions contained on the ONRR Payment Information Web page at
The United States reserves the right to withdraw any block from this lease sale prior to issuance of a written acceptance of a bid for the block.
The United States reserves the right to reject any and all bids. No bid will be accepted, and no lease for any block will be awarded to any bidder, unless:
(1) The bidder has complied with all requirements of the Final NOS, including those set forth in the documents contained in the Final NOS package, and applicable regulations;
(2) The bid is the highest valid bid; and
(3) The amount of the bid has been determined to be adequate by the authorized officer. Any bid submitted that does not conform to the requirements of the Final NOS and Final NOS package, OCSLA, or other applicable statute or regulation will be rejected and returned to the bidder. The U.S. Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission will review the results of the lease sale for antitrust issues prior to the acceptance of bids and issuance of leases.
To ensure that the U.S. Government receives a fair return for the conveyance of leases from this sale, high bids will be evaluated in accordance with BOEM's bid adequacy procedures, which are available at
BOEM requires each bidder awarded a lease to:
(1) Execute all copies of the lease (Form BOEM-2005 (October 2011), as amended);
(2) Pay by EFT the balance of the bonus bid amount and the first year's rental for each lease issued in accordance with the requirements of 30 CFR 218.155 and 556.520(a); and
(3) Satisfy the bonding requirements of 30 CFR part 556, subpart I, as amended. ONRR requests that only one transaction be used for payment of the balance of the bonus bid amount and the first year's rental.
The BOEM Gulf of Mexico RD has the discretion to change any date, time, and/or location specified in the Final NOS package in case of an event that the BOEM Gulf of Mexico RD deems may interfere with the carrying out of a fair and orderly lease sale process. Such events could include, but are not limited to, natural disasters (
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), Interior.
Notice of Availability of a Record of Decision.
BOEM is announcing the availability of a Record of Decision (ROD) for the proposed oil and gas Central Planning Area (CPA) Lease Sale 247. This ROD identifies the Bureau's selected alternative for proposed CPA Lease Sale 247, which is analyzed in the
For more information on the ROD, you may contact Mr. Greg Kozlowski, Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Gulf of Mexico Region, 1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard (GM 627A), New Orleans, Louisiana 70123-2394. You may also contact Mr. Kozlowski by telephone at 504-736-2512.
In the CPA 247 Supplemental EIS, BOEM evaluated three alternatives that are summarized below:
All available unleased whole and partial blocks in the CPA that BOEM will offer for leasing in proposed CPA Lease Sale 247 are listed in the document “List of Blocks Available for Leasing,” which is included in the Final Notice of Sale for CPA Lease Sale 247. The proposed CPA lease sale area encompasses about 63 million acres of the total CPA area of 66.45 million acres. As of October 2016, approximately 47.72 million acres of the proposed CPA lease sale area were unleased. The estimated amount of resources projected to be developed as a result of the proposed CPA lease sale is 0.460-0.894 billion barrels of oil (BBO) and 1.939-3.903 trillion cubic feet (Tcf) of gas.
After careful consideration, BOEM has selected the preferred alternative (Alternative A) in the CPA 247 Supplemental EIS. BOEM's selection of the preferred alternative meets the purpose and need for the proposed action, as identified in the CPA 247 Supplemental EIS, and reflects an orderly resource development with protection of the human, marine, and coastal environments while also ensuring that the public receives an equitable return for these resources and that free-market competition is maintained.
This NOA of a ROD is published pursuant to the regulations (40 CFR 1506.6) implementing the provisions of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321
United States International Trade Commission.
January 10, 2017 at 11:00 a.m.
Room 101, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, Telephone: (202) 205-2000.
Open to the public.
1. Agendas for future meetings: None.
2. Minutes.
3. Ratification List.
4. Vote in Inv. No. 731-TA-1306 (Final) (Large Residential Washers from China). The Commission is currently scheduled to complete and file its determinations and views of the Commission by January 30, 2017.
5. Vote in Inv. No. 731-TA-1058 (Second Review) (Wooden Bedroom Furniture from China). The Commission is currently scheduled to complete and file its determinations and views of the Commission by January 25, 2017.
6. Outstanding action jackets: None.
In accordance with Commission policy, subject matter listed above, not disposed of at the scheduled meeting, may be carried over to the agenda of the following meeting.
By order of the Commission.
United States International Trade Commission.
Notice announcing availability of public information.
The United States International Trade Commission (USITC or Commission) provides notice of its index and description of major information systems and availability of its records.
Lisa R. Barton, Secretary to the Commission, telephone (202) 205-2000/2595 or Brian R. Battles, Esquire, Office of the General Counsel, United States International Trade Commission, telephone (202) 708-4737. Hearing-impaired individuals are advised that information on this matter can be obtained by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal at 202-205-1810. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Web site at
The Commission makes agency records available to the public in a number of ways:
By order of the Commission.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has determined not to review an initial determination (“ID”) issued by the presiding administrative law judge (“ALJ”) on November 21, 2016, finding all respondents in default. The Commission requests written submissions, under the schedule set forth below, on remedy, public interest, and bonding.
Robert Needham, Office of the General Counsel, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 708-5468. Copies of non-confidential documents filed in connection with this investigation are or will be available for inspection during official business hours (8:45 a.m. to 5:15 p.m.) in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. General information concerning the Commission
The Commission instituted this investigation on June 24, 2016, based on an amended complaint, as supplemented, filed by Laerdal Medical Corp. of Wappingers Falls, New York, and Laerdal Medical AS of Stavanger, Norway (together, “Laerdal”). 81 FR 41349-50. The investigation was instituted to determine whether there is a violation of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, 19 U.S.C. 1337 (“section 337”), in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, and the sale within the United States after importation of certain carbon spine board, cervical collar, CPR masks, various medical training manikin devices, trademarks, copyrights of product catalogues and products inserts, and components thereof by reason of infringement of one or more of U.S. Patent No. 6,090,058, U.S. Trademark Registration No. 3,476,656, or U.S. Copyright Registration Nos. VA 1-879-023 and VA 1-879-026, or by reason of trade dress misappropriation and infringement.
All respondents were served with a copy of the complaint and notice of investigation.
On November 7, 2016, the ALJ ordered all of the respondents to show cause why they should not be held in default, and set a response deadline of November 14, 2016. Order No. 5. No responses were filed. On November 21, 2016, the ALJ issued the subject ID (Order No. 6) finding all respondents in default pursuant to Commission Rules 210.16 and 210.17. No petitions for review of the ID were filed. On December 1, 2016, Laerdal indicated that it was not seeking a general exclusion order.
The Commission has determined not to review the subject ID.
Section 337(g)(1) and Commission Rule 210.16(c) authorize the Commission to order relief against a respondent found in default, unless, after considering the public interest, it finds that such relief should not issue.
In connection with the final disposition of this investigation, the Commission may: (1) Issue an order that could result in the exclusion of articles manufactured or imported by the defaulting respondents; and/or (2) issue cease and desist orders that could result in the defaulting respondents being required to cease and desist from engaging in unfair acts in the importation and sale of such articles. Accordingly, the Commission is interested in receiving written submissions that address the form of remedy, if any, that should be ordered. If a party seeks exclusion of an article from entry into the United States for purposes other than entry for consumption, the party should so indicate and provide information establishing that activities involving other types of entry either are adversely affecting it or likely to do so. For background, see
If the Commission contemplates some form of remedy, it must consider the effects of that remedy upon the public interest. The factors that the Commission will consider include the effect that the exclusion order and/or cease and desists orders would have on (1) the public health and welfare, (2) competitive conditions in the U.S. economy, (3) U.S. production of articles that are like or directly competitive with those that are subject to investigation, and (4) U.S. consumers. The Commission is therefore interested in receiving written submissions that address the aforementioned public interest factors in the context of this investigation.
If the Commission orders some form of remedy, the U.S. Trade Representative, as delegated by the President, has 60 days to approve or disapprove the Commission's action.
Written submissions and proposed remedial orders must be filed no later than the close of business on January 5, 2017. Reply submissions must be filed no later than the close of business on January 12, 2017. No further submissions on these issues will be permitted unless otherwise ordered by the Commission.
Persons filing written submissions must file the original document electronically on or before the deadline stated above and submit eight true paper copies to the Office of the Secretary pursuant to section 210.4(f) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 210.4(f)). Submissions should refer to the investigation number (“Inv. No. 337-TA-1008”) in a prominent place on the cover page and/or the first page. (
Any person desiring to submit a document to the Commission in confidence must request confidential treatment. All such requests should be directed to the Secretary to the Commission and must include a full
The authority for the Commission's determination is contained in section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and in part 210 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR part 210).
By order of the Commission.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the presiding administrative law judge has issued a Final Initial Determination and Recommended Determination on Remedy and Bonding in the above-captioned investigation. The Commission is soliciting comments on public interest issues raised by the recommended relief, specifically a limited exclusion order against certain network devices, related software and components thereof imported by and a and cease and desist order against respondent Arista Networks, Inc. of Santa Clara, California. This notice is soliciting public interest comments from the public only.
Megan M. Valentine, Office of the General Counsel, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 708-2301. The public version of the complaint can be accessed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at
General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server (
Section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930 provides that if the Commission finds a violation it shall exclude the articles concerned from the United States:
The Commission is interested in further development of the record on the public interest in these investigations. Accordingly, members of the public are invited to file submissions of no more than five (5) pages, inclusive of attachments, concerning the public interest in light of the administrative law judge's Recommended Determination on Remedy and Bonding issued in this investigation on December 9, 2016. Comments should address whether issuance of a limited exclusion order and cease and desist order in this investigation would affect the public health and welfare in the United States, competitive conditions in the United States economy, the production of like or directly competitive articles in the United States, or United States consumers.
In particular, the Commission is interested in comments that:
(i) Explain how the articles potentially subject to the recommended order are used in the United States;
(ii) Identify any public health, safety, or welfare concerns in the United States relating to the recommended order;
(iii) Identify like or directly competitive articles that complainant, its licensees, or third parties make in the United States which could replace the subject articles if they were to be excluded;
(iv) Indicate whether complainant, complainant's licensees, and/or third party suppliers have the capacity to replace the volume of articles potentially subject to the recommended exclusion order within a commercially reasonable time; and
(v) Explain how the limited exclusion order would impact consumers in the United States.
Written submissions must be filed no later than by close of business on January 17, 2017. Parties are to file public interest submissions pursuant to 19 CFR 210.50(a)(4).
Persons filing written submissions must file the original document electronically on or before the deadlines stated above and submit 8 true paper copies to the Office of the Secretary by noon the next day pursuant to section 210.4(f) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 210.4(f)). Submissions should refer to the investigation number (“Inv. No. 337-TA-945”) in a prominent place on the cover page and/or the first page. (
Any person desiring to submit a document to the Commission in confidence must request confidential treatment. All such requests should be directed to the Secretary to the Commission and must include a full statement of the reasons why the Commission should grant such treatment.
This action is taken under the authority of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and Part 210 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR part 210).
By order of the Commission.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has determined not to review the initial determination (“ID”) (Order No. 21) issued by the presiding administrative law judge (“ALJ”) on November 10, 2016, granting summary determination that one defaulting respondent has violated section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended. The Commission requests written submissions, under the schedule set forth below, on remedy, the public interest, and bonding.
Sidney A. Rosenzweig, Esq., Office of the General Counsel, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 708-2532. Copies of non-confidential documents filed in connection with this investigation are or will be available for inspection during official business hours (8:45 a.m. to 5:15 p.m.) in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server at
The Commission instituted this investigation on December 18, 2015, based on a supplemented and twice-amended complaint filed by AAVN, Inc. of Richardson, Texas (“AAVN”). 80 FR 79094 (December 18, 2015). The complaint alleged violations of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, or the sale within the United States after importation of certain woven textile fabrics and products containing same, by reason of infringement of claims 1-7 of U.S. Patent No. 9,131,790 (“the '790 patent”) and/or by reason of false advertising. The notice of investigation named fifteen respondents. In the course of the investigation, fourteen of the respondents were terminated from the investigation based upon settlement agreement or consent order. Remaining is Pradip Overseas Ltd. of Ahmedabad, India (“Pradip”).
In the complaint, AAVN accused Pradip of false advertising, specifically alleging that Pradip misrepresented the thread count of sheets manufactured in India, imported into the United Sates, and sold in United States department stores. Second Am. Compl. ¶¶ 39-41, 80 (Nov. 12, 2015);
On September 2, 2016, AAVN moved for leave to file a summary determination motion. The summary determination motion that was appended argued,
On November 10, 2016, the ALJ granted the motion for summary determination as the subject ID (Order No. 21). The ALJ found that AAVN had shown a violation of section 337 by reason of false advertising under section 43 of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. 1125(a)(1)(B). Order No. 21 at 7-9, 13-15. As to remedy, citing 19 U.S.C. 1337(d)(2), which sets forth the test for issuance of a general exclusion order,
No petitions for review of the ID were filed. The Commission has determined not to review the ID.
In connection with the final disposition of this investigation, the Commission may (1) issue an order that could result in the exclusion of the subject articles from entry into the United States, and/or (2) issue one or more cease and desist orders that could result in the respondent(s) being required to cease and desist from engaging in unfair acts in the importation and sale of such articles. Accordingly, the Commission is interested in receiving written submissions that address the form of remedy, if any, that should be ordered. If a party seeks exclusion of an article from entry into the United States for
If the Commission contemplates some form of remedy, it must consider the effects of that remedy upon the public interest. The factors the Commission will consider include the effect that an exclusion order and/or cease and desist orders would have on (1) the public health and welfare, (2) competitive conditions in the U.S. economy, (3) U.S. production of articles that are like or directly competitive with those that are subject to investigation, and (4) U.S. consumers. The Commission is therefore interested in receiving written submissions that address the aforementioned public interest factors in the context of this investigation.
If the Commission orders some form of remedy, the U.S. Trade Representative, as delegated by the President, has 60 days to approve or disapprove the Commission's action.
Written submissions and proposed remedial orders must be filed no later than close of business on January 6, 2017. Reply submissions, if any, must be filed no later than the close of business on January 13, 2017. Such submissions should address the ALJ's recommended determinations on remedy and bonding which were made in Order No. 21. No further submissions on any of these issues will be permitted unless otherwise ordered by the Commission.
Persons filing written submissions must file the original document electronically on or before the deadlines stated above and submit 8 true paper copies to the Office of the Secretary by noon the next day pursuant to section 210.4(f) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 210.4(f)). Submissions should refer to the investigation number (“Inv. No. 337-TA 976”) in a prominent place on the cover page and/or the first page. (See Handbook for Electronic Filing Procedures,
Any person desiring to submit a document to the Commission in confidence must request confidential treatment. All such requests should be directed to the Secretary to the Commission and must include a full statement of the reasons why the Commission should grant such treatment. See 19 CFR 201.6. Documents for which confidential treatment by the Commission is properly sought will be treated accordingly. All information, including confidential business information and documents for which confidential treatment is properly sought, submitted to the Commission for purposes of this Investigation may be disclosed to and used: (i) By the Commission, its employees and Offices, and contract personnel (a) for developing or maintaining the records of this or a related proceeding, or (b) in internal investigations, audits, reviews, and evaluations relating to the programs, personnel, and operations of the Commission including under 5 U.S.C. appendix 3; or (ii) by U.S. government employees and contract personnel, solely for cybersecurity purposes (all contract personnel will sign appropriate nondisclosure agreements). All nonconfidential written submissions will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Secretary and on EDIS.
The authority for the Commission's determinations is contained in section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and in Part 210 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR part 210).
By order of the Commission.
Department of Justice.
Solicitation of applications for additional Commission membership with subject matter expertise in statistics for the National Commission on Forensic Science.
Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, this notice announces the solicitation of applications for additional Commission membership on the National Commission on Forensic Science specifically to fill a current statistician Commissioner vacancy.
Applications must be received on or before January 11, 2017.
All applications should be submitted to: Jonathan McGrath, Designated Federal Officer, 810 7th Street NW., Washington, DC 20531, by email at
Jonathan McGrath, Designated Federal Officer, 810 7th Street NW., Washington, DC 20531, by email
Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), this notice announces the solicitation of applications for additional Commission membership on the National Commission on Forensic Science to fill a current Commissioner vacancy with expertise in statistics.
The National Commission on Forensic Science was chartered on April 23, 2013 and the charter was renewed on April 23, 2015. The Commission is co-chaired by the Department of Justice and National Institute of Standards and Technology. The Commission provides recommendations and advice to the Department of Justice concerning national methods and strategies for: Strengthening the validity and reliability of the forensic sciences (including medico-legal death investigation); enhancing quality assurance and quality control in
The duties of the Commission include: (a) Recommending priorities for standards development; (b) reviewing and recommending endorsement of guidance identified or developed by subject-matter experts; (c) developing proposed guidance concerning the intersection of forensic science and the courtroom; (d) developing policy recommendations, including a uniform code of professional responsibility and minimum requirements for training, accreditation and/or certification; and (e) identifying and assessing the current and future needs of the forensic sciences to strengthen their disciplines and meet growing demand.
Members will be appointed by the Attorney General in consultation with the Director of the National Institute of Standards and Technology and the vice-chairs of the Commission. Additional members will be selected to fill vacancies to maintain a balance of perspective and diversity of experiences, including Federal, State, and Local forensic science service providers; research scientists and academicians; Federal, State, Local prosecutors, defense attorneys and judges; law enforcement; and other relevant stakeholders. DOJ encourages submissions from applicants with respect to diversity of backgrounds, professions, ethnicities, gender, and geography. The Commission shall consist of approximately 30 voting members. Members will serve without compensation. The Commission generally meets four times each year at approximately three-month intervals. The next Commission meetings will be held on January 9-10, 2017 and April 10-11, 2017 in Washington, DC. Additional information regarding the Commission can be found at:
The Commission is developing a draft Views document on Statistical Statements in Forensic Testimony, and it is anticipated that the additional Commissioner member will contribute to the Commission's discussions on this topic, as well as all other Commission activities. On December 12, 2016, the Department of Justice published in the
On December 20, 2016, the Department of Justice lodged a proposed Consent Judgment with the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York in the lawsuit entitled
The United States filed a complaint in this action on the same day that the Consent Judgment was lodged with the Court. The Defendants are the State of New York; New York State Office of Parks, Recreation and Historic Preservation (“OPRHP”) (offices at 625 Broadway, Albany, New York 12238); and the Palisades Interstate Park Commission (“Commission”) (offices at Administration Building, Bear Mountain State Park, Bear Mountain, New York 10911-0427). The complaint arises out of Defendants' operation of Large Capacity Cesspools (“LCCs”). The complaint alleges that Defendants owned and operated 54 LCCs at various OPRHP and Commission parks (“the Prohibited LCCs”) in violation of the Safe Drinking Water Act (“SDWA”), 42 U.S.C. 300h, EPA's underground injection control (“UIC”) program, specifically the program's Class V UIC regulations found at 40 CFR 144.80 to 144.89. Pursuant to 40 CFR 144.82(b) and 144.88(a), owners and operators of “existing” (
The complaint alleges claims for relief based on the following violation: The Prohibited LCCs were not closed by April 5, 2005, as required by the Class V Rule, 40 CFR 144.82(b) and 144.88(a), and the Prohibited LCCs, primarily located at Defendants' comfort stations, continued to operate after April 5, 2005.
The Consent Judgment provides for Defendants to pay a $150,000 civil penalty and to perform injunctive relief, including closing the Prohibited LCCs or otherwise converting them to lawful non-LCC uses by July 2019. Prohibited LCCs that are located on Long Island will be closed by September 2018, with most of the Long Island Prohibited LCCs being closed by September 2017.
The Defendants implemented some injunctive relief before the lodging of the Consent Judgment, including closing six of the Prohibited LCCs and submitting closure plans for 29 of the remaining Prohibited LCCs.
The Consent Judgment further requires Defendants to implement Supplemental Environmental Projects (SEPs) at seven of Defendants' Long Island parks The SEPS have a total estimated value of $1,020,000. All SEPs must be completed within three years after the Effective Date of the Consent Judgment. Each of the SEPs is intended to reduce the quantity of nutrients harmful to water quality, including nitrogen, from entering the local groundwater.
The Consent Judgment resolves the civil claims of the United States for the violations alleged in the complaint
The publication of this notice opens a period for public comment on the Consent Judgment. Comments should be addressed to the Assistant Attorney General, Environment and Natural Resources Division, and should refer to
During the public comment period, the Consent Judgment may be examined and downloaded at this Justice Department Web site:
Please enclose a check or money order for $18.00 (25 cents per page reproduction cost) payable to the United States Treasury. For a paper copy without the exhibits and signature pages, the cost is $10.25.
Employment and Training Administration, Labor.
Notice of virtual meeting.
Notice is hereby given that the Workforce Information Advisory Council (WIAC) will meet February 8, 2017, at 2:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time (EST). The meeting will take place virtually at
The meeting will take place on Wednesday, February 8, 2017 at 2:00 p.m. EST and conclude no later than 5:00 p.m. EST. Public statements and requests for special accommodations or to address the Advisory Council must be received by February 1, 2017.
The meeting will be held virtually at
Steven Rietzke, Chief, Division of National Programs, Tools, and Technical Assistance, Employment and Training Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Room C-4510, 200 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20210; Telephone: 202-693-3912. Mr. Rietzke is the Designated Federal Officer for the WIAC.
The Department of Labor anticipates the WIAC will accomplish its objectives by: (1) Studying workforce and labor market information issues; (2) seeking and sharing information on innovative approaches, new technologies, and data to inform employment, skills training, and workforce and economic development decision making and policy; and (3) advising the Secretary on how the workforce and labor market information system can best support workforce development, planning, and program development. Additional information is available at
The Advisory Council will open the floor for public comment once the discussion of the informational report is completed, which is expected to be 3:00 p.m. EST; however, that time may change at the WIAC chair's discretion. Once the informational report discussion, the public comment period, and discussion of next steps and new business has concluded, the meeting will adjourn. The WIAC does not anticipate the meeting lasting past 5:00 p.m. EST.
The full agenda for the meeting, and changes or updates to the agenda, will be posted on the WIAC's Web page,
Mine Safety and Health Administration, Labor.
Notice.
Section 101(c) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 and Title 30 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 44 govern the application, processing, and disposition of petitions for modification. This notice is a summary of petitions for modification submitted to the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) by the parties listed below.
All comments on the petitions must be received by MSHA's Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances on or before January 26, 2017.
You may submit your comments, identified by “docket number” on the subject line, by any of the following methods:
1.
2.
3.
MSHA will consider only comments postmarked by the U.S. Postal Service or proof of delivery from another delivery service such as UPS or Federal Express on or before the deadline for comments.
Barbara Barron, Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances at 202-693-9447 (Voice),
Section 101(c) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (Mine Act) allows the mine operator or representative of miners to file a petition to modify the application of any mandatory safety standard to a coal or other mine if the Secretary of Labor determines that:
1. An alternative method of achieving the result of such standard exists which will at all times guarantee no less than the same measure of protection afforded the miners of such mine by such standard; or
2. That the application of such standard to such mine will result in a diminution of safety to the miners in such mine.
In addition, the regulations at 30 CFR 44.10 and 44.11 establish the requirements and procedures for filing petitions for modification.
The petitioner states that:
(1) The firefighters are in close proximity to the mine, and will receive the required MSHA training.
(2) The members of the fire department have had extensive training in firefighting, evacuation and rescue.
(3) The additional firefighters will receive underground training and become familiar with the mines where they will be providing mine rescue service. The team will have more rescue training than existing 30 CFR 49.8 requires and will train underground with apparatus at each mine where they provide a service.
The petitioner asserts that the alternative method will at all times provide the same measure of protection as the existing standard.
Mine Safety and Health Administration, Labor.
Request for public comments.
The Department of Labor, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a pre-clearance consultation program to provide the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed collections of information in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A). This program helps to assure that requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirements on respondents can be properly assessed. Currently, the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) is soliciting comments on the information collection for Qualification/Certification Program Request for MSHA Individual Identification Number (MIIN).
All comments must be received on or before February 27, 2017.
Comments concerning the information collection requirements of this notice may be sent by any of the methods listed below.
•
•
•
Sheila McConnell, Director, Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances, MSHA, at
Section 103(h) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (Mine Act), 30 U.S.C. 813(h), authorizes the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) to collect information necessary to carry out its duty in protecting the safety and health of miners. Further, Section 101(a) of the Mine Act, 30 U.S.C. 811 authorizes the Secretary to develop, promulgate, and revise as may be appropriate, improved mandatory health or safety standards for the protection of life and prevention of injuries in coal and metal and nonmetal mines.
MSHA issues certifications, qualifications and approvals to the nation's miners to conduct specific work within the mines. Miners requiring qualification or certification from MSHA will register for an “MSHA Individual Identification Number” (MIIN). MSHA uses this unique number in place of individual Social Security numbers (SSNs) for all MSHA collections. The MIIN identifier fulfills Executive Order 13402, Strengthening Federal Efforts Against Identity Theft, which requires Federal agencies to better secure government held data.
MSHA is soliciting comments concerning the proposed information collection related to Qualification/Certification Program Request for MSHA Individual Identification Number (MIIN). MSHA is particularly interested in comments that:
• Evaluate whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information has practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of MSHA's estimate of the burden of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Suggest methods to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
The information collection request will be available on
The public may also examine publicly available documents at USDOL-Mine Safety and Health Administration, 201 12th South, Suite 4E401, Arlington, VA 22202-5452. Sign in at the receptionist's desk on the 4th floor via the East elevator.
Questions about the information collection requirements may be directed to the person listed in the
This request for collection of information contains provisions for Qualification/Certification Program Request for MSHA Individual Identification Number (MIIN). MSHA has updated the data with respect to the number of respondents, responses, burden hours, and burden costs supporting this information collection request.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval of the information collection request; they will also become a matter of public record.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
Notice of meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, Public Law 92-463, as amended, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) announces a meeting of the Earth Science Subcommittee of the NASA Advisory Council (NAC). This Subcommittee reports to the Science Committee of the NAC. The meeting will be held for the purpose of soliciting, from the scientific community and other persons, scientific
Tuesday, January 10, 2017, 8:30 a.m.-5:30 p.m., and Wednesday, January 11, 2017, 8:30 a.m.-1:00 p.m., Local Time.
NASA Kennedy Space Center, Visitor Complex, Debus Conference Facility, State Road 405, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32899.
KarShelia Henderson, Science Mission Directorate, NASA Headquarters, Washington, DC 20546, (202) 358-2355, fax (202) 358-2779, or
The meeting will be open to the public up to the capacity of the meeting room. This meeting is also available telephonically. You must use a touch-tone phone to participate in this meeting. Any interested person may call the USA toll free number 1-888-323-9729 or toll number 1-630-395-0190, passcode 9350886, for both days. The agenda for the meeting includes the following topics:
Attendees will be provided a pass to enter the NASA Kennedy Space Center Visitor Complex, and then will be requested to sign a register before access to the meeting. It is imperative that the meeting be held on this date to accommodate the scheduling priorities of the key participants.
National Credit Union Administration (NCUA).
Notice of a New System of Records.
Pursuant to the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, the National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) is proposing to establish a new system of records.
This action will be effective without further notice on February 6, 2017 unless comments are received that would result in a contrary determination.
You may submit comments to NCUA by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Martha Ninichuk, Deputy Director of the Office of Small Credit Union Initiatives, NCUA, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314, or telephone: (703) 518-1581, or Linda Dent, Senior Agency Official for Privacy, Office of General Counsel, NCUA, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314, or telephone: (703) 518-6567.
NCUA Is Proposing To Establish a New System of Records. In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, NCUA is issuing public notice of its intent to establish a new system of records, Small Credit Union Learning Center, NCUA-20. The system of records described in this notice will maintain records related to NCUA's Office of Small Credit Union Initiatives' online training courses for credit union elected officials and employees. For convenience, the proposed new system of records, “Small Credit Union Learning Center, NCUA-20,” is published below.
Small Credit Union Learning Center—NCUA 20.
None.
NCUA, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314; PowerTrain, 8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 580, Landover, MD 20785; OPM, 1900 E Street NW., Suite 4439-AB, Washington, DC 20415.
Deputy Director, Office of Small Credit Union Initiatives, NCUA, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314.
12 U.S.C. 1751.
To provide and manage online training courses for credit union elected officials and employees.
Credit union elected officials and employees who complete the training course(s).
Training records, which may include name, email address, username, password, credit union name, charter number, course name, and date of completion of the training course(s).
Individuals who complete the training course(s).
In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act, these records or information contained therein may specifically be disclosed outside NCUA as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows, and:
1. NCUA's Standard Routine Uses apply to this system of records.
2. At the request of a specific credit union, records pertaining to individuals associated with the requesting credit union may be shared with that credit union.
Records are maintained in electronic form.
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: name, username, email address, credit union name, charter number, course name, and month or year of completion of a training course.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National
Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable NCUA media sanitization practice.
NCUA has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with NCUA's information security policies to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Individuals wishing access to their records should submit a written request to the Privacy Officer, NCUA, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf. Individuals requesting access must also comply with NCUA's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (12 CFR 792.55).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Privacy Officer, NCUA, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Privacy Officer, NCUA, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf. Individuals requesting access must also comply with NCUA's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (12 CFR 792.55).
None.
National Endowment for the Arts, National Foundation on the Arts and Humanities.
Notice of meetings.
Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given that one meeting of the Arts Advisory Panel to the National Council on the Arts will be held by teleconference as follows:
All meetings are Eastern time and ending times are approximate:
National Endowment for the Arts, Constitution Center, 400 7th St. SW., Washington, DC, 20506.
Further information with reference to these meetings can be obtained from Ms. Kathy Plowitz-Worden, Office of Guidelines & Panel Operations, National Endowment for the Arts, Washington, DC, 20506—
The closed portions of meetings are for the purpose of Panel review, discussion, evaluation, and recommendations on financial assistance under the National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities Act of 1965, as amended, including information given in confidence to the agency. In accordance with the determination of the Chairman of July 5, 2016, these sessions will be closed to the public pursuant to subsection (c)(6) of section 552b of title 5, United States Code.
National Science Foundation.
Notice of permits issued under the Antarctic Conservation of 1978, Public Law 95-541.
The National Science Foundation (NSF) is required to publish notice of permits issued under the Antarctic Conservation Act of 1978. This is the required notice.
Nature McGinn, ACA Permit Officer, Division of Polar Programs, Rm. 755, National Science Foundation, 4201 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, VA 22230. Or by email:
On November 18, 2016 the National Science Foundation published a notice in the
National Science Foundation.
Notice of permit applications received under the Antarctic Conservation Act of 1978.
The National Science Foundation (NSF) is required to publish a notice of permit applications received to conduct activities regulated under the Antarctic Conservation Act of 1978. NSF has published regulations under the Antarctic Conservation Act at Title 45 Part 671 of the Code of Federal Regulations. This is the required notice of permit applications received.
Interested parties are invited to submit written data, comments, or views with respect to this permit application by January 26, 2017. This application may be inspected by interested parties at the Permit Office, address below.
Comments should be addressed to Permit Office, Room 755, Division of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 4201 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22230.
Nature McGinn, ACA Permit Officer, at the above address or
The National Science Foundation, as directed by the Antarctic Conservation Act of 1978 (Pub. L. 95-541), as amended by the Antarctic Science, Tourism and Conservation Act of 1996, has developed regulations for the establishment of a permit system for various activities in Antarctica and designation of certain animals and certain geographic areas a requiring special protection. The regulations establish such a permit system to designate Antarctic Specially Protected Areas.
Waste management. The applicant requests a permit for waste management activities associated with the continued operation of a network of time-lapse cameras installed in the Antarctic Peninsula region. The applicant will continue to maintain up to 12 cameras (nine currently installed at five visitor sites) with no more than two cameras installed at any one site. Cameras are placed in such a way so as to not disrupt wildlife. Cameras are secured using 6-8 rock bolts drilled into rock outcrops. Each camera is powered by a 10w solar panel and a sealed 12 volt 55 AH gel battery. The batteries are housed in a leak proof plastic case. The cameras will remain deployed for an additional 4 years and will be completely removed (including bolts and power sources) at before the permit expires. Each camera is visited every 1-2 years to retrieve data, make necessary repairs, and remove non-functioning equipment. The Earth Vision Institute has an established collaboration with Lindblad Expeditions for installation and maintenance of the cameras. The cameras are used to measure ice velocity and monitor the calving front of numerous outlet glaciers. The data will help advance scientific knowledge on the mechanics and pace of glacial retreat. Images gained from the cameras will also be used in global outreach campaigns to educate the public about the speed of climate change's impact on the earth.
Neko Harbor, Orne Harbor, Cierva Cove, Brown Bluff, Amsler Island, Western Antarctic Peninsula.
April 1, 2017-March 31, 2021.
December 26, 2016, January 2, 9, 16, 23, 30, 2017.
Commissioners' Conference Room, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland.
Public and Closed.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of December 26, 2016.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of January 2, 2017.
This meeting will be webcast live at the Web address—
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of January 16, 2017.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of January 30, 2017.
The schedule for Commission meetings is subject to change on short notice. For more information or to verify the status of meetings, contact Denise McGovern at 301-415-0981 or via email at
The NRC Commission Meeting Schedule can be found on the Internet at:
The NRC provides reasonable accommodation to individuals with disabilities where appropriate. If you need a reasonable accommodation to participate in these public meetings, or need this meeting notice or the transcript or other information from the public meetings in another format (
Members of the public may request to receive this information electronically. If you would like to be added to the distribution, please contact the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Office of the Secretary, Washington, DC 20555 (301-415-1969), or email
Week of December 19, 2016.
Commissioners' Conference Room, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland.
Public.
The schedule for Commission meetings is subject to change on short notice. For more information or to verify the status of meetings, contact Denise McGovern at 301-415-0681 or via email at
By a vote of 3-0 on December 22, 2016, the Commission determined pursuant to U.S.C. 552b(e) and '9.107(a) of the Commission's rules that the above referenced Affirmation Session be held with less than one week notice to the public. The meeting is scheduled on December 23, 2016.
The NRC Commission Meeting Schedule can be found on the Internet at:
The NRC provides reasonable accommodation to individuals with disabilities where appropriate. If you need a reasonable accommodation to participate in these public meetings, or need this meeting notice or the transcript or other information from the public meetings in another format (
Members of the public may request to receive this information electronically. If you would like to be added to the distribution, please contact the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Office of the Secretary, Washington, DC 20555 (301-415-1969), or email
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice.
The Commission is noticing a recent Postal Service filing announcing its intention to change rates not of general applicability for Inbound Parcel Post (at Universal Postal Union (UPU) Rates) and related classification changes. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
On December 19, 2016, the Postal Service filed notice announcing its intention to change rates not of general applicability for Inbound Parcel Post (at Universal Postal Union (UPU) Rates) effective January 1, 2017.
To accompany its Notice, the Postal Service filed the following materials:
• Attachment 1—an application for non-public treatment of materials filed under seal;
• Attachment 2—a redacted copy of UPU International Bureau (IB) Circular 169, which contains the new rates;
• Attachment 3—a redacted copy of UPU IB Circular 168, which contains the new rates;
• Attachment 4—a copy of the certification required under 39 CFR 3015.5(c)(2);
• Attachment 5—redacted documentation sent by the Postal Service to the UPU to justify its bonus payments;
• Attachment 6—documentation in support of inflation-linked adjustment for inward land rates;
• Attachment 7—a redacted copy of Governors' Decision No. 14-04;
• Attachment 8—a redacted copy of Governors' Decision No. 11-6; and
• Attachment 9—proposed changes to the text of the MCS Notice, Attachments 1-9.
The Postal Service also filed supporting financial workpapers, unredacted copies of Governors' Decision No. 14-04 and Governors' Decision No. 11-6, an unredacted copy of the new rates, and related financial information under seal.
In accordance with Order Nos. 2102
The Postal Service proposed a classification change in its Notice and attached proposed revisions to the MCS.
The Commission establishes Docket Nos. MC2017-58 and CP2017-86 for consideration of matters raised by the Notice.
The Commission invites comments on whether the Postal Service's filing is
The Commission appoints Katalin K. Clendenin to serve as Public Representative in these dockets.
1. The Commission establishes Docket Nos. MC2017-58 and CP2017-86 for consideration of the matters raised by the Postal Service's Notice.
2. Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505, Katalin K. Clendenin is appointed to serve as an officer of the Commission to represent the interests of the general public in this proceeding (Public Representative).
3. Comments are due no later than December 28, 2016.
4. The Secretary shall arrange for publication of this order in the
By the Commission.
On October 27, 2016, NYSE MKT LLC (“Exchange” or “NYSE MKT”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
Section 19(b)(2) of the Act
The Commission finds it appropriate to designate a longer period within which to take action on the proposed rule change so as to allow additional time to consider the proposal. Accordingly, the Commission, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On October 27, 2016, New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
Section 19(b)(2) of the Act
The Commission finds it appropriate to designate a longer period within which to take action on the proposed rule change so as to allow additional time to consider the proposal. Accordingly, the Commission, pursuant
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On October 26, 2016, BOX Options Exchange LLC (“Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
Section 19(b)(2) of the Act
The Commission is extending the 45-day time period for Commission action on the proposed rule change. The Commission finds that it is appropriate to designate a longer period within which to take action on the proposed rule change so that it has sufficient time to consider and take action on the Exchange's proposed rule change.
Accordingly, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 3317 (Compliance with Regulation NMS Plan to Implement a Tick Size Pilot) relating to the handling to certain Order Types in Test Group Three Pilot Securities in connection with the Regulation NMS Plan to Implement a Tick Size Pilot Program (“Plan” or “Pilot”).
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
On September 7, 2016, the Exchange filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “Commission”) a proposed rule change (“Proposal”) to adopt paragraph (d) and Commentary .12 to Exchange Rule 3317 to describe changes to system functionality necessary to implement the Plan. The Exchange also proposed amendments to Rule 3317(a) and (c) to clarify how the Trade-at exception may be satisfied. The SEC published the Proposal in the
In SR-Phlx-2016-92, Phlx had initially proposed a re-pricing functionality for Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities.
In that amendment, Phlx noted that this change would only impact the treatment of Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only orders that are submitted through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities, as these types of Orders that are currently submitted to Phlx through the RASH or FIX protocols are already subject to this re-pricing functionality and will remain subject to this functionality under the Pilot.
In the Amendment, Phlx further noted that its systems are currently programmed so that Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders and Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities may be adjusted repeatedly to reflect changes to the NBBO and/or the best price on the Phlx book. Phlx stated that it was re-programming its systems to remove this functionality for Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders and Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities. In the Amendment, Phlx stated that it anticipated that this re-programming shall be completed no later than November 30, 2016. If it appeared that this functionality would remain operational by October 17, 2016, Phlx indicated that it would file a proposed rule change with the SEC and will provide notice to market participants sufficiently in advance of that date to provide effective notice. The rule change and the notice to market participants would describe the current operation of the Phlx systems in this regard, and the timing related to the re-programming.
On October 17, 2016, Phlx filed a proposal to extend the date by which it would complete the re-programing of its systems to eliminate the re-pricing functionality in Test Group Three Pilot Securities for Price to Comply Orders, Price to Display Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders that are entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols.
Subsequent to the approval of SR-Phlx-2016-92, Phlx become aware that this re-pricing functionality also applies to Price to Display Orders that are entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Securities, and amended Commentary .14 to indicate that Price to Display Orders will be treated in the same manner as Price to Comply Orders under the re-pricing functionality.
Phlx has now completed re-programming its systems to eliminate the re-pricing functionality in Test Group Three Pilot Securities for Price to Comply Orders, Price to Display Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders that are entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols. However, as a result of removing the re-pricing functionality, there are instances, due to the different functionality of the OUCH and FLITE protocols in comparison to the other applicable Phlx protocols, where the behavior of certain Order Types entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities will differ from the behavior of those Order Types as set forth in Rule 3317; specifically, the behavior of Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols when the Order locks or crosses a Protected Quotation. Phlx is therefore amending Rule 3317 to clarify these differences. Although the changes made to Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE reflect the different functionality of the OUCH and FLITE protocols in comparison with the other Phlx protocols, the proposed changes treat Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Securities as consistently as possible with such orders entered through OUCH and FLITE in Control Group Securities, and Test Group One and Test Group Two Securities. These changes will adjust Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE when the Order has been ranked at a midpoint of the NBBO that then becomes impermissible due to changes in the NBBO.
Currently, Rule 3317(d)(2) states that a Price to Comply Order in a Test Group Pilot Security will operate as described in Rule 3301A(b)(1) except as provided under this paragraph. If a Price to Comply Order for a Test Group Three Pilot Security is partially executed upon entry and the remainder would lock a Protected Quotation of another market center, the unexecuted portion of the Order will be cancelled. If the Order is not executable against any previously posted orders on the Exchange Book, and the limit price of a buy (sell) Price to Comply Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security would lock or cross a Protected Quotation of another market center, the Order will display at one minimum price increment below (above) the Protected Quotation, and the Order will be ranked on the Exchange Book at the current midpoint of NBBO.
Phlx proposes to augment this provision to clarify the behavior of Price to Comply Orders entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities that lock or cross a Protected Quotation. Specifically, a
If entered at a price that locked a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that its price will no longer lock a Protected Quotation, the Price to Comply Order will be adjusted to rank and display at its original entered limit price.
If entered at a price that crossed a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that it can be ranked at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed, the Price to Comply Order, based on the participant's choice, may either be (i) cancelled or (ii) adjusted to rank at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed upon entry with its displayed price remaining unchanged.
If, after being posted on the Phlx Book, the non-displayed price of a Price to Comply Order becomes locked or crossed by a Protected Quotation due to a change in the NBBO, or if the Price to Comply Order is at an impermissible price under Regulation NMS or the Plan and it cannot otherwise be adjusted as above, the Price to Comply Order will be cancelled.
Phlx notes that a Price to Comply Order, Non-Displayed Order, or Post-Only Order entered through OUCH or FLITE in either a Control Group Security, a Test Group One Pilot Security or a Test Group Two Pilot Security would only cancel if the resting order is crossed (not locked) by a Protected Quotation due to a change in the NBBO.
Currently, Rule 3317(d)(3) states that a Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Pilot Security will operate as described in Rule 3301A(b)(3) except as provided under this paragraph. A resting Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot security cannot execute at the price of a Protected Quotation of another market center unless the incoming Order otherwise qualifies for an exception to the Trade-at prohibition provided under Rule 3317(c)(3)(D). If the limit price of a buy (sell) Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security would lock or cross a Protected Quotation of another market center, the Order will be ranked on the Exchange Book at either one minimum price increment below (above) the National Best Offer (National Best Bid) or at the midpoint of the NBBO, whichever is higher (lower). For a Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security entered through RASH or FIX, if after being posted to the Exchange Book, the NBBO changes so that the Non-Displayed Order would no longer be executable at its posted price due to the requirements of Regulation NMS or the Plan, the Non-Displayed Order will be repriced to a price that is at either one minimum price increment below (above) the National Best Offer (National Best Bid) or at the midpoint of the NBBO, whichever is higher (lower) and will receive a new timestamp. For a Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security entered through OUCH or FLITE, if after such a Non-Displayed Order is posted to the Exchange Book, the NBBO changes so that the Non-Displayed Order would no longer be executable at its posted price due to the requirements of Regulation NMS or the Plan, the Non-Displayed Order will be cancelled back to the Participant.
Phlx proposes to amend this provision to clarify the behavior of Non-Displayed Orders entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities that lock or cross a Protected Quotation. Specifically, a Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security entered through OUCH or FLITE may be adjusted in the following manner after initial entry and posting to the Phlx Book.
If entered at a price that locked a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that its price would no longer lock a Protected Quotation, the Non-Displayed Order will be adjusted to rank at its original entered limit price.
If entered at a price that crossed a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that it can be ranked at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed, the Order, based on the Participant's choice, may either be (i) cancelled or (ii) adjusted to rank at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed.
If entered at a price that locked or crossed a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that it cannot be ranked at the price of the Protected Quotation it locked or crossed but can be ranked closer to its original limit price, the Non-Displayed Order will be adjusted to the new midpoint of the NBBO.
Phlx notes that a Non-Displayed Order entered through OUCH or FLITE in either a Control Group Security, a Test Group One Pilot Security or a Test Group Two Pilot Security would be ranked at the locking price upon entry.
If, after being posted on the Phlx Book, the Non-Displayed Order becomes locked or crossed by a Protected Quotation due to a change in the NBBO, or if the Non-Displayed Order is at an impermissible price under Regulation NMS or the Plan and it cannot otherwise be adjusted as above, the Non-Displayed Order will be cancelled.
Currently, Rule 3317(d)(4) states that a Post-Only Order in a Test Group Pilot Security will operate as described in Rule 3301A(b)(4) except as provided under this paragraph. For orders that are not attributable, if the limit price of a buy (sell) Post-Only Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security would lock or cross a Protected Quotation of another market center, the Order will display at one minimum price increment below (above) the Protected Quotation, and the Order will be ranked on the Exchange Book at the current midpoint of the NBBO.
Phlx proposes to augment this provision to clarify the behavior of Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities that lock or cross a Protected Quotation. Specifically, a Non-Attributable Post-Only Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security entered through OUCH or FLITE may be adjusted in the following manner after initial entry and posting to the Phlx Book.
If entered at a price that locked a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that its price will no longer lock a Protected Quotation, the Post-Only Order will be adjusted to rank
If entered at a price that crossed a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that it can be ranked at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed, the Post-Only Order, based on the Participant's choice, may either be (i) cancelled or (ii) adjusted to rank at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed upon entry with its displayed price remaining unchanged.
If, after being posted on the Phlx Book, the non-displayed price of a resting Post-Only Order becomes locked or crossed by a Protected Quotation due to a change in the NBBO, or if the Post-Only Order is at an impermissible price under Regulation NMS or the Plan and it cannot otherwise be adjusted as above, the Post-Only Order will be cancelled.
In removing the current re-pricing functionality, Commentary .014 [sic], which addresses the behavior of current treatment of Price to Comply Orders, Price to Display Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders that are entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities, is no longer necessary.
Until December 12, 2016, the treatment of Price to Comply Orders, Price to Display Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders that are entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in Test Group Three securities shall be as follows:
Following entry, and if market conditions allow, a Price to Comply Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO until such time as the Price to Comply Order is able to be ranked and displayed at its original entered limit price.
Following entry, and if market conditions allow, a Price to Display Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO until such time as the Price to Display Order is able to be ranked and displayed at its original entered limit price.
Following entry, and if market conditions allow, a Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO up (down) to the Order's limit price.
Following entry, and if market conditions allow, the Post-Only Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO or the best price on the Exchange Book, as applicable until such time as the Post-Only Order is able to be ranked and displayed at its original entered limit price.
Finally, Phlx proposes to add language to Rule 3317(d)(1) to clarify the treatment of orders in a Test Group Three Security entered through the RASH or FIX protocols. Specifically, subject to the provisions set forth in the remainder of Rule 3317(d), if the entered limit price of an Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security, entered through RASH or FIX, locked or crossed a Protected Quotation and the NBBO changes so that the Order can be ranked closer to its original entered limit price, the price of the Order will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO. Phlx is proposing to make this change to clarify the current treatment of orders in Test Group Three Pilot Securities entered through RASH or FIX.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act because it clarifies the changes the Exchange is making to the handling of certain Order Types necessary to implement the requirements of the Plan on its System and, in the case of the changes of Rule 3317(d)(1), to clarify the current treatment of orders in Test Group Three Pilot Securities entered through RASH or FIX.
As a result of removing the current re-pricing functionality that applies to certain Order Types in Test Group Three Securities entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols, and due to the different functionality of the OUCH and FLITE protocols in comparison to the other applicable Phlx protocols, these Order Types will behave differently than is currently set forth in Rule 3317 when entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in certain instances. As noted above, these changes will adjust Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE when the Order has been ranked at a midpoint of the NBBO that then becomes impermissible due to changes in the NBBO. These changes also will adjust Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE in scenarios where the subsequent movement of the NBBO implicates the Trade-at prohibition with respect to the resting order.
By clarifying the behavior of certain Order Types in Test Group Three Pilot Securities entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols, the proposal will help allow market participants to continue to trade NMS Stocks, within quoting and trading requirements that are in compliance with the Plan, with certainty on how certain orders and trading interests would be treated. This, in turn, will help encourage market participants to continue to provide liquidity in the marketplace.
More generally, Phlx also notes that the Plan, which was approved by the Commission pursuant to an order issued by the Commission in reliance on Section 11A of the Act,
Finally, Phlx believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act because the proposed functionality will more closely align the handling of Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders that are entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols for Test Group Three Pilot Securities with the handling of such Orders entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols for Control Group, Test Group One and Test Group Two Securities than the current functionality in place for these Orders.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed changes are being made to establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to comply with the trading and quoting requirements specified in the Plan, of which other
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6)
The Exchange notes the proposed rule is intended to clarify the differences in the handling of certain orders entered into the system by different protocols. The Exchange notes that orders will be treated as consistently as possible across the Test Groups and the Control Group while complying with each grouping's varied quoting and trading requirements. Additionally, the Exchange proposed to remove Commentary .14 because it is no longer necessary.
The Commission believes that waiving the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest because the proposal clarifies the Exchange's rules and provides transparency to members with regards to the handling of certain orders entered via OUCH and FLITE as well as RASH or FIX protocols for locked or crossed orders in Test Group Three Pilot Securities. The Commission notes that the Exchange proposed to remove the functionality described in Commentary .14 and make the necessary corresponding systems changes in Partial Amendment No. 2 to Phlx-2016-92, which the Commission approved.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-Phlx-2016-121 and should be submitted on or before January 17, 2017.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend ISE Mercury Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02 in connection with business continuity and disaster recovery plans (“BC/DR Plans”) testing requirements for certain Members in connection with Regulation Systems Compliance and Integrity (“Regulation SCI”).
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend ISE Mercury Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02 to conform the current rule text regarding BC/DR Plans testing requirements with that of NASDAQ PHLX LLC (“Phlx”) Rule 926,
As adopted by the Commission, Regulation SCI applies to certain self-regulatory organizations (including the Exchange), alternative trading systems (“ATSs”), plan processors, and exempt clearing agencies (collectively, “SCI entities”), and requires these SCI entities to comply with requirements with respect to the automated systems central to the performance of their regulated activities. Among the requirements of Regulation SCI is Rule 1001(a)(2)(v), which requires the Exchange and other SCI entities to maintain “[b]usiness continuity and disaster recovery plans that include maintaining backup and recovery capabilities sufficiently resilient and geographically diverse and that are reasonably designed to achieve next business day resumption of trading and two-hour resumption of critical SCI systems following a wide-scale disruption.”
With respect to an SCI entity's BC/DR Plans, including its backup systems, paragraph (a) of Rule 1004 of Regulation SCI requires each SCI entity to: “[e]stablish standards for the designation of those members or participants that the SCI entity reasonably determines are, taken as a whole, the minimum necessary for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets in the event of the activation of such plans.”
As set forth below, in connection with Regulation SCI, the Exchange is proposing to amend ISE Mercury Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02 to conform with Phlx Rule 926, Nasdaq Rule 1170 and BX Rule 1170. Phlx Rule 926, Nasdaq Rule 1170 and BX Rule 1170 are similar to ISE Mercury Rule 803 at Supplementary Material.02, which incorporates the requirements of Rule 1004 of Regulation SCI as part of the Exchange's rules, and sets forth the notice, selection criteria and obligations of Members with respect to BC/DR Plans testing.
The Exchange proposes to adopt rule text from Phlx Rule 926(a), Nasdaq Rule 1170(a) and BX Rule 1170(a), which will set forth the Exchange's obligations with respect to the selection of Members for testing. Specifically, the proposed rule will require the Exchange to “[e]stablish standards for the designation of those Members that the Exchange reasonably determines are, taken as a whole, the minimum necessary for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets in the event of the activation of such plans.” The proposed rule further provides that “[s]uch standards may include volume-based and/or market share-based criteria, and may be adjusted from time to time by the Exchange.” Lastly, the proposed rule will require the Exchange to provide public notice of the standards that it adopts.
The Exchange is proposing to revise Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02, which will set forth the obligations of the Exchange and its Members with respect to testing, similar to Phlx Rule 926(b), Nasdaq Rule 1170(b) and BX Rule 1170(b). Specifically, the proposed rule will require the Exchange to “designate Members pursuant to the standards established in paragraph (a) of this rule and require participation by such designated Members in scheduled functional and performance testing of the operation of such plans, in the
Today, ISE Mercury's Rule similarly sets forth the Exchange's obligations with respect to the selection of Members for testing. Like the proposed rule change, these standards for the designation of those Members must be reasonably determined by the Exchange, when taken as a whole, to have the minimum necessary for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets in the event of the activation of such plans. ISE Mercury's Rule requires the Exchange to provide public notice of the standards that it adopts. Further, ISE Mercury's Rule requires Primary Market Makers (“PMMs”) to participate in scheduled functional and performance testing of the operation of such plans with a frequency of not less than once every 12 months. These standards remain substantially the same under the proposed rule change.
Today, ISE Mercury's Rule requires that at least 3 months prior to a scheduled functional and performance testing of the Exchange's business continuity and disaster recovery plans, the Exchange publishes the criteria to be used by the Exchange to determine which PMMs will be required to participate in such testing, and notifies those PMMs that are required to participate based on such criteria. The Phlx, Nasdaq and BX rules require at least 6 months prior notice to Members that are designated for mandatory testing. This change would expand the notice period. Also, ISE Mercury has specific provisions for PMMs with respect to selection for testing. Today, ISE Mercury provides that PMMs that have been determined by the Exchange to contribute a meaningful percentage of the Exchange's overall volume, measured on a quarterly or monthly basis, will be required to participate in scheduled functional and performance testing. The Exchange may also consider other factors in determining the PMMs that will be required to participate in scheduled functional and performance testing, including average daily volume traded on the Exchange measured on a quarterly or monthly basis, or PMMs who collectively account for a certain percentage of market share on the Exchange. The proposed rule text does not require a different treatment for PMMs as compared to other market participants. Today, Phlx, Nasdaq and BX select market participants based on volume and/or market share, regardless of market making activity. The proposed rule text would not specifically mandate PMMs however, given the importance of market makers on the Exchange and the volume they traditionally trade, they are likely to be required to participate in business continuity and disaster recovery plans under the proposed rule change as they are today.
The Exchange would continue to encourage all Members to connect to the Exchange's backup systems and to participate in testing of such systems;
The Exchange is proposing to initially select Members with the highest levels of trading volume on the Exchange over four calendar months (“Measurement Period”) as mandatory testing for Members [sic].
The proposed rule change is intended to provide consistency across the six options exchanges operated by Nasdaq, Inc. in regard to the standards established for the designation of Members that are required to participate in the Exchange's business continuity and disaster recovery testing. In turn, participants that are Members on multiple exchanges operated by Nasdaq, Inc. will be provided greater uniformity and ease of testing with the establishment of consistent standards across the multiple Nasdaq exchanges.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6 of the Act,
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. To the contrary, the proposal is not a competitive proposal but rather is necessary for the Exchange's compliance with Regulation SCI.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend the Exchange's data fees at Rule 7052 to replace the current $500 per month fee for both internal and external distribution of short sale data with two separate fees: (1) A $750 monthly fee for the distribution of short sale data to internal users, and (2) a $1,250 monthly fee for the distribution of short sale data to external users, as described further below.
While these amendments are effective upon filing, the Exchange has designated the proposed amendments to be operative on January 1, 2017.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The purpose of the proposed rule change is to replace the current $500 per month fee for both internal and external distribution of short sale data with two separate fees: (1) A $750 monthly fee for the distribution of short sale data to internal users, and (2) a $1,250 monthly fee for the distribution of short sale data to external users.
Nasdaq distributes two types of short sale data: (1) Daily Short Sale Volume files, and (2) Monthly Short Sale Transaction files.
The Daily Short Sale Volume files reflect the aggregate number of shares executed on the Nasdaq market during regular trading hours on a daily basis. At the security level, these files show the volume for executed short sales and the total trading volume for the Nasdaq market. The files include data for Nasdaq, NYSE and regional exchange-listed securities.
The Monthly Short Sale Transaction files provide a trade-by-trade record of all short sales executed on the Nasdaq execution system and reported to a consolidated tape in Nasdaq, NYSE and regional exchange-listed securities. The records include the transaction time, price and number of shares for every short sale transaction. The files are provided on a monthly basis, separated into daily files. Historical files are available from August 2005.
The current fee for internal and external distribution of the Daily Short Sale Volume and Monthly Short Sale Transaction files is $500 per month.
The Exchange proposes to replace the current $500 per month fee for both internal and external distribution of short sale data with two separate fees: (1) a $750 monthly fee for the distribution of short sale data to internal users, and (2) a $1,250 monthly fee for the distribution of short sale data to external users.
The purpose of the proposed rule change is to create a pricing system that better reflects the value of the product to our customers. External Distributors, unlike Internal Distributors, are typically compensated for the distribution of short sale data through subscription fees or other mechanisms. Some External Distributors incorporate short sale data into their own proprietary products, which they sell to downstream users. These distributors may not charge separately for the Nasdaq short sale data, but nevertheless gain value from the data by incorporating it into their product. The price increase for External Distributors reflects the additional value these distributors gain from the product.
In addition, the value of the short sale data has increased over time for all distributors that have purchased short sale data over a long period of time. Short sale data is frequently used to develop trading models, conduct analyses and assess long-term risks. As time passes, long-term distributors are able to accrue a larger database, rendering the data more valuable. The proposed price increases reflect the growing value of the data over time.
Purchases of the Daily Short Sale Volume and Monthly Short Sale Transaction files are entirely optional. These reports are not necessary to execute trades, but rather are typically used to develop trading models, conduct analyses and assess long-term risks. This type of activity is entirely at the discretion of the subscriber.
The proposed changes do not impact or raise the cost of any other Nasdaq product. Short sale reports from the Nasdaq BX and PSX Exchanges will continue to be provided free of charge, as they have been since 2010.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Commission and the courts have repeatedly expressed their preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. In Regulation NMS, while adopting a series of steps to improve the current market model, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.”
Likewise, in
Further, “[n]o one disputes that competition for order flow is `fierce.' . . . As the SEC explained, `[i]n the U.S. national market system, buyers and sellers of securities, and the broker-dealers that act as their order-routing agents, have a wide range of choices of where to route orders for execution'; [and] `no exchange can afford to take its market share percentages for granted' because `no exchange possesses a monopoly, regulatory or otherwise, in the execution of order flow from broker dealers'. . . .”
The Exchange believes that the proposal to replace the current fee of $500 per month for the internal and
The Exchange believes that the proposed change is an equitable allocation and is not unfairly discriminatory because the Exchange will apply the same fee to all similarly-situated distributors.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. In terms of inter-market competition, the Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive, or rebate opportunities available at other venues to be more favorable. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges and with alternative trading systems that have been exempted from compliance with the statutory standards applicable to exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited.
The proposed fees replace the current fee of $500 per month for the internal and external distribution of short sale data with a monthly fee of $750 per month for distribution to internal users, and a monthly fee of $1,250 for distribution to external users. If the changes proposed herein are unattractive to market participants, it is likely that the Exchange will lose market share as a result. Accordingly, the Exchange does not believe that the proposed changes will impair the ability of members or competing order execution venues to maintain their competitive standing in the financial markets.
Specifically, market forces constrain fees for Daily Short Sale Volume files and Monthly Short Sale Transaction files in three respects. First, all fees related to short sale data are constrained by competition among exchanges and other entities attracting order flow. Firms make decisions regarding short sale data and other proprietary data based on the total cost of interacting with the Exchange, and order flow would be harmed by the supracompetitive pricing of any proprietary data product. Second, prices for short sale data are constrained by the sale of short sale data by other exchanges. Third, competition among Distributors will constrain the cost of short sale data.
Fees related to short sale data are constrained by competition among exchanges and other entities seeking to attract order flow. Order flow is the “life blood” of the exchanges. Broker-dealers currently have numerous alternative venues for their order flow, including self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) markets, as well as internalizing broker-dealers (“BDs”) and various forms of alternative trading systems (“ATSs”), including dark pools and electronic communication networks (“ECNs”). Each SRO market competes to produce transaction reports via trade executions, and two FINRA-regulated Trade Reporting Facilities (“TRFs”) compete to attract internalized transaction reports. The existence of fierce competition for order flow implies a high degree of price sensitivity on the part of BDs, which may readily reduce costs by directing orders toward the lowest-cost trading venues.
The level of competition and contestability in the market for order flow is demonstrated by the numerous examples of entrants that swiftly grew into some of the largest electronic trading platforms and proprietary data producers: Archipelago, Bloomberg Tradebook, Island, RediBook, Attain, TracECN, BATS Trading and BATS/Direct Edge. A proliferation of dark pools and other ATSs operate profitably with fragmentary shares of consolidated market volume. For a variety of reasons, competition from new entrants, especially for order execution, has increased dramatically over the last decade.
Each SRO, TRF, ATS, and BD that competes for order flow is permitted to produce proprietary data products. Many currently do or have announced plans to do so, including NYSE, NYSE Amex, NYSE Arca, BATS, and IEX. This is because Regulation NMS deregulated the market for proprietary data. While BDs had previously published their proprietary data individually, Regulation NMS encourages market data vendors and BDs to produce proprietary products cooperatively in a manner never before possible. Order routers and market data vendors can facilitate production of proprietary data products for single or multiple BDs. The potential sources of proprietary products are virtually limitless.
The markets for order flow and proprietary data are inextricably linked: a trading platform cannot generate market information unless it receives trade orders. As a result, the competition for order flow constrains the prices that platforms can charge for proprietary data products. Firms make decisions on how much and what types of data to consume based on the total cost of interacting with Nasdaq and other exchanges. Data fees are but one factor in a total platform analysis. If the cost of the product exceeds its expected value, the broker-dealer will choose not to buy it. A supracompetitive increase in the fees charged for either transactions or proprietary data has the potential to impair revenues from both products. In this manner, the competition for order flow will constrain prices for proprietary data products.
The price of short sale data from Nasdaq is constrained by the availability of short sale data from other exchanges, such as NYSE and BATS. Short sale data is used to support various analytical tools, and Distributors would not pay an excessive price for such data when similar information is available from other sources.
Distributors provide another form of price discipline for proprietary data products. Distributors are in competition for users, and can simply refuse to purchase any proprietary data product that fails to provide sufficient value for the price. If the price of short sale data were set above competitive levels, Distributors purchasing such data would be at a disadvantage relative to their competitors, and would therefore either purchase a substitute or
In summary, market forces constrain the price of short sale data through competition for order flow, competition from substitute products, and in the competition among distributors for customers. For these reasons, the Exchange has provided a substantial basis demonstrating that the fee is equitable, fair, reasonable, and not unreasonably discriminatory, and therefore consistent with and in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend ISE Gemini Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02 in connection with business continuity and disaster recovery plans (“BC/DR Plans”) testing requirements for certain Members in connection with Regulation Systems Compliance and Integrity (“Regulation SCI”).
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend ISE Gemini Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02 to conform the current rule text regarding BC/DR Plans testing requirements with that of NASDAQ PHLX LLC (“Phlx”) Rule 926,
As adopted by the Commission, Regulation SCI applies to certain self-regulatory organizations (including the Exchange), alternative trading systems (“ATSs”), plan processors, and exempt clearing agencies (collectively, “SCI entities”), and requires these SCI entities to comply with requirements with respect to the automated systems central to the performance of their regulated activities. Among the requirements of Regulation SCI is Rule 1001(a)(2)(v), which requires the Exchange and other SCI entities to maintain “[b]usiness continuity and disaster recovery plans that include maintaining backup and recovery capabilities sufficiently resilient and geographically diverse and that are reasonably designed to achieve next business day resumption of trading and two-hour resumption of critical SCI systems following a wide-scale disruption.”
With respect to an SCI entity's BC/DR Plans, including its backup systems, paragraph (a) of Rule 1004 of Regulation SCI requires each SCI entity to: “[e]stablish standards for the designation of those members or participants that the SCI entity reasonably determines are, taken as a whole, the minimum necessary for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets in the event of the activation of such plans.”
As set forth below, in connection with Regulation SCI, the Exchange is proposing to amend ISE Gemini Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02 to conform with Phlx Rule 926, Nasdaq Rule 1170 and BX Rule 1170. Phlx Rule 926, Nasdaq Rule 1170 and BX Rule 1170 are similar to ISE Gemini Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02, which incorporates the requirements of Rule 1004 of Regulation SCI as part of the Exchange's rules, and sets forth the notice, selection criteria and obligations of Members with respect to BC/DR Plans testing.
The Exchange proposes to adopt rule text from Phlx Rule 926(a), Nasdaq Rule 1170(a) and BX Rule 1170(a), which will set forth the Exchange's obligations with respect to the selection of Members for testing. Specifically, the proposed rule will require the Exchange to “[e]stablish standards for the designation of those Members that the Exchange reasonably determines are, taken as a whole, the minimum necessary for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets in the event of the activation of such plans.” The proposed rule further provides that “[s]uch standards may include volume-based and/or market share-based criteria, and may be adjusted from time to time by the Exchange.” Lastly, the proposed rule will require the Exchange to provide public notice of the standards that it adopts.
The Exchange is proposing to revise Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02, which will set forth the obligations of the Exchange and its Members with respect to testing, similar to Phlx Rule 926(b), Nasdaq Rule 1170(b) and BX Rule 1170(b). Specifically, the proposed rule will require the Exchange to “designate Members pursuant to the standards established in paragraph (a) of this rule and require participation by such designated Members in scheduled functional and performance testing of the operation of such plans, in the manner and frequency specified by the Exchange, provided that such frequency shall not be less than once every 12 months.” Moreover, the proposed rule will require the Exchange to provide at least 6 months prior notice to Members that are designated for mandatory testing. Lastly, the proposed rule will provide notice that participation in testing is a condition of membership for Members that are designated for testing.
Today, ISE Gemini's Rule similarly sets forth the Exchange's obligations with respect to the selection of Members for testing. Like the proposed rule change, these standards for the designation of those Members must be reasonably determined by the Exchange, when taken as a whole, to have the minimum necessary for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets in the event of the activation of such plans. ISE Gemini's Rule requires the Exchange to provide public notice of the standards that it adopts. Further, ISE Gemini's Rule requires Primary Market Makers (“PMMs”) to participate in scheduled functional and performance testing of the operation of such plans with a frequency of not less than once every 12 months. These standards remain substantially the same under the proposed rule change.
Today, ISE Gemini's Rule requires that at least 3 months prior to a scheduled functional and performance testing of the Exchange's business continuity and disaster recovery plans, the Exchange publishes the criteria to be used by the Exchange to determine which PMMs will be required to participate in such testing, and notifies those PMMs that are required to participate based on such criteria. The Phlx, Nasdaq and BX rules require at least 6 months prior notice to Members that are designated for mandatory testing. This change would expand the notice period. Also, ISE Gemini has specific provisions for PMMs with respect to selection for testing. Today, ISE Gemini provides that PMMs that have been determined by the Exchange to contribute a meaningful percentage of the Exchange's overall volume, measured on a quarterly or monthly basis, will be required to participate in scheduled functional and performance testing. The Exchange may also consider other factors in determining the PMMs that will be required to participate in scheduled functional and performance testing, including average daily volume traded on the Exchange measured on a quarterly or monthly basis, or PMMs who collectively account for a certain percentage of market share on the Exchange. The proposed rule text does not require a different treatment for PMMs as compared to other market participants. Today, Phlx, Nasdaq and BX select market participants based on volume and/or market share, regardless of market making activity. The proposed rule text would not specifically mandate PMMs however, given the importance of market makers on the Exchange and the volume they traditionally trade, they are likely to be required to participate in business continuity and disaster recovery plans under the proposed rule change as they are today.
The Exchange would continue to encourage all Members to connect to the Exchange's backup systems and to
The Exchange is proposing to initially select Members with the highest levels of trading volume on the Exchange over four calendar months (“Measurement Period”) as mandatory testing for Members [sic].
The proposed rule change is intended to provide consistency across the six options exchanges operated by Nasdaq, Inc. in regard to the standards established for the designation of Members that are required to participate in the Exchange's business continuity and disaster recovery testing. In turn, participants that are Members on multiple exchanges operated by Nasdaq, Inc. will be provided greater uniformity and ease of testing with the establishment of consistent standards across the multiple Nasdaq exchanges.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6 of the Act,
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. To the contrary, the proposal is not a competitive proposal but rather is necessary for the Exchange's compliance with Regulation SCI.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
The Exchange proposes to adopt Rule 6.56 regarding “compression forums.” The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site (
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to adopt Rule 6.56 (Compression Forums) to describe the Exchange's “compression forum” process. Under proposed Rule 6.56, the Exchange would facilitate closing-only transactions in series of S&P 500(R) Index (“SPX”) options on the final three trading days of each calendar month as described below.
The Exchange's proposal is intended to provide a procedure for Trading Permit Holders (“TPHs”) to efficiently reduce open positions in series of SPX options at the end of each calendar month in order to mitigate the effects of capital constraints on market participants and help ensure continued depth of liquidity in the SPX options market.
SEC Rule 15c3-1 (Net Capital Requirements for Brokers or Dealers) (“Net Capital Rules”) requires that every registered broker-dealer maintain certain specified minimum levels of capital.
All Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) clearing members are subject to the Net Capital Rules. However, a subset of clearing members are subsidiaries of U.S. bank holding companies, which, due to their affiliations with their parent U.S. bank holding companies, must comply with additional bank regulatory capital requirements pursuant to rulemaking required under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
The Exchange believes that these regulatory capital requirements could impede efficient use of capital and undermine the critical liquidity role that Market-Makers play in the SPX options market by limiting the amount of capital CTPHs can allocate to clearing member transactions. Specifically, the rules may cause CTPHs to impose stricter position limits on their clearing members. These stricter position limits may impact the liquidity Market-Makers might supply in the SPX market, and this impact may be compounded when a CTPH has multiple Market-Maker client accounts, each having largely risk-neutral portfolio holdings.
The Exchange believes that permitting TPHs to reduce open interest in offsetting SPX options positions would have a beneficial effect on the bank regulatory capital requirements of CTPHs' parent companies without adversely affecting the quality of the SPX options market. Accordingly, the Exchange seeks to codify a process in the rules to encourage the compression of open interest in SPX at the end of each calendar month. The Exchange believes that periodic reductions in open interest would likely contribute additional liquidity and continued competitiveness to the SPX market. In addition, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change will promote more efficient capital deployment in light of the regulatory capital requirements rules and help ensure depth of liquidity in the SPX options market.
Currently, TPHs seeking to reduce open interest in SPX options for regulatory capital purposes could simply trade out of positions at the end of each month as they would trade any open positions. However, the Exchange believes that wide-scale reduction of open interest in SPX options in such a manner is burdensome. First, the range of positions held by different TPHs in SPX varies greatly. In some cases, a TPH may hold positions in thousands of series of SPX. With no way of efficiently determining whether opposite (long/short) open interest is present in the trading crowd or whether there is counterparty interest for a particular closing transaction across multiple series, in order to close a position, a TPH would need to represent an order and wait for a response, if any. Second, given that there are more than 10,000 series of SPX held by numerous TPHs, attempting to close positions during normal trading is inefficient and sometimes ineffective. Accordingly, the Exchange proposes to adopt a procedure to facilitate these types of transactions on the Exchange in proposed Rule 6.56. The Exchange believes that its proposal would allow TPHs seeking to close positions in SPX options to more easily identify counterparty interest and efficiently conduct closing transactions in SPX options on the Exchange without interfering with normal SPX trading.
In general, the process described in proposed Rule 6.56 would permit TPHs to submit lists of open positions to the Exchange that they wish to close against opposing (long/short) positions of other TPHs, which the Exchange would then aggregate into a single list that would allow TPHs to more easily identify those positions with counterparty interest on the Exchange. The Exchange would then provide a forum in the SPX trading crowd during which TPHs could conduct closing-only transactions in series of SPX options.
The procedure for conducting a compression forum would be set forth in paragraph (a) to proposed Rule 6.56. Under paragraph (a)(1), prior to the close of Regular Trading Hours on the fourth to last business day of each calendar month, in a manner and format determined by the Exchange, a TPH could provide the Exchange with a list of open SPX options positions with either a required capital charge equal to the minimum capital charge pursuant to the risk-based haircut (“RBH”) calculator in OCC's rules
Under paragraph (a)(1) to proposed Rule 6.56, TPHs may also permit their CTPHs or the Clearing Corporation to submit a list of these positions to the Exchange on their behalf.
Under paragraph (a)(2) of proposed Rule 6.56, prior to the open of Regular Trading Hours on the third to last business day of each calendar month, the Exchange would make available
Under paragraph (a)(3) to proposed Rule 6.56, in addition to making the compression-list positions file available to all TPHs, the Exchange would electronically send the compression-list positions file to the TPHs that submitted compression-list positions to the Exchange pursuant to paragraph (a)(1), including a list of those TPHs that contributed to the compression-list positions file. The list will not include the name of any TPH that requests its name be excluded from this list. Pursuant to paragraph (a)(3), TPHs would be identified as having contributed to the list only and would not be identified as holding any specific position. The Exchange believes this process to identify TPHs that seek to close compression-list positions in advance of a compression forum will increase opportunities for TPHs to ultimately close compression-list positions during a compression forum while, at the same time, providing the opportunity for anonymity. TPHs that do not want to be listed as having contributed compression-list positions may inform the Exchange and will not be included in the listed TPHs.
Under paragraph (a)(4) of proposed Rule 6.56, the Exchange would conduct an open outcry “compression forum” in which all TPHs may participate
Under paragraph (b) of proposed Rule 6.56, trades executed during compression forums would be subject to trading rules applicable to trading in SPX during Regular Trading Hours, including manner of bids and offers and allocation and priority rules, except: (1) Only closing transactions in SPX options (including compression-list positions) may be executed during a compression forum; and (2) the minimum increment for all series will be $0.01 during a compression forum. In other words, although trades executed during a compression forum may only be closing transactions and may be in penny increments within a specified timeframe and at a specific location on the trading floor, trades executing during a compression forum will occur in the same manner as all other open outcry SPX trades, including in accordance with systemization requirements under Rule 6.24, and order allocation and priority rules under Rule 6.45B(b). The purpose of the compression forum would simply be to facilitate closing transactions in series of SPX options so that TPHs would have the opportunity to free up capital and eliminate riskless and low delta positions that they may otherwise hold until expiration.
Notably, TPHs would not be required to submit a list of positions to the Exchange pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) in order to participate in a compression forum, and positions SPX series other
Under paragraph (c) to proposed Rule 6.56, and as noted above in the example, TPHs would be permitted to communicate with other TPHs to determine: A TPH's open single-legged or multi-legged SPX positions and/or (2) whether a TPH anticipates participating in a compression forum at a particular date and time. During these communications, TPHs may not discuss the price of a potential transaction involving these positions during a compression forum. Trades executed during a compression forum pursuant to proposed Rule 6.56 and otherwise in compliance with the Rules would not be deemed prearranged trades in violation of the Rules.
Finally, paragraph (d) to proposed Rule 6.56 states the Exchange will announce to TPHs determinations it makes pursuant to the proposed rule via Regulatory Circular with reasonable notice.
The following is an example of how the compression forum process would work under paragraph (a) of proposed Rule 6.56. On December 20, 2016, the Exchange issues a regulatory circular stating a compression forum will be held on December 28 and 29 between 10:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m. each day, and on December 30 between 9:00 a.m. and 12:00 p.m. The circular and [sic] invites all TPHs to submit a passwordprotected .CSV file containing SPX positions with either a required capital charge equal to the minimum capital charge under Clearing Corporation rules risk-based haircut calculator and/or positions in series of SPX options with a delta of ten (10) or less via email with appropriate security measures containing the following fields: MARKET PARTICIPANT; SYMBOL, EXPIRATION DATE, STRIKE, CALL/PUT (either call or put), and SIZE (negative size denoting short size). The circular notes that all submissions must be received by the Exchange no later than December 27, 2016 at 3:15 p.m. Additionally, the circular notes a TPH should state in its email to CBOE if it does not want its name with the other submitting TPHs. Additionally, each submitting TPH must designate a point person.
Prior to 3:15 p.m. on December 27, 2016, the Exchange receives the following .CSV files: XYZ closing postions.csv; ABC closing trades.csv; and 123 compression.csv.
The email identify the following point people: XYZ Trading Firm—John Smith; ABC Trading Firm—Jane Doe; and 123 Trading Company—Sam Jones. No TPH requests to remain anonymous.
The Exchange then aggregates the closing positions and publishes the aggregated position data on its Web site for series of SPX options with two-sided compression-list positions submitted to the Exchange. Additionally, it distributes the list, as well as the TPHs that submitted individual position lists, to those TPHs:
Following the dissemination of the .CSV file, TPHs discuss the positions included in the disseminated .CSV file with the designated leads in order to determine when each intended to participate in an upcoming compression forum. Each TPH coordinates with another TPH that holds an opposite position when they will be present at one of the upcoming compression forums. During the compression forums held on December 28 through 30, these three TPHs conducted the following trades:
1. 123 Trading sells 25 SPXW 12/30/16 1500 C to each of ABC Trading and XYZ Trading.
2. XYZ Trading sells 25 SPXW 12/30/16 1505 P to ABC Trading.
3. XYZ Trading sells 200 butterflies consisting of 200 SPXW 1/8/2016 1800 C, 400 SPXW 1/8/2016 1850 C, and 200 SPXW 1/8/16 1900 C to 123 Trading.
4. 123 Trading sells 12 SPXW 12/30/2016 2460 C to each of ABC Trading and XYZ Trading (and the parties determine which of ABC Trading and XYZ Trading receive the extra contract).
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
In particular, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is reasonable, equitable, and does not unfairly discriminate against any market participants. The Exchange notes that all TPHs with open SPX positions may participate in a compression forum in accordance with the proposed procedure. Other market participants with open SPX positions may participate through CBOE floor brokers, as they would for any other SPX trading. Participation in compression forums, as well as advanced submission of compression-list positions, is optional, and TPHs may continue to attempt to trade open SPX positions during normal trading.
The Exchange believes it is reasonable, equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to limit compression-list positions to certain riskless and low delta positions and trading in compression forums to closing only transactions because these types of positions and transactions will result in large bank regulatory capital requirements impacts for CTPHs even though there is minimal chance for large losses to occur. The Exchange notes that if opening transactions were permitted during a compression forum, it would defeat the purpose of the proposed rule, which is to encourage the closing of positions that are creating high bank regulatory capital requirements, often with positions that are of low economic benefit and risk and could otherwise be offset. The Exchange notes that there are other circumstances involving liquidity concerns in which the Exchange limits transactions in particular securities to closing only transactions. For example, the Exchange [sic] transactions in restricted option classes to [sic] closing only (subject to certain exceptions).
In addition, the Exchange believes it's reasonable, equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to limit the compression forum process to SPX options (including SPXW and SPXPM) because SPX has a substantially higher notional value than other options classes. As such, open interest in SPX has a much greater effect on a bank's regulatory capital requirements. Compressing out-of-the-money and riskless SPX option positions therefore has a greater impact on reducing a bank regulatory capital requirement.
Furthermore, the Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with the Act in that it seeks to mitigate the potentially negative effects of the bank capital requirements on liquidity in the SPX options market. As described above, the Exchange believes that the new regulatory capital requirements could potentially impede efficient use of capital and undermine the critical liquidity role that Market-Makers play in the SPX options market by limiting the amount of capital CTPHs an [sic] allocate to clearing member transactions. Specifically, the rules may cause CTPHs to impose stricter position limits on their clearing members. In turn, this could force Market-Makers to reduce the size of their quotes in SPX and result in reduced liquidity in the market. The Exchange believes that permitting TPHs to reduce open interest in offsetting SPX options positions would likely contribute to the availability of liquidity in the SPX options market and help ensure that the SPX options market retains its competitive balance. The Exchange believes that the proposed rule would serve to protect investors by helping to ensure consistent continued depth of liquidity in the SPX options market.
The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act, because the proposed procedure is consistent with its current rules. The proposed rule would direct that all trading during compression forums be conducted in accordance with normal SPX trading rules and thus, all transactions that would occur during compression forums would occur in the same manner as transactions during normal SPX trading, except transactions must be closing only and may be in penny increments. This process is narrowly tailored for a for [sic] the specific purpose of facilitating the closing of positions in the SPX options market, which the Exchange believes will serve to protect investors by helping to ensure continued depth of liquidity in the SPX options market. The Exchange also notes the proposed provisions regarding the position lists are optional procedures to help facilitate compression transactions. Submission of lists of positions for compression is completely voluntary, open to all TPHs, and non-binding, in that submission of a list does not require a TPH to trade any position or even represent any position in a trading crowd. Furthermore, the list of positions will be made available to all market participants and contain very limited information regarding open interest in positions in SPX. The list will not advantage or disadvantage any TPH, but rather simply alert TPHs to certain SPX positions that other TPHs are interested in closing at the end of each calendar month.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the Act because it applies to all market participants in the same manner with positions that meet the eligible criteria. The proposed change would encourage the closing of positions that needlessly result in burdensome capital requirements, which, once closed, would alleviate the capital requirement constraints on TPHs and improve overall market liquidity by freeing capital currently tied up in certain unwanted SPX positions. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule changes will impose any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act because the proposed rule change applies only to the trading of SPX options, which are exclusively-listed on CBOE. To the extent that the proposed changes make the Exchange a more attractive marketplace for market participants at other exchanges, such market participants are welcome to become CBOE market participants. Furthermore, as stated in Item 3(b) above, submission of lists of positions for compression is completely voluntary, open to all TPHs, and non-binding, in that submission of a list does not require a TPH to trade any position or even represent any position in a trading crowd. Lists of positions will be made available to all TPHs and contain very limited information regarding open interest in positions in SPX. The list will simply alert TPHs to certain SPX positions that other TPHs are interested in closing at the end of each calendar month.
The Exchange neither solicited nor received written comments on the proposed rule change.
The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
The Exchange has asked the Commission to waive the 30-day operative delay to allow the compression forum process to begin in December 2016 and trading to take place on the final three days of trading in 2016. The Exchange stated that it is requesting this waiver because it believes that bank capital requirements will have substantial adverse consequences on some CTPHs if TPHs are not able to sufficiently reduce their open interest in SPX by the end of the year. The Exchange understands that bank-imposed capital limits for TPHs, measured at the end of the year and based on the aggregate notional value of short positions regardless of offsets, may impact CTPHs and the firms for which they clear depending on the open interest they hold. CBOE believes, as it explained above, that the impact of these rules uniquely affects the SPX options market due to the large notional value of SPX contracts. In response, CTPHs may impose stricter position limits on the firms for which they clear and, to the extent they do so, it may effectively limit the amount of liquidity that some TPHs, notably Market-Makers, will be able to provide in SPX options. The Exchange believes that it is in the best interest of investors to use this new compression forum process to help foster continued liquidity in the SPX options market by allowing firms to free up capital by finding opportunities to trade out of relatively worthless positions.
The Commission believes that waiving the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest because this waiver will enable the Exchange to hold compression forums for SPX options prior to the end of the year, thereby helping to facilitate transactions and remove impediments to year-end trading in SPX options, through a limited process designed to protect investors and the public interest. The Commission notes that CBOE's compression forum rule is limited in its application, involves no material changes to how trading is conducted on the Exchange, creates a process in which participation is voluntary and open to all, and is provided as a means to help Market Makers and other market participants, as well as their clearing brokers, avoid the need to limit their activities as a result of out-of-the-money positions on SPX options that such firms wish to exit. For this reason, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay requirement and designates the proposed rule change as operative upon filing.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to amend the Market Data section of its fee schedule to: (i) Adopt fees for a new market data product called BYX Summary Depth; and (ii) amend the fees for BYX Depth.
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend the Market Data section of its fee schedule to: (i) Adopt fees for a new market data product called BYX Summary Depth; and (ii) amend the fees for BYX Depth.
BYX Summary Depth is a data feed that will provide aggregated two-sided quotations for all displayed orders entered into the System
The Exchange now proposes to amend its fee schedule to incorporate fees for distribution of BYX Summary Depth to subscribers.
External Distributors that receive BYX Summary Depth will be required to count every Professional User and Non-Professional User to which they provide BYX Summary Depth, the requirements for which are identical to that currently in place for other market data products offered by the Exchange.
• In connection with an External Distributor's distribution of BYX Summary Depth, the Distributor should count as one User each unique User that the Distributor has entitled to have access to BYX Summary Depth. However, where a device is dedicated specifically to a single individual, the Distributor should count only the individual and need not count the device.
• The External Distributor should identify and report each unique User. If a User uses the same unique method to gain access to BYX Summary Depth, the Distributor should count that as one User. However, if a unique User uses multiple methods to gain access to BYX Summary Depth (
• External Distributors should report each unique individual person who receives access through multiple devices as one User so long as each device is dedicated specifically to that individual.
• If an External Distributor entitles one or more individuals to use the same device, the External Distributor should include only the individuals, and not the device, in the count.
Each External Distributor will receive a credit against its monthly Distribution Fee for BYX Summary Depth equal to the amount of its monthly Usage Fees up to a maximum of the Distribution Fee for BYX Summary Depth. For example, an External Distributor will be subject to a $2,500 monthly Distribution Fee where they receive BYX Summary Depth. If that External Distributor reports User quantities totaling $2,500 or more of monthly usage of BYX Summary Depth, it will pay no net Distribution Fee, whereas if that same External Distributor were to report User quantities totaling $1,500 of monthly usage, it will pay a net of $1,000 for the Distribution Fee. External Distributors will remain subject to the per User fees discussed above.
BYX Depth is an uncompressed market data feed that provides depth-of-book quotations and execution information based on equity orders entered into the System.
The Exchange intends to implement the proposed fee change on January 3, 2017.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the objectives of Section 6 of the Act,
The Exchange also believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 11(A) of the Act
In addition, the proposed fees would not permit unfair discrimination because all of the Exchange's customers and market data vendors will be subject to the proposed fees on an equivalent basis. BYX Summary Depth and BYX Depth are distributed and purchased on a voluntary basis, in that neither the Exchange nor market data distributors are required by any rule or regulation to make this data available. Accordingly, Distributors and Users can discontinue use at any time and for any reason, including due to an assessment of the reasonableness of fees charged. Firms have a wide variety of alternative market data products from which to choose, such as similar proprietary data products offered by other exchanges and consolidated data. Moreover, the Exchange is not required to make any proprietary data products available or to offer any specific pricing alternatives to any customers.
In addition, the fees that are the subject of this rule filing are constrained by competition. As explained below in the Exchange's Statement on Burden on Competition, the existence of alternatives to BYX Summary Depth and BYX Depth further ensures that the Exchange cannot set unreasonable fees, or fees that are unreasonably discriminatory, when vendors and subscribers can elect such alternatives. That is, the Exchange competes with other exchanges (and their affiliates) that provide similar market data products. If another exchange (or its affiliate) were to charge less to distribute its similar product than the Exchange charges to consolidate and distribute BYX Summary Depth and BYX Depth, prospective Users likely would not subscribe to, or would cease subscribing to, BYX Summary Depth and BYX Depth.
The Exchange notes that the Commission is not required to undertake a cost-of-service or rate-making approach. The Exchange believes that, even if it were possible as a matter of economic theory, cost-based pricing for non-core market data would be so complicated that it could not be done practically.
In addition, the proposed fees are reasonable when compared to similar fees for comparable products offered by the NYSE and Nasdaq. Specifically, NYSE offers NYSE OpenBook for a monthly fee of $60.00 per professional subscriber and $15 per non-professional subscriber.
The Exchange further believes that the proposed Enterprise Fee is reasonable because it will simplify reporting for certain recipients that have large numbers of Professional and Non-Professional Users. Firms that pay the proposed Enterprise Fee will not have to report the number of Users on a monthly basis as they currently do, but rather will only have to count natural person users every six months, which is a significant reduction in administrative burden. Finally, the Exchange believes that it is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to establish an Enterprise Fee because it reduces the Exchange's costs and the Distributor's administrative burdens in tracking and auditing large numbers of Users.
The proposed Digital Media Enterprise Fee is equitable and reasonable because it will also enable recipient firms to more widely distribute data from BYX Summary Depth to investors for informational purposes at a lower cost than is available today. For example, a recipient firm may purchase an Enterprise license in the amount of $20,000 per month for to receive BYX Summary Depth from an External Distributor for an unlimited number of Professional and Non-Professional Users, which is greater than the proposed Digital Media Enterprise Fee. The Exchange also believes the amount of the Digital Media Enterprise Fee is reasonable as compared to the existing enterprise fees discussed above because the distribution of BYX Summary Depth data is limited to television, Web sites, and mobile devices for informational purposes only, while distribution of BYX Summary Depth data pursuant to an Enterprise license contains no such limitation. The Exchange also believes that the
In addition, the proposed fees are reasonable when compared to similar fees for comparable products offered by the NYSE and Nasdaq. Specifically, NYSE offers NYSE OpenBook Ultra for a monthly fee of $60.00 per professional subscriber and $15 per non-professional subscriber.
The Exchange further believes that the proposed Enterprise Fee is reasonable because it will simplify reporting for certain recipients that have large numbers of Professional and Non-Professional Users. Firms that pay the proposed Enterprise Fee will not have to report the number of Users on a monthly basis as they currently do, but rather will only have to count natural person users every six months, which is a significant reduction in administrative burden. Finally, the Exchange believes that it is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to establish an Enterprise Fee because it reduces the Exchange's costs and the Distributor's administrative burdens in tracking and auditing large numbers of Users.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. The Exchange's ability to price BYX Depth and BYX Summary Depth is constrained by: (i) Competition among exchanges, other trading platforms, and Trade Reporting Facilities (“TRF”) that compete with each other in a variety of dimensions; (ii) the existence of inexpensive real-time consolidated data and market-specific data and free delayed data; and (iii) the inherent contestability of the market for proprietary data.
The Exchange and its market data products are subject to significant competitive forces and the proposed fees represent responses to that competition. To start, the Exchange competes intensely for order flow. It competes with the other national securities exchanges that currently trade equities, with electronic communication networks, with quotes posted in FINRA's Alternative Display Facility, with alternative trading systems, and with securities firms that primarily trade as principal with their customer order flow.
In addition, BYX Summary Depth and BYX Depth compete with a number of alternative products. For instance, BYX Summary Depth and BYX Depth do provide a complete picture of all trading activity in a security. Rather, the other national securities exchanges, the several TRFs of FINRA, and Electronic Communication Networks (“ECN”) that produce proprietary data all produce trades and trade reports. Each is currently permitted to produce last sale information products, and many currently do, including Nasdaq and NYSE. In addition, market participants can gain access to BYX last sale and depth-of-book quotations, though integrated with the prices of other markets, on feeds made available through the SIPs.
In sum, the availability of a variety of alternative sources of information imposes significant competitive pressures on Exchange data products and the Exchange's compelling need to attract order flow imposes significant competitive pressure on the Exchange to act equitably, fairly, and reasonably in setting the proposed data product fees. The proposed data product fees are, in part, responses to that pressure. The Exchange believes that the proposed fees would reflect an equitable allocation of its overall costs to users of its facilities.
In addition, when establishing the proposed fees, the Exchange considered the competitiveness of the market for proprietary data and all of the implications of that competition. The Exchange believes that it has considered all relevant factors and has not considered irrelevant factors in order to establish fair, reasonable, and not unreasonably discriminatory fees and an equitable allocation of fees among all Users. The existence of alternatives to BYX Depth and BYX Summary Depth, including existing similar feeds by other exchanges, consolidated data, and proprietary data from other sources, ensures that the Exchange cannot set
Lastly, the Exchange represents that the increase in pricing of BYX Depth and the proposed pricing of the BYX Summary Feed would continue to enable a competing vendor to create a competing product to the Exchange's Bats One Feed on the same price and latency basis as the Exchange. The Bats One Feed is a data feed that disseminates, on a real-time basis, the aggregate BBO of all displayed orders for securities traded on each of the Bats Exchanges and for the Bats Exchanges report quotes under the CTA Plan or the Nasdaq/UTP Plan. The Bats One Feed also contains the individual last sale information for the Bats Exchanges (collectively with the aggregate BBO, the “Bats One Summary Feed”). In addition, the Bats One Feed contains optional functionality which enables recipients to receive aggregated two-sided quotations from the Bats Exchanges for up to five (5) price levels (“Bats One Premium Feed”).
When adopting the Bats One Feed, the Exchange represented that a vendor could create a competing product based in the data feed used to construct the Bats One Feed on the same cost and latency basis as the Exchange.
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received written comments on the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 4770 (Compliance with Regulation NMS Plan to Implement a Tick Size Pilot) relating to the handling to certain Order Types in Test Group Three Pilot Securities in connection with the Regulation NMS Plan to Implement a Tick Size Pilot Program (“Plan” or “Pilot”).
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
On September 7, 2016, the Exchange filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “Commission”) a proposed rule change (“Proposal”) to adopt paragraph (d) to Exchange Rule 4770 to describe changes to system functionality necessary to implement the Plan. The Exchange also proposed amendments to Rule 4770(a) and (c) to clarify how the Trade-at exception may be satisfied. The SEC published the Proposal in the
In SR-BX-2016-050, BX had initially proposed a re-pricing functionality for Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Group Three Pilot Securities.
In that amendment, BX noted that this change would only impact the treatment of Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only orders that are submitted through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities, as these types of Orders that are currently submitted to BX through the RASH or FIX protocols are already subject to this re-pricing functionality and will remain subject to this functionality under the Pilot.
In the Amendment, BX further noted that its systems are currently programmed so that Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders and Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities may be adjusted repeatedly to reflect changes to the NBBO and/or the best price on the BX book. BX stated that it was re-programming its systems to remove this functionality for Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders and Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities. In the Amendment, BX stated that it anticipated that this re-programming shall be completed no later than November 30, 2016. If it appeared that this functionality would remain operational by October 17, 2016, BX indicated that it would file a proposed rule change with the SEC and will provide notice to market participants sufficiently in advance of that date to provide effective notice. The rule change and the notice to market participants will describe the current operation of the BX systems in this regard, and the timing related to the re-programming.
On October 17, 2016, BX filed a proposal to extend the date by which it would complete the re-programing of its systems to eliminate the re-pricing functionality in Test Group Three Pilot Securities for Price to Comply Orders, Price to Display Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders that are entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols.
Subsequent to the approval of SR-BX-2016-050, BX become aware that this re-pricing functionality
The Exchange has now completed the re-programming its systems to eliminate the re-pricing functionality in Test Group Three Pilot Securities for Price to Comply Orders, Price to Display Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders that are entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols. However, as a result of removing the re-pricing functionality, there are instances, due to the different functionality of the OUCH and FLITE protocols in comparison to the other applicable Exchange protocols, where the behavior of certain Order Types entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities will differ from the behavior of those Order Types as set forth in Rule 4770; specifically, the behavior of Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols when the Order locks or crosses a Protected Quotation. As discussed below, BX is therefore amending Rule 4770 to clarify these differences. Although the changes made to Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE reflect the different functionality of the OUCH and FLITE protocols in comparison with the other BX protocols, the proposed changes treat Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Securities as consistently as possible with such orders entered through OUCH and FLITE in Control Group Securities, and Test Group One and Test Group Two Securities. These changes will adjust Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE when the Order has been ranked at a midpoint of the NBBO that then becomes impermissible due to changes in the NBBO.
Currently, Rule 4770(d)(2) states that a Price to Comply Order in a Test Group Pilot Security will operate as described in Rule 4702(b)(1) except as provided under this paragraph. If a Price to Comply Order for a Test Group Three Pilot Security is partially executed upon entry and the remainder would lock a Protected Quotation of another market center, the unexecuted portion of the Order will be cancelled. If the Order is not executable against any previously posted orders on the Exchange Book, and the limit price of a buy (sell) Price to Comply Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security would lock or cross a Protected Quotation of another market center, the Order will display at one minimum price increment below (above) the Protected Quotation, and the Order will be ranked on the Exchange Book at the current midpoint of the NBBO.
BX proposes to augment this provision to clarify the behavior of Price to Comply Orders entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities that lock or cross a Protected Quotation. Specifically, a Price to Comply Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security entered through OUCH or FLITE may be adjusted in the following manner after initial entry and posting to the BX Book.
If entered at a price that locked a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that its price will no longer lock a Protected Quotation, the Price to Comply Order will be adjusted to rank and display at its original entered limit price.
If entered at a price that crossed a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that it can be ranked at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed, the Price to Comply Order, based on the participant's choice, may either be (i) cancelled or (ii) adjusted to rank at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed upon entry with its displayed price remaining unchanged.
If, after being posted on the BX Book, the non-displayed price of a Price to Comply Order becomes locked or crossed by a Protected Quotation due to a change in the NBBO, or if the Price to Comply Order is at an impermissible price under Regulation NMS or the Plan and it cannot otherwise be adjusted as above, the Price to Comply Order will be cancelled.
BX notes that a Price to Comply Order, Non-Displayed Order, or Post-Only Order entered through OUCH or FLITE in either a Control Group Security, a Test Group One Pilot Security or a Test Group Two Pilot Security would only cancel if the resting order is crossed (not locked) by a Protected Quotation due to a change in the NBBO.
Currently, Rule 4770(d)(3) states that a Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Pilot Security will operate as described in Rule 4702(b)(3) except as provided under this paragraph. A resting Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot security cannot execute at the price of a Protected Quotation of another market center unless the incoming Order otherwise qualifies for an exception to the Trade-at prohibition provided under Rule 4770(c)(3)(D). If the limit price of a buy (sell) Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security would lock or cross a Protected Quotation of another market center, the Order will be ranked on the Exchange Book at either one minimum price increment below (above) the National Best Offer (National Best Bid) or at the midpoint of the NBBO, whichever is higher (lower). For a Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security entered through RASH or FIX, if after being posted to the Exchange Book, the NBBO changes so that the Non-Displayed Order would no longer be executable at its posted price due to the requirements of Regulation NMS or the Plan, the Non-Displayed Order will be repriced to a price that is at either one minimum price increment below (above) the National Best Offer (National Best Bid) or at the midpoint of the NBBO, whichever is higher (lower) and will receive a new timestamp.
BX proposes to amend this provision to clarify the behavior of Non-Displayed Orders entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities that lock or cross a Protected Quotation. Specifically, a Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security entered through OUCH or FLITE may be adjusted in the following manner after initial entry and posting to the BX Book.
If entered at a price that locked a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that its price would no longer lock a Protected Quotation, the Non-Displayed Order will be adjusted to rank at its original entered limit price.
If entered at a price that crossed a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that it can be ranked at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed, the Order, based on the Participant's choice, may either be (i) cancelled or (ii) adjusted to rank at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed.
If entered at a price that locked or crossed a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that it cannot be ranked at the price of the Protected Quotation it locked or crossed but can be ranked closer to its original limit price, the Non-Displayed Order will be adjusted to the new midpoint of the NBBO.
BX notes that a Non-Displayed Order entered through OUCH or FLITE in either a Control Group Security, a Test Group One Pilot Security or a Test Group Two Pilot Security would be ranked at the locking price upon entry.
If, after being posted on the BX Book, the Non-Displayed Order becomes locked or crossed by a Protected Quotation due to a change in the NBBO, or if the Non-Displayed Order is at an impermissible price under Regulation NMS or the Plan and it cannot otherwise be adjusted as above, the Non-Displayed Order will be cancelled.
Currently, Rule 4770(d)(4) states that a Post-Only Order in a Test Group Pilot Security will operate as described in Rule 4702(b)(4) except as provided under this paragraph. For orders that are not attributable, if the limit price of a buy (sell) Post-Only Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security would lock or cross a Protected Quotation of another market center, the Order will display at one minimum price increment below (above) the Protected Quotation, and the Order will be ranked on the Exchange Book at the current midpoint of the NBBO.
BX proposes to augment this provision to clarify the behavior of Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities that lock or cross a Protected Quotation. Specifically, a Non-Attributable Post-Only Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security entered through OUCH or FLITE may be adjusted in the following manner after initial entry and posting to the BX Book.
If entered at a price that locked a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that its price will no longer lock a Protected Quotation, the Post-Only Order will be adjusted to rank and display at its original entered limit price.
If entered at a price that crossed a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that it can be ranked at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed, the Post-Only Order, based on the Participant's choice, may either be (i) cancelled or (ii) adjusted to rank at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed upon entry with its displayed price remaining unchanged.
If, after being posted on the BX Book, the non-displayed price of a resting Post-Only Order becomes locked or crossed by a Protected Quotation due to a change in the NBBO, or if the Post-Only Order is at an impermissible price under Regulation NMS or the Plan and it cannot otherwise be adjusted as above, the Post-Only Order will be cancelled.
In removing the current re-pricing functionality, Commentary .014 [sic], which addresses the behavior of current treatment of Price to Comply Orders, Price to Display Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders that are entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities, is no longer necessary.
Following entry, and if market conditions allow, a Price to Comply Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO until such time as the Price to Comply Order is able to be ranked and displayed at its original entered limit price.
Following entry, and if market conditions allow, a Price to Display Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO until such time as the Price to Display Order is able to be ranked and displayed at its original entered limit price.
Following entry, and if market conditions allow, a Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO up (down) to the Order's limit price.
Following entry, and if market conditions allow, the Post-Only Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO or the best price on the Exchange Book, as applicable until such time as the Post-Only Order is able to be ranked and displayed at its original entered limit price.
Finally, BX proposes to add language to Rule 4770(d)(1) to clarify the treatment of orders in a Test Group Three Security entered through the RASH or FIX protocols. Specifically, subject to the provisions set forth in the remainder of Rule 4770(d), if the entered limit price of an Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security, entered through RASH or FIX, locked or crossed a Protected Quotation and the NBBO changes so that the Order can be ranked closer to its original entered limit price, the price of the Order will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO. BX is proposing to make this change to clarify the current treatment of orders in Test Group Three Pilot Securities entered through RASH or FIX.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b)
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act because it clarifies the changes the Exchange is making to the handling of certain Order Types necessary to implement the requirements of the Plan on its System and, in the case of the changes of Rule 4770(d)(1), to clarify the current treatment of orders in Test Group Three Pilot Securities entered through RASH or FIX.
As a result of removing the current re-pricing functionality that applies to certain Order Types in Test Group Three Securities entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols, and due to the different functionality of the OUCH and FLITE protocols in comparison to the other applicable BX protocols, these Order Types will behave differently than is currently set forth in Rule 4770 when entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in certain instances. As noted above, these changes will adjust Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE when the Order has been ranked at a midpoint of the NBBO that then becomes impermissible due to changes in the NBBO. These changes also will adjust Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE in scenarios where the subsequent movement of the NBBO implicates the Trade-at prohibition with respect to the resting order.
By clarifying the behavior of certain Order Types in Test Group Three Pilot Securities entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols, the proposal will help allow market participants to continue to trade NMS Stocks, within quoting and trading requirements that are in compliance with the Plan, with certainty on how certain orders and trading interests would be treated. This, in turn, will help encourage market participants to continue to provide liquidity in the marketplace.
More generally, BX also notes that the Plan, which was approved by the Commission pursuant to an order issued by the Commission in reliance on Section 11A of the Act,
Finally, BX believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act because the proposed functionality will more closely align the handling of Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders that are entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols for Test Group Three Pilot Securities with the handling of such Orders entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols for Control Group, Test Group One and Test Group Two Securities than the current functionality in place for these Orders.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed changes are being made to establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to comply with the trading and quoting requirements specified in the Plan, of which other equities exchanges are also Participants. Other competing national securities exchanges are subject to the same trading and quoting requirements specified in the Plan, and must take the same steps that the Exchange has to conform its existing rules to the requirements of the Plan. Therefore, the proposed changes would not impose any burden on competition, while providing certainty of treatment and execution of trading interests on the Exchange to market participants in NMS Stocks that are acting in compliance with the requirements specified in the Plan.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6)
The Exchange notes the proposed rule is intended to clarify the differences in the handling of certain orders entered into the system by different protocols. The Exchange notes that orders will be treated as consistently as possible across the Test Groups and the Control Group while complying with each grouping's varied quoting and trading requirements. Additionally, the Exchange proposed to remove Commentary .14 because it is no longer necessary.
The Commission believes that waiving the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest because the proposal clarifies the Exchange's rules and provides transparency to members with regards to the handling of certain orders entered via OUCH and FLITE as well as RASH or FIX protocols for locked or crossed orders in Test Group Three Pilot Securities. The Commission notes that the Exchange proposed to remove the functionality described in Commentary .14 and make the necessary corresponding systems changes in Partial Amendment No. 2 to BX-2016-050, which the Commission approved.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-BX-2016-069 and should be submitted on or before January 17, 2017.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
CBOE proposes to amend Rule 12.3 by extending the Credit Option Margin Pilot Program through July 18, 2017.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site (
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
On February 2, 2011, the Commission approved the Exchange's proposal to establish a Credit Option Margin Pilot Program (“Program”).
On January 17, 2012, the Exchange filed a rule change to, among other things, decouple the Program with the FINRA program and to extend the expiration date of the Program to January 17, 2013.
Additionally, the Exchange believes that it is in the public interest to extend the expiration date of the Program because it will continue to allow the Exchange to list Credit Options for trading. As a result, the Exchange will remain competitive with the Over-the-Counter Market with respect to swaps and security-based swaps. In the future, if the Exchange proposes an additional extension of the Credit Option Margin Pilot Program or proposes to make the Program permanent, then the Exchange will submit a filing proposing such amendments to the Program.
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
In particular, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change will further the purposes of the Act because, consistent with the goals of the Commission at the initial adoption of the Program, the margin requirements set forth by the proposed rule change will help to stabilize the financial markets. In addition, the proposed rule change is substantially similar to existing FINRA Rule 4240.
CBOE does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Specifically, the Exchange believes that, by extending the expiration of the Program, the proposed rule change will allow for further analysis of the Program and a determination of how the Program shall be structured in the future. In doing so, the proposed rule change will also serve to promote regulatory clarity and consistency, thereby reducing burdens on the marketplace and facilitating investor protection.
The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not:
A. Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest;
B. impose any significant burden on competition; and
C. become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission will institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On September 6, 2016, the Chicago Stock Exchange, Inc. (“CHX” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”)
The LTAD would require all new incoming orders
Each delayable message would be diverted into the LTAD queue and would remain delayed until it is released for processing. A delayed message would become releasable 350 microseconds after initial receipt by the Exchange (“Fixed LTAD Period”), and would be processed only after the Matching System has evaluated and processed, if applicable, all messages in the security received by the Exchange during the Fixed LTAD Period for the delayed message.
The Exchange states that it designed and proposed the LTAD to respond to declines in CHX volume and size at the national best bid or offer (“NBBO”) in the SPDR S&P 500 trust exchange-traded fund (“SPY”) between January 2016 and July 2016, which it attributes to latency arbitrage activity in SPY.
The Exchange asserts that much of the CHX liquidity in SPY and other S&P 500-correlated securities is provided as part of an arbitrage strategy between CHX and the futures markets, whereby liquidity providers utilize, among other things, proprietary algorithms to price and size resting orders on CHX to track index market data from a derivatives market (
The Exchange asserts that the LTAD would enhance displayed liquidity and price discovery in NMS securities without adversely affecting the ability of virtually all market participants, other than latency arbitrageurs, to access liquidity at CHX.
Commenters both supportive of and opposing the proposed rule change have opined on a number of aspects of the proposed rule change and whether the proposal is consistent with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder.
Some commenters question whether latency arbitrage as asserted by CHX is to blame for the decline in CHX's market share and whether the LTAD would solve the purported problem.
One commenter asserts that the LTAD might enable latency arbitrage among correlated instruments by applying its speed bump to some but not all related securities.
One commenter asserts that what CHX describes as latency arbitrage could be another firm or firms engaging in a similar arbitrage strategy between CHX and the futures markets that are faster and/or more skilled than CHX's liquidity providers.
A number of commenters assert that the proposed LTAD would increase displayed liquidity.
Commenters also opined on the competitive effect of the LTAD. Some commenters assert that the LTAD would unduly burden competition among CHX's members and among national securities exchanges.
Commenters disagree about whether the LTAD would be unfairly discriminatory. A number of commenters state that the LTAD would be unfairly discriminatory because it would delay only liquidity taking orders.
Supporters of the proposed rule change assert that, because all liquidity taking orders would be treated the same, the LTAD would not be unfairly discriminatory.
One commenter asserts that the LTAD would damage the efficiency of the market by undermining the ability of exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) market makers' ability to engage in arbitrage transactions.
Commenters disagree about whether the LTAD would be consistent with Rule 602 of Regulation NMS (“Quote Rule”). Two commenters assert that adoption of the LTAD may be inconsistent with the Quote Rule.
Another commenter and the Exchange, however, argue that the LTAD would not violate the Quote Rule. They argue that, under the rule, the duty of a broker or dealer to stand behind its quote would not vest because the LTAD would prevent the liquidity provider from receiving (
Commenters also disagree about whether adoption of the LTAD would be consistent with CHX's protected quotation status under Regulation NMS.
In response, the Exchange argues that the LTAD is consistent with Rule 611 of Regulation NMS because the Commission does not interpret “immediate” to prohibit implementation of a
Certain commenters assert that the LTAD would result in unfair allocation of SIP market data revenue by generating an increase in quoting, but not necessarily trading, on the Exchange.
One commenter asserts that the LTAD may encourage spoofing by decreasing the risk of executions.
Two commenters assert that the LTAD would confer special benefits on market participants without imposing any new obligation or responsibility to contribute to market quality.
Finally, a commenter asserts that due to the implementation of the LTAD through software, rather than hardware, the indeterminacy of the delay may result in the LTAD producing delays inconsistent with the Commission's “speed bump guidelines.”
The Commission is instituting proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act,
The Commission requests that interested persons provide written submissions of their views, data, and arguments with respect to the issues identified above, as well as any other concerns they may have with the proposal. In particular, the Commission invites the written views of interested persons concerning whether the proposal is consistent with Sections 6(b)(5), 6(b)(8), or any other provision of the Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations thereunder. Although there do not appear to be any issues relevant to approval or disapproval that would be facilitated by an oral presentation of views, data, and arguments, the Commission will consider, pursuant to Rule 19b-4, any request for an opportunity to make an oral presentation.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments regarding whether the proposal should be approved or disapproved by January 17, 2017. Any person who wishes to file a rebuttal to any other person's submission must file that rebuttal by January 31, 2017. The Commission asks that commenters address the sufficiency of the Exchange's statements in support of the proposal, in addition to any other comments they may wish to submit about the proposed rule change.
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to delay the implementation of the Limit Order Protection or “LOP” for members accessing the BX Market Center.
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The purpose of the proposal is to delay the implementation of the Exchange's mechanism to protect against erroneous Limit Orders, which are entered into BX Market Center, at Rule 4757(d).
At this time the Exchange proposes to delay the implementation from January 21, 2017 until a date no later than March 31, 2017 in order to allow additional time to complete testing. The Exchange will announce the specific date in advance through an Equities Trader Alert. For more information regarding LOP see the previous LOP rule changes.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange's proposal does not impose any significant burden on competition because LOP will apply to all BX market participants in a uniform manner once implemented.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 4770 (Compliance with Regulation NMS Plan to Implement a Tick Size Pilot) relating to the handling to certain Order Types in Test Group Three Pilot Securities in connection with the Regulation NMS Plan to Implement a Tick Size Pilot Program (“Plan” or “Pilot”).
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
On September 7, 2016, The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “Commission”) a proposed rule change (“Proposal”) to adopt paragraph (d) and Commentary .12 to Exchange Rule 4770 to describe changes to system functionality necessary to implement the Plan. The Exchange also proposed amendments to Rule 4770(a) and (c) to clarify how the Trade-at exception may be satisfied. The SEC published the Proposal in the
In SR-NASDAQ-2016-126, Nasdaq had initially proposed a re-pricing functionality for Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot securities.
In that amendment, Nasdaq noted that this change would only impact the treatment of Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only orders that are submitted through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities, as these types of Orders that are currently submitted to Nasdaq through the RASH, QIX or FIX protocols are already subject to this re-pricing functionality and will remain subject to this functionality under the Pilot.
In the Amendment, Nasdaq further noted that its systems are currently programmed so that Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders and Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities may be adjusted repeatedly to reflect changes to the NBBO and/or the best price on the
On October 17, 2016, Nasdaq filed a proposal to extend the date by which it would complete the re-programing of its systems to eliminate the re-pricing functionality in Test Group Three Pilot Securities for Price to Comply Orders, Price to Display Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders that are entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols.
Subsequent to the approval of SR-NASDAQ-2016-126, Nasdaq become aware that this re-pricing functionality also applies to Price to Display Orders that are entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Securities, and amended Commentary .14 to indicate that Price to Display Orders will be treated in the same manner as Price to Comply Orders under the re-pricing functionality.
Nasdaq has now completed re-programming its systems to eliminate the re-pricing functionality in Test Group Three Pilot Securities for Price to Comply Orders, Price to Display Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders that are entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols. However, as a result of removing the re-pricing functionality, there are instances, due to the different functionality of the OUCH and FLITE protocols in comparison to the other applicable Nasdaq protocols, where the behavior of certain Order Types entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities will differ from the behavior of those Order Types as set forth in Rule 4770; specifically, the behavior of Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols when the Order locks or crosses a Protected Quotation. Nasdaq is therefore amending Rule 4770 to clarify these differences. Although the changes made to Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE reflect the different functionality of the OUCH and FLITE protocols in comparison with the other Nasdaq protocols, the proposed changes treat Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Securities as consistently as possible with such orders entered through OUCH and FLITE in Control Group Securities, and Test Group One and Test Group Two Securities. These changes will adjust Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE when the Order has been ranked at a midpoint of the NBBO that then becomes impermissible due to changes in the NBBO.
Currently, Rule 4770(d)(2) states that a Price to Comply Order in a Test Group Pilot Security will operate as described in Rule 4702(b)(1) except as provided under this paragraph. If a Price to Comply Order for a Test Group Three Pilot Security is partially executed upon entry and the remainder would lock a Protected Quotation of another market center, the unexecuted portion of the Order will be cancelled. If the Order is not executable against any previously posted orders on the Nasdaq Book, and the limit price of a buy (sell) Price to Comply Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security would lock or cross a Protected Quotation of another market center, the Order will display at one minimum price increment below (above) the Protected Quotation, and the Order will be ranked on the Nasdaq Book at the current midpoint of the NBBO.
Nasdaq proposes to augment this provision to clarify the behavior of Price to Comply Orders entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities that lock or cross a Protected Quotation. Specifically, a Price to Comply Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security entered through OUCH or FLITE may be adjusted in the following manner after initial entry and posting to the Nasdaq Book.
If entered at a price that locked a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that its price will no longer lock a Protected Quotation, the Price to Comply Order will be adjusted to rank and display at its original entered limit price.
If entered at a price that crossed a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that it can be ranked at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed, the Price to Comply Order, based on the participant's choice, may either be (i) cancelled or (ii) adjusted to rank at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed upon entry with its displayed price remaining unchanged.
If, after being posted on the Nasdaq Book, the non-displayed price of a Price to Comply Order becomes locked or crossed by a Protected Quotation due to a change in the NBBO, or if the Price to Comply Order is at an impermissible price under Regulation NMS or the Plan and it cannot otherwise be adjusted as above, the Price to Comply Order will be cancelled.
Nasdaq notes that a Price to Comply Order, Non-Displayed Order, or Post-Only Order entered through OUCH or FLITE in either a Control Group Security, a Test Group One Pilot Security or a Test Group Two Pilot Security would only cancel if the resting order is crossed (not locked) by a Protected Quotation due to a change in the NBBO.
Currently, Rule 4770(d)(3) states that a Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Pilot Security will operate as described in Rule 4702(b)(3) except as provided under this paragraph. A resting Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot security cannot execute at the price of a Protected Quotation of another market center unless the
Nasdaq proposes to amend this provision to clarify the behavior of Non-Displayed Orders entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities that lock or cross a Protected Quotation. Specifically, a Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security entered through OUCH or FLITE may be adjusted in the following manner after initial entry and posting to the Nasdaq Book.
If entered at a price that locked a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that its price would no longer lock a Protected Quotation, the Non-Displayed Order will be adjusted to rank at its original entered limit price.
If entered at a price that crossed a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that it can be ranked at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed, the Order, based on the Participant's choice, may either be (i) cancelled or (ii) adjusted to rank at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed.
If entered at a price that locked or crossed a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that it cannot be ranked at the price of the Protected Quotation it locked or crossed but can be ranked closer to its original limit price, the Non-Displayed Order will be adjusted to the new midpoint of the NBBO.
Nasdaq notes that a Non-Displayed Order entered through OUCH or FLITE in either a Control Group Security, a Test Group One Pilot Security or a Test Group Two Pilot Security would be ranked at the locking price upon entry.
If, after being posted on the Nasdaq Book, the Non-Displayed Order becomes locked or crossed by a Protected Quotation due to a change in the NBBO, or if the Non-Displayed Order is at an impermissible price under Regulation NMS or the Plan and it cannot otherwise be adjusted as above, the Non-Displayed Order will be cancelled.
Currently, Rule 4770(d)(4) states that a Post-Only Order in a Test Group Pilot Security will operate as described in Rule 4702(b)(4) except as provided under this paragraph. For orders that are not attributable, if the limit price of a buy (sell) Post-Only Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security would lock or cross a Protected Quotation of another market center, the Order will display at one minimum price increment below (above) the Protected Quotation, and the Order will be ranked on the Nasdaq Book at the current midpoint of the NBBO.
Nasdaq proposes to augment this provision to clarify the behavior of Post-Only Orders entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities that lock or cross a Protected Quotation. Specifically, a Non-Attributable Post-Only Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security entered through OUCH or FLITE may be adjusted in the following manner after initial entry and posting to the Nasdaq Book.
If entered at a price that locked a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that its price will no longer lock a Protected Quotation, the Post-Only Order will be adjusted to rank and display at its original entered limit price.
If entered at a price that crossed a Protected Quotation, and if the NBBO changes such that it can be ranked at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed, the Post-Only Order, based on the Participant's choice, may either be (i) cancelled or (ii) adjusted to rank at the price of the Protected Quotation it crossed upon entry with its displayed price remaining unchanged.
If, after being posted on the Nasdaq Book, the non-displayed price of a resting Post-Only Order becomes locked or crossed by a Protected Quotation due to a change in the NBBO, or if the Post-Only Order is at an impermissible price under Regulation NMS or the Plan and it cannot otherwise be adjusted as above, the Post-Only Order will be cancelled.
In removing the current re-pricing functionality, Commentary .014 [sic], which addresses the behavior of current treatment of Price to Comply Orders, Price to Display Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders that are entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in Test Group Three Pilot Securities, is no longer necessary.
Following entry, and if market conditions allow, a Price to Comply Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO until such time as the Price to Comply Order is able to be ranked and displayed at its original entered limit price.
Following entry, and if market conditions allow, a Price to Display Order in a Test Group Three Pilot
Following entry, and if market conditions allow, a Non-Displayed Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO up (down) to the Order's limit price.
Following entry, and if market conditions allow, a Post-Only Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO or the best price on the Nasdaq Book, as applicable until such time as the Post-Only Order is able to be ranked and displayed at its original entered limit price.
Finally, Nasdaq proposes to add language to Rule 4770(d)(1) to clarify the treatment of orders in a Test Group Three Security entered through the RASH, QIX or FIX protocols. Specifically, subject to the provisions set forth in the remainder of Rule 4770(d), if the entered limit price of an Order in a Test Group Three Pilot Security, entered through RASH, QIX, or FIX, locked or crossed a Protected Quotation and the NBBO changes so that the Order can be ranked closer to its original entered limit price, the price of the Order will be adjusted repeatedly in accordance with changes to the NBBO. Nasdaq is proposing to make this change to clarify the current treatment of orders in Test Group Three Pilot Securities entered through RASH, QIX or FIX.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act because it clarifies the changes the Exchange is making to the handling of certain Order Types necessary to implement the requirements of the Plan on its System and, in the case of the changes of Rule 4770(d)(1), to clarify the current treatment of orders in Test Group Three Pilot Securities entered through RASH, QIX or FIX.
As a result of removing the current re-pricing functionality that applies to certain Order Types in Test Group Three Securities entered through the OUCH and FLITE protocols, and due to the different functionality of the OUCH and FLITE protocols in comparison to the other applicable Nasdaq protocols, these Order Types will behave differently than is currently set forth in Rule 4770 when entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols in certain instances. As noted above, these changes will adjust Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE when the Order has been ranked at a midpoint of the NBBO that then becomes impermissible due to changes in the NBBO. These changes also will adjust Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders entered through OUCH and FLITE in scenarios where the subsequent movement of the NBBO implicates the Trade-at prohibition with respect to the resting order.
By clarifying the behavior of certain Order Types in Test Group Three Pilot Securities entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols, the proposal will help allow market participants to continue to trade NMS Stocks, within quoting and trading requirements that are in compliance with the Plan, with certainty on how certain orders and trading interests would be treated. This, in turn, will help encourage market participants to continue to provide liquidity in the marketplace.
More generally, Nasdaq also notes that the Plan, which was approved by the Commission pursuant to an order issued by the Commission in reliance on Section 11A of the Act,
Finally, Nasdaq believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act because the proposed functionality will more closely align the handling of Price to Comply Orders, Non-Displayed Orders, and Post-Only Orders that are entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols for Test Group Three Pilot Securities with the handling of such Orders entered through the OUCH or FLITE protocols for Control Group, Test Group One and Test Group Two Securities than the current functionality in place for these Orders.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed changes are being made to establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to comply with the trading and quoting requirements specified in the Plan, of which other equities exchanges are also Participants. Other competing national securities exchanges are subject to the same trading and quoting requirements specified in the Plan, and must take the same steps that the Exchange has to conform its existing rules to the requirements of the Plan. Therefore, the proposed changes would not impose any burden on competition, while providing certainty of treatment and execution of trading interests on the Exchange to market participants in NMS Stocks that are acting in compliance with the requirements specified in the Plan.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6)
The Exchange notes the proposed rule is intended to clarify the differences in the handling of certain orders entered into the system by different protocols. The Exchange notes that orders will be treated as consistently as possible across the Test Groups and the Control Group while complying with each grouping's varied quoting and trading requirements. Additionally, the Exchange proposed to remove Commentary .14 because it is no longer necessary.
The Commission believes that waiving the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest because the proposal clarifies the Exchange's rules and provides transparency to members with regards to the handling of certain orders entered via OUCH and FLITE as well as RASH, QIX, or FIX protocols for locked or crossed orders in Test Group Three Pilot Securities. The Commission notes that the Exchange proposed to remove the functionality described in Commentary .14 and make the necessary corresponding systems changes in Partial Amendment No. 2 to Nasdaq-2016-126, which the Commission approved.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-NASDAQ-2016-171 and should be submitted on or before January 17, 2017.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
FINRA is proposing to amend FINRA Rule 6710 to clarify the definitions of “Auction Transaction” and “When-Issued Transaction” for the purposes of reporting transactions in U.S. Treasury Securities to the Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine (“TRACE”).
Below is the text of the proposed rule change. Proposed new language is in italics; proposed deletions are in brackets.
The terms used in this Rule 6700 Series shall have the same meaning as those defined in the FINRA By-Laws and rules unless otherwise specified. For the purposes of this Rule 6700 Series, the following terms have the following meaning:
(a) through (ee) No Change.
(ff) “Collateralized Debt Obligation” (“CDO”) means a type of Securitized Product backed by fixed-income assets
([ff]
([gg]
([hh]
.01 No Change.
(a) through (b) No Change.
Each TRACE trade report shall contain the following information:
(1) through (2) No Change.
(3) Price of the transaction (or the elements necessary to calculate price, which are contract amount and accrued interest) or, for When-Issued Transactions in U.S. Treasury Securities
(4) through (14) No Change.
(A) Except as noted in
(B) For When-Issued Transactions in U.S. Treasury Securities
(2) through (4) No Change.
(e) through (f) No Change.
.01 through .05 No Change.
In its filing with the Commission, FINRA included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. FINRA has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
On October 18, 2016, the Commission approved a proposed rule change to require FINRA members to report certain transactions in U.S. Treasury Securities to TRACE.
First, FINRA is amending the terminology in the definition of “Auction Transaction” to conform to the regulations applicable to auctions of U.S. Treasury Securities. As adopted, the term “Auction Transaction” is defined as “the purchase of a U.S. Treasury Security in an Auction.”
When conducting auctions, the Department of the Treasury accepts bids and determines awards pursuant to the process set forth in the applicable regulations.
Second, FINRA is amending the definition of “When-Issued Transaction” to conform to more common usage of the term. As adopted, the term “When-Issued Transaction” was defined as “a transaction in a U.S. Treasury Security that is executed before the Auction for the security.” Although “when-issued” trading typically refers to any trading conducted between the announcement of an auction for a U.S. Treasury Security and the issue date, which can often be several days after the auction for the security, FINRA defined the term to extend only until the auction for the security to reflect the change in how transactions are priced before and after the auction (
To conform the definition in the TRACE rules to more common usage, FINRA is amending the definition of “When-Issued Transaction” to mean “a transaction in a U.S. Treasury Security that is executed before the issuance of the security.” Under the amendment, therefore, the timing of When-Issued Transactions will still commence with the announcement of the Auction, but any transaction in the security subject to the Auction will be considered a “When-Issued Transaction” until the date the security is issued rather than the date the security is auctioned. Members will still be required to report yield, rather than price, for When-Issued Transactions up until the Auction for the security and price following the Auction; however, all When-Issued Transactions, both before and after the Auction up until the issue date, must be reported with the appropriate indicator. Because of the change in definition, FINRA also is amending Rule 6730 to clarify that, although the definition of the term “When-Issued Transaction” is being amended, there are no changes as to how members report price or yield on these transactions.
FINRA has filed the proposed rule change for immediate effectiveness. The implementation date will be July 10, 2017.
FINRA believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 15A(b)(6) of the Act,
FINRA does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Because the amendments are limited to conforming the terms in FINRA rules to their more common usage and to the use of the terms in applicable Treasury regulations, FINRA believes that amending the definitions may reduce confusion regarding usage of the terms and will not result in any burden on competition.
Written comments were neither solicited nor received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Chapter XV, entitled “Options Pricing,” at Section 3, entitled “NASDAQ Options Market—Ports and other Services.” Chapter XV governs pricing for Exchange members using the NASDAQ Options Market LLC (“NOM”), the Exchange's facility for executing and routing standardized equity and index options. The Exchange proposes to amend Specialized Quote Feed (“SQF”) Port
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend the SQF Port Fees in Chapter XV, Section 3 of the NOM Rules. The Exchange recently transitioned to state-of-the-art hardware and software architecture to achieve a more efficient and more robust infrastructure to support the growing needs of our Options Participants (“NOM Refresh”). In connection with this recent NOM Refresh, NOM Market Makers were required to make certain changes to connect to the new NOM System via their SQF Ports. As a result of these changes to NOM, the number of SQF Ports required by NOM Market Makers should be reduced, since a single connection may be utilized to quote across all symbols. The Exchange anticipates that NOM Market Makers will benefit from the efficiency of the service that is available to them as a result of the NOM Refresh.
The Exchange provided NOM Market Makers with new SQF ports for connectivity so that NOM Market Makers could support our migration from the old to the new SQF Ports during our symbol rollout period. During the months of October and November 2016 (“NOM Refresh Period”) the Exchange offered NOM Market Makers a Fixed SQF Port Fee, which is the amount that was paid by the NOM Market Maker for SQF Ports for the month of August 2016. Currently, NOM Market Makers are not assessed an SQF Port Fee for their use of the new version of the SQF Ports to connect to the new environment during this NOM Refresh Period.
At this time, the Exchange is proposing to eliminate the Fixed SQF Port Fee and adopt the following incremental cost model for SQF Port Fees, per port, per month:
For example, if a NOM Market Maker desired 21 SQF Ports in December 2016, the NOM Market Maker would be billed $1,500 for the first 5 ports ($7,500), the next 15 ports will be billed $1,000 ($15,000) and the final port would be billed $500 for a total SQF Port Fee for December of $23,000.
While NOM Market Makers will be assessed higher fees for each port under 20 ports as compared to the original $750 SQF Port Fee prior to the implementation of the Fixed SQF Port Fee,
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Commission and the courts have repeatedly expressed their preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. In Regulation NMS, while adopting a series of steps to improve the current market model, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.”
Likewise, in
Further, “[n]o one disputes that competition for order flow is `fierce.' . . . As the SEC explained, `[i]n the U.S. national market system, buyers and sellers of securities, and the broker-dealers that act as their order-routing agents, have a wide range of choices of where to route orders for execution'; [and] `no exchange can afford to take its market share percentages for granted' because `no exchange possesses a monopoly, regulatory or otherwise, in the execution of order flow from broker dealers'. . . .”
The Exchange believes it is reasonable to assess NOM Market Makers an incremental SQF Port Fee, per port, per month of $1,500 for the first 5 SQF Ports, $1,000 for the next 15 SQF Ports and $500 for any ports over 20 SQF Ports because with the refresh fewer SQF Ports are required to connect to the Exchange. The technology refresh increased the efficiency with which Participants connect to the System. As a result of the refresh, Participants require fewer SQF Ports to connect to the System and therefore this should reduce the number of ports required and lower costs. With the refresh, each NOM Market Maker will be required to have at least 1 port to connect to the match engine as compared to 2 SQF Ports prior to the refresh. NOM Participants may have some technological reasons for desiring additional SQF Ports based on their own technical infrastructure requirements. The Exchange believes that the proposed rates and particularly the number of ports at each price point are reasonable because the Exchange utilized historical port usage and price points to determine comparable pricing.
Finally, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to offer lower rates for a greater amount of ports because all NOM Participants only require one SQF Port. The Exchange believes that since 2 ports were required previously and now only 1 port is required, this pricing results in no cost increase. NOM Market Makers were originally assessed an SQF Port Fee of $750 per port prior to the implementation of the Fixed SQF Port Fee.
The Exchange believes it is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to assess NOM Market Makers an incremental SQF Port Fee, per port, per month of $1,500 for the first 5 SQF Ports, $1,000 for the next 15 SQF Ports and $500 for any ports over 20 SQF Ports because all NOM Market Makers would be uniformly assessed the same SQF Port Fees, based on usage. Other NOM Participants that do not engage in market making activities do not utilize SQF Ports.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. In terms of inter-market competition, the Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive, or rebate opportunities available at other venues to be more favorable. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges and with alternative trading systems that have been exempted from compliance with the statutory standards applicable to exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited.
In this instance, the proposed SQF Port Fees do not impose a burden on competition because if the changes proposed herein are unattractive to market participants, it is likely that the Exchange will lose market share as a result. Accordingly, the Exchange does not believe that the proposed changes will impair the ability of members or competing order execution venues to maintain their competitive standing in the financial markets.
In terms of intra-market competition, assessing NOM Market Makers an incremental SQF Port Fee, per port, per month of $1,500 for the first five SQF Ports, $1,000 for six to 20 SQF Ports and $500 for more than 20 SQF Ports does not impose an undue burden on competition because all NOM Market Makers would be uniformly assessed the same SQF Port Fees, based on usage. Other NOM Participants that do not engage in market making activities do not utilize SQF Ports.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange filed a proposal to list shares of the Cambria Sovereign High Yield Bond ETF and the Cambria Value and Momentum ETF under Rule 14.11(i) (“Managed Fund Shares”), which are currently listed on NYSE Arca, Inc. (“Arca”). The shares of the Fund are referred to herein as the “Shares.”
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to list shares of the Cambria Sovereign High Yield Bond ETF and the Cambria Value and Momentum ETF under Rule 14.11(i), (“Managed Fund Shares”), (each, a “Fund” and, collectively, the “Funds”),
The Shares will be offered by the Cambria ETF Trust (the “Trust”), which is organized as a Delaware statutory trust and is registered with the
Cambria Investment Management, L.P. (“Cambria” or the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser of the Funds. SEI Investments Distribution Co. (the “Distributor” or “SEI”) is the principal underwriter and distributor of the Funds' Shares. SEI Investments Global Funds Services (“SEI GFS”) will serve as the accountant and administrator of the Funds. Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. will serve as the “Custodian” and “Transfer Agent” of the Funds' assets.
Rule 14.11(i)(7) provides that, if the investment adviser to the investment company issuing Managed Fund Shares is affiliated with a broker-dealer, such investment adviser shall erect a “fire wall” between the investment adviser and the broker-dealer with respect to access to information concerning the composition and/or changes to such investment company portfolio.
According to the Registration Statement, the Fund seeks income and capital appreciation from investments in securities and instruments that provide exposure to sovereign and quasi-sovereign bonds.
Under normal market conditions,
Sovereign bonds include debt securities issued by a national government, instrumentality or political sub-division. Quasi-sovereign bonds include debt securities issued by a supra-national government or a state-owned enterprise or agency. The sovereign and quasi-sovereign bonds that the Fund will invest in may be denominated in local and foreign currencies. The Fund may invest in securities of any duration or maturity.
The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in money market instruments or other high quality debt securities, cash or cash equivalents, or ETFs and ETNs that invest in, or provide exposure to, such instruments or securities.
Cambria will utilize a quantitative model to select sovereign and quasi-sovereign bond exposures for the Fund. The model will review various characteristics of potential investments, with yield as the largest determinant. By considering together the various characteristics of potential investments, the model will identify potential allocations for the Fund, as well as opportune times to make such allocations. Screens will exclude foreign issuers whose securities are highly restricted or illegal for U.S. persons to own, including due to the imposition of sanctions by the U.S. Government.
According to the Registration Statement, the Fund seeks income and capital appreciation from investments in the U.S. equity market. The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective
In attempting to avoid overvalued and downtrending markets, the Fund may use U.S. exchange-traded stock index futures or options thereon, or take short positions in ETFs to attempt to hedge the long equity portfolio during times when Cambria believes that the U.S. equity market is overvalued from a valuation standpoint, or Cambria's models identify unfavorable trends and momentum in the U.S. equity market. The Fund may hedge up to 100% of the value of the Fund's long portfolio using these strategies. During certain periods, including to collateralize the Fund's investments in futures contracts, the Fund may invest up to 20% of the value of its net assets in U.S. dollar and non-U.S. dollar denominated money market instruments or other high quality debt securities, or ETFs that invest in these instruments.
The Fund may invest in securities of companies in any industry, and will limit the maximum allocation to any particular sector. Although the Fund generally expects to invest in companies with larger market capitalizations, the Fund may also invest in small- and mid-capitalization companies. Filters will be implemented to screen for companies that pass sector concentration and liquidity requirements.
Screens also will exclude foreign issuers whose securities are highly restricted or illegal for U.S. persons to own, including due to the imposition of sanctions by the U.S. Government.
Cambria will utilize a quantitative model that combines value and momentum factors to identify which securities the Fund may purchase and sell and opportune times for purchases and sales. The Fund will look to allocate to the top performing value stocks based on value factors as well as absolute and relative momentum. Valuation will typically be measured on a longer time horizon (five to ten years) than momentum (typically less than one year).
The Fund may invest in U.S. exchange-listed preferred stocks. Preferred stocks include convertible and non-convertible preferred and preference stocks that are senior to common stock.
The Fund may invest in U.S. exchange-listed real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).
The Fund may engage in short sales of securities.
While each Fund, under normal market conditions, will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets (plus borrowings for investment purposes) in the securities and other assets described above, each Fund may invest its remaining assets in the securities and financial instruments described below.
A Fund may invest a portion of its assets in cash or cash items pending other investments or to maintain liquid assets required in connection with some of a Fund's investments. These cash items and other high quality debt securities may include money market instruments, securities issued by the U.S. Government and its agencies, bankers' acceptances, commercial paper, bank certificates of deposit and shares of investment companies that invest primarily in such instruments.
A Fund may invest in corporate debt securities. A Fund may invest in commercial paper, master notes and other short-term corporate instruments that are denominated in U.S. dollars. Commercial paper consists of short-term promissory notes issued by corporations. Master notes are demand notes that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts of money at varying rates of interest pursuant to arrangements with issuers who meet the quality criteria of a Fund. Master notes are generally illiquid and therefore subject to a Fund's percentage limitations for investments in illiquid securities.
A Fund may invest in the following types of debt securities in addition to those described under “Principal Investments” above for each Fund: securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, instrumentalities, and political subdivisions; securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities and political subdivisions; securities issued or guaranteed by supra-national agencies; corporate debt securities; time deposits; notes; inflation-indexed securities; and repurchase agreements.
Such debt securities may be investment grade securities or high yield securities. Investment grade securities include securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, as well as securities rated in one of the four highest rating categories by at least two Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (“NRSROs”) rating that security, such as Standard & Poor's Ratings Services (“Standard & Poor's”), Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody's”) or Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”), or rated in one of the four highest rating categories by one NRSRO if it is the only NRSRO rating that security or, if unrated, deemed to be of comparable quality by Cambria and traded publicly on the world market. The Fund, at the discretion of Cambria, may retain a debt security that has been downgraded below the initial investment criteria.
A Fund may invest in securities rated lower than Baa by Moody's, or equivalently rated by S&P or Fitch.
The debt and other fixed income securities in which a Fund may invest include fixed and floating rate securities of any maturity. Fixed rate securities pay a specified rate of interest or dividends. Floating rate securities pay a rate that is adjusted periodically by reference to a specified index or market rate. A Fund may invest in indexed bonds, which are a type of fixed income security whose principal value and/or interest rate is adjusted periodically according to a specified instrument, index, or other statistic (
A Fund may invest in zero coupon securities.
The Cambria Sovereign High Yield Bond ETF may gain exposure to foreign securities by purchasing U.S. exchange-listed and traded American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and each of the Funds may gain exposure to foreign securities by purchasing exchange-traded European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”, together with ADRs and EDRs, “Depositary Receipts”).
The Cambria Sovereign High Yield Bond ETF may enter into forward foreign currency contracts.
To respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, each of the Funds may invest up to 100% of its total assets, without limitation, in high-quality debt securities and money market instruments. The Funds may be invested in these instruments for extended periods, depending on Cambria's assessment of market conditions. Cambria deems high-quality debt securities and money market instruments to include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances, U.S. Government and agency securities, repurchase agreements and bonds that are BBB or higher, and registered investment companies that invest in such instruments.
The Funds may invest in the securities of other investment companies to the extent that such an investment would be consistent with the requirements of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act, or any rule, regulation or order of the Commission or interpretation thereof.
According to the Registration Statement, each Fund will seek to qualify for treatment as a Regulated Investment Company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code.
A Fund may hold up to an aggregate amount of 15% of its net assets in illiquid assets (calculated at the time of investment), consistent with Commission guidance. Each Fund will monitor its portfolio liquidity on an ongoing basis to determine whether, in light of current circumstances, an adequate level of liquidity is being maintained, and will consider taking appropriate steps in order to maintain adequate liquidity if, through a change in values, net assets, or other circumstances, more than 15% of a Fund's net assets are held in illiquid assets. Illiquid assets include securities subject to contractual or other restrictions on resale and other instruments that lack readily available markets as determined in accordance with Commission staff guidance.
The Shares will be subject to BZX Rule 14.11(i), which sets forth the initial and continued listing criteria applicable to Managed Fund Shares. The Exchange represents that, for initial and/or continued listing, the Fund must be in compliance with Rule 10A-3 under the Act.
According to the Registration Statement, the Funds will sell and redeem Shares in aggregations of 50,000 Shares (each, a “Creation Unit”) on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load, at the net asset value (“NAV”) next determined after receipt of an order in proper form on any business day. The size of a Creation Unit is subject to change.
The purchase or redemption of Creation Units from a Fund must be effected by or through an “Authorized Participant” (
The consideration for a Creation Unit of a Fund will be the “Fund Deposit”. The Fund Deposit will consist of the “In-Kind Creation Basket” and “Cash Component”, or an all cash payment (“Cash Value”), as determined by Cambria to be in the best interest of a Fund. The Cash Component will typically include a “Balancing Amount” reflecting the difference, if any, between the NAV of a Creation Unit and the market value of the securities in the “In-Kind Creation Basket”. The Fund Deposit for the Cambria Value and Momentum ETF generally will consist of the In-Kind Creation Basket and Cash Component and the Fund Deposit for the Cambria Sovereign High Yield Bond ETF generally will consist of the Cash Value. If the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket, the purchaser will pay the Balancing Amount to a Fund. By contrast, if the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket, a Fund will pay the Balancing Amount to the purchaser.
The Transfer Agent, in a portfolio composition file sent via the NSCC, generally will make available on each business day, immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), a list of the names and the required number of shares of each security in the In-Kind Creation Basket to be included in the current Fund Deposit for each Fund (based on information about a Fund's portfolio at the end of the previous business day) (subject to amendment or correction). If applicable, the Transfer Agent, through the NSCC, also will make available on each business day, the estimated Cash Component or Cash Value, effective through and including the previous business day, per Creation Unit.
The announced Fund Deposit will be applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, for purchases of Creation Units of a Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available. From day to day, the composition of the In-Kind Creation Basket may change as, among other things, corporate actions and investment decisions by Cambria are implemented for a Fund's portfolio. Each Fund reserves the right to accept a nonconforming (
The Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit or require the substitution of an amount of cash (“cash in lieu”) to be added to the Cash Component to replace any security in the In-Kind Creation Basket. The Fund may permit or require cash in lieu when, for example, the securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket
To compensate the Trust for costs incurred in connection with creation and redemption transactions, investors will be required to pay to the Trust a “Transaction Fee” as described in the Registration Statement.
According to the Registration Statement, Fund Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by a Fund through the Transfer Agent and only on a business day. The redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit will consist of the “In-Kind Redemption Basket” and a “Cash Redemption Amount”, or the Cash Value, in all instances equal to the value of a Creation Unit. The redemption proceeds for the Cambria Value and Momentum ETF generally will consist of the In-Kind Redemption Basket and the Cash Redemption Amount and the redemption proceeds for the Cambria Sovereign High Yield Bond ETF generally will consist of the Cash Value.
The Cash Redemption Amount will typically include a Balancing Amount, reflecting the difference, if any, between the NAV of a Creation Unit and the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket. If the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket, a Fund will pay the Balancing Amount to the redeeming investor. By contrast, if the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket, the redeeming investor will pay the Balancing Amount to a Fund.
The composition of the In-Kind Creation Basket will normally be the same as the composition of the In-Kind Redemption Basket. Otherwise, the In-Kind Redemption Basket will be made available by the Adviser or Transfer Agent. The Fund reserves the right to accept a nonconforming (
In lieu of an In-Kind Redemption Basket and Cash Redemption Amount, Creation Units may be redeemed consisting solely of cash in an amount equal to the NAV of a Creation Unit, which amount is referred to as the Cash Value. If applicable, information about the Cash Value will be made available by the Adviser or Transfer Agent.
The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed: (i) For any period during which the Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (ii) for any period during which trading on the Exchange is suspended or restricted; (iii) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the Shares or determination of a Fund's NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (iv) in such other circumstances as permitted by the Commission.
A Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit or require the substitution of an amount of cash (“cash in lieu”) to be added to the Cash Redemption Amount to replace any security in the In-Kind Redemption Basket. A Fund may permit or require cash in lieu when, for example, the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery or may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC. Similarly, a Fund may permit or require cash in lieu when, for example, the Authorized Participant or its underlying investor is restricted under U.S. or local securities law or policies from transacting in one or more securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket.
If it is not possible to effect deliveries of the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket, the Trust may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem Shares in cash, and the redeeming beneficial owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash that a Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its Shares based on the NAV of Shares of the relevant Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a Transaction Fee, including a variable charge, if applicable, as described in the Registration Statement).
The Fund may also, in its sole discretion, upon request of a shareholder, provide such redeemer a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the In-Kind Redemption Basket, or cash in lieu of some securities added to the Cash Component, but in no event will the total value of the securities delivered and the cash transmitted differ from the NAV. Redemptions of Fund Shares for the In-Kind Redemption Basket will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and a Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Trust could not lawfully deliver specific securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket under such laws.
When cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified for a Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions. In the case of a cash redemption, the investor will receive the cash equivalent of the In-Kind Redemption Basket minus any Transaction Fees.
Additional information regarding creation and redemption procedures is included in the Registration Statement.
The NAV of Shares will be calculated each business day by SEI GFS as of the close of regular trading on the Exchange, generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time on each day that the Exchange is open. The Fund will calculate its NAV per Share by taking the value of its total assets, subtracting any liabilities, and dividing that amount by the total number of Shares outstanding, rounded to the nearest cent. Expenses and fees, including the management fees, will be accrued daily and taken into account for purposes of determining NAV.
When calculating the NAV of a Fund's Shares, expenses will be accrued and applied daily and U.S. exchange-traded equity securities will be valued at their market value when reliable market quotations are readily available. Exchange- traded equity securities will be valued at the closing price on the relevant exchange, or, if the closing price is not readily available, the mean of the closing bid and asked prices. Certain equity securities, debt securities and other assets will be valued differently. For instance, fixed-income investments maturing in 60 days or less may be valued using the amortized cost method or, like those maturing in excess of 60 days, at the readily available market price, if available. Investments in securities of investment companies (other than ETFs) will be valued at NAV.
Forward foreign currency contracts generally will be valued based on the marked-to-market value of the contract provided by pricing services. Pricing services, approved and monitored pursuant to a policy approved by the Funds' Board of Trustees (“Board”), provide market quotations based on both market prices and indicative bids.
Sovereign and quasi-sovereign bonds, U.S. government securities, corporate debt securities, commercial paper, commercial interests, bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements, fixed and floating rate securities, indexed bonds, master notes, zero coupon securities will be valued based on price quotations obtained from a third-party pricing service or from a broker-dealer who makes markets in such securities.
U.S. exchange-traded stock index futures contracts and U.S. exchange-traded options thereon will be valued at the settlement or closing price determined by the applicable U.S. futures exchange.
If a market quotation is not readily available or is deemed not to reflect market value, a Fund will determine the price of the security held by a Fund based on a determination of the security's fair value pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board. In addition, a Fund may use fair valuation to price securities that trade on a foreign exchange, if any, when a significant event has occurred after the foreign exchange closes but before the time at which a Fund's NAV is calculated. Such significant events may include, but are not limited to: Governmental action that affects securities in one sector or country; natural disasters or armed conflicts affecting a country or region; or significant domestic or foreign market fluctuations.
The Funds' Web site (
On a daily basis, the Funds will disclose on the Funds' Web site the following information regarding each portfolio holding, as applicable to the type of holding: Ticker symbol, CUSIP number or other identifier, if any; a description of the holding (including the type of holding, such as the type of swap); the identity of the security, commodity, index or other asset or instrument underlying the holding, if any; for options, the option strike price; quantity held (as measured by, for example, par value, notional value or number of shares, contracts or units); maturity date, if any; coupon rate, if any; effective date, if any; market value of the holding; and the percentage weighting of the holding in a Fund's portfolio. The Web site information will be publicly available at no charge.
In addition, a basket composition file, which includes the security names and share quantities required to be delivered in exchange for a Fund's Shares, together with estimates and actual cash components, will be publicly disseminated daily prior to the opening of BZX via NSCC. The basket represents one Creation Unit of a Fund.
Investors can also obtain the Trust's Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), a Fund's Shareholder Reports, and the Trust's Form N-CSR and Form N-SAR, filed twice a year. The Trust's SAI and Shareholder Reports are available free upon request from the Trust, and those documents and the Form N- CSR and Form N-SAR may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the Commission's Web site at
Quotation and last sale information for the Shares will be available via the Exchange proprietary quote and trade services and via the Consolidated Tape Association (“CTA”) high-speed line.
Quotation and last sale information for the equity portfolio holdings of a Fund that are U.S. exchange listed, including common stocks, preferred stocks, ETFs, ETNs, Depositary Receipts, and REITs will be available via the CTA high speed line. Quotation and last sale information for such U.S. exchange-listed securities, as well as futures and options on futures will be available from the exchange on which they are listed. Information relating to non-exchange listed securities of investment companies will be available from major market data vendors.
Quotation information for sovereign and quasi-sovereign bonds, U.S. government securities, corporate debt securities, commercial paper, commercial interests, bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements, fixed and floating rate securities, indexed bonds, master notes, zero coupon securities, and forward foreign currency contracts may be obtained from brokers and dealers who make markets in such securities or through nationally recognized pricing services through subscription agreements.
In addition, the Intraday Indicative Value, as defined in BZX Rule 14.11(i)(3)(C), will be widely disseminated at least every 15 seconds during Regular Trading Hours by one or more major market data vendors.
Additional information regarding the Trust and the Shares, including investment strategies, risks, creation and redemption procedures, fees, portfolio holdings disclosure policies, distributions and taxes is included in the Registration Statement. All terms relating to a Fund that are referred to, but not defined, in this proposed rule change are defined in the Registration Statement.
With respect to trading halts, the Exchange may consider all relevant factors in exercising its discretion to halt or suspend trading in the Shares of the Funds.
The Exchange deems the Shares to be equity securities, thus rendering trading in the Shares subject to the Exchange's existing rules governing the trading of equity securities. The Exchange will allow trading in the Shares from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. E.T. The Exchange has appropriate rules to facilitate transactions in the Shares during all trading sessions. As provided in BZX Rule 14.11(i)(2)(C), the minimum price variation for quoting and entry of orders in Managed Fund Shares traded on the Exchange is $0.01.
The Exchange believes that its surveillance procedures are adequate to properly monitor the trading of the Shares on the Exchange during all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules and the applicable federal securities laws. Trading of the Shares through the Exchange will be subject to the Exchange's surveillance procedures for derivative products, including Managed Fund Shares.
The Exchange will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares and underlying common stocks, preferred stocks, Depositary Receipts, REITs, ETFs, ETNs, futures and options on futures with other markets and other entities that are members of the ISG, and the Exchange may obtain trading information regarding trading in the Shares and underlying common stocks, preferred stocks, Depositary Receipts, REITs, ETFs, ETNs, futures and options on futures from such markets and other entities. In addition, the Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in the Shares and underlying common stocks, preferred stocks, Depositary Receipts, REITs, ETFs, ETNs, futures and options on futures from markets and other entities that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has in place a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement.
Not more than 10% of the net assets of a Fund in the aggregate invested in exchange-traded equity securities shall consist of equity securities whose principal market is not a member of the ISG or party to a CSSA with the Exchange.
In addition, the Exchange also has a general policy prohibiting the distribution of material, non-public information by its employees.
Prior to the commencement of listing on the Exchange, the Exchange will inform its members in an Information Circular of the special characteristics and risks associated with trading the Shares. Specifically, the Information Circular will discuss the following: (1) The procedures for purchases and redemptions of Shares in Creation Units (and that Shares are not individually redeemable); (2) BZX Rule 3.7, which imposes suitability obligations on Exchange members with respect to recommending transactions in the Shares to customers; (3) how information regarding the Intraday Indicative Value and the Disclosed Portfolio is disseminated; (4) the risks involved in trading the Shares during the Pre-Opening
In addition, the Information Circular will advise members, prior to the commencement of trading, of the prospectus delivery requirements applicable to the Fund. Members purchasing Shares from the Funds for resale to investors will deliver a prospectus to such investors. The Information Circular will also discuss any exemptive, no-action, and interpretive relief granted by the Commission from any rules under the Act.
In addition, the Information Circular will reference that each Fund is subject to various fees and expenses described in the Registration Statement. The Information Circular will also disclose the trading hours of the Shares of each of the Funds and the applicable NAV Calculation Time for the Shares. The Information Circular will disclose that information about the Shares of the Fund will be publicly available on each Fund's Web site. In addition, the Information Circular will reference that the Trust is subject to various fees and expenses described in each Fund's Registration Statement.
The basis under the Act for this proposed rule change is the requirement under Section 6(b)(5)
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in that the Shares will be listed and traded on the Exchange pursuant to the applicable initial and continued listing criteria in BZX Rule 14.11(i). The Exchange believes that its surveillance procedures are adequate to properly monitor the trading of the Shares on the Exchange during all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules and the applicable federal securities laws. If the investment adviser to the investment company issuing Managed Fund Shares is affiliated with a broker-dealer, such investment adviser to the investment company shall erect a “fire wall” between the investment adviser and the broker-dealer with respect to access to information concerning the composition and/or changes to such investment company portfolio. The Exchange will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares and underlying common stocks, preferred stocks,
In addition, the Exchange also has a general policy prohibiting the distribution of material, non-public information by its employees.
The Adviser is not registered as a broker-dealer and is not affiliated with a broker-dealer. In the event that (a) the Adviser or any sub-adviser becomes registered as, or becomes newly affiliated with, a broker-dealer, or (b) any new adviser or sub-adviser is a registered broker-dealer or becomes affiliated with a broker-dealer, it will implement a fire wall with respect to its relevant personnel or broker dealer affiliate, as applicable, regarding access to information concerning the composition and/or changes to a portfolio, and will be subject to procedures designed to prevent the use and dissemination of material non-public information regarding such portfolio. Each Fund may hold up to an aggregate amount of 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities (calculated at the time of investment), consistent with Commission guidance. Each Fund's investments will be consistent with its respective investment objective and will not be used to enhance leverage.
The proposed rule change is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade and to protect investors and the public interest in that the Exchange will obtain a representation from the issuer of the Shares that the NAV per Share will be calculated daily and that the NAV and the Disclosed Portfolio will be made available to all market participants at the same time. In addition, a large amount of information is publicly available regarding the Funds and the Shares, thereby promoting market transparency. Moreover, the Intraday Indicative Value will be widely disseminated by one or more major market data vendors at least every 15 seconds during the Regular Trading Hours. On each business day, before commencement of trading in Shares in the Regular Trading on the Exchange, the Adviser will disclose on its Web site the Disclosed Portfolio that will form the basis for the Funds' calculation of NAV at the end of the business day.
Quotation and last sale information for the equity portfolio holdings of a Fund that are U.S. exchange listed, including common stocks, preferred stocks, ETFs, ETNs, Depositary Receipts, and REITs will be available via the CTA high speed line. Quotation and last sale information for such U.S. exchange-listed securities, as well as futures and options on futures will be available from the exchange on which they are listed. Information relating to non-exchange listed securities of investment companies will be available from major market data vendors.
Quotation information for sovereign and quasi-sovereign bonds, U.S. government securities, corporate debt securities, commercial paper, commercial interests, bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements, fixed and floating rate securities, indexed bonds, master notes, zero coupon securities, and forward foreign currency contracts may be obtained from brokers and dealers who make markets in such securities or through nationally recognized pricing services through subscription agreements. The Web site for the Funds will include a form of the prospectus for the Funds and additional data relating to NAV and other applicable quantitative information.
Moreover, prior to the commencement of listing on the Exchange, the Exchange will inform its Members in an Information Circular of the special characteristics and risks associated with trading the Shares. Trading in Shares of the Fund will be halted under the conditions specified in BZX Rule 11.18. Trading may also be halted because of market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in the Shares inadvisable. Finally, trading in the Shares will be subject to BZX Rule 14.11(i)(4)(B)(iv), which sets forth circumstances under which Shares of the Fund may be halted. As noted above, investors will also have ready access to information regarding the Fund's holdings, the Intraday Indicative Value, the Disclosed Portfolio, and quotation and last sale information of the Shares. The proposed rule change is designed to perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest in that it will facilitate the listing and trading of additional types of actively-managed exchange- traded products that will enhance competition among market participants, to the benefit of investors and the marketplace. As noted above, the Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in the Shares from markets and other entities that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has in place a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. In addition, as noted above, investors will have ready access to information regarding the Funds' holdings, the Intraday Indicative Value, the Disclosed Portfolio, and quotation and last sale information for the Shares.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purpose of the Act. The Exchange notes that the proposed rule change, rather will facilitate the transfer from Arca and listing of additional actively-managed exchange-traded products on Bats, which will enhance competition among listing venues, to the benefit of issuers, investors, and the marketplace more broadly.
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received written comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, the proposed rule change has become
Normally, a proposed rule change filed pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6) under the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend ISE Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02 in connection with business continuity and disaster recovery plans (“BC/DR Plans”) testing requirements for certain Members in connection with Regulation Systems Compliance and Integrity (“Regulation SCI”).
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements
The Exchange proposes to amend ISE Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02 to conform the current rule text regarding BC/DR Plans testing requirements with that of NASDAQ PHLX LLC (“Phlx”) Rule 926,
As adopted by the Commission, Regulation SCI applies to certain self-regulatory organizations (including the Exchange), alternative trading systems (“ATSs”), plan processors, and exempt clearing agencies (collectively, “SCI entities”), and requires these SCI entities to comply with requirements with respect to the automated systems central to the performance of their regulated activities. Among the requirements of Regulation SCI is Rule 1001(a)(2)(v), which requires the Exchange and other SCI entities to maintain “[b]usiness continuity and disaster recovery plans that include maintaining backup and recovery capabilities sufficiently resilient and geographically diverse and that are reasonably designed to achieve next business day resumption of trading and two-hour resumption of critical SCI systems following a wide-scale disruption.”
With respect to an SCI entity's BC/DR Plans, including its backup systems, paragraph (a) of Rule 1004 of Regulation SCI requires each SCI entity to: “[e]stablish standards for the designation of those members or participants that the SCI entity reasonably determines are, taken as a whole, the minimum necessary for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets in the event of the activation of such plans.”
As set forth below, in connection with Regulation SCI, the Exchange is proposing to amend ISE Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02 to conform with Phlx Rule 926, Nasdaq Rule 1170 and BX Rule 1170. Phlx Rule 926, Nasdaq Rule 1170 and BX Rule 1170 are similar to ISE Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02, which incorporates the requirements of Rule 1004 of Regulation SCI as part of the Exchange's rules, and sets forth the notice, selection criteria and obligations of Members with respect to BC/DR Plans testing.
The Exchange proposes to adopt rule text from Phlx Rule 926(a), Nasdaq Rule 1170(a) and BX Rule 1170(a), which will set forth the Exchange's obligations with respect to the selection of Members for testing. Specifically, the proposed rule will require the Exchange to “[e]stablish standards for the designation of those Members that the Exchange reasonably determines are, taken as a whole, the minimum necessary for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets in the event of the activation of such plans.” The proposed rule further provides that “[s]uch standards may include volume-based and/or market share-based criteria, and may be adjusted from time to time by the Exchange.” Lastly, the proposed rule will require the Exchange to provide public notice of the standards that it adopts.
The Exchange is proposing to revise Rule 803 at Supplementary Material .02, which will set forth the obligations of the Exchange and its Members with respect to testing, similar to Phlx Rule 926(b), Nasdaq Rule 1170(b) and BX Rule 1170(b). Specifically, the proposed rule will require the Exchange to “designate Members pursuant to the standards established in paragraph (a) of this rule and require participation by such designated Members in scheduled functional and performance testing of the operation of such plans, in the manner and frequency specified by the Exchange, provided that such frequency shall not be less than once every 12 months.” Moreover, the proposed rule will require the Exchange to provide at least 6 months prior notice to Members that are designated for mandatory testing. Lastly, the proposed rule will provide notice that participation in testing is a condition of membership for Members that are designated for testing.
Today, ISE's Rule similarly sets forth the Exchange's obligations with respect to the selection of Members for testing. Like the proposed rule change, these standards for the designation of those Members must be reasonably determined by the Exchange, when taken as a whole, to have the minimum necessary for the maintenance of fair and orderly markets in the event of the activation of such plans. ISE's Rule requires the Exchange to provide public notice of the standards that it adopts. Further, ISE's Rule requires Primary Market Makers (“PMMs”) to participate in scheduled functional and performance testing of the operation of such plans with a frequency of not less than once every 12 months. These standards remain substantially the same under the proposed rule change.
Today, ISE's Rule requires that at least 3 months prior to a scheduled functional and performance testing of the Exchange's business continuity and disaster recovery plans, the Exchange publishes the criteria to be used by the Exchange to determine which PMMs will be required to participate in such testing, and notifies those PMMs that are required to participate based on such criteria. The Phlx, Nasdaq and BX rules require at least 6 months prior notice to Members that are designated for mandatory testing. This change would expand the notice period. Also, ISE has specific provisions for PMMs with respect to selection for testing. Today, ISE provides that PMMs that have been determined by the Exchange to contribute a meaningful percentage of the Exchange's overall volume, measured on a quarterly or monthly basis, will be required to participate in scheduled functional and performance testing. The Exchange may also consider other factors in determining the PMMs that will be required to participate in scheduled functional and performance
The Exchange would continue to encourage all Members to connect to the Exchange's backup systems and to participate in testing of such systems;
The Exchange is proposing to initially select Members with the highest levels of trading volume on the Exchange over four calendar months (“Measurement Period”) as mandatory testing for Members [sic].
The proposed rule change is intended to provide consistency across the six options exchanges operated by Nasdaq, Inc. in regard to the standards established for the designation of Members that are required to participate in the Exchange's business continuity and disaster recovery testing. In turn, participants that are Members on multiple exchanges operated by Nasdaq, Inc. will be provided greater uniformity and ease of testing with the establishment of consistent standards across the multiple Nasdaq exchanges.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6 of the Act,
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. To the contrary, the proposal is not a competitive proposal but rather is necessary for the Exchange's compliance with Regulation SCI.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice of open Federal Advisory Committee meetings.
The SBA is issuing this notice to announce the location, date, time and agenda for the 2nd and 3rd quarter meetings of the Federal Advisory Committee for the Small Business Development Centers Program. The meetings will be open to the public; however, advance notice of attendance is required.
All meetings will be held via conference call with the exception of Sunday, February 5, 2017. February meeting will be held at the Crystal City Marriot at Reagan National, 1999 Jefferson Davis Hwy., Arlington, VA 22202.
Monika Nixon, Office of Small Business Development Center, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 Third Street SW., Washington, DC 20416;
If anyone wishes to be a listening participant or would like to request accommodations, please contact Monika Nixon at the information above.
Pursuant to section 10(a) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), SBA announces the meetings of the National SBDC Advisory Board. This Board provides advice and counsel to the SBA Administrator and Associate Administrator for Small Business Development Centers.
The purpose of the meetings is to discuss the following issues pertaining to the SBDC Program:
By virtue of the authority vested in the Secretary of State, including Section 1081 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2016 (Pub. L. 114-95) (the NDAA) and delegated pursuant to Delegation of Authority 245-1, dated February 13,2009, I hereby delegate to the Assistant Secretary for Political-Military Affairs, to the extent authorized by law, the authority to concur with the Secretary of Defense establishing Defense Institution Capacity Building Programs pursuant to subsection 1081(a) and 1081(b) of the NDAA.
Notwithstanding this delegation of authority, any function or authority delegated herein may be exercised by the Secretary, the Deputy Secretary, the Deputy Secretary for Management and Resources, or the Under Secretary for Arms Control and International Security. Any reference in this
This delegation of authority shall be published in the
Notice is hereby given of the following determinations: Pursuant to the authority vested in me by the Act of October 19, 1965 (79 Stat. 985; 22 U.S.C. 2459), E.O. 12047 of March 27, 1978, the Foreign Affairs Reform and Restructuring Act of 1998 (112 Stat. 2681,
For further information, including a list of the imported objects, contact the Office of Public Diplomacy and Public Affairs in the Office of the Legal Adviser, U.S. Department of State (telephone: 202-632-6471; email:
The Department of State will conduct an open meeting at 9:30 a.m. on Tuesday January 24, 2017, in room 4R14-18 of the Douglas A. Munro Coast Guard Headquarters Building at St. Elizabeth's, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593. The primary purpose of the meeting is to prepare for the fourth session of the International Maritime Organization's (IMO) Sub-Committee on Human Element, Training and Watchkeeping (HTW) to be held at the IMO Headquarters, United Kingdom, January 30-February 3, 2017.
The agenda items to be considered include:
Members of the public may attend this meeting up to the seating capacity of the room. Upon request to the meeting coordinator, members of the public may also participate via teleconference, up to the capacity of the teleconference phone line. To access the teleconference line, participants should call (202) 475-4000 and use Participant Code: 887 809 72. To facilitate the building security process, and to request reasonable accommodation, those who plan to attend should contact the meeting coordinator, Mr. E.J. Terminella, by email at
Additional information regarding this and other IMO public meetings may be found at:
Acting under the authority of and in accordance with section 1(b) of E.O. 13224 of September 23, 2001, as amended by E.O. 13268 of July 2, 2002, and E.O. 13284 of January 23, 2003, I hereby determine that the individual known as Saleck Ould Cheikh Mohamedou, also known as Saleck Ould Cheikh committed or poses a significant risk of committing, acts of terrorism that threaten the security of U.S. nationals or the national security, foreign policy, or economy of the United States.
Consistent with the determination in section 10 of E.O. 13224 that prior notice to persons determined to be subject to the Order who might have a
This notice shall be published in the
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FAA invites public comments about our intention to request the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval of a new information collection. The information collected is used to verify that pilots in command meet the requirements of section 2307 of Public Law 114-190. The new information collection is in response to implementation of section 2307, medical certification of certain small aircraft pilots, of Public Law 114-190, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Extension, Safety, and Security Act of 2016 (FESSA). Section 2307 of FESSA established a new voluntary program of physical examination and education requirements for certain pilots in command in lieu of those pilots holding a medical certificate.
Written comments should be submitted by February 27, 2017.
Send comments to the FAA at the following address: Ronda Thompson, Room 441, Federal Aviation Administration, ASP-110, 950 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Washington, DC 20024.
Ronda Thompson by email at:
The FAA is publishing a final rule, Alternative Pilot Physical Examination and Education Requirements, to implement the provisions of section 2307 (RIN 2120-AK96).
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FAA invites public comments about our intention to request the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval to renew and revise a previously approved information collection. The information collected is used to determine if applicants are medically qualified to perform the duties associated with the class of airman medical certificate sought. The FAA is announcing its intent to reduce the burden associated with this information collection in response to its implementation of section 2307 of Public Law 114-190. Section 2307 of Public Law 114-190 established a new voluntary program of physical examination and education requirements for certain pilots in command in lieu of those pilots holding a medical certificate.
Written comments should be submitted by February 27, 2017.
Send comments to the FAA at the following address: Ronda Thompson, Room 441, Federal Aviation Administration, ASP-110, 950 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Washington, DC 20024.
Ronda Thompson by email at:
The FAA is publishing a final rule, Alternative Pilot Physical Examination and Education Requirements, to implement the provisions of section 2307 (RIN 2120-AK96).
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA); DOT.
Notice of public meetings.
This notice announces three meetings of the Emergency Route Working Group (ERWG). The Federal Advisory Committee Act requires that notice of these meetings be published in the
Three public meetings will be held on:
• Monday, January 9, 2017, from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., e.t.
• Thursday, February 16, 2017, from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., e.t.
• Thursday, March 16, 2017, from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., e.t.
All three public meetings will be held at the U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Ave., Conference Center, Washington, DC 20590.
Due to the limited amount of parking around DOT Headquarters, use of public transit is strongly advised. DOT is served by the Navy Yard Metrorail Station (Green line). The closest exit to DOT Headquarters is the Navy Yard exit. Train and bus schedules are available at Metrorail's Web site at:
Crystal Jones, FHWA Office of Freight Management and Operations, (202) 366-2976, or via email at
An electronic copy of this notice may be downloaded from the from the
• Monday, January 9, 2017, from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., e.t.
• Thursday, February 16, 2017, from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., e.t.
• Thursday, March 16, 2017, from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., e.t.
These meetings are being conducted to develop recommendations for the DOT Secretary on issues and associated best practices to encourage expeditious State approval of special permits for vehicles involved in emergency response and recovery.
(1) Impediments currently exist that prevent expeditious State approval of special permits for vehicles involved in emergency response and recovery;
(2) it is possible to pre-identify and establish emergency routes between States through which infrastructure repair materials could be delivered following a natural disaster or emergency;
(3) a State could pre-designate an emergency route identified under paragraph (2) as a certified emergency route if a motor vehicle that exceeds the otherwise applicable Federal and State truck size and weight limits may safely operate along such route during periods of declared emergency and recovery from such periods; and
(4) an online map could be created to identify each pre-designated emergency route under paragraph (3), including information on specific vehicle limitations, obligations, and notification requirements along that route.
Section 5502 of Public Law 114-94; 5 U.S.C. Appendix 2; 41 CFR 102-3.65; 49 CFR 1.85.
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Third Amendment to the Coordinated Remedy Order.
1. On November 3, 2015, upon the conclusion of the Coordinated Remedy Program Proceeding and closing of public Docket Number NHTSA-2015-0055 (addressing the recalls of certain Takata air bag inflators), NHTSA issued a Consent Order to Takata on November 3, 2015 (“November 2015 Consent Order”) and the CRO.
2. Since that time, NHTSA has continued its investigation into the Takata air bag inflator ruptures (EA15-001) and has been implementing and overseeing the Coordinated Remedy Program. As part of the ongoing investigation NHTSA has, among other things, received briefings from three independent research organizations,
3. The number of Takata air bag inflators currently recalled, or scheduled for recall, has increased since November 3, 2015, from approximately 23 million to approximately 61 million
4. Following the issuance of the November 2015 Consent Order and the CRO, NHTSA continued its investigation into the rupturing Takata air bag inflators and began to implement the Coordinated Remedy Program.
5. In late 2015, Takata shared new inflator ballistic testing data with the Agency. That data included ruptures during testing of four (4) non-desiccated PSPI inflators and two (2) non-desiccated PSPI-L inflators (both of which are passenger side air bag inflators). Based on the new ballistic testing data, in December 2015, Takata amended DIRs 15E-042 (for the PSPI-L) and 15E-043 (for the PSPI) to include inflators through model year 2008, and the impacted vehicle manufacturers
6. Meanwhile, in the fall of 2015, Takata began ballistic testing and analysis of certain non-desiccated PSDI-5 driver air bag inflators returned from the field. In January 2016, Takata notified the Agency that of 961 returned non-desiccated PSDI-5 inflators subjected to testing, three (3) had ruptured during testing and an additional five (5) had shown elevated internal pressure levels during testing
7. In January 2016, the Agency learned that on December 22, 2015, the driver of a 2006 Ford Ranger was killed in a crash in Lancaster County, South Carolina, when the non-desiccated SDI inflator in his air bag ruptured during deployment. While this vehicle was under recall for the passenger side air bag inflator, the driver side air bag inflator had not been recalled because no ruptures had occurred during previous ballistic testing. That ballistic testing was conducted as part of a proactive surveillance testing program that included 1,900 tests conducted on parts taken out of vehicles located in the high absolute humidity (“HAH”) region.
8. In light of the new ballistic test data showing ruptures in non-desiccated PSDI-5 inflators (see Paragraph 6),
9. In February and March 2016, the Agency received briefings from Exponent, Inc., Fraunhofer ITC, and Orbital ATK, regarding their research into the root cause(s) of the inflator ruptures, including the conclusions each had drawn as of that time. The findings of all three research organizations were consistent with previous theories that most of the inflator ruptures are associated with a long-term phenomenon of PSAN propellant degradation caused by years of exposure to temperature fluctuations and intrusion of moisture from the ambient atmosphere into the inflator.
10. Based on the Agency's root cause determination regarding the non-desiccated PSAN frontal inflators, on May 4, 2016, NHTSA issued, and Takata agreed to, the Amended Consent Order. The Amended Consent Order sets forth a phased schedule of five DIR filings by Takata between May 15, 2016 and December 31, 2019, that ultimately will recall all Takata frontal non-desiccated PSAN air bag inflators, including all “like-for-like” inflators used as remedy parts during the recalls.
11. Since issuing the CRO, the Agency has continued to monitor the availability of remedy parts supply through communications with Takata, other major inflator suppliers (the “Suppliers”),
12. Significant efforts by the Affected Vehicle Manufacturers and Suppliers to ensure an adequate remedy parts supply will be required for the foreseeable future as these recalls continue to expand with the future scheduled DIRs for Takata frontal air bag inflators containing non-desiccated PSAN (hereafter, the combined current and future recalls of Takata non-desiccated PSAN air bag inflators are referred to as the “Expanded Inflator Recalls”), and the potential expansion by December 31, 2019, to Takata frontal inflators containing desiccated PSAN.
13. In addition to the ongoing investigation and recall expansions, the Agency is implementing the Coordinated Remedy Program. This included the selection in December 2015 of an Independent Monitor (hereafter, the Independent Monitor and/or his team are referred to as the “Monitor”) responsible for, among other things, data collection from the Affected Vehicle Manufacturers, Takata, and Suppliers, which allows for enhanced analysis on remedy parts supply, recall completion rates, and efforts being made by each affected manufacturer to successfully carry out its recall and remedy program. In addition to frequent direct communications with Takata and each of the Affected Vehicle Manufacturers, the Agency has extensive communications with the Monitor regarding new information, insights, and proposals for addressing challenges identified through the data analysis.
14. In consultation with NHTSA, the Monitor has engaged in extensive discussions with the Affected Vehicle Manufacturers and Takata, and also with the Suppliers. Among other things, the Monitor has conducted data analysis to identify high-risk communities needing improved repair rates; spearheaded targeted outreach into high-risk communities with data analysis of the effectiveness of those efforts; overseen marketing research, developed deep knowledge of affected vehicle manufacturers supply chains and dealer network business practices; and provided recommendations to the vehicle manufacturers subject to the CRO to improve processes, procedures, communications, and outreach to improve recall completion rates at each.
15. Numerous challenges have been identified by the Agency, or brought to the Agency's attention by the Monitor, regarding the recalls underway and varying levels of compliance with the CRO. One significant issue that has arisen is clear communication with the public on what is happening. Consumers are confused. Consumers should be readily able to determine what vehicles are affected (and when), what to do if a remedy part is not available, and whether they will need to get their vehicle repaired more than once. The challenge of providing the public with clear and accurate information (for NHTSA and the Affected Vehicle Manufacturers) is compounded when each vehicle manufacturer crafts a different message, often resulting in consumer confusion.
16. Another overarching challenge has been the term “sufficient supply” to launch a remedy campaign as set forth in paragraph 39 of the CRO. Some vehicle manufacturers have expressed uncertainty to NHTSA about what volume of supply is “sufficient” to launch a remedy campaign. Some vehicle manufacturers have also struggled to comply with the “sufficient supply” schedule set forth in paragraph 39 of the CRO, and some have provided inadequate and late communication to NTHSA regarding their inability to fully meet the “sufficient supply” schedule. Finally, some vehicle manufacturers have communicated to the Agency and the Monitor that they had adequate supply to launch, yet did not reflect that status in the data sent to the Vehicle Identification Number (“VIN”) Lookup Tool available through NHTSA's Web site,
17.
18.
19. In addition to the above challenges to NHTSA's oversight of vehicle manufacturers under the existing Coordinated Remedy Program and the CRO, a change to the structure of the recall zones will present challenges going forward. In the original CRO issued in November 2015, vehicles were categorized into the HAH and non-HAH categories based upon the best available information at that time, which indicated that vehicles in the HAH region posed the greatest risk of rupture and thus the greatest risk of injury or death. Further testing and analysis done by Exponent, Inc. has now provided the Agency with a better understanding of the PSAN degradation process. The current, best available information shows that the HAH region should also include the states of South Carolina and California,
20. As of December 1, 2016, there have been 220 confirmed Takata inflator rupture incidents in the United States. Many of these incidents resulted in serious injury to vehicle occupants. In 11 of the incidents, the vehicle's driver died as a result of injuries sustained from the rupture of the air bag inflator. In other incidents, vehicle occupants suffered injuries including cuts or lacerations to the face or neck, broken or fractured facial bones, loss of eyesight, and broken teeth. The risk of these tragic consequences is greatest for individuals sitting in the driver seat.
Based upon the Agency's analysis and judgment, and upon consideration of the entire record, NHTSA finds that:
21. There continues to be a risk of serious injury or death if the remedy programs of the Affected Vehicle Manufacturers are not accelerated.
22. Acceleration of each Affected Vehicle Manufacturers' remedy program can be reasonably achieved by expanding the sources of replacement parts.
23. Each Affected Vehicle Manufacturers' remedy program will not likely be completed within a reasonable time without acceleration.
24. Each air bag inflator with the capacity to rupture (
25. Continued acceleration of the inflator remedy programs can be reasonably achieved by, among other things, expanding the sources of replacement parts. This acceleration can be accomplished in part by a vehicle manufacturer contracting with any appropriate alternative part supplier for remedy parts. Takata cannot manufacture sufficient remedy parts in a reasonable time for the estimated 61 million inflators that presently require remedy in the U.S. market alone under the recalls of Takata's frontal non-desiccated PSAN inflators.
26. In light of all the circumstances, including the safety risks discussed above, the Affected Vehicle Manufacturers' recall remedy programs are not likely capable of completion within a reasonable amount of time without acceleration of each remedy program. It is critical to the timely completion of each remedy program that the Affected Vehicle Manufacturers obtain remedy inflators from sources other than Takata. There is no single supplier capable of producing the volume of replacement inflators required, in a reasonable timeframe, to supply all of the remedy parts.
27. Based on the challenges identified thus far in implementing and carrying out the Coordinated Remedy Program, the Agency finds that clarification of terms of the CRO and additional CRO requirements are necessary to effectively monitor the Affected Vehicle Manufacturers' recall and remedy programs.
28. Further, based upon the recall completion information available to the Agency and the severity of the harm from inflator ruptures, notifications to vehicle owners sent by the Affected Vehicle Manufacturers do not result in an adequate number of vehicles being returned for the inflator remedy within an acceptable timeframe.
29. The issuance of this Third Amendment to the Coordinated Remedy Order is a necessary and appropriate exercise of NHTSA's authority under the Safety Act, 49 U.S.C. 30101,
30. This Third Amendment to the Coordinated Remedy Order, developed based on all evidence, data, analysis, and other information received in the Coordinated Remedy Program Proceeding, NHTSA investigation EA15-001, the Amended Consent Order, and information learned in implementing and overseeing the Coordinated Remedy Program, will reduce the risk of serious injury or death to the motoring public and enable the affected vehicle manufacturers and Takata to implement, and complete, the necessary remedy programs on an accelerated basis.
Accordingly, it is hereby
31. In addition to the Original Affected Manufacturers covered under the Coordinated Remedy Order issued November 3, 2015, the following vehicle manufacturers are hereby added to the Coordinated Remedy Program and, henceforth, are subject to the terms of the Coordinated Remedy Order and this Amendment: Ferrari North America, Inc., Jaguar Land Rover North America, LLC, McLaren Automotive, Ltd., Mercedes-Benz US, LCC, Tesla Motors, Inc., Volkswagen Group of America, Inc., and, based on a Memorandum of Understanding with the Agency, Karma Automotive.
32. Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30118, within 5 business days of Takata filing a DIR as set forth in the Amended Consent Order, each Affected Vehicle Manufacturer shall file with the Agency a corresponding DIR for the affected vehicles in that vehicle manufacturers' fleet. Takata DIRs are scheduled to be filed with the Agency on December 31 of the years 2016, 2017, 2018, and 2019. Where a DIR is scheduled to be filed on a weekend or federal holiday, that DIR shall instead be filed on the next business day that the federal government is open.
33. The Agency has communicated with the Affected Vehicle Manufacturers regarding vehicle prioritization plans based on a risk-assessment that takes into account the primary factors related to Takata inflator rupture, as currently known and understood, and other relative risk factors specific to that vehicle manufacturer's products. The primary factors utilized in prioritizations remain the same as in the CRO and are: (1) Age of the inflator (with older presenting a greater risk of rupture); (2) geographic location of the inflator (with prolonged exposure to HAH presenting a greater risk of rupture); and (3) location of the Takata inflator in the vehicle (driver, passenger, or both). Prioritizations also take into account continuity of previous recall plans and priority groups. In order to timely and adequately complete its remedy program, each Affected Vehicle Manufacturer shall, pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30120(a)(1) and (c), carry out its remedy program in accordance with the following prioritization plans unless otherwise authorized by the Agency. A complete listing of the vehicles in each priority group (“Priority Group”) developed using the above risk factors is attached hereto as Amended Annex A,
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
34. Pursuant to their obligations to remedy a defect within a reasonable time, as set forth in 49 U.S.C. 30120(a)(1) and § 30120(c)(2), each Affected Vehicle Manufacturer shall acquire a sufficient supply of remedy parts to enable it to provide remedy parts, in a manner consistent with customary business practices, to dealers within their respective dealer networks and,
Further, to the maximum extent possible, each Affected Vehicle Manufacturer shall take those measures necessary to sustain its supply of remedy parts available to dealers so that dealers are able to continue remedying vehicles after remedy program launch without delay or disruption due to issues of sufficient supply. An Affected Vehicle Manufacturer may, after consultation with and approval from NHTSA, further accelerate the launch of a Priority Group to begin the recall remedy campaign at an earlier date, provided that the vehicle manufacturer has a sufficient supply available to do so without negatively affecting supply for earlier Priority Groups.
35. To more clearly specify the remedy completion progress required in accelerating the Expanded Inflator Recalls, pursuant to the Affected Vehicle Manufacturers obligations to remedy a defect within a reasonable time (as set forth in 49 U.S.C. 30120(a)(1) and § 30120(c)(2)-(3)) each Affected Vehicle Manufacturer shall implement and execute its recall remedy program in a manner and according to a schedule designed to achieve the following remedy completion percentages
36. Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30166(e), within 90 days of the issuance of this Amendment, a vehicle manufacturer recalling inflators subject to this Amendment shall provide to NHTSA and to the Monitor a written recall engagement plan for maximizing remedy completion rates for all vehicles covered by the Expanded Inflator Recalls. Such plan shall, at a minimum, include, but not be limited to, plans to implement the methodology and techniques presented at NHTSA's Retooling Recalls Workshop held at the U.S. Department of Transportation Headquarters on April 28, 2015, as well as the recommendations the Monitor has supplied to vehicle manufacturers. Further, each such plan shall also include:
a. A narrative statement, which may be supplemented with a table, specifically detailing all inquiries made, contracts entered, and other efforts made to obtain sufficient remedy supply parts for the Inflator Recalls, including, but not limited to, the name of the supplier contacted; date of contact, request or inquiry made; and current status of that inquiry including any date by which action by one party must be taken. To ensure that sufficient United States supply will not be negatively impacted by global supply demands, this statement shall clearly explain: (i) The volume of supply intended for use in the United States; and (ii) the volume of supply the vehicle manufacturer is obtaining for recalls outside the United States; and
b. a narrative statement discussing specific communications and marketing efforts the vehicle manufacturer has taken, is taking, or is considering or planning to take to improve and maximize recall completion rates including, but not limited to, data
c. a narrative statement discussing in detail efforts the vehicle manufacturer has taken, is taking, and is considering or planning to take, to prevent the sale of inflators and/or air bag modules covered by the Expanded Inflator Recalls, and vehicles equipped with the same, over the internet (
d. a detailed narrative discussion of what efforts the vehicle manufacturer has taken, is taking, or is considering or planning to take, to monitor and remove inflators covered by the Expanded Inflator Recalls as the affected vehicles move through the used vehicle market and end-of-life market (
e. discussion of any other efforts the vehicle manufacturer is considering or has implemented evidencing the good-faith efforts being made by that vehicle manufacturer to maximize the Expanded Inflator Recalls completion rates and timely remedying of affected vehicles and the removal of defective inflators and/or inflator modules.
Such a plan shall be submitted with clear headings and subheadings that state the subject area addressed. A vehicle manufacturer that previously submitted a report pursuant to paragraph 41 of the CRO shall file an updated plan including all of the components identified herein.
37. Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30166(e), each Affected Vehicle Manufacturer shall submit to NHTSA and to the Monitor at the end of each calendar quarter supplemental assessments (“Quarterly Supplements”) of the remedy completion and maximization plans submitted pursuant to paragraph 36 of this Amendment. These Quarterly Supplements shall include, at a minimum:
a. A detailed explanation of the effectiveness of efforts since the last reporting period and an update on the implementation status of the maximization plan presented; and
b. a discussion of additional efforts being considered and/or undertaken to increase completion rates and meet the deadlines set forth in the CRO and this Amendment; and
c. a detailed discussion of efforts to implement Monitor recommendations, including recommendations issued prior to this Amendment; and
d. a detailed update on efforts made, and metrics of success, relating to each of the issues and actions identified in paragraph 36 above; and
e. a statement and/or accounting of the impact of the vehicle manufacturer's additional efforts on its recall completion relative to each of its recalls governed by this Amendment.
Quarterly Supplements shall discuss efforts made since the last report as well as future efforts planned or contemplated going forward. Quarterly Supplements shall be submitted with clear headings and subheadings identifying the required subject area addressed. Each Vehicle Manufacturer filing a plan pursuant to paragraph 36 herein shall file its first Quarterly Supplement not later than June 30, 2017.
38. Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30166(e), each Vehicle Manufacturer shall submit to the Agency a Sufficient Supply & Remedy Launch Certification Report (“Supply Certification”) not later than the Supply & Remedy Launch Deadline set forth for the applicable Priority Group in paragraph 34 herein, stating:
a. The criteria used to determine the appropriate sufficient supply to launch the remedy program for this particular phase of the recall;
b. the total number of Expanded Inflator Recalls remedy parts (or kits) the vehicle manufacturer has on hand in the United States available to customers through its dealer netwok within 48 hours;
c. the total number of Expanded Inflator Recalls remedy parts the vehicle manufacturer has on hand in the United States currently located at dealer locations ready and available for use as vehicle repair parts;
d. the percentage of Expanded Inflator Recalls remedy parts available to the dealer network within 48 hours (
e. the specific remedy part(s) identified in the Supply Certification, including the inflator supplier and the inflator model or type as identified by the inflator supplier to the vehicle manufacturer.
For paragraphs (b), (c), and (d), if more than one remedy inflator supplier or more than one remedy part is being utilized, the volumes of each part shall also be specified by inflator supplier and inflator model or type. The Supply Certification shall be signed under oath,
39. Any Affected Vehicle Manufacturer seeking an extension of time to launch based on an insufficient supply by the Supply & Launch Deadline as set forth in the CRO or this Amendment shall submit to the Agency not less than 45 days prior to the applicable deadline a Notice of Anticipated Shortage and Request for Extension (“Extension Request”). An Extension Request shall be signed under oath, (
40. Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30116-30120 and Public Law 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, within 24 hours of filing a Supply Certification, each Affected Vehicle Manufacturer shall update the remedy status returned in a search of NHTSA's Vehicle Identification Number (“VIN”) Lookup Tool, as well as its own recall search tool, if it is required under federal regulation to support those tools or is voluntarily supporting those tools at the time of this Amendment, to reflect that parts are available for vehicles covered by the Supply Certification.
41. Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30120(a), 30120(c)(3), and 30166(e), each Affected Vehicle Manufacturer using, or planning
42. Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30118(c)-(d), 30119(a)-(f), and 30120(c)(3), each Affected Vehicle Manufacturer shall conduct supplemental owner notification efforts, in coordination with the Agency and the Monitor, to increase remedy completion rates and accelerate its remedy completion timeline. Such notifications shall be made by an Affected Vehicle Manufacturer either upon specific recommendation of the Monitor to that Affected Vehicle Manufacturer, or at NHTSA's direction, or may also occur upon a vehicle manufacturer initiating such action in consultation with NHTSA and/or the Monitor. Supplemental communications shall adhere to
43. Paragraph 30 of the November 2015 Consent Order provides that the NHTSA Administrator may issue final orders for the recall of Takata's desiccated PSAN inflators if, by December 31, 2019, Takata or another credible source has not proven to NHTSA's satisfaction that the inflators are safe or the safe service life of the inflators. Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30166(e), each Affected Vehicle Manufacturer with any vehicle in its fleet equipped with a desiccated PSAN Takata inflator, and not filing a report under paragraph 41 herein, shall provide a written plan, not more than 90 days following the issuance of this amendment, fully detailing the vehicle manufacturer's plans to confirm the safety and/or service life of the desiccated PSAN inflator(s) used in its fleet. This plan shall include discussion of any plans to coordinate with Takata for recovery of parts from fleet vehicles and testing, and any anticipated or future plans to develop or expand a recovery and testing protocol of the desiccated PSAN inflators.
44. Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30166(e), Affected Vehicle Manufacturers shall submit complete and accurate biweekly recall completion update reports to NHTSA and the Monitor in the format(s) and manner requested.
45. Currently, vehicle manufacturers conducting recalls report to NHTSA vehicles determined to be unreachable for recall remedy due to export, theft, scrapping, failure to receive notification (return mail), or other reasons (manufacturer specifies), as part of regulatory requirements.
a. ALL vehicles in the particular recall campaign are at least five years of age measured from their production dates; and
b. a vehicle has not been registered in any state or territory, or has held an expired registration, for at least three continuous years; and
c. at least one alternative, nationally recognized data source corroborates the vehicle is no longer in service. Examples of such data sources include: Records from the National Motor Vehicle Title Information Service (NMVTIS); a license plate recognition data source; and a vehicle history report reflecting a lack of activity for at least three years (
46. For the purposes of reporting under this Amendment, Affected Vehicle Manufacturers may remove from recall outreach efforts the vehicles counted in the “other” category pursuant to the procedure set forth in the preceding paragraph. This includes re-notifications. However, in all instances, Affected Vehicle Manufacturers shall conduct required first class mailings, pursuant to 49 CFR 577.5. These mailings may be discontinued for vehicles the vehicle manufacturer has identified, and reported to NHTSA, as scrapped, exported, stolen, or for whom mail was returned.
47. Before utilizing the “other” category as set forth herein, the vehicle manufacturer shall explicitly notify NHTSA through a Part 573 document (initial or updated) that it intends to use the “other” reporting category to report counts of vehicles that meet its defined criteria. The manufacturer shall notify NHTSA of its decision before filing the quarterly report, or biweekly completion report, in which the vehicle manufacturer intends to utilize this “other” category as set forth herein.
48. Vehicle manufacturers opting to use the “other” reporting category shall:
a. Keep records to substantiate the determination to count any vehicle in the “other” category; and
b. in the initial notice, and with updates upon NHTSA's request, provide written documentation identifying to NHTSA an estimate of the financial resources saved utilizing this approach and explaining how those resources are reallocated to improve recall completion rates for the recalled vehicle population that remains in service; and
c. perform retroactive monitoring to identify any VIN reported as “other” but that was later serviced, for any reason, by a dealer. This recurring obligation shall be completed every quarter for which the vehicle manufacturer reports on the recall. Should the number of these VINs exceed five (5) percent of the total number of “other” reported VINs, the vehicle manufacturer must notify NHTSA and justify why the “other” category should remain available for use for that recall; and
d. maintain ALL VINs as active, or “live”, in the VIN data systems such that any search for the VIN will reflect an open recall status on the NHTSA web tool, the manufacturer's web tool, and any and all dealer and other data networks with, and through which, the vehicle manufacturer communicates safety recall status information.
49. The Agency may, in its discretion, reject, modify, or terminate, a manufacturer's use of the “other” category reporting mechanism.
50. Vehicle manufacturers are required to provide six (6) consecutive quarters of reporting on recall completions pursuant to 49 CFR 573.7. Some Affected Vehicle Manufacturers are utilizing phased launches to prioritize parts availability in certain recall remedy campaigns. While quarterly reports must be filed once a vehicle manufacturer has initiated a recall remedy program, the consecutive quarters of reporting shall be counted towards the six required reports once the campaign is fully launched.
51. NHTSA may, after consultation with an affected vehicle manufacturer, and/or Takata, or upon a recommendation of the Monitor, modify or amend provisions of this Amendment to, among other things: Account for and timely respond to newly obtained facts, data, changed circumstances, and/or other information that may become available throughout the term of the Coordinated Remedy Program. Such modifications may include, but are not limited to, changes to the Priority Groups contained in Amended Annex A; allowing for reasonable extensions of time for the timelines contained in Paragraphs 34 and 35; facilitating further recalls as contemplated by Paragraphs 29 and 30 of the Amended Consent Order; or for any other purpose related to the Coordinated Remedy Program, the Coordinated Remedy Order, and/or this Amendment to the Coordinated Remedy Order. Any such modification or amendment shall be made in writing signed by the NHTSA Administrator or his designee.
52. This Amendment shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Takata and the Affected Vehicle Manufacturers, including their current and former directors, officers, employees, agents, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, and assigns, as well as any person or entity succeeding to its interests or obligations herein, including as a result of any changes to the corporate structure or relationships among or between Takata, or any Affected Vehicle Manufacturers, and any of that company's parents, subsidiaries, or affiliates.
53. This Amendment shall become effective upon issuance by the NHTSA Administrator. In the event of a breach of, or failure to perform, any term of this Amendment by Takata or any Affected Vehicle Manufacturer, NHTSA may pursue any and all appropriate remedies, including, but not limited to, seeking civil penalties pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30165, actions compelling specific performance of the terms of this Order, and/or commencing litigation to enforce this Order in any United States District Court.
54. This Amendment to the Coordinated Remedy Order should be construed to include all terms and provisions of the Coordinated Remedy Order, and prior Amendments, unless expressly superseded herein.
55. This Amendment to the Coordinated Remedy Order shall not be construed to create rights in, or grant any cause of action to, any third party not subject to this Amendment.
56. In carrying out the directives of the Coordinated Remedy Order and this Amendment to the Coordinated Remedy Order, vehicle manufacturers and vehicle equipment manufacturers (
In the following Priority Groups, the area of high absolute humidity (“HAH”) is defined by each vehicle manufacturer individually, but in all instances includes vehicles originally sold or ever registered in Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Louisiana, Mississippi, Texas, Puerto Rico, American Samoa, Guam, Saipan, and the U.S. Virgin Islands. “Non-HAH” means any vehicle that has not been identified by the vehicle manufacturer as having been originally sold or ever registered in the HAH region, as defined by the vehicle manufacturer. The terms HAH and Non-HAH apply to vehicles in Priority Groups 1, 2, and 3. Zones A, B, and C are defined in paragraph 7 of the Amendment to November 3, 2015 Consent Order issued to Takata by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration on May 4, 2016. Zone A includes the previously defined HAH plus the expansion states of California and South Carolina. Zones A, B, and C apply to Priority Groups 4 through 12.
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), DOT.
Notice of Calendar Year 2017 Minimum Annual Percentage Rate for Random Drug Testing; Reminder for Operators To Report Contractor MIS Data; and Reminder of Method for Operators To Obtain User Name and Password for Electronic Reporting.
PHMSA has determined that the minimum random drug testing rate for covered employees will remain at 25 percent during calendar year 2017. Operators are reminded that drug and alcohol testing information must be submitted for contractors performing or ready to perform covered functions. For calendar year 2016 reporting, PHMSA will not attempt to mail the “user name” and “password” for the Drug and Alcohol Management Information System (DAMIS) to operators, but will make the user name and password available in the PHMSA Portal (
Effective January 1, 2017, through December 31, 2017.
Blaine Keener, Director of Safety Data Systems and Analysis, by telephone at 202-366-0970 or by email at
Operators of gas, hazardous liquid, and carbon dioxide pipelines and operators of liquefied natural gas facilities must randomly select and test a percentage of covered employees for prohibited drug use. Pursuant to 49 CFR 199.105(c)(2), (3), and (4), the PHMSA Administrator's decision on whether to change the minimum annual random drug testing rate is based on the reported random drug test positive rate for the pipeline industry. The data considered by the Administrator comes from operators' annual submissions of Management Information System (MIS) reports required by § 199.119(a). If the reported random drug test positive rate is less than one percent, the Administrator may continue the minimum random drug testing rate at 25 percent. In calendar year 2015, the random drug test positive rate was less than one percent. Therefore, the
On January 19, 2010, PHMSA published an Advisory Bulletin (75 FR 2926) implementing the annual collection of contractor MIS drug and alcohol testing data. An operator's report to PHMSA is not considered complete until an MIS report is submitted for each contractor that
In previous years, PHMSA attempted to mail the DAMIS user name and password to operator staff with responsibility for submitting DAMIS reports. Based on the number of phone calls to PHMSA each year requesting this information, the mailing process has not been effective. Pipeline operators have been submitting reports required by Parts 191 and 195 through the PHMSA Portal (
The user name and password required for an operator to access DAMIS and enter calendar year 2016 data will be available to all staff with access to the PHMSA Portal in late December 2016. When the DAMIS user name and password is available in the PHMSA Portal, all registered users will receive an email to that effect. Operator staff with responsibility for submitting DAMIS reports should coordinate with registered PHMSA Portal users to obtain the DAMIS user name and password. Registered PHMSA Portal users for an operator typically include the U.S. Department of Transportation Compliance Officer and staff or consultants with responsibility for submitting annual and incident reports on PHMSA F 7000- and 7100-series forms.
For operators that have failed to register staff in the PHMSA Portal for Parts 191 and 195 reporting purposes, operator staff responsible for submitting DAMIS reports can register in the PHMSA Portal by following the instructions at:
Pursuant to §§ 199.119(a) and 199.229(a), operators with 50 or more covered employees, including both operator and contractor staff, are required to submit DAMIS reports annually. Operators with less than 50 total covered employees are required to report only upon written request from PHMSA. If an operator has submitted a calendar year 2014 or later DAMIS report with less than 50 total covered employees, the PHMSA Portal message may state that no calendar year 2016 DAMIS report is required. Some of these operators may have grown to more than 50 covered employees during calendar year 2016. The PHMSA Portal message will include instructions for how these operators can obtain a calendar year 2016 DAMIS user name and password.
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), DOT.
Notice and request for comments.
On May 13, 2016, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) published a notice in the
During the 60-day comment period, PHMSA received 10 comments from stakeholders in response to the proposed form revisions. All commenters, except one, supported the overall proposed changes to enhance pipeline safety. PHMSA is publishing this notice to respond to the specific comments received and to announce that the information collection will be submitted to OMB for approval.
Comments must be submitted on or before January 26, 2017.
Send comments regarding the burden estimate, including suggestions for reducing the burden, to OMB, Attention: Desk Officer for the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503. You may also send comments by email to
Angela Dow by telephone at 202-366-1246, by fax at 202-366-4566, or by mail at U.S. Department of Transportation, PHMSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., PHP-30, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
Section 1320.8(d), title 5, Code of Federal Regulations, requires PHMSA to provide interested members of the public and affected entities an opportunity to comment on information collection and recordkeeping requests. This notice identifies proposed changes to information collections that PHMSA will submit to OMB for approval. In order to streamline and improve the data collection processes, PHMSA is revising the incident report forms for both hazardous liquid and gas operators.
OMB Control Number 2137-0047, which covers the collection of hazardous liquid incident data, expires on December 31, 2016. OMB Control Number 2137-0522, which currently covers the collection of both annual report and incident data for gas operators, expires on October 31, 2017. To simplify the renewal process of these data collections in the future, PHMSA proposes collecting gas incident and gas annual reports under separate OMB control numbers. To achieve this, PHMSA plans to request a new OMB control number for the three gas incident forms currently under OMB Control No. 2137-0522. The remaining reports under this information collection—the Gas Transmission, LNG, and Mechanical Fitting Failure annual reports—will remain under their current OMB control number.
The 10 comments that PHMSA received in response to the May 13, 2016,
AGA, DTE, and, SW commented on PHMSA F 7100.1, Gas Distribution Incident Report. The comments are summarized and addressed below.
1. DTE noted that “Day Light Savings” in A4.b should be “Day Light Saving.” PHMSA has made the correction.
2. In response to removing the questions about “Incident Resulted From” (previous A8), DTE recommended retaining the ability for operators to report “NO RELEASE OF GAS” or a volume of zero in the form, particularly Parts A7 and A8. PHMSA has ensured the electronic submittal of the gas distribution form accepts “zero” in Parts A7 and A8.
3. DTE noted that there does not appear to be a data entry field provided for the “Initial Operator NRC Report Number” in Part A18 and suggested adding one. PHMSA confirms that Part A19 reads “Initial Operator National Response Center Report Number” and the electronic submission will allow the entry of the report number or the operator can choose “NRC Notification Required But Not Made.”
4. DTE noted that “the statement in the
5. DTE recommended adding “unknown” to Parts A21a and A21c. AGA recommended adding “unknown” to Part A21c. PHMSA does not believe “unknown” should be an option in Part A21 “Did the gas ignite?” Operators should have that information during a reportable incident. SW recommended revising Part A21c to “Estimated Volume of Gas Consumed by Fire” from “Volume of Gas Consumed by Fire.” PHMSA agrees and revised the form to accommodate estimation rather than precise volume information. PHMSA understands that the calculation of gas consumed by fire requires some assumptions and estimates. However, PHMSA believes this information is important to understand the consequence of gas releases.
6. DTE commented that it will be unduly burdensome to determine the number of persons evacuated and the duration of each person's evacuation in order to provide a mathematical average length of evacuation for Part A23. On the current form, PHMSA collects the number of persons evacuated from buildings. To estimate the impact of evacuations, it is necessary to determine their length. This data would enable a more thorough determination of the benefit of proposed regulations. When an incident includes evacuations, pipeline operators may have to estimate the length of evacuation for each building and estimate the number people evacuated from each building. PHMSA revised Part A23 to say “Estimated Average Length of Evacuation.”
7. DTE recommended that PHMSA allow the ability to report “zero” for “Depth of Cover” in Part B3a. PHMSA confirms that operators will be able to enter “zero” for the “Depth of Cover” in Part B3a.
8. PHMSA will add “unable to determine” as an option to Part C2e “Did the EFV activate?” as DTE recommended. Actions taken by persons other than the operator may not leave sufficient evidence to discern if an EFV activated.
9. DTE recommended the cost of gas in Part D7 should be the unit cost rather than the billed unit costs, exclusive of operator overheads and taxes. PHMSA is seeking market price of gas to calculate the consequence of the incident. The unit cost should include all operator overheads, but not taxes. PHMSA has revised the instructions accordingly.
10. DTE recommends retaining the cost of “operator's emergency response” in Part D2c. PHMSA is seeking to capture the consequence of an incident in Part D2 where Part D2a is the cost of public and non-operator property damage and Part D2b is the estimated cost of operator's property damage and repairs. AGA recommends that the question be re-worded to “estimated cost of emergency response incurred by operator.” PHMSA understands that emergency responses are provided by both non-operator resources (city/town) and operator's resources and sometimes operators reimburse the non-operator emergency response portion. Therefore, PHMSA is proposing to collect one emergency response cost irrespective of who provides the service. PHMSA does not believe it should add “incurred by operator” since it is requesting the estimated cost of emergency response for the incident. PHMSA understands it is an estimated cost.
11. SW recommends “Total Cost” be revised to “Estimated Total Cost” in D2i to remain consistent with the “estimated” costs used to calculate this total. PHMSA agrees and has made the changes on the form.
12. In Part D PHMSA is proposing to collect number of persons injured, but not requiring overnight inpatient hospitalization, in two categories. The category proposed in D4 is for persons treated in a medical facility, but not admitted overnight. The category proposed in D5 is for persons treated by emergency medical technicians at the scene of an incident. These additional categories would more fully capture the consequences of an incident. DTE is concerned that PHMSA would “expect a gas operator to chase ambulances to determine how many on-site treatments were administered by EMT.” Currently, operators report the number of overnight, inpatient hospitalizations resulting from an incident. In order to accurately report, operators must communicate with injured parties or medical providers to determine the number of overnight, inpatient hospitalizations. Operators need this same communication to determine the number of persons treated at a medical facility but not admitted overnight. Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, medical providers are permitted, but not required, to disclose protected health information without an individual's authorization in a number of situations. PHMSA encourages operators to communicate directly with injured parties and seek disclosure from medical providers as a last resort. PHMSA expects the number of persons treated on scene, but not in a medical facility, will be readily available. AGA suggested allowing “Unknown” to be reported instead of the number of injuries. When an operator has no knowledge of injuries in the new proposed categories, PHMSA expects the operator to report zero, not unknown.
13. DTE requested that PHMSA remove Parts D6 and D7 to report the number of residential buildings and business buildings affected. SW requests PHMSA to define “affected.” In the instructions, PHMSA proposes to define “affected” as “evacuated or required repair.” PHMSA has added “Evacuated or Required Repair” next to “Buildings Affected” on the form.
14. AGA recommended that PHMSA add § 192.621 (MAOP High pressure distribution system) and § 192.623 (MAOP Low pressure distribution systems) as sections listed under Part E3a. PHMSA agrees and revised the form to remove the option for “Other” and add code references § 192.621 and § 192.623.
15. DTE noted that the threshold of 110 percent of the MAOP in Part E4 is not appropriate for all distribution systems and recommended incorporating the pressure limits allowed in § 192.201(a). PHMSA agrees and has revised Part E4 by removing “110% MAOP” and adding “the applicable allowance in § 192.201.”
16. DTE questioned the relevance of the type of odorization system used for gas at the point of failure. PHMSA believes types of odorization in E5 is important information it needs in its incident report because it will help PHMSA and its state partners to correlate incident investigation findings with the information submitted by the operator on the form. PHMSA also notes this information is easily available to operators.
17. DTE noted that information regarding the type and source of stray current required in Parts G1.2a and G1.2b may not be easily obtained and readily available within the 30-day reporting period. PHMSA already collects information regarding whether “Stray Current” was the “Type of Corrosion.” When an operator determines stray current is the type of corrosion, it will also know the data required in Parts G1.2a and G1.2b. PHMSA agrees with DTE that determining the type of corrosion typically requires metallurgical analysis and comprehensive investigation of the pipe environment. PHMSA expects that operators would report the type of corrosion in a supplemental report. PHMSA does not believe this information will cause any undue hardship for gas distribution operators since only one out of 701 gas distribution incident reports submitted to PHMSA since 2010 indicated stray current as the type of corrosion.
18. DTE asks PHMSA to clarify Part G2. PHMSA's instruction on Part G2 says “High Winds” includes damage caused by wind induced forces. Select this category if the damage is due to the force of the wind itself. Damages caused by impact from objects blown by wind are to be reported under Part G4—Other Outside Force Damage. PHMSA provided Tree/Vegetation Root as a separate category under Part G2 and as per the instruction “Tree/Vegetation Roots includes damages caused by tree and vegetation roots.” Therefore, if high winds topple trees or vegetation and cause tree/vegetation roots to pull and damage distribution mains or service lines, the cause should be reported Under Part G2 “Trees/Vegetation Roots,” not under Part G4 “Other Outside Force Damage.”
19. PHMSA agrees with AGA's recommendation that “Damage from Snow/Ice Impact or Accumulation” should be added to Part G2, Natural Force Damage.
20. DTE was unable to identify new reporting requirements for excavation damage. The redlined form and instructions in the docket reflect the proposed addition of Parts E3b and E3c, which address reporting requirements for excavation damage.
21. API/AOPL recommended that PHMSA add two additional fields to Part G3 of the hazardous liquid accident report form. The two additional fields are “exempting authority” and “exempting criteria.” PHMSA agrees this additional information would be valuable on all PHMSA incident forms, so it proposes adding them to the gas distribution incident report as Parts G3.3d and G3.3e.
22. While AGA commends PHMSA for collecting additional information on “Damage by Car, Truck, or Other Motorized Vehicle/Equipment NOT Engaged in Excavation” in Part G4, DTE alleges that it is not an operator's responsibility to investigate and determine whether a driver violated laws. PHMSA understands that operators may not have answers to all questions about driver conduct, and points out that “unknown” is an option. PHMSA will accept AGA's recommendation and clarify in the instruction for Part G4.8 to note that operator should answer “no” if the driver was experiencing a medical condition at the time of incident.
23. AGA noted that Part G4.12 should refer to Part G4.11 and not Part G4.10. PHMSA has revised the question.
24. AGA and DTE advised PHMSA to consider Part G5 mechanical fitting failure data in light of requirements under § 192.1009, which requires the submittal of PHMSA F 7100.1-2 Mechanical Fitting Failures after an incident. In response, PHMSA proposes to replace all data about “Mechanical Fitting” and “Compression Fitting” failures in Part G5 with the report ID for PHMSA F 7100.1-2 Mechanical Fitting Failures. If the PHMSA F 7100.1-2 report has not been submitted before the incident report, “Report Pending” can be submitted in Part G5. This change will alleviate the concern of SW about the lot number and model number for mechanical fittings.
25. DTE requested an option of “Unknown” in Part G6.4b for “manufactured by” and in Part G6.4c for “Year Manufactured.” Part G6.4b is a text field and operators can type unknown in the field. PHMSA has added “Unknown” as an option in Part G6.4c.
26. DTE requested PHMSA remove the “Contributing Factors” in Part J and does not believe that the National Transportation Safety Board's (NTSB) recommendation is applicable to gas distribution system. PHMSA believes this information would help stakeholders develop a more thorough understanding of the incident and ways to prevent future incidents in all pipeline systems. PHMSA agrees with AGA's recommendation to clarify that Part J pertains only to the contribution factor(s) while the apparent cause is reported in Part G.
PST, AGA, DTE, SW, PPC, and INGA, and API commented on PHMSA F 7100.2, Gas Transmission and Gathering Systems Incident Report. The comments are summarized and addressed below.
1. DTE noted that “Day Light Savings” in Part A4b should be “Day Light Saving.” PHMSA has made the correction.
2. INGAA recommended that PHMSA incorporate logic in the online form to require all times to be later than the time entered in Part A4 for time and date of the incident. API indicated it believes “PHMSA is requesting the same information in both A4 and A13” and requested that Part A4 be deleted. PHMSA believes there are certain cases where Part A4 will not represent the earliest time reported. Part A4 represents the earliest date and time when one or more definitions of an incident in § 191.3 is met. Part A13 represents the earliest time the operator identified the failure. In some cases, the operator may become aware of a failure before an incident reporting criteria is met. In other cases, one or more incident reporting criteria may be met before the operator becomes aware of the failure.
3. API questioned whether the time zone specified in Part A4a is the default time zone for the remaining questions in the form. PHMSA confirms that the time zone identified in Part A4a is the default time zone (including day light saving time in Part A4b) for the rest of the form.
4. INGAA and DTE recommended retaining Part A8 “Incident resulted from” since those incidents that do not involve a release of gas can be analyzed separately. DTE recommended that PHMSA should retain the ability for operators to report “NO RELEASE OF GAS” or a volume of zero in the form, particularly Parts A7 and A8. PHMSA has ensured the electronic submittal of the form accepts zero in Parts A7 and A8. INGAA recommended that PHMSA keep Part A8 so that those incidents without release of gas can be analyzed separately from those that involve release of gas. As PHMSA noted before, volumes of zero in Parts A7 and A8 will accomplish that goal.
5. API opined that the term “identified” is vague in Part A12 and requested that it be replaced with “initial indication.” PHMSA does not have any evidence that Part A12 wording “How was the incident initially identified by the operator” is confusing to operators as this question has been in place since 2010 without issue. PHMSA does not think API's recommendation “What was the Operator's initial indication of the Accident” would add value to the data collected.
6. API recommended replacing the phrase “Local/State/Federal Emergency Responders” with “Emergency Responders (local/state/federal)” in Part A17a-c. PHMSA does not believe this change would add value to the data collected.
7. API suggests that PHMSA define “Confirmed Discovery” in Part A19. On July 10, 2015, PHMSA published a proposed rule that includes defining “Confirmed Discovery” and adding it to the form. 80 FR 39916. PHMSA is currently reserving Part A19 for “Confirmed Discovery” until a Final Rule is published.
8. DTE noted that there does not appear to be a data entry field provided for the Initial Operator NRC Report Number in Part A20b and suggested that PHMSA add one. PHMSA confirms that Part A20 reads “Initial Operator National Response Center Report Number” and the electronic submission will allow the data entry for the report number or the operator can choose “NRC Notification Required But Not Made.”
9. DTE recommends adding “UNKNOWN” to Parts A21a and A21c. AGA recommends PHMSA adds “unknown” to A21c. PHMSA does not believe “unknown” should be an option in A21a “Did the gas ignite?” Operators should have that information during a reportable incident. PPC and SW recommend that PHMSA revise A21c to “Estimated Volume of Gas Consumed by Fire” from “Volume of Gas Consumed by Fire.” PHMSA agrees and revised the form to accommodate estimation rather than precise volume information. PHMSA understands it is sometimes difficult for operators to accurately determine the volume of gas consumed by fire. However, PHMSA believes an estimate is important to understand the consequences of a gas release.
10. DTE recommended adding “Not Applicable—One Way Feed,” and “Not Applicable—No Downstream Valve” or similar language in Parts 22d through 22f. PHMSA believes the option for Operator Control (and associated mandatory text field) in Parts A22a and A22d will allow operators to enter an explanation more efficiently than adding an exhaustive list of options.
11. DTE noted that it has experienced situations where a pipeline facility was involved that had no unique milepost or survey station associated with it, or had multiple mileposts or survey stations associated with it due to it being a junction of several pipelines. DTE requests PHMSA to expand Part B6 to allow for a free entry of a facility name. Part B6 is free text entry. PHMSA has added an option to choose “Not Applicable” in Part B6, which would require no data in Part B7.
12. PHMSA does not believe INGAA's suggestion to change “Area of Incident (as found)” in Part B10 to “Area of Incident (at the time of incident)” would improve the quality of the data collected. “As found” ensures that operators report what they found upon arrival at the incident site.
13. API noted there should be additional questions and clarifications on Part B11. API requested PHMSA to add the option to select “Bored/Drilled” for water crossing under Part B11, and also to add “Is this water crossing 100 feet or more in length from high water mark to high water mark?” PHMSA agrees with the API suggestions and has revised the form accordingly.
14. DTE recommended adding “Unknown” as a response option for Parts C2 through C5. In Part C2, operators can choose “Material other than Carbon Steel or Plastic” and specify “Unknown” in the text field. PHMSA does not believe “Unknown” should be an option for Part C3. If the operator is reporting an incident, it will know within 30 days which Part C3 option is applicable. Operators already have the option to choose “Unknown” for Part C5 and PHMSA has added the option for “Unknown” in Part C4.
15. PHMSA incorporated API's suggestion to add “Was this a Puddle/Spot Weld?” when “Pipe” is chosen in Part C3. API also recommended removing “auxiliary piping” from all items listed in C3 and keeping the term as a separate item. PHMSA understands that removing auxiliary piping will impact long term trending, but is proposing to look at the items, such as compressor and regulator/control valve, as whole items that include auxiliary piping, connections, valves, and equipment.
16. INGAA recommended entering the original test pressure at the time of construction in Part C3 if “Pipe or Weld/Fusion, including heat affected zone” is selected. PHMSA is proposing to collect the “Post- construction pressure test value” in Part G5.4. PHMSA does not want to collect the same data in multiple places.
17. INGAA recommended removing “Not Flammable” as an option in Part D3. PHMSA believes the option for “Not Flammable” is necessary since not all pipelines subject to reporting on the form transport flammable gas.
18. DTE recommended the cost of gas in Part D7 should be the unit cost rather than the billed unit costs, exclusive of operator overheads and taxes. PHMSA is seeking market price of gas to calculate the consequence of the incident. The unit cost should include all operator overheads, but not taxes. PHMSA has revised the instructions accordingly.
19. PST recommended clarifying the instructions for Part D7d, Property Damage—Other, to state that any cost of security used during investigation or repairs following an incident must be included in the property damage calculation on the incident report. PHMSA agrees and has modified the instructions accordingly.
20. PPC recommended that “Total Cost” be revised to “Estimated Total Cost” to remain consistent with the estimated costs used to calculate the total. PHMSA agrees and has replaced “Total Cost” with “Estimated Total Cost” in Part D7i.
21. AGA noted that Part D7c should be consistent with gas distribution incident form. PHMSA agrees and has revised Part D7c to say “Estimated cost of emergency response.” AGA recommended that the question be re-worded as “Estimated cost of emergency response as incurred by the operator.” PHMSA does not think re-wording is necessary because the instructions
22. PPC believes that operators will be unable to account for persons seeking outpatient care the in the days following an incident. DTE believes that an operator of a transmission system must not be expected to “chase ambulances” to determine how many on-site treatments were administered by EMTs or the number of people treated at medical facilities without admission. PHMSA is proposing to collect number of persons injured, but not requiring overnight, inpatient hospitalization in two categories. The first proposed category is persons treated in a medical facility, but not admitted overnight. The second proposed category is persons treated on scene. These additional categories would more fully capture the consequences of an incident. Currently, operators report the number of overnight, inpatient hospitalizations resulting from an incident. In order to accurately report, operators must communicate with injured parties or medical providers to determine the number of overnight, inpatient hospitalizations. Operators need this same communication to determine the number of persons treated at a medical facility but not admitted overnight. Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, medical providers are permitted, but not required, to disclose protected health information without an individual's authorization in a number of situations. PHMSA encourages operators to communicate directly with injured parties and seek disclosure from medical providers as a last resort. PHMSA expects the number of persons treated on scene, but not in a medical facility, will be readily available.
23. API recommended combining Parts D8 and D9 to report the number of individuals who sustained OSHA recordable incidents. Parts D8 and D9 are not the same as OSHA recordable incidents as the injured person may not be a pipeline worker. PHMSA does not need an OSHA recordable incident number. PHMSA needs to collect the data proposed in Parts D8 and D9 to understand the total human consequence of incidents.
24. INGAA recommended the word “affected” in Parts D10 and D11 be changed to “damaged.” API offered adding the words “evacuated or required repair” next to “Buildings Affected.” PHMSA accepts the wording offered by API and added “Evacuated or Required Repair” next to “Buildings Affected.” This change alleviates INGAA's and DTE's concern about the subjective nature of the word “affected.”
25. INGAA noted that “if any ignition occurs, there could be some terrestrial impact. There could be a single bird involved in the fire.” The questions about terrestrial and wildlife impacts have been part of the PHMSA hazardous liquid accident report form since 2010 and pipeline operators have not expressed any confusion over its intent. Since INGAA has not proposed more adequate instructions, PHMSA has made no change in response to the comment. Operators are able to explain the extent of terrestrial and wildlife in the Part H text field.
26. AGA noted that the reference to maximum operating pressure (MOP) in Part E2c is not appropriate for gas transmission and gathering systems and should be removed. DTE noted that Part E2c should refer to maximum allowable operating pressure (MAOP) rather than MOP. PHMSA has revised Part E2c from MOP to MAOP.
27. DTE recommended incorporating all of the pressure limits allowed in § 192.201(a)(2), particularly for pipelines operating near 75% of SMYS, those at or above 12 psig but below 60 psig, and those operating below 12 psig. PHMSA has revised the Part E3 to remove 100% MAOP and adding “The applicable allowance in § 192.201.”
28. DTE recommended changing Part E5 from “Was the gas odorized at the point of failure?” to “whether the gas was required to odorized in accordance with § 192.615,” and “whether the gas was odorized in accordance with § 192.615.” PHMSA acknowledges the need for clarification and will revise Part E5 to “Was gas at the point of failure required to be odorized in accordance with § 192.615?” and, if yes, “Was gas at the point of the failure odorized in accordance with § 192.615?”
29. API suggested changing Part E10c to replace the word “detection” with the phrase “initial indication.” PHMSA does not believe this change would improve the quality of the data collected by the question. API also recommended changing Part E10d to replace the word “confirmation” with the phrase “confirmed discovery.” On July 10, 2015, PHMSA published a proposed rule that includes defining “confirmed discovery.” 80 FR 39916. PHMSA will not add the term “confirmed discovery” to the form as part of this information collection.
30. PHMSA acknowledges DTE's note that Parts G1.2a and G1.2.b may not be readily available within 30 days of the incident. This data can be submitted through a supplemental report after the information becomes available.
31. AGA recommended adding “Damage from Snow/Ice Impact or Accumulation” under the Part G2 sub-cause. PHMSA has added it. DTE asked which cause section should be used when high winds topple tress and cause tree roots to damage pipelines. In this example, PHMSA advises the operator to select “Tree/Vegetation Root” under Part G2 because the tree roots created the damage.
32. DTE was unable to identify new reporting requirements for excavation damage. The redlined form and instructions in the docket reflect the proposed addition of Parts E3.3b and E3.3c, which address reporting requirements for excavation damage.
33. API/AOPL recommended that PHMSA add two additional fields to Part G3 of the hazardous liquid accident report form. The two additional fields are “exempting authority” and “exempting criteria.” PHMSA acknowledges this additional information would be valuable on all PHMSA incident forms, so it proposes adding them to the gas transmission and gathering incident report as Parts G3.3d and G3.3e.
34. API requested adding a statement on the form to ensure that operators are aware they need to complete questions 5 through 11 when G4, “Damage by Car, Truck, or Other Motorized Vehicle/Equipment NOT Engaged in Excavation” is selected. PHMSA's proposal includes the phrase recommended by API prior to questions 5 through 11 in Part G4.
35. PHMSA acknowledges DTE, INGAA, and API's concerns that operators may not have answers to questions 5 through 11 under G4, “Damage by Car, Truck, or Other Vehicle/Equipment NOT Engaged in Excavation.” PHMSA's proposal includes “Unknown” as an option for questions about driver conduct. PHMSA does not believe these questions need to be removed.
36. API requested examples or clarification of the term “Design-related” proposed in Part G5. PHMSA has revised the instructions to include an example of improper design practices.
37. PHMSA understands that information regarding “Hard Spot” in Part G5.3 may not be readily available to the operator as DTE noted. DTE also noted that “it is not anyone's interest to file supplemental Incident reports to add or correct information not readily available at the time of the incident.” PHMSA disagrees and expects essential
38. API requested clarification of “erosion/abnormal wear” under question 6 in Part G6, “Equipment Failure.” The words used in all 15 factors under question 6 in G6 have common meanings found in the dictionary. PHMSA does not believe that additional definitions would increase the value of the instructions.
39. API suggested updating the list in Part J2 to include more specific tools and currently available In-Line Inspection (ILI) technology. Under API's proposal, two “Ultrasonic” tool runs could be entered in Part J2. However, API proposes collecting additional data about the tool once. The additional data proposed by API must be collected for each tool run. API also recommended collecting the tool propulsion system. Under API's proposal, twenty-two tool runs could be reported in Part J2. The tool propulsion system must be collected for each tool run. PHMSA has modified Part J2 in response to API's comments. PHMSA has made additional improvements to the “Tool Technology” options and additional tool data for each technology. Also, PHMSA proposes collecting the tool propulsion system and detailed tool data for each run reported in Part J2.
40. INGAA proposed changing Part J2 to read, in part, “Other than an initial pressure test recorded in G5,” however, Part J2 is applicable for Parts G1, G3, G4, and G5. PHMSA has added clarification to the form that the initial post-construction pressure test is not to be reported in Part J2.
41. INGAA and AGA recommended revising the introduction to Part K, “Contributing factors” to ensure that the apparent cause of the incident is not selected in Part K. PHMSA has revised the introduction to Part K to emphasize that apparent cause is not to be reported in Part K.
42. INGAA recommended providing operators with access to the original report format for all supplemental reports. In January 2015, PHMSA began collecting data regarding the method operators used to establish MAOP in the form, as approved by OMB. All original reports submitted in January 2015 or later include data indicating the method used by the operator to establish the MAOP of the item involved in the incident. When PHMSA added “MAOP established by” to the incident report in January 2015, PHMSA populated all existing incident reports with “NOT ON OMB-APPROVED FORM WHEN SUBMITTED” as the “MAOP established by” value. Operators have since submitted supplemental reports for 500 of the 600 total reports. One hundred one (101) of these supplemental reports actually specify “MAOP established by.” Three hundred ninety-nine (399) supplemented reports still have a value of “NOT ON OMB-APPROVED FORM WHEN SUBMITTED.” Essentially, operators have had the choice to provide the actual MAOP determination method in supplemental reports, but have not been required to. If PHMSA implemented INGAA's recommendation, operators would not be able to include data approved for collection by OMB after the original report has been submitted. PHMSA prefers to continue giving operators the option to provide newly-approved data in supplemental reports.
43. DTE requested PHMSA revise the burden for each report to 24 hours. PHMSA believes operators may need 24 hours to complete reports for some incidents with serious consequences. However, the majority of reports do not include serious consequences and may take less than 12 hours. PHMSA believes 12 hours per report represents the average burden.
PPC, SW and AGA commented on PHMSA F7100.3, Liquefied Natural Gas Incident Report. The comments are summarized and addressed below.
1. To be consistent with PHMSA's other gas incident report forms, PHMSA has added “Time Zone” and “Day Light Saving Time” in Part A4.
2. PPC and SW recommended that PHMSA revise Part A15a to “Estimated Volume of Gas Consumed by Fire” from “Volume of Gas Consumed by Fire.” PHMSA agrees and has revised the form to accommodate estimation rather than precise volume information.
3. PPC and SW recommended that “Total Cost” be revised to “Estimated Total Cost” in Part C1i to remain consistent with the estimated costs used to calculate this total. PHMSA agrees and has made the change on the form.
4. PHMSA is proposing to collect number of persons injured, but not admitted to the hospital overnight to more fully capture the consequence of an incident. DTE commented that PHMSA does not “expect a gas operator to chase ambulances to determine how many on-site treatments were administered by EMT.” PHMSA is proposing to collect number of persons injured, but not requiring overnight, inpatient hospitalization in two categories. The first proposed category is persons treated in a medical facility, but not admitted overnight. The second proposed category is persons treated on scene. These additional categories would more fully capture the consequences of an incident. Currently, operators report the number of overnight, inpatient hospitalizations resulting from an incident. In order to accurately report, operators must communicate with injured parties or medical providers to determine the number of overnight, inpatient hospitalizations. Operators need this same communication to determine the number of persons treated at a medical facility but not admitted overnight. Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, medical providers are permitted, but not required, to disclose protected health information without an individual's authorization in a number of situations. PHMSA encourages operators to communicate directly with injured parties and seek disclosure from medical providers as a last resort. PHMSA expects the number of persons treated on scene, but not in a medical facility, will be readily available.
5. SW and PPC requested a definition of “affected” in Parts A21 and A22. PHMSA has added “evacuated or required repair” to clarify “affected” in Parts A21 and A22.
6. AGA noted that PHMSA should be consistent across all its incident reports in its wording of “Estimated Cost of Operator's Emergency Response” in Part C1c. PHMSA revised the form to be consistent with its other incident reports and removed the word “Operator's” from Part C1c.
API/AOPL commented on PHMSA F 7000-1, Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Systems Accident Report. The comments are summarized and addressed below.
1. API/AOPL stated they believe “PHMSA is requesting the same information in both A4 and A13” and requested that Part A4 be deleted. PHMSA notes that Parts A4 and A13 represent two distinct times. Per the instructions, the earliest date/time than an accident reporting criteria is met should be reported in Part A4, whereas Part A13 collects the earliest time the operator identified the failure. In some cases, the operator may become aware of a failure before an accident reporting criteria is met. In other cases, one of more accident reporting criteria may be met before the operator becomes aware of the failure. API/AOPL also questioned whether the time zone specified in Part A4a is the default time zone for the remaining questions in the
2. API/AOPL noted that the term “identified” is vague in Part A12 and requested that the sentence be modified to include “initial indication.” PHMSA does not have any evidence that Part A12 wording, “How was the incident initially identified by the operator,” is confusing to operators as this question has been in place since 2010. PHMSA does not think API/AOPL's recommendation, “What was the Operator's initial indication of the Accident,” would improve the quality of the data collected by the current question.
3. API/AOPL recommended replacing the phrase “Local/State/Federal Emergency Responders” with “Emergency Responders (local/state/federal)” in Part A18a-c. PHMSA does not believe this change would improve the quality of data collected by the current question.
4. API/AOPL suggested defining “Confirmed Discovery” in Part A20. On July 10, 2015, PHMSA published a proposed rule that includes defining “Confirmed Discovery” and adding it to the form. 80 FR 39916. PHMSA is currently reserving Part A19 for “Confirmed Discovery” until a Final Rule is published.
5. API/AOPL recommended defining the terms “activate” and “mobilize” in Part A24. PHMSA has changed “activate the plan” to “notify a qualified individual.” PHMSA has changed “mobilize OSRO” to “activate ORSO.” The terms “notify” and “activate” in these contexts have common meanings found in the dictionary.
6. API/AOPL noted there should be additional questions and clarifications on Part B12. API requested adding the option “Bored/Drilled” for water crossing under Part B12 and adding, “Is this water crossing 100 feet or more in length from high water mark to high water mark?” PHMSA agrees with the suggestions and revised the form accordingly.
7. PHMSA incorporated API/AOPL's suggestion to add “Was this a Puddle/Spot Weld?” when “Pipe” is chosen in C3. API/AOPL also recommended that PHMSA remove “auxiliary piping” from all items listed in Part C3 and keeping the term as a separate item. PHMSA understands that removing auxiliary piping will impact long term trending, but is proposing to look at the items, such as pump and control valve, as whole items that include auxiliary piping, connections, valves, and equipment.
8. API/AOPL requested removal of Part D2a, which collects data about the amount of soil hauled away plus the amount treated on site. API/AOPL noted that soil absorption rates will differ based on the product released and the soil type. PHMSA understands that soil absorption rates will differ based on the product released and would like to capture the soil impact of the releases. API/AOPL also noted that operators may remove soil that was not contaminated as precautionary measure during spill response and clean up. Part D2a requests information on the overall impact on soil, including soil removed or treated on site as a result of the spill, therefore, any soil removed as a direct result of the spill would be reported. PHMSA has not removed this question.
9. API/AOPL requested clarification about water contamination in Part D5. Specifically, API/AOPL asked if the answer should be limited to permanent bodies of water. Surface water can be intermittent, especially in arid portions of the country. If a surface waterbody were dry and spilled product entered the surface body, the operator should report no water contamination. API/AOPL also asked for clarification regarding whether rain water caught in a berm should be considered water contamination. Surface waterbodies include creeks and rivers. Rain water caught in a berm is not a surface waterbody.
10. API/AOPL recommended combining Parts D8 and D9 to report the number of individual who sustained OSHA recordable incidents. Parts D8 and D9 are not the same as OSHA recordable incidents as the injured person may not be a pipeline worker. PHMSA does not need the OSHA recordable incident number. PHMSA needs to collect the data proposed in Parts D8 and D9 to understand the human consequence of accidents.
11. API/AOPL offered adding the words “Evacuated or Required Repair” next to “Buildings Affected” in Parts D11 and D12. PHMSA accepts the wording offered by API/AOPL and added “Evacuated or Required Repair” next to “Buildings Affected.”
12. API/AOPL noted that the response options on the form for Parts E2a are solely focused on a hydrostatic test conducted post-construction. API/AOPL requested that more options be available to the operator and that PHMSA clearly define the current options or reference the appropriate regulation. Part E2a includes four response options. The first option is “post-construction hydrostatic testing.” Contrary to the API/AOPL comment, the remaining three options are not focused solely on hydrostatic test during post-construction. PHMSA has added the regulation applicable to each response option to provide clarity.
13. API/AOPL recommended allowing six digits for length of segment in Part E5. PHMSA will ensure that the online application allows six digit entry.
14. API/AOPL suggested changing Parts E9 and E10 to replace the word “detection” with the phrase “initial indication.” PHMSA does not believe this change would improve the quality of the data collected by the question. API also recommended changing the word “confirmation” with the phrase “confirmed discovery” in these parts. On July 10, 2015, PHMSA published a proposed rule that includes defining “confirmed discovery.” 80 FR 39916. PHMSA will not add the term “confirmed discovery” to the form as part of this information collection.
15. API/AOPL recommended adding exempting authority and exempting criteria in G3, Excavation Damage. PHMSA acknowledges this additional information will be helpful and has added the recommended questions.
16. API/AOPL asked for a statement on the form to ensure that operators are aware they need to complete questions 5 through 11 when they pick Part G4- “Damage by Car, Truck, or Other Motorized Vehicle/Equipment NOT Engaged in Excavation. PHMSA's proposal includes the phrase recommended by API prior to questions 5 through 11 in Part G4. PHMSA acknowledges API/AOPL's concern that operators may not have answers to all questions and recognizes that “unknown” may be a valid response to those questions.
17. API/AOPL requested examples or clarification of the term “Design-related” in Part G5. PHMSA has revised the instruction to include an example of improper design practices.
18. API/AOPL requested clarification of “erosion/abnormal wear” in Part G6.6. The words used in all 15 factors under Part G6.6 have common meanings found in the dictionary. PHMSA does not believe that additional definitions would improve the instructions.
19. API suggested updating the list in Part J2 to include more specific tools and currently available ILI technology. Under API's proposal, two “Ultrasonic” tool runs could be entered in Part J2. However, API proposes collecting additional data about the tool once. The additional data proposed by API must be collected for each tool run. API also recommended collecting the tool propulsion system. Under API's proposal, twenty-two tool runs could be
NORMAC believes that the proposed contributing factors on PHMSA's form should be eliminated. PHMSA added the contributing factors in response to NTSB recommendation P-15-16 and several other commentators agree with the usefulness of the information. PHMSA believes that NORMAC's other comments regarding the data quality are outside the scope of this
Section 1320.8(d), title 5, Code of Federal Regulations, requires PHMSA to provide interested members of the public and affected agencies an opportunity to comment on information collection and recordkeeping requests. This notice identifies two information collection requests that PHMSA will submit to OMB for renewal. PHMSA expects many of the new data elements are already known by the operator and that no report requires the completion of all fields on the forms. PHMSA has estimated the burdens below by adding 20% to the previous burdens, resulting 12 hours instead of 10 for the completion of each report.
The following information is provided for each information collection: (1) Title of the information collection; (2) OMB control number; (3) Current expiration date; (4) Type of request; (5) Abstract of the information collection activity; (6) Description of affected public; (7) Estimate of total annual reporting and recordkeeping burden; and (8) Frequency of collection. PHMSA will request a three-year term of approval for each information collection activity. PHMSA requests comments on the following information collections:
Comments are invited on:
(a) The need for the renewal and revision of these collections of information for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(b) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
(c) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(d) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques.
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The OCC, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on a continuing information collection as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA).
In accordance with the requirements of the PRA, the OCC may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number.
The OCC is soliciting comment concerning the renewal of its information collection titled, “Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery.”
Comments must be submitted on or before February 27, 2017.
Because paper mail in the Washington, DC area and at the OCC is subject to delay, commenters are encouraged to submit comments by email, if possible. Comments may be sent to: Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Attention: 1557-0248, 400 7th Street SW., Suite 3E-218, Mail Stop 9W-11, Washington, DC 20219. In addition, comments may be sent by fax to (571) 465-4326 or by electronic mail to
All comments received, including attachments and other supporting materials, are part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. Do not include any information in your comment or supporting materials that you consider confidential or inappropriate for public disclosure.
Shaquita Merritt, OCC Clearance Officer, (202) 649-5490 or, for persons who are deaf or hard of hearing, TTY, (202) 649-5597, Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 400 7th Street SW., Suite 3E-218, Mail Stop 9W-11, Washington, DC 20219.
Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal agencies must obtain approval from OMB for each collection of information that they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of title 44 requires Federal agencies to publish a 60-day notice in the
Soliciting feedback targets areas such as timeliness, appropriateness, accuracy of information, courtesy, efficiency of service delivery, and resolution of issues related to service delivery. The responses are used to inform and plan efforts to improve or maintain the quality of service offered to the public. If the OCC does not collect this information, it will not have access to vital feedback from customers and stakeholders.
Under this generic ICR, the OCC will submit a specific information collection for approval only if the collection meets the following conditions:
• It is voluntary;
• It imposes a low burden on respondents (based on considerations of total burden hours, total number of respondents, or burden-hours per respondent) and a low cost on both respondents and the Federal government;
• It is non-controversial and does not raise issues of concern to other Federal agencies;
• It is targeted to solicit opinions from respondents who have experience with the program or will have such experience in the near future;
• It includes personally identifiable information (PII) only to the extent necessary, and the OCC does not retain the PII
• It gathers information intended to be used internally only for general service improvement and program management purposes and not intended for release outside of the OCC (if released, the OCC must indicate the qualitative nature of the information);
• It does not gather information to be used for the purpose of substantially informing influential policy decisions; and
• It gathers information that will yield qualitative information and will not be designed or expected to yield statistically reliable results or used to reach general conclusions about the population of study.
Feedback collected provides useful information, but it does not yield data that can be attributed to the overall population. This type of generic clearance for qualitative information will not be used for quantitative information collections.
As a general matter, information collections will not result in any new system of records containing privacy information and will not ask questions of a sensitive nature.
(a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the OCC, including whether the information has practical utility;
(b) The accuracy of the OCC's estimate of the burden of the information collection;
(c) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;
(d) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and
(e) Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), Treasury.
Notice and request for comment.
The OCC, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on a continuing information collection as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA).
In accordance with the requirements of the PRA, the OCC may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number.
The OCC is soliciting comment concerning renewal of its information collection titled, “Financial Management Policies—Interest Rate Risk.”
Comments must be submitted on or before February 27, 2017.
Because paper mail in the Washington, DC area and at the OCC is subject to delay, commenters are encouraged to submit comments by email, if possible. Comments may be sent to: Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Attention: 1557-0299, 400 7th Street SW., Suite 3E-218, Mail Stop 9W-11, Washington, DC 20219. In addition, comments may be sent by fax to (571) 465-4326 or by electronic mail to
All comments received, including attachments and other supporting materials, are part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. Do not include any information in your comment or supporting materials that you consider confidential or inappropriate for public disclosure.
Shaquita Merritt, OCC Clearance Officer, (202) 649-5490 or, for persons who are deaf or hard of hearing, TTY, (202) 649-5597, Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 400 7th Street SW., Suite 3E-218, Mail Stop 9W-11, Washington, DC 20219.
Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal agencies must obtain approval from OMB for each collection of information that they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party.
Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of title 44 requires Federal agencies to publish a 60-day notice in the
(a) Whether the collections of information are necessary for the proper performance of the OCC's functions, including whether the information has practical utility;
(b) The accuracy of the OCC's estimates of the burden of the information collections, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
(c) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;
(d) Ways to minimize the burden of information collections on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and
(e) Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
Office of Foreign Assets Control, Treasury.
Notice.
The Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) is publishing the names of 15 persons whose property and interests in property are blocked, and two vessels identified as property in which a specially designated national has an interest and are therefore blocked, pursuant to one or more of the following authorities: Executive Order (E.O.) 13661 and E.O. 13685; and other entities who are subject to the prohibitions of a directive under E.O. 13662.
OFAC's actions described in this notice were effective on December 20, 2016, as further specified below.
The Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control: Assistant Director for Licensing, tel.: 202-622-2480, Assistant Director for Regulatory Affairs, tel.: 202-622-4855, Assistant Director for Sanctions Compliance & Evaluation, tel.: 202-622-2490; or the Department of the Treasury's Office of the Chief Counsel (Foreign Assets Control), Office of the General Counsel, tel.: 202-622-2410.
The Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List and additional information concerning OFAC sanctions programs are available on OFAC's Web site (
On December 20, 2016, OFAC blocked the property and interests in property of the following persons pursuant to E.O. 13661, “Blocking Property of Additional Persons Contributing to the Situation in Ukraine”:
1. DEDOV, Mikhail Aleksandrovich, Russia; DOB 04 Sep 1952; Gender Male (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13661].
2. KLISHIN, Mikhail Alekseevich, Russia; DOB 09 Oct 1954; Gender Male (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13661].
3. KOVALCHUK, Kirill Mikhailovich, Russia; DOB 1968; Gender Male (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13661].
4. LEBEDEV, Dmitri Alekseevich, Russia; DOB 1968; Gender Male (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13661].
5. MANSUROV, Dmitri Flerovich, Russia; DOB 1977; Gender Male (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13661].
6. MINAEV, Oleg Aleksandrovich, Russia; DOB 1971; Gender Male (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13661].
7. PRIGOZHIN, Yevgeniy Viktorovich (a.k.a. PRIGOZHIN, Evgeny), Russia; DOB 1961; Gender Male (individual) [UKRAINE-EO13661].
On December 20, 2016, OFAC blocked the property and interests in property of the following persons pursuant to E.O. 13685, “Blocking Property of Certain Persons and Prohibiting Certain Transactions With Respect to the Crimea Region of Ukraine”:
1. INSTITUT STROIPROEKT, AO (a.k.a. AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCESTVO INSTITUT STROIPROEKT; a.k.a. AO INSTITUT STROIPROEKT; a.k.a. AO INSTITUTE STROYPROEKT; f.k.a. INSTITUT STROIPROEKT ZAKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO; a.k.a. INSTITUTE STROYPROECT; a.k.a. STROYPROEKT; a.k.a. STROYPROEKT ENGINEERING GROUP), D. 13 Korp. 2 LiteraA Prospekt Dunaiski, St. Petersburg 196158, Russia; 13/2 Dunaisky Prospect, St. Petersburg 196158, Russia; Web site
2. KARST, OOO (a.k.a. CONSTRUCTION HOLDING COMPANY OLD CITY—KARST; a.k.a. OBSHCESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU KARST; a.k.a. “KARST LTD.”; a.k.a. “LLC KARST”), D. 4 Litera A Pomeshchenie 69 ul. Kapitanskaya, St. Petersburg 199397, Russia; 4 Kapitanskaya Street, Unit A, Office 69-N, St. Petersburg 199397, Russia; Web site
3. CRIMEAN PORTS (a.k.a. STATE UNITARY ENTERPRISE OF THE REPUBLIC OF CRIMEA `CRIMEAN PORTS'; a.k.a. SUE RK `CRIMEAN PORTS'; a.k.a. “SUE RC `KMP' ”), 28 Kirov Street, Kerch, Republic of Crimea 98312, Ukraine; Email Address
4. CRIMEAN RAILWAY (a.k.a. FEDERAL STATE UNITARY ENTERPRISE `CRIMEAN RAILWAY'; a.k.a. KRYMZHD; a.k.a. THE RAILWAYS OF CRIMEA), 34 Pavlenko Street, Simferopol, Republic of Crimea 95006, Ukraine; Web site
5. LLC RUSCHEMTRADE, st. Mashinostroitelnyj, 3, Rostov-on-Don 344090, Russia; 86/1, Temryuk, Krasnodar 353500, Russia; Web site
6. SOLID LTD (a.k.a. OOO SOLID), ul Mira 4, Novorossiysk, Krasnodarskiy kray 630024, Russia [UKRAINE-EO13685] (Linked To: OJSC SOVFRACHT).
7. TRANS-FLOT JSC (a.k.a. JSC TRANS-FLOT), ul Ventseka 1/97, Samara 443099, Russia; Web site
8. TRANSPETROCHART CO LTD, prospekt Engelsa 30, St Petersburg 194156, Russia [UKRAINE-EO13685] (Linked To: OJSC SOVFRACHT).
In addition, on December 20, 2016, OFAC identified the following vessels as property in which Trans-Flot JSC, an entity whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to E.O. 13685, has an interest:
1. MARSHAL ZHUKOV Russia flag; Vessel Registration Identification IMO 9690224 (vessel) [UKRAINE-EO13685] (Linked To: TRANS-FLOT JSC).
2. STALINGRAD Russia flag; Vessel Registration Identification IMO 9690212 (vessel) [UKRAINE-EO13685] (Linked To: TRANS-FLOT JSC).
On December 20, 2016, OFAC determined that Russian Agricultural Bank owns, directly or indirectly, a 50 percent or greater interest in the entities listed below. As a result, these entities are subject to the prohibitions of Directive 1 (as amended) of September 12, 2014, issued pursuant to E.O. 13662, “Blocking Property of Additional Persons Contributing to the Situation in Ukraine” and 31 CFR 589.406 and 589.802, and following the Secretary of the Treasury's determination of July 16, 2014 pursuant to section l(a)(i) of E.O. 13662 with respect to the financial services sector of the Russian Federation economy.
1. AGROKREDIT-INFORM, AO (a.k.a. AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO `AGROKREDIT-INFORM'; a.k.a. CLOSED JOINT-STOCK COMPANY `AGROCREDIT-INFORM'), 3 per. Gagarinski, Moscow 119034, Russia; 3 Gagarinsky Pereulok, Moscow, Russia; Executive Order 13662 Directive Determination—Subject to Directive 1; Registration ID 1087746334400; Tax ID No. 7704681172; Government Gazette Number 85651516; For more information on directives, please visit the following link:
2. ALBASHSKI ELEVATOR, OAO (f.k.a. AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO OTKRYTOGO TIPA ALBASHKI ELEVATOR; a.k.a. OAO `ALBASHSKI ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY `ALBASHSKIY ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO `ALBASHSKI ELEVATOR'), 15 per. Zaporozhski Stanitsa Novominskaya, Kanevskoi Raion, Krasnodarski Kr. 353701, Russia; 15 Zaporogskiy Pereulok, Novominskaya Village, Kanevskoy District, Krasnodar Region, Russia; Email Address
3. BELOGLINSKI ELEVATOR, OAO (f.k.a. AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO OTKRYTOGO TIPA
4. EYANSKI ELEVATOR, OAO (a.k.a. OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY `EYANSKI ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO `EYANSKI ELEVATOR'; f.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO OTKRYTOGO TIPA EYANSKI ELEVATOR), 29 ul. Grigoreva Stanitsa Novopokrovskaya, Novopokrovski Raion, Krasnodarski Kr. 353020, Russia; 29 Grigorieva Str., Novopokrovskaya Village, Novopokrovskiy District, Krasnodar Region, Russia; Email Address
5. KHOMYAKOVSKI KHLADOKOMBINAT, ZAO (a.k.a. CLOSED JOINT STOCK COMPANY `HOMIAKOVSKIY COLD STORAGE COMPLEX'; a.k.a. ZAKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO `KHOMYAKOVSKI KHLADOKOMBINAT'; f.k.a. ZAKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO KHOMYAKOVSKI KHLADOKOMBINAT), 16V ul. Khomyakovskaya Pos. Khomyakova, Tula, Tulskaya Obl. 300098, Russia; 16 Homiakovskaya Str., Homiakovo, Tula, Russia; Executive Order 13662 Directive Determination—Subject to Directive 1; Registration ID 1047100123586; Government Gazette Number 59192911; For more information on directives, please visit the following link:
6. KRYLOVSKI ELEVATOR, OAO (a.k.a. OAO `KRYLOVSKI ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY `KRYLOVSKIY ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO `KRYLOVSKI ELVATOR'; f.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO OTKRYTOGO TIPA KRYLOVSKI ELEVATOR), 1 ul. Krasnogvardeiskaya Stanitsa Oktyabrskaya, Krylovski Raion, Krasnodarski Kr. 352085, Russia; 1 Krasnogvardeiskaya Str., Oktiabrskaya Village, Krylovski District, Krasnodar Region, Russia; Email Address
7. LADOZHSKI ELEVATOR, OAO (f.k.a. AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO OTKRYTOGO TIPA LADOZHSKI ELEVATOR; a.k.a. OAO `LADOZHSKI ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY `LADOGSKIY ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO `LADOZHSKI ELEVATOR'), 115 ul. Konshinykh Stanitsa Ladozhskaya, Ust-Labinski Raion, Krasnodarski Kr. 352320, Russia; 115 Konshinykh Str., Ladogskaya Village, Ust-Labinskiy District, Krasnodar Region, Russia; Executive Order 13662 Directive Determination—Subject to Directive 1; Registration ID 1022304972029; Tax ID No. 2356007563; Government Gazette Number 26370125; For more information on directives, please visit the following link:
8. MALOROSSISKI ELEVATOR, OAO (f.k.a. AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO OTKRYTOGO TIPA MALOROSSISKI ELEVATOR RUS; a.k.a. OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY `MALOROSSIYSKIY ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO `MALOROSSISKI ELEVATOR'), 1 ul. Sadovaya Stanitsa Arkhangelskaya, Tikhoretski Raion, Krasnodarski Kr. 352118, Russia; 1 Sadovaya Str., Arkhangelskaya Village, Tikhoretskiy District, Krasnodar Region, Russia; Email Address
9. RASSVET, OAO (a.k.a. OAO `RASSVET'; a.k.a. OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY `RASSVET'; a.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO `RASSVET'; f.k.a. ZAKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO RASSVET), D. Retyum, Luzhski Raion, Leningradskaya Obl. 188230, Russia; Retiun Village, Lujskiy District, Leningrad Region, Russia; Web site
10. ROVNENSKI ELEVATOR, OAO (f.k.a. AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO OTKRYTOGO TIPA ROVNENSKI ELEVATOR; a.k.a. OAO `ROVNENSKI ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY `ROVNENSKIY ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO `ROVNENSKI ELEVATOR'), 1 ul. Mira Pos. Kubanski, Novopokrovski Raion, Krasnodarski Kr. 353011, Russia; 1 Mira Str., Kubanskiy Village, Novopokrovskiy District, Krasnodar Region, Russia; Email Address
11. STEPNYANSKI ELEVATOR, OAO (f.k.a. AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO OTKRYTOGO TIPA STEPNYANSKI ELEVATOR; a.k.a. OAO `STEPNYANSKI ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY `STEPNYANSIKY ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO `STEPNYANSKI ELEVATOR'), 2 ul. Krupskaya S. Krasnoe, Kushchevski Raion, Krasnodarski Kr. 352010, Russia; 2 Krupskoi Str., Krasnoe Village, Kutshevskiy District, Krasnodar Region, Russia; Email Address
12. TD AGROTORG, OOO (a.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU `TORGOVY' DOM `AGROTORG'; a.k.a. TRADING COMPANY `AGROTORG' LTD.), 3 per. Gagarinski, Moscow 119034, Russia; 3 Gagarinsky Pereulok, Moscow, Russia; Email Address
13. UMANSKI ELEVATOR, OAO (a.k.a. OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY `UMANSKIY ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO `UMANSKI ELEVATOR'; f.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO OTKRYTOGO TIPA UMANSKI ELEVATOR), 1 per. Elevatorny Stanitsa Leningradskaya, Leningradski Raion, Krasnodarski Kr. 353740, Russia; 1 Elevatorniy Pereulok, Leningradskaya Village, Leningradskiy District, Krasnodar Region, Russia; Email Address
14. VELICHKOVSKI ELEVATOR, OAO (a.k.a. OPEN JOINT STOCK COMPANY `VELICHKOVSKIY ELEVATOR'; a.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO `VELICHKOVSKI ELEVATOR'; f.k.a. OTKRYTOE AKTSIONERNOE OBSHCHESTVO OTKRYTOGO TIPA VELICHKOVSKI ELEVATOR), 1 ul. Elevatornaya Stanitsa Straovelichkovskaya, Kalininski Raion, Karsnodarski Kr. 353793, Russia; 1 Elevatornaya Str., Starovelichkovskaya Village, Kalininskiy District, Krasnodar Region, Russia; Email Address
On December 20, 2016, OFAC determined that OAO Novatek owns, directly or indirectly, a 50 percent or greater interest in the entities listed below. As a result, these entities are subject to the prohibitions of Directive 2 (as amended) of September 12, 2014, issued pursuant to E.O. 13662, “Blocking Property of Additional Persons Contributing to the Situation in Ukraine” and 31 CFR 589.406 and 589.802, and following the Secretary of the Treasury's determination of July 16, 2014 pursuant to section l(a)(i) of E.O. 13662 with respect to the energy sector of the Russian Federation economy.
1. NOVATEK SEVERO-ZAPAD, OOO (a.k.a. LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY `NOVATEK NORTH-WEST'; a.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU `NOVATEK SEVERO-ZAPAD'; a.k.a. OOO NOVATEK SEVERO-ZAPAD), d. 7 Litera A ul. Paradnaya, St. Petersburg 191014, Russia; Executive Order 13662 Directive Determination—Subject to Directive 2; Registration ID 5067847486229 (Russia); Government Gazette Number 96782616 (Russia); For more information on directives, please visit the following link:
2. NOVATEK-CHELYABINSK, OOO (a.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU `NOVATEK-CHELYABINSK'; a.k.a. OOO NOVATEK-CHELYABINSK; f.k.a. YAMALGAZRESURS-CHELYABINSK OOO), 42 prospekt Lenina, Chelyabinsk, Chelyabinskaya Obl. 454091, Russia; Executive Order 13662 Directive Determination—Subject to Directive 2; Registration ID 1107404003376; Tax ID No. 7404056114; Government Gazette Number 68628371; For more information on directives, please visit the following link:
3. NOVATEK-KOSTROMA, OOO (a.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU `NOVATEK-KOSTROMA'; f.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU KOSTROMSKAYA REGIONALNAYA KOMPANIYA PO REALIZATSII GAZA; a.k.a. OOO NOVATEK-KOSTROMA), 37 ul. Lesnaya, Kostroma, Kostromskaya Obl. 156005, Russia; Web site
4. NOVATEK-PERM, OOO (a.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU `NOVATEK-PERM'; a.k.a. OOO `NOVATEK-PERM'), 41 ul. Petropavlovskaya, Perm, Permski Kr. 614000, Russia; Email Address
5. NOVATEK-PUROVSKI ZPK, OOO (f.k.a. NOVA ZPK OOO; a.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI
6. NOVATEK-TARKOSALENEFTEGAZ, OOO (a.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU `NOVATEK-TARKOSALENEFTEGAZ'; f.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU PUR LEND; a.k.a. OOO NOVATEK-TARKOSALENEFTGAS), 28 ul. Tarasova, Tarko-Sale, Purovski Raion, Yamalo-Nentski Okr. 629850, Russia; Email Address
7. NOVATEK-TRANSERVIS, OOO (a.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU `NOVATEK-TRANSERVIS'; a.k.a. OOO NOVATEK-TRANSERVICE), D. Limbei, Purovski Raion, Yamalo-Nenetski Okr. 629880, Russia; Email Address
8. NOVATEK-UST-LUGA, OOO (a.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU `NOVATEK-UST-LUGA'; a.k.a. OOO `NOVATEK-UST-LUGA'), 5 ul. Shkolnaya D. Vistino, Kingiseppski Raion, Leningradskaya Obl. 188477, Russia; Executive Order 13662 Directive Determination—Subject to Directive 2; Registration ID 1074707002457; Tax ID No. 4707026057; Government Gazette Number 80675261; For more information on directives, please visit the following link:
9. NOVATEK-YARSALENEFTEGAZ, OOO (a.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU `NOVATEK-YARSALENEFTEGAZ'), 9 ul. Respubliki, Salekhard, Yamalo-Nenetski Okr., Russia; Email Address
10. SHERVUD PREMER, OOO (a.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU `SHERVUD PREMER'; a.k.a. SHERVUD PREMIER OOO), 8 per. Olsufevski, Moscow 119021, Russia; Executive Order 13662 Directive Determination—Subject to Directive 2; Registration ID 1027700226707; Tax ID No. 7716160907; Government Gazette Number 18470373; For more information on directives, please visit the following link:
11. TERNEFTEGAZ, ZAO (a.k.a. ZAO TERNEFTGAS), str. 2 ter. Promyshlenaya zone No. 11 Krasnoselkup, Krasnoselkupski Raion, Yamalo-Nenetski A.O. 629380, Russia; Executive Order 13662 Directive Determination—Subject to Directive 2; Registration ID 1098911000473; Tax ID No. 8912002715; Government Gazette Number 71216169; For more information on directives, please visit the following link:
12. YARGEO, OOO (a.k.a. OBSHCHESTVO S OGRANICHENNOI OTVETSTVENNOSTYU `YARGEO'; a.k.a. OOO YARGEO), 12/2 ul. Zvereva, Nadym, Yamalo-Nenetski Okr. 629730, Russia; Email Address
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. Currently, the IRS is soliciting comments concerning Notice 2013-39, Temporary Shelter for Individuals Displaced by Severe Storms and Tornadoes in Oklahoma; Notice 2013-40, Low-Income Housing Credit Disaster Relief for Oklahoma Severe Storms and Tornadoes.
Written comments should be received on or before February 27, 2017 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Tuawana Pinkston, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the form and instructions should be directed to LaNita Van Dyke, at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the internet at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. Currently, the IRS is soliciting comments concerning Form 1120-C, U.S. Income Tax Return for Cooperative Associations.
Written comments should be received on or before February 27, 2017 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Tuawana Pinkston, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the form and instructions should be directed to Allan Hopkins at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the internet at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
The Department of the Treasury will submit the following information collection requests to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, on or after the date of publication of this notice.
Comments should be received on or before January 26, 2017 to be assured of consideration.
Send comments regarding the burden estimates, or any other aspect of the information collections, including suggestions for reducing the burden, to (1) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Treasury, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, or email at
Copies of the submissions may be obtained by emailing
Departmental Offices, U.S. Department of the Treasury.
Request for comments.
The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (TRIA) created the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program (Program) to address disruptions in the market for terrorism risk insurance, to help ensure the continued availability and affordability of commercial property and casualty insurance for terrorism risk, and to allow for the private markets to stabilize and build insurance capacity to absorb any future losses for terrorism events. The Program has been reauthorized on a number of occasions, most recently in the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2015. TRIA requires the Secretary of the Treasury (Secretary) to perform periodic analyses of certain matters concerning the Program. In order to assist the Secretary with this process, TRIA requires insurers to submit on an annual basis certain insurance data and information regarding participation in the Program. Treasury requests stakeholder feedback on the data collection forms proposed for use in the 2017 data collection process, pursuant to 31 CFR 50.51(c). Copies of these forms and associated explanatory materials are available for electronic review at
Submit comments on or before February 27, 2017.
Submit comments electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal:
Richard Ifft, Senior Insurance Regulatory Policy Analyst, Federal Insurance Office, Room 1410 MT, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20220, at (202) 622-2922 (not a toll-free number), Kevin Meehan, Senior Insurance Regulatory Policy Analyst, Federal Insurance Office, at (202) 622-7009 (not a toll-free number), or Lindsey Baldwin, Senior Policy Analyst, Federal Insurance Office, at (202) 622-3220 (not a toll free number). Persons who have difficulty hearing or speaking may access these numbers via TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8339.
TRIA
31 CFR 50.51 outlines the data collection process and requires insurers to submit the specified data and information relating to Program participation no later than May 15 of each calendar year. Treasury, through an insurance statistical aggregator, intends to establish a web portal, through which insurers will be able to submit the requested data. All information submitted via the web portal will be subject to the confidentiality and data protection provisions of applicable Federal law.
The first year of data collection under Section 104(h) was 2016. In March 2016, Treasury requested that participating insurers voluntarily submit 2015 insurance data.
In addition, Section 108(h) of TRIA requires the Secretary to conduct, by June 30, 2017, a study of small insurers (to be defined by regulation by the Secretary, as has been done under 31 CFR 50.4(z)) participating in the Program to identify any competitive challenges that small insurers face in the terrorism risk insurance marketplace. Treasury's rules provide for the collection of data in connection with these small insurers (31 CFR 50.52), and Treasury has also identified several questions regarding the role of small insurers in the Program, to which comments are sought for use in the study that Treasury must conduct
Pursuant to Section 104(h)(4) of TRIA, Treasury has determined that the needed information will not be available in a timely or meaningful manner from other sources. Accordingly, Treasury is requesting certain data and information directly from insurers, and will continue to work with publicly-available sources to gather additional information.
Based on feedback received following the voluntary 2016 data collection, and pursuant to 31 CFR 50.51(c), Treasury proposes to use four different data collection templates for future data collection. Insurers will fill out the template identified “Insurer (Non-Small) Groups or Companies,” unless the insurer meets the definition of a small insurer, captive insurer, or alien surplus lines insurer as set forth in 31 CFR 50.4. These insurers will be required to complete different and separate forms that have been more specifically tailored to their operations. Each form is accompanied by a separate “data dictionary” applicable to the form, in which specific instructions concerning each data element are provided.
Small insurers are defined in 31 CFR 50.4(z) as insurers (or an affiliated group of insurers) whose policyholder surplus for the immediately preceding year is less than five times the Program Trigger amount
Captive insurers are defined in 31 CFR 50.4(g) as insurers licensed under the captive insurance laws or regulations of any state. All captive insurers as defined, regardless of size, are required to complete the captive insurer template if the captive insurer writes some amount of terrorism risk insurance subject to the Program. To the extent a captive insurer writes policies in TRIP-eligible lines of insurance, but does not actually provide its insureds with any terrorism risk insurance subject to the Program, the captive insurer is not required to provide data.
Alien surplus lines insurers are defined in 31 CFR 50.4(o)(1)(i)(B) as insurers not licensed or admitted to engage in the business of providing primary or excess insurance in any state, but that are eligible surplus line insurers listed on the NAIC Quarterly Listing of Alien Insurers. To the extent an alien surplus lines insurer is part of a larger group that is subject to reporting under either the “Insurer (Non-Small) Groups or Companies” or “Small Insurers” template, the information for that alien surplus lines insurer should be reported as part of the larger group, using the proper template. The “Alien Surplus Lines” template is to be used by any other alien surplus lines insurer, regardless of size, that is not part of a larger group. Such alien surplus lines insurers must report, at least for calendar year 2017, even if they fall within the $10,000,000 premium threshold otherwise required for small insurers to report.
Insurers will be required to complete these forms online through a web portal that will be established for the calendar year 2017 collection, the link for which will be provided at a later date. Reporting for all Program participants for calendar year 2017 is mandatory, unless an insurer falls within the exceptions for certain small insurers and captive insurers as identified above. As was the case with the voluntary data call in calendar year 2016, Treasury intends to provide training and make available additional resources for insurers with questions during the data process about proper completion of the forms. To ensure efficient and accurate completion of the forms by affected insurers, Treasury is requesting the public's feedback on the content of these forms, which are now available through the Web site listed above.
Section 108(h) of TRIA requires the Secretary to conduct a study to identify any competitive challenges that small insurers, as now defined in 31 CFR 50.4(z), participating in the Program face in the terrorism risk insurance marketplace. As discussed above, Treasury will be collecting certain data from small insurers in calendar year 2017 which will be used in connection with the study. In addition, Treasury also requests comments concerning the participation of small insurers in the Program. Treasury welcomes comments concerning small insurer participation in the Program generally, and invites responses to the following particular issues:
(1) Changes to the market share, premium volume, and policyholder surplus of small insurers relative to large insurers.
(2) How the property and casualty insurance market for terrorism risk differs between small and large insurers, and whether such a difference exists within other perils.
(3) The impact of the Program's mandatory availability requirement under Section 103(c) of TRIA on small insurers.
(4) The effect of increasing the trigger amount for the Program under Section 103(e)(1)(B) of TRIA for small insurers.
(5) The availability and cost of private reinsurance for small insurers.
(6) The impact that State workers compensation laws have on small insurers and workers compensation carriers in the terrorism risk insurance marketplace.
Comments are being sought with respect to the collection of information in connection with data collection.
Treasury previously analyzed the potential burdens associated with the data collection process. See 81 FR 18950 (April 1, 2016). As explained previously, the data collection rules propose a mandatory annual data collection process (beginning in 2017) which will continue from year to year as the Program remains in effect. The information sought by Treasury will comprise data elements that insurers currently collect or generate, although not necessarily grouped together the way in which insurers currently collect and evaluate the data. Treasury currently anticipates that approximately 100 Program participants will be required to submit the “Insurer (Non-Small) Groups or Companies” data collection form, 300 Program participants will submit the “Small Insurer” form, 400 Program participants will submit the “Captive Insurer” form, and 75 Program participants will submit the “Alien Surplus Lines Insurers” form.
Each set of data collection forms is expected to incur a different level of burden. Treasury anticipates approximately 75 hours will be required to collect, process, and report the data for each Insurer (Non-Small) Group or Company, approximately 25 hours to collect, process, and report data for each Small Insurer, and approximately 50 hours to collect, process, and report data for each Captive Insurer and Alien Surplus Lines Insurer.
Assuming this breakdown, the estimated annual burden would be 38,750 hours (100 insurers × 75 hours + 300 insurers × 25 hours + 400 insurers × 50 hours + 75 insurers × 50 hours). At a blended, fully loaded hourly rate of $85, the cost would be $3,293,750 across the industry as a whole, or $6,375 per Insurer (Non-Small) Group or Company, $2,125 per Small Insurer, and $4,250 per Captive Insurer or Alien Surplus Lines Insurer.
Department of the Treasury, Departmental Offices.
Notice of guidance.
This notice provides guidance (Guidance) concerning the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program (Program) under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, as amended (“TRIA” or “the Act”). In this notice, the Department of the Treasury (Treasury) provides guidance regarding how insurance recently classified as “Cyber Liability” for purposes of reporting premiums and losses to state insurance regulators will be treated under TRIA and Treasury's regulations for the Program (Program regulations).
December 27, 2016.
Richard Ifft, Senior Insurance Regulatory Policy Analyst, Federal Insurance Office, 202-622-2922 (not a toll free number), Kevin Meehan, Senior Insurance Regulatory Policy Analyst, Federal Insurance Office, 202-622-7009 (not a toll free number), or Lindsey Baldwin, Senior Policy Analyst, Federal Insurance Office, 202-622-3220 (not a toll free number).
This Guidance addresses the application of certain provisions of TRIA
TRIA was enacted following the attacks on September 11, 2001, to address disruptions in the market for terrorism risk insurance, to help ensure the continued availability and affordability of commercial property and casualty insurance for terrorism risk, and to allow for the private markets to stabilize and build insurance capacity to absorb any future losses for terrorism events. TRIA requires insurers to “make available” terrorism risk insurance for commercial property and casualty losses resulting from certified acts of terrorism (insured losses), and provides for shared public and private compensation for such insured losses. The Secretary of the Treasury (Secretary) administers the Program; pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Federal Insurance Office assists the Secretary in administering the Program.
TRIA requires participating insurers to “make available” terrorism risk insurance in connection with “property and casualty insurance” as defined in the Act.
Cyber risk insurance is a broad term that includes insurance products covering risks arising “from the use of
Cyber risk insurance remains an evolving insurance market, both in terms of product development and regulatory oversight. Certain insurance policies that may contain a “cyber risk” component or which do not exclude losses arising from a cyber event continue to be written in existing TRIP-eligible lines of insurance and are thus subject to the provisions of the Program.
As of January 1, 2016, however, state regulators introduced a new sub-line of insurance, identified as “Cyber Liability,” under the broader “Other Liability” line. “Cyber Liability” is defined for state regulatory purposes as follows:
Stand-alone comprehensive coverage for liability arising out of claims related to unauthorized access to or use of personally identifiable or sensitive information due to events including but not limited to viruses, malicious attacks or system errors or omissions. This coverage could also include expense coverage for business interruption, breach management and/or mitigation services. When cyber liability is provided as an endorsement or as part of a multi-peril policy, as opposed to a stand-alone policy, use the appropriate Sub-TOI of the product to which the coverage will be attached.
Treasury provides this Guidance to clarify that the requirements of TRIP apply to stand-alone cyber insurance policies reported under a TRIP-eligible line of insurance.
Effective January 1, 2016, policies reported for state regulatory purposes under the Cyber Liability sub-line on Line 17—Other Liability of the NAIC's Exhibit of Premiums and Losses (commonly known as Statutory Page 14) are considered “property and casualty insurance” under TRIA.
(a) An in-force policy reported under the Cyber Liability sub-line on Line 17—Other Liability of the NAIC's Exhibit of Premiums and Losses (commonly known as Statutory Page 14), and which provides coverage for insured losses under TRIA, is not eligible for reimbursement of the Federal share of compensation unless:
(i) The insurer offered coverage for insured losses subject to the required disclosures under 31 CFR 50 Subpart B; or
(ii) The insurer demonstrates that the appropriate disclosures were provided to the policyholder before the date of any certification of an act of terrorism.
(b) An insurer that did not make an offer for coverage for insured losses under an in-force policy reported under the Cyber Liability sub-line on Line 17—Other Liability of the NAIC's Exhibit of Premiums and Losses (commonly known as Statutory Page 14) is not required to do so at this time.
Effective April 1, 2017, and consistent with TRIA and the Program regulations, an insurer must provide disclosures and offers that comply with TRIA and the Program regulations on any new or renewal policies reported under the Cyber Liability sub-line on Line 17—Other Liability of the NAIC's Exhibit of Premiums and Losses (commonly known as Statutory Page 14).
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
The Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before February 27, 2017.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Nancy J. Kessinger at (202) 632-8924 or FAX (202) 632-8925.
Under the PRA of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-21), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
By direction of the Secretary.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of final policy.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service or USFWS), announce the final Endangered Species Act (ESA) Compensatory Mitigation Policy. The new policy steps down and implements recent Executive Office, Department of the Interior, and Service mitigation policies that reflect a shift from project-by-project to landscape-scale approaches to planning and implementing compensatory mitigation. The new policy is established to improve consistency and effectiveness in the use of compensatory mitigation as recommended or required under the ESA. The ESA Compensatory Mitigation Policy covers permittee-responsible mitigation, conservation banking, in-lieu fee programs, and other third-party mitigation mechanisms, and stresses the need to hold all compensatory mitigation mechanisms to equivalent and effective standards.
This policy is effective on December 27, 2016.
Comments and materials received, as well as supporting documentation used in the preparation of this policy, including an environmental assessment, are available on the Internet at
Craig Aubrey, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Environmental Review, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803; telephone 703-358-2442. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.
The mission of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service or USFWS) is working with others to conserve, protect, and enhance fish, wildlife, and plants and their habitats for the continuing benefit of the American people. As part of our mission, we continually seek opportunities to engage both the public and private sectors to work with us to conserve species and the ecosystems on which they depend. This collaborative effort includes conservation of endangered and threatened (listed) species and their designated critical habitat protected under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA; 16 U.S.C. 1531
This policy is the first comprehensive treatment of compensatory mitigation under authority of the ESA to be issued by the Service. Both the 1995 interagency policy on the establishment and operation of wetland mitigation banks (60 FR 58605, November 28, 1995) and the 2000 interagency policy on the use of in-lieu fee arrangements (65 FR 66914, November 7, 2000) are specific to wetland mitigation, but provide guidance that is generally applicable to conservation banking and in-lieu fee programs for species associated with wetlands or uplands. These interagency policies were superseded by the Environmental Protection Agency—U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 2008 Compensatory Mitigation Rule for Losses of Aquatic Resources (73 FR 19594, April 10, 2008). In 2003, the Service issued guidance on the establishment, use, and operation of conservation banks (68 FR 24753, May 8, 2003). In 2008, we issued recovery crediting guidance (73 FR 44761, July 31, 2008). This ESA Compensatory Mitigation Policy clarifies Service expectations regarding all compensatory mitigation mechanisms recommended or supported by the Service when implementing the ESA, including, but not limited to, conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, habitat credit exchanges, and permittee-responsible mitigation.
The primary intent of the policy is to provide Service personnel with direction and guidance in the planning and implementation of compensatory mitigation, primarily through encouraging strategic planning at the landscape level and setting standards that mitigation programs and projects must meet to achieve conservation that is effective and sustainable. Compensatory mitigation is defined in this policy as compensation for remaining unavoidable impacts after all appropriate and practicable avoidance and minimization measures have been applied, by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments (see 40 CFR 1508.20) through the restoration, establishment, enhancement, or preservation of resources and their values, services, and functions (part 600, chapter 6 of the Departmental Manual (600 DM 6.4C)). While this policy addresses only the role of compensatory mitigation under the ESA, avoidance and minimization of impacts retain their central role in both the section 7 and section 10 processes. Guidance on the application of the mitigation hierarchy is provided in our Mitigation Policy (81 FR 83440, November 21, 2016), regulations implementing the ESA, and other policies and guidance documents specific to various sections of the ESA.
By memorandum (80 FR 68743, November 6, 2015), the President directed all Federal agencies that manage natural resources, “to avoid and then minimize harmful effects to land, water, wildlife, and other ecological resources (natural resources) caused by land- or water-disturbing activities, and to ensure that any remaining harmful effects are effectively addressed, consistent with existing mission and legal authorities.” This policy is consistent with the Presidential memorandum (“Mitigating Impacts on Natural Resources From Development and Encouraging Related Private Investment”) issued November 3, 2015; the Department of the Interior (Department) Secretarial Order 3330 entitled, “Improving Mitigation Policies and Practices of the Department of the Interior,” issued October 31, 2013; the new Interior Departmental Manual Chapter on Landscape-Scale Mitigation Policy, 600 DM 6 (October 23, 2015); and is intended to institute the policies and procedures reflected in the guiding principles on mitigation established by the Department through the report to the Secretary entitled, “A Strategy for Improving the Mitigation Policies and Practices of The Department of the Interior,” issued in April 2014 (Clement et al. 2014). These directives emphasize a comprehensive landscape-scale approach to planning and implementing mitigation programs, and they also include a mitigation goal to improve
The mitigation principles set forth in the above directives, including the landscape scale approach and the goal of “net gain,” have been adopted in both the Service's Mitigation Policy (81 FR 83440, November 21, 2016), and in this policy. The landscape-scale approach to mitigation is not a new concept. For example, in 2013, the Service issued mitigation guidance for two listed songbirds in central Texas based on recovery goals for these species. The songbird mitigation guidance sets minimum standards that must be met by mitigation providers and encourages the use of consolidated compensatory mitigation in the form of permanent protection and management of large, contiguous patches of the species' habitat. Proactive approaches, such as this example, provide greater regulatory certainty for project proponents and encourage the establishment of conservation banks and other mitigation opportunities by mitigation sponsors for use by project proponents.
The mitigation goal (
This policy sets forth standards for compensatory mitigation that implement the tenets in the directives cited above and reflect the many lessons learned by the Service during our more than 40-year history implementing the ESA, particularly sections 7 and 10 of the ESA. The standards apply to all compensatory mitigation mechanisms (
Adherence to the mitigation principles and compensatory mitigation standards identified in this policy will achieve greater consistency, predictability, and transparency in implementation of the ESA. Service offices are encouraged to work with Federal agencies and other partners to establish compensatory mitigation programs based on landscape-scale conservation plans, such as more efficient, better coordinated, and expedited regulatory processes, which can provide project applicants with incentives to mitigate their actions. Compensatory mitigation programs and projects designed and implemented in accordance with the standards set forth in this policy are expected to achieve the best conservation outcomes for listed, proposed, and at-risk species through effective management of the risks associated with compensatory mitigation.
This policy encourages the use of market-based compensatory mitigation programs such as conservation banking in conjunction with programmatic approaches to ESA section 7 consultations and habitat conservation plans (HCPs) that can be designed to achieve a “no net loss” or a “net gain” mitigation goal. Consultations and HCPs that establish a “program” to address multiple, similar actions and/or impacts to one or more species operate on a larger landscape scale and expedite regulatory processes. Market-based mitigation programs improve regulatory predictability, provide efficiencies of scale, and incentivize private investment in species conservation (Fox and Nino-Murcia 2005). The benefits provided by these mitigation programs generally encourage Federal agencies and incentivize applicants to develop proposed actions that fully compensate for adverse impacts to affected species anticipated as a result of their actions.
“In enacting the ESA, Congress recognized that individual species should not be viewed in isolation, but must be viewed in terms of their relationship to the ecosystem of which they form a constituent element. Although the regulatory mechanisms of the [ESA] focus on species that are formally listed as endangered or threatened, the purposes and policies of the [ESA] are far broader than simply providing for the conservation of individual species or individual members of listed species” (Conference Report No. 97-835 House of Representatives, September 17, 1982). This comment, made over 30 years ago during reauthorization of the ESA, is a reminder of the challenges still before us.
Incorporating a landscape-scale approach to development and conservation planning, including mitigation, that ensures a “net gain” or, at a minimum, “no net loss” in the status of affected resources, as directed by the Presidential memorandum (80 FR 68743, November 6, 2015), helps address the additive impacts that lead to significant deterioration of resources over time and has the potential to foster recovery of listed species and avoid listing of additional species.
As discussed later in this document, the Service's authority to require compensatory mitigation under the ESA is limited and differs under sections 7 and 10. However, we can more broadly recommend the use of compensatory mitigation to offset the adverse impacts of actions under certain provisions of the ESA and under other authorities, such as the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act (16 U.S.C. 661
The additive effects of impacts adversely affecting listed and at-risk species as a result of many past and current human-caused actions are significant. The number of listed species has increased from slightly more than 300 in 1982 (when the ESA was reauthorized) to more than 1,500 by the end of 2016. While some listed species have been reclassified from endangered to threatened (
Compensatory mitigation is a conservation measure that can be used within an appropriate context under section 7 of the ESA to address proposed actions that may result in adverse impacts to listed species that cannot be avoided. For example, under section 7(a)(1) of the ESA, all Federal agencies are required to use their authorities to carry out conservation programs for listed species. Federal agencies may choose to develop and implement section 7(a)(1) conservation programs for listed species in conjunction with section 7(a)(2) consultation through a coordinated program. The Service supports these efforts, and we encourage Federal agencies to coordinate with us on development of such programs.
Compensatory mitigation can be used under section 10(a)(1)(B) of the ESA through HCPs developed to address adverse impacts of non-Federal actions on listed and other covered species that cannot be avoided. Landscape-scale HCPs developed for use by multiple applicants to conserve multiple resources are generally the most efficient and effective approaches. The Service supports these efforts and encourages applicants, particularly local and State agencies and organizations, to coordinate with us on the development of such plans.
Taking a landscape-level approach to mitigation will assist the Service to modernize our compensatory mitigation procedures and practices and better meet the challenges posed by the growing human population's demands on our natural resources and changing conditions such as those resulting from climate change. Conservation banking is a market-based compensatory mitigation mechanism based on a landscape approach to mitigation that achieves compensation for listed and other resources of concern in advance of project impacts. In-lieu fee programs also establish compensatory mitigation sites but generally not in advance of impacts and often not through a market-based approach. Habitat credit exchanges are a relatively new market-based compensatory mitigation mechanism based on a clearinghouse model that may or may not accomplish mitigation in advance of project impacts. All three of these mitigation mechanisms use a landscape-level approach to consolidate and locate compensatory mitigation in areas identified as conservation priorities. These programs have designated service areas within which proposed actions that meet certain criteria may be mitigated with Service approval. The functions and services provided for listed, proposed, and at-risk species by these compensatory mitigation programs are represented by credits. Credits are used to offset impacts (often referred to as debits). Most credit transactions involve a permittee purchasing the amount of credits needed to offset the anticipated adverse effects of an action from the mitigation project sponsor. The Service must approve credit transactions as to their conservation value and appropriate application for use related to any authorization or permit issued under the ESA.
The conservation banking model is generally perceived as successful at achieving effective conservation outcomes and, when used in conjunction with section 7 consultations and section 10 HCPs, has achieved notable regulatory efficiencies. Results include ecological performance that usually achieves “no net loss,” and often a net benefit, in species conservation; increased regulatory predictability for Federal agencies and applicants; and more efficient and better coordinated permitting processes, especially when multiple agencies with overlapping regulatory jurisdictions are involved.
Permittee-responsible mitigation for many small to moderate impacts often cannot provide adequate compensation because it is often difficult to achieve effective conservation on a small scale. Small mitigation sites are often not ecologically defensible, and it is often difficult to ensure long-term stewardship of these sites. Most individual actions result in small or moderate impacts to species and habitat, yet the additive effects of these actions (often referred to as “death by a thousand cuts”), when not compensated for, can have substantial adverse effects on these resources by degrading the environmental baseline and impairing the potential for future actions. In general, conservation banking, in-lieu fee programs, and similar mitigation mechanisms that consolidate compensatory mitigation on larger landscapes are designed to serve project proponents with small to moderate impact actions, are ecologically more effective, and provide more economical options to achieve compensation than permittee-responsible mitigation.
Furthermore, larger landscape-scale conservation programs with market-based compensatory mitigation opportunities create an economic incentive for private landowners, investors, and mitigation project sponsors to participate in these programs. The most robust programs generate competition among mitigation sponsors and may provide cost-effective means for complying with natural resource laws such as the ESA. To be successful, these market-based and other compensatory mitigation programs must operate transparently and be held to high standards that are uniformly applied across all compensatory mitigation mechanisms. Equally important is transparency in the implementation of the ESA and the development of mitigation programs for use by regulated communities.
Because endangered and threatened species are by definition in danger of extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable future, avoiding, minimizing, and compensating for impacts to their populations are all forms of mitigation that the Service may consider when administering the ESA. The Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) NEPA regulations (40 CFR 1508.20) state that mitigation includes:
• Avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an action;
• Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation;
• Rectifying the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment;
• Reducing or eliminating the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action; and
• Compensating for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments.
In 600 DM 6, the Department of the Interior states that mitigation, as
The Service will issue interim guidance containing specific operational steps to assist Service staff in implementing this policy. This interim guidance will be issued in the form of a Director's memorandum, which will be used to develop a Service Manual chapter at a later date. Throughout this policy, the term “implementation guidance” will be used when referencing the interim guidance and future Service Manual chapter.
This final policy differs from the draft policy in a few substantive respects, which we list below, and contains editorial changes in response to comments we received that requested greater clarity of expression regarding various aspects of the policy's purpose, authorities, scope, general principles, framework for formulating mitigation measures, and definitions. The most common editorial change to the final policy addresses the concern that the Service lacks authority to apply compensatory mitigation to the ESA. Reasons cited by the commenters for not applying compensatory mitigation to the ESA included: (a) The ESA does not provide authority to require mitigation; and (b) policy concepts such as “net conservation gain” and a “landscape approach” to conservation are inconsistent with ESA statutory authority and regulatory requirements. This final policy adds new text to 2. Authorities and Coordination that identifies those circumstances under which we have specific authority to require, consistent with other applicable laws and regulations, one or more forms of compensatory mitigation for impacts to federally listed species, proposed species, and candidates as defined in the ESA. This policy provides a common framework for the Service when identifying and implementing compensatory mitigation measures pursuant to the ESA. The policy, however, cannot and does not alter or substitute for the regulations implementing the ESA. We summarize below the few substantive changes from the draft policy, listed by section.
Section 5 in the draft policy, Application of Compensatory Mitigation Under the ESA, was moved in its entirety to replace section 4, as we felt it more appropriate to discuss the policy's application under the ESA after section 2. Authorities and Coordination, and section 3. Scope. Section 4 in the draft policy, Compensatory Mitigation Standards, is now section 5 in this final policy.
In section 5.1,
In section 6.1.3, “Preference for Consolidated Compensatory Mitigation,” we removed habitat credit exchanges as a specifically identified preference for compensatory mitigation because we do not yet have the record of success with this mechanism that we have with other mechanisms such as conservation banks.
The bulk of sections 6.2.3, “Ensuring Durability on Public Lands,”, and 6.2.4, “Transfer of Private Mitigation Lands to Public Agencies,” was removed from the policy and will be discussed in the implementation guidance, as well as the prescriptive operational detail from section 6.6,
In section 7.1.4 “Habitat Credit Exchange,” we added text indicating that habitat credit exchanges are a relatively new mitigation mechanism, and warrant additional care and consideration when implementing them. We also removed section 7.1.5, “Other Third-party Compensatory Mitigation,” as this is a purely hypothetical mechanism which seems to differ little from proponent-responsible mitigation, and it was redundant with section 7.3,
In Table 1. “Comparison of Habitat-based Compensatory Mitigation Sites Established Under Different Mechanisms,” we removed the column “Instrument Required” because all discussion of instruments will be in the implementation guidance, and we removed the final row of the table: “Other Third-party Mitigation Site.”
We removed the draft policy's section 8, Establishment and Operation of Compensatory Mitigation Programs and Projects; it will form the basis of the implementation guidance.
Section 9 of the draft policy, Criteria for Use of Third-party Mitigation, has been re-numbered in this policy, and is now section 8.
The majority of section 10, Compliance and Tracking, has been removed from the policy, and will be discussed in the implementation guidance; accordingly, the remaining paragraph has been renumbered in this policy as section 9.
Regarding appendix B, Glossary of Terms Related to Compensatory Mitigation, we removed several terms that are more appropriate for the implementation guidance document as well as items that could be confused with terms used in the ESA's implementing regulations.
Finally, we have removed appendix C, Requirement of the Marine Mammal Protection Act, to avoid confusion with the policy's focus on implementing the ESA.
The September 2, 2016, notice announcing our draft Endangered Species Act Compensatory Mitigation Policy (draft policy) (81 FR 61032) requested written comments, information, and recommendations from governmental agencies, tribes, the scientific community, industry groups, environmental interest groups, and any other interested members of the public.
That notice established a 45-day comment period, ending October 17, 2016, on the draft policy. Several commenters (1) requested an extension of time to provide their comments; (2) asked the Service to revise and recirculate the draft policy for comment; or (3) asked the Service to withdraw the draft policy to allow interested parties additional time to comment. The November 3, 2015, Presidential Memorandum on Mitigation states, “Within 1 year of the date of this memorandum, the Department of the Interior, through the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, shall finalize a revised mitigation policy that applies to all of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service's authorities and trust responsibilities. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service shall also finalize an additional policy that applies to compensatory mitigation associated with its responsibilities under the Endangered Species Act of 1973.” In order to finalize the policy as close as possible to the date outlined in the Presidential Memorandum on Mitigation, we were unable to publish an extension or reopen the comment period.
During the comment period, we received approximately 150 public comment letters, including comments from Federal, State, and local government entities; industry; trade associations; conservation organizations; nongovernmental organizations; private citizens; and others. The range of comments varied from those that provided general statements of support or opposition to the draft policy, to those that provided extensive comments and information supporting or opposing the draft policy in its entirety or specific aspects of the draft policy. The majority of comments submitted included detailed suggestions for revisions addressing major concepts, as well as editorial suggestions for specific wording or line edits.
All comments submitted during the comment period have been fully considered in preparing this final policy. All substantive information provided has been incorporated, where appropriate, directly into this final policy or is addressed below. The comments we received were grouped into general issues specifically relating to the draft policy, and are presented below along with the Service's responses to these substantive comments.
We received several comments requesting clarification on various aspects of the draft policy, including: Reporting; monitoring; financial instruments; coordination with States, tribes, and local groups; the compensatory mitigation mechanisms; and other implementation elements. We recognize the value of these comments and are giving them due consideration. We have removed these elements from this policy and will address them in the implementation guidance.
The policy is consistent with the Presidential memorandum (“Mitigating Impacts on Natural Resources from Development and Encouraging Related Private Investment”) issued November 3, 2015 (see 80 FR 68743, November 6, 2015), in which the President directed all Federal agencies that manage natural resources “to avoid and then minimize harmful effects to land, water, wildlife, and other ecological resources (natural resources) caused by land- or water-disturbing activities, and to ensure that any remaining harmful effects are effectively addressed, consistent with existing mission and legal authorities.” The Service agrees that some impacts to listed species or critical habitat may be unavoidable and that the ESA provides a mechanism for both Federal agencies (section 7) and non-Federal entities (section 10) to receive take coverage in the case of any unavoidable impacts. There are multiple sections of our implementing regulations in title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) at 50 CFR part 402 (§§ 402.10, 402.13) that direct the Service to suggest modifications or make advisory recommendations to Federal action agencies and applicants to avoid the likelihood of adverse effects to listed species or critical habitat. Additionally, if the Service is required to provide a reasonable and prudent alternative under section 7 consultation, the regulations state that such an alternative must be one “that the Director believes would avoid the likelihood of jeopardizing the continued existence of listed species or resulting in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat” (50 CFR 402.02). Use of the full mitigation sequence including avoidance and minimization of impacts to listed species is consistent with the purposes and mandates set forth in the ESA.
The policy clearly describes the basis for the use of the term “recovery measure” when describing section 7(a)(1), which comes from the definition of the terms “conserve,” “conserving,” and “conservation” in section 3 of the ESA. Although the word “recovery” is not used in the definition, it clearly describes recovery as “the use of all methods and procedures which are necessary to bring any endangered species or threatened species to the point at which the measures provided pursuant to [the ESA] are no longer necessary.” Additionally, section 7(a)(1) directs all Federal agencies to “utilize their authorities in furtherance of the purposes of [the ESA]”. One of the stated purposes of the ESA is to “provide a means whereby the ecosystems upon which endangered and threatened species depend may be conserved.” The intent is that all Federal agencies have a responsibility, using their existing authorities, to help recover listed species.
Additionally, under section 10 of the ESA, HCPs are voluntary and developed by the applicant, in consultation with the Service. It is the applicant who decides which candidate or non-listed at-risk species they wish to include. The Service has found that many applicants elect to include at-risk species to receive “no surprises” assurances and preclude the need to amend the associated incidental take permit, should the species become listed in the future. The voluntary inclusion of at-risk species in both the conference and HCP processes are proactive approaches to reduce the need for future listing of the species.
In addition, because of the programmatic nature of the draft policy and the breadth of activities under consideration, the analyses of environmental effects must be very general, addressing the consequences from each alternative at a programmatic scale. Regardless of the alternative, we anticipate that the majority of the specific actions covered under the policy would receive additional project-specific NEPA review, either by other Federal agencies during their project review or by the Service during review of an ESA section 10(a)(1)(B) application. Those project-specific reviews would include development of appropriately detailed alternatives based on information necessary to complete informed and meaningful effects analyses. That information (
In this context, the policy is not a legally binding rulemaking; the ESA and its implementing regulations determine the Service's decisions for listed species. The policy will not effectively compel a property owner to suffer a physical invasion of property and will not deny all economically beneficial or productive use of the land or aquatic resources. This policy provides consistent standards for the Service, and its partners, to apply when developing compensatory mitigation programs or projects, as appropriate under the authority of the ESA. The use of the terms “must” and “shall” in the policy are directed toward the Service's authority in implementing the ESA.
The policy is broadly framed to encompass all species covered under the ESA, but does not result in any particular actions concerning specific properties. Additionally, this policy substantially advances a legitimate government interest (conservation of species and their habitats) and does not present a barrier to all reasonable and expected beneficial use of private property.
The Service does not view a “net gain” or “no net loss” goal as incompatible with well-established standards for administering sections 7 and 10 of the ESA. Instead, it is complementary to the ESA requirements to avoid jeopardizing the continued existence of any listed species, or destroying or adversely modifying any designated critical habitat. To achieve
Bundled or stacked credits cannot be unbundled or unstacked to offset the effects of multiple projects but can only be used to offset the effects of a single project. Once a unit of habitat is used as mitigation for one project, regardless of the number of listed species it supports, it cannot be used as mitigation a second time.
Details about how to develop and apply assessment methodologies that are quantitative and transparent were not included in the draft, or this final, policy, because these details are species-specific and too complex to describe adequately within the framework of the policy. When detailed descriptions of assessment methodology development and application are prepared by the Service for a species-specific mitigation program, these descriptions are routinely shared with the public.
The final policy follows:
This policy adopts the mitigation principles established in the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) Mitigation Policy (81 FR 83440, November 21, 2016), establishes compensatory mitigation standards, and provides guidance for the application of compensatory mitigation through implementation of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA; 16 U.S.C. 1531
Adherence to the principles, standards, and guidance identified in this policy is expected to: (1) Provide greater clarity on applying compensatory mitigation to actions subject to ESA compliance requirements; (2) improve consistency and predictability in the implementation of the ESA by standardizing compensatory mitigation practices; and (3) promote the use of compensatory mitigation at a landscape scale to help achieve the purposes of the ESA.
This policy encourages Service personnel to collaborate with other agencies, academic institutions, nongovernmental organizations, tribes, and other partners to develop and implement compensatory mitigation measures and programs through a landscape-scale approach to achieve the best possible conservation outcomes for activities subject to ESA compliance. It also encourages the use of programmatic approaches to compensatory mitigation that have the advantages of advance planning and economies of scale to: (1) Achieve a net gain in species' conservation; (2) reduce the unit cost of compensatory mitigation; and (3) improve regulatory procedural efficiency.
Appendices A and B provide a list of acronyms and a glossary of terms used in this policy, respectively.
This policy is focused on compensatory mitigation that can be achieved under the ESA. The Service's authority to require mitigation is limited, and our authority to require a “net gain” in the status of endangered and threatened (listed) or at-risk species has little or no application under the ESA. However, we can recommend the use of mitigation, and in particular compensatory mitigation, to offset the adverse impacts of actions under the ESA. Other statutes also provide the Service with authority for recommending compensatory mitigation for actions affecting fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats (
Synchronizing environmental review processes, especially through early coordination with project proponents, allows the Service to provide comments
The supplemental mandate of NEPA (42 U.S.C. 4335) adds to the existing authority and responsibility of the Service to protect the environment when carrying out our mission under the ESA. The Service's goal is to provide a coordinated review and analysis of the impacts of proposed actions on listed, proposed, and at-risk species, and designated and proposed critical habitat that are also subject to the requirements of other statutes such as NEPA, CWA, and FWCA. Consultation, conference, and biological assessment procedures under section 7 and permitting procedures under section 10(a)(1)(B) of the ESA can be integrated with interagency cooperation procedures required by other statutes such as NEPA or FWCA. This is particularly the case for cumulative effects. Cumulative effects are often difficult to analyze, are defined differently under different statutes, and are often not adequately considered when making decisions affecting the type and amount of mitigation recommended or required.
The ESA Compensatory Mitigation Policy covers all forms of compensatory mitigation, including, but not limited to, permittee-responsible mitigation, conservation banking, in-lieu fee programs, and other third-party mitigation projects or arrangements, for all species and habitat protected under the ESA and for which the Service has jurisdiction. Endangered and threatened species, species proposed as endangered or threatened, and designated and proposed critical habitat, are the primary focus of this policy. Candidates and other at-risk species would also benefit from adherence to the standards set forth in this policy, and all Service programs are encouraged to develop compensatory mitigation programs and tools to conserve at-risk species in cooperation with States and other partners.
This policy does not apply retroactively to approved mitigation programs; however, it does apply to amendments and modifications to existing conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, and other third-party compensatory mitigation arrangements unless otherwise stated in the mitigation instrument. Examples of amendments or modifications to which this policy applies include authorization of additional sites under an existing instrument or agreement, expansion of an existing site, or addition of a new type of resource credit such as addition of a new species credit.
This policy does apply to other Federal or non-Federal actions permitted or otherwise authorized or approved prior to issuance of this policy under circumstances where the action may require additional compliance review under the ESA if: New information becomes available that reveals effects of the action to listed species or critical habitat not previously considered; the action is modified in a manner that causes effects to listed species and critical habitat not previously considered; authorized levels of incidental take are exceeded; a new species is listed or critical habitat is designated that may be affected by the actions; or the project proponent specifically requests the Service to apply the policy. This policy does not apply to actions that are specifically exempted under the ESA. It also does not apply where the Service has already agreed in writing to mitigation measures for pending actions, except where new activities or changes in current activities associated with those actions would result in new impacts, or where new authorities, or failure to implement agreed upon recommendations warrant new consideration regarding mitigation. Service offices may elect to apply this policy to actions that are under review as of December 27, 2016,
This policy clarifies guidance given in the Service's “Guidance for the Establishment, Use, and Operation of Conservation Banks,” published in the
Sections of the ESA under which the Service has authority to recommend or require compensatory mitigation for species or their habitat are identified below. In this section, we provide guidance on applications of these ESA authorities within the context of compensatory mitigation. The compensatory mitigation standards set forth in section 5. Compensatory Mitigation Standards of this policy apply to compensatory mitigation programs and projects established under the ESA, as appropriate.
Section 2(c)(1) of the ESA directs all Federal departments and agencies to conserve endangered and threatened species. “Conserve” is defined in section 3 of the ESA as all actions necessary to bring the species to the point that measures provided pursuant to the ESA are no longer necessary (
When the ESA was enacted in 1973, section 7 was a single paragraph directing “all Federal departments and agencies . . . [to] utilize their authorities in furtherance of the purposes of [the ESA] by carrying out programs for the conservation of endangered species and threatened species listed pursuant to section 4 of [the ESA]
Section 7(a)(1) of the ESA states, “. . . Federal agencies shall, in consultation with and with the assistance of the Secretary, utilize their authorities in furtherance of the purposes of [the ESA] by carrying out programs for the conservation of
Section 7(a)(2) of the ESA states, “[e]ach Federal agency shall . . . insure that any action authorized, funded, or carried out, by such agency . . . is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any endangered species or threatened species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of [critical] habitat.” The Service determines through consultation under section 7(a)(2) whether or not the proposed action is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of listed species or destroy or adversely modify critical habitat. The Service then issues a biological opinion stating our conclusion and, in the case of a finding of no jeopardy (or jeopardy accompanied by reasonable and prudent alternatives that can be taken by the Federal agency to avoid jeopardy), formulates an incidental take statement, if such take is reasonably certain to occur, that identifies the anticipated amount or extent of incidental take of listed species and specifies reasonable and prudent measures necessary or appropriate to minimize such impacts under section 7(b)(4) of the ESA. If the proposed action is likely to adversely affect critical habitat, the Service's biological opinion also analyzes whether adverse modification is likely to occur and specifies reasonable and prudent alternatives to avoid adverse modification, as necessary and if available. If the listed species is a marine mammal, incidental taking is authorized pursuant to section 101(a)(5) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361
To better implement section 7(a)(2) of the ESA and prevent species declines, the Service will work with Federal agencies and applicants to identify conservation measures, using the full mitigation sequence, that can be included as part of proposed actions for unavoidable impacts to listed species and critical habitat to achieve, at a minimum, “no net loss” in the species' conservation. The mitigation sequence should be observed (
When the Service issues a biological opinion with a finding of jeopardy or adverse modification of critical habitat, we include reasonable and prudent alternatives (RPAs) when possible. RPAs may include any and all forms of mitigation, including compensatory mitigation, that can be applied to avoid proposed actions from jeopardizing the existence of listed species or destroying or adversely modifying critical habitat, provided they are consistent with the regulatory definition of RPAs at 50 CFR 402.02.
When the Service issues a biological opinion with a finding of no jeopardy, we provide the Federal agency and applicant (if any) with an incidental take statement, if take is reasonably certain to occur, in accordance with section 7(b)(4) of the ESA. The incidental take statement specifies the amount or extent of anticipated take, the impact of such take on the species, and any reasonable and prudent measures (RPMs) and implementing terms and conditions determined by the Service to be necessary or appropriate to minimize the impact of the take.
RPMs can include mitigation, in appropriate circumstances, if such a measure minimizes the effect of the incidental take on the species, and as long as the measure is consistent with the interagency consultation regulations at 50 CFR 402.14. RPMs should also be commensurate with and proportional to the impacts associated with the action. The Service should provide an explanation of why the measures are necessary or appropriate. If the proposed action includes conservation measures sufficient to fully compensate for incidental take, it may not be necessary to include additional minimization measures (beyond monitoring) through RPMs.
Section 7(a)(4) of the ESA states, “[e]ach Federal agency shall confer with [the Service] on any agency action which is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any species proposed to be listed . . . or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat proposed to be designated for such species.” The conference is designed to assist the Federal agency and any applicant to identify and resolve potential conflicts at an early stage in the planning process.
Under a candidate conservation agreement with assurances (CCAA), private and other non-Federal property owners may voluntarily undertake conservation management activities on their properties to address threats to unlisted species and to enhance, restore, or maintain habitat benefiting species that are candidates or proposed for listing under the ESA or other at-risk species in exchange for assurances that no further action on their part is required should the species become listed during the term of the CCAA. Under a safe harbor agreement (SHA), private and other non-Federal property owners may voluntarily undertake management activities on their property to enhance, restore, or maintain habitat benefiting species listed under the ESA in exchange for assurances that there will not be any increased property use restrictions as a result of their efforts that either attract listed species to their property or that increase the numbers or distribution of listed species already on their property during the term of the agreement. Both types of agreements are designed to encourage conservation of species on non-Federal land.
Landowners enrolled in CCAAs while the species remains unlisted can provide compensatory mitigation under a State or other non-Service mitigation program if the actions related to the mitigation are additional to those taken to satisfy the CCAA requirement. Should the species become listed before the CCAA expires, the landowner has the option to roll over the existing
Section 10(a)(1)(B) of the ESA allows the Service to issue an incidental take permit for “any taking otherwise prohibited by section 9(a)(1)(B) [of the ESA] if such taking is incidental to, and not the purpose of, the carrying out of an otherwise lawful activity.” If, under section 10(a)(2)(B) of the ESA, the Service finds the issuance criteria are met by the applicant, including that the applicant will, “to the maximum extent practicable, minimize and mitigate the impacts of such taking,” the Service will issue a permit. Plant species and unlisted animal species may also be covered in the habitat conservation plan (HCP), provided the applicant meets requirements for their coverage described in the implementing regulations. The Service incorporates these measures as terms and conditions of the permit. Regulations governing incidental take permits for endangered and threatened wildlife species are found at 50 CFR 17.22 and 17.32. The Service is required to conduct a section 7(a)(2) consultation on issuance of an incidental take permit.
Section 4(d) of the ESA authorizes the Service to issue protective regulations that are necessary and advisable to provide for the conservation of threatened species. The Service used this authority to extend the prohibition of take (section 9 of the ESA) to all threatened species by regulation in 1978, through promulgation of a “blanket 4(d) rule” (50 CFR 17.31). This blanket 4(d) rule can be modified by a species-specific 4(d) rule (
Section 5 of the ESA provides authority for the Service and the U.S. Department of Agriculture, with respect to the National Forest System, to establish and implement a program to conserve fish, wildlife, and plants, including those which are listed as endangered species or threatened species through:
• Use of land acquisition and other authority under the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956, as amended (16 U.S.C. 742a-742j, not including 742d-1); the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act, as amended (16 U.S.C. 661
• Acquisition by purchase, donation, or otherwise, of lands, waters, or interests therein.
Establishment of compensatory mitigation programs that conserve listed or at-risk species on lands adjacent to National Forests could be used to offset losses to those species and their habitats by actions authorized by the Service and also help buffer National Forests from incompatible neighboring land uses.
The mitigation principles, as described in the Service's Mitigation Policy (81 FR 83440, November 21, 2016), are goals the Service intends to achieve, in part through recommending or requiring, as appropriate, under the ESA and other applicable authorities, the inclusion of compensatory mitigation in proposed actions with adverse impacts to listed, proposed, or at-risk species, and designated or proposed critical habitat. The compensatory mitigation standards described in this section of the policy will implement the mitigation principles, as outlined in the Mitigation Policy, including using a landscape approach to inform mitigation and aspiring to meet the goal to improve (
Compensatory mitigation will be sited in locations that have been identified in landscape-scale conservation plans or mitigation strategies as areas that will meet conservation objectives and provide the greatest long-term benefit to the listed, proposed, and/or at-risk species and other resources of primary conservation concern. The Service will rely upon existing conservation plans that are based upon the best available scientific information, consider climate-change adaptation, and contain specific objectives aimed at the biological needs of the affected resources. Where existing conservation plans are not available that incorporate all of these elements or are not updated with the best available scientific information, Service personnel will otherwise incorporate the best available science into mitigation decisions and recommendations and continually seek better information in areas of greatest uncertainty.
Compensatory mitigation must be in-kind for the listed, proposed, or at-risk species affected by the proposed action. The same requirement does not
Offsetting impacts to designated or proposed critical habitat through the use of compensatory mitigation should target the maintenance, restoration, or improvement of the recovery support function of the affected critical habitat as described in the relevant biological or conference opinion, conservation or mitigation plan, mitigation instrument, permit, or conference report. Recovery plans, 5-year reviews, proposed and final critical habitat rules, and the best available science on species status, threats, and needs should be relied on to inform the selection of habitat types subject to compensatory mitigation actions for unavoidable adverse impacts to species or critical habitat.
The use of compensatory mitigation to minimize the impacts of incidental take on listed species can be based on habitat or another surrogate such as a similarly affected species or ecological conditions under circumstances where it is not practicable to express or monitor the amount or extent of take in terms of the number of individuals of the species, in accordance with 50 CFR 402.14(i)(1)(i). A causal link between the surrogate and take of the species must be explained and must be scientifically defensible. For example, occupied habitat of a listed species has been used as a surrogate to express the amount or extent of take of the vernal pool fairy shrimp (
Metrics that measure ecological functions and/or services at compensatory mitigation sites and impact sites must be science-based, quantifiable, consistent, repeatable, and related to the conservation goals for the species. These metrics may be species- or habitat-based. Metrics used to calculate credits should be the same as those used to calculate debits for the same species or habitat type. If they are not the same, the relationship (conversion) between credits and debits must be transparent and scientifically defensible. Metrics must account for duration of the impact, temporal loss to the species, management of risk associated with compensatory mitigation, and other such measures. This does not mean that metrics developed to measure losses and gains on the landscape must be precise, as this is rarely possible in biological systems, but uncertainty should be noted where it exists and metrics must be based on the best scientific data available to gauge the adequacy of the compensatory mitigation. Modifying existing metrics on which approved conservation banks or other compensatory mitigation programs are based and still in use warrants careful consideration and must be based on best available science.
Scientifically defensible metrics also are needed to measure biological and ecological performance criteria used to monitor the outcome of compensatory mitigation. It may be necessary to adjust metrics over time through monitoring and adaptive management processes in order to respond to changing conditions and ensure they remain effective at assessing the conservation objectives of the compensatory mitigation program. However, modifying metrics used to monitor performance should not be a substitute for lack of compliance or failure to implement adaptive management.
Compensatory mitigation must provide benefits beyond those that would otherwise have occurred through routine or required practices or actions, or obligations required through legal authorities or contractual agreements. A compensatory mitigation measure is “additional” when the benefits of the measure improve upon the baseline conditions of the impacted resources and their values, services, and functions in a manner that is demonstrably new and would not have occurred without the compensatory mitigation measure (600 DM 6.4G). The additional benefits may result from restoration or enhancement of habitat; preservation of existing habitat that lacks adequate protection; management actions that protect, maintain, or create habitat (
Demonstrating additionality on lands already designated for conservation purposes can be challenging, particularly when the lands under consideration are public lands. In general, credit can only be authorized for compensatory mitigation on public lands if additionality can be clearly demonstrated and is legally attainable. See section 6.2.
Compensatory mitigation projects must achieve conservation objectives within a reasonable timeframe and for at least the duration of the impacts. Ideally, compensatory mitigation should be implemented in advance of the action that adversely impacts the species or critical habitat. When this is not possible or practicable, temporal losses to the affected species must be compensated through some means (
Compensatory mitigation must be secured by adequate legal, real estate, and financial protections that ensure the success of the mitigation. Most compensatory mitigation projects are
The Service has authority to conduct direct oversight of all compensatory mitigation programs and projects for which we have exempted or permitted incidental take under the ESA. A standard condition of HCP incidental take permits provides for such oversight. Incidental take exemptions provided by statute to Federal agencies and applicants through the ESA section 7 process require that mandatory terms and conditions included with the take statement must be implemented by the Federal agency or its applicant to activate the exemption in 7(o)(2) of the Act. Should a mitigation project fail to meet its performance criteria and therefore fail to provide the expected conservation for the species, the responsible party must provide equivalent compensation through other means.
Successful landscape-scale compensatory mitigation depends on the engagement of affected communities and stakeholders. Governments, communities, organizations, and individuals support what they help to develop. The Service will provide opportunities for and encourage appropriate stakeholder participation in development of landscape-scale compensatory mitigation strategies that affect listed, proposed, and at-risk species, and proposed and designated critical habitat through appropriate public processes such as those used for programmatic habitat conservation plans (HCPs). Programmatic approaches to compensatory mitigation programs for at-risk species are also encouraged, particularly when led by State agencies, and the Service will make every effort to participate in the planning, establishment, and operation of such programs as described in our draft Policy Regarding Voluntary Prelisting Conservation Actions (79 FR 42525, July 22, 2014). The Service's regional and field offices will determine or assist in determining, as appropriate, the level and methods of public participation using transparent processes.
Consistent implementation of ESA programs that permit or authorize incidental take of listed species will provide regulatory predictability for everyone. The Service will share appropriate information on the availability of compensatory mitigation programs and projects with the public through online media or other appropriate means. Information regarding conservation banks is available on the Regulatory In-lieu fee and Bank Information Tracking System (RIBITS) (
Specific operational details, in addition to the information provided below in this section, will be in implementation guidance issued by the Service.
The appropriate form of compensatory mitigation (
Preference shall be given to compensatory mitigation projects sited within the boundaries of priority conservation areas identified in existing landscape-scale conservation plans as described in the Service's Mitigation Policy (81 FR 83440, November 21, 2016). Priority conservation areas for listed species may be identified in documents such as species status assessments, recovery plans, and/or 5-year reviews.
After following the principles and standards outlined in this policy and all other considerations being equal, preference will be given to compensatory mitigation projects implemented in advance of impacts to the species. Mitigation implemented in advance of impacts reduces risk and uncertainty. Demonstrating that mitigation is successfully implemented in advance of impacts provides ecological and regulatory certainty that is rarely matched by a proposal of mitigation to be accomplished concurrent with, or subsequent to, the impacts of the actions even when that proposal is supplemented with higher mitigation ratios. While conservation banking is by definition mitigation in advance of impacts, other third-party mitigation arrangements and permittee-responsible mitigation may also satisfy this preference by implementing compensatory mitigation in advance of impacts. In-lieu fee programs can also satisfy this preference through a “jump start” that achieves and maintains a supply of credits that offer mitigation in advance of impacts.
Mitigation mechanisms that consolidate compensatory mitigation on the landscape, such as conservation banks and in-lieu fee programs, are generally preferred to small, disjunct compensatory mitigation sites spread across the landscape. Consolidated mitigation sites generally have several advantages over multiple, small, isolated mitigation sites. These advantages include:
• Avoidance of a piecemeal approach to conservation efforts that often results in small, non-sustainable parcels of habitat scattered throughout the landscape;
• Sites that are usually a component of a landscape-level strategy for conservation of high-value resources;
• Cost effective compensatory mitigation options for small projects, allowing for effective offsetting of the cumulative adverse effects that result from numerous, similar, small actions;
• An increase in public-private partnerships that plan in advance and a landscape-scale approach to mitigation to provide communities with opportunities to conserve highly valued natural resources while still allowing for community development and growth;
• Greater capacity for bringing together financial resources and scientific expertise not practicable for small conservation actions;
• Economies of scale that provide greater resources for design and implementation of compensatory mitigation sites and a decreased unit cost for mitigation;
• Improved administrative and ecological compliance through the use of third-party oversight;
• Greater regulatory and financial predictability for project proponents, greatly reducing the uncertainty that often causes project proponents to view compensatory mitigation as a burden; and
• Expedited regulatory compliance processes, particularly for small projects, saving all parties time and money.
Compensatory mitigation sites may be established by willing parties on private, public, or tribal lands that provide the maximum conservation benefit for the listed, proposed, and at-risk species and other affected resources. Maintaining the same classification of land ownership between the impact area and mitigation site may be important in preventing a long-term net loss in conservation, in particular a reduction in the range of the species. Because most private lands are not permanently protected for conservation and are generally the most vulnerable to development actions, the use of private lands for mitigating impacts to species occurring on any type of land ownership is usually acceptable as long as durability can be ensured. Locating compensatory mitigation on public lands for impacts to species on private lands is also possible, and in some circumstances may best achieve the conservation objectives for species, but should be carefully considered—see section 6.2.2. Use of Public Land to Mitigate Impacts on Private Land for additional guidance.
Good candidates for compensatory mitigation sites are unprotected lands that are high value for conservation and that are acceptable to the Service. Designations of high conservation value may include lands with existing high-value habitat or habitat that when restored, enhanced, established, or properly managed will provide high value to the species. In addition to these general considerations, lands that may be good candidates for compensatory mitigation sites include:
• Lands previously secured through easements or other means but that lack the full complement of protections necessary to conserve the species (
• Lands adjacent to undeveloped, protected public lands such as National Wildlife Refuges or State Wildlife Management Areas;
• Private lands enrolled in programs that provide financial compensation from public sources to landowners in exchange for agreements that protect, restore, or create habitat for federally listed or at-risk species for a limited period of time, such as the Service's Partners for Wildlife Program or some Farm Bill programs (
• Private lands enrolled in programs that provide regulatory assurances to the landowner such as SHAs or CCAAs that can be transitioned into compensatory mitigation, after all terms and conditions of the agreement have been met and the agreement has expired or the permit is surrendered in exchange for a mitigation instrument (see section 4.2.1. Safe Harbor and Candidate Conservation Agreements for additional guidance).
See section 5.1.
Lands that generally do not qualify as compensatory mitigation sites include:
• Lands without clear title unless the existing encumbrances (
• Split estates (
• Private or public lands already designated for conservation purposes, unless the proposed compensatory mitigation project would add additional conservation benefit for the species above and beyond that attainable under the existing land designation;
• Private lands enrolled in government programs that compensate landowners who permanently protect, restore, or create habitat for federally listed or at-risk species (
• Inventory and debt restructure properties under the Food Security Act of 1985 (16 U.S.C. 3801
• Lands protected or restored for conservation purposes under fee title transfers.
Additional guidance on limitations involving Federal funding and mitigation, including grants, is provided in the Service's Mitigation Policy (81 FR 83440, November 21, 2016).
Lands with split estate ownership and laws and policies governing existing rights (
In general, the Service supports compensatory mitigation on public lands that are already designated for the conservation of natural resources to offset impacts to the species on private lands only if additionality is clearly demonstrated and is legally attainable. Additionality is a reasonable expectation that the conservation benefits associated with the compensatory mitigation actions would not occur in the foreseeable future without those actions. Offsetting impacts to private lands by locating compensatory mitigation on public lands already designated for conservation purposes generally risks a long-term net loss in landscape capacity to sustain species (
• Compensatory mitigation is an appropriate means of achieving the mitigation planning goal for the species;
• Additionality can be clearly demonstrated and quantified, and is supplemental to conservation the public agency is foreseeably expected to implement absent the mitigation (only conservation benefits that provide additionality are counted towards achieving the mitigation planning goal);
• Durability of the compensatory mitigation is ensured (see section 6.2.3. Ensuring Durability on Public Lands);
• It is consistent with and not otherwise prohibited by all relevant statutes, regulations, and policies; and
• Private lands suitable for compensatory mitigation are unavailable or are available but cannot provide an equivalent or greater contribution towards offsetting the impacts to meet the mitigation planning goal for the species.
When the public lands under consideration for use as compensatory mitigation for impacts on private lands are National Wildlife Refuge (NWR) System lands, the Service's Final Policy on the NWR System and Compensatory Mitigation Under the Section 10/404 Program (USFWS 1999) states that the Regional Director must recommend the mitigation to the Service Director for approval. Additional considerations may apply to NWR System lands for habitat losses authorized through the section 10/404 program (
Ensuring the durability of compensatory mitigation on public lands presents particular challenges, especially regarding site protection assurances, long-term management, and funding assurances for long-term stewardship. Mechanisms available for ensuring durability of land protection for compensatory mitigation on public lands vary from agency to agency, are subject to site-specific limitations, and are likely to be politically and administratively challenging to secure. Some mechanisms may require a legislative act while other mechanisms can be achieved administratively at various levels of an agency's organization.
To ensure the durability of long-term management on public lands, there should be a high degree of confidence that incompatible uses are removed or precluded to ensure that uses of the public lands do not conflict with or compromise the conservation of the species for which the compensatory mitigation project was established.
Private mitigation lands may be transferred to public agencies with a conservation mission if allowed by applicable laws, regulations, and policies.
Tribal lands are generally eligible as compensatory mitigation sites if they meet the standards and other requirements set forth in this policy. Ensuring durability, particularly site protection, is usually a sensitive issue for a tribal nation because a conservation easement entrusts the land to another entity (Terzi 2012), but acceptable entities may be available to hold easements. Additional guidance regarding mitigation and tribes is included in the Service's Mitigation Policy (81 FR 83440, November 21, 2016).
A service area is the geographic area assigned to a compensatory mitigation site within which credits for a specific resource (
The service area is an important component for a potential mitigation sponsor who will need to evaluate the market for credits prior to committing to a mitigation project. The mitigation sponsor has the responsibility to determine if a proposed mitigation project or program will be financially feasible and if they will move forward with the action.
A credit is a defined unit representing the accrual or attainment of ecological functions and/or services at a mitigation site. Credits are often expressed as a measure of surface area (
Metrics developed to support credits by measuring an increase in ecological functions and services at compensatory mitigation sites and those developed to measure an expected loss or debit in ecological functions and services at impact sites must be science-based, quantifiable, consistent, repeatable, and related to the conservation goals for the species. In general, the method of calculating credits at a mitigation site should be the same as calculating debits at project impact sites. If use of a common “currency” between credits and debits is not practicable, the conversion between crediting and debiting metrics must be transparent.
Credits are available for use as mitigation once they are verified and released by the Service. Credits are released in proportion to administrative and ecological milestones. Credits are considered retired if they are no longer available for use as mitigation, including credits that have been transferred to fulfill mitigation obligations. Credits may also be voluntarily retired, without being used for mitigation, which may help achieve no net loss or net conservation benefit goals. Credits are not to be traded among developers or anyone else and cannot be re-sold. Once a credit has been transferred as mitigation for a particular action, it may not be used again.
A mitigation site may contain habitat that is suitable for multiple listed species or other resources in the same spatial area. When this occurs, it is important to establish how the credits will be stacked or bundled and if they can be unstacked and transferred separately. See section 8.3.
Compensatory mitigation programs that use credits are voluntary, and permittees are never required to purchase credits from these compensatory mitigation sources. Pricing of credits is solely at the discretion of the mitigation provider.
The Service does not have mandated timelines for review of conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, or other compensatory mitigation projects that are not part of a consultation or permit decision. However, this does not mean
Compensatory mitigation can be a valuable conservation tool for offsetting unavoidable adverse impacts to listed and at-risk species if the risk can be sufficiently managed. Predictions about the effectiveness of compensatory mitigation measures have varying degrees of uncertainty. Compensatory mitigation accounting systems (
Compensatory mitigation mechanisms can be divided broadly into habitat-based mechanisms and other non-habitat-based mitigation programs or projects. Whatever mechanism(s) are selected, compensatory mitigation is expected to provide either equivalent or additional conservation for the species to that lost as a result of the action. Specific operational details regarding compensatory mitigation mechanisms will be in the implementation guidance to be issued by the Service.
Compensatory mitigation mechanisms based on habitat acquisition and protection may consist of restoration of damaged or degraded habitat, enhancement of existing habitat, establishment of new habitat, preservation of existing habitat not already protected, or some combination of these that offsets the impacts of the action and results in or contributes to sustainable, functioning ecosystems for the species. Preservation of existing habitat often includes a change in land management that renders the site suitable for the species or provides additional ecological function or services for the species. Preservation includes site protection and is a valid mechanism for achieving compensatory mitigation that, at a minimum, reduces threats to the species. Existing habitat that is not protected and managed for the long term is vulnerable to loss and cannot count toward recovery of listed species.
The five habitat-based mitigation mechanisms described below and compared in Table 1 differ by: (1) The party responsible for the success of the mitigation site (the permittee or a third party); (2) whether the mitigation site is within or adjacent to the action area (on-site) or elsewhere (off-site); and (3) whether credits are generated at the mitigation site for use by more than one action. Habitat-based compensatory mitigation will be held to equivalent standards (the standards set forth in this policy) regardless of the mitigation mechanism(s) proposed. Habitat-based compensatory mitigation programs developed to credit conservation actions that benefit unlisted species should meet all compensatory mitigation standards set forth in this policy if they are intended to be used as compensatory mitigation for adverse impacts of actions undertaken after listing.
Permittee-responsible compensatory mitigation is a conserved and managed mitigation site that provides ecological functions and services as part of the conservation measures associated with a permittee's proposed action. Permittee-responsible mitigation sites are usually permanent, as most proposed actions with a need for compensatory mitigation are anticipated to result in permanent impacts to the species. The permittee retains responsibility for ensuring the required compensatory mitigation is completed and successful. This includes long-term management and maintenance when the mitigation is intended to be permanent. Permittee-responsible compensatory mitigation may be on-site or off-site, and each permittee-responsible mitigation site is linked to the specific action that required the mitigation. Permittee-responsible mitigation approved for a specific action is not transferable to other actions and cannot be used for other mitigation needs.
A conservation bank is a site or suite of sites that is conserved and managed in perpetuity and provides ecological functions and services expressed as credits for specified species that are later used to compensate for adverse impacts occurring elsewhere to the same species. Bank sponsors may be public or private entities. Ensuring the required compensatory mitigation measures for a permitted action are completed and successful is the responsibility of the bank sponsor. The responsibility for success of the mitigation is transferred to the bank sponsor through the transfer (usually a purchase by the permittee) of credits. Conservation banks provide mitigation in advance of impacts.
An in-lieu fee site is a conserved and managed compensatory mitigation site established as part of an in-lieu fee program that provides ecological functions and services expressed as credits for specified species and used to compensate for adverse impacts occurring elsewhere to the same species. In-lieu fee sites are usually permanent as most proposed actions with a need for compensatory mitigation are anticipated to result in permanent impacts to the species. In-lieu fee programs may be sponsored by a government agency or an environmental, conservation-based, not-for-profit organization with a mission that is consistent with species or habitat conservation. The in-lieu fee sponsor collects fees from permittees that have been approved by the Service to use the in-lieu fee program, instead of providing permittee-responsible compensatory mitigation. An in-lieu fee site that meets the mitigation requirements for the impacts of permittees' actions will be established when the in-lieu fee program has collected sufficient funds. All responsibility for ensuring the required compensatory mitigation measures are completed and successful, including long-term management and maintenance, is transferred from the permittee to the in-lieu fee program sponsor through the transfer (usually purchase) of credits. In-lieu fee programs generally do not provide mitigation in advance of impacts.
In-lieu fee programs can also be established to fund non-habitat-based compensatory mitigation measures. See
Habitat credit exchanges are relatively new and warrant additional care and consideration when being considered as a mitigation mechanism. A habitat credit exchange is an environmental market that operates as a clearinghouse in which an exchange administrator, operating as a mitigation sponsor, manages credit transactions between compensatory mitigation providers and project permittees. This is in contrast to the direct transactions between compensatory mitigation providers and permittees that generally occur through conservation banking and in-lieu fee programs. Exchanges provide ecological functions and services expressed as credits that are conserved and managed for specified species and are used to compensate for adverse impacts occurring elsewhere to the same species. Exchanges may be designed to provide credits for permanent compensatory mitigation sites, short-term compensatory mitigation sites, or both types of sites. Habitat credit exchanges may operate at a local or larger landscape scale, may consist of one or more mitigation sites, and may obtain credits from conservation banks or in-lieu fee programs. Exchange administrators may be public or private entities. Exchanges developed for federally listed species will require Service approval as with all other mitigation mechanisms described in this policy.
The concept of short-term compensatory mitigation has merit if it serves the conservation goals of the species. Short-term compensatory mitigation may be appropriate in some situations to offset impacts that can be completely rectified by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment within a short and predictable timeframe. Under this policy, short-term compensatory mitigation includes rectifying the damage at the impact site and providing short-term compensation to offset the temporal loss caused by the action to achieve a conservation outcome that results in, at a minimum, no net loss to the species.
A short-term impact is defined in this policy as an action that meets the following criteria: (1) The impact is limited to harassment or other forms of nonlethal take; (2) the impact can be completely rectified through natural or active processes, and the site will function long term within the landscape at the same or greater level than before the impact; (3) restoration of the impact site can occur within a short and predictable timeframe based on current science and the knowledge of the species; and (4) all temporal loss to the species by the impact can be estimated and compensated. Opportunities for short-term compensation are likely to be very limited and may not apply to most species.
Inherent in applying short-term compensatory mitigation is the recovery of the affected species' populations to pre-disturbance levels and any additional increase in population levels that was anticipated to occur if the action had not taken place (
Compensatory mitigation is based on the concept of replacing or providing substitute resources or environments for the impacted resource (40 CFR 1508.20). However, mechanisms or conservation measures that do not exactly meet this definition, but that meet the conservation objectives for the specified species and are expected to compensate for adverse effects to species or their habitats, may be suitable as compensatory mitigation. These types of compensatory mitigation measures are acceptable if they are closely tied to recovery actions identified in species status assessments, recovery plans, 5-year reviews, or best available science on the threats and needs of the species. Compensatory mitigation of this type is often funded through an in-lieu fee program. Examples of potentially suitable compensatory measures include, but are not limited to:
a. Transfer and retirement of timber, water, mineral, or other severed rights to an already existing conservation site, thereby significantly reducing or eliminating the risk of future development on the site that would be incompatible with conservation of the species;
b. Restricting human use of waterways or other public spaces through legal means to allow for increased or exclusive use by the species;
c. Controlled propagation, population augmentation, and reintroduction of individuals of the species to offset losses from an action;
d. Captive rearing and release of individuals of the species to offset losses from an action;
e. Administering vaccination programs vital to species survival and recovery;
f. Gating of caves that serve as habitat for the species;
g. Construction of wildlife overpasses or underpasses to protect migratory passages for the species; and/or
h. Programs that reduce the exposure of the species to contaminants in the
In rare circumstances, research or education that can be linked directly to the relative threats to the species and provide a quantifiable benefit to the species may be included as part of a mitigation package. Although research can assist in identifying substitute resources, it does not replace impacted resources or adequately compensate for adverse effects to species or habitat. See the Service's Mitigation Policy (81 FR 83440, November 21, 2016) for additional guidance on appropriate uses of research or education as mitigation.
Specific operational details regarding the use of third-party mitigation will be in the implementation guidance to be issued by the Service.
Activities regulated under sections 7 or 10 of the ESA may be eligible to use third-party sponsored mitigation, if the adverse impacts to the species from the particular project can be offset by transfer of the appropriate type and number of credits provided by the third-party sponsored mitigation program. The impacts for which third-party sponsored mitigation is sought must be located within the service area for the species provided by the third-party sponsored mitigation program unless otherwise approved by the Service. In no case may the same credit(s) be used to compensate for more than one action. However, the same credit(s) may be used to compensate for a single action that requires authorization under more than one regulatory authority (
Only credits that have been verified by the Service and released are considered available. Only available credits can be used to mitigate actions.
The mitigation sponsor assumes responsibility for success of the mitigation through the transfer (usually a purchase by the permittee) of credits or other quantified amount of compensatory mitigation.
The Service's role is regulatory. Credit transfers are subject to approval by the Service, as to their conservation value and appropriate application for use related to any authorization or permit issued under the ESA. Market and legal risks arising from the purchase and use of mitigation credits are borne solely by the parties to the sale of such credits.
The Service recognizes the inherent efficiencies in leveraging multiple conservation efforts on the landscape and encourages these coordinated efforts. However, compensatory mitigation and other conservation actions that occur on the same mitigation site must be accounted for separately, and all aspects of the different actions must be managed and tracked in a transparent manner. Stacking mitigation credits within a mitigation site (
Compensatory mitigation projects may be designed to holistically address requirements under multiple programs and authorities for the same action and may use bundled credits to accomplish this goal. For example, a stream credit may satisfy requirements for an U.S. Army Corps of Engineers section 404 CWA permit and issuance of incidental take authority under the ESA for a listed mussel species occurring in that stream, or a county-wide HCP may establish an in-lieu fee program for which a single fee is collected from project applicants for a permit which covers multiple mitigation obligations under Federal, State, and local authorities. In both these examples, the bundled credit is used as a single commodity (
Compensatory mitigation projects established for use under one Service program (
A tracking system is essential in ensuring compliance with the mitigation instruments used to implement compensatory mitigation programs described in this policy. Tracking systems also facilitate consistency in the implementation of compensatory mitigation programs and projects. It is vital that the Service track compliance directly for permittee-responsible mitigation and, at a minimum, through third parties responsible for operating compensatory mitigation programs or projects such as in-lieu fee programs and habitat exchanges. Transactions (credit withdrawals) at a Service authorized mitigation program or project that are not related to ESA compliance and are not approved by the Service must be tracked in the same tracking system. The Service is not liable for any event or transaction that eludes detection through the Service's tracking function. Specific operational details regarding compliance and tracking will be in the implementation guidance to be issued by the Service.
Definitions in this section apply to the implementation of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) Endangered Species Act Compensatory Mitigation Policy and were developed to provide clarity and consistency. Some definitions are defined in Service authorities such as the Endangered Species Act or the National Environmental Policy Act, or in regulations or policies existing at the time this policy was issued. Other definitions have been developed based on compensatory mitigation practices. Definitions in the glossary do not substitute for statutory or regulatory definitions in the exercise of those authorities.
• Avoid the impact altogether by not taking the action or parts of the action;
• Minimize the impact by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation;
• Rectify the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment;
• Reduce or eliminate the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action; and
• Compensate for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments.
This sequence is often condensed to: Avoidance, minimization, and compensation.
As mentioned above, we intend to apply this policy when considering the adequacy of compensatory mitigation programs, projects, and measures proposed by Federal agencies and applicants as part of a proposed action and mitigation sponsors. Below we discuss compliance with several Executive Orders and statutes as they pertain to this policy.
We have analyzed this policy in accordance with the criteria of the National Environmental Policy Act, as amended (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4332(c)), the Council on Environmental Quality's regulations for implementing the procedural provisions of NEPA (40 CFR parts 1500-1508), and the Department of the Interior's NEPA procedures (516 DM 2 and 8; 43 CFR part 46). Issuance of policies, directives, regulations, and guidelines are actions that may generally be categorically excluded under NEPA (43 CFR 46.210(i)). Based on comments received, we determined that a categorical exclusion can apply to this policy; nevertheless, the Service chose to prepare an environmental assessment (EA) to inform decision makers and the public regarding the possible effects of the policy revisions.
We announced our intent to prepare an EA pursuant to NEPA when we published the draft policy. We requested comments on the scope of the NEPA review, information regarding important environmental issues that should be addressed, the alternatives to be analyzed, and issues that should be addressed at the programmatic stage in order to inform the site-specific stage during the comment period on the draft policy. Comments from the public were considered in the drafting of the final EA. The final EA is available on the Internet at
This final policy does not contain any new collections of information that require approval by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994, “Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments” (59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175 “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments,” and the Department of the Interior Manual at 512 DM 2, we have considered possible effects on federally recognized Indian tribes and have determined that there are no potential adverse effects of issuing this policy. Our intent with the policy is to provide a consistent approach to the consideration of compensatory mitigation programs, projects, and measures, including those taken on Tribal lands. We will work with Tribes as applicants proposing compensatory mitigation as part of proposed actions and with Tribes as mitigation sponsors.
The authorities for this action include the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing amendments to the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) for Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW) to address the results of the residual risk and technology review (RTR) conducted under the Clean Air Act (CAA). As a result of our review, we are proposing to include pretreatment requirements to limit emissions from collection systems and the POTW treatment plant; requirements for existing, new, or reconstructed industrial (Group 1) POTW to comply with both the requirements in this rule and those in the applicable NESHAP for which they act as control; and hazardous air pollutants (HAP) emission limits for existing, non-industrial (Group 2) POTW. In addition, the EPA is proposing to revise the applicability criteria, revise the names and definitions of the industrial (Group 1) and non-industrial (Group 2) subcategories, revise regulatory provisions pertaining to emissions during periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction, add requirements for electronic reporting, and make other miscellaneous edits and technical corrections.
For questions about this proposed action, contact Karen Marsh, Sector Policies and Programs Division (E143-05), Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711; telephone number: (919) 541-1065; fax number: (919) 541-3470; and email address:
The EPA will make every effort to accommodate all speakers who arrive and register. Because the hearing will be held at a U.S. governmental facility, individuals planning to attend the hearing should be prepared to show valid picture identification to the security staff in order to gain access to the meeting room. Please note that the REAL ID Act, passed by Congress in 2005, established new requirements for entering federal facilities. If your driver's license is issued by Alaska, American Samoa, Arizona, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Montana, New York, Oklahoma or the state of Washington, you must present an additional form of identification to enter the federal building. Acceptable alternative forms of identification include: Federal employee badges, passports, enhanced driver's licenses and military identification cards. In addition, you will need to obtain a property pass for any personal belongings you bring with you. Upon leaving the building, you will be required to return this property pass to the security desk. No large signs will be allowed in the building, cameras may only be used outside of the building and demonstrations will not be allowed on federal property for security reasons.
Please note that any updates made to any aspect of the hearing, including whether or not a hearing will be held, will be posted online at
Table 1 of this preamble lists the NESHAP and associated regulated industrial source category that is the subject of this proposal. Table 1 is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide for readers regarding the entities that this proposed action is likely to affect. The proposed standards, once promulgated, will be directly applicable to the affected sources. Federal, state, local, and tribal governments would be affected as discussed below. By definition, a POTW is owned by a municipality, state, intermunicipal or interstate agency, or any department, agency, or instrumentality of the federal government (See 40 CFR 63.1595 of subpart VVV). If a POTW has a design capacity to treat at least 5 million gallons per day (MGD) of wastewater, receives wastewater from industrial users, and is either a major source of HAP emissions or treats wastewater to comply with requirements of another NESHAP, then the POTW is affected by these standards. (Note, these applicability criteria represent proposed revisions to the current criteria and are discussed further in section IV.D.1 of this document.) As defined in the
In addition to being available in the docket, an electronic copy of this action is available on the Internet. A redline version of the regulatory language that incorporates the proposed changes in this action is available in the docket for this action (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0490). Following signature by the EPA Administrator, the EPA will post a copy of this proposed action at
Section 112 of the CAA establishes a two-stage regulatory process to address emissions of HAP from stationary sources. In the first stage, after the EPA has identified categories of sources emitting one or more of the HAP listed in CAA section 112(b), CAA section 112(d) requires us to promulgate technology-based NESHAP for those sources. “Major sources” are those that emit or have the potential to emit 10 tons per year (tpy) or more of a single HAP or 25 tpy or more of any combination of HAP. For major sources, the technology-based NESHAP must reflect the maximum degree of emission reductions of HAP achievable (after considering cost, energy requirements, and non-air quality health and environmental impacts) and are commonly referred to as maximum achievable control technology (MACT) standards.
MACT standards must reflect the maximum degree of emissions reduction achievable through the application of measures, processes, methods, systems, or techniques, including, but not limited to, measures that (1) Reduce the volume of or eliminate pollutants through process changes, substitution of materials or other modifications; (2) enclose systems or processes to eliminate emissions; (3) capture or treat pollutants when released from a process, stack, storage, or fugitive emissions point; (4) are design, equipment, work practice, or operational standards (including requirements for operator training or certification); or (5) are a combination of the above. CAA section 112(d)(2)(A)-(E). The MACT standards may take the form of design, equipment, work practice, or operational standards where the EPA first determines either that (1) a pollutant cannot be emitted through a conveyance designed and constructed to emit or capture the pollutant, or that any requirement for, or use of, such a conveyance would be inconsistent with law; or (2) the application of measurement methodology to a particular class of sources is not practicable due to technological and economic limitations. CAA section 112(h)(1)-(2).
The MACT “floor” is the minimum control level allowed for MACT standards promulgated under CAA section 112(d)(3) and may not be based on cost considerations. For new sources, the MACT floor cannot be less stringent than the emissions control that is achieved in practice by the best-controlled similar source. The MACT floor for existing sources can be less stringent than floors for new sources, but not less stringent than the average emissions limitation achieved by the best-performing 12 percent of existing sources in the category or subcategory (or the best-performing five sources for categories or subcategories with fewer than 30 sources). In developing MACT standards, the EPA must also consider control options that are more stringent than the floor. We may establish standards more stringent than the floor based on considerations of the cost of achieving the emission reductions, any non-air quality health and environmental impacts, and energy requirements.
The EPA is then required to review these technology-based standards and revise them “as necessary (taking into account developments in practices, processes, and control technologies)” no less frequently than every 8 years. CAA section 112(d)(6). In conducting this review, the EPA is not required to recalculate the MACT floor.
The second stage in standard-setting focuses on reducing any remaining (
Section 112(f)(2) of the CAA requires the EPA to determine for source categories subject to MACT standards whether the emission standards provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health. Section 112(f)(2)(B) of the CAA expressly preserves the EPA's use of the two-step process for developing standards to address any residual risk and the Agency's interpretation of “ample margin of safety” developed in the
The first step in the process of evaluating residual risk is the determination of acceptable risk. If risks are unacceptable, the EPA cannot consider cost in identifying the emissions standards necessary to bring risks to an acceptable level. The second step is the determination of whether standards must be further revised in order to provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health. The ample margin of safety is the level at which the standards must be set, unless an even more stringent standard is necessary to prevent, taking into consideration costs, energy, safety, and other relevant factors, an adverse environmental effect.
The Agency in the Benzene NESHAP concluded that “the acceptability of risk under section 112 is best judged on the basis of a broad set of health risk measures and information” and that the “judgment on acceptability cannot be reduced to any single factor.” Benzene NESHAP at 54 FR 38046, September 14, 1989. The determination of what represents an “acceptable” risk is based on a judgment of “what risks are acceptable in the world in which we live” (
In the Benzene NESHAP, we stated that “EPA will generally presume that if the risk to [the maximum exposed] individual is no higher than approximately one in 10 thousand, that risk level is considered acceptable.” 54 FR at 38045, September 14, 1989. We discussed the maximum individual lifetime cancer risk (or maximum individual risk (MIR)) as being “the estimated risk that a person living near a plant would have if he or she were exposed to the maximum pollutant concentrations for 70 years.”
Understanding that there are both benefits and limitations to using the MIR as a metric for determining acceptability, we acknowledged in the Benzene NESHAP that “consideration of maximum individual risk * * * must take into account the strengths and weaknesses of this measure of risk.”
As noted earlier, in
CAA section 112(f)(2) requires the EPA to determine, for source categories subject to MACT standards, whether those standards provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health.
According to CAA section 112(f)(2)(A), if the MACT standards for HAP “classified as a known, probable, or possible human carcinogen do not reduce lifetime excess cancer risks to the individual most exposed to emissions from a source in the category or subcategory to less than one in one million,” the EPA must promulgate residual risk standards for the source category (or subcategory), as necessary to provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health. In doing so, the EPA may adopt standards equal to existing MACT standards if the EPA determines that the existing standards (
The CAA does not specifically define the terms “individual most exposed,” “acceptable level,” and “ample margin of safety.” In the Benzene NESHAP, 54 FR at 38044-38045, September 14, 1989, we stated as an overall objective:
In protecting public health with an ample margin of safety under section 112, EPA strives to provide maximum feasible protection against risks to health from hazardous air pollutants by (1) protecting the greatest number of persons possible to an individual lifetime risk level no higher than approximately 1-in-1 million and (2) limiting to no higher than approximately 1-in-10 thousand [
In the ample margin of safety decision process, the Agency again considers all of the health risks and other health information considered in the first step, including the incremental risk reduction associated with standards more stringent than the MACT standard or a more stringent standard that the EPA has determined is necessary to ensure risk is acceptable. In the ample margin of safety analysis, the Agency considers additional factors, including costs and economic impacts of controls, technological feasibility, uncertainties, and any other relevant factors. Considering all of these factors, the Agency will establish the standard at a level that provides an ample margin of safety to protect the public health, as required by CAA section 112(f). 54 FR 38046, September 14, 1989.
The NESHAP for the POTW source category (henceforth referred to as the “POTW NESHAP”) was promulgated on October 26, 1999 (64 FR 57572) and codified at 40 CFR part 63, subpart VVV. The POTW NESHAP was amended on October 21, 2002 (67 FR 64742). As amended in 2002, the POTW NESHAP applies to new and existing POTW treatment plants that are located at a POTW that is a major source of HAP emissions and that is required to develop and implement a pretreatment program as defined by 40 CFR 403.8 under the Clean Water Act. Emissions from a POTW originate from wastewaters that are treated at a POTW. These wastewaters are generated by industrial, commercial, and domestic sources, although only industrial and commercial dischargers might consistently discharge HAP in quantities high enough to potentially result in an exceedance of the major source emission threshold at the POTW. Emissions from these wastewaters can occur within the collection system (sewers) as well as during treatment at the POTW treatment plant. Control options include, but are not limited to, reduction of HAP at the source before they enter the collection system, add-on emission controls on the collection system and at the POTW, and/or treatment process modifications/substitutions.
The POTW NESHAP (40 CFR 63.1595) defines “POTW” as “a treatment works, as that term is defined by section 112(e)(5) of the Clean Air Act, which is owned by a municipality (as defined by section 502(4) of the Clean Water Act),
The 2002 POTW NESHAP set air pollution control requirements or emission limits on existing, new, and reconstructed POTW. Briefly, a POTW
• The POTW accepts waste streams regulated by another NESHAP and provides treatment and controls as an agent for the industrial facility. The industrial facility complies with its NESHAP requirements specific to that wastewater stream by using the treatment and controls located at the POTW; or
• The POTW is a major source of HAP emissions.
Accordingly, POTW that are area sources are not subject to the requirements in the 2002 rule unless they receive wastewater that is subject to control under another NESHAP.
Today we estimate that six facilities are subject to the POTW NESHAP. A complete list of facilities subject to the POTW NESHAP is available in the POTW RTR database, which is available for review in the docket for this proposed rulemaking. The EPA recognizes that there are approximately 16,000 POTW in the U.S.; however, most of these are small municipalities that do not treat wastewater from industrial users, and therefore, would not be subject to this regulation. Additionally, POTW that do treat wastewater from industrial users are generally required to develop and implement a pretreatment program that limits the concentration of pollutants in wastewaters received at the POTW, thus reducing the potential emissions of HAP so that they are below major source thresholds. The EPA requests comment specifically identifying other POTW that are subject to the POTW NESHAP.
In the 2002 NESHAP, the source category is subcategorized based on the way in which the POTW is providing treatment for wastewaters received from an industrial source. The 2002 POTW NESHAP defines (40 CFR 63.1595) an “industrial POTW” as “a POTW that accepts a waste stream regulated by another NESHAP and provides treatment and controls as an agent for the industrial discharger. The industrial discharger complies with its NESHAP by using the treatment and controls located at the POTW. For example, an industry discharges its benzene-containing waste stream to the POTW for treatment to comply with 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF—National Emission Standard for Benzene Waste Operations. This definition does not include POTW treating waste streams not specifically regulated under another NESHAP.” In other words, if a POTW is used as the control method by which an industrial source meets the wastewater requirements in their source category NESHAP, then the POTW is considered an “industrial POTW treatment plant.” An “industrial POTW treatment plant” is affected by the 2002 POTW NESHAP regardless of the HAP emissions (
In contrast, under the 2002 NESHAP, a “non-industrial POTW” is defined (40 CFR 63.1595) as “a POTW that does not meet the definition of an industrial POTW as defined above.” If a POTW treats wastewater from industrial users, but does not treat industrial wastewaters subject to control requirements in another NESHAP, then the POTW is a “non-industrial POTW treatment plant.” See section IV.D.2 of this preamble for a discussion on proposed changes to these subcategories, including proposed changes to the names for these subcategories (
The amount and type of HAP emitted from a POTW is dependent on the composition of the wastewater streams discharged to a POTW by industrial users. Because HAP are not typically used in large quantities by domestic dischargers, we do not expect domestic dischargers to consistently or frequently contribute HAP constituents to the wastewater and any domestic discharges of HAP are trivial in comparison to industrial dischargers. An industrial user is defined in the 2002 regulation to include both industrial and commercial facilities that discharge wastewaters to the POTW. The primary HAP emitted from the POTW that were identified as subject to the 2002 NESHAP include acetaldehyde, acetonitrile, chloroform, ethylene glycol, formaldehyde, methanol, methylene chloride, tetrachloroethylene, toluene, and xylenes. HAP present in wastewater entering POTW can biodegrade, adhere to sewage sludge, volatilize to the air, or pass through (remain in the wastewater discharge) to receiving waters. Within the POTW source category, wastewater treatment units are the most likely source for HAP emissions, but wastewater collection systems, including sewers and other transport systems, may also have significant emissions in cases where the systems transport industrial wastewater. In addition to the wastewater treatment processes at a POTW, other sources of HAP emissions, such as sewage sludge incinerators, may be collocated at the same site. Sewage sludge incineration is regulated under section 129 of the CAA and is not a part of the POTW source category regulated under the POTW NESHAP as discussed in this preamble. However, HAP emissions from any collocated sources must be included when determining whether a source is a major source of HAP.
The POTW NESHAP specifies requirements for both subcategories. Under the POTW NESHAP, an existing, industrial (Group 1) POTW must meet the requirements of the industrial source's NESHAP. For example, a POTW that accepts and treats wastewater for a pulp and paper facility in order to meet the wastewater requirements in 40 CFR part 63, subpart S is subject to the specific requirements found in subpart S, instead of requirements found in 40 CFR part 63, subpart VVV. A new or reconstructed, industrial (Group 1) POTW must meet the requirements of the industrial source's NESHAP or the requirements for new or reconstructed, non-industrial (Group 2) POTW, whichever is more stringent.
There are no control requirements in the 2002 NESHAP for existing, non-industrial (Group 2) POTW. However, new or reconstructed, non-industrial (Group 2) POTW must equip each treatment unit up to, but not including, the secondary influent pumping station, with a cover. The affected emission points at new or reconstructed non-industrial (Group 2) POTW include, but are not limited to, influent waste stream conveyance channels, bar screens, grit chambers, grinders, pump stations, aerated feeder channels, primary clarifiers, primary effluent channels, and primary screening stations. In addition, all covered units, except the primary clarifiers, must have the air in the headspace ducted to a control device in accordance with 40 CFR 63.693, the standards for closed-vent systems and control devices found in subpart DD of this part. As an alternative to these requirements, a new or reconstructed, non-industrial (Group 2) POTW can demonstrate, for all units up to the secondary influent pumping station or the secondary treatment units, that the HAP fraction emitted does not exceed 0.014. This is demonstrated by dividing the sum of all HAP emissions
In October 2015, the EPA issued an information collection request (ICR), pursuant to CAA section 114, to nine POTW (covering a total of 18 facilities) that were known to, or thought to potentially, own and operate a POTW subject to the POTW NESHAP. EPA requested information on the treatment units that are subject to requirements in the POTW NESHAP (primary treatment units), as well as information on pretreatment programs, collection sewers, and secondary treatment units. EPA also requested information on control devices and location coordinates (latitude and longitude) of the individual treatment units (if fugitive sources) and emission points (if point sources). The ICR requested information on any HAP-containing chemicals used as part of the wastewater treatment process, point and fugitive HAP emissions, practices used to control HAP emissions, and other aspects of facility operations. The respondents to the ICR provided information on a total of five facilities subject to the POTW NESHAP and 12 synthetic area
The 2011 National Emissions Inventory (NEI version 2) provided supplemental information for this RTR. The NEI is a database that contains information about sources that emit criteria air pollutants, their precursors, and HAP. The database includes estimates of annual air pollutant emissions from point, nonpoint, and mobile sources in the 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands. The EPA collects this information and releases an updated version of the NEI database every 3 years. The NEI includes information necessary for conducting risk modeling, including annual HAP emissions estimates from individual emission points at facilities and the related emissions release parameters.
For each emission record needed for the model input file for the risk assessment (hereafter referred to as the “RTR emissions dataset”) that was not available from the 2015 ICR responses, the EPA used available data in the 2011 NEI as the first alternative.
The EPA's Enforcement Compliance History Online (ECHO) database was also used as a tool to identify which POTW were potentially subject to the POTW NESHAP and provided a list of sources to consider for the 2015 ICR. ECHO provides integrated compliance and enforcement information for approximately 800,000 regulated facilities nationwide. Using the search feature in ECHO, the EPA identified twenty POTW that could potentially be subject to the POTW NESHAP. The EPA then searched state Web sites for operating permits for these 20 POTW to determine whether the permits stated the POTW was subject to the rule. The four POTW identified as subject to the POTW NESHAP through the ICR were identified in the list of potential sources found in the ECHO database and subsequent permit search.
The EPA searched for Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT), Best Available Control Technology (BACT), and Lowest Achievable Emission Rate (LAER) determinations in the RACT/BACT/LAER Clearinghouse. This is a database that contains case-specific information of air pollution technologies that have been required to reduce the emissions of air pollutants from stationary sources. Under the EPA's New Source Review (NSR) program, if a facility is planning new construction or a modification that will increase the air emissions by a large amount, an NSR permit must be obtained. This central database promotes the sharing of information among permitting agencies and aids in case-by-case determinations for NSR permits. We examined information contained in the RACT/BACT/LAER Clearinghouse to determine what technologies are currently used at POTW to reduce air emissions.
In this section, we describe the analyses performed to support the proposed decisions for the RTR and other issues addressed in this proposal.
The EPA conducted a risk assessment that provides estimates of the MIR posed by the HAP emissions from each source in the source category, the hazard index (HI) for chronic exposures to HAP with the potential to cause non-cancer health effects, and the hazard quotient (HQ) for acute exposures to HAP with the potential to cause non-cancer health effects. The assessment also provides estimates of the distribution of cancer risks within the exposed populations, cancer incidence, and an evaluation of the potential for adverse environmental effects. The seven sections that follow this paragraph describe how we estimated emissions and conducted the risk assessment. The docket for this rulemaking contains the following document which provides more information on the risk assessment inputs and models:
Data for seven POTW were used to create the RTR emissions dataset, as described in section II.C of this preamble. As stated in section II.C of this preamble, we evaluated the risk associated with emissions from seven POTW, even though one POTW was later determined to be an area source of HAP emissions. The emissions sources included in the RTR emissions dataset include the following types of emission sources currently regulated by the POTW NESHAP: Primary treatment units including, lift stations, bar screens, grit chambers, grinders, Parshall flumes, denitrification, primary clarifiers, primary settling basins, and primary effluent channels. The RTR emissions dataset also includes the following types of emission sources not currently regulated by the POTW NESHAP: Secondary treatment units, including secondary clarifiers, aeration tanks, trickling filters, UNOX systems, and open lagoons; tertiary treatment units, including chlorine sumps, splitter boxes, and chlorine contact tanks; and gravity thickeners for sludge handling. For both emissions sources that are and those that are not currently regulated by the POTW NESHAP, the dataset includes both fugitive emissions and stack emissions. This RTR emissions dataset is based primarily on data gathered through the 2015 ICR and supplemented with data from 2011 NEI, 2011 NATA, and ECHO, as described in sections II.C and II.D of this preamble. These data sources provided all of the emissions data in the RTR emissions dataset and nearly all of the facility-specific data needed to conduct the risk modeling analysis. However, there were limited instances where default values were used to fill gaps in the facility-specific data used in the risk modeling analysis. For example, default values were used for stack and fugitive release parameters. Use of defaults are discussed in detail in the memorandum,
The RTR emissions dataset was refined following an extensive quality assurance check of source locations, emission release characteristics, and annual emission estimates. We checked the coordinates of each emission source in the dataset using ArcGIS to ensure the emission point locations were correct. For further information on the EPA's quality assurance review, see the Modeling Inputs Memo available in the docket for this action.
A list of the six POTW and additional information used to develop the RTR emissions dataset are available in the POTW RTR database itself, and additional documentation on the development of this database is provided in the Modeling Inputs Memo, both of which are available in the docket for this action.
The available emissions data in the RTR emissions dataset include estimates of the mass of HAP emitted during the specified annual time period. In some cases, these “actual” emission levels are lower than the emission levels required to comply with the current MACT standards. The emissions level allowed to be emitted by the MACT standards is referred to as the “MACT-allowable” emissions level. We discussed the use of both MACT-allowable and actual emissions in the final Coke Oven Batteries RTR (70 FR 19998-19999, April 15, 2005) and in the proposed and final Hazardous Organic NESHAP RTRs (71 FR 34428, June 14, 2006, and 71 FR 76609, December 21, 2006, respectively). In those actions, we noted that assessing the risks at the MACT-allowable level is inherently reasonable since these risks reflect the maximum level facilities could emit and still comply with national emission standards. We also explained that it is reasonable to consider actual emissions, where such data are available, in both steps of the risk analysis, in accordance with the Benzene NESHAP approach. (54 FR 38044, September 14, 1989.)
We used the RTR emissions dataset to estimate MACT-allowable emissions levels. POTW were asked to provide their design capacity and their average treatment capacity as part of the 2015 ICR. In discussions with the POTW that responded, EPA noted that most POTW operate below their design capacity. To be conservative, the EPA estimated that the reported emissions were for operations at half capacity. Therefore, the EPA chose to use a single multiplier of 2.0 to scale the actual annual emissions to allowable annual emissions. The docket for this rulemaking contains information on the development of estimated MACT-allowable emissions in the Modeling Inputs Memo.
Both long-term and short-term inhalation exposure concentrations and health risks from the source category addressed in this proposal were estimated using the Human Exposure Model (Community and Sector HEM-3 version 1.1.0). The HEM-3 performs three primary risk assessment activities: (1) Conducting dispersion modeling to estimate the concentrations of HAP in ambient air, (2) estimating long-term and short-term inhalation exposures to individuals residing within 50 kilometers (km) of the modeled sources,
The air dispersion model used by the HEM-3 model (AERMOD) is one of the EPA's preferred models for assessing pollutant concentrations from industrial facilities.
In developing the risk assessment for chronic exposures, we used the estimated annual average ambient air concentrations of each HAP emitted by each source for which we have emissions data in the source category. The air concentrations at each nearby census block centroid were used as a surrogate for the chronic inhalation exposure concentration for all the people who reside in that census block. We calculated the MIR for each facility as the cancer risk associated with a continuous lifetime (24 hours per day, 7 days per week, and 52 weeks per year for a 70-year period) exposure to the maximum concentration at the centroid of inhabited census blocks. Individual cancer risks were calculated by multiplying the estimated lifetime exposure to the ambient concentration of each of the HAP (in micrograms per cubic meter (μg/m
The EPA estimated incremental individual lifetime cancer risks associated with emissions from the facilities in the source category as the sum of the risks for each of the carcinogenic HAP (including those classified as carcinogenic to humans, likely to be carcinogenic to humans, and suggestive evidence of carcinogenic potential)
To assess the risk of non-cancer health effects from chronic exposures, we summed the HQ for each of the HAP that affects a common target organ system to obtain the HI for that target organ system (or target organ-specific HI, TOSHI). The HQ is the estimated exposure divided by the chronic reference value, which is a value selected from one of several sources. First, the chronic reference level can be the EPA reference concentration (RfC) (
As mentioned above, in order to characterize non-cancer chronic effects, and in response to key recommendations from the SAB, the EPA selects dose-response values that reflect the best available science for all HAP included in RTR risk assessments.
The EPA also evaluated screening estimates of acute exposures and risks for each of the HAP (for which appropriate acute dose-response values are available) at the point of highest potential off-site exposure for each facility. To do this, the EPA estimated the risks when both the peak hourly emissions rate and worst-case dispersion conditions occur. We also assume that a person is located at the point of highest impact during that same time. In accordance with our mandate in section 112 of the CAA, we use the point of highest off-site exposure to assess the potential risk to the maximally exposed individual. The acute HQ is the estimated acute exposure divided by the acute dose-response value. In each case, the EPA calculated acute HQ values using best available, short-term dose-response values. These acute dose-response values, which are described below, include the acute REL, acute exposure guideline levels (AEGL) and emergency response planning guidelines (ERPG) for 1-hour exposure durations. As discussed below, we used conservative
As described in the CalEPA's
AEGL values were derived in response to recommendations from the National Research Council (NRC). The National Advisory Committee (NAC) for the Development of Acute Exposure Guideline Levels for Hazardous Substances, usually referred to as the AEGL Committee or the NAC/AEGL committee, developed AEGL values for at least 273 of the 329 chemicals on the AEGL priority chemical list. The last meeting of the NAC/AEGL Committee was in April 2010, and its charter expired in October 2011. The NAC/AEGL Committee ended in October 2011, but the AEGL program continues to operate at the EPA and works with the National Academies to publish final AEGLs, (
As described in
The document lays out the purpose and objectives of AEGL by stating that “the primary purpose of the AEGL program and the National Advisory Committee for Acute Exposure Guideline Levels for Hazardous Substances is to develop guideline levels for once-in-a-lifetime, short-term exposures to airborne concentrations of acutely toxic, high-priority chemicals.”
The AEGL-1 value is then specifically defined as “the airborne concentration (expressed as ppm (parts per million) or mg/m
ERPG values are derived for use in emergency response, as described in the American Industrial Hygiene Association's Emergency Response Planning (ERP) Committee document titled,
As can be seen from the definitions above, the AEGL and ERPG values include the similarly-defined severity levels 1 and 2. For many chemicals, a severity level 1 value AEGL or ERPG has not been developed because the types of effects for these chemicals are not consistent with the AEGL-1/ERPG-1 definitions; in these instances, we compare higher severity level AEGL-2 or ERPG-2 values to our modeled exposure levels to screen for potential acute concerns. When AEGL-1/ERPG-1 values are available, they are used in our acute risk assessments.
Acute REL values for 1-hour exposure durations are typically lower than their corresponding AEGL-1 and ERPG-1 values. Even though their definitions are slightly different, AEGL-1 values are often the same as the corresponding ERPG-1 values, and AEGL-2 values are often equal to ERPG-2 values. Maximum HQ values from our acute screening risk assessments typically result when basing them on the acute REL value for a particular pollutant. In cases where our maximum acute HQ value exceeds 1, we also report the HQ value based on the next highest acute dose-response value (usually the AEGL-1 and/or the ERPG-1 value).
To develop screening estimates of acute exposures in the absence of hourly
As part of our acute risk assessment process, for cases where acute HQ values from the screening step were less than or equal to 1 (even under the conservative assumptions of the screening analysis), acute impacts were deemed negligible and no further analysis was performed for these HAP. In cases where an acute HQ from the screening step was greater than 1, additional site-specific data were considered to develop a more refined estimate of the potential for acute impacts of concern. Ideally, we would prefer to have continuous measurements over time to see how the emissions vary by each hour over an entire year. Having a frequency distribution of hourly emissions rates over a year would allow us to perform a probabilistic analysis to estimate potential threshold exceedances and their frequency of occurrence. Such an evaluation could include a more complete statistical treatment of the key parameters and elements adopted in this screening analysis. Recognizing that this level of data is rarely available, we instead rely on the multiplier approach. To better characterize the potential health risks associated with estimated acute exposures to HAP, and in response to a key recommendation from the SAB's peer review of the EPA's RTR risk assessment methodologies,
The EPA conducted a screening analysis examining the potential for significant human health risks due to exposures via routes other than inhalation (
For the POTW source category, we identified emissions of a single polycyclic organic matter (POM) species, specifically 2-methylnaphthalene. Because one or more of these PB-HAP are emitted by at least one facility in the POTW source category, we proceeded to the next step of the evaluation. In this step, we determined whether the facility-specific emissions rates of the emitted PB-HAP were large enough to create the potential for significant non-inhalation human health risks under reasonable worst-case conditions. To facilitate this step, we developed emissions rate screening levels for several PB-HAP using a hypothetical upper-end screening exposure scenario developed for use in conjunction with the EPA's Total Risk Integrated Methodology.Fate, Transport, and Ecological Exposure (TRIM.FaTE) model. The PB-HAP with emissions rate screening levels are: Lead, cadmium, chlorinated dibenzodioxins and furans, mercury compounds, and POM. We conducted a sensitivity analysis on the screening scenario to ensure that its key design parameters would represent the upper end of the range of possible values, such that it would represent a conservative, but not impossible scenario. The facility-specific emissions rates of these PB-HAP were compared to the emission rate screening levels for these PB-HAP to assess the potential for significant human health risks via non-inhalation pathways. We call this application of the TRIM.FaTE model the Tier 1 TRIM-screen or Tier 1 screen.
For the purpose of developing emissions rates for our Tier 1 TRIM-screen, we derived emission levels for these PB-HAP (other than lead compounds) at which the maximum excess lifetime cancer risk would be 1-in-1 million (
In the Tier 2 screen, the location of each facility that exceeded the Tier 1 emission rate is used to refine the assumptions associated with the environmental scenario while maintaining the exposure scenario assumptions. A key assumption that is part of the Tier 1 screen is that a lake is located near the facility; we confirm the existence of lakes near the facility as part of the Tier 2 screen. We then adjust the risk-based Tier 1 screening level for each PB-HAP for each facility based on an understanding of how exposure concentrations estimated for the screening scenario change with meteorology and environmental assumptions. PB-HAP emissions that do not exceed these new Tier 2 screening levels are considered to pose no unacceptable risks. If the PB-HAP emissions for a facility exceed the Tier 2 screening emissions rate and data are available, we may decide to conduct a more refined Tier 3 multipathway
For further information on the multipathway analysis approach, see the
The EPA conducts a screening assessment to examine the potential for adverse environmental effects as required under section 112(f)(2)(A) of the CAA. Section 112(a)(7) of the CAA defines “adverse environmental effect” as “any significant and widespread adverse effect, which may reasonably be anticipated, to wildlife, aquatic life, or other natural resources, including adverse impacts on populations of endangered or threatened species or significant degradation of environmental quality over broad areas.”
The EPA focuses on seven HAP, which we refer to as “environmental HAP,” in its screening analysis: Five PB-HAP and two acid gases. The five PB-HAP are cadmium, dioxins/furans, POM, mercury (both inorganic mercury and methyl mercury), and lead compounds. The two acid gases are hydrogen chloride (HCl) and hydrogen fluoride (HF). The rationale for including these seven HAP in the environmental risk screening analysis is presented below.
HAP that persist and bioaccumulate are of particular environmental concern because they accumulate in the soil, sediment, and water. The PB-HAP are taken up, through sediment, soil, water, and/or ingestion of other organisms, by plants or animals (
In addition to accounting for almost all of the mass of PB-HAP emitted, we note that the TRIM.FaTE model that we use to evaluate multipathway risk allows us to estimate concentrations of cadmium compounds, dioxins/furans, POM, and mercury in soil, sediment, and water. For lead compounds, we currently do not have the ability to calculate these concentrations using the TRIM.FaTE model. Therefore, to evaluate the potential for adverse environmental effects from lead compounds, we compare the estimated HEM-modeled exposures from the source category emissions of lead with the level of the secondary NAAQS for lead.
Due to their well-documented potential to cause direct damage to terrestrial plants, we include two acid gases, HCl, and HF in the environmental screening analysis. According to the 2005 NEI, HCl and HF account for about 99 percent (on a mass basis) of the total acid gas HAP emitted by stationary sources in the U.S. In addition to the potential to cause direct damage to plants, high concentrations of HF in the air have been linked to fluorosis in livestock. Air concentrations of these HAP are already calculated as part of the human multipathway exposure and risk screening analysis using the HEM3-AERMOD air dispersion model, and we are able to use the air dispersion modeling results to estimate the potential for an adverse environmental effect.
The EPA acknowledges that other HAP beyond the seven HAP discussed above may have the potential to cause adverse environmental effects. Therefore, the EPA may include other relevant HAP in its environmental risk screening in the future, as modeling science and resources allow. The EPA invites comment on the extent to which other HAP emitted by the source category may cause adverse environmental effects. Such information should include references to peer-reviewed ecological effects benchmarks that are of sufficient quality for making regulatory decisions, as well as information on the presence of organisms located near facilities within the source category that such benchmarks indicate could be adversely affected.
An important consideration in the development of the EPA's screening methodology is the selection of ecological assessment endpoints and benchmarks. Ecological assessment endpoints are defined by the ecological entity (
For PB-HAP (other than lead compounds), we evaluated the following community-level ecological assessment endpoints to screen for organisms directly exposed to HAP in soils, sediment, and water:
• Local terrestrial communities (
• Local benthic (
• Local aquatic (water-column) communities (including fish and plankton) exposed to PB-HAP in nearby surface waters.
For PB-HAP (other than lead compounds), we also evaluated the following population-level ecological assessment endpoint to screen for indirect HAP exposures of top consumers via the bioaccumulation of HAP in food chains:
• Piscivorous (
For cadmium compounds, dioxins/furans, POM, and mercury, we identified the available ecological benchmarks for each assessment endpoint. An ecological benchmark represents a concentration of HAP (
•
•
•
We established a hierarchy of preferred benchmark sources to allow selection of benchmarks for each environmental HAP at each ecological assessment endpoint. In general, the EPA sources that are used at a programmatic level (
Benchmarks for all effect levels are not available for all PB-HAP and assessment endpoints. In cases where multiple effect levels were available for a particular PB-HAP and assessment endpoint, we use all of the available effect levels to help us to determine whether ecological risks exist and, if so, whether the risks could be considered significant and widespread.
The environmental screening analysis also evaluated potential damage and reduced productivity of plants due to direct exposure to acid gases in the air. For acid gases, we evaluated the following ecological assessment endpoint:
• Local terrestrial plant communities with foliage exposed to acidic gaseous HAP in the air.
The selection of ecological benchmarks for the effects of acid gases on plants followed the same approach as for PB-HAP (
For HF, the EPA identified chronic benchmark concentrations for plants and evaluated chronic exposures to plants in the screening analysis. High concentrations of HF in the air have also been linked to fluorosis in livestock. However, the HF concentrations at which fluorosis in livestock occur are higher than those at which plant damage begins. Therefore, the benchmarks for plants are protective of both plants and livestock.
For the environmental risk screening analysis, the EPA first determined whether any facilities in the POTW source category emitted any of the seven environmental HAP. For the POTW source category, we identified emissions of a single POM species, specifically 2-methylnaphthalene.
Because one or more of the seven environmental HAP evaluated are emitted by at least one facility in the source category, we proceeded to the second step of the evaluation.
For cadmium, mercury, POM, and dioxins/furans, the environmental screening analysis consists of two tiers, while lead compounds are analyzed differently as discussed earlier. In the first tier, we determined whether the maximum facility-specific emission rates of each of the emitted environmental HAP were large enough to create the potential for adverse environmental effects under reasonable worst-case environmental conditions. These are the same environmental conditions used in the human multipathway exposure and risk screening analysis.
To facilitate this step, TRIM.FaTE was run for each PB-HAP under hypothetical environmental conditions designed to provide conservatively high HAP concentrations. The model was set to maximize runoff from terrestrial parcels into the modeled lake, which in turn, maximized the chemical concentrations in the water, the sediments, and the fish. The resulting media concentrations were then used to back-calculate a screening level emission rate that corresponded to the relevant exposure benchmark concentration value for each assessment endpoint. To assess emissions from a facility, the reported emission rate for each PB-HAP was compared to the screening level emission rate for that PB-HAP for each assessment endpoint. If emissions from a facility do not exceed the Tier 1 screening level, the facility “passes” the screen, and, therefore, is not evaluated further under the screening approach. If emissions from a facility exceed the Tier 1 screening level, we evaluate the facility further in Tier 2.
In Tier 2 of the environmental screening analysis, the emission rate screening levels are adjusted to account for local meteorology and the actual location of lakes in the vicinity of facilities that did not pass the Tier 1 screen. The modeling domain for each facility in the Tier 2 analysis consists of 8 octants. Each octant contains 5 modeled soil concentrations at various distances from the facility (5 soil concentrations × 8 octants = total of 40 soil concentrations per facility) and one lake with modeled concentrations for water, sediment, and fish tissue. In the Tier 2 environmental risk screening analysis, the 40 soil concentration points are averaged to obtain an average soil concentration for each facility for each PB-HAP. For the water, sediment, and fish tissue concentrations, the highest value for each facility for each pollutant is used. If emission concentrations from a facility do not exceed the Tier 2 screening level, the facility passes the screen, and typically is not evaluated further. If emissions from a facility exceed the Tier 2 screening level, the facility does not pass the screen and, therefore, may have the potential to cause adverse environmental effects. Such facilities are evaluated further to investigate factors such as the magnitude and characteristics of the area of exceedance. Notably, for the POTW source category, emissions of POM did not exceed the Tier 1 ecological screening level. Therefore, the Tier 2 screen was not necessary.
For further information on the environmental screening analysis approach, see the
To put the source category risks in context, we typically examine the risks from the entire “facility,” where the facility includes all HAP-emitting operations within a contiguous area and under common control. In other words, we examine the HAP emissions not only from the source category emission points of interest, but also from all other emission sources at the facility for which we have data. Using the most current available NEI data at the time of the analysis, the EPA developed “facility-wide” emissions estimates. For this category, the latest available version of the NEI was the 2011 NEI Version 2. It is important to note that the NEI
We analyzed risks due to the inhalation of HAP that are emitted facility-wide for the populations residing within 50 km of each facility, consistent with the methods used for the source category analysis described above. For these facility-wide risk analyses, the modeled source category risks were compared to the facility-wide risks to determine the portion of facility-wide risks that could be attributed to the source category addressed in this proposal. We specifically examined the facility that was associated with the highest estimate of risk and determined the percentage of that risk attributable to the source category of interest. The
In the Benzene NESHAP, we concluded that risk estimation uncertainty should be considered in our decision-making under the ample margin of safety framework. Uncertainty and the potential for bias are inherent in all risk assessments, including those performed for this proposal. Although uncertainty exists, we believe that our approach, which used conservative tools and assumptions, ensures that our decisions are health protective and environmentally protective. A brief discussion of the uncertainties in the RTR emissions dataset, dispersion modeling, inhalation exposure estimates, and dose-response relationships follows below. A more thorough discussion of these uncertainties is included in the
Although the development of the RTR emissions dataset involved quality assurance/quality control processes, the accuracy of emissions values will vary depending on the source of the data, the degree to which data are incomplete or missing, the degree to which assumptions made to complete the datasets are accurate, errors in emission estimates, and other factors. The emission estimates considered in this analysis generally are annual totals for certain years, and they do not reflect short-term fluctuations during the course of a year or variations from year to year. The estimates of peak hourly emission rates for the acute effects screening assessment were based on an emission adjustment factor applied to the average annual hourly emission rates, which are intended to account for emission fluctuations due to normal facility operations.
We recognize there is uncertainty in ambient concentration estimates associated with any model, including the EPA's recommended regulatory dispersion model, AERMOD. In using a model to estimate ambient pollutant concentrations, the user chooses certain options to apply. For RTR assessments, we select some model options that have the potential to overestimate ambient air concentrations (
The EPA did not include the effects of human mobility on exposures in the assessment. Specifically, short-term mobility and long-term mobility between census blocks in the modeling domain were not considered.
In addition, the assessment predicted the chronic exposures at the centroid of each populated census block as surrogates for the exposure concentrations for all people living in that block. Using the census block centroid to predict chronic exposures tends to over-predict exposures for people in the census block who live farther from the facility and under-predict exposures for people in the census block who live closer to the facility. Thus, using the census block centroid to predict chronic exposures may lead to a potential understatement or overstatement of the true maximum impact, but is an unbiased estimate of average risk and incidence. We reduce this uncertainty by analyzing large census blocks near facilities using aerial imagery and adjusting the location of the block centroid to better represent the population in the block, as well as adding additional receptor locations where the block population is not well represented by a single location.
The assessment evaluates the cancer inhalation risks associated with pollutant exposures over a 70-year period, which is the assumed lifetime of an individual. In reality, both the length of time that modeled emission sources at facilities actually operate (
The exposure estimates used in these analyses assume chronic exposures to ambient (outdoor) levels of pollutants. Because most people spend the majority
In addition to the uncertainties highlighted above, there are several factors specific to the acute exposure assessment that the EPA conducts as part of the risk review under section 112 of the CAA that should be highlighted. The accuracy of an acute inhalation exposure assessment depends on the simultaneous occurrence of independent factors that may vary greatly, such as hourly emissions rates, meteorology, and the presence of humans at the location of the maximum concentration. In the acute screening assessment that we conduct under the RTR program, we assume that peak emissions from the source category and worst-case meteorological conditions co-occur, thus, resulting in maximum ambient concentrations. These two events are unlikely to occur at the same time, making these assumptions conservative. We then include the additional assumption that a person is located at this point during this same time period. For this source category, these assumptions would tend to be worst-case actual exposures as it is unlikely that a person would be located at the point of maximum exposure during the time when peak emissions and worst-case meteorological conditions occur simultaneously.
There are uncertainties inherent in the development of the dose-response values used in our risk assessments for cancer effects from chronic exposures and non-cancer effects from both chronic and acute exposures. Some uncertainties may be considered quantitatively, and others generally are expressed in qualitative terms. We note as a preface to this discussion a point on dose-response uncertainty that is brought out in the EPA's
Cancer URE values used in our risk assessments are those that have been developed to generally provide an upper bound estimate of risk. That is, they represent a “plausible upper limit to the true value of a quantity” (although this is usually not a true statistical confidence limit).
Chronic non-cancer RfC and reference dose (RfD) values represent chronic exposure levels that are intended to be health-protective levels. Specifically, these values provide an estimate (with uncertainty spanning perhaps an order of magnitude) of a continuous inhalation exposure (RfC) or a daily oral exposure (RfD) to the human population (including sensitive subgroups) that is likely to be without an appreciable risk of deleterious effects during a lifetime. To derive values that are intended to be “without appreciable risk,” the methodology relies upon an uncertainty factor (UF) approach (U.S. EPA, 1993 and 1994) which considers uncertainty, variability, and gaps in the available data. The UF are applied to derive reference values that are intended to protect against appreciable risk of deleterious effects. The UF are commonly default values,
While collectively termed “UF,” these factors account for a number of different quantitative considerations when using observed animal (usually rodent) or human toxicity data in the development of the RfC. The UF are intended to account for: (1) Variation in susceptibility among the members of the human population (
Many of the UF used to account for variability and uncertainty in the development of acute reference values are quite similar to those developed for chronic durations, but they more often use individual UF values that may be less than 10. The UF are applied based on chemical-specific or health effect-specific information (
Not all acute reference values are developed for the same purpose, and care must be taken when interpreting the results of an acute assessment of human health effects relative to the reference value or values being exceeded. Where relevant to the estimated exposures, the lack of short-term dose-response values at different levels of severity should be factored into the risk characterization as potential uncertainties.
Although every effort is made to identify appropriate human health effect dose-response assessment values for all pollutants emitted by the sources in this risk assessment, some HAP emitted by this source category are lacking dose-response assessments. Accordingly, these pollutants cannot be included in the quantitative risk assessment, which could result in quantitative estimates understating HAP risk. To help to alleviate this potential underestimate, where we conclude similarity with a HAP for which a dose-response assessment value is available, we use that value as a surrogate for the assessment of the HAP for which no value is available. To the extent use of surrogates indicates appreciable risk, we may identify a need to increase priority for new IRIS assessment of that substance. We additionally note that, generally speaking, HAP of greatest concern due to environmental exposures and hazard are those for which dose-response assessments have been performed, reducing the likelihood of understating risk. Further, HAP not included in the quantitative assessment are assessed qualitatively and considered in the risk characterization that informs the risk management decisions, including with regard to consideration of HAP reductions achieved by various control options.
For a group of compounds that are unspeciated (
For each source category, we generally rely on site-specific levels of PB-HAP emissions to determine whether a refined assessment of the impacts from multipathway exposures is necessary. This determination is based on the results of a three-tiered screening analysis that relies on the outputs from models that estimate environmental pollutant concentrations and human exposures for four PB-HAP. Two important types of uncertainty associated with the use of these models in RTR risk assessments and inherent to any assessment that relies on environmental modeling are model uncertainty and input uncertainty.
Model uncertainty concerns whether the selected models are appropriate for the assessment being conducted and whether they adequately represent the actual processes that might occur for that situation. An example of model uncertainty is the question of whether the model adequately describes the movement of a pollutant through the soil. This type of uncertainty is difficult to quantify. However, based on feedback received from previous EPA SAB reviews and other reviews, we are confident that the models used in the screen are appropriate and state-of-the-art for the multipathway risk assessments conducted in support of RTR.
Input uncertainty is concerned with how accurately the models have been configured and parameterized for the assessment at hand. For Tier 1 of the multipathway screen, we configured the models to avoid underestimating exposure and risk. This was accomplished by selecting upper-end values from nationally-representative datasets for the more influential parameters in the environmental model, including selection and spatial configuration of the area of interest, lake location and size, meteorology, surface water and soil characteristics, and structure of the aquatic food web. We also assume an ingestion exposure scenario and values for human exposure factors that represent reasonable maximum exposures.
In Tier 2 of the multipathway assessment, we refine the model inputs to account for meteorological patterns in the vicinity of the facility versus using upper-end national values, and we identify the actual location of lakes near the facility rather than the default lake location that we apply in Tier 1. By refining the screening approach in Tier 2 to account for local geographical and meteorological data, we decrease the likelihood that concentrations in environmental media are overestimated, thereby increasing the usefulness of the screen. The assumptions and the associated uncertainties regarding the selected ingestion exposure scenario are the same for Tier 1 and Tier 2.
For both Tiers 1 and 2 of the multipathway assessment, our approach to addressing model input uncertainty is generally cautious. We choose model inputs from the upper end of the range of possible values for the influential parameters used in the models, and we assume that the exposed individual exhibits ingestion behavior that would lead to a high total exposure. This approach reduces the likelihood of not identifying high risks for adverse impacts.
Despite the uncertainties, when individual pollutants or facilities do screen out, we are confident that the potential for adverse multipathway impacts on human health is very low. On the other hand, when individual pollutants or facilities do not screen out, it does not mean that multipathway impacts are significant, only that we cannot rule out that possibility and that a refined multipathway analysis for the site might be necessary to obtain a more accurate risk characterization for the source category.
For further information on uncertainties and the Tier 1 and 2 screening methods, refer to the risk document, Appendix 2,
For each source category, we generally rely on site-specific levels of environmental HAP emissions to perform an environmental screening assessment. The environmental screening assessment is based on the outputs from models that estimate environmental HAP concentrations. The same models, specifically the
Two important types of uncertainty associated with the use of these models in RTR environmental screening assessments (and inherent to any assessment that relies on environmental modeling) are model uncertainty and input uncertainty.
Model uncertainty concerns whether the selected models are appropriate for the assessment being conducted and whether they adequately represent the movement and accumulation of environmental HAP emissions in the environment. For example, does the model adequately describe the movement of a pollutant through the soil? This type of uncertainty is difficult to quantify. However, based on feedback received from previous EPA SAB reviews and other reviews, we are confident that the models used in the screen are appropriate and state-of-the-art for the environmental risk assessments conducted in support of our RTR analyses.
Input uncertainty is concerned with how accurately the models have been configured and parameterized for the assessment at hand. For Tier 1 of the environmental screen for PB-HAP, we configured the models to avoid underestimating exposure and risk to reduce the likelihood that the results indicate the risks are lower than they actually are. This was accomplished by selecting upper-end values from nationally-representative datasets for the more influential parameters in the environmental model, including selection and spatial configuration of the area of interest, the location and size of any bodies of water, meteorology, surface water and soil characteristics, and structure of the aquatic food web. In Tier 1, we used the maximum facility-specific emissions for the PB-HAP (other than lead compounds, which were evaluated by comparison to the secondary lead NAAQS) that were included in the environmental screening assessment and each of the media when comparing to ecological benchmarks. This is consistent with the conservative design of Tier 1 of the screen. In Tier 2 of the environmental screening analysis for PB-HAP, we refine the model inputs to account for meteorological patterns in the vicinity of the facility versus using upper-end national values, and we identify the locations of water bodies near the facility location. By refining the screening approach in Tier 2 to account for local geographical and meteorological data, we decrease the likelihood that concentrations in environmental media are overestimated, thereby increasing the usefulness of the screen. To better represent widespread impacts, the modeled soil concentrations are averaged in Tier 2 to obtain one average soil concentration value for each facility and for each PB-HAP. For PB-HAP concentrations in water, sediment, and fish tissue, the highest value for each facility for each pollutant is used.
For the environmental screening assessment for acid gases, we employ a single-tiered approach. We use the modeled air concentrations and compare those with ecological benchmarks.
For both Tiers 1 and 2 of the environmental screening assessment, our approach to addressing model input uncertainty is generally cautious. We choose model inputs from the upper end of the range of possible values for the influential parameters used in the models, and we assume that the exposed individual exhibits ingestion behavior that would lead to a high total exposure. This approach reduces the likelihood of not identifying potential risks for adverse environmental impacts.
Uncertainty also exists in the ecological benchmarks for the environmental risk screening analysis. We established a hierarchy of preferred benchmark sources to allow selection of benchmarks for each environmental HAP at each ecological assessment endpoint. In general, EPA benchmarks used at a programmatic level (
In all cases (except for lead compounds, which were evaluated through a comparison to the NAAQS), we searched for benchmarks at the following three effect levels, as described in section III.A.5 of this preamble:
1. A no-effect level (
2. Threshold-effect level (
3. Probable effect level (
For some ecological assessment endpoint/environmental HAP combinations, we could identify benchmarks for all three effect levels, but for most, we could not. In one case, where different agencies derived significantly different numbers to represent a threshold for effect, we included both. In several cases, only a single benchmark was available. In cases where multiple effect levels were available for a particular PB-HAP and assessment endpoint, we used all of the available effect levels to help us to determine whether risk exists and if the risks could be considered significant and widespread.
The EPA evaluates the following seven HAP in the environmental risk screening assessment: Cadmium, dioxins/furans, POM, mercury (both inorganic mercury and methyl mercury), lead compounds, HCl, and HF, where applicable. These seven HAP represent pollutants that can cause adverse impacts for plants and animals either through direct exposure to HAP in the air or through exposure to HAP that is deposited from the air onto soils and surface waters. These seven HAP also represent those HAP for which we can conduct a meaningful environmental risk screening assessment. For other HAP not included in our screening assessment, the model has not been parameterized such that it can be used for that purpose. In some cases, depending on the HAP, we may not have appropriate multipathway models that allow us to predict the concentration of that pollutant. The EPA acknowledges that other HAP beyond the seven HAP that we are evaluating may have the potential to cause adverse environmental effects and, therefore, the EPA may evaluate other relevant HAP in the future, as modeling science and resources allow.
Further information on uncertainties and the Tier 1 and 2 environmental screening methods is provided in Appendix 5 of the document,
As discussed in section II.A of this preamble, in evaluating and developing standards under CAA section 112(f)(2), we apply a two-step process to address residual risk. In the first step, the EPA
In past residual risk actions, the EPA considered a number of human health risk metrics associated with emissions from the categories under review, including the MIR, the number of persons in various risk ranges, cancer incidence, the maximum non-cancer HI and the maximum acute non-cancer hazard. See,
The Agency is considering these various measures of health information to inform our determinations of risk acceptability and ample margin of safety under CAA section 112(f). As explained in the Benzene NESHAP, “the first step judgment on acceptability cannot be reduced to any single factor” and, thus, “[t]he Administrator believes that the acceptability of risk under [previous] section 112 is best judged on the basis of a broad set of health risk measures and information.” 54 FR 38046, September 14, 1989. Similarly, with regard to the ample margin of safety determination, “the Agency again considers all of the health risk and other health information considered in the first step. Beyond that information, additional factors relating to the appropriate level of control will also be considered, including cost and economic impacts of controls, technological feasibility, uncertainties, and any other relevant factors.”
The Benzene NESHAP approach provides flexibility regarding factors the EPA may consider in making determinations and how the EPA may weigh those factors for each source category. In responding to comment on our policy under the Benzene NESHAP, the EPA explained that:
The EPA notes that it has not considered certain health information to date in making residual risk determinations. At this time, we do not attempt to quantify those HAP risks that may be associated with emissions from other facilities that do not include the source categories in question, mobile source emissions, natural source emissions, persistent environmental pollution, or atmospheric transformation in the vicinity of the sources in these categories.
The Agency understands the potential importance of considering an individual's total exposure to HAP in addition to considering exposure to HAP emissions from the source category and facility. We recognize that such consideration may be particularly important when assessing non-cancer risks, where pollutant-specific exposure health reference levels (
In response to the SAB recommendations, the EPA is incorporating cumulative risk analyses into its RTR risk assessments, including those reflected in this proposal. The Agency is: (1) Conducting facility-wide assessments, which include source category emission points, as well as other emission points within the facilities; (2) considering sources in the same category whose emissions result in exposures to the same individuals; and (3) for some persistent and bioaccumlative pollutants, analyzing the ingestion route of exposure. In addition, the RTR risk assessments have always considered aggregate cancer risk from all carcinogens and aggregate non-cancer HI from all non-carcinogens affecting the same target organ system.
Although we are interested in placing source category and facility-wide HAP risks in the context of
Our technology review focused on the identification and evaluation of developments in practices, processes, and control technologies that have occurred since the MACT standards were promulgated. Where we identified such developments, in order to inform our decision of whether it is “necessary” to revise the emissions standards, we analyzed the technical feasibility of applying these developments and the estimated costs, energy implications, non-air environmental impacts, as well as considering the emission reductions. We also considered the appropriateness of applying controls to new sources versus retrofitting existing sources.
Based on our analyses of the available data and information, we identified potential developments in practices, processes, and control technologies. For this exercise, we considered any of the following to be a “development”:
• Any add-on control technology or other equipment that was not identified and considered during development of the original MACT standards;
• Any improvements in add-on control technology or other equipment (that were identified and considered during development of the original MACT standards) that could result in additional emissions reduction;
• Any work practice or operational procedure that was not identified or considered during development of the original MACT standards;
• Any process change or pollution prevention alternative that could be broadly applied to the industry and that was not identified or considered during development of the original MACT standards; and
• Any significant changes in the cost (including cost effectiveness) of applying controls (including controls the EPA considered during the development of the original MACT standards).
In addition to reviewing the practices, processes, and control technologies that were considered at the time we originally developed (or last updated) the NESHAP, we reviewed a variety of data sources in our investigation of potential practices, processes, or controls to consider. Among the sources we reviewed were the NESHAP for various industries that were promulgated since the MACT standards being reviewed in this action. We reviewed the regulatory requirements and/or technical analyses associated with these regulatory actions to identify any practices, processes, and control technologies considered in these efforts that could be applied to emission sources in the POTW source category, as well as the costs, non-air impacts, and energy implications associated with the use of these technologies. Additionally, we requested information from facilities regarding developments in practices, processes, or control technology. Finally, we reviewed information from other sources, such as state and/or local permitting agency databases and industry-supported databases.
Table 2 of this preamble provides an overall summary of the results of the inhalation risk assessment.
The results of the chronic baseline inhalation cancer risk assessment indicate that, based on estimates of current actual emissions, the MIR posed for the POTW source category is 0.8-in-1 million, with emissions of formaldehyde from the primary clarifier accounting for the majority of the risk. The total estimated cancer incidence from POTW based on actual emission levels is 0.0006 excess cancer cases per year or one case every 1,667 years, with emissions of formaldehyde and acrylonitrile contributing 50 percent and 21 percent, respectively, to the cancer incidence.
When considering MACT-allowable emissions, the MIR is estimated to be up to 2-in-1 million, driven by emissions of formaldehyde from the primary clarifier. The cancer incidence is estimated to be 0.001 excess cancer cases per year, or one excess case in every 1,000 years. Approximately 240 people are estimated to have cancer risks greater than or equal to 1-in-1 million considering allowable emissions from the POTW source category.
The maximum modeled chronic non-cancer HI (TOSHI) for the source category based on actual emissions is estimated to be 0.007, driven by formaldehyde emissions from the primary clarifier. When considering MACT-allowable emissions, the maximum chronic non-cancer TOSHI is estimated to be 0.01, driven by formaldehyde emissions.
Our screening analysis for worst-case acute impacts based on actual emissions indicates the potential for one pollutant, formaldehyde, from one facility, to have an HQ above 1, based on the formaldehyde REL. Six out of seven POTW treatment plants had an estimated worst-case HQ less than or equal to 1 for all HAP.
To better characterize the potential health risks associated with the estimated worst-case acute exposure to HAP from the POTW source category, and in response to a key recommendation from the SAB's peer review of the EPA's CAA section 112(f) RTR risk assessment methodologies, we examine a wider range of available acute health metrics than we do for our chronic risk assessments. This is because there generally are greater uncertainties associated with the use of acute reference values.
By definition, the acute CalEPA REL represents a health-protective level of exposure, with no risk anticipated below those levels, even for repeated exposures; however, the health risk from higher-level exposures is unknown. Therefore, when a CalEPA REL is exceeded and an AEGL-1 or ERPG-1 level (
The worst-case maximum estimated 1-hour exposure to formaldehyde outside the POTW treatment plant fenceline exceeds the 1-hour REL by about a factor of 2 (HQ
In characterizing the potential for acute non-cancer impacts of concern, it is important to remember the upward bias of these exposure estimates. First, peak 1-hour emissions were conservatively assumed to be 10 times the annual emission rate. It was then assumed that emissions from all emission points at a given POTW peaked concurrently, and at the same time worst-case hourly meteorology was occurring. Finally, it was assumed that a person would be located at the point of maximum concentration for at least an hour. When these factors are taken together, there is likely little potential for acute health risk from POTW emissions.
PB-HAP emissions of 2-methylnaphthalene (
As described in section III.A of this preamble, we conducted a screening-level evaluation of the potential for adverse environmental effects associated with emissions of 2-methylnaphthalene.
In the Tier 1 screening analysis for 2-methylnaphthalene, the modeled Tier 1 concentrations of this PB-HAP did not exceed any ecological benchmarks for any POTW in the source category.
The facility-wide chronic MIR and TOSHI were estimated based on emissions from all sources at the identified facilities (both MACT and non-MACT sources). The results of the facility-wide assessment of cancer risks indicate that three facilities with POTW operations have a facility-wide cancer MIR greater than or equal to 1-in-1 million. The maximum facility-wide cancer MIR is 10-in-1 million, primarily driven by formaldehyde. The maximum facility-wide TOSHI for the source category is estimated to be 0.09, primarily driven by emissions of formaldehyde.
To examine the potential for any environmental justice (EJ) concerns that might be associated with the source category, we performed a demographic analysis of the population close to the facilities. In this analysis, we evaluated the distribution of HAP-related cancer and non-cancer risks from the POTW source category across different social, demographic, and economic groups within the populations living near facilities identified as having the highest risks. The methodology and the results of the demographic analyses are included in a technical report,
The results of the demographic analysis are summarized in Table 3 of this preamble. These results, for various demographic groups, are based on the estimated risks from actual emissions levels for the population living within 50 km of the facilities.
The results of the POTW source category demographic analysis indicate that emissions from the source category expose no person to a cancer risk at or above 1-in-1 million or to a chronic non-cancer TOSHI greater than 1. The demographics of the population living within 50 km of POTW can be found in Table 2 of the document:
As noted in section II.A.1 of this preamble, the EPA sets standards under CAA section 112(f)(2) using “a two-step standard-setting approach, with an analytical first step to determine an `acceptable risk' that considers all health information, including risk estimation uncertainty, and includes a presumptive limit on MIR of approximately 1 in 10 thousand.” 54 FR 38045, September 14, 1989.
In determining whether risks are acceptable for the POTW source category, the EPA considered all available health information including any uncertainty in risk estimates. Also, as noted in section IV.A of this preamble, the Agency estimated risk from both actual and allowable emissions. While there are uncertainties associated with both the actual and allowable emissions, we consider the allowable emissions to be an upper bound, based on the conservative methods we used to calculate allowable emissions.
The estimated inhalation cancer risk based on actual emissions is less than 1-in-1 million. Additionally, the estimated inhalation cancer risk based on allowable emissions is 10-in-1 million. Both of these results are considerably less than the presumptive limit of acceptability (
The multipathway screening analysis indicates that PB-HAP emissions did not exceed the screening emission rates for any PB-HAP evaluated.
The screening assessment of worst-case acute inhalation exposures resulting from actual emissions indicates that the worst-case maximum estimated 1-hour exposure to formaldehyde outside the facility fence line exceeds the 1-hour REL by a factor of 2 (HQ
Considering all of the health risk information and factors discussed above, including the uncertainties discussed in section III.A.7 of this preamble, the EPA proposes that additional standards are not necessary to bring risk to an acceptable level because cancer risks are well below the presumptive limit of acceptability, and
In the ample margin of safety analysis, we evaluate available control technologies and other measures (including those evaluated under the technology review, as well as the risk reductions achieved by such potential additional measures, to determine whether additional standards are required to reduce risks further. In conducting the ample margin of safety analysis we consider the costs and economic impacts and technological feasibility of additional standards.
We are proposing that the 2002 POTW NESHAP requirements provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health. As explained in section IV.A of this preamble, we estimate that the MIR in the exposed population is less than 1-in-1 million at the actual emission levels. Additionally, the chronic non-cancer TOSHI is less than 1 and there is negligible potential for acute risk. Thus, EPA proposes that standards in the 2002 POTW NESHAP achieve the goal of providing the maximum feasible protection against risks to health from HAP.
Moreover, as noted in our discussion of the technology review in section IV.C of this preamble, no additional measures were identified for reducing HAP emissions from the POTW source category. Therefore, we propose that the 2002 standards provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health.
Although we are proposing to find that the 2002 standards provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health, we are proposing additional standards under CAA section 112(d)(6) that address HAP emissions from collection systems and all treatment units located at the POTW treatment plant. This is described more fully in Section IV.C.1 below. We are proposing that POTW develop and implement pretreatment programs to reduce organic HAP emissions from collection systems as wastewater is conveyed from an industrial user to the POTW treatment plant. All of the POTW identified as subject to the POTW NESHAP already have pretreatment programs in place; therefore, no additional emission reductions are expected. However, requiring control of emissions from collection systems by implementing pretreatment programs will allow POTW to limit potential future increases in emissions since the POTW will set limits on pollutants discharged to collection systems from industrial users. As noted above, we are proposing that the MACT standards, prior to the implementation of these proposed standards for collection systems, provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health. Therefore, we are proposing that, after the implementation of these standards for collection systems, the rule will continue to provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health. Consequently, it will not be necessary to conduct another residual risk review under CAA section 112(f) for this source category 8 years following promulgation of the new standards for collection systems, merely due to the addition of these MACT requirements. While our decisions on risk acceptability and ample margin of safety are supported even in the absence of these standards for collection systems, if we finalize the proposed requirements for these emission sources they will further strengthen our conclusions that risk is acceptable and the standards provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health.
Although we did not identify any new technologies to reduce risk for this source category, we are specifically requesting comment on whether there are additional control measures that may be able to reduce risks from the source category. We request any information on potential emission reductions of such measures, as well as the cost and health impacts of such reductions to the extent they are known.
Based on the results of our environmental risk screening assessment, we conclude that there is not an adverse environmental effect as a result of HAP emissions from the POTW source category. We are proposing that it is not necessary to set a more stringent standard to prevent, taking into consideration costs, energy, safety and other relevant factors, an adverse environmental effect.
As described in section III.C of this preamble, our technology review focused on identifying developments in the practices, processes, and control technologies for the POTW source category. The EPA reviewed various information sources regarding POTW emission sources that are currently regulated by the POTW NESHAP, which include, but are not limited to, influent waste stream conveyance channels, bar screens, grit chambers, grinders, pump stations, aerated feeder channels, primary clarifiers, primary effluent channels, and primary screening stations.
As discussed further in sections II.C and D of this preamble, we conducted a search of the RBLC Clearinghouse, other regulatory actions (MACT standards, area source standards, and residual risk standards) subsequent to promulgation of the 2002 POTW NESHAP, literature related to research conducted for emission reductions from POTW emission sources, and state permits. Further, we reviewed the responses to the 2015 ICR to determine the technologies and practices reported by POTW.
We reviewed these data sources for information on add-on control technologies, other treatment units, work practices, procedures, and process changes or pollution prevention alternatives that were not considered during the development of the POTW NESHAP. We also looked for information on improvements in add-on control technology, other treatment units, work practices, procedures, and process changes or pollution prevention alternatives that have occurred since development of the POTW NEHSAP. Regarding work practices or pollution prevention alternatives, we examined data provided by the POTW in the 2015 ICR for the POTW NESHAP related to the pretreatment programs they implement.
As found during the development of the POTW NESHAP, there are generally two different control options that may be used at POTW: pretreatment programs and add-on controls (
The applicability of the 2002 POTW NESHAP to a particular POTW depends in part on whether the POTW has or is required to develop a pretreatment program. However, we are proposing to remove having a pretreatment program as a condition for the applicability of the NESHAP and make it a requirement of the NESHAP.
In the 2015 ICR for the POTW NESHAP, the EPA requested data related to any pretreatment programs the POTW had developed and implemented. All 17 of the POTW that responded to the ICR included information about their specific pretreatment programs, and all six of the sources subject to the POTW NESHAP have pretreatment requirements established for all industrial wastewaters they receive. The pretreatment requirements established by the POTW are based on the National Pretreatment Program, which was developed under the CWA to prevent pollutants from being introduced into a POTW that could interfere with the operation of the POTW, or could be passed through the treatment process and impact the use or disposal of sludge or be discharged to surface waters (40 CFR 403.5).
Under the Pretreatment Program, POTW subject to the requirement to develop a pretreatment program must identify their industrial users and control, through permits, orders, or other means, the contribution of pollutants to the POTW in order to ensure compliance with all national pretreatment standards and requirements. The industrial discharger must comply with the general requirements and specific prohibitions of EPA's regulations at 40 CFR part 403.5, categorical pretreatment standards spelled out for industrial categories at 40 CFR Subchapter N—Effluent Guidelines and Standards, and specific local limits that must be developed in defined circumstances. The specific prohibitions address characteristics of the wastewater streams and include specifications such as flashpoint, pH, solids size (to avoid obstructions), flowrates, and temperature of the wastewater. The specific prohibitions also prohibit “Pollutants which result in the presence of toxic gases, vapors, or fumes within the POTW in a quantity that may cause acute worker health and safety problems.” (40 CFR 403.5(b)(7).) The categorical pretreatment standards are specific standards established by the EPA for certain industries. These standards vary in format and can be concentration-based limits, mass limits, production-based limits, best management practices, discharge prohibitions, or a combination of these formats. There are 35 different industries with established categorical pretreatment standards. The third component in the pretreatment requirements consists of the local limits that must be established by the POTW in the circumstances spelled out in the regulations. Local limits may need to be developed to address specific concerns of the POTW, related to the general and specific prohibitions. In addition to ensuring that industrial users' discharges to the POTW do not pass through the POTW and result in the violation of the POTW's discharge permit, such limits may be necessary in the following circumstances: to protect the POTW operations, maintain the POTW's discharge levels, avoid sludge contamination, and ensure worker health and safety. The local limits may be expressed as case-by-case discharge limits, management practices, or specific prohibitions.
In this action, we are proposing that POTW develop and implement a pretreatment program as specified in 40 CFR part 403 (General Pretreatment Regulations for Existing and New Sources of Pollution). CAA section 112(n)(3) provides that the EPA may include pretreatment requirements as a control requirement when establishing standards for POTW under CAA section 112, stating: “When promulgating any standard under this section applicable to publicly owned treatment works, the Administrator may provide for control measures that include pretreatment of discharges causing emissions of hazardous air pollutants and process or product substitutions or limitations that may be effective in reducing such emissions.” We are proposing to add pretreatment requirements in this rulemaking because pretreatment will reduce HAP emissions from both the collection systems and the POTW treatment plant operations (including both primary and secondary treatment) by limiting the quantity of HAP in the wastewater before it is even discharged to the collection system or arrives at the POTW treatment plant. This requirement is consistent with CAA section 112(n)(3) and will serve to reduce pollutant loading into the POTW which will reduce emissions throughout all stages of treatment.
Adding this pretreatment requirement to the POTW NESHAP will not add any additional required actions or increase costs or burden for the POTW because all of the POTW that are currently subject to this rule have established pretreatment programs under the CWA; however, it will ensure that pretreatment is appropriately associated to HAP reduction requirements and remains in effect even if changes occur in CWA regulations. The pretreatment requirements are being applied to both industrial (Group 1) and non-industrial (Group 2) POTW for existing and new or reconstructed POTW.
We are requesting comment on the option of having an additional requirement that applicable POTW specifically evaluate the volatile organic HAP specific to each applicable industrial user because organic HAP that volatilize readily are most likely to result in air emissions from the water as it moves through a collection system and the POTW treatment plant. Because the CWA's National Pretreatment Program does not traditionally address air emissions, we understand that the existing pretreatment requirements for each industrial user do not necessarily reduce HAP emissions. Therefore, we are requesting comment on requiring POTW to develop pretreatment requirements that are specifically designed to reduce HAP emissions from POTW by requiring the POTW to evaluate and set local limits for volatile organic HAP. We are also requesting comment on any specific controls or operational practices that can be required to address VOC and HAP emissions from collection systems. Additionally, we are requesting comment on ways to harmonize the pretreatment programs as a means to meet both CAA and CWA requirements.
Industrial (Group 1) POTW are those POTW that receive a wastewater stream that is subject to control under another NESHAP and the treatment and controls at the POTW are used to comply with the other NESHAP requirements. We are changing the name of the subcategory in this action, which is discussed in more detail in section IV.D of this preamble. As discussed in section II.B.1 of this preamble, the 2002 requirements for industrial (Group 1) POTW are different for existing and new or reconstructed sources.
In reviewing the requirements for existing industrial (Group 1) POTW and the situations at these sources, we have identified an issue with the 2002 NESHAP requirements that could affect existing industrial (Group 1) POTW,
Therefore, we are proposing to revise the requirements for an existing industrial (Group 1) POTW so that the POTW must comply with both the requirements for existing non-industrial (Group 2) POTW (
Therefore, we are proposing to remove the requirement to comply with the most stringent NESHAP and are revising the requirement for new or reconstructed industrial (Group 1) POTW to require the POTW to meet the requirements of both the other applicable NESHAP, and the requirements of the POTW NESHAP. Meeting the requirements of both the other applicable NESHAP and the POTW NESHAP makes the rule clearer and more consistent with the standards in other applicable NESHAP and the POTW NESHAP.
In the 2002 regulation, non-industrial (Group 2) POTW are those POTW that receive wastewater from industrial users but do not receive any wastewater streams that must be controlled pursuant to another NESHAP. In this action, we are changing this terminology as discussed in more detail in section IV.D of this preamble. As discussed in section II.B.4 of this preamble, requirements for non-industrial (Group 2) POTW are different for existing and new or reconstructed sources.
When vented to an add-on control device, the exhaust stream from under a cover may be routed to a caustic scrubber, a carbon adsorber, or to a secondary wastewater treatment unit such as an aeration basin where the exhaust stream is used as feed air for biological treatment. Add-on control devices such as caustic scrubbers and carbon adsorbers are typically used at POTW treatment plants to control odors. While caustic scrubbers are not expected to be effective in controlling volatile HAP, properly designed and operated carbon adsorbers are commonly used in other industries to control volatile organic compounds (VOC) and HAP emissions. However, as installed at POTW to assist in odor control, carbon adsorbers are not typically designed or operated to provide HAP emission reduction.
Some POTW route collected gases to biological treatment processes to control odors, and this technique has been found to reduce emissions of HAP. To use biological treatment as a control for HAP emissions, treatment units must be covered, and the gases collected under the cover must be routed to the
Detailed ICR responses regarding the use of control measures to control HAP were received for four POTW subject to the POTW NESHAP and eight synthetic area or area sources. For these 12 sources, all except two sources route some portion of emissions to caustic scrubbers, caustic scrubbers followed by carbon adsorbers (2-stage control), or route gases to biological treatment. However, covers are not used consistently throughout the POTW; only the two POTW subject to the POTW NESHAP mentioned previously cover all their processes and collect all gases and route those gases to controls. These two POTW use covers and controls to address concerns related to odor. They do not specifically operate the controls to reduce HAP emissions and do not have any data specific to HAP reductions that could be achieved by the controls they currently use. Several other POTW were found to use partial covers and send some emissions to controls. Two other POTW subject to the POTW NESHAP and six out of eight area sources indicated the use of add-on control devices and several reported routing gases to biological treatment, but not all of the HAP emissions would be captured and controlled for these sources, because not all the treatment units are covered at these POTW. Also, of the 12 facilities that responded to the ICR, only three sources (all area sources operated by the City of San Diego) claimed any HAP reduction from their odor control devices. No indication of the VOC or HAP control efficiency for these three facilities was available. Responses to the 2015 ICR are located in the docket.
In this action, the EPA is soliciting comments on the effectiveness of caustic scrubbers and carbon adsorbers to co-control HAP while primarily functioning as odor control devices. In addition, the EPA is requesting quantitative feedback on the effectiveness of using covers to suppress emissions, and identification of any other key operating parameters that may affect HAP emissions levels such as ventilation rates or control device maintenance practices.
In addition to an evaluation of the use of covers and controls to reduce HAP emissions, the EPA evaluated the HAP fraction emitted up to, but not including, secondary treatment. Data were available for two of the non-industrial (Group 2) POTW, and their HAP fractions were 0.04 and 0.03. Additionally, since we are proposing that existing industrial (Group 1) POTW must comply with both the other applicable NESHAP and the HAP fraction emitted standard in the POTW NESHAP, we evaluated available primary treatment emissions data for one of the existing industrial (Group 1) POTW. The primary treatment units at that POTW are not currently subject to regulation under another NESHAP; therefore, the emissions from primary treatment units at that industrial (Group 1) POTW are comparable to emissions from primary treatment units at the non-industrial (Group 2) POTW. That industrial (Group 1) POTW has a HAP fraction of 0.005.
These HAP fractions are lower than the HAP fraction found for the sources investigated during the development of the 2002 POTW NESHAP. At that time, the average HAP fraction of the six POTW thought to be major sources was 0.166. The available data for this proposal provides an average HAP fraction of 0.0225. However, because of the limited data and the fact that these HAP fractions are based on calculations using data from a moment in time and do not reflect the variability in operation, we are proposing a standard at twice the highest HAP fraction for which we have data. Therefore, with this action, we are proposing that existing non-industrial (Group 2) POTW must operate with an annual rolling average HAP fraction emitted from primary treatment units of 0.08 or less. By proposing to require that POTW achieve a HAP fraction that is twice the maximum HAP fraction reported by ICR respondents, we intend to address variability in wastewater influent concentrations and in treatment operations. Moreover, as proposed the rule is expected to allow POTW the flexibility to use various control schemes, including the use of add-on controls such as scrubbers or biological treatment to comply with the standard. At the same time, because the risk analysis for allowable emissions also was assessed at twice the level of actual emissions (see section III.A of this preamble) the proposed standards should ensure that emissions will not exceed the level of acceptable risk found during the risk assessment. Also, note that this proposed standard achieves at least the same level of protection as a standard based on a MACT floor calculation.
We believe that the existing industrial (Group 1) and existing non-industrial (Group 2) sources identified as subject to this proposed rule can meet this HAP fraction emission limit. However, we request comment and data on whether this is true for the POTW that would be subject to this proposed standard. We are also taking comment on whether we should provide an alternative to the 0.08 HAP fraction emitted for existing non-industrial (Group 2) sources. One alternative under consideration is to allow POTW to choose to cover the primary clarifier instead of meeting the 0.08 HAP fraction emitted standard. Data collected in the 2015 ICR indicate that primary clarifiers are the largest emission source at the POTW, and several existing sources already have covers on their primary clarifiers.
We also are taking comment on a second alternative that would require existing sources to meet the same cover and control requirements as new sources by requiring them to cover their primary treatment units and to route the air in the headspace from all covered units, except the primary clarifier, to a control device via a closed vent system. The 2002 POTW NESHAP requires a cover on primary clarifiers, but does not require routing the air collected under the cover to a control device. When the 2002 POTW NESHAP was developed, data from the industry indicated that the only potential major source with covers excluded routing air from the covered primary clarifier to a control device. A primary clarifier is designed to operate with a quiescent surface in order to
EPA has determined that cover and control of the primary treatment units is an expensive option, and believes that the flexibility to develop a compliance plan to meet the HAP fraction emitted standard will allow subject facilities more latitude to develop a compliance approach to meet the HAP fraction standard. However, EPA is aware that many current facilities do have a cover and control system in place to control odors, and if those systems can be modified or operated in a manner to control HAP emissions then this alternative might be viable for some existing sources. More details related to the costs of covers and controls is located in the
In addition to the proposed actions described above, we are proposing additional revisions. We are proposing to revise the applicability criteria to clear up confusion related to what emission sources are included in the major source calculations and to remove the applicability condition that affected sources must have a pretreatment program. We are also proposing to revise the subcategory names and definitions to further clarify the difference between them. We are proposing revisions to the startup, shutdown, and malfunction (SSM) provisions of the MACT rule in order to ensure that they are consistent with the court decision in
There are currently three criteria that a POTW must meet in order to be subject to the POTW NESHAP: (1) You must own or operate a POTW that includes a POTW treatment plant; (2) your POTW is a major source of HAP emissions or any industrial (Group 1) POTW regardless of whether or not it is a major source of HAP emissions; and (3) your POTW is required to develop and implement a pretreatment program as defined by 40 CFR 403.8.
The EPA is proposing to revise the first and second applicability criteria in order to clarify the original intent of the rule by revising 40 CFR 63.1580(a)(1) and (2) to state, “(1) You own or operate a POTW that is a major source of HAP emissions; or (2) you own or operate a Group 1 POTW regardless of whether or not it is a major source of HAP.”
We are proposing this change because during our review of the 2002 POTW NESHAP, we found several instances where a POTW might not realize they are subject to the standards, or where the applicability criteria could be misinterpreted, thus being read as excluding facilities that should be covered by this NESHAP. In addition, several EPA regional offices expressed concerns that POTW were underrepresenting their HAP emissions and raised questions about whether emissions from equipment comprising the collection systems should be included in those calculations. For instance, one region discussed obtaining measurements of high concentrations of benzene and VOC from perforated manhole covers. Upon further inspection, the elevated readings were attributed to an industrial user that was discharging pretreated wastewater into the collection system for treatment at a nearby POTW. However, that POTW was not accounting for emissions from collection systems and, to their knowledge, had not exceeded the major source threshold. In another region, a pump station located outside the POTW treatment plant had potential emissions that would exceed the major source threshold. However, because these emissions were not part of the POTW treatment plant, they had not been previously considered when determining whether the POTW was a major source of HAP emissions.
The 2002 applicability criteria in 40 CFR 63.1580(a)(2) state that it is the emissions from the entire POTW, not just the POTW treatment plant, that must be considered when determining whether the POTW is a major source. Further, this same provision states that any “industrial” (Group 1) POTW, which treats a wastewater stream which is regulated by another NESHAP or MACT, is subject to the rule whether or not it is a major source of HAP. The EPA recognizes that the current wording may cause confusion regarding what emissions sources must be included in the calculation and is proposing revisions to avoid such confusion.
The EPA is also proposing to revise the third applicability criterion in order to clarify the original intent of the rule by revising 40 CFR 63.1580(a) to state, “You are subject to this subpart if your publicly owned treatment works (POTW) has a design capacity to treat at least 5 million gallons of wastewater per day and treats wastewater from an industrial user, and either paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) is true:.” This proposed revision removes the requirement that a POTW develop and implement a pretreatment program from the applicability criteria, and instead clarifies the original intent of the rule, which is to limit applicability to POTW which treat at least 5 MGD.
The EPA also identified a potential scenario that could inadvertently allow major source POTW to avoid applicability to the rule based on the current third criteria. The 2002 POTW NESHAP states that in order to be subject to the rule, the POTW must be required to develop and implement a pretreatment program (40 CFR 63.1580(a)(3)). During review, we identified a potential scenario where a POTW is a major source of HAP emissions, but is not required to develop a pretreatment program by the EPA or state pretreatment program Approval Authority. In this scenario, the POTW might interpret the third criterion as not applying to them. For instance, 40 CFR 403.10(e) allows a state to assume responsibility for implementing the POTW Pretreatment Program requirements set forth in 403.8(f) in lieu of requiring the POTW to develop a POTW. Only five states have used their authority under this provision (Connecticut, Vermont, Alabama, Mississippi, and Nebraska). Similarly, other approved State Programs which implement their State Pretreatment Program traditionally by approving POTW pretreatment program development must also have procedures to carry out the activities set for in 403.8(f) in the absence of a POTW Pretreatment Program. However, the third applicability criterion in the 2002 POTW NESHAP was not intended to exclude POTW where states or the EPA, in the absence of a POTW approved
We are proposing to revise the criteria to include POTW that have a design capacity of 5 MGD or greater and that treat wastewater from industrial users. These are equivalent criteria for which POTW are required to develop and implement pretreatment programs as defined in 40 CFR 403.8. However, by not stating that the “POTW is required to develop or implement,” we are clarifying that any POTW that is a major source of HAP emissions and meets the general requirements for the development of a pretreatment program is subject to the proposed rule, regardless of whether the state has implemented its own pretreatment program under 40 CFR 403.10(e).
It is not our intent that the requirements apply to small POTW that are not a major source of HAP emissions. Therefore, we are requesting comment on whether these proposed revisions to the applicability criteria inadvertently include POTW that would otherwise have not been included in a major source rule or inadvertently exclude sources that should be covered because they are a Group 1 POTW or are a major source of HAP emissions. Finally, we are requesting comment on whether there is a more appropriate design capacity threshold than the 5 MGD threshold proposed in this rulemaking.
The EPA is proposing to revise the names and definitions for the subcategories identified in the POTW NESHAP in order to clear up any confusion related to applicability of the rule. The POTW NESHAP has historically subcategorized requirements based on whether or not a POTW is used as a control device to comply with specific requirements in another source category's NESHAP by classifying a POTW as either an “industrial POTW treatment plant” or “non-industrial POTW treatment plant” (40 CFR 63.1581). The 1998 proposal described how the EPA determined these subcategories for the POTW source category by stating that “the industrial POTW treatment plant subcategory would include only those POTW treatment plants that are treating a specific regulated industrial waste stream to allow an industrial user to comply with another NESHAP” (63 FR 66089). We further explained that any POTW not in the industrial POTW treatment plant subcategory would be classified as a non-industrial POTW treatment plant, which accepts waste from industrial users whose waste is not specifically regulated under another NESHAP. While the intent of the subcategorization was explained in the 1998 proposal and the terms are defined in the rule (in 40 CFR 63.1595), there is a potential for confusion related to applicability under the subcategories because the terms “industrial” and “non-industrial” have common, everyday meanings that are not exactly aligned with how those terms are defined in the rule. For example, a person might incorrectly assume that the term “industrial POTW” includes any POTW that accepts waste from an industrial user, even if the industrial user is not subject to another NESHAP, and that a “non-industrial POTW” is one that does not take any waste from any industrial users.
To clear up this confusion, we are proposing to change the names and definitions of the subcategories in the POTW source category. A “Group 1 POTW treatment plant” is one that accepts a waste stream(s) regulated under another NESHAP from an industrial user for treatment. In this instance, the POTW acts as the control mechanism by which the industrial user is able to comply with the specific requirements for that waste stream in the other NESHAP. For example, a pulp mill may choose to send a waste stream regulated by 40 CFR part 63, subpart S (Pulp and Paper Industry NESHAP) to a local POTW for treatment in lieu of constructing an onsite wastewater treatment facility to comply with the requirements of subpart S. In this example, the POTW is in a contractual agreement with the pulp mill that the POTW will meet the specific requirements for that waste stream and becomes subject to the Pulp and Paper Industry NESHAP in addition to the POTW NESHAP. A Group 1 POTW treatment plant does not have to have HAP emissions in excess of the major source threshold but is instead considered subject to this proposed rule because it is also subject to requirements in another NESHAP. If the Group 1 POTW treatment plant accepts multiple waste streams that are regulated under multiple NESHAP, we are proposing that the POTW would meet the requirements of each appropriate NESHAP for each individual waste stream.
A “Group 2 POTW treatment plant” is one that accepts a waste stream(s) that is not specifically regulated by another NESHAP or one that accepts wastewater from an industrial facility that complies with the specific wastewater requirements in their applicable NESHAP prior to discharging the wastewater to the POTW collection system. These waste streams can come from an industrial or commercial source. For example, a chemical plant sends a waste stream to a POTW that is not regulated by any of the chemical manufacturing source categories for treatment as a permitted discharge through the POTW's pretreatment program. In most cases, these waste streams are pretreated at the industrial facility in order to meet specific water quality requirements issued by the POTW through a Significant Industrial User (SIU) permit. Pretreatment programs are discussed in section IV.C.1 of this preamble.
The EPA is proposing the “Group 1” and “Group 2” names rather than a new pair of descriptive names because (1) the non-descriptive names “Group 1” and “Group 2” will alert persons to the fact that they need to look to the specific definitions of the subcategories in the rule, and (2) we could not identify any descriptive names that did not create the potential for confusion similar to the current “industrial” and “non-industrial” labels. The EPA requests ideas for descriptive names for the two subcategories that would not create a potential for confusion.
In its 2008 decision in
We are proposing the elimination of the SSM exemption in this rule. Consistent with
The EPA has attempted to ensure that the provisions we are proposing to eliminate are inappropriate, unnecessary, or redundant in the absence of the SSM exemption. We are specifically seeking comment on whether we have successfully done so.
In developing the standards in this rule, the EPA has taken into account startup and shutdown periods and has not proposed alternate standards for those periods. Periods of startup and shutdown at POTW are highly infrequent events. At all times, a plant subject to 40 CFR part 63, subpart VVV must comply with the pretreatment requirements and either the cover and closed vent system standard or the HAP fraction emissions standard.
For pretreatment requirements, startup and shutdown at the POTW do not impact the effect of pretreatment requirements, because these require POTW to apply pretreatment standards on the industrial users. The industrial users meet these standards before the wastewater enters the collection system of the POTW and so those industrial users' ability to meet the pretreatment requirements is not dependent on the operational status of the POTW.
For compliance using covers and closed vent systems routed to a control device, startup and shutdown of the POTW does not affect performance of the control device. The control system can and must be operated when wastewater first enters the system. In the unlikely event of shutdown of the POTW, the control system must be operated until the final wastewaters are treated. Because the physical and chemical characteristic of the gases in the closed vent system are not sufficiently different during startup and shutdown, the emission control system will achieve the same level of emission control that it achieves during normal operation. Therefore, there is no need for an alternative standard during startup and shutdown that is different from the standards for normal operation.
It is possible that control devices (
For compliance using the alternative HAP fraction emissions standard, compliance may be achieved by a combination of a cover and closed vent system to a control device, a biological treatment phase, pretreatment, or modifications to the wastewater treatment process. The covers, closed vents, and the range of potential control devices would all be available throughout startup and shutdown of the POTW. Therefore, we do not expect there to be any significant difference in the emissions due to a startup or shutdown. In addition, compliance with the HAP fraction emissions standard is demonstrated based on a 12-month rolling average. Because the averaging period is annual, any increases in the HAP fraction emitted that do occur during startup or shutdown periods (which are short), can easily be balanced by the longer periods of normal operation and lower HAP fraction emitted during the rest of the averaging period.
Periods of startup, normal operations, and shutdown are all predictable and routine aspects of a source's operations. Malfunctions, in contrast, are neither predictable nor routine. Instead, they are, by definition, sudden, infrequent and not reasonably preventable failures of emissions control, process, or monitoring equipment. (See 40 CFR 63.2, definition of Malfunction). The EPA interprets CAA section 112 as not requiring emissions that occur during periods of malfunction to be factored into development of CAA section 112 standards. Under CAA section 112, emissions standards for new sources must be no less stringent than the level “achieved” by the best controlled similar source and for existing sources generally must be no less stringent than the average emission limitation “achieved” by the best performing 12 percent of sources in the category. There is nothing in CAA section 112 that directs the Agency to consider malfunctions in determining the level “achieved” by the best performing sources when setting emission standards. As the District of Columbia Circuit Court has recognized, the phrase “average emissions limitation achieved by the best performing 12 percent of” sources “says nothing about how the performance of the best units is to be calculated.”
Further, accounting for malfunctions in setting emission standards would be difficult, if not impossible, given the myriad different types of malfunctions that can occur across all sources in the category and given the difficulties associated with predicting or accounting for the frequency, degree, and duration of various malfunctions that might occur. As such, the performance of units that are malfunctioning is not “reasonably” foreseeable. See,
Similar to startup and shutdown events, malfunctions of the POTW do not impact the effect of pretreatment requirements, because these require POTW to apply pretreatment standards on the industrial users. The industrial users meet these standards before the wastewater enters the collection system of the POTW.
In the case of a POTW that uses covers, closed vent systems, and control devices, the covers and closed vents are typically constructed without moving parts and are frequently permanent structures made of concrete. While malfunctions are theoretically possible, the EPA found no information from affected facilities that malfunctions have actually happened in such systems.
The control devices used to comply with the standards in 40 CFR part 63, subpart VVV are subject to the control device standards in 40 CFR part 63, subpart DD (because subpart DD is incorporated by reference into subpart VVV). A malfunction of control devices that are subject to subpart DD that results in a failure to meet a standard would be subject to the excess emissions recordkeeping and reporting requirements for the relevant device under subpart DD.
For POTW that are complying with the HAP fraction emissions alternative standard, the standard is an annual rolling average of the HAP fraction emitted. A malfunction event at a facility that is properly maintained and operated is likely to result in only a small and short-term increase in emissions that is unlikely to cause an exceedance of the annual standard. In the event that a malfunction causes an exceedance, the facility would report the nature of the malfunction in the excess emission report.
In the unlikely event that a source fails to comply with the applicable CAA section 112(d) standards as a result of a malfunction event, the EPA would determine an appropriate response based on, among other things, the good faith efforts of the source to minimize emissions during malfunction periods, including preventative and corrective actions, as well as root cause analyses to ascertain and rectify excess emissions. The EPA would also consider whether the source's failure to comply with the CAA section 112(d) standard was, in fact, sudden, infrequent, not reasonably preventable and was not instead caused in part by poor maintenance or careless operation (see 40 CFR 63.2, definition of Malfunction).
If the EPA determines in a particular case that an enforcement action against a source for violation of an emission standard is warranted, the source can raise any and all defenses in that enforcement action and the Federal District Court will determine what, if any, relief is appropriate. The same is true for citizen enforcement actions. Similarly, the presiding officer in an administrative proceeding can consider any defense raised and determine whether administrative penalties are appropriate.
In summary, the EPA interpretation of the CAA and, in particular, CAA section 112 is reasonable and encourages practices that will avoid malfunctions. Administrative and judicial procedures for addressing exceedances of the standards fully recognize that violations may occur despite good faith efforts to comply and can accommodate those situations.
The EPA is proposing changes to the SSM provisions of 40 CFR part 63, subpart VVV to comport with the
We are proposing to revise the General Provisions Table, Table 1 to Subpart VVV of part 63, (hereafter referred to as Table 1) entry for 40 CFR 63.6(e)(1)(i) by changing the “yes” in column 2 to a “no.” Section 63.6(e)(1)(i) describes the general duty to minimize emissions. Some of the language in that section is no longer necessary or appropriate in light of the elimination of the SSM exemption. We are proposing instead to add general duty regulatory text at 40 CFR 63.1583(d) and 63.1586(e) that reflects the general duty to minimize emissions while eliminating the reference to periods covered by an SSM exemption in Table 1. The current language in 40 CFR 63.6(e)(1)(i) characterizes what the general duty entails during periods of SSM. With the elimination of the SSM exemption, there is no need to differentiate between normal operations, startup and shutdown, and malfunction events in describing the general duty. Therefore, the language the EPA is proposing for 40 CFR 63.1583(d) and 63.1586(e) does not include that language from 40 CFR 63.6(e)(1).
We are also proposing to revise Table 1 by adding an entry for 40 CFR 63.6(e)(1)(ii) and designating in column 2 that it does not apply with a “no.” Section 63.6(e)(1)(ii) imposes requirements that are not necessary with the elimination of the SSM exemption or are redundant with the general duty requirement being added at 40 CFR 63.1583(d) and 63.1586(e).
We are proposing to revise Table 1 by adding an entry for 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3) and designating that it does not apply. Generally, these paragraphs require development of an SSM plan and specify SSM recordkeeping and reporting requirements related to the SSM plan. As noted, the EPA is proposing to remove the SSM exemptions. Therefore, affected units will be subject to an emission standard during such events. The applicability of a standard during such events will ensure that sources have ample incentive to plan for and achieve compliance and thus the SSM plan requirements are no longer necessary.
We are proposing to revise table 1 by adding an entry for 40 CFR 63.6(f)(1) and designating that it does not apply. The current language of 40 CFR 63.6(f)(1) exempts sources from non-opacity standards during periods of SSM. As discussed above, the court in
We are proposing to leave unchanged the Table 1 entry for 40 CFR 63.6(h) because the existing rule indicated that opacity standards are not applicable. The current language of 40 CFR 63.6(h)(1) exempts sources from opacity standards during periods of SSM. Generally, POTW do not have visible emissions.
We are proposing to revise the Table 1 entry for 40 CFR 63.7(e)(1) by changing the “yes” in column 2 to a “no.” Section 63.7(e)(1) describes performance testing requirements. The EPA is instead proposing to revise the language used to incorporate the performance testing requirements at 40 CFR 63.694, the performance testing provisions for control devices in 40 CFR part 63, subpart DD. The performance testing requirements in subpart DD differ from the General Provisions performance testing provisions in several respects. The performance testing provisions in 40 CFR 63.694(l) of subpart DD (incorporated by reference) provide that performance tests be based on representative performance (
We are proposing to revise the table 1 entry for 40 CFR 63.8 by adding specific table entries for 63.8(c)(1)(i) and (iii) and indicating “no” in column 2. The cross-references to the general duty and SSM plan requirements in those subparagraphs are not necessary in light of other requirements of 40 CFR 63.8 that require good air pollution control practices (40 CFR 63.8(c)(1)) and that set out the requirements of a quality control program for monitoring equipment (40 CFR 63.8(d)).
We are proposing to revise Table 1 by adding an entry for 40 CFR 63.8(d)(3) and indicating “no” in column 2. The final sentence in 40 CFR 63.8(d)(3) refers to the General Provisions' SSM plan requirement which is no longer applicable. The EPA is proposing to add language to Table 1 that is identical to 40 CFR 63.8(d)(3), except that the final sentence is replaced with the following sentence: “The program of corrective action should be included in the plan required under § 63.8(d)(2).”
We are proposing to revise the Table 1 entry for 40 CFR 63.10(b)(2)(i) by changing the “yes” in column 2 to a “no.” Section 63.10(b)(2)(i) describes the recordkeeping requirements during startup and shutdown. These recording provisions are no longer necessary because the EPA is proposing that recordkeeping and reporting applicable to normal operations will apply to startup and shutdown. In the absence of special provisions applicable to startup and shutdown, such as a startup and shutdown plan, there is no reason to retain additional recordkeeping for startup and shutdown periods.
We are proposing to revise Table 1 to add an entry for 40 CFR 63.10(b)(2)(ii) and indicating “no” in column 2. Section 63.10(b)(2)(ii) describes the recordkeeping requirements during a malfunction. The EPA is proposing that the requirements of 40 CFR 63.696(h) and 40 CFR 63.1589(d) be the applicable recordkeeping requirements. The regulatory text we are proposing to make applicable differs from the General Provisions it is replacing in that the General Provisions requires the creation and retention of a record of the occurrence and duration of each malfunction of process, air pollution control, and monitoring equipment. The EPA is proposing that 40 CFR 63.696(h) and 40 CFR 63.1589(d) apply to any failure to meet an applicable standard and is requiring that the source record the date, time, and duration of the failure rather than the “occurrence.” The requirements under 40 CFR 63.696(h) and 40 CFR 63.1589(d) also provide that sources keep records that include a list of the affected source or equipment and actions taken to minimize emissions, an estimate of the quantity of each regulated pollutant emitted over the standard for which the source failed to meet the standard, and a description of the method used to estimate the emissions. Examples of such methods would include product-loss calculations, mass balance calculations, measurements when available, or engineering judgment based on known process parameters. The EPA is proposing to require that sources keep records of this information to ensure that there is adequate information to allow the EPA to determine the severity of any failure to meet a standard, and to provide data that may document how the source met the general duty to minimize emissions when the source has failed to meet an applicable standard.
We are proposing to revise the General Provisions table (Table 1 entry for 40 CFR 63.10(b)(2)(iv) by changing the “yes” in column 2 to a “no.” When applicable, the provision requires sources to record actions taken during SSM events when actions were inconsistent with their SSM plan. The requirement is no longer appropriate because SSM plans will no longer be required. The requirement previously applicable under 40 CFR 63.10(b)(2)(iv)(B) to record actions to minimize emissions and record corrective actions is now applicable as a record required by 40 CFR 63.696(h) and 40 CFR 63.1589(d).
We are proposing to revise the General Provisions Table 1 entry for 40 CFR 63.10(b)(2)(v) by adding an entry and indicating “no” in column 2. When applicable, the provision requires sources to record actions taken during SSM events to show that actions taken were consistent with their SSM plan. The requirement is no longer appropriate because SSM plans will no longer be required.
We are proposing to revise Table 1 by adding an entry for 40 CFR 63.10(c)(15) and indicating “no” in column 2. The EPA is proposing that 40 CFR 63.10(c)(15) no longer apply. When applicable, the provision allows an owner or operator to use the affected source's startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan or records kept to satisfy the recordkeeping requirements of the startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan specified in 40 CFR 63.6(e), to also satisfy the requirements of 40 CFR 63.10(c)(10) through (12). The EPA is proposing to eliminate this
We are proposing to revise the Table 1 entry for 40 CFR 63.10(d)(5) by adding an entry and indicating “no” in column 2. Section 63.10(d)(5) describes the reporting requirements for startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions. Rather than rely on the General Provisions reporting requirement, the EPA is proposing that the existing incorporation in 40 CFR 63.693 of subpart DD adequately provides for reporting of a failure to meet a standard when control devices are being used and 40 CFR 63.1590(a) when there is a failure to meet the standard when other compliance methods are used. Section 63.693 requires that sources that fail to meet an applicable standard at any time must report the information concerning such events in the semi-annual report required for affected facilities under 40 CFR 63.697(b)(3) and (b)(4). The current provisions in subpart DD that we are proposing, which apply when control devices are used as the compliance measure, state that the report must contain the number, date, time, duration, and the cause of such events (including unknown cause, if applicable), a list of the affected source or equipment, an estimate of the quantity of each regulated pollutant emitted over any emission limit, and a description of the method used to estimate the emissions. We are proposing a similar report in 40 CFR 63.1590(a) that contains the same reporting elements, but applies when another compliance measure other than a control device, is used. This report is required annually.
Examples of such methods would include product-loss calculations, mass balance calculations, measurements when available, or engineering judgment based on known process parameters. The EPA is proposing this requirement to ensure that there is adequate information to determine compliance, to allow the EPA to determine the severity of the failure to meet an applicable standard, and to provide data that may document how the source met the general duty to minimize emissions during a failure to meet an applicable standard.
We will no longer require owners or operators to determine whether actions taken to correct a malfunction are consistent with an SSM plan, because plans would no longer be required. The proposed amendments, therefore, eliminate the cross reference to 40 CFR 63.10(d)(5)(i) that contains the description of the previously required SSM report format and submittal schedule from this section. These specifications are no longer necessary because the events will be reported in otherwise required reports with similar format and submittal requirements.
We are proposing to revise the Table 1 entry for 40 CFR 63.10(d)(5)(ii) by adding an entry and indicating “no” in column 2. Section 63.10(d)(5)(ii) describes an immediate report for SSM when a source failed to meet an applicable standard but did not follow the SSM plan. We will no longer require owners and operators to report when actions taken during a SSM were not consistent with an SSM plan, because plans would no longer be required.
We are proposing to revise the Table 1 entry for 40 CFR 63.10(d)(5)(i) by changing the “yes” in column 2 to “no.” Section 63.10(d)(5)(i) describes the reporting requirements for SSM when a source failed to meet an applicable standard and was subject to 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3). To replace the General Provisions requirement, the EPA is proposing to revise reporting requirements in 40 CFR 63.1590(f) and (g), which referred to SSM plans. The revised language for 40 CFR 63.1590(f) and (g) is proposed to be in 63.1590(b) and (f) respectively. Also, a report has been added at 63.1590(a)(4) for each failure to meet an applicable standard at an affected source, the owner or operator must report the failure and event to the Administrator in an annual Compliance Report. The report must contain the date, time, duration, and the cause of each event (including unknown cause, if applicable), and a sum of the number of events in the reporting period. The report must list for each event the affected source or equipment, an estimate of the quantity of each regulated pollutant emitted over any emission limit, and a description of the method used to estimate the emissions.
Examples of such methods would include product-loss calculations, mass balance calculations, measurements when available, or engineering judgment based on known process parameters. The EPA is proposing this requirement to ensure that there is adequate information to determine compliance, to allow the EPA to determine the severity of the failure to meet an applicable standard, and to provide data that may document how the source met the general duty to minimize emissions during a failure to meet an applicable standard.
We are proposing to revise Table 1 by adding an entry for 40 CFR 63.10(d)(5)(ii) and indicating “no” in column 2. Section 63.10(d)(5)(ii) describes an immediate report for SSM when a source failed to meet an applicable standard, was subject to 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3), but did not follow the plan. We will no longer require owners or operators to report when actions taken during SSM were not consistent with an SSM plan, because plans would no longer be required.
Through this proposal, the EPA is proposing that owners and operators of POTW treatment plants submit electronic copies of required performance test reports and annual reports through the EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX) using the Compliance and Emissions Data Reporting Interface (CEDRI). The EPA believes that the electronic submittal of the reports addressed in this proposed rulemaking will increase the usefulness of the data contained in those reports, is in keeping with current trends in data availability, will further assist in the protection of public health and the environment, and will ultimately result in less burden on the regulated community. Under current requirements, paper reports are often stored in filing cabinets or boxes, which make the reports more difficult to obtain and use for data analysis and sharing. Electronic storage of such reports would make data more accessible for review, analyses, and sharing. Electronic reporting can also eliminate paper-based, manual processes, thereby saving time and resources, simplifying data entry, eliminating redundancies, minimizing data reporting errors, and providing data quickly and accurately to the affected facilities, air agencies, the EPA, and the public.
In 2011, in response to Executive Order 13563, the EPA developed a plan
The EPA Web site that stores the submitted electronic data, WebFIRE, will be easily accessible to everyone and will provide a user-friendly interface that any stakeholder could access. By making data readily available, electronic reporting increases the amount of data that can be used for many purposes. One example is the development of emissions factors. An emissions factor is a representative value that attempts to relate the quantity of a pollutant released to the atmosphere with an activity associated with the release of that pollutant (
The EPA has received feedback from stakeholders asserting that many of the EPA's emissions factors are outdated or not representative of a particular industry emission source. While the EPA believes that the emissions factors are suitable for their intended purpose, we recognize that the quality of emissions factors varies based on the extent and quality of underlying data. We also recognize that emissions profiles on different pieces of equipment can change over time due to a number of factors (fuel changes, equipment improvements, industry work practices), and it is important for emissions factors to be updated to keep up with these changes. The EPA is currently pursuing emissions factor development improvements that include procedures to incorporate the source test data that we are proposing be submitted electronically. By requiring the electronic submission of the reports identified in this proposed action, the EPA would be able to access and use the submitted data to update emissions factors more quickly and efficiently, creating factors that are characteristic of what is currently representative of the relevant industry sector. Likewise, an increase in the number of test reports used to develop the emissions factors will provide more confidence that the factor is of higher quality and representative of the whole industry sector.
Additionally, by making the records, data, and reports addressed in this proposed rulemaking readily available, the EPA, the regulated community, and the public will benefit when the EPA conducts its CAA-required technology and risk-based reviews. As a result of having performance test reports and air emission reports readily accessible, our ability to carry out comprehensive reviews will be increased and achieved within a shorter period of time. These data will provide useful information on control efficiencies being achieved and maintained in practice within a source category and across source categories for regulated sources and pollutants. These reports can also be used to inform the technology-review process by providing information on improvements to add-on control technology and new control technology.
Under an electronic reporting system, the EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (OAQPS) would have air emissions and performance test data in hand; OAQPS would not have to collect these data from the EPA Regional Offices or from delegated air agencies or industry sources in cases where these reports are not submitted to the EPA Regional Offices. Thus, we anticipate fewer or less substantial ICRs in conjunction with prospective CAA-required technology and risk-based reviews may be needed. We expect this to result in a decrease in time spent by industry to respond to data collection requests. We also expect the ICRs to contain less extensive stack testing provisions, as we will already have stack test data electronically. Reduced testing requirements would be a cost savings to industry. The EPA should also be able to conduct these required reviews more quickly, as OAQPS will not have to include the ICR collection time in the process or spend time collecting reports from the EPA Regional Offices. While the regulated community may benefit from a reduced burden of ICRs, the general public benefits from the Agency's ability to provide these required reviews more quickly, resulting in increased public health and environmental protection.
Electronic reporting could minimize submission of unnecessary or duplicative reports in cases where facilities report to multiple government agencies and the agencies opt to rely on the EPA's electronic reporting system to view report submissions. Where air agencies continue to require a paper copy of these reports and will accept a hard copy of the electronic report, facilities will have the option to print paper copies of the electronic reporting forms to submit to the air agencies, and, thus, minimize the time spent reporting to multiple agencies. Additionally, maintenance and storage costs associated with retaining paper records could likewise be minimized by replacing those records with electronic records of electronically submitted data and reports.
Air agencies could benefit from more streamlined and automated review of the electronically submitted data. For example, because the performance test data would be readily-available in a standard electronic format, air agencies would be able to review reports and data electronically rather than having to conduct a review of the reports and data manually. Having reports and associated data in electronic format will facilitate review through the use of software “search” options, as well as the downloading and analyzing of data in spreadsheet format. Additionally, air agencies would benefit from the reported data being accessible to them through the EPA's electronic reporting system wherever and whenever they want or need access (as long as they have access to the Internet). The ability to access and review air emission report information electronically will assist air agencies to more quickly and accurately determine compliance with the applicable regulations, potentially allowing a faster response to violations which could minimize harmful air emissions. This benefits both air agencies and the general public.
The proposed electronic reporting of data is consistent with electronic data trends (
In addition to the changes made to reporting to address the court decision in
EPA is proposing the annual report to address the changes in SSM requirements as described in section IV.D.3.g, to receive timely compliance information from the POTW, and as a method to collect additional information to enhance our ability to carry out comprehensive reviews within a shorter period of time. These data will provide useful information on HAP fraction emissions and inspection results across regulated POTW. These reports can be used to inform the technology-review process, reduce the need for complex ICRs, and could result in a decrease in time spent by industry in responding to data collection requests.
For existing POTW, it is proposed that the initial annual report will cover the first year after the compliance date, which is one year after promulgation, and 3 months are proposed to allow time for the POTW to compile and prepare the information for submittal. Therefore, the first annual report for existing POTW must be submitted to the Administrator 27 months after the promulgation of this rulemaking. For new POTW, the initial annual report must be submitted 15 months after the POTW becomes subject to the rule. The initial annual report must cover the 12-month period following the day the new POTW becomes subject, with 3 months proposed to allow the POTW time to compile and prepare the submittal. All subsequent annual reports, for new or existing POTW, must be submitted annually thereafter.
In addition to removing these redundant requirements, EPA is proposing to add provisions that provide specific information on what is required in the Notification of Compliance Status for POTW, see 63.1591(b). We have proposed that submitting an Inspection and Monitoring Plan required for POTW meeting the HAP fraction emitted standard satisfies the requirement for submitting a Notification of Compliance Status. We have also clarified in the proposed rule, for new or reconstructed POTW that select the cover and control compliance option, the Notification of Compliance Status report must include a description of the POTW treatment units and installed covers, in addition to the performance test results.
The EPA is also proposing the following technical corrections:
• Revising all references to “new or reconstructed POTW” to refer to “new POTW” because the definition of “new” includes reconstructed POTW.
• Combining text from 40 CFR 63.1581 and 63.1582 because the language was redundant and confusing. Revising 40 CFR 63.1581 to include all combined text. Revising 40 CFR 63.1583(c) to include the text from the current 40 CFR 63.1582(c).
• Revising 40 CFR 63.1586(b)(1) to require covers “designed and operated to prevent exposure of the wastewater to the atmosphere.” instead of “designed and operated to minimize exposure of the wastewater to the atmosphere.” This clarification has also been made to the definition of “cover” in 40 CFR 63.1595.
• Revising 40 CFR 63.1587 to include compliance requirements that are currently found in 40 CFR 63.1584 and 63.1587 and deleting 40 CFR 63.1584.
• Revising all references to “annual” rolling average to “12-month” rolling
• Revising all references to “annual HAP mass loadings” and “annual HAP emissions” to now state “monthly HAP mass loadings” and “monthly HAP emissions” to further clarify that the HAP faction must be determined on a monthly basis.
• Clarifying method for calculating the HAP fraction emitted. Moving the detailed instructions about how the HAP fraction emitted should be calculated from 40 CFR 63.1588(c)(4) to 40 CFR 63.1588(c)(3). The requirements in 40 CFR 63.1588(c)(3) specifically address how the HAP fraction emitted should be calculated, while the requirements in 40 CFR 63.1588(c)(4) are about monitoring for continuous compliance.
• Revising 40 CFR 63.1588(a)(3) to clarify that a cover defect must be repaired within 45 “calendar” days; currently the paragraph says “45 days.”
• Adding definitions of existing source/POTW and new source/POTW to 40 CFR 63.1595 to clarify the date that determines whether a POTW is existing or new.
• Revising the definition of “affected source” in 40 CFR 63.1595 to clarify that the affected source is the source that is subject to the rule.
• Revising references to “POTW treatment plant” to refer to “POTW” to clarify that the rule applies to all parts of the POTW and not just the treatment plant portion. Updating the title of 40 CFR 63.1588 to “How do Group 1 and Group 2 POTW demonstrate compliance?” from “What inspections must I conduct?” The new title better reflects the contents of this section.
• Removing the details on how to calculate the HAP fraction emitted from the definition of HAP fraction emitted. The procedure for how to calculate the HAP fraction emitted is provided within the text of the rule. Having a summarized version of this procedure in the definition was redundant and could cause confusion where the language was not the same.
• Revising two references to dates to insert the actual date. The phrase “six months after October 26, 1999” was replaced with “April 26, 2000”; and the phrase “60 days after October 26, 1999” was replaced with “December 27, 1999”. These changes do not result in a change in the date, it only clarifies the specific dates being referenced.
• Clarifying that the reports required in 40 CFR 63.1589(b)(1) include the records associated with the HAP loading and not just the records associated with the HAP emissions determination.
• Removing definition of “Reconstruction” in 40 CFR 63.1595 as “Reconstruction” is already defined in the General Provisions of 40 CFR 63.2.
The EPA is proposing that all of the amendments being proposed in this action would be effective on the date 30 days after these proposed amendments are final,
The tasks necessary for existing and new POTW to comply with electronic reporting of annual reports requires two years for compliance. The EPA is proposing that the compliance date for electronically submitting annual reports would be two years after the date the final rule is published in the
The tasks necessary to comply with the other proposed amendments require no time or resources. Therefore, the EPA believes that existing facilities will be able to comply with the other proposed amendments, including those related to SSM periods, as soon as the final rule is effective, which will be the date 30 days after publication of the final rule. Therefore, the EPA is specifically soliciting comment and additional data on the burden of complying with the other proposed amendments.
The EPA estimates, based on the responses to the 2015 ICR and the 2011 NEI, that there are six POTW that are engaged in treatment of industrial wastewater and are currently subject to the POTW NESHAP. Two of these facilities are considered industrial (Group 1) POTW, while the remaining four are considered non-industrial (Group 2) POTW. The EPA estimates that all six POTW currently subject to the POTW NESHAP would be affected by the proposed pretreatment requirements, and the two industrial (Group 1) POTW would be affected by the requirement for these facilities to comply with both the requirements for existing non-industrial (Group 2) POTW (
The EPA estimates that annual organic HAP emissions from the six POTW subject to the rule are approximately 20 tpy; there are no expected inorganic HAP emissions from this category. The EPA does not anticipate any additional emission reductions from the proposed changes to the rule because each of the subject facilities is currently able to meet the proposed emission limits and there are no anticipated new or reconstructed facilities.
The six POTW subject to this proposal will incur costs to meet recordkeeping and reporting requirements. Nationwide annual costs associated with the proposed requirements are estimated to be $10,530 per year. We believe that the six POTW which are known to be subject to this proposed rule can meet these proposed requirements without incurring additional capital or operational costs. Therefore, the only costs associated with this proposed rule are related to recordkeeping and reporting. For further information on the proposed requirements for this rule, see section IV of this preamble. For further information on the costs associated with the proposed requirements of this rule, see the document titled
The economic impact analysis is designed to inform decision makers about the potential economic consequences of a regulatory action. For the current proposal, the EPA estimated the annual cost of recordkeeping and reporting as a percentage of reported sewage fees received by the affected POTW. For the proposed regulations, costs are expected to be less than 0.05 percent of collected sewage fees, based on publicly available financial reports from the fiscal year ending in 2015 for the affected entities.
In addition, the EPA performed a screening analysis for impacts on small businesses by comparing estimated population served by the affected entities to the population limit set forth by the U.S. Small Business Administration. The screening analysis found that the population served for all affected entities is greater than the limit qualifying a public entity as small.
More information and details of EPA's analysis of the economic impacts, including the conclusions stated above, is provided in the technical document “Economic Impact Analysis for the Publicly Owned Treatment Works National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants Risk and Technology Review,” which is available in the docket for this proposed rule (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0490).
As all affected entities are already in compliance with the proposed regulations, no additional emissions reductions are expected, but the proposed requirements will ensure that future emissions do not increase beyond current levels. Moreover, the EPA believes that the electronic submittal of the reports addressed in this proposed rulemaking will increase the usefulness of the data contained in those reports, is in keeping with current trends of data availability, will further assist in the protection of public health and the environment, and will ultimately result in less burden on the regulated community. See section IV.D.4 of this preamble for more information.
We solicit comments on all aspects of this proposed action. In addition to general comments on this proposed action, we are also interested in additional data that may improve the risk assessments and other analyses. We are specifically interested in receiving any improvements to the data used in the site-specific emissions profiles used
In addition to the requests for comment in this section, the EPA requests comments on topics already identified in these sections:
The EPA requests identification of any additional POTW that are subject to the POTW NESHAP, other than those listed in the list of facilities in the POTW RTR database. The database can be found in the docket for this action. In addition, the EPA is not currently aware of any planned or potential new or reconstructed industrial (Group 1) or non-industrial (Group 2) POTW. Thus, the EPA requests comment on any other POTW that are subject to the POTW NESHAP or could potentially become subject in the future.
The EPA requests comment on the extent to which HAP emissions from other POTW not evaluated in the environmental risk screening assessment may cause adverse environmental effects. Such information should include references to peer-reviewed ecological effects benchmarks that are of sufficient quality for making regulatory decisions, as well as information on the presence of organisms located near facilities within the source category that such benchmarks indicate could be adversely affected.
We are requesting comment on whether POTW should evaluate volatile organic HAP and set limits within the pretreatment programs for these pollutants.
We are soliciting comment on the effectiveness of caustic scrubbers and carbon adsorbers to co-control HAP while primarily functioning as odor control devices. In addition, we are requesting quantitative feedback on the effectiveness of using covers only to suppress emissions, and identification of any other key operating parameters that may affect HAP emissions levels such as ventilation rates or control device maintenance practices.
We are also requesting comment on whether we should provide an alternative to the 0.08 HAP fraction emitted standard that would require either covering the primary clarifier, or would require covering and control of all primary treatment units (except primary clarifiers, which would only require covering). The second alternative would keep the requirements for existing sources consistent with those for new sources, namely to cover and control their primary treatment units or to meet the HAP fraction standard.
We do not intend to include small POTW that are not a major source of HAP emissions. Therefore, we request comment on whether the proposed revisions to the applicability criteria inadvertently include POTW that would otherwise have not been included in a major source rule.
We are requesting comment on any specific test methods or emission estimation software that EPA could require for determining the HAP fraction emitted. Additionally, we are requesting comment on whether EPA should specify test methods and emission estimation software instead of allowing the POTW to submit site-specific methods with the Inspection and Monitoring Plan.
We are requesting comment on our proposal that subject POTW would be in compliance with all of the amendments by 1 year after publication of the final rule. We believe that is enough time for (1) non-industrial (Group 2) POTW treatment plants need to set up recordkeeping and reporting systems to comply with the HAP fraction emission limit; (2) industrial (Group 1) POTW treatment plants to develop recordkeeping and reporting systems to comply with both the POTW NESHAP and the other applicable NESHAP; and (3) POTW to examine their SIU pretreatment permits and evaluate if additional limits should be incorporated and issue those revised permits. The EPA also believes that existing facilities will be able to comply with the other proposed amendments, including those related to SSM periods, as soon as the final rule is effective, which will be the date 30 days after publication of the final rule. The EPA is specifically soliciting comment and additional data on the burden of complying with the other proposed amendments.
The site-specific emissions profiles used in the source category risk and demographic analyses and instructions are available for download on the RTR Web site at
If you believe that the data are not representative or are inaccurate, please identify the data in question, provide your reason for concern, and provide any “improved” data that you have, if available. When you submit data, we request that you provide documentation of the basis for the revised values to support your suggested changes. To submit comments on the data downloaded from the RTR Web site, complete the following steps:
1. Within this downloaded file, enter suggested revisions to the data fields appropriate for that information.
2. Fill in the commenter information fields for each suggested revision (
3. Gather documentation for any suggested emissions revisions (
4. Send the entire downloaded file with suggested revisions in Microsoft® Access format and all accompanying documentation to Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0490 (through the method described in the
5. If you are providing comments on a single facility or multiple facilities, you need only submit one file for all facilities. The file should contain all suggested changes for all sources at that facility. We request that all data revision comments be submitted in the form of updated Microsoft® Excel files that are generated by the Microsoft® Access file. These files are provided on the RTR Web site at
Additional information about these statutes and Executive Orders can be found at
This action is not a significant regulatory action and, therefore, was not submitted to OMB for review.
The information collection activities in this proposed rule have been submitted for approval to OMB under the PRA. The ICR document that the EPA prepared has been assigned EPA ICR number 1891.08. You can find a copy of the ICR in the docket for this rule, and it is briefly summarized here.
The information to be collected includes annual reports of the HAP fraction emitted, an inspection and monitoring plan explaining how compliance with the HAP fraction emitted limit will be achieved, and pretreatment reports required under 40
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for the EPA's regulations in 40 CFR are listed in 40 CFR part 9.
Submit your comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden to the EPA using the docket identified at the beginning of this rule. You may also send your ICR-related comments to OMB's Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs via email to
I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. This action will not impose any requirements on small entities. There are no small entities affected in this regulated industry. See the technical document,
This action does not contain an unfunded mandate of $100 million or more as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. The action imposes no enforceable duty on any state, local, or tribal governments or the private sector.
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This action does not have tribal implications as specified in Executive Order 13175. As discussed in section II.B.1 of this preamble, we have identified only seven POTW that are subject to this proposed rule and none of those POTW are owned or operated by tribal governments. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.
The action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it is not economically significant as defined in Executive Order 12866, and because the EPA does not believe the environmental health or safety risks addressed by this action present a disproportionate risk to children. This action's health and risk assessments are contained in sections III.A and B and sections IV.A and B of this preamble and the
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211 because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.
This rulemaking does not involve technical standards.
The EPA believes that this action does not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority populations, low-income populations, and/or indigenous peoples, as specified in Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The documentation for this decision is contained in section III.A.6 of this preamble and in the corresponding technical report,
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Hazardous substances, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Environmental Protection Agency proposes to amend part 63 of title 40, chapter I, of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(a) You are subject to this subpart if your publicly owned treatment works (POTW) has a design capacity to treat at least 5 million gallons of wastewater per day and treats wastewater from an industrial or commercial facility; and either paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section is true:
(1) You own or operate a POTW that is a major source of HAP emissions; or
(2) You own or operate a Group 1 POTW regardless of whether or not it is a major source of hazardous air pollutants (HAP).
(b) If your existing POTW is not located at a major source as of October 26, 1999, but thereafter becomes a major source for any reason other than reconstruction, then, for the purpose of this subpart, your POTW would be considered an existing source.
See § 63.2 of the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) General Provisions in subpart A of this part for the definitions of major source and area source.
(c) If you commence construction or reconstruction of your POTW after December 1, 1998, then the requirements for a new POTW apply.
Yes, POTW are divided into two subcategories: Group 1 POTW and Group 2 POTW, as described in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.
(a) Your POTW is a Group 1 POTW if an industrial discharger complies with its NESHAP by using the treatment and control located at your POTW. Your POTW accepts the regulated waste stream and provides treatment and controls as an agent for the industrial discharger. Group 1 POTW is defined in § 63.1595.
(b) Your POTW is a Group 2 POTW if you treat wastewater that is not subject to control by another NESHAP or the industrial facility does not comply with its NESHAP by using the treatment and controls located at your POTW. Group 2 POTW is defined in § 63.1595.
(c) If, in the future, an industrial discharger complies with its NESHAP by using the treatment and control located at your POTW, then your Group 2 POTW becomes a Group 1 POTW on the date your POTW begins treating that regulated industrial wastewater stream.
(a) The emission points and control requirements for an existing Group 1 POTW are both those specified by the appropriate NESHAP for which the POTW treats regulated industrial wastewater and those emission points and control requirements set forth in § 63.1586(a) and (d).
(b) The emission points and control requirements for a new Group 1 POTW are both those specified by the appropriate NESHAP for which the POTW treats regulated industrial wastewater and those emission points and control requirements set forth in § 63.1586(b) or (c), and (d), as applicable.
(c) If your Group 1 POTW accepts one or more specific regulated industrial waste streams as part of compliance with one or more other NESHAP, then you are subject to all the requirements of each appropriate NESHAP for each waste stream and the applicable requirements set forth in § 63.1586.
(d) At all times, the owner or operator must operate and maintain any affected source, including associated air pollution control equipment and monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with safety and good air pollution control practices for minimizing emissions. The general duty to minimize emissions does not require the owner or operator to make any further efforts to reduce emissions if levels required by the applicable standard have been achieved. Determination of whether a source is operating in compliance with operation and maintenance requirements will be based on information available to the Administrator, which may include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operation and maintenance procedures, review of operation and maintenance records, and inspection of the source.
(a) A Group 1 POTW demonstrates compliance by operating treatment and control devices that meet all requirements specified in the appropriate NESHAP.
(b) A Group 1 POTW must also demonstrate compliance by meeting the requirements specified in § 63.1586, as applicable, as well as the applicable requirements in §§ 63.1587 through 63.1595.
(a) Existing Group 1 and Group 2 POTW must demonstrate that the HAP fraction emitted from all emission points up to, but not including, the secondary influent pumping station or the secondary treatment units does not exceed 0.08 on a 12-month rolling average. You must demonstrate that for your POTW, the sum of all HAP emissions from these emission points divided by the sum of all HAP mass loadings to the POTW results in a 12-month rolling average of the fraction emitted no greater than 0.08. You may use any combination of pretreatment, wastewater treatment plant modifications, and control devices to achieve this performance standard.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, new Group 1 and Group 2 POTW must install covers on the emission points up to, but not including, the secondary influent pumping station or the secondary treatment units. These emission points are treatment units that include, but are not limited to, influent waste stream conveyance channels, bar screens, grit chambers, grinders, pump stations, aerated feeder channels, primary clarifiers, primary effluent channels, and primary screening stations. In addition, all covered units, except primary clarifiers, must have the air in the headspace underneath the cover ducted to a control device in accordance with the standards for closed-vent systems and control devices in § 63.693, except you may substitute visual inspections for leak detection rather than Method 21 of appendix A-7 of part 60 of this chapter. Covers must meet the following requirements:
(1) Covers must be tightly fitted and designed and operated to prevent exposure of the wastewater to the atmosphere. This includes, but is not limited to, the absence of visible cracks, holes, or gaps in the roof sections or between the roof and the supporting wall; broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged seals or gaskets on closure devices; and broken or missing hatches, access covers, caps, or other closure devices.
(2) If wastewater is in a treatment unit, each opening in the cover must be maintained in a closed, sealed position, unless plant personnel are present and conducting wastewater or sludge sampling, or equipment inspection, maintenance, or repair.
(c) As an alternative to the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section, a new Group 1 and Group 2 POTW may comply by demonstrating, for all emission points up to the secondary influent pumping station or the secondary treatment units, that the HAP fraction emitted does not exceed 0.014 on a 12-month rolling average. You must demonstrate that for your POTW, the sum of all HAP emissions from these units divided by the sum of all HAP mass loadings to the POTW results in a 12-month rolling average of the HAP fraction emitted of no greater than 0.014. You may use any combination of pretreatment, wastewater treatment plant modifications, and control devices to achieve this performance standard.
(d) Existing and new Group 1 and Group 2 POTW must develop and implement a pretreatment program as defined by § 403.8 of this chapter.
(e) At all times, the owner or operator must operate and maintain any affected source, including associated air pollution control equipment and monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with safety and good air pollution control practices for minimizing emissions. The general duty to minimize emissions does not require the owner or operator to make any further efforts to reduce emissions if the requirements of the applicable standard have been met. Determination of whether a source is operating in compliance with operation and maintenance requirements will be based on information available to the Administrator, which may include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of operation and maintenance procedures, review of operation and maintenance records, and inspection of the source.
Sources subject to this subpart are required to achieve compliance on or before the dates specified in table 2 to this subpart.
(a) If you are complying with § 63.1586(b) by using covers, you must conduct the following inspections:
(1) You must visually check the cover and its closure devices for defects that could result in air emissions. Defects include, but are not limited to, visible cracks, holes, or gaps in the roof sections or between the roof and the supporting wall; broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged seals or gaskets on closure devices; and broken or missing hatches, access covers, caps, or other closure devices.
(2) You must perform an initial visual inspection within 60 calendar days of becoming subject to this NESHAP and perform follow-up inspections at least once per year, thereafter.
(3) In the event that you find a defect on a treatment unit in use, you must repair the defect within 45 calendar days. If you cannot repair within 45 calendar days, you must notify the EPA or the designated state authority immediately and report the reason for the delay and the date you expect to complete the repair. If you find a defect on a treatment unit that is not in service, you must repair the defect prior to putting the treatment unit back in wastewater service.
(b) If you own or operate a control device used to meet the requirements for § 63.1586(b), you must comply with the inspection and monitoring requirements of § 63.695(c).
(c) To comply with the performance standard specified in § 63.1586(a) or (c), you must develop, to the satisfaction of the Administrator, an Inspection and Monitoring Plan. This Inspection and Monitoring Plan must include, at a minimum, the following:
(1) A method to determine the influent HAP mass loading,
(2) A method to determine your POTW's monthly HAP emissions for all units up to but not including the secondary influent pumping station or the secondary treatment units. The method you use to determine your HAP emissions, such as modeling or direct source measurement, must:
(i) Be approved by the Administrator for use at your POTW;
(ii) Account for all factors affecting emissions from your plant including, but not limited to, emissions from wastewater treatment units; emissions resulting from inspection, maintenance, and repair activities; fluctuations (
(iii) Include documentation that the values and sources of all data, operating conditions, assumptions, etc., used in your method result in an accurate estimation of monthly emissions from your plant.
(3) A method to demonstrate that your POTW meets the HAP fraction emitted standards specified in § 63.1586(a) or (c),
(i) Determine the average daily flow in million gallons per day (MGD) of the wastewater entering your POTW for the previous month;
(ii) Determine the concentration of each HAP in your influent listed in Table 1 to subpart DD of this part for the previous month;
(iii) Using the previous month's information in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, determine a total monthly flow-weighted loading in pounds per day (lbs/day) of each HAP entering your POTW for the previous month;
(iv) Sum up the values for each individual HAP loading in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section and determine a total monthly flow-weighted loading value (lbs/day) for all HAP entering your POTW for the previous month;
(v) Based on the previous month's information in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section along with source testing and emission modeling, for each HAP, determine the monthly emissions (lbs/day) from all wastewater treatment units up to, but not including, secondary treatment units for the previous month;
(vi) Sum the values of emissions for each individual HAP determined in paragraph (c)(3)(v) of this section and calculate the total monthly emissions value for the previous month for all HAP from all wastewater treatment units up to, but not including, secondary treatment units;
(vii) Calculate the HAP fraction emitted value for the previous month, using Equation 1 of this section as follows:
(viii) Average the HAP fraction emitted value for the month determined in paragraph (c)(3)(vii) of this section, with the values determined for the previous 11 months, to calculate a 12-month rolling average of the HAP fraction emitted.
(4) A method to demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Administrator, that your POTW is in continuous compliance with the requirements of § 63.1586(a) or (c). Continuous compliance means that your emissions, when averaged over the course of a 12-month period, do not exceed the level of emissions that allows your POTW to comply with § 63.1586(a) or (c) on a monthly basis. For example, you may identify a parameter(s) that you can monitor that assures your emissions, when averaged over a 12-month period, will meet the requirements in § 63.1586(a) or (c) each month. Some example parameters that may be considered for monitoring include your wastewater influent HAP concentration and flow, industrial loading from your permitted industrial dischargers, and your control device performance criteria. Where emission reductions are due to proper operation of equipment, work practices, or other operational procedures, your demonstration must specify the frequency of inspections and the number of days to completion of repairs.
(d) Prior to receiving approval on the Inspection and Monitoring Plan, you must follow the plan submitted to the Administrator as specified in § 63.1590(e) or (f), as applicable.
(a) To comply with the equipment standard specified in § 63.1586(b), you must prepare and maintain the records required in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section:
(1) A record for each treatment unit inspection required by § 63.1588(a). You must include a treatment unit identification number (or other unique identification description as selected by you) and the date of inspection.
(2) For each defect detected during inspections required by § 63.1588(a), you must record the location of the defect, a description of the defect, the date of detection, the corrective action taken to repair the defect, and the date the repair to correct the defect is completed.
(3) If repair of the defect is delayed as described in § 63.1588(a)(3), you must also record the reason for the delay and the date you expect to complete the repair.
(4) If you own or operate a control device used to meet the requirements for § 63.1586(b), you must comply with the recordkeeping requirements of § 63.696(a), (b), (g), and (h).
(b) To comply with the performance standard specified in § 63.1586(a) or (c), you must prepare and maintain the records required in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section:
(1) A record of the methods and data used to determine your POTW's monthly HAP loading and emissions as determined in § 63.1588(c)(1) and (2);
(2) A record of the methods and data used to determine that your POTW meets the HAP fraction emitted standard (either 0.08 or 0.014), as determined in § 63.1588(c)(3); and
(3) A record of the methods and data that demonstrates that your POTW is in continuous compliance with the requirements of § 63.1588(c)(4).
(c) To comply with the requirement to meet the pretreatment program requirements defined by § 403.8 of this chapter as specified in § 63.1586(d), you must maintain records as required in part 403 of this chapter.
(d) An owner or operator must record the malfunction information specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section.
(1) In the event that an affected unit fails to meet an applicable standard, record the number of failures. For each failure, record the date, time, and duration of the failure.
(2) For each failure to meet an applicable standard, record and retain a list of the affected sources or equipment, an estimate of the volume of each regulated pollutant emitted over any emission limit and a description of the method used to estimate the emissions.
(3) Record actions taken to minimize emissions in accordance with § 63.1583(d) or § 63.1586(e) and any corrective actions taken to return the affected unit to its normal or usual manner of operation.
(a) You must submit annual reports containing the information specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section, if applicable. You must submit annual reports following the procedure specified in paragraph (a)(5) of this section. For existing units, the initial annual report is due no later than date 27 months after the final rule is published in the
(1) The general information specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section must be included in all reports.
(i) The company name, POTW treatment plant name, and POTW treatment plant address; and
(ii) Beginning and ending dates of the reporting period.
(2) The monthly HAP fraction emitted as calculated in § 63.1588(c)(3)(vii) for each month in the 12-month period covered by the annual report.
(3) If you use covers to comply with the requirements of § 63.1586(b), you must submit the following:
(i) The dates of each visual inspection conducted;
(ii) The defects found during each visual inspection; and
(iii) For each defect found during a visual inspection, how the defects were repaired, whether the repair has been completed and either the date each repair was completed or the date each repair is expected to be completed.
(4) If a source fails to meet an applicable standard, report such events in the annual report. Report the number of failures to meet an applicable standard. For each instance, report the date, time, and duration of each failure. For each failure, the report must include a list of the affected sources or equipment, an estimate of the volume of each regulated pollutants emitted over any emission limit, and a description of the method used to estimate the emissions.
(5) You must submit the report to the Administrator at the appropriate address listed in § 63.13, unless the Administrator agrees to or specifies an alternate reporting method. Beginning on the date 2 years after date the final rule is published in the
(b) If you own or operate a control device used to meet the requirements of § 63.1586(b), you must submit the notifications and reports required by § 63.697(b), including a notification of performance tests; a performance test report; a malfunction report; and a summary report. These notifications and reports must be submitted to the Administrator, except for performance test reports. Within 60 calendar days after the date of completing each performance test (as defined in § 63.2) required by subpart DD of this part, you must submit the results of the performance test following the procedure specified in either paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section.
(1) For data collected using test methods supported by the EPA's Electronic Reporting Tool (ERT) as listed on the EPA's ERT Web site (
(2) For data collected using test methods that are not supported by the EPA's ERT as listed on the EPA's ERT Web site at the time of the test, you must submit the results of the performance test to the Administrator at the appropriate address listed in § 63.13 subpart A of this part, unless the Administrator agrees to or specifies an alternate reporting method.
(3) If you claim that some of the performance test information being submitted under paragraph (b)(1) of this section is confidential business information (CBI), you must submit a complete file generated through the use of the EPA's ERT or an alternate electronic file consistent with the XML schema listed on the EPA's ERT Web site, including information claimed to be CBI, on a compact disc, flash drive or other commonly used electronic storage medium to the EPA. The electronic medium must be clearly marked as CBI and mailed to U.S. EPA/OAQPS/CORE CBI Office, Attention: Group Leader, Measurement Policy Group, MD C404-02, 4930 Old Page Rd., Durham, NC 27703. The same ERT or alternate file with the CBI omitted must be submitted to the EPA via the EPA's CDX as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(c) You must comply with the delay of repair reporting required in § 63.1588(a)(3).
(d) You may apply to the Administrator for a waiver of recordkeeping and reporting requirements by complying with the requirements of § 63.10(f). Electronic reporting to the EPA cannot be waived.
(e) To comply with the performance standard specified in § 63.1586(a), you must submit, for approval by the Administrator, an Inspection and Monitoring Plan explaining your compliance approach by date 180 days after the final rule is published in the
(f) To comply with the performance standard specified in § 63.1586(c), you must submit, for approval by the Administrator, an Inspection and Monitoring Plan explaining your compliance approach 90 calendar days prior to beginning operation of your new POTW or by date 180 days after the final rule is published in the
(g) To comply with the pretreatment requirements specified in § 63.1586(d), you must submit the reports required by § 403.12 this chapter.
(a) You must submit an initial notification as required in § 63.9(b).
(b) You must submit a notification of compliance status as required in § 63.9(h), as specified below:
(1) If you comply with § 63.1586(a) or (c) by meeting the applicable HAP fraction emitted standard, submission of the Inspection and Monitoring Plan as required in § 63.1588(c) and § 63.1590(e) and (f), as applicable, meets the requirement for submitting a notification of compliance status report in § 63.9(h).
(2) If you comply with § 63.1586(b) and use covers on the emission points and route air in the headspace underneath the cover to a control device, you must submit a notification of compliance status as specified in § 63.9(h) that includes a description of the POTW treatment units and installed covers, as well as the information required for control devices including the performance test results.
(c) You must notify the Administrator, within 30 calendar days of discovering that you are out of compliance with an applicable requirement of this subpart, including the following:
(1) The HAP fraction emitted standard as specified in § 63.1586(a) or (c), as applicable.
(2) The requirement to route the air in the headspace underneath the cover of all units equipped with covers, except primary clarifiers, to a control device as specified in § 63.1586(b).
(3) The requirement to develop and implement a pretreatment program as specified in § 63.1586(d).
(4) The requirement to operate and maintain the affected source as specified in § 63.1586(e).
(5) The requirement to inspect covers annually and repair defects as specified in § 63.1588(a).
(6) The requirement to comply with the inspection and monitoring
(7) The procedures specified in an Inspection and Monitoring Plan prepared as specified in § 63.1588(c).
(8) The requirements specified in an appropriate NESHAP for which the Group 1 POTW treats regulated industrial waste as specified in § 63.1583(a) or (b), as applicable.
(a) Table 1 to this subpart lists the General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) that do and do not apply to POTW.
(b) Unless a permit is otherwise required by law, the owner or operator of a Group 1 POTW that is not a major source is exempt from the permitting requirements established by 40 CFR part 70.
(a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA, or a delegated authority such as the applicable state, local, or tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to a state, local, or tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. Contact the applicable U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated to a state, local, or tribal agency.
(b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this subpart to a state, local, or tribal agency under subpart E of this part, the authorities listed in (b)(1) through (5) of this section are retained by the Administrator of U.S. EPA and cannot be delegated to the state, local, or tribal agency.
(1) Approval of alternatives to the requirements in §§ 63.1580, 63.1583, and 63.1586 through 63.1588.
(2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under § 63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f), as defined in § 63.90, and as required in this subpart.
(3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under § 63.8(f), as defined in § 63.90, and as required in this subpart.
(4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting under § 63.10(f), as defined in § 63.90, and as required in this subpart.
(5) Approval of an alternative to any electronic reporting to the EPA required by this subpart.
(1) Not specifically regulated by another NESHAP, or
(2) from an industrial facility that complies with the specific wastewater requirements in their applicable NESHAP prior to discharging the waste stream to the POTW collection system.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |